UNITED  STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

or

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

 

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to

 

or

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number: 001-38440

 

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

(Not Applicable)

 

(Translation of the registrant’s name into English)

 

Republic of Singapore

 

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

#03-01 Southpoint

200 Cantonment Road

Singapore 089763

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

With copies to:

Martyn Wade

Tel: 65 6632 1315

Fax: 65 6323 0046

#03-01 Southpoint

200 Cantonment Road

Singapore 089763

 

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

and

 

Joshua Wechsler

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

Tel: (212) 859-8000

Fax: (212) 859-4000

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

United States

 

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act 

 

     

 

 

Title of Each Class   Trading Symbol   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Ordinary shares, no par value   GRIN   NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 18,764,192 ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act: ¨ Yes x No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ¨ Yes x No

 

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). xYes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer x Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board 
x
Other ¨

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. ¨ Item 17 ¨ Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ¨ Yes x No

 

 

 

     

 

 

RELIANCE ON SEC RELIEF FROM FILING REQUIREMENTS

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, issued an order on March 25, 2020, pursuant to Section 36 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, granting conditional exemptions from specified provisions of the Exchange Act and certain rules thereunder (Release No. 34-88465), or the Order. In reliance on the Order, the Company delayed the filing of this annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, or the annual report, originally due on or before April 30, 2020.

 

The COVID-19 global pandemic has caused disruptions in the Company’s day-to-day activities. In addition to voluntary measures we have chosen to take to protect our staff, which have disrupted our operations, government authorities have at various recent times implemented lockdown or other measures restricting the movement of people, including our staff, who have been restricted from accessing our facilities and, as a result, have been required to work remotely. This impacted the Company’s ability to efficiently perform work related to the audit of its financial statements. The disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s operations, and the future uncertainty related thereto, adversely affected the Company’s ability to assess the effect of significant subsequent events and, as a consequence, delayed the completion of the audited consolidated financial statements and other information required to be included in the annual report.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

On November 2, 2017, we incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore for the purpose of acquiring the shipping business from Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Former Parent. On April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., or Grindrod Shipping. On June 18, 2018, or the Closing Date, Former Parent sold all of the shares it held in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping, in exchange for a market related consideration. On the Closing Date, Former Parent made a pro rata distribution to its shareholders that resulted in its shareholders receiving Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they held their Former Parent ordinary shares immediately prior to the distribution. We refer to the entire transaction as described above as the Spin-Off.

 

As of the Closing Date, Former Parent and Grindrod Shipping became independent, publicly traded companies having separate public ownership. Grindrod Shipping has its own board of directors, a majority of whom do not overlap with Former Parent’s board of directors. Grindrod Shipping has its own management team which was same management team that operated Former Parent’s shipping business immediately prior to the Spin-Off.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ and quoted on the Main Board of the JSE Limited, or the JSE.

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

Our consolidated and combined financial statements and, unless otherwise indicated, other financial information concerning us included in this annual report, are presented in U.S. dollars. We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board, or IASB.

 

Our audited consolidated and combined financial statements presented in this annual report represent the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA prior to June 18, 2018 and represent the consolidated financial statements of Grindrod Shipping as a separate publicly traded company on and subsequent to June 18, 2018 following the Spin-Off. In addition, for periods prior to January 1, 2018, the consolidated and combined financial statements include components of Former Parent’s shipping business which were not transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, GSSA sold two of its businesses, Ocean Africa Container Lines division, or OACL, and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd, or Unicorn Bunker, to another Former Parent subsidiary and such businesses are not part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales remained with us. The historical consolidated and combined financial information has been prepared with the objective of presenting the results and net assets of Grindrod Shipping over the periods presented. Consequently, this historical consolidated and combined financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial performance that would have been achieved had Grindrod Shipping operated as a stand-alone entity for the periods presented. Furthermore, it may not be indicative of the financial results in future periods. 

 

     

 

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

This annual report includes estimates regarding market and industry data that we prepared based on our management’s knowledge of and experience to date in the markets in which we operate, together with information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. 

 

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for our products and services. Market data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of market share data. In addition, customer preferences are subject to change. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such market share data or any other such estimates. While we believe such information is reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, we have not independently verified any third-party information and data from our internal research has not been verified by any independent source. While we believe the estimated market and industry data included in this annual report are generally reliable, such information, which is derived in part from management’s estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise.

 

Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by any third parties and by us.

 

DEFINED TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

 

In this annual report, unless otherwise indicated, all references to “we”, “us,” “our”, “Company” and “Grindrod Shipping” refer to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. is a public company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore.

 

In this annual report all references to “Fleet” mean the 38 vessels we operate (excluding the two vessels currently under construction), listed in “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Our Fleet”.

 

In this annual report, all references to “Singapore” mean the Republic of Singapore, all references to “South Africa” mean the Republic of South Africa, all references to “EU” mean the European Union and all references to the “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America, its territories and possessions and any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

 

In this annual report, “R” and “Rand” refer to the South African Rand and “Rand cents” refers to subunits of the South African Rand, “¥” and “Yen” refer to the Japanese Yen and “Yen cents” refers to subunits of the Japanese Yen, “$”, “U.S.$” and “U.S. dollars” refer to United States dollars and “U.S. cents” refers to subunits of the U.S. dollar.

 

This annual report contains descriptions of shipping and the shipping industry. In order to facilitate a better understanding of these descriptions, below is a glossary defining a number of technical and shipping terms as used in this annual report.

 

Glossary of Shipping Terms

 

The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the reader in understanding some of the shipping terms used in this annual report.

 

Available days. The total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

Baltic Clean Tanker Index. The Baltic Clean Tanker Index, or BCTI, is a daily index of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited.

 

Baltic Dry Index. The Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, is a leading daily drybulk charter market indicator published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which combines information for handysize, supramax, panamax and capesize drybulk vessels. For periods after March 1, 2018, handysize vessels are no longer included in the BDI.

 

     

 

 

Bareboat charter. Charter for an agreed period of time during which the vessel owner provides only the vessel, while the charterer provides the crew, together with all stores and bunkers and pays all vessel operating costs, including maintenance and repairs.

 

Ballast. Heavy material, usually seawater, taken into and removed from a vessel as required from time to time, in order to provide stability to the vessel.

 

Bunker(s). Fuel, consisting principally of fuel oil and diesel, burned in the vessel’s engines and certain ancillary equipment. 

 

Capesize vessel. Drybulk carrier with a capacity of about 130,000 to 200,000 dwt which, due to its size, must transit when loaded the Atlantic to the Pacific via Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope and is typically used for long voyages in the coal and iron ore trades.

 

Charter hire. The basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current shipping market rates.

 

Charterer. A person, firm or company hiring or employing a vessel for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

 

Charter party. A document containing all the terms and conditions of the contract between the owner of a vessel and a charterer for the use of a vessel, signed by both parties or their agents, for the hire of a vessel or the space in a vessel.

 

Commercial management. Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to obtaining economic value from the vessel which may include vessel financing, sale and purchase, chartering or vessel employment, voyage execution, insurance and claims handling, accounting and corporate administration.

 

Commercial pools. A pooling of vessels for the purpose of economies of scale and where the earnings of each vessel in the pool are not determined by the specific voyages undertaken by the individual vessel but by an agreed allocation of the pooled earnings of all the vessels in the pool. A pool manager is responsible for the commercial operation of the commercial pool service.

 

Contract of affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or COA, is similar to a voyage charter, but covers two or more shipments over an agreed period of time (this could be over a number of months or years) and a particular vessel is not necessarily specified.

 

Deadweight tonne, or dwt. The unit of measurement of weight capacity of vessels, which is the total weight (usually in metric tons) the vessel can carry, including cargo, bunkers, water, stores, spares and crew at a specified draft.

 

Demurrage. An agreed amount payable to the vessel owner or disponent owner by the charterer when the agreed time allowed for loading or unloading cargo has been exceeded through no fault of the owner.

 

Disponent Owner. A person or a company that is not registered as owner of a vessel, but who has control over the commercial operations of the vessel through a bareboat or time charter, and has, as a disponent owner, the right to “dispose of” the ship by sub-chartering it to a third party.

 

Drybulk carrier. Vessel designed to carry dry, loose cargoes in bulk.

 

Drydocking. The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of parts that are normally submerged.

 

Flag state or Flagged. The country where the vessel is registered.

 

Fleet utilization. The percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

Forward freight agreement. A forward freight agreement, or FFA, is a derivative instrument that can be used as a means of hedging exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates or freight rates for forward positions. Settlement is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange.

 

     

 

 

Freight rates. The rate or level of freight under a voyage charter or a contract of affreightment.

 

Freight revenue. The revenue earned by a vessel owner or disponent owner pursuant to a voyage charter or a contract of affreightment.

 

Handysize drybulk vessel. Drybulk carrier of less than 40,000 dwt which is commonly equipped with cargo gear such as cranes. This type of vessel carries principally minor bulk cargoes and limited quantities of major bulk cargoes. It is well suited for transporting cargoes to ports that may have draft restrictions or are not equipped with gear for loading or discharging drybulk cargoes.

 

IMO. International Maritime Organization, the international United Nations advisory body on transport by sea.

 

Major bulk. Drybulk cargoes such as iron ore, coal and grain.

 

Medium range tanker. A tanker of about 25,000 dwt to 60,000 dwt. 

 

Minor bulk. Drybulk cargoes such as forest products, iron and steel products, fertilizers, agricultural products, minerals and petcoke, bauxite and alumina, cement, other construction materials and salt.

 

Newbuilding. A vessel under construction or on order for construction.

 

Off-hire. The period during which a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings.

 

Operating days. Operating days are the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

P&I. Protection and indemnity insurance coverage taken by a vessel owner or charterer against third-party liabilities such as those arising from oil pollution, cargo damage, crew injury or loss of life.

 

Product tanker. A tanker designed to carry refined petroleum products in bulk.

 

Resale agreement. An agreement to acquire the rights and obligations under a shipbuilding contract or a contract to acquire a newbuilding.

 

Spot market. The market for immediate chartering of a vessel, usually for a single voyage or short-term trading.

 

Spot market-oriented pool. A commercial pool that primarily employs vessels in the spot market.

 

Spot rate. Charter rate agreed on the basis of the prevailing spot market.

 

Supramax/ultramax vessel. Drybulk carrier of about 40,000 dwt to 65,000 dwt, which is usually grab fitted and carries a wide variety of cargoes including major bulk and minor bulk cargoes. Supramax generally refers to vessels from 40,000 dwt to 60,000 dwt, whereas ultramax generally refers to vessels from 60,000 dwt to 65,000 dwt.

 

Small tanker. A tanker of about 10,000 dwt to 25,000 dwt.

 

Technical management. Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to the physical operation of a vessel, including the provision of crew, routine maintenance, repairs, drydocking, supplies of stores and spares, compliance with all applicable international regulations, safety and quality management, environment protection, newbuilding plan approval, newbuilding supervision, oversight of third-party contracted supervisors, and related technical and financial reporting.

 

Time charter. Charter for an agreed period of time where the vessel owner or disponent owner as the case may be is paid on a per-day basis and is responsible for operating the vessel and paying the vessel operating costs while the charterer is responsible for paying the charter hire and the voyage expenses and bears the risk of filling the vessel with cargo and any delays at port or during the voyage, except where caused by a defect of the vessel.

 

     

 

 

TCE Revenue or TCE. TCE, or time charter equivalent, revenue is defined as vessel revenue less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenue and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenue and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage expenses and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage expenses and generally are expressed in per-day amounts.

 

Tonnage. A generic term referring to any kind of ocean-going cargo vessel or vessels.

 

Vessel operating costs. Costs associated with technical management of the owned vessels in our Fleet, including crew expenses; repairs and maintenance; insurance; and other such costs.

 

Vessel revenue. The revenue generated by the Company that is comprised of charter hire of vessels and freight revenue.

 

Voyage charters. Charters under which a vessel owner or disponent owner is paid on the basis of transporting cargo from a load port to a discharge port and is responsible for paying vessel operating costs, voyage expenses, and charter hire costs, as applicable.

 

Voyage expenses. All direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the relevant ports. These expenses include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage); fuel expenses; port expenses; other expenses and FFAs.

 

     

 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

 

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future business prospects, revenue and income, are necessarily estimates and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” of this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

our future operating or financial results;

 

the strength of world economies, including, in particular, in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region;

 

the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and the demand and trading patterns for both the drybulk and product tanker markets, and the duration of these effects;

 

cyclicality of the drybulk and tanker markets, including general drybulk and tanker shipping market conditions and trends, including fluctuations in charter hire rates and vessel values;

 

changes in supply and demand in the drybulk and tanker shipping industries, including the market for our vessels;

 

changes in the value of our vessels;

 

changes in our business strategy and expected capital spending or operating expenses, including drydocking, surveys, upgrades and insurance costs;

 

competition within the drybulk and tanker industries;

 

seasonal fluctuations within the drybulk and tanker industries;

 

our ability to employ our vessels in the spot market and our ability to enter into time charters after our current charters expire;

 

general economic conditions and conditions in the oil and coal industry;

 

our ability to satisfy the technical, health, safety and compliance standards of our customers, especially major oil companies and oil producers;

 

the failure of counterparties to our contracts to fully perform their obligations with us;

 

our ability to execute our growth strategy;

 

international political conditions, including additional tariffs imposed by China and the United States;

 

potential disruption of shipping routes due to weather, accidents, political events, natural disasters or other catastrophic events;

 

vessel breakdowns;

 

corruption, piracy, military conflicts, political instability and terrorism in locations where we may operate;

 

fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates and the uncertainty surrounding the continued existence of the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR;

 

changes in the costs associated with owning and operating our vessels;

 

     

 

 

changes in, and our compliance with, governmental, tax, environmental, health and safety regulations, including the International Maritime Organization, or IMO 2020, regulations limiting sulfur content in fuels;

 

potential liability from pending or future litigation;

 

our ability to procure or have access to financing, our liquidity and the adequacy of cash flows for our operations;

  

the continued borrowing availability under our debt agreements and compliance with the covenants contained therein;

 

our ability to fund future capital expenditures and investments in the construction, acquisition and refurbishment of our vessels;

 

our dependence on key personnel;

 

our expectations regarding the availability of vessel acquisitions and our ability to buy and sell vessels and to charter-in vessels as planned or at prices we deem satisfactory;

 

adequacy of our insurance coverage;

 

effects of new technological innovation and advances in vessel design;

 

our ability to realize the benefits of the Spin-Off;

 

our ability to operate as an independent entity; and

 

the other factors set out in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors”.

 

We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by law.

 

     

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page 
PART I  
ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 1
ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 1
ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION 1
ITEM 3C: RISK FACTORS 4
ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 39
ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 63
ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 64
ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 97
ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 102
ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION 104
ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING 104
ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 104
ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 120
ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 121
PART II  
ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 122
ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 122
ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 122
ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 123
ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS 123
ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 123
ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 124
ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 124
ITEM 16F: CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 125
ITEM 16G: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 125
ITEM 16H: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 125
PART III  
ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 125
ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 125
ITEM 19: EXHIBITS 126

 

     

 

  

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

Selected Financial Data

 

The selected historical consolidated and combined financial data set out below as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 have been derived from the consolidated and combined audited financial statements included in this annual report. The selected historical consolidated and combined financial data set out below as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated and combined financial statements that can be found in the Registration Statement on Form 20-F (Registration No. 001-384401), initially filed with the SEC on March 23, 2018, as amended, or the Registration Statement. The financial statements of the company represent, prior to June 18, 2018, the combined financial statements of GSSA and GSPL and, on and subsequent to June 18, 2018, the consolidated financial statements of Grindrod Shipping as a separate publicly traded company following the Spin-Off. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for additional information. The other financial and operating data presented has been calculated as described in the footnotes to the table below. This table contains certain information regarding TCE per day, vessel operating costs per day and long-term charter-in costs per day, which are non-GAAP measures. For a discussion and reconciliation of these measures, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”. 

  

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, other than per share data)   2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
Summary Consolidated and Combined Statements of Profit or Loss Data                                        
Revenue   $ 331,046     $ 319,018     $ 409,522     $ 371,532     $ 434,439  
Cost of sales                                        
Voyage expenses     (149,444 )     (151,705 )     (166,924 )     (140,727 )     (145,560 )
Vessel operating costs     (33,889 )     (32,657 )     (40,837 )     (42,911 )     (45,139 )
Charter hire costs     (61,668 )     (100,648 )     (127,748 )     (121,080 )     (150,595 )
Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment – owned assets     (17,529 )     (14,094 )     (17,975 )     (19,806 )     (26,036 )
Depreciation of ships and ship equipment – right-of-use assets     (30,449 )                        
Other expenses     (697 )     (1,146 )     (16,364 )     (27,860 )     (27,336 )
Cost of ship sale     (16,844 )     (7,675 )     (17,560 )     (13,351 )     (12,911 )
Gross profit     20,526       11,093       22,114       5,797       26,862  
Other operating (expense) income     (23,559 )     6,022       (34,502 )     (12,406 )     (65,687 )
Administrative expenses     (28,412 )     (31,599 )     (32,868 )     (30,140 )     (27,670 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     (1,420 )     (454 )     (12,946 )     (3,472 )     (18,748 )
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets           (1,583 )                  
Interest income     1,979       3,787       7,164       5,260       3,101  
Interest expense     (11,916 )     (6,517 )     (6,548 )     (4,899 )     (4,448 )
                                         
Loss before taxation     (42,802 )     (19,251 )     (57,586 )     (39,860 )     (86,590 )
Income tax     (685 )     (1,389 )     (3,226 )     (3,849 )     (3,764 )
Loss for the year   $ (43,487 )   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )   $ (43,709 )   $ (90,354 )
Basic and diluted loss per share     (2.29 )     (1.08 )     (3.19 )     (2.29 )     (4.74 )
                               
Summary Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data                              
Cash and bank balances   $ 35,553     $ 35,636     $ 46,522     $ 67,711     $ 75,485  
Other current assets     55,946       87,313       140,680       93,112       69,084  
Non-current assets     427,568       324,678       319,920       429,331       434,162  
Total assets     519,067       447,627       507,122       590,154       578,731  
Current liabilities     86,792       56,666       163,249       141,659       166,367  
Non-current liabilities     180,337       98,458       24,137       85,400       13,281  
Total liabilities     267,129       155,124       187,386       227,059       179,648  
Total equity     251,938       292,503       319,736       363,095       399,083  

 

  1  

 

 

The following table sets forth certain other financial and operating data for key segments(1) of our drybulk carriers and tankers businesses. This data should be read together with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
Other Financial and Operating Data                                        
                                         
Drybulk Carriers Business                                        
Handysize Segment Data                                        
Calendar days(2)     6,495       6,704       7,942       7,616       7,877  
Available days(3)     6,405       6,565       7,840       7,559       7,762  
Operating days(4)     6,352       6,495       7,720       7,460       7,692  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     4,546       4,915       5,114       5,190       4,946  
Long-term charter in days(6)           221       365       1,186       1,093  
Short-term charter-in days(7)     1,806       1,359       2,241       1,084       1,653  
Fleet utilization(8)     99.2 %     98.9 %     98.5 %     98.7 %     99.1 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 7,770     $ 9,032     $ 7,675     $ 5,881     $ 7,487  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 5,040     $ 5,201     $ 5,034     $ 5,091     $ 5,160  
Long-term charter-in costs per day(11)         $ 8,600     $ 8,600     $ 5,975     $ 8,299  
Supramax/Ultramax Segment Data                                        
Calendar days(2)     6,670       6,401       7,702       7,700       7,952  
Available days(3)     6,626       6,345       7,702       7,700       7,952  
Operating days(4)     6,601       6,315       7,584       7,654       7,774  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     959       704       692       560       75  
Long-term charter in days(6)     2,351       2,299       2,524       2,023       1,558  
Short-term charter-in days(7)     3,291       3,312       4,368       5,071       6,141  
Fleet utilization(8)     99.6 %     99.5 %     98.5 %     99.4 %     97.8 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 12,067     $ 11,878     $ 10,551     $ 7,861     $ 10,232  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 4,545     $ 4,641     $ 4,519     $ 4,433     $ 4,297  
Long-term charter-in costs per day(11)   $ 12,650     $ 12,866     $ 13,092     $ 12,974     $ 13,059  
                                         
Tankers Business                                        
Medium Range Tankers Segment Data                                        
Calendar days(2)     2,253       2,733       3,055       3,140       3,288  
Available days(3)     2,253       2,721       2,999       3,140       3,288  
Operating days(4)     2,253       2,660       2,994       3,140       3,271  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     1,523       1,587       1,893       1,983       2,014  
Long-term charter in days(6)     730       1,073       1,101       1,157       1,257  
Short-term charter-in days(7)                              
Fleet utilization(8)     100.0 %     97.8 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     99.5 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 14,341     $ 11,258     $ 11,691     $ 13,902     $ 20,569  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 6,691     $ 6,888     $ 6,869     $ 7,053     $ 7,458  
Long-term charter-in costs per day(11)   $ 15,300     $ 14,995     $ 14,756     $ 15,283     $ 15,037  
Small Tankers Segment Data                                        
Calendar days(2)     908       1,268       1,469       1,657       2,163  
Available days(3)     897       1,234       1,461       1,603       2,136  
Operating days(4)     896       1,223       1,461       1,572       2,096  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     896       1,223       1,264       1,206       1,366  
Long-term charter in days(6)                 197       366       730  
Short-term charter-in days(7)                              
Fleet utilization(8)     99.9 %     99.1 %     99.0 %     98.1 %     98.2 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 12,190     $ 11,392     $ 13,014     $ 12,154     $ 11,291  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 6,321     $ 7,069     $ 7,427     $ 7,479     $ 7,676  
Long-term charter-in costs per day(11)               $ 10,905     $ 9,835     $ 8,042  

 

  2  

 

 

 

(1) Segment results of operations include the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

(2) Calendar days: total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

 

(3) Available days: total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

(4) Operating days: the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

(5) Owned fleet operating days: the number of operating days in which our owned fleet is operating for the relevant period.

 

(6) Long-term charter-in days: the number of operating days in which our long-term charter-in fleet is operating for the relevant period. We regard chartered-in vessels as long-term charters if the period of the charter we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months.

 

(7) Short-term charter-in days: the number of operating days for which we have chartered-in third party vessels for durations of less than one year for the relevant period.

 

(8) Fleet utilization: the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

(9) TCE per day: vessel revenue less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and includes charter-in days. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of TCE revenue and a reconciliation of TCE revenue to revenue.

 

(10) Vessel operating costs per day: vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of vessel operating costs per day.

 

(11) Long-term charter-in costs per day: charter costs associated with long-term chartered-in vessels divided by long-term charter-in days for the relevant period. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of long-term charter-in costs and its reconciliation to adjusted charter hire costs. That discussion also shows an analysis of adjusted charter hire costs split between long-term charter-in costs and short-term charter-in costs.

 

Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

  3  

 

  

RISK FACTORS

 

In addition to the other information included in this annual report, the considerations listed below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cash flows, or ability to pay dividends, or future prospects, or financial performance, resulting in a decline in the trading price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares. The risks set forth below comprise all material risks currently known to us. These factors should be considered carefully, together with the information and financial data set forth in this annual report.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

Weak economic conditions throughout the world, in particular in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region, could negatively affect the markets in which we operate which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and ability to obtain financing.

 

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy is currently facing a number of new challenges, including the COVID-19 pandemic and recent turmoil and hostilities in various regions, including Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa. The weakness in the global economy has caused, and may cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods, and, thus, shipping. Additionally, there has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and gas, and other commodities. An extended period of deterioration in the outlook for the world economy could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and other commodities and for our services. Continuing economic instability could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

 

The United States, Europe and other parts of the world have exhibited weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented and/or are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

 

Continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect on us, as we anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels and those of our competitors will continue to involve the loading or discharging of drybulk and liquid bulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Before the global financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China’s GDP is estimated to have decreased to approximately 6.1% for the year ended December 31, 2019 and it continues to remain below pre-2008 levels despite the overall level of demand for seaborne cargoes from China having increased since 2008. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the future. Moreover, economic slowdown in the economies of the United States, Europe and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by a further economic downturn in any of these countries or geographic regions.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been and continue to be volatile. Credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. These issues, along with significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the current weak economic conditions, have made, and will likely continue to make, it challenging to obtain additional financing. In addition, the current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

 

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased to provide, funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available to the extent required to implement our business strategy, or that we will be able to refinance our credit facilities in due course, on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they become due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, acquire newbuildings and additional vessels or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

 

  4  

 

 

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or affect our ability to borrow amounts under credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. The recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with possible further declines in charter rates and vessel values, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. 

  

In the global economy, operating businesses have recently faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, weak international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. In particular, lower demand growth for drybulk and tanker cargoes as well as diminished trade credit available for the delivery of such cargoes have led to decreased demand for drybulk carriers and tankers, creating downward pressure on charter rates, the spot market and vessel values. These global economic conditions have and may continue to have a number of adverse consequences for drybulk, tanker and other shipping sectors, including, among other things:

 

low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters or in the spot market;

 

decreases in the market value of drybulk carriers and tankers and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;

 

limited financing for vessels;

 

widespread loan covenant defaults; and

 

declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.

 

The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Outbreaks of epidemic and pandemic diseases, and governmental responses thereto, could adversely affect our business. The COVID-19 pandemic, and measures to contain its spread, have impacted the markets in which we operate and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic, and measures to contain its spread, have negatively impacted regional and global economies and trade patterns in markets in which we operate, the way we operate our business, and the businesses of our customers and suppliers. Governments in affected countries are imposing travel bans, quarantines and other emergency public health measures and a number of countries have implemented lockdown measures. Companies, including us, are also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, and imposing travel restrictions. These restrictions have had an adverse impact on global economic conditions, resulted in turmoil in the shipping, credit and other markets which affect us, and introduced new risks to our operations, some of which may not yet have become evident to us. As a result of these measures, our vessels may not be able to call on ports, or may be restricted from departing from ports, and the duration of voyages may increase in order to accommodate mandatory minimum periods between port calls which could increase our costs and delay the due date for payment of freight to us. In addition we may experience severe operational disruptions and delays, unavailability of normal port infrastructure and services including limited access to equipment, critical goods and personnel, closure of ports and customs offices, inability to renew or maintain the required classifications of our vessels, difficulty in executing vessel purchases or sales, potential decreases in the market values of vessels and related impairment charges, disruptions to crew change, quarantine of ships and/or crew, counterparty credit strength, limitations on sources of cash and liquidity, noncompliance with covenants in our credit facilities and financing lease obligations, as well as disruptions in the supply chain and industrial production which may lead to reduced cargo supply and/or the demand for such cargo, including oil, and thus to a decline in the demand for our services, among other potential consequences. Ongoing prevention and mitigation measures, and negative economic and trade impacts of the COVID-19 outbreak could materially and adversely affect our future operations, our business, financial condition and cash flows. The extent of the COVID-19 outbreak’s effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the outbreak, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving situation. As a result, the ultimate severity of the COVID-19 outbreak is uncertain at this time and therefore we cannot predict the impact it may have on our future operations, which impact could be material and adverse.

 

  5  

 

 

Charter rates for drybulk carriers are volatile and have declined significantly since their historic highs and may remain at relatively low levels or decrease in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The drybulk shipping industry is cyclical with high volatility in charter rates and profitability. The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of drybulk carriers has varied widely; however, the downturn in the drybulk charter market has severely affected the entire drybulk shipping industry and charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined significantly from historically high levels. In the past, time charter and voyage charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined below operating costs of vessels. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, declined approximately 97.5% from its high of 11,793 in May 2008 to 290 on February 10, 2016 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the BDI fluctuated in a range between 595 and 2,518. As of April 30, 2020, the BDI was 635. 

 

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major drybulk commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may employ our vessels in these short-term markets at lower rates. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

Factors that influence demand for drybulk carrier capacity include:

 

supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;

 

the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

the globalization of production and manufacturing;

 

global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities, embargoes and strikes;

 

disruptions and developments in international trade including additional trade tariffs imposed by China and the United States and the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the duration of these effects;

 

the cost of steel and labor;

 

the cost and availability of financing;

 

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;

 

environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

competition from alternative sources of energy;

 

international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars;

 

currency exchange rates; and

 

  6  

 

weather, natural disasters and other catastrophic events, such as the Vale tailings dam collapse in January 2019 which had an impact on the worldwide iron ore supply, which may disrupt drybulk trading patterns.

 

Factors that influence the supply of drybulk carrier capacity include:

 

the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

 

the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

 

port or canal congestion;

 

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

environmental concerns and regulations including the IMO 2020 regulations;

 

speed of vessel operation;

 

vessel casualties;

 

weather; and

  

the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.

 

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to newbuilding and scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These and other factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

 

We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk carriers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world’s economies, mainly China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global drybulk fleet and the sources and supply of drybulk cargo to be transported by sea. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Charter rates for tankers are volatile, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The tanker industry is cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. A worsening of current global economic conditions may cause tanker charter rates to decline and thereby adversely affect our ability to employ our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their employment, or any renewal or replacement employment that we enter into may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values result from changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes. The factors affecting the supply of and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable. The BCTI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as a main benchmark to monitor the movements of the clean tanker vessel charter market and the performance of the entire clean tanker shipping market, declined approximately 82.3% from its high of 1,955 in December 2000 to 345 in April 2009 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the BCTI fluctuated in a range between 448 and 1,031. As of April 30, 2020, the BCTI was 1,912.

 

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major large bulk liquid commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may be unable to keep our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

  7  

 

 

The factors that influence demand for clean tanker capacity include:

 

supply of and demand for energy resources, oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

 

regional availability of refining capacity and inventories;

 

regional production of liquid bulks such as vegetable oils and chemicals;

 

global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts, terrorist activities, and strikes and the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the duration of these effects;

 

the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

the distance over which oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes are to be moved by sea;

 

the cost of steel and labor;

 

the cost and availability of financing;

 

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;

  

weather and natural disasters;

 

competition from alternative sources of energy;

 

currency exchange rates; and

 

international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

 

The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

 

supply of and demand for energy resources and oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

 

the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

 

the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

 

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

conversion of tankers to other uses;

 

the number of tankers trading crude or “dirty” oil products (such as fuel oil);

 

the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid up, drydocked, awaiting repairs, used for storage purposes or otherwise not available for hire;

 

environmental concerns and regulations, including the IMO 2020 regulations;

 

geographical oil product and other liquid bulk cargo imbalances (affecting the level of trading activity);

 

developments in international trade, including refinery additions and closures;

 

port or canal congestion;

 

vessel casualties;

  

  8  

 

 

weather; and

 

speed of vessel operation.

 

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up, include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance costs, insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing tanker fleet in the market, and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

 

We anticipate that the future demand for our tankers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world’s economies, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global tanker fleet and the sources and supply of oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes to be transported by sea. Given the number of new tankers currently on order with the shipyards, the capacity of the global tanker fleet seems likely to increase and there can be no assurance as to the timing or extent of future economic growth. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers are volatile and may decline in the future, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our credit facilities, or result in an impairment charge, and we may incur a loss if we sell a vessel following a decline in its market value.

 

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers have generally experienced high volatility and have declined significantly from time to time. The fair market value of our vessels may continue to fluctuate depending on a number of factors, including:

 

prevailing levels of charter rates;

 

general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

 

competition from varying types and sizes of vessels;

  

the ages of vessels;

 

the supply of and demand for vessels;

 

other modes of transportation;

 

the cost of newbuildings;

 

governmental and other regulations;

 

the need to upgrade vessels as a result of charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise;

 

bunker prices; and

 

competition from other shipping companies.

 

If the fair market values of our vessels decline, the amount of funds we may draw down under our credit facilities may be limited and we may not be in compliance with certain covenants contained in our credit facilities, which may result in an event of default. In such circumstances, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. If we are not able to comply with the covenants in our credit facilities, and are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on the mortgaged vessels in our Fleet. In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale and a reduction in earnings, which could be material. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

  9  

 

 

Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

An inability to effectively time investments in and divestments of vessels could prevent the implementation of our business strategy and negatively impact our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In order to maintain a young fleet we are required to replace older vessels with newer ones over time. In order to do so, we intend to grow our Fleet by entering into long-term chartering and newbuildings contracts and making acquisitions and disposals in the resale and second-hand markets. Our business is greatly influenced by long-term chartering contracts, the timing of investments and/or divestments, the exercise of our purchase options to acquire vessels and contracting of newbuildings. As of the date of this annual report, we have purchase options to acquire five vessels that we time charter, including two chartered-in vessels currently under construction. For a discussion of the terms of these purchase options, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Overview”. If we are unable to identify the optimal timing of such investments, of the exercise of our purchase options, of divestments or of contracting of newbuildings in relation to the shipping value cycle or unable to execute at the optimal timing due to capital constraints or other reasons, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Drybulk carrier and tanker values have generally experienced high volatility. Investors can expect the fair market value of our vessels to fluctuate, depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the drybulk and tanker industries and competition from other shipping companies, types and sizes of vessels and other modes of transportation. In addition, as vessels age, they generally decline in value. These factors will affect the value of our vessels for purposes of covenant compliance under the credit facilities and at the time of any vessel sale. If for any reason we sell a vessel at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be at less than such vessel’s carrying amount on our financial statements, with the result that we could also incur a material loss on the sale and a reduction in earnings and reserves. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time. At the end of each reporting period and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we have contracted to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies”.

 

An over-supply of drybulk carrier and tanker capacity may prolong or lead to a reduction or depression in drybulk carrier or tanker charter rates, as has happened in the past, and lead to a reduction in the value of our vessels, which may limit our ability to operate our drybulk carriers and tankers profitably.

 

The market supply of drybulk carriers has increased significantly since the beginning of 2005. As of May 2020, newbuilding orders, which extend to 2022 and beyond, had been placed for approximately 8.1% of the existing global drybulk fleet capacity for drybulk vessels greater than 10,000 dwt, and the orderbook may increase further. Drybulk carrier supply growth has been outpacing drybulk carrier demand growth over the past few years, causing downward pressure on drybulk charter rates. If the capacity of new drybulk carriers delivered exceeds the capacity of drybulk carriers being scrapped, drybulk capacity will increase. Until the new supply is fully absorbed by the market, drybulk charter rates may continue to be under pressure in the near to medium term and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. 

  

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors, such as supply of and demand for energy resources, including oil and petroleum products, supply of and demand for seaborne transportation of such energy resources and other liquid bulk cargoes, and the current and expected purchase orders for newbuildings. If the capacity of new tankers delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and converted to non-trading tankers, global tanker capacity will increase. As of May 2020, the newbuilding oil tanker orderbook, which extends to 2022 and beyond, equaled approximately 7.8% of the existing global oil tanker fleet and the order book may increase further in proportion to the existing global oil tanker fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly or declines, charter rates could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, tankers may be “cleaned up” from “dirty/crude” trades and swapped back into the clean tanker market which would increase the available clean tanker tonnage which may affect the supply and demand balance for clean tankers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  10  

 

 

We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and contracts of affreightment, or COAs, with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

 

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age, the condition of the vessel, our and our third-party commercial managers’ reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, the acceptability of the vessel and its technical managers and operators to the charterers.

 

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If we are unable to successfully compete with other drybulk or tanker shipping companies, our competitors may be able to offer better prices than us, which could result in our achieving lower revenue from our vessels and our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our drybulk and tanker shipping charter rates will be subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels in the spot market or on index-based time charters or have index-based COAs, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

 

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

 

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months.

 

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supply of certain commodities. 

  

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

 

Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and regulations of the UN International Maritime Organization, or IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL) including the designation of Emission Control Areas, or ECAs, thereunder, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage of 2001 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as BUNKER), the International Convention of Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as CLC), the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the ISPS code, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended), or the LL Convention.

 

  11  

 

 

Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes, such as the purchase of low-sulfur fuel to comply with the IMO 2020 regulations, and the need for such actions may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, or our ability to offer competitive charter rates. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the fair market values or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. For example, the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, adopted by the IMO in February 2004, calls for the phased introduction of mandatory reducing living organism limits in ballast water over time (as discussed further below). In order to comply with these living organism limits, vessel owners may have to install expensive ballast water treatment systems or make port facility disposal arrangements and modify existing vessels to accommodate those systems. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017 and while we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, we cannot be assured that these systems will be approved by the regulatory bodies of every jurisdiction in which we may wish to conduct our business. If they are not approved it could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems, the direct costs thereof and the time our vessels may be off hire to effect such modifications.

 

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States (unless the spill results solely from, under certain limited circumstances, the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war). An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, including punitive damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our drybulk carriers and tankers.

 

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, and certificates with respect to our operations, and satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations”.

 

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for oil and coal and the continued demand for seaborne transportation of such cargoes. A shift in consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy sources or changes to trade patterns for refined oil products or coal could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A significant portion of our earnings are related, directly or indirectly, to the global demand for oil and coal. A shift in the consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy resources such as liquefied natural gas, wind energy, solar energy, or water energy will potentially affect the demand for our drybulk carriers and tankers. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, our growth depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals and the transportation of such cargoes by sea, which could be negatively affected by a number of factors, including:

 

technology developments and their effect on factors such as cost, alternative or substitute products, alternative methods of production and the location of production;

  

the economic and financial developments globally, including actual and projected global economic growth;

 

fluctuations in the actual or projected price of crude oil, refined petroleum products or other bulk liquids;

 

  12  

 

 

refining capacity and its geographical location;

 

increases in the production of oil or natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to oil pipelines in those markets;

 

decreases in the consumption of oil or natural gas due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources, and other factors making consumption of oil or natural gas less attractive or energy conservation measures;

 

availability of new, alternative energy sources; and

 

negative or deteriorating global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in oil-consuming regions, which could reduce energy consumption or its growth.

 

Seaborne trading and distribution patterns are primarily influenced by the relative advantage of the various sources and locations of production, locations of consumption, pricing differentials and seasonality. Changes to the trade patterns of refined oil products or coal may have a significant negative or positive impact on our revenue. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The refining and chemical industries may respond to any economic downturn and demand weakness by reducing operating rates, partially or completely closing refineries and plants and by reducing or cancelling certain investment expansion plans, including plans for additional refining capacity, in the case of the refining industry. Continued reduced demand for refined petroleum products and other bulk liquids and the shipping of such cargoes or the increased availability of pipelines used to transport refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

If we cannot meet our customers’ quality and compliance requirements we may not be able to operate our vessels profitably which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Customers, and in particular those in the oil industry, have a high and increasing focus on quality and compliance standards with their suppliers across the entire value chain, including the shipping and transportation segment. Our continuous compliance with these standards and quality requirements is vital for our operations. Related risks could materialize in multiple ways, including a sudden and unexpected breach in quality and/or compliance concerning one or more vessels, and a continuous decrease in the quality concerning one or more vessels occurring over time. Moreover, continuously increasing requirements from oil industry constituents can further complicate our ability to meet the standards. Any noncompliance by us, either suddenly or over a period of time, on one or more vessels, or an increase in requirements by oil operators above and beyond what we deliver, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

  

World events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Past terrorist attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa, and the presence of the United States or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. Recently, government leaders have declared that their countries may turn to trade barriers to protect or revive their domestic industries in the face of foreign imports. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. War in a country in which a material supplier, including crew supply services, or customer of ours is located could impact that supply to us or our ability to earn revenue from that customer. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and West Africa. Restrictions on imports, including in the form of tariffs, as discussed further below, have had and could have a major impact on global trade and demand for shipping. Please also refer to “—Outbreaks of epidemic and pandemic diseases, and governmental responses thereto, could adversely affect our business. COVID-19, and measures to contain its spread, have impacted the markets we operate in and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.” above. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  13  

 

An increase in trade protectionism and the unraveling of multilateral trade agreements could have a material adverse impact on our charterers’ business and, in turn, could cause a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Our operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism will adversely affect our business. Recently, government leaders have declared that their countries may turn to trade barriers to protect or revive their domestic industries in the face of foreign imports, thereby depressing the demand for shipping. The United Kingdom left the European Union on January 31, 2020, and its international trade arrangements with the European Union and other trade partners may change. In the United States, the current administration has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other exporting countries, including with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. The U.S. presidential administration has stated that it rejects multilateral trade agreements in favor of bilateral relations and purports to seek more favorable terms in its dealings with its trade partners. The U.S. administration has in certain instances resorted to aggressive tactics, such as the imposition of punitive tariffs, in order to achieve these goals. 

 

Restrictions on imports, including in the form of tariffs, has had and could continue to have a major impact on global trade and demand for shipping. Specifically, increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our charterers serve may cause an increase in (i) the cost of goods exported from exporting countries such as China and Mexico, (ii) the length of time required to deliver goods from exporting countries, (iii) the costs of such delivery and (iv) the risks associated with exporting goods. These factors may result in a decrease in the quantity of goods to be shipped. Protectionist developments, or the perception they may occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, and has and may continue to significantly reduce or otherwise impact global trade, including trade between the United States and China. These developments would have an adverse impact on our charterers’ business, operating results and financial condition. This could, in turn, affect our charterers’ ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and impair our ability to renew charters and grow our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our cash flows

 

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean, in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and, in more recent times, the Gulf of Guinea. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia, in the Gulf of Guinea and the west coast of Africa, with drybulk carriers and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. Acts of piracy may result in death or injury to persons or damage to property. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers or by the Joint War Committee of Lloyds Insurance and IUA Company, or Joint War Committee, as “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs of employing on-board security guards, could increase in such circumstances. In some circumstances where one of our vessels is chartered-out or on time charter, the time charterer may have limited liability for charter payments in the event of an act of piracy and may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates is not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and that they are therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. Voyage charterers do not bear any of the liability relating to acts of piracy except for possible contributions in general average. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, any hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We are subject to international safety regulations and requirements imposed by our classification societies and the failure to comply with these regulations and requirements may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires vessel owners, vessel managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of our vessels is ISM Code-certified or will be ISM Code-certified when delivered to us. However, if we are subject to increased liability for non-compliance, if our insurance coverage is adversely impacted as a result of non-compliance or if any of our vessels are denied access to, or are detained in, certain ports as a result of non-compliance with the ISM Code, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  14  

 

  

In addition, the hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. The cost of maintaining our vessels’ classifications, or class, may be substantial. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

 

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

 

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Changes in fuel, or bunker, prices may adversely affect our profits.

 

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant portion of our expenses when we are responsible for voyage expenses in operating our vessels and changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, the purchase of more costly fuels for our vessels to comply with IMO 2020 regulations limiting sulfur content in fuels could negatively affect our business to the extent we are unable to recover the higher costs from our customers, though it is not yet possible to ascertain material trends in the effect the IMO 2020 regulations are having on the market.

 

A number of vessel owners have ordered so-called “eco-type” vessel designs, which may offer substantial bunker savings as compared to older designs. Increased demand for and supply of “eco-type” vessels could reduce demand for those of our vessels that are not considered as such and expose us to lower vessel utilization and/or decreased charter rates.

 

New vessel designs purport to offer material bunker savings compared to older designs, which include certain of our vessels. Such savings could result in a substantial reduction of bunker cost for charterers compared to vessels of ours. As the supply of “eco-type” vessels increases and if charterers prefer such vessels over our vessels that are not classified as such, this may reduce demand for our non-“eco-type” vessels, impair our ability to re-charter such vessels at competitive rates and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We operate drybulk carriers and tankers worldwide and, as a result, our business has inherent operational risks, which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses, and we may not be adequately covered by insurance.

 

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations of ocean-going vessels. Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenue, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

 

Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenue or property, payment of ransoms, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, market disruptions, and interference with shipping routes (such as delay or rerouting), which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses and also subject us to litigation.

 

  15  

 

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or we may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is distant from the relevant vessel’s position. The loss of earnings while our vessels are being repaired and repositioned or from being forced to wait for space, as well as the actual cost of repairs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, in certain cases we bareboat charter our vessels. Such vessels could require significant repairs when the vessel is returned to us. 

  

The operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

 

In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil, including, among other things, oil spills, which we have experienced in the past and may experience in the future. An oil spill may cause significant environmental damage, and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil transported in tankers.

 

Furthermore, the operation of certain vessel types, such as drybulk carriers, also has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach at sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessel’s holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel’s bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Other bulk cargoes will include a certain amount of moisture and may “liquefy” under certain conditions which can cause the cargo to shift, render the vessel unstable and cause it to sink or suffer damage. Any of these circumstances or events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

 

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. We procure insurance for the vessels in our Fleet against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance, or FD&D insurance. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. In this regard we are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims, including environmental damage, pollution and crew personal injury and illness claims (currently the amount of insurance coverage for pollution claims available to us on commercially reasonable terms through P&I Associations is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident). The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into inter-association agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

 

We do not currently maintain insurance against loss of hire on our vessels resulting from business interruptions that result from the loss of use of a vessel other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. The insurers may not pay particular claims as the payment of some claims may be treated as discretionary by the board of directors of the P&I Association. Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery. Moreover, insurers may default on claims they are required to pay.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future, or that we will be able to obtain certain insurance coverage. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  16  

 

Maritime claimants could arrest or attach one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flows.

 

In certain jurisdictions, an extensive range of claims may give rise to maritime liens, such as claims by suppliers of goods and services to a vessel and cargo claims, and maritime liens against a vessel maybe granted for claims against the time charterer of that vessel. The holder of a maritime lien is entitled to enforce the claim against the vessel notwithstanding that the claim may be against another party that has an interest in the vessel. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa under the “associated ship” procedures, a claimant may arrest either the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime claim or any “associated” vessel, which is any other vessel owned by the same owner or is owned by a company that is controlled, directly or indirectly by any person or persons through the owning company or the chartering company, whomever was liable, at the time the claim arose. 

  

The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. The occurrence of any of the above events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.

 

We could be subject to industrial action or other labor unrest that could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out normally. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, such business interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. These effects would be exacerbated if such a disruption were to occur on one of our vessels that are manned by masters, officers and crews that are employed by third parties that we do not control.

 

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States, United Kingdom, United Nations or other governments, which could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our ordinary shares.

 

Although we do not expect that our vessels will call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, from time to time on charterers’ instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in such countries in the future. Our vessels have called on ports in Cuba and Sudan on very limited occasions in compliance with applicable sanctions, including with respect to humanitarian shipments arranged by the United States Agency for International Development, or USAID. Prior to each voyage on behalf of USAID, we confirmed that the charterer possessed a license authorizing the transactions under U.S. sanctions laws. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which amended the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA introduced limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

 

On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the “Joint Plan of Action”, or the JPOA. Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the United States and E.U. would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months. On January 20, 2014, the United States and E.U. indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures included, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries from January 20, 2014 until July 20, 2014. The JPOA was subsequently extended twice. 

 

  17  

 

 

On July 14, 2015, the P5+1 and the E.U. announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran’s Nuclear Program, or the JCPOA, which is intended to significantly restrict Iran’s ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016, which we refer to as Implementation Day, the United States joined the E.U. and the UN in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency, or the IAEA, that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA. 

  

On August 2, 2017, the United States enacted the Countering America’s Adversaries Through Sanctions Act, or CAATSA. CAATSA authorizes secondary sanctions on persons worldwide who conduct certain business with Iran, Russia, and North Korea. These include secondary sanctions on persons (1) dealing with most sectors of the North Korean economy, including the transportation sector, (2) engaging in any activity related to Iran’s ballistic missile program, including transportation, and (3) dealing with certain activities in the Russian energy sector, including support of Russian energy export pipelines and certain energy projects. On September 21, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order imposing additional sanctions against North Korea, including a prohibition on vessels calling at ports in the United States that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days or that have engaged in vessel-to-vessel transfers with vessels that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days. On April 6, 2018, the United States imposed sanctions on seven Russian oligarchs and certain companies they own or control, 17 senior Russian government officials, a state-owned Russian weapons trading company, and a Russian bank. These sanctions were imposed in part under CAATSA, and some were specifically for persons operating in the energy sector of the Russian Federation economy. CAATSA also requires the mandatory imposition of secondary sanctions on any non-U.S. person that knowingly facilitates significant transactions for or on behalf of these designated Russian persons or any entities in which they own, directly or indirectly, a 50% or greater interest.

 

On October 13, 2017, President Trump declined to certify Iran’s compliance with the JCPOA. On January 12, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States did not intend to renew its sanctions waivers under the JCPOA when the waivers next expire on May 12, 2018 unless significant changes were made to the JCPOA. On May 8, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States would withdraw from the JCPOA and begin the process of reimposing sanctions that were waived under the JCPOA. The United States determined that these sanctions would be reimposed in two tranches. One set of sanctions was reimposed after a 90-day wind down period that ended August 6, 2018, and the remainder was reimposed after a 180-day wind down period that ended November 4, 2018. All sanctions that were suspended or waived under the JCPOA, including those under CISADA and the Iran Threat Reduction Act, have been in force since November 5, 2018 at the latest. The secondary sanctions related to Iran’s petroleum and petrochemical sectors, energy sector, and port operators, shipping, and shipbuilding sectors were reimposed after the 180-day wind down period that ended November 4, 2018. Since such time, Iran has breached certain of its undertakings in the JCPOA, although the remaining parties to the JCPOA all continue formally to be participants in the JCPOA. On February 21, 2020, Iran was placed on the blacklist of High-Risk Jurisdictions subject to a Call for Action by the Financial Action Task Force (“FATF”).

 

Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in an occurrence of an event of default under our credit facilities, fines or other penalties and could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our securities may adversely affect the price at which our securities trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our securities may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

 

  18  

 

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws.

 

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws, which generally prohibit corrupt payments by us, our employees, vendors, or agents. These laws include the U.K. Bribery Act, which became effective on July 1, 2011 and which is broader in scope than the FCPA, as it prohibits bribes to any person and contains no facilitating payments exception. Under the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, we may be held liable for some actions taken by strategic or local partners and agents. We operate our vessels in some jurisdictions that international corruption monitoring groups have identified as having high levels of corruption and may utilize vendors and agents to act on our behalf in those jurisdictions. Our activities create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, vendors, or agents that could be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws. While we devote substantial resources to our global compliance program and have implemented policies, training, and internal controls designed to reduce the risk of corrupt payments and to comply with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, our employees, vendors, and agents may violate our policies. We also may not be able to adequately prevent or detect all possible violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. If we are found to be responsible for violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), our company and our employees could suffer from substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines, incarceration, prohibitions or limitations on the conduct of our business, the loss of our financing facilities and significant reputational damage, including our relationships with our customers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Government or regulatory investigations into potential violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws by Grindrod Shipping or its employees, vendors, or agents could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management. 

  

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

 

We expect that our vessels will call in ports where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face reputational damage and governmental or other regulatory claims which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes its charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we may be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

A substantial number of our vessels are employed in either the spot market or in drybulk and tanker pools and any decrease in spot rates in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A substantial number of our drybulk carriers and tankers are currently employed in either the spot market or in spot market-oriented drybulk and tanker pools, some of which are managed by third parties. This exposes us to fluctuations in spot rates. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we earned a substantial portion of our revenue from spot market-oriented pools and spot market charters. The spot market may fluctuate significantly based upon drybulk carrier, tanker, cargo, energy resources, commodities, industrial products and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot contracts and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for employment and time spent traveling unemployed to a demand area. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot market rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot market rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as spot charters may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot rates are rising we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

 

  19  

 

Our ability to renew expiring contracts or obtain new contracts on favorable terms or at all will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to extend contracts in direct continuation of current contracts or we are not able to obtain new contracts for existing or new owned vessels or new chartered-in vessels upon their delivery to us, or if new charters are entered into with our customers at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to current charter terms, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, we cannot assure you that the drybulk and tanker pools our vessels operate in or pools that we manage will be successful in finding employment for all such vessels in the volatile spot market or whether any such employment will be at profitable rates. We cannot assure you that our vessels will be profitably operated by such pool or by ourselves where we commercially manage our vessels outside of pools.

 

Furthermore, vessels operated by unaffiliated third-parties may participate in such pools and may not be of a comparable design or quality to our vessels, negatively impacting the profitability of such pools. If such unaffiliated third-parties withdraw from the pools which we manage or participate in, such pools may no longer be able to operate profitability, or at all, due to the decreased number of vessels in the pool, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our Fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

At December 31, 2019, we had vessels of $303.6 million in total on our consolidated and combined statements of financial position, representing approximately 120% of our shareholders’ equity. 

  

At the end of each reporting period, and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we have contracted to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. During 2016, we recorded an impairment loss of approximately $12.6 million relating to the reduction of the carrying value of our vessels based on value in use calculations. The impairments were largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we impaired the vessels to the extent of $16.5 million because we determined certain vessels were likely to be sold as they no longer fit into our strategic planning, and during 2018 one of our 50% held joint ventures impaired its vessels by $5.7 million when it determined to sell them. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we impaired vessels to the extent of $15.4 million as we contracted to sell them, we impaired a handysize vessel where the recoverable amount was below the carrying value to the extent of $1.6 million and we impaired right-of-use assets to the extent of $2.3 million where the recoverable amount was below the carrying value.

 

If there is a reduction in our estimated charter rates, or if we intend to divest additional vessels, we may be required to record further impairment charges on our vessels, which would require us to write down the carrying value of these assets to their fair value. Since vessels and from time to time vessels under construction comprise a substantial portion of our consolidated and combined statements of financial position, such charges could have a material impact on our financial statements. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies”. 

 

We depend on certain customers for our revenue. Customers may terminate or default on their obligations to us and the terms of charters may be difficult to enforce.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue in the amount of approximately $40.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, five customers accounted for 10% or more of our tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $21.2 million, $15.5 million, $8.5 million, $7.9 million and $7.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, three customers accounted for 10% or more of our tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $17.3 million, $14.3 million and $6.3 million, respectively. For each of the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenue, in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million, respectively, in 2017, and $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively, in 2016. Each of the foregoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenue attributable to the OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold on January 1, 2018. The loss of any of our significant customers, a customer’s failure to make payments or perform under any of the applicable contracts, a customer’s termination of any of the applicable contracts, or a decline in payments under the contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Our contracts are governed by the law of a number of jurisdictions and provide for a variety of dispute resolution mechanisms and arbitration proceedings. There can be no assurance that we would be able to enforce any judgments against these charterers in jurisdictions where they are based or have their primary assets and operations. Even after a charter contract is entered, charterers may terminate charters early under certain circumstances.

 

  20  

 

 

A charterer may also terminate a charter for events that may or may not be within our control. The events or occurrences that will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter generally include a total or constructive total loss of the related vessel, the requisition for hire of the related vessel, the event of war in specified countries, the vessel becoming subject to seizure for more than a specified number of days, our failure to deliver the related vessel within a fixed period of time or the failure of the related vessel to meet specified performance criteria.

 

The ability of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, conditions specific to the customer, the condition of the drybulk and tankers sectors of the shipping industry to which the customer is exposed, and the charter rates received for specific types of vessels. The costs associated with the default by a customer may be considerable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Our customers may go bankrupt or fail to perform their obligations under the contracts, they may delay payments or suspend payments altogether, they may terminate the contracts prior to the agreed-upon expiration date or they may attempt to renegotiate the terms of the contracts. The failure of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract may mean we increase our exposure to the spot market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. If we receive lower rates under replacement contracts or are unable to re-employ all of our vessels, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. 

  

A drop in spot market rates may provide an incentive for some charterers and other customers to default on their charters and contracts.

 

If spot market rates decline, charterers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. Currently, and in the future, we may employ certain of our vessels in fixed rate time charters. When we enter into a time charter, as well as bareboat charter or COA, charter rates under that charter or contract may be fixed for the term of the charter or contract. If the spot market or term charter rates available in the drybulk shipping market or tanker shipping market become significantly lower than the rates that a customer is obliged to pay us under our existing charters or contracts, the customer may have incentive to default under that charter or contract or attempt to renegotiate the charter or contract. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new employment we secure in the spot market or on time charters, or as bareboat charters or under COAs, may be at lower rates. As a result, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties to contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We have entered into, and may enter into, various contracts, including pooling arrangements, time charters, spot voyage charters, shipbuilding contracts, credit facilities and other agreements. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime industries and the overall financial condition of the counterparty. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, or seek to renegotiate the terms of the contract, we could sustain significant losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Circumstances beyond our control could affect our customers’ financial strength, and because many of our customers are privately held companies, information about the financial strength of our customers may not always be available. As a result, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our customers and their non-performance, financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.

 

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team and our ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers. The loss of any of these individuals and difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel, including key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  21  

 

 

The aging of our vessels may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age typically they will become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine and other technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives. See “—A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our Fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our financial statements.” above.

 

The employment of our tankers could be adversely affected by an inability to clear the oil majors’ risk assessment process, and we could be in breach of our charter agreements.

 

The shipping industry, and especially the shipment of crude oil, refined petroleum products (clean and dirty) and bulk liquid chemicals, has been, and will remain, heavily regulated. The oil majors, together with a number of commodities traders, represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and shipping logistics (terminals) of crude oil and refined products worldwide. Concerns for the environment have led the oil majors to develop and implement a strict ongoing due diligence process when selecting their commercial partners. This vetting process has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive risk assessment of both the vessel operator and the vessel, including physical vessel inspections, completion of vessel inspection questionnaires performed by accredited inspectors and the production of comprehensive risk assessment reports. In the case of term charter relationships, additional factors are considered when awarding such contracts, including:

 

office assessments and audits of the vessel operator;

 

the operator’s environmental, health and safety record;

 

compliance with the standards of the IMO;

  

compliance with oil majors’ codes of conduct, policies and guidelines, including transparency, anti-bribery and ethical conduct requirements and relationships with third parties;

 

compliance with heightened industry standards that have been set by several oil companies;

 

shipping industry relationships, reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise;

 

shipping experience and quality of vessel operations, including cost-effectiveness;

 

quality, experience, length of service and technical capability of crews;

 

the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability;

 

relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths;

 

in the case of a charter of a newbuilding, construction management experience, including the ability to procure on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

 

Under the terms of our charter agreements, our charterers require that these vessels and their technical managers are vetted and approved to transport oil products by multiple oil majors. Our failure to maintain any of our tankers to the standards required by the oil majors could put us in breach of the applicable charter agreement and lead to termination of such agreement, and could give rise to impairment in the value of our tankers.

 

  22  

 

 

If we are not able to successfully clear the oil majors’ risk assessment processes on an ongoing basis, the future employment of our tankers, as well as our ability to obtain charters or freight contracts, whether spot, medium- or long-term, could be adversely affected. Such a situation may lead to the oil majors terminating existing charters and contracts and refusing to use our tankers in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We may not have adequate insurance to compensate us if we lose our vessels or to compensate third parties.

 

There are a number of risks associated with the operation of ocean-going vessels, including mechanical failure, collision, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, loss of life, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. Any of these events may result in loss of revenue, increased costs and decreased cash flows. In addition, the operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

 

We are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims (including claims related to environmental damage and pollution) through memberships in protection and indemnity associations or clubs, or P&I Associations. As a result of such membership, the P&I Associations provide us coverage for such tort and contractual claims. We also carry hull and machinery insurance and war risk insurance for our vessels. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. We do not maintain cover for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. We can give no assurance that we will be adequately insured against all risks. We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our vessels in the future. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Our insurance policies contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery.

 

The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association and the P&I Association’s retained earnings, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into interassociation agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew our insurance policies on the same or commercially reasonable terms, or at all, in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, protection and indemnity insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain of our actions, such as our vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. Further, we cannot assure you that our insurance policies will cover all losses that we incur, or that disputes over insurance claims will not arise with our insurance carriers. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. In addition, our insurance policies are subject to limitations and exclusions, which may increase our costs or lower our revenue, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. 

  

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

 

Our Fleet consists of 25 owned drybulk carriers, six long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers (excluding two under construction), five owned tankers and two long-term chartered-in tankers. One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations while prioritizing risk management and balance sheet flexibility, and we may, in the future, increase the size of our Fleet through acquisitions. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

identify suitable drybulk carriers and tankers, including newbuilding slots at shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisition at attractive prices;

 

sell older vessels at an appropriate time in the market;

 

  23  

 

 

obtain required financing for our existing and new vessels and operations;

 

identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning drybulk carriers and tankers for acquisition or joint ventures;

 

integrate any acquired drybulk carriers or tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;

 

hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and Fleet;

 

identify additional new markets;

 

enhance our customer base; and

 

enhance our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.

 

Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any drybulk or tanker vessels or businesses, or our inability to effectively manage our Fleet, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Furthermore, the number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we expand the size of our Fleet, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. In addition, if we further expand our Fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shoreside administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we expand our Fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to enhance our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. Acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our ordinary shareholders, or debt issuances (with amortization payments). The effect of an acquisition may be to lower our available cash. If any such events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

 

Grindrod Shipping is a holding company and depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to distribute funds to it in order to satisfy its financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

 

Grindrod Shipping is a holding company and its subsidiaries conduct all of its operations and own all of its operating assets. Grindrod Shipping has no significant assets other than the equity interests in and loans to its subsidiaries. As a result, its ability to satisfy its financial obligations and to pay dividends to its shareholders depend on its subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to it. If Grindrod Shipping is unable to obtain funds from its subsidiaries, its board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends. 

 

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future. If we are unable to fund our future capital expenditure needs, we may not be able to continue to operate some of our vessels or continue with some or all of our Fleet expansion plans, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We may face liquidity issues if poor market conditions in the drybulk and/or tanker markets persist for a prolonged period. In addition, we may need to raise additional capital to maintain, replace and expand the operating capacity of our Fleet and fund our operations. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the cost and timing of vessel acquisitions, and the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

 

In order to fund our capital expenditures, we may be required to incur borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or equity securities. Our ability to borrow money and access the capital markets through future offerings may be limited by a number of factors, including:

 

  24  

 

 

our financial performance;

 

our credit ratings or absence of a credit rating as a stand-alone company;

 

the liquidity of the overall capital markets;

 

the state of the Singapore, South African, United States and global economies;

 

general economic conditions and other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control; and

 

the state of the drybulk and tanker industries.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our shareholders may experience dilution or reduced distributions. Any additional debt or equity financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our shareholders, including, in the case of debt financing, making us subject to more restrictive covenants than those applicable to our existing credit facilities.

 

Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures could limit our ability to continue to operate some or all of our vessels or could cause us to impair the value of our vessels as well as limit our ability to continue with some or all of our fleet expansion plans. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Even if we are successful in obtaining such funds through financings, the terms of such financings could further limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

Servicing our current or future indebtedness and meeting certain financing obligations limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt and meet our other financing obligations, we may lose our vessels.

 

Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow to paying interest and repaying capital on our indebtedness under such facilities.

 

These payments and certain financing obligations limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity investments in our joint venture or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk and tanker industries. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

 

seeking to raise additional capital;

 

refinancing or restructuring our debt;

 

selling our vessels; or

 

reducing or delaying capital investments.

 

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. In addition, our 30 owned vessels are pledged as collateral to secure our various debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt and other financing, lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt or other assets. 

  

We are exposed to volatility in LIBOR and may selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.

 

The loans under our credit facilities are generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which was volatile in prior years and may rise in the future. LIBOR can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected as we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and may not enter into interest rate hedging arrangements for these or any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future, including those we may enter into to finance a portion of the amounts payable with respect to newbuildings or acquisitions.

 

  25  

 

 

We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest and breakage costs.

 

Uncertainty about the future of LIBOR may adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

As noted above, the loans under our credit facilities are generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR. LIBOR has been the subject of recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms and other pressures are anticipated to cause LIBOR to cease being published from the end of 2021 and until such time may cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted, but could include an increase in the cost of our variable rate indebtedness and obligations. In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced its intent to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. This and other announcements indicate that the publication of LIBOR as currently constructed should be expected to cease after 2021. Further, the viability of Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, as an alternative reference rate and the availability and acceptance of other alternative reference rates are unclear and also may have adverse effects on market rates of interest and the value of securities and other financial arrangements. These uncertainties, proposals and actions to resolve them, and their ultimate resolution also could negatively impact our funding costs, loan and other asset values, asset-liability management strategies, and other aspects of our business and financial results. No assurance can be provided that the uncertainties around LIBOR or their resolution will not adversely affect the use, level, and volatility of our loans under our credit facilities generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR.

 

We are leveraged, which could significantly limit our ability to execute our business strategy and we may be unable to comply with our covenants in our credit facilities that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which could result in a default under the terms of these agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had $165.2 million of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities and other borrowings and in the first quarter of 2020 we increased our credit facilities through two new facilities totaling $127.3 million in respect of vessels owned by IVS Bulk and we entered into a new credit facility for $35.8 million in connection with the purchase of an additional interest in IVS Bulk.

 

Our credit facilities impose operating and financial restrictions on us that limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto, among other things, to:

 

incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

 

sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

 

effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

 

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares if we determine to do so in the future, pay interest on our indebtedness, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

 

In addition, our credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our Fleet. Should our charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future or for other reasons, we may seek to obtain waivers or amendments from our lenders with respect to such financial ratios and covenants, or we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants.

 

  26  

 

  

Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so or amend these requirements. A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facilities would prevent us from borrowing additional money under our credit facilities and could result in a default under our credit facilities. If a default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets. Additionally, if not repaid the interest rate on the outstanding debt can be increased. Moreover, in connection with any waivers or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities including an increase in the interest rate. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, repurchase our ordinary shares, make capital expenditures, or incur additional indebtedness.

 

Furthermore, certain of our debt agreements contain cross-default provisions that may be triggered if we default under the terms of other of our financing agreements. In the event of default by us under one of our debt agreements, the lenders under our other debt agreements could determine that we are in default under such other financing agreements. Such cross defaults could result in the acceleration of the maturity of such debt under these agreements and the lenders thereunder may foreclose upon any collateral securing that debt, including our vessels, even if we were to subsequently cure such default. In the event of such acceleration or foreclosure, we might not have sufficient funds or other assets to satisfy all of our obligations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the costs and time to resolve them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings”.

 

Some of the vessels in our Fleet are operated by third-party technical managers. Any failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We have contracted the technical management for a portion of our Fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair services, to third-party technical management companies. The failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Although we may have rights against our third-party managers if they default on their obligations to us, we will receive the benefit of that recourse only to the extent that we recover funds. 

  

Some of the third-party managers for our vessels are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

 

Some of our vessels are managed by third parties. The ability of these third-party managers to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could affect our third-party managers’ financial strength. Because some of our third-party managers are privately held companies, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager and if they are unable to provide the technical or commercial management services we have contracted for, we may have delays in operating our vessels which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  27  

 

Security breaches and disruptions to our information technology infrastructure could interfere with our operations and expose us to liability which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we rely heavily on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store information electronically, and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities. Additionally, we collect and store certain data, including proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to other confidential information in the ordinary course of our business. Despite our cybersecurity measures (including monitoring of networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems) which are continuously reviewed and upgraded, our information technology networks and infrastructure may still be vulnerable to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due to attack by hackers or breaches, employee error or malfeasance, data leakage, power outages, computer viruses and malware, telecommunication or utility failures, systems failures, natural disasters, or other catastrophic events. Any such events could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability or penalties under privacy or other laws, disruption in operations, and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, some of our technology networks and systems are managed by third-party service providers (including cloud-service providers) for a variety of reasons, and such providers also may have access to proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to confidential information on the conduct of our business. Like us, these third-party providers are subject to risks imposed by data breaches and disruptions to their technology infrastructure. A cyber-attack could defeat one or more of our third-party service providers’ security measures, allowing an attacker access to proprietary information from our company including our employees’, customers’ and suppliers’ data. Any such security breach or disruption to our third-party service providers could result in a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation and liability claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Because international shipping companies often generate most or all of their revenue in U.S. dollars, but incur a portion of their expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could cause us to suffer exchange rate losses, thereby increasing expenses and reducing income.

 

We engage in worldwide commerce with a variety of entities. Although our operations may expose us to certain levels of foreign currency risk, our transactions are predominantly U.S. dollar-denominated. The U.S. dollar is our functional currency and the functional currency of nearly all our subsidiaries and joint ventures. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the U.S. dollar falls in value can increase, decreasing our earnings. A greater percentage of our transactions and expenses in the future may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the statements of financial position at the exchange rate prevailing on the statements of financial position date. Differences in exchange rates between statements of financial position dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions, and the translation of the financial statements of our subsidiaries whose functional currencies are not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated accounts, may follow different translation procedures. The determination of the functional currency of a company is based on various factors and a company’s functional currency may change depending on its circumstances. As part of our overall risk management policy, we may attempt to hedge these risks in exchange rate fluctuations from time to time. We may not always be successful in such hedging activities and, as a result, our operating results could suffer as a result of losses incurred as a result of un-hedged exchange rate fluctuations. We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to exchange rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional exchange rate costs. 

  

If we are unable to operate our financial and operations systems effectively or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, our performance may be adversely affected.

 

Our current financial and operating systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our Fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. If our current financial and operating systems infrastructure is unable to manage the additional volume of our operations as our business grows, our operating efficiency could decline. If we fail to hire and retain qualified personnel to implement, protect and maintain our financial and operating systems or if we fail to upgrade our systems to meet our customers’ demands we may experience a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. 

 

  28  

 

In addition, as we expand our Fleet, we or our third-party technical managers may have to recruit suitable additional seafarers or shore-based administrative and management personnel. We cannot assure you that we or our third-party technical managers will be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our Fleet.

 

We need to maintain our relationships with local shipping agents.

 

Our drybulk carrier and tankers businesses are dependent upon our relationships with local shipping agents operating in the ports where our customers ship and unload their products. We believe our local shipping agent relationships will remain critical to our success in the future and the loss of one or more of which could materially and negatively impact our ability to retain and service our customers. We cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, or that new or renewed local shipping agent relationships will be available on commercially reasonable terms. If we are unable to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships, renew existing local shipping agent relationships, or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, we may lose customers or cause delays in the ports in which we operate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Prolonged disruption or slowdown in the loading and unloading of our vessels could affect our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner and may result in a loss of revenue.

 

We rely on third parties for the loading and unloading process of our vessels at ports. A disruption in loading and unloading logistics could disrupt our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner. Significant disruptions or slowdowns could result in a loss of revenue which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

If we acquire and / or operate secondhand vessels, we could be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our Fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

 

Although none of the vessels in our Fleet are secondhand vessels, we may acquire and / or operate secondhand vessels in the future. While we expect that we would typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us and therefore we cannot assure you that the quality of any secondhand vessels that we buy will be acceptable. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that they acquire. We cannot assure you that, if we acquire and operate second hand vessels in the future, as our secondhand vessels age, market conditions will justify expenditures or enable us to operate our secondhand vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

 

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

 

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to carry a variety of cargoes, enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new drybulk carriers or tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts.

 

We have and may in the future enter into or acquire newbuilding contracts for drybulk carriers or tankers. Construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel. 

 

  29  

 

  

We have and may in the future contract with a trading house or a shipyard for the construction of a newbuilding. In the event the seller or the shipyard does not perform under its contract and we are unable to enforce the refund guarantee with a third-party bank for any reason, or we have not obtained such a guarantee, we may lose all or part of our investment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions, which subjects us to credit risk.

 

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions. An event of default by any of these financial institutions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our financial institutions are subject to internal and regulatory compliance protocols, which may delay access to our accounts. Such a delay could impact our ability to consummate transactions and operate our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares

 

There may not be a liquid market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ in the United States and quoted on the main board of the JSE in South Africa. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of those markets for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares or the price at which the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may trade. The liquidity and the market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may be affected by a number of factors including variations in exchange and interest rates, the deterioration and volatility of the markets for similar securities, and/or any changes in Grindrod Shipping’s liquidity, financial condition, creditworthiness, results and profitability and future prospects. In addition, our shareholder base consists primarily of South African residents who, subject to certain allowances in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations in South Africa, will generally be required to hold their ordinary shares on the JSE, and therefore the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted. In addition, in connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into lock-up agreements with two of our shareholders pursuant to which they generally agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer or sell any ordinary shares. One lock-up agreement expired in December 2018 and the other lock-up agreement, which is with our largest shareholder, expired in June 2019. The expiration of these lock-up agreements and the ability of these and other shareholders to sell their ordinary shares in the market could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares. Furthermore, ordinary shares owned by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer under the U.S. securities laws. Affiliates will only be permitted to sell their shares pursuant to a valid exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement, which may impact the liquidity of the ordinary shares.

 

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are traded on more than one stock exchange and this may result in price variations between the markets.

 

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are listed on each of NASDAQ and the JSE. Trading in the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares therefore takes place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on the NASDAQ and South African Rand on the JSE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and South Africa). The trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on these two markets may differ as a result of these, or other, factors. Any decrease in the price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares on either of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading prices of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares on the other market.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about Grindrod Shipping’s business, or publish negative reports about its business, Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary share price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares depends, in part, upon the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about Grindrod Shipping or its businesses. If securities or industry analysts do not cover Grindrod Shipping, it could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause its share price or trading volume to decline.

 

  30  

 

 

Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders.

 

Under Singapore law and Grindrod Shipping’s constitution, dividends, whether in cash or in specie, must be paid out of Grindrod Shipping’s profits available for distribution. Grindrod Shipping has no immediate plans to pay a cash dividend. See “Item 8. Financial Information—Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions”. As a holding company, Grindrod Shipping may earn distributable profits when it receives dividends or other income, including management fees or interest, if any. Grindrod Shipping currently does not have distributable profits from which dividends may be declared. The availability of distributable profits is assessed on the basis of Grindrod Shipping’s standalone unconsolidated accounts, which are based upon IFRS. There is no assurance that Grindrod Shipping will not incur losses, that it will become profitable, or that it will have sufficient distributable income that might be distributed to its shareholders as a dividend or other distribution in the foreseeable future. Therefore, Grindrod Shipping will be unable to pay dividends to its shareholders unless and until it has generated sufficient distributable reserves. Accordingly, it may not be legally permissible for Grindrod Shipping to pay dividends to its shareholders. 

  

Notwithstanding that sufficient profits may be available for distribution, there are other conditions which may limit Grindrod Shipping’s ability to pay dividends. Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors may, without the approval of the shareholders under Singapore law, declare interim dividends during a fiscal year and any final dividends declared by Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors after the close of a fiscal year must be approved by shareholders at a general meeting. As such, any determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors, which may exercise its discretion to retain Grindrod Shipping’s future earnings for use in the development of Grindrod Shipping’s business, in reducing Grindrod Shipping’s indebtedness and for general corporate purposes. As a result, it is possible that only an appreciation of the price of our ordinary shares, if any, will provide a return to investors in our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Such potential appreciation is uncertain and unpredictable.

 

In addition, under Singapore law, it is possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to shareholders by way of shareholder approval if Grindrod Shipping meets the relevant solvency requirements, which will be attested to by Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors. The completion of the capital reduction exercise will depend on whether Grindrod Shipping’s directors can execute a solvency statement, as well as whether there are any creditor objections raised. A reduction of capital is also possible by way of a shareholder approval if approved by an order of the court.

 

Any dividend payments on the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares would be declared in U.S. dollars, and any shareholder whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar would be subject to risks of exchange rate fluctuations.

 

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are, and any cash dividends or other distributions to be declared in respect of them, if any, will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Shareholders whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar will be exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Any depreciation of the U.S. dollar in relation to such foreign currency will reduce the value of such shareholders’ ordinary shares and any appreciation of the U.S. dollar will increase the value in foreign currency terms. In addition, Grindrod Shipping will not offer its shareholders the option to elect to receive dividends, if any, in any other currency. Consequently, shareholders may be required to arrange their own foreign currency exchange, either through a brokerage house or otherwise, which could incur additional commissions or expenses.

 

Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, and because the rights of shareholders under Singapore law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have difficulty in protecting your shareholder rights or enforcing any judgment obtained in the United States against Grindrod Shipping or its affiliates.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s corporate affairs are governed by its constitution and by the applicable laws governing corporations incorporated in Singapore. The rights of Grindrod Shipping shareholders and the responsibilities of members of its board of directors under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States and, therefore, Grindrod Shipping shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in connection with actions by the management or members of the board of directors than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

 

All of Grindrod Shipping’s directors and senior management reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons or to enforce in the United States any judgment obtained in the U.S. courts against Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the laws of any state or territory of the United States.

 

  31  

 

 

There is no treaty between the United States and Singapore providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters and a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Singapore. It is not clear whether a Singapore court may impose civil liability on Grindrod Shipping or Grindrod Shipping’s directors and officers in a suit brought in the Singapore courts against Grindrod Shipping or such persons with respect to a violation solely of the federal securities laws of the United States. 

 

In addition, only registered shareholders reflected in the register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of a company. As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to institute shareholder actions or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Holders of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping’s shares will be required to be registered shareholders as reflected in Grindrod Shipping’s register of members in order to institute or enforce any legal proceedings or claims as shareholders against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in the Singapore courts. Holders of dematerialised interests in the ordinary shares may become registered shareholders by exchanging their dematerialised interests in our ordinary shares for certificated shares and being registered in our register of members. The administrative process of becoming a registered holder could result in delays prejudicial to any legal proceedings or enforcement action. Consequently, it may be difficult for investors to enforce against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in Singapore judgments obtained in the United States which are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

Grindrod Shipping is subject to the laws of Singapore, which differ in certain material respects from the laws of the United States.

 

As a company incorporated under the laws of Singapore, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with the laws of Singapore, certain of which are capable of extraterritorial application, as well as Grindrod Shipping’s constitution. In particular, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with certain provisions of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, which prohibit certain forms of market conduct and information disclosures, and impose criminal and civil penalties on corporations, directors and officers in respect of any breach of such provisions. Grindrod Shipping is also required to comply with the Singapore Code on Take-Overs and Mergers, or the Singapore Code, which specifies, among other things, certain circumstances in which a general offer is to be made upon a change in effective control, and further specifies the manner and price at which voluntary and mandatory general offers are to be made.

 

The laws of Singapore and of the United States differ in certain significant respects. The rights of Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders and the obligations of its directors and officers under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a company incorporated in the United States in material respects, and Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders may have more difficulty and less clarity in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by Grindrod Shipping’s management, directors or controlling shareholders than would otherwise apply to a company incorporated in the United States. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Comparison of Shareholder Rights” for a discussion of differences between Singapore and U.S. corporation law.

 

In addition, the application of Singapore law, in particular, the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, or the Singapore Companies Act, may in certain circumstances impose more restrictions on Grindrod Shipping and its shareholders, directors and officers than would otherwise be applicable to a company incorporated in the United States. For example, the Singapore Companies Act requires directors to act with a reasonable degree of diligence and, in certain circumstances, imposes criminal liability for specified contraventions of particular statutory requirements or prohibitions. In addition, pursuant to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, shareholders holding 10% or more of the total number of paid-up shares carrying the right of voting in general meetings may require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders by the directors. If the directors fail to comply with such request within 21 days of the receipt thereof, shareholders holding more than 50% of the voting rights represented by the original requisitioning shareholders may proceed to convene such meeting, and Grindrod Shipping will be liable for the reasonable expenses incurred by such requisitioning shareholders. Grindrod Shipping is also required by the Singapore Companies Act to deduct corresponding amounts from fees or other remuneration payable by Grindrod Shipping to such non-complying directors.

 

  32  

 

 

Anti-takeover provisions under the Singapore Securities and Futures Act and the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping, which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

 

The Singapore Code, issued pursuant to Section 321 of the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, regulates the acquisition of ordinary shares of, inter alia, listed public companies and contains certain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping. Any person acquiring an interest, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, in 30% or more of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping must, except with the prior consent of the Singapore Securities Industry Council, or the SIC, extend a takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in Grindrod Shipping in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code. Likewise, any person holding between 30% and 50% of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, must, except with the prior consent of the SIC, make a takeover offer in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code if that person together with parties acting in concert with him or her acquires additional voting shares in excess of one percent of the total number of voting shares in any six-month period. Therefore, any investor seeking to acquire a significant stake in Grindrod Shipping may be deterred from doing so if, as a result, such investor would be required to conduct a takeover offer for all of Grindrod Shipping’s voting shares.

 

Under the Singapore Code, an offeror must treat all shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject to the takeover offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer.

 

These provisions contained in the Singapore Code may discourage or prevent transactions that involve an actual or threatened change of control of Grindrod Shipping, and may impede or delay a takeover of Grindrod Shipping by a third party. This may adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and impede the ability of Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders to realize any benefits from a potential change of effective control of Grindrod Shipping. 

 

Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares.

 

Under Singapore law, Grindrod Shipping may only issue new shares with the prior approval of its shareholders. At our last annual general meeting on May 29, 2019, Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders provided authority for our directors to issue ordinary shares pursuant to the vesting of awards under our 2018 Forfeitable Share Plan, or 2018 FSP, which is subject to the condition that the aggregate number of ordinary shares at any one time which may be granted in an award under the 2018 FSP, together with all existing awards that have not yet vested under the 2018 FSP, shall not exceed 5% of the number of ordinary shares in issue (excluding treasury shares), as determined in reference to the day preceding the award. Such authority shall continue in force until the earliest of (i) the conclusion of our next annual general meeting, (ii) the expiration of the period within which our next annual general meeting is required by law to be held, or (iii) the point at which the maximum number of awards permitted to be made in terms of the 2018 FSP as per the abovementioned limit has been reached. Notwithstanding that the abovementioned authority may have ceased to be in force, ordinary shares may be issued after the expiry of the approval in pursuance of awards made under the 2018 FSP whilst the authority was in force (subject always to the abovementioned limit on the maximum number of shares). At our annual general meeting, expected to be held on July 14, 2020, we plan to seek the approval of our shareholders for issuances of ordinary shares only for the purposes of our forfeitable share plan at the same maximum 5%, based on the number of ordinary shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the date proceeding the award. Any issuance of additional shares for any other purpose or in future years (other than shares to be issued under an existing prior approval that remains in effect) will require the approval of shareholders. Because new issuances of ordinary shares are subject to shareholder approval, or in some circumstances, other regulatory approvals, if no or an insufficient number of shares have been approved for issuance in advance, we may be delayed in raising capital through equity offerings or delayed or prevented from consummating an acquisition using our ordinary shares. We may seek to raise capital in the future, including to fund acquisitions, future investments and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans (such as our forfeitable share plan), issue additional ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares. Any additional issuances of new shares could dilute the percentage ownership of our existing shareholders and could also adversely impact the market price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares. In addition, under the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping’s constitution, the board of directors may, with the applicable shareholder approval, issue new shares on terms and conditions and with the rights (including preferential voting rights) and restrictions as they may determine and may contain terms adverse to the ordinary shares.

 

  33  

 

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, allows Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping’s reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares.

 

For so long as Grindrod Shipping remains an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, it intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies including:

 

the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requiring that Grindrod Shipping’s independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of Grindrod Shipping’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This means that an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Grindrod Shipping currently prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event Grindrod Shipping converts to U.S. GAAP in the future while it is still an emerging growth company, Grindrod Shipping may be able to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, as a result, during the time that Grindrod Shipping delays such adoption of new or revised accounting standards Grindrod Shipping’s financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with all public company accounting standards; and

 

any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

 

Grindrod Shipping intends to continue to take advantage of these exemptions until it is no longer an “emerging growth company”. Grindrod Shipping will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of its first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which it has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which it is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which it issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because Grindrod Shipping does and may continue to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and the market price may be more volatile and may decline. 

  

As a “foreign private issuer” Grindrod Shipping is permitted, and intends to continue, to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s status as a foreign private issuer also exempts it from compliance with certain SEC laws and regulations and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, certain rules relating to disclosure regarding executive compensation, and certain governance requirements such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we are generally exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping is required to file (i) its annual financial statements on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year so long as it is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and (ii) furnish on Form 6-K an interim statement of financial position and income statement as of the end of its second fiscal quarter within six months of the end of the second quarter so long as it is listed on NASDAQ. We may also consider furnishing quarterly financial information on Form 6-K to the SEC, although there can be no assurance as to the timing or adoption of the reporting of such quarterly financial information. Further, the information Grindrod Shipping files or furnishes will not be the same as the information that is required in annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for U.S. domestic issuers. Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping is also not subject to the requirements of Regulation Fair Disclosure, or Regulation FD, promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

 

  34  

 

 

These exemptions and leniencies reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are otherwise entitled as an investor.

 

Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses.

 

Grindrod Shipping is required to determine its status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of its second fiscal quarter. In order to maintain its current status as a foreign private issuer, either (1) a majority of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (2) (a) a majority of Grindrod Shipping’s executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents, (b) more than 50 percent of Grindrod Shipping’s assets cannot be located in the United States and (c) Grindrod Shipping’s business must be administered principally outside the United States. If Grindrod Shipping loses this status, it would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. Grindrod Shipping may also be required to make changes in its corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC rules and the NASDAQ listing standards. Further, Grindrod Shipping would be required to comply with U.S. GAAP, as opposed to IFRS, in the preparation and issuance of its financial statements for historical and current periods. The regulatory and compliance costs to Grindrod Shipping under U.S. securities laws if it is required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be higher than the cost it would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, Grindrod Shipping expects that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase its legal and financial compliance costs.

 

If Grindrod Shipping fails to establish and maintain proper internal controls, its ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

 

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that, beginning with Grindrod Shipping’s annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, Grindrod Shipping’s management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires Grindrod Shipping’s independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, Grindrod Shipping has opted to rely on the exemptions provided to it by virtue of being an “emerging growth company”, and consequently we will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we are no longer an “emerging growth company”.

 

If either Grindrod Shipping is unable to conclude that it has effective internal controls over financial reporting or, if required, Grindrod Shipping’s independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide it with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in Grindrod Shipping’s operating results, the price of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares could decline and Grindrod Shipping may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. 

 

Grindrod Shipping has incurred and will continue to incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ordinary shares are publicly traded in the United States, and its management is required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

 

As a company whose ordinary shares are publicly traded in the United States, Grindrod Shipping incurs significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that it had not incurred prior to the Spin-Off. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC, have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and internal controls. Grindrod Shipping’s management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and Grindrod Shipping may need to add additional personnel to continue to enhance its internal compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased Grindrod Shipping’s legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for Grindrod Shipping to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on the board of directors, board committees or as senior management. Furthermore, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to satisfy its obligations as a public company in the United States, it could be subject to delisting of the ordinary shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

 

  35  

 

Risks Related to the Spin-Off From Former Parent

 

Former Parent’s historical performance may not be representative of Grindrod Shipping’s performance as a separate company.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s audited consolidated and combined financial statements presented in this annual report represent the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA prior to June 18, 2018 and the consolidated financial statements of the company as a separate publicly traded company on and subsequent to June 18, 2018 following the Spin-Off. In addition, for periods prior to January 1, 2018 the financial statements include components of Former Parent’s shipping business which were not transferred to us in the Spin-Off and therefore those businesses are not part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales remained with us. Accordingly, the Grindrod Shipping audited consolidated and combined financial statements do not necessarily reflect what Grindrod Shipping’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would have been had it been a separate, stand-alone entity during the financial periods prior to the Spin-Off. Former Parent did not account for Grindrod Shipping, and Grindrod Shipping was not operated, as a single, stand-alone entity for the financial periods prior to the Spin-Off. Please refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 18. Financial Statements—Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements” and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

While we have some ability to seek a claim against Former Parent for certain liabilities relating to the Spin-Off or otherwise attributable to Former Parent’s businesses, available remedies may be limited.

 

Although Grindrod Shipping may be able to seek a claim against Former Parent in connection with the Spin-Off or Former Parent’s operation of GSPL and GSSA prior to the Spin-Off, Former Parent is not obligated to indemnify Grindrod Shipping for any claims made against us that are properly attributable to Former Parent and is entitled to assert certain defenses to such a claim by agreement and applicable law. As such, there can be no assurance that such a claim would succeed. Any liabilities relating to such claims may be significant and could negatively impact Grindrod Shipping’s business. Even if Grindrod Shipping ultimately succeeds in recovering from Former Parent any amounts for which Grindrod Shipping is held liable, it may be temporarily required to bear these losses itself. Each of these risks could negatively affect Grindrod Shipping’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts—Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off”.

 

After the Spin-Off, certain of Grindrod Shipping’s executive officers and directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their current or former positions in Former Parent or their ownership of Former Parent equity.

 

Certain of Grindrod Shipping’s executive officers and directors are also former directors, officers or employees of Former Parent and thus have professional relationships with Former Parent’s executive officers and directors. In addition, two members of our board of directors and our alternate director are members of Former Parent’s board of directors. In addition, certain of our executive officers and directors have a financial interest in Former Parent as a result of their beneficial ownership of Former Parent’s equity. These relationships and financial interests may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and executive officers face decisions that could have different implications for Former Parent than for Grindrod Shipping.

 

The ongoing costs of the Spin-Off may continue to be greater than expected.

 

Grindrod Shipping has incurred and will continue to incur significant costs in connection with the transition to being a stand-alone public company that relate primarily to accounting, tax, legal and other professional costs; cost of our new employee share scheme; recruiting costs associated with hiring senior management personnel; and costs to separate information systems. These costs may be greater than anticipated and could have a material adverse effect on Grindrod Shipping’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. 

  

As Grindrod Shipping builds its stand-alone information technology infrastructure and transitions its data to its own systems, it could incur substantial additional costs and experience business interruptions.

 

Grindrod Shipping continues to install and implement its stand-alone information technology infrastructure to support its critical business functions, including accounting and reporting, inventory control and distribution. Grindrod Shipping may incur interruptions in business operations if it cannot transition effectively from Former Parent’s existing transactional and operational systems and data centers. Grindrod Shipping may not be successful in implementing new systems and transitioning data, and it may incur substantially higher costs for implementation than anticipated. Operational interruptions that result from the implementation of these new systems and replacement of Former Parent’s information technology services, or our failure to implement the new systems and replace Former Parent’s services successfully or on the timetable contemplated for such transition, could significantly increase the costs associated with the transition, disrupt Grindrod Shipping’s business and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to replicate or transition certain systems, its ability to comply with regulatory requirements could be impaired.

 

  36  

 

 

Tax Risks

 

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

 

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross income derived by a non-U.S. corporation from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source international transportation income. U.S. source international transportation income generally is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction or, if such U.S. source international transportation income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or Effectively Connected Income, U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at a 21% rate) as well as a branch profits tax (presently imposed at a 30% rate on effectively connected earnings), unless the non-U.S. corporation qualifies for the statutory exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, or the Section 883 Exemption. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. source international transportation income (which we refer to below as our “applicable subsidiaries”).

 

It is uncertain whether we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. If we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, then we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would also qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for such taxable year. We believe that we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if (i) our ordinary shares satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements and (ii) less than 50% of our ordinary shares are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the number of days in the relevant taxable year, by persons who each own 5% or more of our ordinary shares, or 5% shareholders. However, we expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In this case, we would not be eligible for the Section 883 Exemption unless we can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are “qualified shareholders” for purposes of the Section 883 Exemption so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half the days during the relevant taxable year. We would be required to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of any 5% shareholders that are “qualified shareholders”, and these substantiation requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of “qualified shareholder” status from any 5% shareholders that we rely upon for this purpose, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our or our applicable subsidiaries’ qualification for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our and our applicable subsidiaries not being able to qualify for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code in the future. Even if we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, our applicable subsidiaries that are not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year may not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption. There can be no assurance that we or any of our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year.

 

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year, we and our subsidiaries generally would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ gross U.S. source international transportation income or, if such U.S. source international transportation income were Effectively Connected Income, U.S. federal corporate income tax as well as a branch profits tax for any such taxable year or years. Our and our subsidiaries’ failure to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. Please see the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Operating Income”. 

  

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

 

In general, a non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for any taxable year, if, taking into account certain look-through rules, at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income,” or at least 50% of the average value of the entity’s assets during such taxable year produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of rental business. For purposes of these tests, income earned from the performance of services would not constitute “passive income”. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless it were treated as derived in the active conduct of a trade or business under applicable rules. 

 

  37  

 

 

U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC, as well as additional U.S. federal income tax filing obligations.

 

Based on our current and projected income, assets and methods of operation, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our current taxable year and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we expect that substantially all of the vessels in our Fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and we intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes.

 

There is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income derived from time charters and voyage charters constitutes services income (rather than rental income) for other tax purposes. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept our position and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. In addition, no assurance can be given as to our current and future PFIC status, because such status requires an annual factual determination based upon the composition of our income and assets for the entire taxable year. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC.

 

If the IRS were to determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. shareholder receives on, and any gain the U.S. shareholder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a “mark-to-market” election is available and a U.S. shareholder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. shareholder’s ownership of such ordinary shares. Please see the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”.

 

We may be subject to taxes, which may reduce our cash available for distribution to our shareholders.

 

We, our subsidiaries and our joint ventures may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

 

  38  

 

  

Our wholly owned subsidiary, GSPL, is incorporated under the laws of Singapore and has been accepted under the Singapore Approved International Shipping Enterprise Scheme, or the Singapore AIS Scheme, pursuant to which it has the benefit of various tax exemptions in Singapore. In particular, qualifying income, including income from the operation of foreign-flagged vessels plying in international waters, would be tax exempt in Singapore. Other benefits under the Singapore AIS Scheme include the automatic withholding tax exemption on qualifying payments made in respect of qualifying loans entered into on or before December 31, 2026 to finance the purchase or construction of Singapore-flagged and foreign-flagged vessels, subject to conditions. The Singapore AIS Scheme is awarded for an initial period of 10 years, subject to an interim review of compliance after five years, and may be extended at the end of the term. GSPL’s initial Singapore AIS Scheme expired in 2014 and has been renewed through 2024 subject to compliance with specified conditions. There is no assurance that for any subsequent renewal we will be able to meet the qualifying conditions for the Singapore AIS Scheme at the time of renewal, that the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore will grant us such approval, or that the Singapore AIS Scheme will continue to be available under Singapore laws. In the event that our award of the Singapore AIS Scheme is not renewed, we will no longer enjoy the tax exemptions described above, and unless we are able to utilize other similar tax exemption initiatives in the future, whether in Singapore or otherwise, our income may be subject to Singapore corporate income tax. As such, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected if our acceptance under the Singapore AIS Scheme is revoked, suspended, not renewed or otherwise terminated.

 

Grindrod Shipping shareholders may be subject to Singapore taxes.

 

Singapore tax law may differ from the tax laws of other jurisdictions, including the United States. Gains from the sale of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares by a person not tax resident in Singapore may be taxable in Singapore if such gains are considered as being part of the profits of any business carried on in Singapore. For additional information, see “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Singapore Tax Considerations” in this annual report. You should consult your tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences of acquiring, owning or selling the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

Grindrod Shipping is the holding company which acquired the international drybulk and tanker shipping group of Former Parent, whose origins date back to the formation of a shipping and related business in 1910 by Captain John Edward Grindrod. Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in Singapore on November 2, 2017 under the Singapore Companies Act. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

Former Parent was involved in various sectors of the shipping and transport industry for more than 100 years. The drybulk business in its current form under the IVS brand dates back to 1976 and was acquired by Former Parent in 1999. The modern day tankers business under the Unicorn brand dates back to 1973 when Former Parent acquired a tanker of approximately 20,000 dwt.

 

In connection with the Spin-Off, Former Parent made a pro rata distribution to all of Former Parent’s ordinary shareholders who received Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they held their Former Parent ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore, 089763, our telephone number at that location is +65 6323 0048 and our website is http://www.grinshipping.com. The SEC maintains a website, http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including Grindrod Shipping. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report.

 

From time to time, we have sold vessels in the ordinary course. For a discussion of our principal capital expenditures, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

  39  

 

 

B. Business Overview

 

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels directly and some of our vessels in joint venture arrangements.

 

We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax/ultramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an “unallocated” segment. Our business also included a container business held through OACL and a bunker business held through Unicorn Bunker, both of which were sold in the first quarter of 2018. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—The Spin-Off”. 

 

In the drybulk business we are primarily focused on the handysize and supramax/ultramax segments. We have 17 handysize drybulk carriers and 14 supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers in our Fleet, excluding two supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers under construction, with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 61,470 dwt. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market. 

  

In the tankers business we are focused on the medium range tanker segment and also operate in the small tanker segment. We have five medium range tankers and one small tanker in our Fleet with sizes ranging from 16,900 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by Vitol, one of our former joint venture partners, or other third parties, and under various other arrangements, including charter-out, bareboat charter, under COA or in the spot market.

 

As of the date of this annual report, we operate our Fleet of 38 vessels (excluding two vessels currently under construction) consisting of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 1 drybulk carrier that we own through an unconsolidated joint venture), six long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers, five owned tankers and two long-term chartered-in tankers (see the below Fleet table for details). We regard vessels owned by the joint ventures in which we participate as owned vessels in our Fleet. As of the date of this annual report, our Fleet on the water has a total drybulk carrying capacity of approximately 1.4 million dwt and a total liquid bulk carrying capacity of approximately 310,000 dwt.

 

We regard chartered-in vessels as part of our Fleet if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months. Additionally, certain of our chartered-in vessels have purchase options.

 

In addition to our Fleet, we will from time to time charter-in additional vessels for initial committed periods of less than 12 months. We may do this entirely for our own profit or loss, or we may do this in respect of pools that we commercially manage in which event the profit or loss associated with the vessel will be for the account of the pool. From time to time we have, on average, chartered between 10 to 25 vessels on a short-term basis to take advantage of opportunities in the market and to help service our cargo contracts alongside our Fleet.

 

We have partnered with global partners to operate a portion of our drybulk carriers through two joint ventures. For more information on the vessels currently held through joint ventures and a description of the key terms of certain of these joint ventures, see the Fleet table and “—Our Joint Ventures” below.

 

We have previously and expect in future from time to time to contract for the construction of newbuilding vessels or the acquisition of newbuilding contracts. We have previously contracted, and currently expect in the future to contract, to charter in, on delivery, newbuilding vessels under construction. We have two newbuilding ultramax drybulk carriers under construction that we will charter in on delivery. We may also acquire secondhand vessels.

 

  40  

 

 

From time to time, we may buy and sell vessels when we consider market conditions make it appropriate to do so and if our tonnage requirements permit. We consider that our trading of vessels involves both the acquisition of vessels at times when we perceive prices to be weak and the sale of vessels when values rise. In determining when to acquire vessels we take into account our liquidity position. our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk and tanker shipping sectors, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel’s condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our Fleet and customers.

 

We operate two drybulk commercial pools for which we earn pool management fees from third-party vessel owners and our drybulk carrier joint ventures. We do not operate any tanker commercial pools. We also provide commercial management for our drybulk carrier joint ventures. We also technically manage the majority of the vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures.

 

In addition, we operate a service in the drybulk sector where we ship bulk cargo in parcel sizes that may be significantly less than the full carrying capacity of a vessel, or even less than the carrying capacity of an individual hold on a vessel. Where we load more than one parcel of bulk cargo in a hold we will separate the parcels using steel plates and other dunnage materials. Wherever it makes commercial sense to do so, we use vessels from our Fleet to carry this type of cargo. We also will source vessels off the spot market to carry the cargo. We have operated this service for more than 40 years, with a consistent customer base for most or all of this time.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths, including:

 

Established shipping track record in key geographic markets. The Grindrod Shipping business has been involved in various sectors of the shipping industry for more than 100 years. With a core presence and primary offices in Africa and Asia, we maintain a strong focus and local business relationships with critical end-users in geographic regions that have been key to drybulk and tanker demand growth.

  

Experienced management team. Our management team is led by Martyn Wade, our Chief Executive Officer, who has 42 years of international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and brokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and Singapore. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange Limited. Our management team collectively has over 200 years of combined shipping experience, and has developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants.

 

Significant in-house commercial and technical management expertise. We commercially and technically manage the vast majority of our Fleet in-house which has generally enabled us to consistently enjoy greater than 97% fleet utilization. We have also established two drybulk commercial management pools in the handysize and supramax/ultramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception.

 

Vessel employment supported by cargo contracts and strong relationships with key counterparties. We operate a significant base of cargo contracts and we believe that our focus on cargo contracts supports the employment and regional positioning of our vessels to better enable us to mitigate spot market volatility while still allowing us to capture upside potential in stronger charter markets. We have also established strong long-term global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, trading houses, brokers and commercial shipping lenders.

 

Quality fleet built to high specifications. We operate a quality fleet of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels with an average age of approximately seven years. Our drybulk carriers have predominately been built in Japan and our tankers have been predominately built in South Korea. We believe that owning and maintaining a quality fleet of Japanese and South Korean vessels reduces off-hire time and operating costs, improves safety and environmental performance and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing employment for our vessels. Additionally, we believe that quality vessels built in Japan and South Korea are able to retain value over market cycles. Our quality fleet will also better allow us to cost effectively comply with increasing environmental regulations that may be applicable to our vessels.

 

  41  

 

 

Long-standing risk management model and liquidity model. We operate a risk management model and a liquidity model that have been in place for many years and quantify the extent to which our financial position may be at risk to freight market movements and assess our liquidity position under various scenarios. We utilize these models to evaluate and attempt to mitigate market risk during any portion of a shipping cycle with a primary focus on maintaining acceptable levels of equity and liquidity in any potential market downturn.

 

Business strategies

 

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business, while prioritizing risk management and balance sheet flexibility, and to maintain and enhance our position as a successful owner and operator of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

 

Operate a diversified fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We currently remain in both the drybulk and tanker sectors, although we may adjust our exposure in each sector depending on market conditions and changes in our overall strategy. This diversification has historically enabled us to mitigate our exposure to the cyclicality and volatility of the drybulk and tanker industries by being able to operate across both markets.

 

Maintain balance sheet flexibility. We intend to take a prudent approach to fleet expansion by ensuring that balance sheet flexibility, consistent with our risk management model and our liquidity model, remains a priority at all times. We currently intend to retain the majority of cash flow to allow us to maintain a strong balance sheet over time in order to adapt to market cycles.

 

Expanding our Fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of quality vessels at historically attractive prices. We believe that the current weakness in the drybulk market may present attractive growth opportunities. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our liquidity position, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping sector, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel’s condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption and the types of fuel that can be consumed, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall composition of our Fleet and customers.

 

Continue to grow our relationships with key industry players. We intend to continue to grow our relationships with key industry players in Japan and to grow our handysize and supramax/ultramax pools on the drybulk side of the business, while continuing to utilize our commercial relationships with key counterparties to commercially manage the majority of our tanker fleet.

  

Mitigate exposure to the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business. We intend to continue to optimize the employment of our drybulk carriers and tankers through participation in a balance of both in-house and third-party commercial pools, as well as spot market charters to end-users. We believe that continued participation in our in-house managed commercial pools in the drybulk sector will provide us with the opportunity to continue to outperform, on average, the relevant industry benchmarks, and the use of charters, FFAs and COAs from time to time and at rates we believe are attractive will help enable us to manage the extent of our exposure to volatile charter rates.

   

Our Fleet

 

The following tables set forth certain summary information regarding our Fleet as of the date of this annual report:

 

  42  

 

 

Drybulk Carriers — Owned Fleet (25 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built   Country of
Build
  DWT     Ownership
Percentage
    Type of Employment
Handysize – Eco                            
IVS Tembe(3)   2016   Japan     37,740       66.75 %   IVS Commercial(7)
IVS Sunbird(3)   2015   Japan     33,400       66.75 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Thanda(3)   2015   Japan     37,720       66.75 %   IVS Commercial(7)
IVS Kestrel(3)   2014   Japan     32,770       66.75 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Phinda(3)   2014   Japan     37,720       66.75 %   IVS Commercial(7)
IVS Sparrowhawk(3)   2014   Japan     33,420       66.75 %   IVS Handysize Pool
Handysize                            
IVS Merlion   2013   China     32,070       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Raffles   2013   China     32,050       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Ibis   2012   Japan     28,240       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Kinglet(8)   2011   Japan     33,130       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Magpie(8)   2011   Japan     28,240       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Orchard   2011   China     32,530       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Knot(8)   2010   Japan     33,140       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Sentosa   2010   China     32,700       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Triview(1)   2009   Japan     32,280       51 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Kingbird   2007   Japan     32,560       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Nightjar   2004   Japan     32,320       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
Supramax/Ultramax – Eco                            
IVS Prestwick   2019   Japan     61,330       100 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Okudogo   2019   Japan     61,330       100 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Swinley Forest(3)   2017   Japan     60,490       66.75 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Gleneagles(3)   2016   Japan     58,070       66.75 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS North Berwick(3)   2016   Japan     60,480       66.75 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Bosch Hoek(3)   2015   Japan     60,270       66.75 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Hirono(3)   2015   Japan     60,280       66.75 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Wentworth(3)   2015   Japan     58,090       66.75 %   IVS Supramax Pool

  

Drybulk Carriers — Long Term Charter-In Fleet (6 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built   Country of
Build
  DWT     Charter-In
Period
    Type of Employment
Supramax/Ultramax – Eco                            
IVS Phoenix   2019   Japan     61,470       2022-24 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Hayakita(6)   2016   Japan     60,400       2023-26 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Windsor   2016   Japan     60,280       2023-26 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Pinehurst(6)   2015   Philippines(4)     57,810       2020   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Crimson Creek   2014   Japan     57,950       2021     IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Naruo(6)   2014   Japan     60,030       2021-24 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

 

Drybulk Carriers Under Construction — Long Term Charter-In Fleet (2 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Expected
Delivery
  Country of
Build
  DWT     Charter-In
Period
 
Supramax/Ultramax – Eco                        
IVS Pebble Beach(6)   3Q 2020 - 1Q 2021   Japan     62,000       2022-24 (2)
IVS Atsugi(6)   3Q 2020 – 1Q 2021   Japan     62,000       2022-24 (2)

 

  43  

 

 

Tankers – Owned Fleet (5 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built   Country of
Build
  DWT     IMO
Designation
  Ownership
Percentage
    Type of Employment
Medium Range Tankers – Eco
Matuku   2016   South Korea     50,140     II,III     100 %   Bareboat Charter (Expires 2022)
Leopard Moon   2013   South Korea     50,000     III     100 %   Vitol Commercial(5)
Leopard Sun   2013   South Korea     50,000     III     100 %   Vitol Commercial(5)
Medium Range Tankers
Rhino(9)   2010   South Korea     39,710     II, III     100 %   Handy Tanker Pool
Small Product Tankers
Breede   2009   China     16,900     II, III     100 %   Spot Market and COA

 

Tankers – Long Term Charter-in Fleet (2 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built   Country of
Build
  DWT     IMO
Designation
  Charter-In
Period
  Type of Employment
Medium Range Tankers – Eco
Doric Breeze   2013   South Korea     51,570     II, III   2Q 2020   Vitol Commercial(5)
Doric Pioneer   2013   South Korea     51,570     II, III   2Q 2020   Vitol Commercial(5)

 

 

(1) Owned through a joint venture with Mitsui & Co., Ltd. in which we have a 51% interest.

 

(2) Expiration date range represents the earliest and latest redelivery periods due to extension options. For both IVS Pebble Beach and IVS Atsugi the expiration date range is based on assumed delivery in 2020.

 

(3) Owned through a joint venture with Sankaty European Investments III, S.à.r.l. in which we had 33.5% interest. On February 14, 2020, the Group acquired an additional 33.25%, resulting in a total of 66.75% interest.

 

(4) Constructed at Tsuneishi Cebu Shipyard, a subsidiary of Tsuneishi Shipbuilding of Japan.

 

(5) Our eco product tankers, other than Matuku, are commercially managed by Mansel Pte. Ltd. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for various oil cargoes traded by Vitol.

 

(6) Includes purchase options for Grindrod Shipping.

 

(7) Commercially managed by Grindrod Shipping alongside the IVS Handysize Pool.

 

(8) Each of IVS Knot, IVS Kinglet and IVS Magpie has undergone separate financing arrangements in which we sold the vessel but retained the right to control the use of the vessel for a period up to 2030, 2031, and 2031, respectively, and we have an option to acquire the vessel commencing in each case in 2021. We regard the vessels as owned since we have retained the right to control the use of the vessel.

 

(9) On May 4, 2020, we contracted to sell the Rhino and delivery to the new owners is expected to take place in the first half of 2020, although we can give no assurances that delivery will take place by that time or at all.

 

Employment of Our Fleet

 

We aim to manage our business in a manner that achieves a balance between maximizing revenue opportunities and protecting against declines in revenue. We operate our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, on long- and short-term time charters and on occasion on bareboat charters. In addition to employing our vessels in these ways, we use FFAs and enter into COAs to manage our revenue risk and employment risk. Where we carry cargo under COAs, we may utilize our Fleet to do so or we may utilize vessels that we short term charter-in that are not part of our Fleet. We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and we do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover. The term “fixed revenue cover” as used in this annual report refers to the percentage of operating days in a period in which our vessels are fixed pursuant to vessel employment agreements into which the group has already entered.

 

  44  

 

 

Commercial Pools

 

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenue, we participate in commercial pools with similar modern well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each vessel owner or procured from third parties. The managers of the pools negotiate voyage charters and COAs and time charters of various lengths, usually less than 12 months, with customers. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenue than otherwise might be obtainable for vessels operating independently in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

 

A pool aggregates the revenue and agreed expenses, which are usually voyage related expenses, of all of the vessels in the pool and distributes the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. Usually a single pool manager is responsible for both the administrative and commercial management of the participating vessels, including marketing the pool, negotiating charters, including voyage charters, short duration time charters and longer term COAs, conducting pool operations, including the distribution of pool cash earnings, and managing bunker purchases, port charges and administrative services for the vessels. For these services the pool manager charges a fee, which may be a flat rate per day per vessel in the pool, or a fixed percentage rate applied typically to the gross revenue earned by the pool, or a combination of both. The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their owned vessels or payment of charter hire to the owners of chartered-in vessels they have entered into the pool. For information regarding our accounting policies with respect to pooling arrangements, see Note 2.17 to the audited consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

In 2013, we established two drybulk commercial management pools in the handysize and supramax/ultramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception. 

 

Our IVS Handysize Pool includes all of the handysize vessels in our Fleet, including those held through joint ventures, except for the three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels which are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool. In addition, there are two other vessel that we have short term chartered-in and three other vessels owned by other vessel owners in the IVS Handysize Pool. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 28,000 dwt and 34,000 dwt, and one vessel of approximately 38,000 dwt owned by another vessel owner, and currently trades primarily in the spot market. As pool managers we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

 

Our IVS Supramax Pool includes all of the supramax/ultramax vessels in our Fleet, including the vessels held through a joint venture. There are no vessels owned by independent third parties in this pool. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 57,800 dwt and 61,500 dwt and currently trades in a combination of COAs and the spot market. As pool managers, we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

 

  45  

 

 

We own one medium range tanker of approximately 40,000 dwt that is entered into the Handy Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. There are currently 57 other vessels in this pool owned by other vessel owners. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 29,000 dwt and 40,250 dwt and currently operates primarily in the spot market. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, IMO class, age engine load settings and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool, or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

 

During 2019, certain of our small product tankers were entered into the Brostrom Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 12,700 dwt and 18,800 dwt and operated primarily in the spot market during 2019. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, age and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when such vessels enter or exit the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool. As of the date of this annual report, we do not have any small tankers operating in this pool.

 

Spot Market

 

When we refer to a vessel operating in the spot market, we mean that we do not have long-term contracted employment for that vessel. The vessel’s commercial manager or the pool manager, as applicable, seeks employment for these vessels on a day-to-day basis. The spot market includes voyage charters. A voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. The spot market also includes time charters of a short duration. Shipping rates are volatile and also fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis, and operating in the spot market exposes us to this volatility more than if we had long-term fixed contracted revenue.

 

In addition, we may enter long-term charters or COAs where the rate we charge varies according to fluctuations in the shipping market. Although these types of contracts run over a longer period, the charter rates may be reset at the start of each voyage or on a monthly or quarterly or other interval. A number of industry participants produce daily assessments of the spot market rates and indices are produced to reflect the changes in the spot market over time based on these assessments. Accordingly, these contracts are generally referred to as “index-linked” contracts. Like spot market contracts, index-linked contracts are also exposed to the volatility in the shipping markets. The Baltic Exchange is the primary producer of these indices. 

 

Market fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under longer term time charters or those serving fixed rate COAs, but operating in the spot market may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in charter rates. As the costs of our Fleet are typically of a long-term, fixed nature, downturns in the spot markets and in the drybulk or tanker industries generally would result in a reduction in profit margins.

 

Our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are currently primarily employed in the spot market and the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool as well as our tanker employed in a pool operated by Maersk, are currently also employed in the spot market. The vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool currently trade in a combination of COAs and the spot market.

 

Commercial Management

 

We charter-in two medium range tankers of approximately 52,000 dwt, and directly own two medium range tankers of 50,000 dwt, which were previously owned through a joint venture with Vitol. These medium range tankers are commercially managed by Mansel. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for oil cargoes traded by Vitol. These vessels are currently operated in the spot market and on Vitol traded cargoes. 

 

  46  

 

 

We commercially manage one approximately 16,900 dwt tanker, which primarily trades around the southern African coast, fulfilling obligations we have under COAs, as well as the spot cargo market.

 

As noted above, our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool and currently operate primarily in the spot market.

 

Time Charters

 

Time charters provide a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business. We may employ vessels under longer term time charter contracts as part of our overall management of our revenue and risks. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit when the spot market rates increase.

 

Bareboat Charter

 

One of our medium range tanker vessels is bareboat chartered out until 2022.

 

Our Joint Ventures

 

The following descriptions are only a summary of the material provisions of our material joint ventures and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the copies of the joint venture agreements and amendments thereto, which are included as exhibits to this annual report.

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

 

Prior to February 14, 2020, we, through our wholly owned subsidiary GSPL, owned an approximately 33.5% interest in IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., or IVS Bulk, a joint venture with Sankaty European Investments III S.à.r.l, or Sankaty, and Regiment Capital Ltd, or Regiment. Effective February 14, 2020, we increased our ownership to 66.75% as discussed below. Effective February 14, 2020, the financials of IVS Bulk will be consolidated into our financial statements following the acquisition of the additional 33.25% rather than being accounted for under the equity accounting method, as has previously been the case. IVS Bulk owns 12 drybulk carriers, consisting of six handysize vessels and six supramax/ultramax vessels. We serve as the commercial and technical manager for these vessels and have employed the three smaller handysize vessels in our IVS Handysize Pool and commercially manage the three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels alongside that pool and have employed the supramax/ultramax vessels in our IVS Supramax Pool, for which we are paid fees by IVS Bulk. Under the IVS Bulk joint venture agreement, profits are paid to the shareholders pro-rata, subject to certain priority provisions set forth in the joint venture agreement.

 

In addition to our equity interest in IVS Bulk, as of December 31, 2018 an amount of $9.2 million was outstanding under a loan GSPL made to IVS Bulk, which bears interest at 15.0% per year. During 2019, GSPL sold a portion of this loan at face value to Sankaty, and, as of December 31, 2019 an amount of $2.7 million was outstanding under this loan. This loan was repaid on February 13, 2020. 

 

The IVS Bulk joint venture was initially scheduled to expire on December 31, 2018. However, the termination date was extended into 2020 and we have recently restructured the joint venture. On February 13, 2020, IVS Bulk refinanced the two credit facilities of its subsidiaries with two new senior secured loans, one in the amount of approximately $114.1 million and another in the amount of approximately $13.1 million, totaling approximately $127.3 million, repayable in February 2025. On the same day, our wholly owned subsidiary GSPL drew down the full amount available under a new $35.8 million financing facility to partly fund the acquisition of Regiment’s interests, and IVS Bulk redeemed, pro rata, $7.7 million of its preferred equity and repaid an $8.3 million loan from Sankaty and the $2.7 million loan from GSPL. Grindrod Shipping is included as a joint and several borrower together with IVS Bulk under the $114.1 million facility, as an alternative to Grindrod Shipping providing a guarantee to the lenders under that facility. Grindrod Shipping has provided an undertaking to Sankaty that it will not directly borrow under this facility, and to the extent it has not borrowed under this facility but is nevertheless required, as a joint and several borrower, to make payments to the lenders, Sankaty has provided Grindrod Shipping with an indemnity for its share of such payment, so that as between Grindrod Shipping and Sankaty the net payment is borne in proportion to each of our shareholding in IVS Bulk. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Loan Agreements”.

 

  47  

 

 

Effective February 14, 2020, we acquired all of Regiment’s 33.25% ordinary and preferred equity in IVS Bulk for a combined amount of $44.1 million, increasing our interest to 66.75%, and we entered into a new shareholders’ agreement with Sankaty, the remaining partner, that grants us control of key aspects of the corporate governance of IVS Bulk and, as a result, as noted above, the financials of IVS Bulk will be consolidated into our financial statements following the acquisition of the additional 33.25% rather than being accounted for under the equity accounting method, as has previously been the case.

 

The new shareholders’ agreement does not contain a firm expiration date. The shareholders are committed, subject to conditions, to remain invested in IVS Bulk until February 14, 2021. On and from that date, Sankaty is entitled to sell all of its shares in IVS Bulk to GSPL, based on an agreed pricing mechanism, and GSPL is entitled to initiate a termination of the joint venture, with GSPL’s failure to initiate such termination triggering a requirement for GSPL to acquire Sankaty’s shares. Upon termination, GSPL has a right of first refusal to purchase the vessels owned by IVS Bulk at an independently determined market value. If GSPL does not purchase the vessels, Sankaty will have the right to purchase the vessels at the same price offered to GSPL. If the vessels are not sold to GSPL or Sankaty, the vessels will be sold in the open market. The proceeds from any vessel sales will be applied to any outstanding third party liabilities, then to repay any excess contributions by the shareholders, and thereafter as dividends, subject to certain restrictions.

 

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

 

As at December 31, 2019 we owned a 50% interest in Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., or Leopard Tankers, a former joint venture with Vitol, or our joint venture partner. Leopard Tankers owned four 50,000 dwt tankers, which were commercially managed by Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, which received a management fee. This joint venture terminated and we acquired two medium range “eco” tankers from the joint venture, namely Leopard Sun and Leopard Moon, in January and February 2019, respectively, and our joint venture partner acquired the remaining two vessels from Leopard Tankers in February and March 2019. The financial results of Leopard Sun and Leopard Moon are consolidated into our financial statements following delivery of these vessels to us. Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries are in the process of being wound up.

 

Management of Our Business

 

General management

 

Overall responsibility for the oversight of the management of our company rests with our board of directors. We do all of the financial and administrative management of our business ourselves, contracting in human resource, financial, legal, tax and other specialist advice from reputable, arm’s length service providers when required. We and our wholly owned subsidiary GSSA each entered into a transitional services agreement with Former Parent in connection with the Spin-Off, under which Former Parent provides to us and our subsidiaries, among other things, internal audit and information technology services. The internal audit and information technology services, originally scheduled to terminate in 2019, have been extended through varying times in 2020. Corporate secretarial services were also provided to us and our subsidiaries under the transitional services agreements through various times through 2019. We and our wholly owned subsidiary GSSA each entered a related licensing agreement in respect of the use of certain intellectual property of Former Parent through June 2021 and GSSA remains party to a property lease agreement subject to termination on short-term notice.

 

Commercial management

 

Decisions about how to commercially employ our Fleet, and general commercial and strategic decisions relating to the conduct of our business, including participation in joint ventures, are made by our own management and employees, under guidance and authority from our board of directors in accordance with our governance framework.

 

Technical Management

 

We technically manage in-house the majority of our vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures. We currently employ a team of 16 experienced and qualified managers plus 35 support staff in Singapore, Durban and Manila. This team includes six master mariners and 10 Class 1 marine engineers who perform superintendent and technical management functions for the in-house managed vessels. Our technical management team is responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of these vessels, including procurement, crewing, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and ensuring that our vessels under in-house management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations.

 

  48  

 

 

A majority of the crews we employ are sourced from third-party crewing providers with whom we contract directly for the supply of crews to the vessels we manage in-house. Our technical team also operates the Grindrod Shipping Training Academy located in Durban from where we source some of our crewing requirements.

 

In addition, our in-house technical team also oversees the third-party technical managers who we have contracted to carry out technical management functions for the balance of our Fleet. Currently, we use two outside technical management providers, Sandigan Ship Services Inc., or Sandigan, and LSC Ship Management, or LSC. We contract with Sandigan for commercial and relationship reasons, as well as to provide us an ability to benchmark our in-house technical management team on drybulk carriers. LSC technically manages the two vessels we acquired from our former joint venture with Vitol.

 

Under the current technical management agreements with Sandigan and LSC, the third-party technical managers are responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of our vessels, including crewing, if specified, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and to ensure our vessels under their management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations and each vessel subsidiary pays the actual cost associated with the technical management and an annual management fee for the relevant vessel.

 

Each management agreement with the third-party technical managers is cancelable by us or the third-party technical manager for any reason at any time upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the other. Upon termination we are generally required to cover actual crew support costs and severance costs and pay a management fee for an additional three months. We may be required to obtain the consent of any applicable charterer and from some of our lenders before we appoint a new manager, however, such consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Separately, we have one tanker chartered out on bareboat charter, under the terms of which the charterers are obligated to conduct the technical management of the vessel which they do through ASP Ship Management Singapore Pte. Ltd., the third-party managers.

 

Our Customers

 

We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allows us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate vessels and solutions. A prospective customer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment. Our customers with whom we contract as commercial managers of our own, our joint venture partners’ and third parties’ drybulk carriers and tankers include other shipping companies, international commodity trading houses, mining companies, industrial manufacturing companies, major oil companies, and traders of grains, steel and forestry products.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue and for the year ended December 31, 2016, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue in the amount of approximately $40.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, five customers accounted for 10% or more of our tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $21.2 million, $15.5 million, $8.5 million, $7.9 million and $7.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, three customers accounted for 10% or more of our tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $17.3 million, $14.3 million and $6.3 million, respectively. For each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenue, in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million, respectively, in 2017 and $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively, in 2016. Each of the foregoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenue attributable to the OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018.

 

Seasonality

 

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels on the spot market or under time charters, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

 

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

 

  49  

 

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months. 

 

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supplies of certain commodities.

 

Competition

 

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, vessel specifications including fuel consumption, size, age, condition and country of build, our and our third-party commercial managers’ reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, additional requirements of the charterers.

 

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are able to consume cheaper fuels, in particular, any competitors who have installed or may install scrubbers in compliance with IMO 2020 regulations, and are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources than us could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. See, “Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry—We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and COAs with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably”.

 

Environmental and Other Regulations

 

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our vessels. We are subject to international conventions and treaties and national, state and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental protection in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. These regulations include requirements relating to the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements may entail significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of specific operating procedures. While all of our vessels are subject to environmental and other regulations and all of our vessels carry bunker fuel, we believe there is generally a greater risk of environmental concerns in the tanker sector, which makes up a smaller portion of our Fleet.

 

A variety of governmental, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard, or USCG, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations, charterers, and terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the operation of one or more of our vessels being temporarily suspended or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

 

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. We believe that our vessels are operated in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the future cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution, release of hazardous substances, loss of life, or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 BP plc Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulations that could negatively affect our profitability. 

 

  50  

 

 

International Maritime Organization

 

The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels, or the IMO, has adopted MARPOL. MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our vessels will operate. 

 

MARPOL is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annex II relates to noxious liquid substances carried in bulk; Annex III relates to harmful substances carried in packaged form; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI relates to air emissions.

 

In 2012, the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted by resolution amendments to the international code for the construction and equipment of vessels carrying dangerous chemicals in bulk, or the IBC Code. The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and SOLAS. These amendments, which entered into force in June 2014, pertain to revised international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC Code. As of January 1, 2016, amendments to Annex I, the IBC Code, require that all chemical tankers must be fitted with approved stability instruments capable of verifying compliance with both intact and damage stability.

 

The MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme, or CAS, sets out a framework of inspection and verification of the structural condition of certain oil tankers. In 2013, the MEPC adopted by resolution amendments to the CAS. These amendments, which became effective on October 1, 2014, complement inspections of bulk carriers and tankers set forth in the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or ESP Code, and enhance the programs of inspections for certain tankers.

 

Air Emissions

 

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI set limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from vessels whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of “ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the vessel is at sea; they can, for example, include discharges occurring in the course of the vessel’s repair and maintenance. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, PCBs), are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls of sulfur emissions known as ECAs.

 

MEPC adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board vessels. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI required that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur (from the previous cap of 4.50%). On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, MEPC 70, MEPC announced its decision concerning the implementation of regulations mandating a reduction in sulfur emissions from the current 3.5% to 0.5% as of the beginning of 2020 rather than pushing the deadline back to 2025. In MEPC 72, MEPC further agreed to prohibit the carriage of non-compliant fuel after 2020, unless a vessel is fitted with an equivalent arrangement such as a scrubber. As of January 2020, vessels now have to either reduce sulfur from emissions through the installation and use of emission scrubbers or buy fuel with lower sulfur content that is more expensive than standard marine fuel. Consequently, complying with MEPC 70 could result in a significant capital expenditure or a significant increase in the cost of bunkers. We use compliant bunker fuel in our vessels and have not yet ordered and do not currently plan to order any emissions treating systems for fitting on our existing vessels or our newbuildings currently under construction, although we may do so in the future for our current and / or future vessels. While we believe that burning compliant fuel, rather than treating non-compliant fuel, is an appropriate commercial strategy, the net earnings of our vessels may be negatively impacted by a differentiated bunker fuel market in the future and our vessels may not be as attractive to charterers as vessels fitted with exhaust treatment systems.

 

  51  

 

 

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECAs. As of January 1, 2015, vessels operating within an ECA may not use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.10%. Amended Annex VI established procedures for designating new ECAs. The Baltic and North Seas, certain coastal areas of North America and the United States Caribbean Sea are all within designated ECAs. In addition, certain ports in China and South Korea are or will become subject to domestic ECAs in those countries. Ocean-going vessels in these areas are subject to stringent emission controls, which may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, or the states or other national jurisdictions where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. For example, the amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, MEPC approved and adopted the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxides, effective January 1, 2021.

 

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for vessels. Under these measures, by 2025, all new vessels built must be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014. This included the requirement that all new vessels utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI, and all vessels develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, or SEEMPs. We are in the process of implementing energy savings measures for our vessels, which will require financial expenditures, but ultimately result in lower fuel costs.

 

We believe that all our vessels are compliant in all material respects with these regulations that are currently in force. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. 

 

Ballast Water Management

 

The IMO adopted the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. All vessels will also have to carry a ballast water record book and an International Ballast Water Management Certificate. The BWM Convention entered into force 12 months after it was adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. On September 8, 2016, this threshold was met (with 52 contracting parties making up 35.14%). Thus, the BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. However, at MEPC 71, MEPC decided that, while new vessels constructed after September 8, 2017 must comply on delivery with the BWM Convention, implementation of the BWM Convention would be delayed for existing vessels (constructed prior to September 8, 2017) for a further two years. For such existing vessels, installation of ballast water management systems, or BWMS, must take place at the first renewal survey following September 8, 2017 (the date the BWM Convention entered into force). Although requirements with respect to D-2 performance standards relating to mandatory concentration limits will be phased in based on renewal survey dates, all vessels must meet the standards by September 8, 2024. At MEPC 70, MEPC adopted updated “guidelines for approval of ballast water managements systems (G8)”. G8 updates previous guidelines concerning procedures to approve BWMS. The G8 guidelines became mandatory through the BWMS Code, which was adopted in MEPC 72 and entered into force in October 2019. MEPC 72 also agreed to develop guidelines for mandatory ballast water sampling to confirm that a vessel’s BWMS complies with standards set out in the BWM Convention prior to the vessel receiving its International Ballast Water Management Certificate. Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. We believe the costs of such compliance may be material over time, however, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

 

Safety Management System Requirements

 

The IMO has also adopted SOLAS and the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of vessels. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. Amendments to SOLAS relating to safe manning of vessels that were adopted in May 2012 entered in force on January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims, or LLMC, was recently amended and the amendments went into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against vessel owners. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.

 

  52  

 

 

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements under Chapter IX of SOLAS set forth in the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we or our technical managers have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate under the ISM Code unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by classification societies under the authority of each flag state. We and/or our third-party technical manager have documents of compliance and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed every five years, but the document of compliance is subject to audit verification annually and the safety management certificate at least every 2.5 years.

 

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for implementing and enforcing a broad range of international maritime regulations with respect to all vessels granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Flag State Performance Table” published annually by the International Chamber of Shipping evaluates and reports on flag states based on factors such as ratification, implementation, and enforcement of principal international maritime treaties and regulations, supervision of statutory vessel surveys, and participation at IMO and International Labour Organization, or ILO, meetings. All of our owned vessels are currently flagged in Singapore except three handysize bulk carriers that are subject to financing arrangements, IVS Knot, IVS Kinglet and IVS Magpie, which are flagged in the Marshall Islands, and one medium range tanker under a bareboat charter out that is flagged in New Zealand. Singapore flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry. We recognize the importance of a credible flag state and do not intend to use flags of convenience or flag states with poor performance indicators. Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. Each of our vessels are ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained. 

 

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

 

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

 

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. Many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC. Under this convention, and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that the compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the vessel owner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the vessel owner’s intentional or reckless act or omission where the vessel owner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires vessels covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner’s liability for a single incident. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

 

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on vessel owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of vessels over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in a vessel’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

 

  53  

 

 

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt shipboard oil pollution emergency plans and/or shipboard marine pollution emergency plans for noxious liquid substances in accordance with the guidelines developed by the IMO.

 

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations may have on our operations.

 

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

 

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. OPA applies to oil tankers, as well as non-tanker vessels that carry fuel oil, or bunkers, to power such vessels. CERCLA also applies to our operations.

 

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and the costs of assessment thereof;

 

injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

 

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

 

loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

 

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and

 

net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards.

  

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective November 12, 2019, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,200 per gross ton or $997,100 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

 

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refuses to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

 

  54  

 

 

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply in all material respects with the USCG’s financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

 

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states, which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We comply in all material respects with all existing applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

Significant oil spills, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, may also result in additional legislative or regulatory initiatives, including the raising of liability caps under OPA or more stringent operational requirements. We cannot predict what additional requirements, if any, may be enacted and what effect, if any, such requirements may have on our operations.

 

Other Environmental Initiatives

 

The CWA prohibits the discharge of oil or other substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

 

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, that authorizes ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent, or NOI, at least 30 days before the vessel operates in U.S. waters. The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, record keeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. The EPA renewed and revised the VGP, effective December 19, 2013. The VGP now contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters and more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and requires the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

 

The USCG regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters. As of June 21, 2012, the USCG adopted revised ballast water management regulations that established standards for allowable concentrations of living organisms in ballast water discharged from vessels in U.S. waters. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel. 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG in the past provided waivers to vessels which could not install the then unapproved ballast water treatment technology, but has begun to deny requests for waivers in light of its recent approval of a handful of technologies. In March 2018 the USCG published guidance on the limited circumstances in which it would authorize extension of a vessel’s compliance date and further indicated that extensions will generally not be granted for more than twelve months. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.

 

  55  

 

 

It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP, which is scheduled to expire in December 2018, will remain in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP.

 

On December 4, 2018, the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act, or VIDA, was enacted. VIDA establishes a new framework for the regulation of vessel incidental discharges (including ballast water) under the CWA. VIDA requires the EPA to develop performance standards for those discharges within two years of enactment and requires the USCG to develop implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations within two years of the EPA’s promulgation of standards. The new regulations cannot be less stringent than the 2013 VGP or the USCG NISA regulations. Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VGP remain in force and effect until the USCG regulations are finalized. In addition, VIDA requires the USCG to finalize a policy letter within one year that describes ballast water treatment systems approval testing methods and protocols. Once the USCG regulations are in effect, subject to certain exceptions in the Pacific Coast and Great Lakes, states and regions cannot develop or enforce more stringent standards unless they petition the EPA and can establish that the revised best management standard would reduce adverse impacts from discharges and is both economically achievable and operationally practical.

 

Compliance with the EPA and the USCG regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. While we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, those systems may not be approved. If they are not approved it could have an adverse material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems. In addition, certain states have enacted more stringent discharge standards as conditions to their required certification of the VGP, and can continue to enforce those standards until the USCG VIDA regulations are finalized. Although VIDA clarifies some of the confusion regarding the differing US regulatory schemes applicable to ballast water, it continues to remain unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some which are pending, will co-exist.

 

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels will be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, taking on or discharging ballast, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Our vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. As indicated above, our vessels operating in covered port areas are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements.

 

European Union Regulations

 

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member states were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the vessel is in danger.

 

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk vessels, as determined by type, age, flag, and the number of times the vessel has been detained. The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard vessels and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

 

  56  

 

 

The EU Ship Recycling Regulation, or EU SRR, entered into force on December 31, 2013. The EU SRR brings forward the implementation of the provisions contained in the IMO’s Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009, or the Hong Kong Convention, which has not yet entered into force. The EU SRR aims to prevent, reduce and, to the extent practicable, eliminate accidents, injuries and other adverse effects on human health and the environment caused by ship recycling. The EU SRR aims to ensure that hazardous waste from ship recycling is subject to environmentally sound management and also includes rules to ensure the proper management of hazardous materials on ships.

 

As of December 31, 2018 all ships not less than 500 gross tonnes and flagged under an EU member state may be recycled only in an EU-approved ship recycling facility. Beginning December 31, 2020, EU-flagged and non-EU-flagged ships calling at EU ports are also required to have onboard a verified inventory of hazardous materials with a statement of compliance issued by a representative organization.

 

Greenhouse Gas Regulations

 

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and aims to limit global temperature rise below 2 degrees celsius above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit temperature increase even further to 1.5 degrees celsius. The Paris Agreement does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. The IMO has taken a number of measures to address greenhouse gas emissions associated with international shipping. As of January 1, 2013, vessels were required to comply with new MEPC mandatory requirements relating to energy efficiency to address greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In addition, MEPC 70 approved a “roadmap” for developing an IMO strategy by 2018 on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In April 2018, MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from shipping by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 levels, while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely as “a pathway of CO2 emissions reduction consistent with the Paris Agreement temperature goals.” The initial strategy is due to be revised and adopted by 2023.

 

Although international shipping is not covered by the European Union’s current greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets, the European Union has threatened to include shipping in its emissions trading system by 2023 if the IMO does not have a satisfactory greenhouse gas emissions strategy in place by 2021. In 2013 the European Commission set out a strategy for progressively integrating maritime emissions into the European Union’s policy for reducing its greenhouse gas emissions, with the first step being monitoring, reporting and verification of greenhouse gas emissions from large ships calling at European Union ports. Towards this end, in April 2015, a regulation was adopted requiring that large vessels (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at European Union ports from January 2018 collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.

 

In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and has proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, the EPA has received petitions from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels, which petitions have been denied to date. Furthermore, in the United States individual states can also enact environmental regulations. For example, California has introduced a cap-and-trade program for greenhouse gas emissions.

 

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events such as those which may present a risk of damage or loss to vessels.

 

International Labour Organization

 

The International Labour Organization, or ILO, is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006, or MLC 2006. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all vessels above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 came into force on August 20, 2013. Amendments to MLC were adopted in 2014 and 2016. We are in compliance with MLC 2006.

 

  57  

 

 

CO2 Emissions Reporting(1)

 

In April 2018, the IMO’s MEPC adopted an initial strategy for the reduction of greenhouse gas ("GHG") emissions from ships, setting out a vision to reduce GHG emissions from international shipping and phase them out as soon as possible.

 

Grindrod Shipping strives to be a responsible operator in our industry and accordingly we are including certain CO2 reporting in this annual report. Annual Efficiency Ratio ("AER") is a measure of carbon efficiency using the parameters of fuel consumption, distance travelled, and the design deadweight tonnage of a vessel. Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator ("EEOI") is a tool for measuring the CO2 gas emissions in a given time period per unit of transport work performed. AER does not account for the tonnage of cargo actually carried, whereas EEOI does. AER and EEOI metrics are impacted by external factors such as charter speed, vessel operator’s instructions and weather, in conjunction with overall market factors such as cargo load sizes and fleet utilization rate. As such, variance in performance can be found in the reported emissions between two periods for the same vessel and between vessels of a similar size and type. Furthermore, there may be variations in methodology used by other companies and consequently it is not always practical to directly compare emissions from different companies. For example, some shipping companies report CO2 in tons per kilometer rather than tons per nautical mile.

 

Our reporting methodology substantially is in line with the framework set out within the IMO's Data Collection System initiated in January 2019 and the January 2018 framework for voluntary reporting under the Singapore flag. It is expected that the shipping industry will continue to refine the performance measures for emissions and efficiency over time. The figures reported below represent Grindrod Shipping’s initial findings, and in future results may vary as the methodology and performance measures applied by the industry and by us evolve.

 

The information set forth below was recorded and calculated using Bluetracker One Fleet Performance software. This information is in respect of our wholly owned vessels and vessels in our joint ventures during the relevant period, except Leopard Moon, Leopard Star, Leopard Sea, Leopard Sun and Matuku, for the twelve month periods ended December 31.

 

    2019     2018  
General                
Fleet average age mid-period (years)     6.8       6.0  
CO2 Emissions generated during the period (metric tonnes)     375,753       394,350  
Annual Efficiency Ratio for the period (grams CO2  /  deadweight ton-mile)(2)                
All vessels     6.23       6.56  
Tankers     9.82       9.97  
Handysize drybulk carriers     6.69       6.84  
Supramax / ultramax drybulk carriers     4.74       4.74  
Energy Efficiency Operational Indicator for the period (grams CO2  / cargo ton-mile)(3)                
All vessels     10.46       11.56  
Tankers     18.97       22.32  
Handysize drybulk carriers     10.99       11.14  
Supramax / ultramax drybulk carriers     7.95       8.80  

 

 

(1) Our emissions data is based on the reporting tools and information reasonably available to Grindrod Shipping and its applicable third-party technical managers. Grindrod Shipping assesses such data from time to time and may adjust and restate data to reflect latest information.

 

(2) AER is reported in unit grams of CO2 per deadweight ton-mile and is calculated by dividing (i) mass of fuel consumed by type, converted to equivalent mass CO2 by (ii) the design deadweight tonnage of the vessel (in metric tons) multiplied by distance travelled, both laden and in ballast (in nautical miles).

 

(3) EEOI is reported in unit grams of CO2 per cargo ton-mile and is calculated by dividing (i) mass of fuel consumed by type, converted to equivalent mass of CO2 by (ii) cargo carried (in metric tons) multiplied by laden voyage distance (in nautical miles). This calculation is performed as per IMO MEPC.1/Circ.684

  

  58  

 

 

Vessel Security Regulations

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, MTSA came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

  

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter XI-2 became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and vessels against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. The following are among the various requirements, some of which are found in SOLAS:

 

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped vessels and shore stations, including information on a vessel’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

on-board installation of vessel security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

the development of a vessel security plan;

 

vessel identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including the name of the vessel, the state whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly, the date on which the vessel was registered with that state, the vessel’s identification number, the port at which the vessel is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

Any vessel operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

 

The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We or our third-party technical managers, as applicable, implement the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our Fleet complies in all material respects with applicable security requirements.

 

Inspection by Classification Societies

 

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

 

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

 

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows: 

 

  59  

 

 

Annual Surveys. For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey. 

 

Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the vessel’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is drydocked and is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a vessel owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. Upon a vessel owner’s request, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

 

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive drydocking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

 

Most of our vessels are drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the vessel owner within prescribed time limits.

 

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or the IACS. In 2012, the IACS issued draft harmonized Common Structural Rules, that align with the IMO goals standards, and were adopted in winter 2013. All our vessels are certified as being “in class” by the American Bureau of Shipping, or ABS, Det Norske Veritas, or DNV, Class NK, or NK, and Lloyd’s Register, or LR. All new and secondhand vessels that we acquire must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we generally have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel except in circumstances where the damage is easily remedied, in which case we will take delivery of the vessel and have a claim for damages.

 

Oil Company Tanker Vetting Process

 

Traditionally there have been relatively few charterers in the oil transportation business and that part of the industry has been undergoing consolidation. The oil majors represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and, especially, seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products worldwide. Concerns about the environment have led oil majors to develop and implement a strict due diligence process, known as vetting, when selecting vessels and considering their managers. Vetting has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive assessment of both the vessel and the vessel technical manager. While numerous factors are considered and evaluated prior to a commercial decision, the oil majors, through their association, Oil Companies International Marine Forum, or OCIMF, have developed two basic assessment tools: the Ship Inspection Report program, or SIRE, and the Tanker Management & Self-Assessment program, or TMSA. The former is a physical vessel inspection based upon a thorough vessel inspection questionnaire and performed by accredited OCIMF inspectors, resulting in a report being logged on SIRE, while the latter is a recent addition to the risk assessment tools used by the oil majors. Based upon commercial risk, there are three levels of assessment used by oil majors:

 

terminal use, which clears a vessel to call at one of the oil major’s terminals;

 

voyage charter, which clears the vessel for a single voyage; and

 

period charter, which clears the vessel for use for an extended period of time.

 

  60  

 

 

The depth and complexity of each of these levels of assessment varies. Each charter agreement for our vessels requires that the applicable vessel have a valid SIRE report (less than six months old) in the OCIMF website as recommended by OCIMF. In addition, under the terms of the charter agreements, the charterers require that our vessels and their technical managers be vetted and approved to transport crude oil or refined petroleum products (as applicable). The technical manager, whether us or our appointed third-party manager, is responsible for obtaining and maintaining the vetting approvals required to successfully charter our vessels. 

 

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

 

The operation of any drybulk carrier or tanker includes risks such as mechanical and structural failure, hull damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage, business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental incidents, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution incidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for vessel owners and operators trading in the United States market.

 

We maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover, and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our Fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover day-to-day risks in our operations. We do not maintain insurance for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. However, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel’s useful life. In addition, while we believe that the insurance coverage that we have obtained is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates. 

 

Hull and Machinery and War Risks Insurance

 

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which will include the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our owned vessels. We also maintain increased value coverage for most of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance. Each of our vessels is covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles ranging between $75,000 to $112,500 per vessel per incident.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

 

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our P&I coverage will be subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Association in which the vessel is entered. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or clubs. Except for pollution and passenger and crew claims, our coverage is unlimited but restricted to amounts as determined by law including laws pertaining to limitation of liability. Cover for pollution claims are limited to $1.0 billion and cover for passenger and crew claims are restricted to $3.0 billion.

 

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution will be $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at a floating rate that is generally valued at approximately $6.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on the group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

 

  61  

 

 

Not all risks are insured and not all risks are insurable. The principal insurable risks which nonetheless remain uninsured across our Fleet are “loss of hire” and “strikes,” except in cases of loss of hire due to war risk event. Specifically, we do not insure these risks because the costs are regarded as disproportionate. These insurances provide, subject to a deductible, a limited indemnity for hire that would not be receivable by the vessel owner for reasons set forth in the policy. Should a vessel on time charter, where the vessel earns fixed hire day by day, suffer a serious mechanical breakdown, the daily hire will no longer be payable by the charterer for the period of off-hire. Under some circumstances, an event of force majeure may also permit the charterer to terminate the time charter or suspend payment of charter hire. The purpose of the loss of hire insurance is to secure the loss of hire during such periods. In the case of strikes insurance, if a vessel is being paid a fixed sum to perform a voyage and the vessel becomes strike bound at a loading or discharging port, the insurance covers the loss of earnings during such periods.

 

Permits and Authorizations

 

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We believe that we have obtained all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate our business as currently conducted. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to, and intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; and any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements. We currently prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event we convert to U.S. GAAP in the future while we are still an emerging growth company, we may be able to take advantage of the benefits of Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to continue to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Ordinary Shares—The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, will allow Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping’s reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares.” 

 

Foreign Private Issuer

 

We are a “foreign private issuer” as defined by the rules under pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Our status as a foreign private issuer exempts us from compliance with certain laws and regulations of the SEC and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and certain governance requirements, such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we are not required to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies registered under the Exchange Act and we are generally exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. Furthermore, we are not subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

 

  62  

 

 

We may take advantage of these exemptions for foreign private issuers until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We are required to determine our status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of our second fiscal quarter. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares—Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses”.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business that may be brought against us, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity. From time to time we may face claims which fall outside the scope of our insurance coverage. In respect of such claims, we purchase FD&D insurance, which is discretionary coverage for the costs of defending or prosecuting such claims (for example, claims of a purely contractual nature, or collection of freight and demurrage). Those claims, even if covered by insurance and/or lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

We currently are involved in a dispute with Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs service of the United Kingdom, or HMRC, regarding a tax of 28% on a balancing charge against one of our subsidiaries. This tax relates to the purchase of the Torea vessel in December 2010 (which we subsequently sold in October 2017) following the vessel coming out of the U.K. tonnage tax regime earlier in the period. An adverse resolution of this dispute could result in an additional tax liability to us of approximately $5.7 million plus interest on late paid tax. While defenses are available to us, a liability amount of $2.4 million has been recorded in our consolidated and combined financial statements. The HMRC has issued a Closure Notice indicating that this tax is payable, which we have appealed. On May 1, 2018, the HMRC upheld the Closure Notice. On May 22, 2018, we appealed to the Tax Tribunal in London and on October 31, 2018, we agreed on a statement of facts with HMRC. On November 13, 2019, the First-Tier Tribunal issued its decision on our appeal, finding in our favor. On January 8, 2020, HMRC made an application to the First-Tier Tribunal to appeal its decision and on February 6, 2020 the First-Tier Tribunal released its decision refusing HMRC’s application to appeal to it. On March 5, 2020, HMRC applied to the Upper Tribunal for permission to appeal the decision of the First-Tier Tribunal, and on March 11, 2020, the Upper Tribunal issued its decision granting the permission sought and we have opposed the appeal. It is not currently possible to predict when the dispute will be resolved.

 

C. Organizational Structure

 

Grindrod Shipping is a company incorporated under the laws of Singapore. We directly own two subsidiaries through which business operations are conducted and staff are employed. One is a Singapore company and the other is a South African company. Each of our wholly owned vessels is held through separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of our Singapore subsidiary, each of which is incorporated in Singapore, except one incorporated in the Marshall Islands. In addition, 12 ships in our fleet are held by Singapore incorporated subsidiaries of IVS Bulk, in which we hold a 66.75% controlling interest. Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report for a list of our current subsidiaries.

 

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

 

We do not own any material real property. We lease office space in several countries where we have staff or operations. Our largest offices are in Singapore, South Africa and the United Kingdom. Our main material assets consist of our vessels which are owned through several subsidiaries and two joint ventures. See “—Organizational Structure” above. 

  

For a description of our Fleet, see “—History and Development of the Company” and “—Business Overview—Our Fleet” above.

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None. 

 

  63  

 

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

You should read the following management’s discussion and analysis and results of operations and financial condition together with our consolidated and combined financial statements, including the notes, and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this annual report. Certain information contained in this discussion and analysis and elsewhere in this annual report includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report.

  

Overview

 

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels on our own, some of our vessels through IVS Bulk in which a third party has an interest but which we control, and one of our vessels in a joint venture arrangement. We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax/ultramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an “unallocated” segment. Our historical business also includes a container business which we held through OACL, and a bunker business which we held through Unicorn Bunker, both of which were separated from Grindrod Shipping in the first quarter of 2018. See “—The Spin-Off” below.

 

Our handysize and supramax/ultramax operating fleet consists of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 12 drybulk carrier that we own through IVS Bulk and one that we own through an unconsolidated joint venture) and six long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers. We have 17 handysize drybulk carriers and 14 supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 61,470 dwt. We also have two supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers under construction with sizes of 62,000 dwt that we will charter in on delivery from the shipyard. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market.

 

Our tanker operating fleet consists of five owned tankers and two long-term chartered-in tankers. We have six medium range tankers and one small tanker in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 16,900 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by third parties, and under various other arrangements, including bareboat charter, under COAs or in the spot market.

 

Recent Developments

 

Joint Ventures and Vessels

 

The IVS Bulk joint venture was restructured effective February 14, 2020 when our wholly owned subsidiary GSPL acquired all of Regiment’s 33.25% interest in IVS Bulk increasing its shareholding to 66.75% and entered into a new shareholders’ agreement with the other remaining shareholder, Sankaty, that grants GSPL control of key aspects of the corporate governance of IVS Bulk, as a result of which the financials of IVS Bulk will be consolidated into our financial statements following the acquisition of the additional 33.25% rather than being accounted for under the equity accounting method, as has previously been the case. See “Item 4. Information on the CompanyOur Joint Ventures”. 

 

On February 25, 2020, we agreed to amend the charterparty relating to IVS Pinehurst to extend the charter for a period of about five to seven months commencing May 3, 2020. We retain the option to purchase this vessel, but no longer have options to extend the period of the charter.

 

On February 27, 2020, we redelivered the long-term chartered-in supramax drybulk carrier IVS Augusta to her owners on expiration of the charter.

 

On February 28, 2020, we sold the small products tanker Kowie.  

 

On April 8, 2020, we contracted to sell the medium range tanker Inyala, and delivery to the new owners took place on June 4, 2020.

 

  64  

 

 

On May 4, 2020, we contracted to sell the medium range tanker Rhino and delivery to the new owners is expected to take place in the first half of 2020, although we can give no assurances that delivery will take place by that time or at all.

 

Loan Agreements

 

On January 31, 2020, a subsidiary of IVS Bulk entered into a $13.1 million senior secured credit facility with Showa Leasing Co., Ltd., and on February 10, 2020, IVS Bulk and the Company, as joint and several borrowers, entered into a $114.1 million senior secured credit facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Hamburg Commercial Bank AG. Both of these facilities were drawn down in full on February 13, 2020 and the proceeds were applied by IVS Bulk to refinance its subsidiaries’ existing senior secured credit facilities, repay other indebtedness of IVS Bulk and for general corporate purposes. The $114.1 million facility includes certain financial covenants, and we and IVS Bulk have agreed with the lenders to amend certain of these covenants. For a discussion of the covenants and the amendments thereto, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Indebtedness” in this Item 5.

 

On February 13, 2020, our wholly owned subsidiary GSPL entered into a $35.8 million senior secured credit facility with Sankaty, which was drawn down in full on February 13, 2020 to partly finance the acquisition of the 33.25% ordinary and preference shareholding of Regiment in IVS Bulk. See “Liquidity and Capital ResourcesDescription of Indebtedness” in this Item 5.

 

On April 16, 2020, April 16, 2020 and May 8, 2020, the parties to the relevant agreements entered into amendments to our $27.0 million senior secured credit facility, our $100.0 million senior secured credit facility and our $29.9 million senior secured credit facility, respectively, the purpose of which was to amend the definitions of consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities for purposes of the working capital covenant stipulated in these facilities, in each case such that the determination of the consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities of Grindrod Shipping excludes any adjustments made for IFRS 16. Further, in respect of these facilities, the lenders have agreed to the following covenant amendments:

 

· the reduction of the cash covenant to be tested as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 from $30 million to $20 million;

 

· the determination of current liabilities will exclude the amount owed to Sankaty under the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility for purposes of testing, as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, the covenant that requires our current assets to exceed our current liabilities.

 

See “Liquidity and Capital ResourcesDescription of Indebtedness” in this Item 5.

 

Components of Our Operating Results

 

Revenue. Revenue includes vessel revenue, ship sale revenue, and other revenue. Vessel revenue consists of charter hire revenue and freight revenue. Charter hire revenue primarily relates to time charter contracts and freight revenue primarily relates to voyage charter contracts and pool distributions (which consist of distributions to us of net earnings relating to our vessels in pools operated by third parties). Ship sale revenue includes ship sales as well as the sale of bunkers and other consumables relating to ships sold. Other revenue includes management fees and other revenue.

 

We generate revenue by charging customers for their use of our vessels or for the transportation by us of their drybulk and liquid bulk cargoes. Historically, these services generally have been provided by operating our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, and on time charters. We also manage our charter rate risk and employment risk by using forward freight arrangements and entering into COAs.

  

The table below illustrates in general the primary distinctions among these different employment arrangements.

 

    Commercial Pool   Spot Market   Time Charters
Typical contract length   Varies   Varies   Varies
Charter hire rate basis(1)   Varies   Varies   Daily
Voyage expenses   Pool pays   We or customer pays   Customer pays
Vessel operating costs for owned vessels   We pay   We pay   We pay
Charter hire costs for vessels chartered-in by us   We pay   We pay   We pay
Off-hire(2)   Pool does not pay   Customer does not pay   Customer does not pay

 

  65  

 

 

 

(1) “Charter hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter.

 

(2) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings. For time chartered-in vessels, we do not pay the charter hire cost when the vessel is off-hire. And for time chartered-out vessels, the charterer is not obliged to pay us the charter hire when the vessel is off-hire.

 

We also generate revenue by acting as commercial manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures or by third parties, and as technical manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures. The commercial management services we provide are in respect of our management and operation of our drybulk handysize pool, or the IVS Handysize Pool, and our drybulk supramax/ultramax pool, or the IVS Supramax Pool, and the commercial management of three large drybulk handysize vessels we own through a joint venture that, due to their size, do not trade in the IVS Handysize Pool. Commercial management fees are charged per vessel as a fixed daily fee plus a fixed percentage of the TCE revenue achieved by the managed vessel. Technical management fees are charged at an agreed fixed amount per year or part thereof to cover our time and expertise.

 

Cost of sales. Cost of sales includes voyage expenses which represent the direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the applicable ports and include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage), fuel expenses, port expenses, other expenses and freight forward agreements; vessel operating costs, which consist of crew expenses, repairs and maintenance, insurance, and other costs associated with the technical management of the Fleet; charter hire costs, which primarily relates to time charter contracts; depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment – owned assets; depreciation of ships and ship equipment – right-of-use assets; other expenses, which consist of container expenses, freight expenses, cargo handling, provision for onerous contracts, and other logistic purchases; and cost of ship sale, which consists of cost of sales on sale of ships classified as inventories and cost of sales on sale of bunkers and other consumables sold with a vessel.

 

Other operating (expense) income. Other operating expense consisted primarily of foreign exchange loss, impairment loss on ships, impairments on intangibles and goodwill, impairment loss on right-of-use assets, impairment loss on the net assets of OACL and other operating expenses. Other operating income consists of dividend income, profit on sale of business and foreign exchange gain.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses comprise general corporate overhead expenses, including personnel costs, property costs, audit fees, legal and professional fees, and other general administrative expenses. Personnel costs include, among other things, salaries and short- and long-term incentives, pension costs, fringe benefits, travel costs and health insurance. Administrative expenses may increase in connection with becoming a publicly reporting, listed entity, as a result of, among other things, increased audit, legal and professional fees and listing and exchange related costs. In addition, personnel costs may increase for a number of reasons, including in connection with relocation of certain management personnel to our Singapore office in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

Share of losses of joint ventures. Share of losses of joint ventures relates to operating profits or losses attributable to our joint ventures. Our joint ventures, which include IVS Bulk for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019, are accounted for on an equity basis.

 

Impairment loss recognized on financial assets. Impairment loss recognized on financial assets relates to expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses, to reflect changes in credit risk since the initial recognition of the financial assets.

 

Interest income. Interest income primarily relates to interest on loans to joint ventures; bank interests; and other interests.

 

Interest expense. Interest expense primarily relates to interest on ship loans, interest on loans from related companies and interest on bank loans. 

  

Income tax. Income tax represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax. The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Deferred tax is recognized on the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable income. 

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

 

The principal factors which affect our results of operations and financial condition include:

 

strength of world economies, in particularly in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region;

  

  66  

 

 

the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and the demand and trading patterns for both the drybulk and product tanker markets, and the duration of these effects;

 

cyclicality in the drybulk and tanker industries and volatility of charter rates which is impacted by supply and demand;

 

seasonality;

 

our ability to successfully compete in the drybulk and tanker markets and employ or procure the employment of our vessels at economically attractive rates;

 

changes in supply of drybulk and tanker vessels;

 

the duration of our charter contracts and market conditions when charters expire;

 

our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals and our ability to buy and sell vessels, and to charter-in vessels at prices we deem satisfactory;

 

the strength of and growth in the number of our customer relationships;

 

an increase in the price of bunker or other market-related increases to components of our costs of sales, including the costs associated with the IMO 2020 regulations limiting sulfur content in fuels;

 

depreciation on our vessels and potential impairment charges;

 

the amount of time and expense that we spend positioning our vessels and changes in trade routes for a variety of reasons, including as a result of additional trade tariffs imposed by China and the United States;

 

loss of operating days through accidents or other damage to our vessels, as well as a result of disruptions along our operating routes;

 

the failure of counterparties to fully perform their contracts with us;

 

the required maintenance capital expenditures relating to our vessels and other administrative expenses;

 

the amount of expense incurred, and time that our vessels spend, in drydock undergoing repairs;

 

the age, condition and specifications of our vessels;

 

the effective and efficient technical management of our vessels and our vessel operating costs;

 

our ability to satisfy the technical, health, safety and compliance standards of our customers, especially major oil companies;

 

our ability to access capital to finance our Fleet, including our ability to pay down our existing credit facilities if the fair market values of our vessels decline;

 

our level of debt and related interest expense;

 

fluctuations in interest rates, and foreign exchange rates, and the uncertainty surrounding the continued existence of LIBOR;

 

corruption, piracy, militant activities, political instability and terrorism in locations where we may operate;

 

losses or provisions for losses on uncollectible revenue;

 

  67  

 

  

the effectiveness of forward freight agreements, bunker swaps and other contracts we may enter into to manage our revenue and expenses and costs in unwinding them;

 

the cost and adequacy or otherwise of our insurance coverage;

 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

inflation.

 

The Spin-Off

 

In connection with the Spin-Off, Former Parent sold all of the shares it held in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, GSPL and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping, in exchange for a market related consideration. On the Closing Date, Former Parent made a pro rata distribution to its shareholders that resulted in its shareholders receiving Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they held their Former Parent ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off.

 

Our consolidated and combined financial statements and, unless otherwise indicated, other financial information concerning us included in this annual report, are presented in U.S. dollars. We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our audited consolidated and combined financial statements presented in this annual report represent the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA prior to June 18, 2018 and represent the consolidated financial statements of the company as a separate publicly traded company on and subsequent to June 18, 2018 following the Spin-Off. In addition, for periods prior to January 1, 2018 the financial statements include components of Former Parent’s shipping business which were not transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, GSSA sold two of its businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Former Parent subsidiary and such businesses are not part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales remained with us. The historical financial information has been prepared with the objective of presenting the results and net assets of Grindrod Shipping over the periods presented. Consequently, this historical financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial performance that would have been achieved had Grindrod Shipping operated as a stand-alone entity for the periods presented. Accordingly, our historical results of operations may not be indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition as a separate, stand-alone public company.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

The financial information included in this annual report includes certain “non-GAAP financial measures” as such term is defined in SEC regulations governing the use of non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. For example, non-GAAP financial measures may exclude the impact of certain unique and/or non-operating items such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, large write-offs or items outside of management’s control. Management believes that the non-GAAP financial measures described below provide investors and analysts useful insight into our financial position and operating performance.

 

TCE Revenue and TCE per day. TCE revenue is defined as vessel revenue less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenue and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenue and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures for the period the joint venture existed during a relevant period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days for the period the joint venture existed during in a relevant period and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage costs and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage costs and generally are expressed in per day amounts.

 

  68  

 

Below is a reconciliation from TCE revenue to revenue.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Revenue     Voyage
Expenses
    TCE
Revenue
    Revenue     Voyage
Expenses
    TCE Revenue     Revenue     Voyage
Expenses
    TCE
Revenue
 
Vessel revenue                                                                        
Handysize     102,805       (53,449 )     49,356       116,372       (57,707 )     58,665       118,262       (59,004 )     59,258  
Supramax/ultramax     153,937       (74,286 )     79,651       146,097       (71,087 )     75,010       156,517       (76,497 )     80,020  
Medium range tankers     37,813       (5,502 )     32,311       37,911       (7,966 )     29,945       42,561       (7,555 )     35,006  
Small tankers     13,419       (2,497 )     10,922       17,395       (3,463 )     13,932       22,740       (3,725 )     19,015  
Other drybulk carriers                           1,218                       56,644                  
Other tankers     5,182                       5,183                       14,186                  
Other revenue     22,535                       15,163                       23,533                  
Adjustments(*)     (4,645 )                     (20,321 )                     (24,941 )                
Revenue     331,046                       319,018                       409,522                  

 

 

* Vessel revenue earned and voyage expenses incurred by the joint-ventures are included within the operating segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis for the period the joint venture existed during the relevant period. Accordingly, joint-ventures’ proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

Vessel operating cost per day. Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels during the period. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and operating days for the period the joint venture existed during the relevant period and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

 

Long term charter-in costs and Long-term charter-in costs per day. Long-term charter-in costs is defined as the charter costs relating to chartered-in vessels included in our Fleet from time to time, which are vessels for which the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months (“long-term charter-in vessels”). Such long-term charter-in costs, divided by the number of operating days for the relevant vessels during the period, is long-term charter-in costs per day.

 

Before the application of IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019, long-term charter-in costs were included in charter hire costs in the statement of profit and loss. From January 1, 2019, charter hire costs in the statement of profit and loss only includes charter costs that meet the definition of short-term leases in terms of IFRS 16 which, due to practical expedients allowed under IFRS 16, for the period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019 includes charter costs relating to some but not all of our long-term charter-in vessels, with the charter costs relating to the remainder of our long-term charter-in vessels presented as lease payments on ships. Accordingly, charter hire costs and lease payments on ships together comprise “adjusted charter hire costs”.

 

Long-term charter-in costs and long-term charter-in costs per day are non-GAAP performance measures used primarily to provide an understanding of the total costs and total costs per day relating to the charter-in of the company’s long-term charter-in vessels. 

  

Below is a reconciliation from long-term charter-in costs to adjusted charter hire costs for the 12 month periods ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2019  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Charter hire 
costs
   

Lease payments

on Ships

    Adjusted charter
hire costs
    Long-term
charter-in
costs
    Short-
term charter-
in costs
    Adjusted
charter hire
costs
 
                                     
Handysize     15,162             15,162             15,162       15,162  
Supramax/ultramax     41,393       26,953       68,346       29,738       38,608       68,346  
Medium Range Tankers     5,581       5,585       11,166       11,166             11,166  
Small Tankers                                    
Others                                    
Adjustments(*)     (468 )           (468 )                 (468 )
      61,668       32,538       94,206                       94,206  

 

  69  

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2018  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Charter hire
costs
    Lease payments
on Ships
    Adjusted charter
hire costs
   

Long-term
charter-in 

costs

    Short-
term charter-
in costs
    Adjusted
charter hire
costs
 
                                     
Handysize     16,091             16,091       1,904       14,187       16,091  
Supramax/ultramax     69,428             69,428       29,580       39,848       69,428  
Medium Range Tankers     16,090             16,090       16,090             16,090  
Small Tankers                                    
Others     1,468             1,468                   1,468  
Adjustments(*)     (2,429 )           (2,429 )                 (2,429 )
      100,648             100,648                       100,648  
       
    Year ended December 31,  
    2017  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Charter hire
costs
    Lease payments
on Ships
    Adjusted charter
hire costs
   

Long-term
charter-in 

costs

    Short-
term charter-
in costs
    Adjusted
charter hire
costs
 
                                     
Handysize     22,773             22,773       3,139       19,634       22,773  
Supramax/ultramax     73,336             73,336       33,038       40,298       73,336  
Medium Range Tankers     16,257             16,257       16,257             16,257  
Small Tankers     2,148             2,148       2,148             2,148  
Others     14,054             14,054                   14,054  
Adjustments(*)     (820 )           (820 )                 (820 )
      127,748             127,748                       127,748  

 

 

* Charter hire costs, Lease payments on Ships, Long-term charter-in costs and Short-term charter-in costs incurred by the joint ventures are included within the operating segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis. Accordingly, joint ventures’ proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as earnings before income tax expense or credit, interest income, interest expense, impairment loss recognized on financial assets, share of losses of joint ventures and depreciation and amortization. For periods commencing January 1, 2019, interest expense and depreciation include amounts relating to leases and classified, as appropriate, as interest expense or depreciation – right-of-use assets under the application of IFRS 16. Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA adjusted to exclude the items set forth in the table below, which represent certain non-recurring, non-operating or other items that we believe are not indicative of the ongoing performance of our core operations. 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used by analysts in the shipping industry as common performance measures to compare results across peers. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not items recognized by IFRS, and should not be considered in isolation or used as alternatives to loss for the period or any other indicator of our operating performance.

 

Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is intended to supplement investors’ understanding of our operating performance by providing information regarding our ongoing performance that exclude items we believe do not directly affect our core operations and enhancing the comparability of our ongoing performance across periods. Our management considers EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to be useful to investors because such performance measures provide information regarding the profitability of our core operations and facilitate comparison of our operating performance to the operating performance of our peers. Additionally, our management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as measures when reviewing our operating performance. While we believe these measures are useful to investors, the definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA used by us may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.

 

  70  

 

 

The table below presents the reconciliation between loss for the period to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the 12 month periods ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2019     2018     2017  
Loss for the Period   $ (43,487 )   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )
Adjusted for:                        
Income tax expense     685       1,389       3,226  
Interest income     (1,979 )     (3,787 )     (7,164 )
Interest expense     11,916       6,517       6,548  
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets           1,583        
Share of losses of joint ventures     1,420       454       12,946  
Depreciation and amortization     48,763       14,292       19,680  
                         
EBITDA   $ 17,318     $ (192 )   $ (25,576 )
                         
Adjusted for                        
Listing costs           3,582       2,609  
Impairment loss on ships     16,995             16,503  
Impairment loss on right-of-use assets     2,250              
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     3,179             12,119  
Impairment loss on assets of disposal group                 5,092  
Gain on disposals of businesses           (3,255 )      
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture           (213 )      
                         
ADJUSTED EBITDA   $ 39,742     $ (78 )   $ 10,747  

 

Headline Loss and Headline Loss Per Share. The JSE requires that we calculate and publicly disclose Headline Loss Per Share and Diluted Headline Loss Per Share. Headline Loss Per Share is calculated using net income which has been determined based on IFRS. Accordingly, this may differ to the Headline Loss Per Share calculation of other companies listed on the JSE because such companies may report their financial results under a different financial reporting framework such as U.S. GAAP.

 

Headline Loss for the period represents Loss for the period adjusted for the re-measurements that are more closely aligned to the operating or trading results as set forth below, and Headline Loss Per Share represents this figure divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. 

  

The table below presents a reconciliation between Loss for the period to Headline Loss for the 12 month periods ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, other than per share data)   2019     2018     2017  
Reconciliation between loss for the period and headline earnings:                  
Loss for the period   $ (43,487 )   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )
Adjusted for:                        
Impairment loss on joint venture’s ships           2,862       21,765  
Impairment loss on ships     16,995             16,503  
Impairment loss on right-of-use assets     2,250              
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     3,179             12,119  
Impairment loss on assets of disposal group                 5,092  
(Gain) loss on disposals of plant and equipment           (63 )     2  
Gain on disposals of business           (3,255 )      
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture           (213 )      
Capital gains tax on sale of businesses           1, 797        
Headline Loss   $ (21,063 )   $ (19,512 )   $ (5,331 )
                         
Number of shares on which the per share figures have been calculated     19,022,665       19,063,833       19,063,833  
Basic and diluted loss per share   $ (2.29 )   $ (1.08 )   $ (3.19 )
Basic and diluted headline loss per share   $ (1.11 )   $ (1.02 )   $ (0.28 )

 

  71  

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated and combined financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with IFRS. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances.

 

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions.  Described below are our critical accounting policies and estimates where we believe that had we made different estimations, judgments or interpretations from the ones we made, would have yielded the most significant differences in our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

See Note 2 to the consolidated and combined financial statements for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies.

 

Vessels and depreciation

 

Owned vessels are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred to finance the vessel during that period. The market average useful life of a vessel is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. Our strategy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average. For accounting purposes, we estimate useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new vessels. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life. 

 

An increase in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and, in the case of an increased useful life, extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

 

The carrying value of our vessels will not necessarily represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels. Pursuant to our bank credit facilities, prior to drawdown of loans under the credit facilities we submit to the lenders open-market, individual, charter-free valuations of the vessels collateralizing the relevant facility. Thereafter, we will regularly submit to the lenders valuations of our vessels done on the same basis in order to evidence our compliance with the collateral maintenance covenants under our bank credit facilities. We also obtain such valuations each quarter on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where there is a purchase option in our Fleet. These valuations as well as the valuations for the purposes of the bank credit facilities, are performed by an independent valuator not connected with the group, who has appropriate qualifications and relevant experience in the valuation of the vessels in the relevant sectors. We have received valuations on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where we have purchase options in our Fleet as of December 31, 2019. If we were to compare those valuations to the carrying value of our 100% owned vessels as of December 31, 2019, that carrying value would exceed their valuations by an aggregate of $24.6 million, and, for those individual vessels where the carrying value exceeds the valuation, ranging from $1.0 million to $5.1 million. The valuations of our vessels can vary depending on the shipyards where they were built and the dates of delivery.

 

Impairment of Vessels (including owned and right-of-use)

 

The carrying amount of our vessels will not necessarily represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels. We evaluate the carrying amount of our vessels for events or indicators of potential impairment. We consider if we have contracted to divest the vessel for any reason, business plans such as if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if it no longer fits into our strategic planning and overall market conditions. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

 

In developing a value in use calculation for a vessel, we make assumptions and estimates about vessels’ future performance, with the most significant assumptions relating to (i) charter rates on vessels which are based on management’s estimate of the average charter rates over the remaining life of the vessel to 15 years, (ii) off-hire days, which are based on historical off-hire statistics for our Fleet, (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends, (iv) drydocking frequency, duration and cost, (v) estimated remaining useful life which is assessed as a total of 15 years from construction and (vi) estimated sale value of that vessel when the vessel reaches 15 years. We apply the U.S. dollar inflation rate to vessel operating costs (not including depreciation). The future cash flows are discounted to their present value using the current fiscal year’s discount rate to reflect the time value of money.

 

  72  

 

 

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long term charter rates and vessel values (for owned vessels) will remain at their current levels, whether they will improve by any significant degree, or whether they will achieve the forecast charter rates estimated in the value in use calculations. Charter rates may remain at depressed levels for some time, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment.

 

For vessels that we have contracted to sell, the recoverable amount will be classified as inventories are determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, with fair value determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar vessels, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the vessels, the appraisers take into consideration the prevailing market conditions and make adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the vessels.

 

Management monitors developments in the market charter rates in order to assess the appropriateness of the charter rates that are utilized in the impairment analyses.

 

As at December 31, 2019, a change to the following estimate used in management’s assessment would result in the recoverable amount of each vessels being below the carrying amount of the vessel (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

 

Drybulk Carriers: 0.0% to 19.6% decrease to the charter rate or 0.0% to 56.6% increase to the discount rate

 

Tankers: 13.9% to 34.2% decrease to the charter rate or 14.3% to 45.2% increase to the discount rate

 

Based on our impairment analysis, an impairment loss on our ships, including right-of-use ships, of $19.2 million was recognized in “other operating (expense) income” for the year ended December 31, 2019. The impairment loss was largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity. 

 

Revenue Recognition and Voyage Expenses

 

Vessel revenue

 

The primary source of revenue is vessel revenue which comprise of charter hire of ships and freight revenue.

 

Charter hire revenue is recognized over time as we satisfy our performance obligation based on time elapsed between the delivery of a vessel to a charterer and the redelivery of a vessel from the charterer. Other variable hire components of the charter contract, such as off-hire and speed claims, are recognized only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur when the uncertainty is subsequently resolved.

 

Included in the charter hire revenue is the revenue that we earned from pool arrangements. For IVS Handysize Pool and IVS Supramax Pool, we recognize total gross revenue earned by the pools as we are principal to the arrangements and correspondingly, we also recognizes the share of third party vessel owners’ net earnings of the pool in the voyage expenses in the period incurred. For third party pool arrangements that our vessels participate in, we recognize revenue based on its portion of the net distributions reported by the relevant pool, which represents the net voyage revenue of the pool after voyage expenses and pool manager fees.

 

Freight revenue is recognized over time as we satisfy our performance obligation based on the duration of the voyage between the time the ship is ready at the load port until the cargo has been delivered at the discharge port, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance at the load port. The duration of a voyage depends on the size of the ship being loaded, cargo type and quantity, ship speed as well as delays occasioned by weather or due congestion at load or discharge ports. Included in freight revenue is demurrage and dispatch which is recognized in the period such consideration was incurred. We consider demurrage and despatch at contract inception and reassess them throughout the contract period.

 

We recognize a provision for onerous contract when we have a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under such contract. Full provision is made for the present obligations of the unavoidable future losses of fulfilling the terms of onerous vessel charter contracts or COAs to which we are committed.

 

  73  

 

 

Sale of vessels, bunkers and consumables

 

We generate revenue from the sale of vessels, bunkers and consumables. Immediately prior to the contracted sale, the vessel would be classified as inventories. Revenue is recognized when control of the ships, bunkers and consumables have been delivered to the buyer. We only have the right to the consideration at the point of transfer of the asset. The corresponding cost shall be accounted for as cost of sales.

 

Management fees

 

We also generate revenue from the management and operation of vessels owned by third parties and by equity-accounted investees as well as providing corporate management services to such entities. The performance obligations within these contracts will typically consist of crewing, technical management, insurance and potentially commercial management. The performance obligations are satisfied concurrently and consecutively rendered over the duration of the management contract, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance. Consideration for such contracts will generally consist of a fixed monthly management fee, plus the reimbursement of crewing and other costs for vessels being managed. Management fees are typically invoiced monthly.

 

Voyage expenses

 

Voyage expenses that relate directly to a contract include charter hire expenses, fuel expenses and port expenses. Contract costs are deferred and amortized over the course of the voyage on a percentage completion basis that is consistent with the revenue recognition. This percentage of completion is derived from time elapsed between the tender of readiness to load a cargo or delivery of a vessel to a charterer, and the completion of discharging a cargo or redelivery of a vessel from a charterer. Contract costs are deferred only if they represent incremental costs of obtaining a contract or fulfilment costs that (i) relate directly a contract or to an anticipated contract, (ii) generate or enhance resources to be used in meeting obligations under the contract and (iii) are expected to be recovered.

 

Leases

 

We adopted IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019 which resulted in the initial measurement of right-of-use assets of $69.4 million and corresponding lease liabilities of $68.7 million on our consolidated statement of financial position on January 1, 2019. Prepayments relating to leases of $0.7 million were reclassified to right-of-use assets and there is no impact to retained earnings on January 1, 2019. Please see Note 2.3 and 2.14 Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated and combined financial statements for additional information. Prior to January 1, 2019, we recognized lease expense in accordance with IAS 17 where rental payables under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. 

 

Right-of-use assets are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation of right-of-use assets commences at the start of the lease and they are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

 

For leases with extension options, we exercised our judgement by considering the circumstances that would create an economic incentive to exercise such options. This is assessed on an ongoing basis and the extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be exercised. At December 31, 2019, we have not recognized $54.0 million of lease liabilities because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended.

 

One of the charter contracts requiring the recognition of a right-of-use assets and a lease liability contains variable payment terms that is linked to an index and such variable lease payments are recognized in charter hire cost in the profit or loss in the period in which the condition that triggers those payments occurs. A 5% increase in the index will result in such variable lease contracts to increase its total lease payments by approximately $0.2 million.

 

Results of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

Certain financial data on a consolidated and combined basis and for our key segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. This information was derived from our consolidated and combined financial statements for the respective periods.

 

  74  

 

 

Consolidated and Combined Results of Operations

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2019     2018  
Revenue   $ 331,046     $ 319,018  
Cost of sales                
Voyage expenses     (149,444 )     (151,705 )
Vessel operating costs     (33,889 )     (32,657 )
Charter hire costs     (61,668 )     (100,648 )
Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment - owned assets     (17,529 )     (14,094 )
Depreciation of ships and ship equipment – right-of-use assets     (30,449 )      
Other expenses     (697 )     (1,146 )
Cost of ship sale     (16,844 )     (7,675 )
Gross profit     20,526       11,093  
Other operating (expense) income     (23,559 )     6,022  
Administrative expenses     (28,412 )     (31,599 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     (1,420 )     (454 )
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets           (1,583 )
Interest income     1,979       3,787  
Interest expense     (11,916 )     (6,517 )
Loss before taxation     (42,802 )     (19,251 )
Income tax     (685 )     (1,389 )
Loss for the year   $ (43,487 )   $ (20,640 )

  

Segment Results of Operations(1)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2019     2018  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Revenue   $ 112,232     $ 126,709  
Cost of Sales   $ (111,454 )   $ (117,554 )
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Revenue   $ 155,155     $ 147,322  
Cost of Sales   $ (148,671 )   $ (146,612 )
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 45,165     $ 37,911  
Cost of Sales   $ (39,898 )   $ (39,795 )
Small Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 21,899     $ 21,175  
Cost of Sales   $ (18,762 )   $ (18,641 )

 

 

(1) Segment results of operations include the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

  75  

 

  

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet’s financial position and results of operations(1).

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2019     2018  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Calendar days(2)     6,495       6,704  
Available days(3)     6,405       6,565  
Operating days(4)     6,352       6,495  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     4,546       4,915  
Long-term charter-in days(6)           221  
Short-term charter-in days(7)     1,806       1,359  
Fleet utilization(8)     99.2 %     98.9 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 7,770     $ 9,032  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 5,040     $ 5,201  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)         $ 8,600  
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Calendar days(2)     6,670       6,401  
Available days(3)     6,626       6,345  
Operating days(4)     6,601       6,315  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     959       704  
Long-term charter-in days(6)     2,351       2,299  
Short-term charter-in days(7)     3,291       3,312  
Fleet utilization(8)     99.6 %     99.5 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 12,067     $ 11,878  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 4,545     $ 4,641  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)   $ 12,650     $ 12,866  
                 
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Calendar days(2)     2,253       2,733  
Available days(3)     2,253       2,721  
Operating days(4)     2,253       2,660  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     1,523       1,587  
Long-term charter-in days(6)     730       1,073  
Short-term charter-in days(7)            
Fleet utilization(8)     100.0 %     97.8 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 14,341     $ 11,258  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 6,691     $ 6,888  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)   $ 15,300     $ 14,995  
Small Tankers Segment                
Calendar days(2)     908       1,268  
Available days(3)     897       1,234  
Operating days(4)     896       1,223  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     896       1,223  
Long-term charter-in days(6)            
Short-term charter-in days(7)            
Fleet utilization(8)     99.9 %     99.1 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 12,190     $ 11,392  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 6,321     $ 7,069  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)            

 

  76  

 

 

 

(1) Segment results of operations include the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

(2) Calendar days: total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

 

(3) Available days: total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

(4) Operating days: the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

(5) Owned fleet operating days: the number of operating days in which our owned fleet is operating for the relevant period.

 

(6) Long-term charter-in days: the number of operating days for which our long-term charter-in fleet is operating for the relevant period. We regard chartered-in vessels as long-term charters if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months.

 

(7) Short-term charter-in days: the number of operating days for which we have chartered-in third party vessels for durations of less than one year for the relevant period.

 

(8) Fleet utilization: the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

(9) TCE per day: vessel revenue less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and includes charter-in days. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above for a discussion of TCE revenue and a reconciliation of TCE revenue to revenue.

 

(10) Vessel operating costs per day: vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above for a discussion of vessel operating costs per day.

 

(11) Long-term charter-in costs per day: charter costs associated with long-term charter-in vessels divided by long-term charter-in days for the relevant period. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above for a discussion of long-term charter-in costs and its reconciliation to adjusted charter hire costs. That discussion also shows an analysis of adjusted charter hire costs split between long-term charter-in costs and short-term charter-in costs.

   

Revenue. Revenue increased by $12.0 million, or approximately 3.8%, from $319.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $331.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The largest component of revenue is vessel revenue. Vessel revenue increased by $4.6 million, or approximately 1.5%, from $303.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $308.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The increase in revenue was primarily due to an increase in ship sale revenue, increased spot rates for the supramax/ultramax segment, medium range tanker segment and small tanker segment and the consolidation into our accounts of the revenue of two additional medium range tankers in 2019.

 

  77  

 

 

Drybulk Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenue decreased by $14.5 million, or approximately 11.4%, from $126.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $112.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The handysize business experienced a decrease in the number of operating days in 2019 due to the redelivery of a vessel in August 2018, the sale of a vessel in October 2018 and a further sale of a vessel in April 2019 partially offset by an increase in the number of short term operating days. The handysize business also experienced a decrease in the spot rates in 2019. The supramax/ultramax total revenue increased by $7.9 million, or approximately 5.4%, from $147.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $155.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in the supramax/ultramax total revenue was primarily due to an increase in the number of operating days due to the delivery of a long term chartered in vessel in June 2019 and the delivery of two owned vessels in August 2019 and September 2019 respectively. This was offset by the redelivery of a long term chartered in vessel in December 2018. The supramax/ultramax business also experienced an increase in the spot rates in 2019.

 

Our handysize vessel revenue decreased by $13.6 million, or approximately 11.7%, from $116.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $102.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in 2019 was primarily due to the same reasons set forth above. Our supra/ultramax vessel revenue increased by $7.8 million, or approximately 5.3%, from $146.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $153.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in 2019 was primarily due to the same reasons set forth above.

 

Tankers Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers and small tankers total revenue increased by $7.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, or approximately 19.3% and 3.3%, respectively, from $37.9 million and $21.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $45.2 million and $21.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in the medium range tankers total revenue was primarily due to ship sale revenue from the sale of a medium range tanker that was part of a joint venture structure in 2019 compared with no tanker sales in 2018, and an increase in the tanker spot rates in 2019. This was partially offset by a decrease in the number of operating days in 2019 as a result of the vessel sale mentioned above and the redelivery of a long term chartered in medium range tanker in December 2018. The increase in the small tankers total revenue was primarily due to ship sale revenue on the sale of a wholly-owned small tanker in 2019 compared to the sale of a small tanker in 2018 that was owned by a joint venture, and an increase in the tanker spot rates in 2019. This was partially offset by the effect of a decrease in the operating days as a result of the sale of the vessels mentioned above.

 

Our medium range tankers and small tankers vessel revenue decreased by $0.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively, or approximately 0.3% and 23.0%, respectively, from $37.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $37.8 million and $13.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in the medium range tankers vessel revenue was primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days in 2019 as a result of the sale of a medium range tanker at the end of 2019 and the redelivery of a long term chartered in medium range tanker in December 2018 which was largely offset by an increase in tanker spot rates. The decrease in the small tanker vessel revenue was primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days in 2019 as a result of the sale of a small tanker in each of 2018 and 2019, partially offset by an increase in tanker spot rates in 2019.

 

Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

 

Handysize TCE per day decreased by $1,262 per day, or approximately 14.0%, from $9,032 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $7,770 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to a decrease in the handysize spot market.

 

Supramax/ultramax TCE per day increased by $189 per day, or approximately 1.6%, from $11,878 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $12,067 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019 While the supramax/ultramax spot market was lower in 2019, our spot rates in 2019 were higher than in 2018. 

 

Tankers Business TCE Revenue

 

Medium range tankers TCE per day increased by $3,083 per day, or approximately 27.4%, from $11,258 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $14,341 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to an increase in medium range tanker spot rates.

 

  78  

 

 

Small tankers TCE per day increased by $798 per day, or approximately 7.0%, from $11,392 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $12,190 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to an increase in tanker spot rates.  

 

Cost of sales. Total cost of sales increased by $2.6 million, or approximately 0.8%, from $307.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $310.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The largest component of cost of sales is voyage expenses, which decreased by $2.3 million from $151.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $149.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease in voyage expenses was primarily due to the decrease in pool distributions to third party pool participants and a decrease in port costs which was partially offset by an increase in fuel costs. The decrease in pool distributions was attributable to a decrease in the net earnings of the pools with a decrease in the handysize spot rate which was partially offset by an increase in the supramax/ultramax spot rate. The port costs decreased largely due to a decrease in the number of voyages, and as a result the number of port calls, reported for the medium range tankers commercially managed by us for various reasons including fewer medium range tankers being commercially managed by us in 2019 compared to 2018. Fuel costs increased due to an increase in the quantity of fuel consumed on voyages and an increase in the price of certain fuels consumed. The second largest component of cost of sales is charter hire costs, which decreased by $38.9 million from $100.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $61.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was due to the implementation of IFRS 16 as a result of which long-term lease payments that were reported as charter hire costs in 2018 were split into a Depreciation of ships and ship equipment - right-of-use assets portion and an interest expense portion in 2019. Vessel operating costs increased by $1.2 million from $32.7 million in the year to December 31, 2018 to $33.9 million in the year to December 31, 2019. The main reason for this increase was the purchase of two tankers in 2019 from a joint venture resulting in the consolidation of the vessel operating costs of these vessels following their acquisition by us, and the delivery of two supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers in 2019, offset by a reduction in vessel operating costs as a result of the sale of a handysize drybulk carrier in each of 2018 and 2019, and the sale of a small tanker in 2019 and general savings in vessel operating costs. Depreciation of ships, dry-docking and plant and equipment – owned assets increased by $3.4 million from $14.1 million in the year to December 31, 2018 to $17.5 million in the year to December 31, 2019. The main reason for this increase was the purchase of two tankers in 2019 from a joint venture resulting in their consolidation into our accounts following their outright acquisition and the delivery of two new supramax/ultramax vessels in 2019. Depreciation of ships and ship equipment - right-of-use assets of $30.4 million was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2019 due to the implementation of IFRS 16 in which long-term lease payments that were reported as charter hire costs in 2018 are split into a Depreciation of ships and ship equipment – right-of-use assets portion and an interest expense portion in 2019. Other expenses decreased by $0.4 million from $1.1 million in the year to December 31, 2018 to $0.7 million in the year to December 31, 2019. Cost of ship sale increased by $9.1 million from $7.7 million in the year to December 31, 2018 to $16.8 million in the years to December 31, 2019. This increase is due to two vessels, a handysize drybulk carrier and a small tanker, being sold in 2019 as compared to only one handysize drybulk carrier being sold in 2018. The book value of the vessel we sold in 2018, with its associated bunkers and consumables, was lower than the book values of the vessels, bunkers and consumables we sold in 2019.

 

Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment cost of sales decreased by $6.1 million, or approximately 5.2%, from $117.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $111.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the number of owned and long term chartered in vessels and the increase in short-term vessels off the spot market that were chartered in at a lower spot rate and lower third party pool distributions due to lower earnings in our handysize pool. The charter hire costs in the handysize segment decreased by $0.9 million, or approximately 5.6%, from $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. While there was a higher number of short term chartered in vessels in 2019, this was more than offset by a lower charter-in cost per day. Our handysize segment voyage expenses decreased by $4.3 million, or approximately 7.5%, from $57.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $53.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to lower pool distributions to third party vessels as a result of a lower charter rates earned in our handysize pool in 2019, partially offset by higher fuel costs in 2019. Our handysize vessel operating costs decreased by $2.9 million, or approximately 10.9%, from $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to the reduced number of owned vessels as a result of the sale of a vessel in October 2018 and a further sale in April 2019, as well as a decrease in vessel operating costs per day as a result of general cost saving initiatives.

 

  79  

 

  

Our supramax/ultramax segment cost of sales increased by $2.1 million, or approximately 1.4%, from $146.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $148.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the pool distributions to third party pool participants and higher fuel costs. The charter hire costs in the supramax/ultramax segment decreased by $28.0 million, or approximately 40.3%, from $69.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $41.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This was as a result of the implementation of IFRS 16 in 2019 in terms of which long-term lease payments that were previously reported as charter hire costs are split into a Depreciation of ships and ship equipment - right-of-use assets portion and an interest expense portion. Our supramax/ultramax segment voyage expenses increased by $3.2 million, or approximately 4.5%, from $71.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $74.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the pool distributions to third party pool participants and higher fuel costs. Our supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs increased by $1.0 million, or approximately 29.4%, from $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the operating days from the owned fleet due to the delivery of two vessels in 2019 partially offset by a decrease in vessel operating costs per day as a result of general cost savings initiatives.

 

Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Handysize vessel operating costs per day decreased by $161, or approximately 3.1%, from $5,201 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $5,040 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs per day decreased by $96, or approximately 2.1%, from $4,641 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $4,545 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

These decreases were primarily due to general cost saving initiatives.

 

Tankers Business Cost of Sales

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers segment and small tankers segment cost of sales remained relatively flat at $39.8 million and $18.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $39.9 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. In our medium range tankers segment, an increase in depreciation (owned and right-of use assets) and cost of ship sale was partially offset by a decrease in charter hire costs and voyage expenses. In our small tankers segment, an increase in cost of ship sale was partially offset by a decrease in vessel operating costs and voyage expenses due to the reduced number of operating days.

 

Our medium range tankers charter hire costs decreased by $10.5 million or approximately 65.2%, from $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in the medium range tankers charter hire costs was largely due to the implementation of IFRS 16 in 2019 where long-term lease payments that were previously reported as charter hire costs are split into a Depreciation of ships and ship equipment - right-of-use assets portion and an interest expense portion and the redelivery of a long-term chartered in vessel in December 2018.

 

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses decreased by $2.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, or approximately 31.3% and 28.6%, respectively, from $8.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $5.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in medium range tankers voyage expenses was largely due to a decrease in the number of voyages reported for the medium range tankers commercially managed by us for various reasons including fewer medium range tankers being commercially managed by us in 2019 compared to 2018. The decrease in the small tanker voyage expenses was due to one of the small tankers entering a pool operated by a third party, as a result of which we no longer report its voyage expenses but instead report its share of the pool revenue after voyage expenses and other disbursements incurred by the third party pool.

 

Our medium range tankers vessel operating costs and small tankers vessel operating costs decreased from $11.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $10.2 million and $5.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2019. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of vessels operating in 2019 as a result of, in the case of the medium range tankers segment, the sale of a medium range tanker and, in the case of the small tankers segment, sale of a small tanker in 2019 and a small tanker in 2018.

 

Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $197, or approximately 2.9%, from $6,888 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $6,691 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

  80  

 

 

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $748, or approximately 10.6%, from $7,069 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $6,321 per day for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

These decreases were primarily due to unplanned and significant repairs in 2018 on an MR tanker and a small tanker that was not repeated in 2019 and general cost saving initiatives.

 

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $9.4 million, or 84.7%, from $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $20.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily for the reasons described above. 

 

Other operating (expense) income. Other operating income decreased by $29.6 million or 493.3% from $6.0 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2018 to other operating expense of $23.6 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded impairment losses on vessel sales of $17.0 million, impairment losses on goodwill and intangibles of $3.2 million and impairment losses on right-of-use assets of $2.3 million. In the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a gain on sale of the two non-core businesses of $3.3 million. For year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a foreign exchange gain of $4.3 million and for the year ended December 31, 2019 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $0.3 million as a result of unrealized and realized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses decreased by $3.2 million, or approximately 10.1%, from $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily as a result of costs associated with the spin off in 2018.

 

Share of losses of joint ventures. Share of losses of joint ventures increased from a loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to a loss of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The performances of our various joint ventures in 2019 compared to 2018 was mixed, with some improving their results and the results of others deteriorating. Our drybulk joint ventures were impacted by lower spot market rates.

 

Impairment loss recognized on financial assets. On December 31, 2018, we impaired a financial asset being a receivable from Leopard Tankers to the extent of $1.6 million due to the impending process of winding up the joint venture, and for the year ended December 31, 2019 there was no impairment loss recognized on financial assets.

 

Interest income. Interest income decreased by $1.8 million from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Interest on loans to our joint ventures decreased for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 due to partial loan repayments by joint ventures.

 

Interest expense. Interest expense increased by $5.4 million from $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to the recognition of interest on lease liabilities of $3.4 million in 2019 following the implementation of IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019. Interest expense on bank loans increased by $1.7 million from $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Interest expense on bank loans reflect the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. Our bank loans outstanding increased from $114.4 million as at December 31, 2018 to $165.4 million as at December 31, 2019. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt decreased from 5.3% in 2018 to 5.1% in 2019. The decrease in the weighted average effective interest rate was partially offset by the new facilities obtained for two medium range tankers and two supramax/ultramax drybulkers and the new financing arrangements that were entered into in 2019 for three existing handysize vessels which was in aggregate greater than the reduction in debt on the sale of vessels that secured existing credit facilities.

 

Income tax. Income tax for the year decreased from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Income tax expense was higher in the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the recognition of capital gains tax on the sale of non-core businesses sold on January 1, 2018.

 

Loss for the year. Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased to a loss of $43.5 million from a loss of $20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 for the same reasons set forth above.

 

  81  

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

Certain financial data on a consolidated and combined basis and for our key segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. This information was derived from our consolidated and combined financial statements for the respective periods. 

 

Consolidated and Combined Results of Operations

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017  
Revenue   $ 319,018     $ 409,522  
Cost of sales                
Voyage expenses     (151,705 )     (166,924 )
Vessel operating costs     (32,657 )     (40,837 )
Charter hire costs     (100,648 )     (127,748 )
Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment - owned assets     (14,094 )     (17,975 )
Other expenses     (1,146 )     (16,364 )
Cost of ship sale     (7,675 )     (17,560 )
Gross profit     11,093       22,114  
Other operating income (expense)     6,022       (34,502 )
Administrative expenses     (31,599 )     (32,868 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     (454 )     (12,946 )
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets     (1,583 )      
Interest income     3,787       7,164  
Interest expense     (6,517 )     (6,548 )
Loss before taxation     (19,251 )     (57,586 )
Income tax     (1,389 )     (3,226 )
Loss for the year   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )

 

Segment Results of Operations(1)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Revenue   $ 126,709     $ 126,731  
Cost of Sales   $ (117,554 )   $ (123,963 )
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Revenue   $ 147,322     $ 157,428  
Cost of Sales   $ (146,612 )   $ (155,907 )
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 37,911     $ 53,307  
Cost of Sales   $ (39,795 )   $ (56,532 )
Small Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 21,175     $ 22,740  
Cost of Sales   $ (18,642 )   $ (18,549 )

 

 

(1) Segment results of operations include the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

  82  

 

  

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet’s financial position and results of operations(1).

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Calendar days(2)     6,704       7,942  
Available days(3)     6,565       7,840  
Operating days(4)     6,495       7,720  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     4,915       5,114  
Long-term charter-in days(6)     221       365  
Short-term charter-in days(7)     1,359       2,241  
Fleet utilization(8)     98.9 %     98.5 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 9,032     $ 7,675  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 5,201     $ 5,034  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)   $ 8,600     $ 8,600  
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Calendar days(2)     6,401       7,702  
Available days(3)     6,345       7,702  
Operating days(4)     6,315       7,584  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     704       692  
Long-term charter-in days(6)     2,299       2,524  
Short-term charter-in days(7)     3,312       4,368  
Fleet utilization(8)     99.5 %     98.5 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 11,878     $ 10,551  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 4,641     $ 4,519  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)   $ 12,866     $ 13,092  
                 
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Calendar days(2)     2,733       3,055  
Available days(3)     2,721       2,999  
Operating days(4)     2,660       2,994  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     1,587       1,893  
Long-term charter-in days(6)     1,073       1,101  
Short-term charter-in days(7)            
Fleet utilization(8)     97.8 %     100 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 11,258     $ 11,691  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 6,888     $ 6,869  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)   $ 14,995     $ 14,756  
Small Tankers Segment                
Calendar days(2)     1,268       1,469  
Available days(3)     1,234       1,461  
Operating days(4)     1,223       1,461  
Owned fleet operating days(5)     1,223       1,264  
Long-term charter-in days(6)           197  
Short-term charter-in days(7)            
Fleet utilization(8)     99.1 %     99 %
TCE per day(9)   $ 11,392     $ 13,014  
Vessel operating costs per day(10)   $ 7,069     $ 7,427  
Long-term charter in costs per day(11)         $ 10,905  

 

  83  

 

 

 

(1) Segment results of operations include the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

(2) Calendar days: total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

 

(3) Available days: total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

(4) Operating days: the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

(5) Owned fleet operating days: the number of operating days in which our owned fleet is operating for the relevant period.

 

(6) Long-term charter-in days: the number of operating days for which our long-term charter-in fleet is operating for the relevant period. We regard chartered-in vessels as long-term charters if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months.

 

(7) Short-term charter-in days: the number of operating days for which we have chartered-in third party vessels for durations of less than one year for the relevant period.

 

(8) Fleet utilization: the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

(9) TCE per day: vessel revenue less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and includes charter-in days. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above for a discussion of TCE revenue and a reconciliation of TCE revenue to revenue.

 

(10) Vessel operating costs per day: vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above for a discussion of vessel operating costs per day.

 

(11) Long-term charter-in costs per day: charter costs associated with long-term charter-in vessels divided by long-term charter-in days for the relevant period. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above for a discussion of long-term charter-in costs and its reconciliation to adjusted charter hire costs. That discussion also shows an analysis of adjusted charter hire costs split between long-term charter-in costs and short-term charter-in costs.

   

Revenue. Revenue decreased by $90.5 million, or approximately 22.1%%, from $409.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $319.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The largest component of revenue is vessel revenue. Vessel revenue decreased by $82.1 million, or approximately 21.3%, from $386.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $303.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the long-term charter-in days and owned fleet operating days following the redeliveries and sales of a number of long-term chartered-in and owned vessels, respectively, at various times over 2017 and 2018, namely two capesize vessels, three handysize vessels, a supramax/ultramax vessel, three medium range tankers and one small tanker, a decrease in the number of short-term charter-in days in the drybulk business as a result of management’s decision to use owned and long-term chartered-in vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts in 2018 rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, a reduction in the spot rates in the tankers business in 2018 and the sale of two non-core businesses on January 1, 2018. Our vessel revenue from the OACL business were nil and $45.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, reflecting the sale of the OACL business by us on January 1, 2018. 

 

  84  

 

 

Drybulk Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenue remained flat at $126.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018. The handysize business experienced a decrease in the number of operating days in 2018 but the effect of this was offset by an increase in revenue as a result of an increase in the spot rates. The supramax/ultramax total revenue decreased by $10.1 million, or approximately 6.4%, from $157.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $147.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in the supramax/ultramax total revenue was primarily due to a reduction in the number of operating days as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, as well as the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in supramax/ultramax drybulk carrier, which was not fully offset by the increase in the spot rates during 2018.

 

Our handysize vessel revenue and supramax/ultramax vessel revenue decreased by $1.9 million and $10.4 million, respectively, or approximately 1.6% and 6.6%, respectively, from $118.3 million and $156.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $116.4 million and $146.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in 2018 was primarily due to a reduction in the number of operating days in both the handysize and supra/ultramax segments as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, as well as the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in supramax/ultramax drybulk carrier.

 

Tankers Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers and small tankers total revenue decreased by $15.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively, or approximately 28.9% and 6.6%, respectively, from $53.3 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $37.9 million and $21.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in the medium range tankers total revenue was primarily due to proceeds on sale of a medium range tanker in 2017 and no such sale proceeds in 2018, and a decrease in the number of operating days in 2018 as a result of that vessel sale. The decrease in the small tanker total revenue was primarily due to a reduction in the tanker spot rates in 2018, the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in small tanker during the 2017 fiscal year and the sale of a small owned tanker in the 2018 fiscal year, which were partly offset by ship sale revenue in the 2018 fiscal year on the sale of the small tanker.

 

Our medium range tankers and small tankers vessel revenue decreased by $4.7 million and $5.3 million, respectively, or approximately 11.0% and 23.3%, respectively, from $42.6 million and $22.7 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $37.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in the medium range tankers vessel revenue was primarily due to a decrease in the number of available operating days in 2018 due to the sale of a medium range tanker at the end of 2017. The decrease in the small tanker vessel revenue was primarily due to a reduction in the tanker spot rates in 2018 and the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in small tanker during the 2017 fiscal year.

 

Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

 

Handysize TCE per day increased by $1,357 per day, or approximately 17.7%, from $7,675 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $9,032 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to an increase in handysize spot rates.

 

Supramax/ultramax TCE per day increased by $1,327 per day, or approximately 12.6%, from $10,551 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11,878 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to an increase in supramax/ultramax spot rates. 

  

Tankers Business TCE Revenue

 

Medium range tankers TCE per day decreased by $433 per day, or approximately 3.7%, from $11,691 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11,258 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to a decrease in medium range tanker spot rates.

 

Small tankers TCE per day decreased by $1,622 per day, or approximately 12.5%, from $13,014 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11,392 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to COAs and time charters that were renegotiated or expired while the market was declining in 2018. In addition, more vessels were exposed to the spot market in pools and therefore were affected by the decline in the small tanker spot rates in the 2018 year than the prior year. 

 

  85  

 

 

Cost of sales. Total cost of sales decreased by $79.5 million, or approximately 20.5%, from $387.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $307.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The largest component of cost of sales is voyage expenses, which decreased by $15.2 million from $166.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $151.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in voyage expenses was largely attributable to the decrease in fuel costs and port expenses which was partly offset by the increase in pool distribution cost due to the increase in net earnings of the pool with the increase in drybulk spot rates. The decrease in fuel and port expenses was primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days as a result of the sale of certain owned vessels and the redelivery of certain long-term chartered in vessels and a decrease in the number of operating days in the drybulk business as a result of fewer short-term chartered-in vessels as set out in the section “Revenue” above, as well as the sale of the two non-core businesses on January 1, 2018. The second largest component of cost of sales is charter hire costs, which decreased from $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $100.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease is due to the sale of two non-core businesses as of January 1, 2018, the decrease in the number of chartered-in days in the drybulk business as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, the redelivery of the last remaining capesize vessels, one in the second half of 2017 and another in the first quarter of 2018, the redelivery of a small tanker, a handysize bulk carrier and a supramax/ultramax bulk carrier in 2018. Vessel operating costs decreased from $40.8 million in the year to December 31, 2017 to $32.7 million in the year to December 31, 2018. The main reason for this decrease was fewer owned vessels and owned fleet operating days during 2018 as well as the sale of the two non-core businesses on January 1, 2018. Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment – owned assets decreased from $18.0 million in the year to December 31, 2017 to $14.1 million in the year to December 31, 2018. The main reason for this decrease was fewer owned vessels in 2018 and impairments on vessels recorded in 2017. Other expenses decreased from $16.4 million in the year to December 31, 2017 to $1.1 million in the year to December 31, 2018. The main reason for this decrease was the sale of OACL on January 1, 2018. Cost of ship sale was $17.6 million and $7.7 million in the years to December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. In 2017 we sold a medium range tanker and a handysize bulk carrier and in 2018 we sold a handysize bulk carrier. The decrease in cost of ship sale in the year end December 31, 2018 was because the book value of the vessel we sold in that year, with its associated bunkers and consumables, was lower than the book values of the vessels, bunkers and consumables we sold in 2017.

 

Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment and supramax/ultramax segment cost of sales decreased by $6.4 million and $9.3 million, or approximately 5.2% and 6.0%, respectively, from $124.0 million and $155.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $117.6 million and $146.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market. The charter hire costs in the handysize and supramax/ultramax segments decreased by $6.7 million and $3.9 million, or approximately 29.4% and 5.3% respectively, from $22.8 million and $73.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $16.1 million and $69.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. This was as a result of management’s decision to reduce the number of short-term chartered-in vessels.

 

Our handysize segment voyage expenses and supramax/ultramax segment voyage expenses decreased by $1.3 million and $5.4 million, respectively, or approximately 2.2% and 7.1%, from $59.0 million and $76.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $57.7 million and $71.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market.

 

Our handysize vessel operating costs and supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs remained relatively flat at $26.5 million and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, and $26.5 million and $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

 

Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Handysize vessel operating costs per day increased by $167 from $5,034 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $5,201 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

  

Supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight increase of $122 from $4,519 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $4,641 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

 

  86  

 

 

Tankers Business Cost of Sales

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers segment cost of sales decreased by $16.7 million, or approximately 29.6%, from $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $39.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, while our small tankers segment cost of sales was relatively flat from $18.5 million to $18,6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. The decrease in our medium range tankers segment cost of sales was primarily due to a decrease in the number of medium range tanker vessels operating in 2018.

 

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses increased by $0.4 million and decreased by $0.2 million, respectively, or approximately 5.3% and 5.4%, respectively, from $7.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $8.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in the medium range tankers voyage expenses was largely due to an extended port stay on one of our voyages undertaken on a long-term chartered-in vessel due to an incident during cargo discharge that resulted in detention of the vessel by the port authorities and a dispute involving the vessel’s owners, ourselves as charterers and the sub-charterers. The decrease in the small tanker voyage expenses was due to the redelivery of a chartered-in vessel during 2017.

 

Our medium range tankers vessel operating costs and small tankers vessel operating costs decreased from $13.3 million and $9.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of owned medium range tanker vessels operating in 2018, and certain unplanned, significant repair and maintenance expenses on our small tankers in 2017, respectively.

 

Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $6,869 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $6,888 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 as the decrease in the vessel operating costs declined proportionately with the decrease in the number of owned vessel calendar days.

 

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $358 or approximately 4.8% from $7,427 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $7,069 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to certain unplanned, significant repair and maintenance expenses on our small tankers in 2017.

 

Gross profit. Gross profit decreased by $11.0 million, or 49.8%, from $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily for the reasons described above.

 

Other operating income (expense). Other operating expense decreased by $40.5 million, or approximately 117.4%, from an expense of $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to income of $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, we incurred a foreign exchange gain of $4.3 million and a foreign exchange loss of $0.5 million, respectively primarily as a result of realized and unrealized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end. For the year ended December 31, 2018 we incurred a profit on sale of two non-core businesses of $3.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment of $28.6 million relating to vessel impairments of $16.5 million on a number of vessels in the Fleet and goodwill impairment of $12.1 million where we determined that the carrying value of the goodwill exceeded the current value in use. In addition, an impairment loss on the net assets of OACL was recognized to the extent of $5.1 million. We had no such impairments in the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses decreased by $1.3 million, or approximately 4.0%, from $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily as a result of the sale of the two non-core businesses. This decrease was offset by additional costs relating to the Spin-Off transaction and additional costs related to our being a listed company, as well as an increase in employment costs. In the periods up to June 18, 2018, administrative expenses also include charges billed to GSPL and GSSA by Former Parent’s subsidiaries that generally relate to the cost of corporate resources provided by Former Parent.

 

Share of losses of joint ventures. Share of losses of joint ventures decreased from a loss of $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to a loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to impairments of the fixed assets held by the joint ventures of $15.7 million in 2017 against impairments of $2.9 million in 2018.

 

Impairment loss recognized on financial assets. On December 31, 2018 we impaired a financial asset being a receivable from Leopard Tankers to the extent of $1.6 million due to the impending process of winding up the joint venture.

 

  87  

 

 

Interest income. Interest income decreased from $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decreases is due to the shareholder loan to our IVS Bulk joint venture, which was partially repaid in 2018, as well as the sale on January 1, 2018 of the two non-core businesses which had interest-generating investments. 

  

Interest expense. Interest expense was flat at $6.5 million for the each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. Interest expense reflects the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. Our bank loans outstanding increased slightly from $108.8 million as at December 31, 2017 to $114.4 million as at December 31, 2018. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt increased from 3.83% in 2017 to 5.3% in 2018. The impact of the increase in the weighted average effective interest rate was offset by the reduction in interest expense on related party loans and the sale of Unicorn Bunker on January 1, 2018.

 

Income tax. Income tax for the year decreased from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the sale on January 1, 2018 of the non-core businesses that were in a jurisdiction with a higher rate of tax.

 

Loss for the year. Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased to a loss of $20.6 million from a loss of $60.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 for the same reasons set forth above.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

We operate in a capital intensive industry. Our primary short-term liquidity needs relate to working capital needs relating to voyages in progress, corporate overhead, installment payments on new building construction contracts, payments of interest, quarterly principal payments under our credit facilities, and any balloon payments on loans coming due in the next 12 months, while our long-term liquidity needs are expected to primarily relate to drydock payments, installment payments on new building construction contracts, investment in joint ventures or directly in new and secondhand vessels and final balloon payments relating to our credit facilities. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our short-term liquidity needs will be cash flows from operations, which includes proceeds from the sale of vessels, including planned and contracted sales, and borrowings. Generally, our long-term sources of funds will be from cash from operations, long-term borrowings and other debt or equity financings.

 

As of the date of this annual report, we have purchase options to acquire five vessels. We have options to purchase the IVS Naruo, the IVS Pinehurst, the IVS Hayakita, the IVS Atsugi and the IVS Pebble Beach that have or are expected to first enter into the exercise periods under their respective charter parties in December 2019, May 2020, September 2021, September 2022 and January 2023 respectively. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Fleet”. The prices of these purchase options range from approximately $18.0 million to $25.8 million, subject to adjustments, where an option is exercisable on more than one date, based on the remaining time balance of the charter. In each case, such purchase option is subject to certain other adjustments and conditions and will expire at the completion of the applicable time charter.

 

The shipping environment has been challenging and volatile over the last several years due to an oversupply of vessels allied to a lower growth rate of the world economy. As a result, we have reported losses and negative cash flow for the last three consecutive years.  The outbreak of COVID-19 subsequent to the year end has resulted in governments of many countries implementing measures to mitigate the spread of the virus. These measures have resulted in a significant reduction in global economic activity and extreme volatility in the freight rates for drybulk vessels which has a significant impact on our operations and cash flows. We manage liquidity risk by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and ensuring that adequate borrowing facilities are maintained. Our management may, from time to time, at their discretion raise or borrow monies for our requirements as they deem fit. There are measures in place to preserve cash, maintain adequate financing to meet our obligations and protect existing loan covenants imposed by the banks. The covenant levels are monitored continuously to identify any potential covenant issues so that solutions such as waivers or modifications to the loan covenants to obtain more favorable terms can be implemented in advance. We may seek to accomplish any of these independently or in conjunction with one or more of these actions. If the unfavorable market conditions persist, we may be unable to accomplish any of the foregoing on acceptable terms or at all. Based on the 12 months cash flow forecast prepared by management from the date of this annual report, our Board of Directors has no reason to believe that we will not continue as a going concern and has assessed that that there is no material uncertainty related to these conditions and there is no substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We have plans in place to sell certain vessels, repay certain loans, protect existing covenants on term loans and maintain adequate liquidity.

 

  88  

 

  

Cash Flow Discussion

 

The following table presents cash flow information for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2019     2018     2017  
Net cash flows (used in) generated from operating activities(1)   $ (55,587 )   $ (37,360 )   $ 3,375  
Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities     35,166       40,024       (2,062 )
Net cash flows generated from (used in) financing activities     19,373       (11,887 )     (19,840 )
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (1,048 )     (9,223 )     (18,527 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     33,498       45,245       62,470  
Effect of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies     77       (2,524 )     1,302  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 32,527     $ 33,498     $ 45,245  

 

 

(1) Net cash flows (used in) generated from operating activities includes capital expenditure on ships of $106,107,000, $21,351,000 and $5,219,000 and proceeds from disposal of ships of $15,634,000, $8,313,000 and $17,727,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Net cash flows (used in) generated from operating activities. Net cash flows (used in) generated from operating activities was an outflow of $55.6 million and $37.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and an inflow of $3.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2017. Net cash flows used in operating activities for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 includes capital expenditure on vessels of $106.1 million and proceeds from vessel sales of $15.6 million. The implementation of IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019 resulted in long-term lease payments that were previously reported as cash flows used in operations being split into a principal portion and an interest portion, the interest portion remaining in cash used in operating activities, and the principal portion being presented as cash flow used in financing activities. In the 12 months ended December 31, 2019, the effect of this was that cash flows from operations increased by $29.9 million and cash from financing activities decreased by $29.9 million. Net cash flows used in operating activities for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 includes capital expenditure on vessels of $21.4 million, proceeds from vessel sales of $8.3 million and payments to related parties of $6.0 million. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2017, net cash flows generated from operating activities includes capital expenditure on vessels of $5.2 million, proceeds from vessel sales of $17.7 million and payments to related parties of $5.0 million.

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities increased by $18.2 million to $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily because capital expenditure on vessels increased by $84.7 million. This was partially offset by a decrease in cash used in operating activities of $29.9 million as a result of the implementation of IFRS 16, improved operating cash flow (before the movements in working capital and ships) in 2019 of $15.8 million (excluding the impact of IFRS 16), positive movements in working capital of $13.5 million and proceeds from vessel sales increased by $7.3 million in 2019 compared to 2018.

 

Net cash flows from operating activities changed negatively by $40.8 million to an outflow of $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to an inflow of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily because operating cash flows before movements in working capital and ships was $5.4 million lower, working capital changes (including changes in balances with related parties) were $11.7 million weaker, capital expenditure on vessels increased by $16.2 million and proceeds from vessel sales decreased by $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities. Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities was an inflow of $35.2 million and $40.0 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and an outflow of $2.1 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2017. Net cash generated from investing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 was impacted by the repayment by joint ventures of $20.3 million of loans to joint ventures, repayments by related parties of $7.6 million of balances with related parties, dividends received from a joint venture of $5.0 million and capital distribution from a joint venture of $2.5 million. Net cash generated from investing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 was impacted by the proceeds from the sales of the two non-core businesses of $25.3 million and payments received from related parties of $14.1 million. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was impacted by a loan to related parties of $1.3 million and purchase of plant and equipment of $1.2 million.

 

  89  

 

 

Net cash flows from investing activities decreased by $4.8 million for the 12 months to December 31, 2019 compared to the 12 months to December 31, 2018 primarily because the net proceeds from the disposal of business and the repayment from related parties was $25.3 million and US$6.4 million, respectively, more in 2018 than in 2019, which was partially offset by repayment of loans from joint venture, dividends received from a joint venture and capital distribution from a joint venture being $20.3 million, $5.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively, more in 2019 than in 2018. Net cash from investing activities increased by $42.1 million for the 12 months to December 31, 2018 compared to the 12 months to December 31, 2017 primarily because net proceeds from the disposal of businesses and the net of repayments from and advances to related parties were $25.3 million and $14.9 million, respectively, more in 2018 than in 2017. 

 

Net cash flows generated from (used in) financing activities. Net cash flows generated from (used in) financing activities was an inflow of $19.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 and an outflow of $11.9 million and $19.8 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net cash flows generated from financing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2019 was primarily impacted by a net inflow of $95.8 million from the incurrence of new debt, $45.5 million repayment of existing debt (including repayment of debt as a result of ship sales) and $29.9 million repayment of lease liabilities. Net cash flows used in financing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 was primarily impacted by the repayment of loans from related parties of $8.4 million, movement of cash to restricted cash of $8.6 million and a net inflow of $5.0 million from the incurrence of new debt and the repayment of existing debt. The increase in the restricted cash was mainly due to the security provided in the debt service reserve account required under the $100.0 million senior secured credit facility described in “Description of Indebtedness” in this item 5. Net cash flows used in financing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2017 was primarily impacted by the issuance of equity to Grindrod Limited of $15.0 million and repayment of loans from related parties of $42.0 million.

 

Net cash flows from financing activities improved by $31.3 million from an outflow of $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to an inflow of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily because the payment of capital portion of long term interest-bearing debt decreased by $54.0 million, movements in restricted cash improved by $9.6 million and repayments to related parties decreased by $8.4 million in 2019 compared to 2018, partly offset by principal repayments on lease liabilities of $29.9 million which was presented in net cash flows from financing activities as a result of the implementation of IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019 and long-term interest bearing debt raised being $8.7 million less in 2019 compared to 2018.

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities declined by $7.9 million from $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily because in 2017 a net $37.0 million of loans from related parties were repaid which was partially offset by $15.0 million received from the issuance of shares, but no such transactions occurred in 2018, and in 2018, $8.4 million was repaid to related parties and $8.6 million of cash was moved to restricted cash but the amount of such transactions in 2017 was nil.

 

Restricted cash. The above cash flow figures in this “Cash Flow Discussion” are after deducting restricted cash of $12.8 million which is pledged to certain banks to secure loans and other credit facilities. As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and bank balances (including restricted cash) of $45.2 million.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with drydocking activities and maintenance in the ordinary course and in order to comply with environmental and other governmental regulations and in connection with our vessel acquisitions. We or our joint ventures have previously and may in the future enter into newbuilding contracts or contracts to acquire newbuildings, or resale contracts, or to acquire second hand vessels. In addition, we may also explore purchases of vessels held in our joint ventures, or shares in these joint ventures, in the future.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2019, as discussed above under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures”, we acquired all of Regiment’s 33.25% ordinary shares and preferred shares in IVS Bulk for a total consideration of $44.1 million and we entered into a $35.8 million senior secured credit facility to partially fund this acquisition.

 

  90  

 

 

In addition to acquisitions that we may undertake in future periods, we will incur additional expenditures due to drydockings for our Fleet. The location of the drydock will be decided when the vessel is scheduled to drydock. We estimate our drydocking costs, including capitalized costs incurred during drydocking related to vessels and vessel equipment, and scheduled off-hire days for our Fleet through 2021 to be:

 

Year   Estimated Drydocking Cost(1)   Estimated
Off-hire Days(1)
    (U.S. dollars)    
2020   $     9.0 million   192.05 days
2021   $     4.6 million   88.00 days

 

 

(1) The estimated costs and off-hire days include 100% of the estimated costs and drydocking days relating to IVS Bulk and its subsidiaries as we will consolidate their results into our financial statements following our acquisition of a further 33.25% in IVS Bulk effective February 14, 2020. Please see “Item 4. Information on the CompanyOur Joint Ventures” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and ProspectsRecent DevelopmentsJoint Ventures and Vessels”.

 

Actual costs will vary based on various factors, including where the drydockings are actually performed. We expect to fund these costs with cash from operations. These costs do not include drydock expense items that are reflected in vessel operating costs or costs associated with the installation of ballast water treatment systems.

 

Actual length of drydocking will vary based on the condition of the vessel, yard schedules and other factors. Higher repairs and maintenance expenses during drydocking for vessels which are over 15 years old typically result in a higher number of off-hire days depending on the condition of the vessel.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we incurred a total of $4.8 million, $6.7 million, and $6.1 million of drydocking costs, respectively, excluding costs incurred during drydocking that were capitalized to vessel assets or vessel equipment.

 

During 2019, 12 of our vessels (of which seven were held in joint ventures) completed their scheduled drydockings. We estimate that eleven of our vessels (of which none are held in un-consolidated joint ventures) will be drydocked in 2020 and 7 of our vessels (of which none are held in un-consolidated joint ventures) will be drydocked in 2021.

 

Description of Indebtedness

 

Below is a summary of our significant debt obligations.

 

Loan Agreements

 

$27.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On December 9, 2016, a subsidiary of GSPL entered into a $27.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch relating to one medium range tanker. Prior to the Spin-Off the facility was secured by, among other things, a guarantee from Former Parent and bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.45%. In connection with the Spin-Off, we amended the facility to release Former Parent from its guarantee, add Grindrod Shipping as a guarantor, and increase the interest margin to 2.65%. The facility currently bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.65% per annum, matures on January 11, 2021, with the possibility to extend for a further two years, and is secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage over the tanker and (b) guarantees from each of GSPL and Grindrod Shipping. On June 28, 2019, the parties to the facility agreed to amend the definitions relating to the minimum cash covenant, the minimum book value net worth covenant and introduce a new working capital covenant as set out further in “—Loan Covenants” below, and clarify the calculations of the covenants following the implementation of IFRS16. On April 16, 2020, the parties to the facility agreement entered into further amendments the purpose of which was to amend the definitions of consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities for purposes of the working capital covenant, such that the determination of the consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities of Grindrod Shipping excludes any adjustments made for IFRS 16. As of December 31, 2019, there was an outstanding balance under this facility of approximately $19.1 million. The covenants applicable to this facility are the same as the covenants that apply to the $100.0 million senior secured credit facility and the $29.9 million senior secured credit facility described below.

 

  91  

 

$100.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On May 8, 2018, GSPL entered into a $100.0 million senior secured credit facility with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch relating to 11 handysize drybulk carriers and 5 tankers, and now relating to 8 remaining vessels. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. The facility is made up of two tranches (A and B) of up to $10.0 million and up to $90.0 million respectively. Tranche A matures on May 15, 2022 and Tranche B matures on May 15, 2023. The facility is secured by, among other things (a) first priority mortgages over each of the remaining vessels, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the remaining 8 vessels, as well as Grindrod Shipping, and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the remaining 8 vessels. On December 14, 2018, GSPL, as borrower, and Grindrod Shipping, as corporate guarantor and the subsidiaries owning the vessels, as owner guarantors, entered into a side letter to, among other things, release the proceeds of the sale of IVS Kanda from a collateral account under the facility, and amend certain terms of the credit facility relating to mandatory prepayments with the proceeds of a sale of a vessel and the minimum required security cover. On June 28, 2019, GSPL, as borrower, Grindrod Shipping, as corporate guarantor and the subsidiaries owning the vessels, as owner guarantors, entered into a second side letter to amend the minimum book value net worth covenant and introduce a new working capital covenant as set out further in “—Loan Covenants” below, and clarify the calculations of the covenants following the implementation of IFRS16. On April 16, 2020, the parties to the facility agreement entered into further amendments the purpose of which was to amend the definitions of consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities for purposes of the working capital covenant, such that the determination of the consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities of Grindrod Shipping excludes any adjustments made for IFRS 16. The covenants applicable to this facility are the same as the covenants that apply to the $27.0 million senior secured credit facility described above and the $29.9 million senior secured credit facility described below. As of December 31, 2019 $50.3 million was outstanding on this facility.

 

$29.9 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On December 21, 2018, Grindrod Shipping, as parent guarantor, and two of its subsidiaries that each acquired a medium range “eco” tanker from the Leopard Tankers joint venture, as joint and several borrowers and hedge guarantors, entered into a $29.9 million senior secured term loan facility with NIBC Bank N.V. relating to the two tankers. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.20% per annum. The facility matures on December 21, 2023. The facility is secured by, among other things (a) first priority mortgages over each of the two vessels, each owned by the subsidiaries of Grindrod Shipping party to the facility, (b) a guarantee from each of the Grindrod Shipping subsidiaries owning the two vessels as well as Grindrod Shipping, and (c) security over the shares in the Grindrod Shipping subsidiaries owning the two vessels. On June 28, 2019, the parties to the facility agreed to amend the minimum book value net worth covenant and introduce a new working capital covenant as set out further in “—Loan Covenants” below, and clarify the calculations of the covenants following the implementation of IFRS16. On May 8, 2020, the parties to the facility agreement entered into further amendments the purpose of which was to amend the definitions of consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities for purposes of the working capital covenant, such that the determination of the consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities of Grindrod Shipping excludes any adjustments made for IFRS 16. The covenants applicable to this facility are the same as the covenants that apply to the $27.0 million senior secured credit facility and the $100.0 million senior secured credit facility described above. As of December 31, 2019, $28.1 million was outstanding on this facility.

 

Combined $31.4 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On July 29, 2019, each of the subsidiaries owning IVS Okudogo and IVS Prestwick, entered into a separate term loan facility, as borrower, with IYO Bank, each for an amount up to approximately $15.7 million, the proceeds of which were used to finance a portion of the purchase price of IVS Okudogo on her delivery on August 8, 2019, and of IVS Prestwick, on her delivery on September 26, 2019, respectively. Grindrod Shipping is a party, as guarantor, to each of these agreements. On August 27, 2019, the respective parties to each of these two facilities entered into an addendum to the relevant facility agreement, in each case to clarify matters relating to the balloon payment. The facilities each have a seven-year term, are repayable in quarterly installments with a balloon payment at the end of the repayment schedule, bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum and are secured by, amongst other security, a mortgage over the relevant vessel and, in each case, a mortgage over the vessel IVS Ibis and a guarantee by Grindrod Shipping. As of December 31, 2019, a total of $31.0 million was outstanding on these facilities.

 

Other Borrowings

 

GSPL has other borrowings that relate to $35,750,000 in financing arrangements entered into with third parties with respect to three of the vessels we regard as owned, namely IVS Knot, IVS Kinglet and IVS Magpie. The arrangements commenced on June 26, 2019, September 19, 2019 and November 20, 2019, respectively, the loans are payable monthly in advance and bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.7% per annum. The loans mature on June 25, 2030, October 18, 2031 and November 19, 2031. As at December 31, 2019, the outstanding balances in relation to these borrowings was $34.0 million. 

 

  92  

 

 

$13.1 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On January 31, 2020, IVS Bulk and its subsidiary that owns the drybulk vessel the IVS North Berwick entered into a $13.1 million senior secured term loan facility with Showa Leasing Co., Ltd. relating to the IVS North Berwick. The facility was drawn in full on February 13, 2020, the proceeds of which were used primarily to refinance the existing indebtedness of the IVS Bulk subsidiary that owns the IVS North Berwick. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum and matures on February 13, 2025. The facility is secured by, among other things (a) first priority mortgage over the IVS North Berwick, (b) a guarantee from IVS Bulk, and (c) security over the shares in the IVS Bulk subsidiary owning the IVS North Berwick. As IVS Bulk drew down on this facility subsequent to year end, as of December 31, 2019 there was nil outstanding under this facility. As of April 30, 2020, the full capital amount of $13.1 million is outstanding on this facility.

 

$114.1 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On February 10, 2020, Grindrod Shipping and IVS Bulk, as joint and several borrowers, entered into a $114.1 million senior secured term loan facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Hamburg Commercial Bank AG relating to all of the vessels owned by the subsidiaries of IVS Bulk, other than the IVS North Berwick, being a total of 11 drybulk vessels. The facility was drawn in full on February 13, 2020, for the purpose of refinancing the existing indebtedness of the IVS Bulk subsidiaries, other than the subsidiary that owns the IVS North Berwick, refinancing other indebtedness of IVS Bulk and for general corporate purposes. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.10% per annum and matures on February 13, 2025. The facility is secured by, among other things, (a) first priority mortgage over each of the 11 vessels owned by IVS Bulk’s subsidiaries other than the IVS North Berwick, (b) a guarantee from each of the IVS Bulk subsidiaries other than the subsidiary that owns the IVS North Berwick, and (c) security over the shares in the IVS Bulk subsidiaries other than the subsidiary owning the IVS North Berwick. Grindrod Shipping has provided an undertaking to Sankaty, the other shareholder in IVS Bulk, that Grindrod Shipping will not directly borrow under this facility, and to the extent Grindrod Shipping has not borrowed under this facility but are nevertheless required, as a joint and several borrower, to make payments to the lenders, Sankaty has provided Grindrod Shipping with an indemnity for its share of such payment, so that as between us and Sankaty the net payment is borne in proportion to each of our shareholding in IVS Bulk. As we drew down on this facility subsequent to year end, as of December 31, 2019 there was nil outstanding under this facility. As of April 30, 2020, the full capital amount $114.1 million is outstanding on this facility.

 

$35.8 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On February 13, 2020, our wholly owned subsidiary GSPL entered into a $35.8 million senior secured term loan facility with Sankaty to partly finance the acquisition by GSPL of Regiment’s 33.25% ordinary shares and preference shares in IVS Bulk. The facility was drawn in full on February 13, 2020, net of fees and original issue discount, and matures on June 13, 2021. The facility may be optionally prepaid or repaid at maturity. The facility bears interest at a fixed rate of 7.5% per annum, payable in cash or compounded in kind (at GSPL's option) quarterly. All prepayments of the loan are subject to a premium calculated at 4.00% of the principal amount of the loan prepaid. The facility is secured by among other things a first fixed charge over all the shares held by GSPL in IVS Bulk and any loans that may be owed by IVS Bulk to GSPL, which is further subject to the condition that at each fiscal quarter end of GSPL the net asset value of the security must be at least 1.30 times the aggregate amount of the outstanding principal of the loan. In addition to other default conditions including customary cross-default provisions in relation to other borrowings of GSPL, a default under the IVS Bulk shareholders’ agreement, other than a default by Sankaty, and a borrowing by Grindrod Shipping under the $114.1 million senior secured credit facility constitute defaults under this facility. As we drew down on this facility subsequent to year end, as of December 31, 2019 there was nil outstanding under this facility. As of April 30, 2020, the full capital amount of $35.8 million is outstanding on this facility.

 

Loan Covenants

 

On June 28, 2019, the parties to the relevant agreements entered into amendments to our $27.0 million senior secured credit facility, our $100.0 million senior secured credit facility and our $29.9 million senior secured credit facility, the purpose of which was to lower the amount of the minimum book value net worth covenant, introduce a new working capital covenant and clarify, for purposes of calculating financial covenants, the treatment of assets and liabilities that will be reflected in our financial statements from January 1, 2019 as a consequence of the adoption of IFRS 16. On April 16, 2020, April 16, 2020 and May 8, 2020, the parties to the relevant agreements entered into further amendments to our $27.0 million senior secured credit facility, our $100.0 million senior secured credit facility and our $29.9 million senior secured credit facility, respectively, the purpose of which was to amend the definitions of consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities for purposes of the working capital covenant described below, in each case such that the determination of the consolidated current assets and consolidated current liabilities of Grindrod Shipping excludes any adjustments made for IFRS 16. Further, in respect of these facilities, the lenders agreed to the following covenant amendments:

 

  93  

 

 

the reduction of the cash covenant to be tested as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 from $30 million to $20 million; and

 

the determination of current liabilities will exclude the amount owed to Sankaty under the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility for purposes of testing, as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, the covenant that requires our current assets to exceed our current liabilities.

  

These credit facilities and the $114.1 million senior secured credit facility described above contain, among other conditions and obligations, the following amended financial covenants the most stringent of which require us and our subsidiaries, to maintain on a consolidated basis:

 

book value net worth of the lower of (a) the aggregate of $240 million plus 25% of the amount of positive retained earnings plus 50% of each capital raise and (b) $275 million. For purposes of the forgoing, “positive retained earnings” means the positive retained earnings of Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis tested bi-annually at each June 30 and December 31, and “capital raise” means the dollar amount (or equivalent amount in dollars) of the proceeds of any equity capital raised by Grindrod Shipping (without giving effect to any capital raised by its subsidiaries), as evidenced in the latest accounts as of each June 30 or December 31;

 

cash and cash equivalents (which may, depending on the facility, include cash restricted in certain security accounts) of not less than $30,000,000 except that as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 cash and cash equivalents shall be not less than $20 million;

 

a ratio of debt to market adjusted tangible fixed assets of not more than 75%. For purposes of the foregoing, the definition of “debt” excludes lease obligations recognized under IFRS 16 and the definition of “tangible fixed assets” excludes right-of-use assets relating to ships; and

 

positive working capital, such that consolidated current assets (excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16) must exceed the consolidated current liabilities (excluding any adjustments for IFRS 16) as evidenced in the latest accounts as of each June 30 and December 31, except that subject to conclusion of legal documentation with the lenders, the determination of current liabilities will exclude the amount owed to Sankaty under the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility for purposes of testing, as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 .

 

In addition, the $114.1 million senior secured credit facility requires the consolidated financial position of IVS Bulk and its subsidiaries to be such that:

 

its adjusted minimum net worth, as defined, is greater than $100.0 million;

 

the ratio of net debt to market value tangible fixed assets, as defined, is less than 70%; and

 

cash and cash equivalents, as defined, are not less than $9.0 million.

 

We and IVS Bulk have agreed with the lenders to reduce the minimum amount of the adjusted minimum net worth covenant, as at June 30, 2020, from $100.0 million to $50.0 million.

 

Further, the credit facilities referred to above, other than the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility which contains its own security coverage ratio, contain provisions requiring a minimum value of the collateral for each relevant facility, such that the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing the relevant facility plus any additional security securing that facility divided by the relevant debt amount results in at least a specified minimum amount (depending on the relevant facility agreement and the type and age of the vessels securing the loan), with the relevant minimum amount ranging between 133% and 145%. GSPL’s $35.8 million credit facility is secured by among other things a first fixed charge over all the shares held by GSPL in IVS Bulk and any loans that may be owed by IVS Bulk to GSPL, which is further subject to the condition that at each fiscal quarter end of GSPL the value of the security must be at least 1.30 times the amount of the outstanding principal of the loan. If any of the relevant thresholds is not met, the relevant party to the agreement may be required to prepay a portion of the relevant loan or provide additional collateral security to eliminate the shortfall.

 

  94  

 

 

The credit facilities referred to above, other than the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility in respect of the vessel-related covenants, also contain, among other conditions, restrictive covenants which could or would restrict our ability, amongst other restrictions, to:

 

incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

 

sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

 

effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

  

GSPL’s $35.8 million senior secured credit facility contains a number of additional restrictions on GSPL and its subsidiaries in addition to those discussed above, including conditions relating to:

 

additional vessel acquisitions;

 

the terms of asset disposals;

 

refinancing or restructuring of existing indebtedness;

 

the provision of additional security towards other indebtedness;

 

investments by GSPL in its subsidiaries; and

 

distributions by GSPL to Grindrod Shipping.

 

A violation of any of the financial or restrictive covenants, or various other provisions, contained in the credit facilities described above and under “—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” below may constitute an event of default under the relevant credit facility, which, unless cured (if permitted, and capable of being cured), or waived or modified by the relevant banks, provides those banks with the right to, among other things (and as the case may be), require the relevant borrowers or other obligors to post additional collateral, enhance their equity and liquidity, increase the interest payable, pay down the relevant indebtedness to a level where compliance with relevant loan covenants are met, sell vessels, reclassify indebtedness as current liabilities, accelerate indebtedness, enforce security on fleet vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, and make demand under guarantees, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business.

 

Furthermore, the credit facilities contain cross-default provisions. A cross-default provision in one facility means that an event of default under one or more other facilities could, subject to any applicable thresholds, result in an event of default occurring under the first facility. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in the facilities, the refusal of the lenders under any credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain indebtedness being accelerated, even if the other lenders under the other credit facilities have waived defaults under their respective credit facilities. If any of our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it could be difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance the relevant debt or obtain additional financing in such circumstances and we could lose vessels and other assets securing the credit facilities if the lenders foreclose their security, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

 

Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to the credit facilities that have been obtained, or may be obtained in the future, the banks may impose additional operating and financial restrictions or modify the terms of the existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, the banks may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of the indebtedness owed to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for facility indebtedness and increase the interest rates charged on outstanding indebtedness.

 

As of December 31, 2019, Grindrod Shipping, GSPL, the borrowers and the other GSPL subsidiaries were in compliance with all of the financial and restrictive covenants contained in our credit facilities, including the joint venture debt described below under “—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”, entered into as of that date.

 

  95  

 

 

See Note 25 to our consolidated and combined financial statements for further details regarding the credit facilities.

 

Trend Information

 

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize for our vessels, which depend on demand and supply dynamics characterizing the drybulk and tanker markets at any given time. For other trends affecting our business, please see other discussions under “—Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Financial Condition” above.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

On August 15, 2019, TriView Shipping Pte. Ltd., our joint venture with Mitsui & Co., entered into a loan facility agreement with a Mitsui related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd for a credit facility of approximately $2.1 million, bearing interest at the LIBOR, plus a margin of 1.7% per annum. Our joint venture partner provided a guarantee for 100% of the loan amount, and GSPL has provided a guarantee to our joint venture partner for 51% of the outstanding loan amount that the joint venture partner is required to pay under their guarantee. Grindrod Shipping has provided a performance guarantee to our joint venture partner in respect of GSPL’s obligations under the joint venture, including the aforementioned guarantee by GSPL. As of December 31, 2019, $1.8 million remained outstanding under such facility.

 

As at December 31, 2019, we provided financial support to certain of our joint ventures and subsidiaries of our joint ventures for $20.8 million, to enable them to meet their obligations as and when they come due for at least 12 months from the date of signing their respective financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

 

Charter Hire Obligations

 

We are committed to make certain charter hire payments to third parties for chartered-in vessels. IFRS 16 requires us to recognize, on a discounted basis, the rights and obligations created by the commitment to lease assets on the balance sheet, unless the term of the lease is less than 12 months or of low value. Please see “—Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Leases” below for a discussion of IFRS 16. Please see “—Contractual Obligations and Contingencies” below for these and our other contractual obligations and commitments.

 

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

 

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of long-term debt, time charter agreements and newbuilding commitments. 

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

 

    Payments Due by Period  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Total     Less Than
1 Year
    1–3 Years     3–5 Years     More than
5 Years
 
Secured Bank Loans and Other Borrowings(1)     165,244       20,696       52,786       51,819       39,943  
Interest on secured bank loans and other borrowings(2)     29,956       7,051       12,457       5,968       4,480  
Capital Expenditure on Vessels(1)     2,510       2,510                    
Time Charter Agreements(3)     9,623       9,623                    
Lease Liabilities(4)     62,365       26,728       35,637              
Office, Residential and Other Leases(3)     193       160       33              
Total contractual obligations     269,891       66,768       100,913       57,787       44,423  

 

 

(1) These obligations are disclosed in Notes 24, 25 and 43 of the consolidated and combined financial statements.
(2) Interest is based on LIBOR assumption of 2.44% per annum for secured bank loans and other borrowings.
(3) Represents lease obligations that qualify as short term leases and hence they are not recorded as lease liabilities. Please see Note 2.14 and 39 of the consolidated and combined financial statements.
(4) Include obligations under certain time charter agreements. Please see Note 2.14 and 25 of the consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

  96  

 

 

The table above is as of December 31, 2019 and does not include the debt drawn down in February, 2020 under GSPL’s $35.8 million senior secured credit facility and under the $13.1 million senior secured credit facility of a subsidiary of IVS Bulk and the $114.1 million senior secured credit facility of IVS Bulk and the Company described in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements”.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Leases

 

IFRS 16 is applicable to our financial statements effective January 1, 2019. IFRS 16 amended the previous accounting standards to require lessees to recognize, on a discounted basis, the rights and obligations created by the commitment to lease assets on the balance sheet, unless the term of the lease is less than 12 months or of low value. Accordingly, IFRS 16 resulted in the recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities, on the basis of the discounted remaining future minimum lease payments for our existing chartered-in vessel commitments that are currently reported as operating leases adjusting for prepayments and accrued lease payments.

 

IFRS 16 requires that we assess the lease contracts to identify separate components and allocates the consideration in the contract to each component. We made use of the practical expedient to elect, by class of underlying asset, not to separate non-lease components from lease components specifically with respect to time charter arrangements.

 

Upon transition, a lessee is required to apply IFRS 16 to its leases either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented, being the full retrospective approach, or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 recognized at the date of initial application, being the modified retrospective approach. We applied the modified retrospective approach upon transition. The impact of the application of IFRS 16 on the statement of financial position at January 1, 2019 is the recognition of right-of-use assets of approximately $69.4 million, corresponding lease liabilities of approximately $68.7 million. Prepayments relating to leases of $0.7 million were reclassified to right-of-use assets and there is no impact to retained earnings on January 1, 2019. We applied the practical expedient to account for existing time charters with remaining terms of less than one year on the date of initial application in the same way as short-term leases.

 

The application of the above principles beginning January 1, 2019 did not result in a material difference in the amount of revenue recognized under our existing accounting policies for pool and time-out charter arrangement. 

  

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

Directors

 

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals that are currently serving as directors or alternate directors of Grindrod Shipping. At our next annual general meeting, Mr. John Herholdt and Mr. Quah Ban Huat will retire from office and will be eligible to and, we expect, will stand for re-election.

 

Name   Age   Position   Term Expires
Cato Brahde   65   Director / Chairman   Annual General Meeting, by rotation(3)
Stephen Griffiths   59   Director   *
Michael Hankinson(1)   71   Director   Annual General Meeting, by rotation(3)
John Herholdt   71   Director   Next Annual General Meeting(3)
Quah Ban Huat   53   Director   Next Annual General Meeting(3)
Pieter Uys(1)   57   Director   Annual General Meeting, by rotation(3)
Martyn Wade   61   Director   *
Alternate Directors:            
Willem van Wyk(2)   41   Alternate Director   Annual General Meeting, by rotation(3)

 

 

* Messrs Wade and Griffiths will serve as Directors so long as they continue to hold the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

 

  97  

 

 

(1) Currently also serves as a director of Former Parent.

 

(2) Mr. van Wyk is an alternate director of Grindrod Shipping appointed by Mr. Pieter Uys. Mr. van Wyk is entitled to notice of directors’ meetings and, if Mr. Uys is not present at a meeting, is entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. van Wyk is entitled to attend, but not vote at and not count in the quorum for, each meeting at which Mr. Uys is present. Mr, van Wyk currently also serves as an alternate director of Former Parent

 

(3) At each Annual General Meeting subsequent to the first Annual General Meeting, one-third of the directors for the time being (or, if their number is not a multiple of three the number nearest to one-third) shall retire from office by rotation. The directors to retire in every year shall be those, subject to retirement by rotation, who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and so that as between persons who became or were last re-elected directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election.

 

Cato Brahde has served as member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017, and was appointed as Chairman on November 28, 2017. Mr. Brahde was a director of Grindrod Limited from 2013 to 2016. He currently acts as Chief Investment Officer for Tufton Oceanic’s equity investment funds. He joined Tufton Oceanic in 1989 where he was responsible for private and public shipping equity investments, among which he managed a fleet of 30 standby support vessels for the offshore oil and gas industry in the North Sea. Mr. Brahde previously worked as a naval architect and project manager with Brown and Root, a subsidiary of US oil services group Halliburton, from 1978 to 1989. During 1977 and 1978 he served in the Royal Norwegian Navy. Mr. Brahde qualified as a naval architect at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne, gained a Master of Science in Business Administration degree from Boston University and holds a diploma in Company Direction.

 

Stephen Griffiths has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Financial Officer since November 7, 2017, and also served as Chief Financial Officer of Former Parent’s shipping business from April 2009 until the Spin-Off. Mr. Griffiths joined Grindrod Limited in 2004 as Group Financial Manager. Previously, Mr. Griffiths worked for the Reunert Group from 1989 to 2003 in financial management roles. Mr. Griffiths qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1985 and completed his articles at Hudson, Langham, Morrison and Co. 

 

Michael Hankinson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 20, 2018. Mr. Hankinson has served as a director of Former Parent since 2009, as its Non-Executive Chairman from 2014 to 2017, its Executive Chairman from August 2017 to November 2018 at which time he once again became its Non-Executive Chairman. Mr. Hankinson has also been the non-executive Chairman of The Spar Group Limited since 2004. In 1997, Mr. Hankinson was appointed its Chief Executive at Dunlop Limited, a tire and rubber manufacturer listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, and held this position until 2006. In 1976, Mr. Hankinson joined Romatex Limited as Financial Manager and in 1994 was appointed as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hankinson has also held numerous non-executive positions on various boards related to the textile, tire and sugar industries as well at Transnet Limited. Mr. Hankinson qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1976 after completing his articles at Deloitte and Touche. 

  

John Herholdt has served as a member of our board of directors since November 6, 2017 and is the Chairman of the Compensation and Nomination Committee. Between 2012 and 2015, Mr. Herholdt consulted the Maitland Group. From 1987 to 2012 Mr. Herholdt served as a London based senior partner of the Maitland Group with offices in Europe, South Africa, North America and elsewhere. He also served as a Director on the boards of several of its subsidiaries. The London office of Shepstone and Wylie was established by Mr. Herholdt in 1985 and in 1987 merged the Shepstone and Wylie operation with that of Maitlands, then the offshore arm of the South African law firm Webber Wentzel. He remained associated with Shepstone and Wylie until 2012. In 1984, Mr. Herholdt joined the South African law firm Shepstone and Wylie as a senior partner in the maritime department, acting primarily for vessel owners and P&I Clubs. In 1979, Mr. Herholdt was appointed a Director of Leo Raphaely and Sons, an international commodity trading firm. From 1972 to 1979, Mr. Herholdt was a partner of the law firm Goodrickes and specialized in maritime and commodities law. His responsibilities included all maritime and commodity issues, as well as, legal, commercial, and tax matters. Mr. Herholdt obtained his Bachelor of Arts in Law Degree in 1969 and his Bachelor of Laws degree in 1971, and was admitted as an attorney of the Supreme Court of South Africa in 1972.

 

  98  

 

 

Quah Ban Huat has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017 and is the Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee. He is a principal advisor at KPMG Corporate Finance and specializes in mergers & acquisitions, structuring and financing. In addition, he is also a director of AP Oil International Limited, Samudera Shipping Line Ltd and Primeur Holdings Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary. Prior to that, Mr. Quah served as a director on the boards of mDR Ltd from 2014 to 2017 and Croesus Asset Management Pte. Ltd. (the trustee manager of Croesus Retail Trust) from 2012 to 2017. Prior to this he held various key finance positions including Regional Business Area Controller at Deutsche Bank for its Asia Pacific Money Markets and Treasury operations, Group Finance Director at the IMC Group, Chief Financial Officer at City Gas Pte. Ltd. and Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (the trustee manager of Rickmers Maritime Trust). Mr. Quah qualified as an accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales and the Association of Certified Chartered Accountants. He completed his articles with Benjamin Taylor & Co and was a manager at the banking division of Coopers and Lybrand prior to joining Deutsche Bank in London.

  

Pieter Uys has served as a member of our board of directors since June 20, 2018. Mr. Uys has been a member of Former Parent’s board of directors since August 2013. Mr. Uys is currently a director of Mediclinic, Dark Fibre Africa, Seacom, Former Parent, Blue Bulls Company (Pty) Ltd., Community Investment Ventures Holdings (Pty) Ltd., Kagiso Media Pty Ltd. and Kagiso Tiso Holdings. Since 2013, Mr. Uys has served as an investment executive for Remgro, one of our significant shareholders. From 2008 to 2012 Mr. Uys was Chief Executive Officer of the Vodacom Group. Prior to that, Mr. Uys served as Managing Director of Vodacom South Africa since 2001, and as Vodacom Group Chief Operating Officer since 2004. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Uys was an employee at Vodacom as a member of the initial engineering team. Mr. Uys holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering, a Masters in Engineering degree from the University of Stellenbosch and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Stellenbosch Business School.

 

Martyn Wade has served as a member of our board of directors since November 15, 2017. Mr. Wade served on the Grindrod Limited board from November 2011 until November 1, 2017. Mr. Wade continues to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of GSPL, a role he has been in since July 2011. Mr. Wade is currently a director of The UK Freight Demurrage & Defense Association (UK), The United Kingdom Mutual Steam Ship Assurance Association (Europe) Limited, or The UK P&I Club, and a member of the advisory panel to the Singapore Maritime Foundation. Mr. Wade has 42 years’ international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and shipbrokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and now Singapore. The companies Mr. Wade has worked for include Van Ommeren UK, Simpson Spence and Young Johannesburg, Clipper Bulk USA and HSBC Shipping Services London. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange having been first elected in 1979.

 

Willem van Wyk has served on our board as an Alternate Director to Pieter Uys since March 16, 2020. Mr. van Wyk was appointed as the Group Tax Manager of Remgro Limited on January 16, 2006, where he later appointed as Investment Manager in the Corporate Finance division. Mr. van Wyk is experienced in valuations, due diligence and investment support. Mr. van Wyk is also an alternate director on the board of Grindrod Limited, a Members’ Trustee of the M& I Retirement Fund and Pembani Remgro Infrastructure Managers. Mr. van Wyk qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 2005 and completed his articles at Ernst & Young and holds an Honours degree in taxation from the University of Cape Town.

 

Senior Management

 

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals who serve as Executive Officers:

   

Name   Age   Position
Martyn Wade   61   Chief Executive Officer
Stephen Griffiths   59   Chief Financial Officer

 

The business address of the persons noted above is Grindrod Shipping’s executive office at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763.

 

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

 

We paid an aggregate cash compensation of $2.1 million to our Executive Officers and non-executive directors in 2019. Currently, on an annual basis, each non-executive director, other than the chairman of the board, is compensated with a fee of $65,000 for his or her services as one of our directors and an additional fee of $20,000 for his or her services as chairman of one of the board committees or an additional fee of $10,000 for his or her services as a member of one of the board committees; the chairman of the board receives a total annual fee of $150,000 for his or her services, inclusive of any such services as a director and as a committee chairman or member; and Mr. van Wyk does not receive any fees for services as an Alternate Director.

 

  99  

 

 

Our Executive Officers are remunerated in accordance with their contracts of employment. In addition, Executive Officers are eligible for variable compensation under our forfeitable share plan for achieving company-wide objectives and for their individual contribution to our results and objectives. In 2018 we granted awards of 743,000 forfeitable ordinary shares with a value of $7.6 million to our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. In respect of these awards, $1.4 million and $3.2 million was expensed in our 2018 and 2019 statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, respectively, and further expenses in respect of these awards will be recorded in subsequent financial periods pro rata to the vesting period. Included in the 2018 awards of 743,000 forfeitable ordinary shares are 180,000 and 100,000 forfeitable ordinary shares that we awarded to our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, respectively, and which, in each case, vest in three equal tranches, the first having vested on March 1, 2020, and the subsequent vesting at March 1, 2021 and 2022. During 2019, awards of 15,000 ordinary shares were forfeited by employees.

 

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the forfeitable share plan and is governed in its entirely by the forfeitable share plan which is included as an exhibit to this annual report. We adopted the forfeitable share plan to provide selected employees with the opportunity to receive compensatory equity awards of our ordinary shares and to serve as a retention mechanism and recruitment tool. The forfeitable share plan also provides participants with the opportunity to share in the success of the company and aligns forfeitable share plan participant interests with the interests of our shareholders. The forfeitable share plan is administered by the compensation and nomination committee. Participants receive grants of forfeitable ordinary shares, subject to applicable time and/or performance vesting conditions and other terms, that settle in ordinary shares when vested and are forfeited, in part in or in full, upon certain termination of employment events if not previously vested. Under the terms of the forfeitable share plan, the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award.

 

We will obtain shareholder approval annually to authorize the issuance of ordinary shares under the plan. We have obtained such approval until the conclusion of our next annual general meeting.

 

Board Practices

 

Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors comprises seven directors, including five independent non-executive members, as determined in accordance with the prevailing Code of Corporate Governance issued by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, which is the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code. Each of Grindrod Shipping’s directors is elected by Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders or appointed by the directors pursuant to Grindrod Shipping’s constitution. In addition, Mr. van Wyk is an Alternate Director appointed by Mr. Uys. Mr. van Wyk is entitled to notice of directors’ meetings and, if Mr. Uys is not present at a meeting, is entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. van Wyk is entitled to attend, but not vote at, each meeting at which Mr. Uys is present. In addition, Mr. Quah is also a director of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. To the extent that Mr. Quah’s service as a member of the board of directors of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. presents a conflict of interest with respect to any matters involving us, Mr. Quah has agreed to inform our board of directors of any such conflict and recuse himself from any proceedings or vote relating to such matters.

 

At our first annual general meeting, which was held on May 29, 2019, all of the directors, other than the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, retired from office and were eligible to and stood for re-election. At each subsequent annual general meeting, one-third of the directors then in office, or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from office by rotation, provided no director holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of directors to retire. In addition, any director who has been appointed by the directors to fill a vacancy during any given year will be required to retire from office at the next annual general meeting and shall be eligible for re-election at such meeting. Directors holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall resign from their directorship upon no longer holding such positions.

  

The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest serving in office since their last re-election or appointment. Where directors were re-elected or appointed on the same day, those to retire shall be agreed amongst themselves or be determined by lot.

 

A director shall vacate his office upon his resignation, removal, bankruptcy, becoming mentally disordered or disqualification. A director may only be removed from office by or according to resolution of the shareholders.

 

No director is entitled to any severance benefits on termination of his or her service as a director.

 

Grindrod Shipping has established two committees of the board of directors: the audit and risk committee and the compensation and nomination committee.

 

  100  

 

 

Audit and Risk Committee

 

The members of the audit and risk committee are Messrs. Quah (chairman), Herholdt and Brahde. The audit and risk committee, among other things, oversees our financial reporting, risk management, related party transactions and internal controls (in relation to financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls), engages our external auditors and oversees our internal audit activities, tax policies and effectiveness of our legal and compliance systems.

 

Compensation and Nomination Committee

 

The members of the compensation and nomination committee are Messrs. Herholdt (chairman), Quah, Brahde and Hankinson. The compensation and nomination committee oversees our compensation policy and the executive compensation policy, approves awards of stock based incentives, approves the individual package of the chief executive officer, reviews and monitors the nomination and appointment process and composition of the board of directors and succession planning of the board, the committees of the board of directors and the performance of the board.

 

Corporate Governance Practices

 

Pursuant to an exception under NASDAQ listing standards available to foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with many of the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NASDAQ listing standards. Accordingly, we are exempt from many of NASDAQ’s corporate governance practices. We are incorporated under the laws of Singapore and have elected to voluntarily comply with the relevant guidelines of the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code. In connection with the listing of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ, we certified to NASDAQ that our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, Singapore law. We also agreed or elected to comply with certain JSE corporate governance requirements in addition to complying with the applicable Singapore Corporate Governance Code and NASDAQ listing standards. Set forth below is a list of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NASDAQ listing standards applicable to listed U.S. companies.

 

Independence of Directors. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company maintain a majority of independent directors. Our board of directors consists of seven directors, three of whom are the members of our audit and risk committee and are considered “independent” under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as it applies to us under the rules of NASDAQ. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, our board of directors is not required to consist of a majority of independent directors. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, only one-third of our board of directors is required to be independent if the chairman of our board of directors is independent. However, the determination of independence under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code is different from NASDAQ standards. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, five of our directors and our alternate director are considered independent.

 

Compensation and Nomination Committee. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company have a compensation committee consisting only of independent directors and that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection by either a vote in which only independent directors participate or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, a company’s remuneration committee and nominating committee, which we combine as our compensation and nomination committee, are not required to consist entirely of independent directors. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires each of these committees be comprised of at least three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman or chairmen of such committee or committees), and that all members of the remuneration committee be non-executive directors. Our compensation and nomination committee currently consists of Messrs. Herholdt, Quah, Brahde and Hankinson, all of whom are independent and non-executive directors under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code.

  

Audit and Risk Committee. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company have an audit committee comprised of at least three members, all of whom shall be entirely independent directors. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires an audit committee to be comprised of at least three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman of such committee), and that all members of the audit committee be non-executive directors. Our audit and risk committee currently consists of Messrs. Quah, Herholdt and Brahde, all of whom are independent and non-executive directors under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code and “independent” under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

Executive Sessions. NASDAQ requires that the independent directors of a U.S. listed company have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present, or executive sessions. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code provides that the independent directors should meet periodically without the presence of the other directors.

 

  101  

 

 

Quorum. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company’s bylaws provide for a quorum of at least 33 1/3 percent of the outstanding shares of the company’s common voting stock. Our constitution provides that shareholders holding an aggregate not less than 15 percent of the issued and fully paid shares in the capital of the company, present in person or by proxy, shall be a quorum. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code does not prescribe a quorum requirement.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately 699 employees, of which approximately 534 seagoing staff serve on the vessels that we manage and 165 provide general management, financial management, and commercial and technical management to the vessels that we manage. Our seafarers are represented by collective bargaining agreements but we have not experienced a work stoppage in the past few years. Seafarers employed by our vessel managers are unionized under various jurisdictions and are employed under various collective bargaining agreements which does expose us to a risk of potential labor unrest at times when those collective bargaining agreements are being re-negotiated.

 

Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following sets forth, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping’s management, the total amount of ordinary shares directly or indirectly owned by Grindrod Shipping’s current Directors, Alternate Directors and Executive Officers based on 19,006,858 ordinary shares outstanding as of April 30, 2020 (excluding treasury shares).

 

Holder   Grindrod
Shipping
Ordinary
Shares
    Percentage
Ownership
 
Cato Brahde     60,478       *  
Stephen Griffiths     62,219       *  
Michael Hankinson     1,675       *  
John Herholdt           *  
Quah Ban Huat           *  
Pieter Uys           *  
Martyn Wade     130,026       *  
Willem van Wyk           *  

 

 

* Less than 1%

  

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Major Shareholders

 

To our knowledge: (1) no corporation or foreign government owns more than 50% of our outstanding ordinary shares; and (2) there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Grindrod Shipping. To the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping’s management and as otherwise set forth herein there is no controlling shareholder of Grindrod Shipping.

 

A list of the individuals and organizations holding, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping’s management, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our issued share capital, based on 19,006,858 ordinary shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares) as of April 30, 2020 is set forth below.

 

Beneficial owner   Grindrod
Shipping
Ordinary
Shares(1)
    Percentage
Ownership(2)
 
Industrial Partnership Investments Proprietary Limited(1)     4,329,580       22.8 %
PSG Asset Management Proprietary Limited(2)     2,026,572       10.7 %
Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited(3)     1,922,740       10.1 %
Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Limited(4)     1,600,000       8.4 %
QVT Financial LP(5)     1,301,975       6.9 %

 

  102  

 

 

 

(1) Industrial Partnership Investments Proprietary Limited is a 100% held subsidiary of Remgro Limited. Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13D by Industrial Partnership Investments Proprietary Limited as of August 2, 2018.

 

(2) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G by PSG Asset Management Proprietary Limited as of October 4, 2018.

 

(3) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G by Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited as of July 20, 2018.

 

(4) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G by Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Limited as of June 28, 2018.

 

(5) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G/A by QVT Financial LP as of February 14, 2020.

 

None of the above shareholders hold voting rights which are different from those that are held by Grindrod Shipping’s other shareholders.

 

There have been no alterations in Grindrod Shipping’s share capital between the date of listing on NASDAQ, June 18, 2018, and the date of this annual report.

 

Register of Members

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares trade in the United States on NASDAQ under the symbol “GRIN”. The principal non-United States trading market for the ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping is the JSE, on which the ordinary shares trade on the main board of the JSE, with a share code of GSH and under the abbreviated name GRINSHIP. Since Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, a principal register of members is maintained by Grindrod Shipping in Singapore. In addition, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acts as Grindrod Shipping’s transfer agent and maintains Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members, which is located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd acts as the administrative depository agent and maintains an administrative depository register reflecting the dematerialised shares trading on the JSE. All Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register are held electronically through the Strate System at all times. See “Item 10. Additional Information—General” for additional information about the Singapore register, branch register and shareholder rights. 

  

As of May 29, 2020, Cede & Co, a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, is the record holder of 18,896,858 ordinary shares, six recipients of ordinary shares issued in terms of our 2018 FSP are record holders of an aggregate of 110,000 ordinary shares, and we are the record holder of 56,975 ordinary shares, being treasury shares. We believe that the ordinary shares held by Cede & Co. and the six aforementioned record holders (excluding us) include 3,101,401, or 16.3% (based on 19,006,858 ordinary shares outstanding, excluding treasury shares), ordinary shares held by beneficial owners in the United States.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

For a description of our material joint ventures, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures”.

 

For a description of our financing arrangements with certain of our joint ventures, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures”, “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements” and Notes 10 and 11 to our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

For a description of our agreements relating to the Spin-Off, see “Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—Management of our Business”.

 

Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

  103  

 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Reference is made to Item 18 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report. For information on legal proceedings, please refer to “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings”.

 

Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions

 

The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, are subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things: (i) our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and available sources of liquidity, (ii) decisions in relation to our growth and leverage strategies, (iii) provisions of Singapore law governing the payment of dividends, (iv) restrictive covenants in our existing and future debt instruments and (v) global financial conditions. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Dividends”.

 

Significant Changes

 

Please refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments”.

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

Offer and Listing Details

 

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “GRIN” and on the JSE under the symbol “GSH”.

 

Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

Markets

 

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “GRIN” and on the JSE under the symbol “GSH”.

 

Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

Dilution

 

Not applicable.

  

Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

General

 

For the purposes of this section, references to “shareholders” mean those shareholders whose names and number of shares are entered in Grindrod Shipping’s principal or branch register of members. Only persons who are registered in Grindrod Shipping’s principal or branch register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of Grindrod Shipping with legal standing to institute shareholder actions against Grindrod Shipping or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members is maintained by its transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd maintains an administrative depository register to facilitate trading on the JSE.

 

  104  

 

 

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are held through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Accordingly, DTC, or its nominee, Cede & Co., is the shareholder of record registered in Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members. The beneficial interests in the ordinary shares are reflected in position listings of the DTC participants for shares held through DTC or its nominee (for shareholders trading on NASDAQ) and on the administrative depository register located in South Africa (for shareholders trading on the JSE). Non-South Africa residents (and those South Africa residents complying with applicable exchange control regulations) are able to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares reflected in the administrative depository register located in South Africa to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant. Shareholders who wish to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer should contact their South African broker or CSDP for more information about repositioning their ordinary shares between the South African administrative depository register and an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant.

 

A holder of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping’s shares may become a registered shareholder by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares (if requested) and being registered in Grindrod Shipping’s register of members. The procedures by which a holder of dematerialised interests may exchange such interests for certificated shares (if requested) are determined by DTC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in accordance with their internal policies and guidelines regulating the withdrawal and exchange of dematerialised interests for certificated shares (if requested), and following such an exchange Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will perform the procedures to register the shareholder in the branch register.

 

Shares may only be traded on the JSE in electronic form as dematerialised shares and trade for electronic settlement in terms of the Strate System (an electronic custody, clearing and settlement environment, managed by Strate), for all share transactions concluded on the JSE and off-market (and in terms of which transactions in securities are settled and transfers of beneficial ownership in securities are recorded electronically). Dematerialised shares are shares that have been dematerialised (the process whereby physical share certificates are replaced with electronic records evidencing ownership of shares for the purpose of Strate). Accordingly, all beneficial holders of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register must appoint a CSDP for shares traded on the JSE, directly or through a broker, to hold the dematerialised Grindrod Shipping shares on their behalf.

 

If (a) the name of any person is without sufficient cause entered in or omitted from the register of members; or (b) default is made or there is unnecessary delay in entering in the register of members the fact of any person having ceased to be a member, the person aggrieved or any member of the company or the company, may apply to the Singapore courts for rectification of the register of members. The Singapore courts may either refuse the application or order rectification of the register of members, and may direct the company to pay any damages sustained by any party to the application. The Singapore courts will not entertain any application for the rectification of a register of members in respect of an entry which was made in the register of members more than 30 years before the date of the application.

 

Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

Constitution

 

The description of our constitution under “Item 10. Additional Information—Constitution” contained in the Registration Statement is incorporated by reference in this annual report. 

  

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

 

The comparison of shareholders rights under “Item 10. Additional Information—Comparison of Shareholder Rights” contained in the Registration Statement is incorporated by reference in this annual report.

 

Material Contracts

 

Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off

 

The below descriptions are only summaries of the material provisions of the GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements and Implementation Agreement and are qualified in their entirety by reference to a copy of the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement, GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and Implementation Agreement, which are included as exhibits to this annual report and incorporated by reference.

 

  105  

 

 

The GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements

 

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping purchased all of the shares of GSPL from Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent sold all of the issued shares in GSPL to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares was the market value of the GSPL shares, approximately $279.7 million, and settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 16,626,600 Convertible Notes to Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent provided certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSPL shares were unencumbered, (ii) that GSPL held shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Former Parent had no claims against GSPL and Former Parent waives any such claims that Former Parent may have against GSPL. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Former Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSPL shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Former Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSPL shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000. Under the agreement, Former Parent is not liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Former Parent have not expressly indemnified one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

 

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping purchased all of the shares of GSSA from Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent sold all of the issued shares in GSSA to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares was the market value of the GSSA shares, approximately $41.0 million, and settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 2,437,232 Convertible Notes to Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent provided certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSSA shares were unencumbered, (ii) that GSSA held shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Former Parent had no claims against GSSA and Former Parent waived any such claims that Former Parent may have against GSSA. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Former Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSSA shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Former Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSSA shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000. Under the agreement, Former Parent is not liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Former Parent have not expressly indemnified one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

 

The Implementation Agreement

 

The Implementation Agreement was entered into on March 23, 2018 between Former Parent, Grindrod Shipping, GSPL and GSSA and governed the mechanics of the Spin-Off. Under the terms of the Implementation Agreement, the Spin-Off could only occur once the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and GSSA Share Purchase Agreement became effective. In addition, the Implementation Agreement was subject to the following conditions precedent which were fulfilled:

 

Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors approving the Spin-Off and required shareholder approvals for the Spin-Off being obtained;

 

the regulatory and procedural steps required for the Spin-Off taking place or being obtained; and

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares having been approved for listing on NASDAQ subject to official notice and distribution, and the JSE.

  

Joint Venture Agreements

 

For a description of our material joint ventures, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures”.

 

Loan Agreements

 

For a description of our material loan agreements, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Loan Agreements”.

 

  106  

 

 

Exchange Controls

 

South Africa

 

Exchange controls in South Africa are administered by the South African Reserve Bank, or SARB, in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, 1961, and regulate transactions involving South African residents. The purpose of exchange controls is to mitigate the decline of foreign capital reserves in South Africa. We expect that South African exchange controls will continue to operate in the foreseeable future. The Government of South Africa has, however, committed itself to relaxing exchange controls gradually and significant relaxation has occurred in recent years. See “Item 10. Additional Information—General” in this Annual Report.

 

Residents of the CMA

 

Residents in the CMA (comprising South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, the Kingdom of Lesotho and the Kingdom of Swaziland) or offshore subsidiaries of a resident in the CMA may not reposition their ordinary shares from the South African administrative depository register to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer or otherwise beneficially own or hold any Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares whether through a U.S. broker-dealer or directly on the principal or branch register unless specific approval has been obtained from the SARB by such persons for any subscription, purchase or beneficial holding or ownership, or as otherwise permitted under the South African Exchange Control Regulations or the rulings promulgated thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

There are no exchange control restrictions in effect in Singapore.

 

Taxation

 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, as amended, or the Treasury regulations, and administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this annual report and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences that are materially different from those described below. Moreover, any change after the date of this annual report in any of the factual matters set forth in this filing or in our or our subsidiaries’ conduct, practices or activities may affect the considerations discussed below. We are under no obligation to update the discussion to reflect future changes in law or changes in any of the foregoing factual matters that may later come to our attention.

 

This discussion is for general information purposes only, does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us or beneficial owners of ordinary shares and does not address any tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws. Potential investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisers concerning the overall tax consequences arising in their own particular situations under U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. laws. The conclusions expressed in this discussion are not binding on the IRS or any court, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court would not reach a contrary conclusion. No ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been obtained or will be requested regarding any matter affecting us or prospective holders of our ordinary shares.

 

Treatment as a Corporation

 

We are treated as a non-U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from sources within the United States or is Effectively Connected Income as discussed below. U.S. Holders (as defined below) are not directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on their shares of our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of ordinary shares as described below. 

 

  107  

 

 

Taxation of Operating Income

 

Under the Code, income derived from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel, is treated as “Transportation Income.” Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source International Transportation Income. Transportation Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Transportation Income derived from sources outside the United States generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. 

 

We expect that we and our subsidiaries will earn income that will constitute Transportation Income. We do not expect us or our subsidiaries to earn U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. However, certain of our and our subsidiaries’ activities could give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and future expansion of or changes in our and our subsidiaries’ operations could result in an increase in the amount thereof, which generally would be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, unless the Section 883 Exemption applied. Based on our current plans and expectations regarding our and our subsidiaries’ organization and operations, we expect that only a relatively small portion of our and our subsidiaries’ gross Transportation Income will likely constitute U.S. Source International Transportation Income and, if the Section 883 Exemption were not to apply, we expect that the effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our and our subsidiaries’ gross Transportation Income would be less than 1%.

 

The Section 883 Exemption

 

In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder, or the Section 883 Regulations, it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profit taxes or the 4% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income, including any U.S. Source International Transportation Income it derives from participation in a pool, partnership or other joint venture arrangement that satisfies the requirements of the Section 883 Regulations. The Section 883 Exemption applies only to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. Source International Transportation Income (which we refer to below as our “applicable subsidiaries”).

 

We and our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other matters, we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the following three requirements:

 

We and each of our applicable subsidiaries are organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we earn, or an Equivalent Exemption;

 

We and each of our applicable subsidiaries satisfy the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test (each as described below); and

 

We and each of our applicable subsidiaries meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

 

We are organized under the laws of Singapore and our applicable subsidiaries are organized under the laws of Singapore, South Africa, the Isle of Man and the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized each of these jurisdictions as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption with respect to the type of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we or our applicable subsidiaries generally expect to earn. Consequently, our and our applicable subsidiaries’ U.S. Source International Transportation Income should be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation provided we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test and we and our applicable subsidiaries satisfy certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

 

  108  

 

 

Publicly Traded Test

 

In order to meet the Publicly Traded Test, the equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation at issue must be “primarily traded” and “regularly traded” on an established securities market either in the United States or in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption. The Section 883 Regulations generally provide, in pertinent part, that equity of a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on one or more established securities markets in a given country if, with respect to the class or classes of equity relied upon to meet the “regularly traded” requirement described below, the number of shares of each such class that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. Our ordinary shares, which are our only class of equity interests, are traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, each of which is considered to be an established securities market for purposes of these rules. As long as our ordinary shares continue to only be traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, our ordinary shares will be “primarily traded” on an established securities market either in the United States or in South Africa, which is a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption. 

 

Equity interests in a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market under the Section 883 Regulations provided one or more classes of such equity interests representing more than 50% of the aggregate vote and value of all of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements. These requirements are satisfied with respect to a class of equity interests listed on an established securities market, provided that either (a) trades in such class of equity interests are effected, other than in de minimis quantities, on such market on at least 60 days during the taxable year and the aggregate number of shares in such class that are traded on such market or markets during the taxable year are at least 10% of the average number of shares outstanding in that class during the taxable year (with special rules for short taxable years) or (b) such class of equity interests is traded on an established securities market in the United States and is “regularly quoted by dealers making a market” in such class (within the meaning of the Section 883 Regulations). Our ordinary shares will represent 100% of the total combined voting power and value of our equity interests. Accordingly, provided that our ordinary shares (i) satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above and (ii) are not subject to the Closely Held Block Exception described immediately below, our ordinary shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our ordinary shares will satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above for any taxable year.

 

Notwithstanding these rules, a class of equity that would otherwise be treated as “regularly traded” on an established securities market will not be so treated if, for more than half of the number of days during the taxable year, one or more “5% shareholders” (i.e., shareholders owning, actually or constructively, at least 5% of the vote and value of that class) own in the aggregate 50% or more of the vote and value of that class, or the Closely Held Block Exception, unless the corporation can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year.

 

We expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In such case, we will lose eligibility for the Publicly Traded Test with respect to any such taxable year, unless can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year. Under the applicable Treasury regulations, we would also have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our 5% shareholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of Qualified Shareholder status from our 5% shareholders, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our qualification for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our not being able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test in the future. We do not expect any of our applicable subsidiaries to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test.

 

Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test

 

As an alternative to satisfying the Publicly Traded Test, a non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if it is able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test. The Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test generally is satisfied if more than 50% of the value of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation is owned, or treated as owned after applying certain attribution rules, for at least half of the number of days in the taxable year by:

 

individual residents of jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption;

 

  109  

 

 

non-U.S. corporations organized in jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption and that meet the Publicly Traded Test; or

 

certain other qualified persons described in the Section 883 Regulations, or collectively, the Qualified Shareholders.

 

We do not expect to be able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year. However, because stock owned by a non-U.S. corporation meeting the Publicly Traded Test is treated as owned by a Qualified Shareholder for purposes of the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test, in the event that we are able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test described above for a taxable year, we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for such taxable year. We do not expect any applicable subsidiary that is not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year, unless a sufficient portion of such subsidiary’s other equity interests were owned by Qualified Shareholders to cause such subsidiary to be more than 50%-owned (by value) by Qualified Shareholders for at least half the number of days in a taxable year and such other Qualified Shareholders were to provide certifications of their Qualified Shareholder status. There can be no assurance that these requirements will be satisfied with respect to any of our applicable subsidiaries for any taxable year. 

 

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax

 

If we or our subsidiaries earn U.S. Source International Transportation Income and the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, the U.S. source portion of such income may be treated as Effectively Connected Income if we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States and substantially all of our or any such subsidiary’s U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of bareboat charter income, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. Based on our and our subsidiaries’ current operations, none of our or our subsidiaries’ potential U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or is received pursuant to bareboat charters, nor do we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States. As a result, we do not anticipate that any of our or our subsidiaries’ U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we or any of our subsidiaries will not have a fixed place of business in the United States or that we or any of our subsidiaries will not earn substantially all of its U.S. Source International Transportation Income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States in the future, which would result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income. In addition, any U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income generally will be treated as Effectively Connected Income.

 

Any income we or our subsidiaries earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at a 21% rate) as well as 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code. In addition, a 30% branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us or our subsidiaries.

 

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we or our subsidiaries could be subject to the net basis corporate income tax as well as branch profits tax with respect to the gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we and our subsidiaries would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States (as determined under U.S. tax principles) and the gain is not attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by us or our subsidiaries in the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

 

The 4% Gross Basis Tax

 

If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and the net basis tax does not apply, we and our subsidiaries would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

 

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares.

 

  110  

 

 

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares that own the ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment purposes). The following discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation which may be important to particular beneficial owners of our ordinary shares in light of their individual circumstances, such as (i) beneficial owners of our ordinary shares subject to special tax rules (e.g., banks or other financial institutions, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, broker-dealers, traders that elect to mark-to-market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax-exempt organizations and retirement plans, individual retirement accounts and tax-deferred accounts, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States) or to beneficial owners that will hold the ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or their partners, (iii) U.S. Holders (as defined below) that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar or that transact in ordinary shares in a currency other than U.S. dollars, or (iv) beneficial owners of ordinary shares that own 2% or more (by vote or value) of our ordinary shares, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. This discussion does not contain information regarding any state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares. 

 

If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our ordinary shares.

 

U.S. Holders that use an accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally are required to include certain amounts in income no later than the time such amounts are reflected on certain applicable financial statements. The application of this rule may require the accrual of income earlier than would be the case under the general U.S. federal income tax rules described below. U.S. Holders that use an accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult with their tax advisors regarding the potential applicability of this rule to their particular situation.

 

Each prospective beneficial owner of our ordinary shares should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

As used in this annual report, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that:

 

is an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect under current Treasury regulations to be treated as a “United States person.”

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to a PFIC, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our ordinary shares generally will constitute dividends, which will be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. We do not intend to compute (or to provide U.S. Holders with information necessary to compute) earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Accordingly, U.S. Holders generally should expect to treat all distributions on the ordinary shares as taxable dividends. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us. Dividends received with respect to the ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be treated as “passive category income” for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

 

  111  

 

 

Dividends received with respect to our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate, or a non-corporate U.S. Holder, generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such non-corporate U.S. Holder at preferential long-term capital gain tax rates, provided that: (i) our ordinary shares are traded on an “established securities market” in the United States (such as the NASDAQ, where our ordinary shares are traded) and are “readily tradeable” on such an exchange; (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below); (iii) the non-corporate U.S. Holder has owned the ordinary shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the ordinary shares become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such ordinary shares); and (iv) the non-corporate U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. It is not currently known whether our ordinary shares will be considered “readily tradeable” on the NASDAQ for purposes of these rules. If a dividend is treated as qualified dividend income, the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation generally will be reduced to appropriately take into account the tax rate differential between the reduced rate of tax applicable to qualified dividend income and the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. Any dividends paid on our ordinary shares that are not treated as qualified dividend income will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate U.S. Holder. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See “—Medicare Tax” below.

 

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our ordinary shares that are treated as “extraordinary dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to an ordinary share that is equal to or in excess of 10% of a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the U.S. Holder’s election) in such ordinary share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value) in an ordinary share. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our ordinary shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in the ordinary shares generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the ordinary shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition.

 

A corporate U.S. Holder’s capital gains, long-term and short-term, are taxed at ordinary income tax rates. If a corporate U.S. Holder recognizes a loss upon the disposition of our ordinary shares, such U.S. Holder is limited to using the loss to offset other capital gain. If a corporate U.S. Holder has no other capital gain in the tax year of the loss, it may carry the capital loss back three years and forward five years.

 

Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders are subject to the favorable tax rate of a maximum of 20%. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See “—Medicare Tax” below. A non-corporate U.S. Holder may deduct a capital loss resulting from a disposition of our ordinary shares to the extent of capital gains plus up to $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separate tax returns) annually and may carry forward a capital loss indefinitely. 

 

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

 

In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the holder holds our ordinary shares, either:

 

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

 

at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by us (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

 

  112  

 

 

Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless we were treated as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules. The PFIC provisions contain a look-through rule under which we will be treated as earning directly our proportionate share of any income, and owning directly our proportionate share of any assets, of another corporation if we own at least 25% of the value of the stock of such other corporation.

 

Based on our current and projected, income, assets and methods of operations, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we believe that the income we receive from time and voyage chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Consequently, we believe that such income should not constitute passive income and the assets engaged in generating such income should not be treated as passive assets and, so long as our income from time and voyage charters exceeds 25% of our gross income for each taxable year after our initial taxable year and the value of our vessels contracted under time and voyage charters exceeds 50% of the average value of our assets for each taxable year after our initial taxable year, we should not be a PFIC.

 

We expect that substantially all of the vessels in our fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes. We believe that there is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, IRS pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income from time and voyage chartering activities constitutes services income (rather than rental income). There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, in a case not interpreting the PFIC rules, Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that the vessel time charters at issue generated predominantly rental income rather than services income. However, the IRS stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-001) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s AOD, however, is an administrative action that cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers.

 

The determination of whether we are a PFIC in any taxable year is fact specific and will depend upon the portion of our assets (including goodwill) and income that are characterized as passive under the PFIC rules and other factors, some of which may be beyond our control. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC.

 

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. Holder receives on, and any gain the U.S. Holder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a “mark-to-market” election is available and a U.S. Holder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares, as discussed below. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. Holder’s ownership of such ordinary shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8621, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. In the event a U.S. Holder does not file IRS Form 8621, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such U.S. Holder for the related tax year will not close before the date which is three years after the date on which such report is filed. A U.S. Holder would not be able to make a “qualified electing fund” election as we do not expect to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make “qualified electing fund” elections.

 

  113  

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and our ordinary shares were treated as “marketable stock” for purposes of these rules, then a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our ordinary shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. A mark-to-market election would not apply to our ordinary shares owned by a U.S. Holder in any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but would remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year for which we are a PFIC, unless our ordinary shares are no longer treated as “marketable stock” or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

 

A “mark-to-market” election may itself have negative tax consequences to a U.S. Holder and would not mitigate any negative tax consequences with respect to PFICs directly or indirectly owned by us. In addition, even if a U.S. Holder makes a “mark-to-market” election for one of our taxable years, if we were a PFIC for a prior taxable during which the U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares and for which the U.S. Holder did not make a timely mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below under “Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election.” U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisers regarding the availability and advisability making a mark-to-market election with respect to the ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make a timely “mark-to-market” election for that year (i.e., the taxable year in which the U.S. Holder’s holding period commences), whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our ordinary shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares. Under these special rules:

 

the excess distribution and any gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the ordinary shares;

 

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

 

In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount of any shares that we own, directly or indirectly by application of certain attribution rules, in other PFICs (including any of our subsidiaries, if they are PFICs) and would be subject to the PFIC rules on a separate basis with respect to its indirect interests in any such PFICs. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our ordinary shares, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such ordinary shares.

 

Medicare Tax

 

A U.S. Holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. Holder’s “net investment income” for a taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. Holder’s modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers). For these purposes, “net investment income” will generally include dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares and net gain attributable to the disposition of our ordinary shares not held in connection with certain trades or businesses, but will be reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain. 

 

  114  

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

 

A beneficial owner of our ordinary shares (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is a “Non-U.S. Holder.”

 

Distributions

 

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business (and a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. federal branch profits tax). However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder who is engaged in a trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

 

Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of ordinary shares is Effectively Connected Income (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those ordinary shares are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding, if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

A U.S. Holder generally is required to certify its compliance with the backup withholding rules on IRS Form W-9.

 

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

 

Individual U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, certain individual Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. Holders that are entities) that hold “specified foreign financial assets,” including our ordinary shares, whose aggregate value exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher amounts as prescribed by applicable Treasury regulations) are required to file a report on IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the assets for each such taxable year. Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other things, our ordinary shares, unless such ordinary shares are held in an account maintained by a U.S. “financial institution” (as defined). Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, an individual Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations. 

 

  115  

 

 

South African Tax Considerations

 

The following is a summary of the material South African income tax consequences for South African tax resident shareholders who are resident for tax purposes in South Africa in relation to the acquisition, ownership and disposal of our ordinary shares, based on current South African law and South African Revenue Service, or SARS, practice as at the date of this document. 

  

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be legal or tax advice to any particular shareholder. This summary is not exhaustive of all South African income tax considerations. Accordingly, shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences under the tax laws of the country of which they are resident or otherwise subject to tax.

 

As used in this annual report, the term “SA Tax Resident Shareholder” means a beneficial owner of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that is a “resident” as defined in the South African Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962, or the Income Tax Act.

 

Consequently, the term “Non SA Tax Resident Shareholder” means a beneficial owner of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that does not meet the requirements to be a “resident” as defined in terms of the Income Tax Act.

 

This summary only addresses the South African tax consequences for SA Tax Resident Shareholders who hold their ordinary shares as capital assets and does not address the tax consequences which may be relevant to other categories of shareholders such as share dealers. Moreover, certain categories of shareholders, including those carrying on certain financial activities, those subject to specific tax regimes or benefiting from certain reliefs or exemptions, those connected with the Company and those for whom the shares are employment related securities, may be subject to special rules and this summary does not apply to such shareholders.

 

This summary only addresses the South African tax consequences for SA Tax Resident Shareholders who are shareholders of our ordinary shares registered on the South African administrative depository register.

 

For purposes of this summary it is understood that Grindrod Shipping is incorporated and tax resident (i.e. has its place of effective management), in Singapore.

 

Exchange Control

 

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who choose to reposition their interest into an account with a U.S. broker dealer will need to apply for approval from the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank, or Fin Surv, through their authorised dealer.

 

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who are individuals can apply to the extent of their single discretionary allowance and foreign capital allowance. If their investment in our ordinary shares listed on the NASDAQ will exceed these allowances they will need to apply for a special tax clearance certificate before applying to Fin Surv for approval.

 

SA Tax Resident Shareholders that are corporates will also need to apply for approval to hold our ordinary shares as part of their foreign portfolio investment allowance, provided they do not hold more than 10% of our ordinary shares.

 

Controlled Foreign Company, or CFC

 

Notably, a controlled foreign company is a non-South African company in which more than 50% of the participation rights / voting rights are held / exercisable by SA Tax Resident Shareholders who are not headquarter companies.

 

Based on the disclosure of the major shareholders in this annual report, the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are held more than 50% by SA Tax Resident Shareholders, who each hold at least 5% of the listed Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and thus Grindrod Shipping appears to be a CFC. Any non-South African subsidiaries of Grindrod Shipping in which it can exercise more than 50% of the voting rights will also be CFCs. Certain profits of CFCs are included in the taxable income of SA Tax Resident Shareholders.

 

Because the Company is a CFC, SA Tax Resident Shareholders who, together with connected persons, hold more than 10% of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are advised to obtain tax advice regarding the South African tax implications, including the tax treatment of foreign dividends, arising from holding shares in a CFC. The tax implications set out below may not apply to such shareholders.

 

  116  

 

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

The Company is a foreign company as defined in section 1 of the Income Tax Act. A foreign dividend means an amount that is paid or payable by a foreign company in respect of a share in that company, where that amount is treated as a dividend or similar payment by that foreign company for purposes of the laws relating to tax on income on companies of the country in which that foreign company has its place of effective management, which for purposes of this summary is deemed to be Singapore.

 

The Company is a dual listed foreign company, that is, a company listed on the JSE as well as a recognised foreign exchange, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act. 

  

Corporate Income Tax

 

In terms of Section 10B(2)(d) of the Income Tax Act, foreign dividends, excluding such dividends that consist of a distribution of an asset in specie, from the Company will typically be exempt from income tax in the hands of tax residents of South Africa.

 

In terms of section 10B(2)(e), foreign dividends that constitute a distribution of and asset in specie will be exempt in the hands of South African tax resident companies. Where the shareholder is any person other than a South African tax resident company (for example, an individual or trust), a portion, determined in terms of a formula, of the market value of the distribution in specie would be included in the income of the shareholder.

 

Non-resident shareholders should not be subject to South African income tax in respect of such foreign dividends on the basis that these dividends arise from a source outside South Africa.

 

Dividends Tax

 

For purposes of determining a shareholder’s liability for dividends tax, the definition of a dividend in section 64D of the Income Tax Act includes a foreign dividend declared by a foreign company listed on the JSE, provided that the foreign dividend does not constitute the distribution of an asset in specie. Thus a foreign dividend declared by a company listed on the JSE, will not attract dividends tax if it constitutes the distribution of an asset in specie. Moreover, a foreign dividend received by a SA Tax Resident Shareholder which holds shares in the Company which are registered on the NASDAQ (and does not hold shares registered on the South African administrative depository register would not be subject to dividends tax in South Africa.

 

In terms of Section 64D of the Income Tax Act, a cash foreign dividend declared by the Company will fall within the definition of a dividend for dividends tax purposes. Such foreign dividends will attract dividends tax calculated at the rate of 20% of the amount of any foreign dividends paid or becoming due and payable.

 

In terms of section 64F of the Income Tax Act certain foreign dividends are exempt from dividends tax. These include, inter alia, foreign dividends declared to South African resident companies, provided that the shareholder in question has made the necessary declaration and undertaking prior to the dividend having been paid.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

On a disposal of Shares by a shareholder, a capital gain or loss will arise, equal to the difference between the disposal proceeds and the base cost of the shares. Such capital gain or loss will be aggregated with all other capital gains or losses derived by the shareholder in the same tax year.

 

Any aggregate capital gain will, if applicable, be reduced by the natural person’s annual exclusion of R40,000 (R300,000 in the year of death) and the relevant percentage of the capital gain (40% for individuals, special trusts and individual policyholder funds, resulting in a maximum effective tax rate of 18%, and 80% for companies, ordinary trusts and other taxable insurance portfolios), resulting in an effective tax rate of 36% for ordinary trusts and 22.4% for companies, will be included in the shareholder’s taxable income. Any aggregate capital loss will, if applicable, be reduced by the natural person’s annual exclusion as above, and the net amount will be carried forward for set off against future capital gains.

 

  117  

 

 

Securities Transfer Tax, or STT

 

STT arises on the transfer of a share in a non-resident company which is listed on the JSE (i.e. registered on the South African administrative depository register), including any reallocation of securities from a shareholder’s bank restricted stock account or a shareholder’s unrestricted and security stock account to a shareholder’s general restricted stock account.

 

Thus the disposal of ordinary shares in the Company which are listed on the JSE will typically give rise to STT at the rate of 0.25% of the ‘taxable amount’, generally being the consideration payable for the shares. STT only arises to the extent that a transfer results in a change in beneficial ownership.

 

In terms of the STT Act No 25 of 2007, or the STT Act, the liability to pay STT in relation to the transfer of a share listed on the JSE, rests with-

 

(a) a member (defined as an “authorised user” in section 1 of the Financial Markets Act No 19 of 2012), if the listed security is purchased through the agency of, or from such member;

 

(b) the participant (defined as a person authorised by the central securities depository to hold in custody and administer the listed security), where the listed security is purchased from the participant and the STT has not been settled by a member referred to under (a) above;

 

(c) by the purchaser, if no STT was payable under (a) or (b) above.

 

The STT Act contains a number of specific exemptions from STT, which may apply to exempt the transfer in question from STT. 

  

Donations Tax

 

Donations tax is payable on the value of any property disposed of under any donation made by any SA Tax Resident Shareholder. A donation means any gratuitous disposal of property, including any gratuitous waiver or renunciation of a right, and is deemed to include the disposal of an asset to the extent that the consideration is inadequate. Exemptions from donations tax include donations between spouses, donations made in contemplation of death and an annual exemption of R100,000 for individuals.

 

Donations tax is payable at a rate of 20% on the value of aggregate donations not exceeding R30 million and 25% of the aggregate donations exceeding R30 million.

 

Estate Duty

 

Inheritance tax in South Africa is referred to as estate duty. Estate duty will be levied on the worldwide assets of any person who is ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of his or her death. Estate duty will also be levied on any person who is not ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of his or her death in respect of any assets situated in South Africa or rights which are enforceable in South Africa.

 

Various allowable deductions are permitted to determine the net value of the estate, including the value of all property that accrues to a surviving spouse of the deceased. After deducting a primary abatement of R3.5 million, estate duty is levied at a rate of 20% on the first R30 million of the dutiable amount of an estate and 25% on the amount exceeding R30 million. Any foreign death duties proved to have been paid in respect of property situated outside South Africa and included in the estate of any person who at the date of death was ordinarily resident in South Africa, may be deducted from the estate duty payable.

 

Shares which are registered on the South African administrative depository register of the Company in South Africa will be included in the estate of any person who is ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of death, and in the South African estate of any person who is not ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of death, on the basis that any transfer of ownership in such Ordinary Shares is required to be registered in South Africa.

 

Estate duty is subject to the provisions of any applicable double taxation agreement in relation to estate duty. 

 

  118  

 

 

Singapore Tax Considerations

 

Dividends or Other Distributions with Respect to Ordinary Shares

 

Under the one-tier corporate tax system which currently applies to all Singapore tax resident companies, tax on corporate profits is final, and dividends paid by a Singapore tax resident company will be income tax exempt in the hands of a shareholder, whether or not the shareholder is a company or an individual and whether or not the shareholder is a Singapore tax resident.

 

Capital Gains upon Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

Under current Singapore tax laws, there is no tax on capital gains. There are no specific laws or regulations which deal with the characterization of whether a gain is income or capital in nature. Gains arising from the disposal of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares may be construed to be of an income nature and subject to Singapore income tax, if they arise from activities which the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore regards as the carrying on of a trade or business in Singapore. However, under Singapore tax laws, any gains derived by a divesting company from its disposal of ordinary shares in an investee company between June 1, 2012 and December 31, 2027 are generally not taxable if immediately prior to the date of the relevant disposal, the investing company has held at least 20% of the ordinary shares in the investee company for a period of at least 24 months.

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

The issue or transfer of ownership of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares should be exempt from Singapore Goods and Services Tax. Hence, the holders would not incur any Goods and Services Tax on the subscription or subsequent transfer of the shares.

 

Stamp Duty

 

If Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares evidenced in certificated forms are acquired in Singapore, stamp duty is payable on the instrument of their transfer at the rate of 0.2% of the consideration for or market value of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares, whichever is higher.

 

Where an instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore or no instrument of transfer is executed, no stamp duty is payable on the acquisition of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares. However, stamp duty may be payable if the instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore and is received in Singapore. The stamp duty is borne by the purchaser unless there is an agreement to the contrary. 

  

On the basis that any transfer instrument in respect of Grindrod Shipping’s shares traded on the NASDAQ or the JSE are executed outside Singapore through Grindrod Shipping’s transfer agent and share registrar in the United States for registration in Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members maintained in the United States (without any transfer instrument being received in Singapore), no stamp duty should be payable in Singapore on such transfers.

 

Tax Treaties Regarding Withholding Taxes

 

There is no comprehensive avoidance of double taxation agreement between the United States and Singapore which applies to withholding taxes on dividends or capital gains.

 

Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

  119  

 

 

Documents on Display

 

Grindrod Shipping files its annual and current reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC filings are available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. Grindrod Shipping’s SEC filings may also be obtained electronically via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval, or EDGAR, system on the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

 

The above information and certain other documents may be obtained at the registered office of Grindrod Shipping and are accessible at www.grinshipping.com. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report.

 

Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.  

 

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Spot Market Rate Risk

 

We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover and we are therefore exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Borrowings under our credit facilities generally bear interest at rates based on a premium over LIBOR. Therefore, we are exposed to the risk that our interest expense may increase if interest rates rise. We currently do not have any interest rate swaps in place. We may, in the future use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our variable-rate debt and are not for speculative or trading purposes.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we paid interest on our outstanding debt at a weighted average interest rate of 5.11%, 5.3% and 3.8%, respectively. A 0.5% increase or decrease in LIBOR would have increased or decreased our interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, by $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

 

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

 

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenue and expenses are in U.S. dollars. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. In addition a part of our debt obligations were, but no longer are, denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, being the Japanese Yen. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the statement of financial position at the exchange rate prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Differences in exchange rates between statement of financial position dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions and the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiaries whose functional currencies are not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated and combined financial statements, may follow different translation procedures. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations. 

  

There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future. 

 

The following sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the respective period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against our functional currency, relative to the exchange rate that we used to prepare the respective financial statements, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 

  120  

 

 

    Impact on profit or loss  
(In millions of U.S. dollars)   2019     2018  
U.S. dollars   $ 0.1     $ 0.3  
South African Rand     (2.0 )     (1.5 )
Japanese yen     (0.0 )     (0.6 )

 

Freight Derivatives Risk

 

From time to time, we may take positions in freight derivatives, mainly FFAs. Generally freight derivatives may be used to hedge exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates for forward positions. Settlement of FFA is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange. By taking positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of these agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had nil, nil, and seven FFAs outstanding, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded a net loss on FFAs of nil, nil, and $0.1 million, respectively, in our consolidated and combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value loss.

 

Bunker Price Risk

 

Our operating results are affected by movement in the price of fuel oil consumed by the vessels—known in the industry as bunkers. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including changes in legislation such as the IMO 2020 regulations, geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability. We do hedge some of our exposure to bunker price risk.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded a net gain of $0.2 million, a net loss of $0.9 million and a net gain of $0.1 million on bunker swaps, respectively, which resulted from fair value loss or gain, in our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

A 10% increase or decrease in the bunker price, would result in a decrease or increase of the hedging reserve for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, by $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade accounts receivable and bank balances. We closely monitor our exposure to customers for credit risk. We have policies in place to ensure that we trade with customers with an appropriate credit history. We do not take out credit default insurance.

 

Our maximum exposure to credit risk in the event that counterparties fail to perform their obligations as at the end of each financial year in relation to each class of recognized financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in our statement of financial position. 

  

Inflation

 

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable. 

 

  121  

 

  

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

None.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

None.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2019. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019. Disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

 

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

 

B. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

In accordance with Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act, the management of the Company is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of adequate internal controls over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The Company's system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company, and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposal of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on the provisions of Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO, in 2013. Based on our assessment, management determined that the Company's internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2019 based on the criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by COSO (2013).

 

C. Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm related to management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 because we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under Section 3(a)(80) of the Exchange Act and, as a result, are exempt from the requirements under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

D. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

  122  

 

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

Our board of directors has determined that Quah Ban Huat is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has also determined that Quah Ban Huat satisfies the NASDAQ listed company “independence” requirements.

  

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. Our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.grinshipping.com. There have been no changes to our Code of Ethics and no waivers granted from a provision of the code to our Chief Executive Officer or our Chief Financial Officer.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an affiliate of a member firm of the Deloitte Network, namely Deloitte Network Southeast Asia Ltd, is our independent registered public accounting firm for the audits of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. The Audit and Risk Committee, or ARC, is responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor and is required to pre-approve all auditing services and non-audit services (other than “prohibited non-audit services”) to be provided to Grindrod Shipping by Deloitte & Touche LLP, subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act, which are approved by the ARC prior to the completion of the audit.

 

Our ARC charter also provides that the ARC may delegate authority to one or more independent members of the ARC to grant pre-approvals of audit and permitted non-audit services; provided that any such pre-approvals shall be presented to the full ARC at its next scheduled meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pre-approval is not necessary for minor non-audit services if: (A) the aggregate amount of all such non-audit services provided to the Company constitutes not more than five percent of the total amount of revenues paid by the Company to its External Auditor during the fiscal year in which the non-audit services are provided; (B) such services were not recognized by the Company at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services; and (C) such services are promptly brought to the attention of the ARC and approved prior to the completion of the audit by the ARC or by one or more members of the ARC who are members of the Board of Directors to whom authority to grant such approvals has been delegated by the ARC. The ARC separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our independent auditor that were required under our policy for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees by categories specified below in connection with certain professional services rendered by Deloitte & Touche LLP for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. The figures listed below include fees associated with the Spin-Off.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2019     2018     2017  
Audit Fees(1)     1,633.1       2,568.5       1,431.5  
Audit-Related Fees(2)     1.4       35.3       1.5  
Tax Fees(3)     17.4       9.1       50.4  
Other Fees(4)     2.1              
Total Fees     1,654.0       2,612.9       1,483.5  

 

 

(1) Includes fees billed or accrued for professional services rendered by the principal accountant, and member firms in their respective network, for the audit of our annual financial statements, and those of our consolidated subsidiaries, and include services associated with the listing of our common stock in 2018 amounting to $1,211,600 and $673,600 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

(2) Fees for services reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements.

 

(3) Consists of fees for professional services rendered during the fiscal year by the principal accountant mainly for tax advice, compliance and assistance with tax audits and appeals.

 

  123  

 

 

(4) Other fees comprise of additional services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, except for those not required by statute or regulation

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

None. 

  

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

On September 6, 2018, our ordinary shareholders passed a resolution authorizing the purchase by us of up to 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of the date of the resolution (excluding any ordinary shares held as treasury shares at that date), or 1,906,383 ordinary shares, and on May 29, 2019, our ordinary shareholders passed a resolution on the same terms as the resolution of September 6, 2018. The table below sets forth information relating to our acquisition of a total of 299,641 ordinary shares since the granting of these authorities, and accordingly the maximum number of ordinary shares that may yet be purchased under the authorization is 1,606,742. Purchases or acquisitions of our ordinary shares may be made by way of open market purchases on NASDAQ and / or the JSE and at such price or prices as may be determined by the Board from time to time in accordance with the shareholder authorization. At our next annual general meeting, we expect to seek approval of the renewal of our share repurchase program on the same terms as currently in effect.

 

Period   Total 
number of
ordinary
shares
purchased
    Weighted
average price
per ordinary
share(1)
    Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
    Maximum
Number (or
Appropriate
U.S. Dollar
Value) of
Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs
 
January 1 - January 31, 2019                        
February 1 - February 28, 2019                        
March 1 - March 31, 2019                        
April 1 - April 30, 2019                        
May 1 - May 31, 2019                        
June 1 - June 30, 2019                        
July 1 - July 31, 2019                        
August 1 - August 31, 2019                        
September 1 - September 30, 2019     11,938     $ 5.54             (2)
October 1 - October 31, 2019     80,332     $ 6.06             (2)
November 1 - November 30, 2019     140,973     $ 7.13             (2)
December 1 - December 31, 2019     66,398     $ 6.97             (2)
Total ordinary shares purchased     299,641     $ 6.74              

 

 

(1) For purposes of the weighted average price per ordinary share calculation, ordinary share purchases made in South African Rand have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the closing exchange rate on December 31, 2019 of 0.0708.

 

(2) The purchases of ordinary shares were not made under our publicly announced share repurchase plan.

   

The following table sets forth information relating to purchases of our ordinary shares in 2019 by certain of our directors in open market transactions that were not under our publicly announced share repurchase program discussed above. The disclosure below should not be deemed to be an admission that any such directors is an “affiliated purchaser” within the meaning of Rule 10b-18(a)(3) of the Exchange Act. 

 

  124  

 

 

Period   Total 
number of
ordinary
shares
purchased
    Weighted
average price
per ordinary
share(1)
    Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
    Maximum
Number (or
Appropriate
U.S. Dollar
Value) of
Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs
 
January 1 - January 31, 2019                        
February 1 - February 28, 2019                        
March 1 - March 31, 2019     3,030     $ 5.36             (2)
April 1 - April 30, 2019     86     $ 4.98             (2)
May 1 - May 31, 2019     13,182     $ 4.99             (2)
June 1 - June 30, 2019     9,596     $ 4.84             (2)
July 1 - July 31, 2019                        
August 1 - August 31, 2019                        
September 1 - September 30, 2019                        
October 1 - October 31, 2019                        
November 1 - November 30, 2019                        
December 1 - December 31, 2019                        
Total ordinary shares purchased     25,894     $ 4.98              

 

 

(1) For purposes of the weighted average price per ordinary share calculation, ordinary share purchases made in South African Rand have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the closing exchange rate on December 31, 2019 of 0.0708. Costs are exclusive of charges such as brokerage.

 

(2) The purchases of ordinary shares were not made under our publicly announced share repurchase plan.

 

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

None.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information contained in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Corporate Governance Practices” in this annual report is incorporated by reference to this Item 16G. 

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable. 

  

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Grindrod Shipping has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Historical Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

 

See pages F-1 to F-89 for the financial statements of Grindrod Shipping filed as part of this annual report.

 

  125  

 

  

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this annual report.

 

No.   Exhibit
1.1   Constitution of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.(1)
2.1   Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd dated March 23, 2018(2)
2.2   Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018(2)
2.3   Implementation Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018(2)
2.4   Form of Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate (Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.)(3)
2.5   Description of the rights of each class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
4.1(a)   Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Limited dated April 23, 2018(3)
4.1(a)(i)   Addendum dated May 19, 2020 to the Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Limited dated April 23, 2018
4.1(b)   Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Limited dated April 24, 2018(3)
4.1(b)(i)   Addendum dated May 20, 2020 to the Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and Grindrod Limited dated April 24, 2018
4.2   Form of 2018 Forfeitable Share Plan(1)
4.3(a)   Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.À.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated December 11, 2013(2)
4.3(b)   First Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated February 4, 2015(2)
4.3(c)   Second Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated January 20, 2016(2)
4.3(d)   Third Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 1, 2016(2)
4.3(e)   Fourth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 25, 2016(2)
4.3(f)   Fifth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated July 6, 2016(2)
4.3(g)   Sixth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated October 31, 2016(2)
4.3(h)   Seventh Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated January 31, 2019(4)
4.3(i)   Eighth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated March 26, 2019(4)
4.3(j)   Ninth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated June 13, 2019
4.3(k)   Tenth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated September 11, 2019
4.3(l)   Eleventh Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated November 25, 2019
4.3(m)   Twelfth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated December 30, 2019
4.4(a)   Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated April 2, 2012(2)

 

  126  

 

  

4.4(b)   Addendum to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated December 2012(2)
4.4(c)   Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated August 30, 2018(4)
4.5   Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2010, between Island View Shipping International Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein(1)
4.6   Supplemental Agreement dated December 13, 2011 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein(1)
4.7   Consent and Amendment Letter dated November 30, 2012, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010(1)
4.8   Supplemental Agreement No. 2 dated May 31, 2016 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch)(1)
4.9   Third Amendment Letter dated February 10, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010(1)
4.10   Fourth Amendment Letter dated August 31, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010(1)
4.11   Loan Agreement, dated July 7, 2011, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch, DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Limited, BNP Paribas, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions named therein(1)
4.12   Supplemental Letter dated August 20, 2013 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011(1)
4.13   Supplemental Letter dated August 27, 2015 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011(1)
4.14   Supplemental Letter dated January 12, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011(1)
4.15   $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank(1)
4.16   Letter, dated December 11, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017(1)
4.17   Letter, dated March 27, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017(1)
4.18   $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE(1)
4.18(a)   Amendment No. 1 dated June 18, 2018 to the $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE(4)
4.18(b)   Side Letter dated December 7, 2018 to the $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE, as amended and restated
4.18(c)   Side Letter No. 2 dated June 28, 2019 to the $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE, as amended and restated

 

  127  

 

  

4.18(d)   Side Letter No. 3 dated April 16, 2020 to the $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE, as amended and restated
4.18(e)   Letter dated June 5, 2020, relating to the $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE, as amended and restated
4.19   Form of Non-Executive Director Appointment Letter(1)
4.20   $100.0 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions named therein(3)
4.20(a)   Side Letter dated December 14, 2018 to the $100.0 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions, and guarantors named therein(4)
4.20(b)   Side Letter No. 2 dated June 28, 2019 to the $100.0 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions, and guarantors named therein
4.20(c)   Side Letter No. 3 dated April 16, 2020 to the $100.0 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions, and guarantors named therein
4.20(d)   Letter dated June 5, 2020 relating to the $100.0 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions, and guarantors named therein
4.21   $29.9 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated December 21, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd., NIBC Bank N.V. and the banks and financial institutions named therein(4)
4.21(a)   Side Letter dated June 28, 2019 to the $29.9 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated December 21, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd., NIBC Bank N.V. and the banks and financial institutions named therein
4.21(b)   Side Letter No. 2 dated May 8, 2020 to the $29.9 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated December 21, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd., NIBC Bank N.V. and the banks and financial institutions named therein
4.21(c)   Letter dated June 4, 2020 relating to the $29.9 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated December 21, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd., NIBC Bank N.V. and the banks and financial institutions named therein
4.22   $15.7 million Term Facility Agreement dated July 29, 2019, between IVS Bulk 3720 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and The IYO Bank, Ltd., Singapore Branch  
4.22(a)   Addendum dated August 27, 2019, to the $15.7 million Term Facility Agreement dated July 29, 2019, between IVS Bulk 3720 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and The IYO Bank, Ltd., Singapore Branch  
4.23   $15.7 million Term Facility Agreement dated July 29, 2019, between IVS Bulk 3708 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and The IYO Bank, Ltd., Singapore Branch
4.23(a)   Addendum dated August 27, 2019, to the $15.7 million Term Facility Agreement dated July 29, 2019, between IVS Bulk 3708 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and The IYO Bank, Ltd., Singapore Branch
4.24   $13.1 million Loan Agreement dated January 31, 2020, between IVS Bulk 10824 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Showa Leasing Co., Ltd.
4.25   $114.1 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated February 10, 2020, between IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., IVS Bulk 709 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 5858 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 543 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 5855 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 541 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 545 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 712 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 1345 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 554 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 7297 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 3693 Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Hamburg Commercial Bank AG, and the banks and financial institutions named therein
4.25(a)   Letter dated June 4, 2020 relating to the $114.1 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated February 10, 2020, between IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., IVS Bulk 709 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 5858 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 543 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 5855 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 541 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 545 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 712 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 1345 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 554 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 7297 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 3693 Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Hamburg Commercial Bank AG, and the banks and financial institutions named therein

 

  128  

 

 

4.26   $35.8 million Financing Agreement dated February 13, 2020, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L.
4.27   Share Purchase Agreement dated February 14, 2020, between Regiment Capital Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.
4.28   Shareholders’ Agreement dated February 14, 2020, between Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L. and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. in respect of IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.
4.29   Indemnity Agreement dated February 13, 2020, between Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.
4.30   Letter of Undertaking dated February 14, 2020, by Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. to Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L.
8.1   List of subsidiaries of the registrant
12.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, U.S.C. Section 1350
13.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, U.S.C. Section 1350
101   The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2019 and 2018; (ii) Consolidated and Combined Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; (iii) Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and  2017; (vi) Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; and (v) Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement on form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 6, 2018.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s registration statement on form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 30, 2018.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s registration statement on form 20-F filed with the Commission on June 5, 2018.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s 2018 annual report on form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 16, 2019.

 

  129  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

  GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
     
  /s/ Stephen Griffiths
  Name Stephen Griffiths
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
  Date: June 5, 2020

 

  130  

 

  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page 
Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 F-3
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended 31 December 2019, 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017 F-4
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended 31 December 2019, 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017 F-5
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 31 December 2019, 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017 F-6
Notes to Financial Statements F-9

 

F-1

 

  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated and combined statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2019 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated and combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material aspects, the financial position of the Group as of 31 December 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP  
Singapore  

 

5 June 2020

 

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2017.

 

F-2

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 December

 

        2019     2018  
    Notes   US$’000     US$’000  
ASSETS                    
                     
Current assets                    
Cash and bank balances   6     35,553       35,636  
Trade receivables   7     13,173       12,034  
Contract assets   8     3,844       1,959  
Other receivables and prepayments   9     16,951       17,902  
Due from joint ventures   10     3,855       13,516  
Loans to joint ventures   11     1,037       23,803  
Derivative financial instruments   12     173       -  
Inventories   13     12,236       10,841  
          86,822       115,691  
Assets classified as held for sale   40     4,677       7,258  
Total current assets         91,499       122,949  
                     
Non-current assets                    
Restricted cash   6     9,611       11,627  
Loans to joint ventures   11     2,627       -  
Ships, property, plant and equipment   14     305,197       249,602  
Right-of-use assets   15     55,238       -  
Interest in joint ventures   17     52,475       54,560  
Intangible assets   18     177       41  
Goodwill   19     944       7,351  
Deferred tax assets   20     1,299       1,497  
Total non-current assets         427,568       324,678  
                     
Total assets         519,067       447,627  
                     
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
                 
Current liabilities                    
Trade and other payables   21     28,327       22,364  
Contract liabilities   22     4,080       4,223  
Due to related parties   23     4,796       6,238  
Lease liabilities   24     24,300       -  
Bank loans and other borrowings   25     20,696       18,323  
Provisions   26     959       1,578  
Derivative financial instruments   12     -       867  
Income tax payable         3,096       3,073  
          86,254       56,666  
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale   40     538       -  
Total current liabilities         86,792       56,666  
                     
Non-current liabilities                    
Trade and other payables   21     221       403  
Lease liabilities   24     33,646       -  
Bank loans and other borrowings   25     144,548       96,133  
Retirement benefit obligation   27     1,922       1,922  
Total non-current liabilities         180,337       98,458  
                 
Capital and reserves                    
Share capital   28     320,683       320,683  
Other equity and reserves   29     (18,176 )     (21,140 )
Accumulated losses         (50,569 )     (7,040 )
Total equity         251,938       292,503  
                     
Total equity and liabilities         519,067       447,627  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year ended 31 December

 

        2019     2018     2017  
    Notes   US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                       
Revenue   30     331,046       319,018       409,522  
Cost of sales                            
Voyage expenses         (149,444 )     (151,705 )     (166,924 )
Vessel operating costs         (33,889 )     (32,657 )     (40,837 )
Charter hire costs         (61,668 )     (100,648 )     (127,748 )
Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment– owned assets   35     (17,529 )     (14,094 )     (17,975 )

Depreciation of ships and ship equipment – right-of-use assets

  35     (30,449 )     -       -  
Other expenses         (697 )     (1,146 )     (16,364 )
Cost of ship sale         (16,844 )     (7,675 )     (17,560 )
Gross profit         20,526       11,093       22,114  
                             
Other operating (expense) income   32     (23,559 )     6,022       (34,502 )
Administrative expenses         (28,412 )     (31,599 )     (32,868 )
Share of losses of joint ventures   17     (1,420 )     (454 )     (12,946 )
Impairment loss recognised on financial assets         -       (1,583 )     -  
Interest income   33     1,979       3,787       7,164  
Interest expense   34     (11,916 )     (6,517 )     (6,548 )
                             
Loss before taxation   35     (42,802 )     (19,251 )     (57,586 )
Income tax   36     (685 )     (1,389 )     (3,226 )
                             
Loss for the year         (43,487 )     (20,640 )     (60,812 )
                             
Other Comprehensive income (loss) for the year:                            
                             
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                            
Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation   27     (42 )     8       157  
          (42 )     8       157  
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                            
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations         761       (6,656 )     4,232  
Reclassification of translation reserve to profit or loss arising from loss of control of businesses   41.1     -       (1,063 )     -  
Net fair value gain (loss) on hedging instruments entered into for cash flow hedges         1,040       (852 )     210  
          1,801       (8,571 )     4,442  
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of income tax         1,759       (8,563 )     4,599  
Total comprehensive loss for the year         (41,728 )     (29,203 )     (56,213 )

 

          US$       US$       US$  
Loss per share:                            
Basic and diluted   42     (2.29 )     (1.08 )     (3.19 )

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 31 December

 

                Other equity and reserves              
    Share
capital
    Parent
invested
capital
    Treasury
shares
    Share
compensation
reserve
    Hedging
reserve
    Translation
reserve
    Merger
reserve
    Accumulated
losses
    Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                                                       
Balance at 1 January 2017     -       361,779       -        -       (225 )     1,541       -       -       363,095  
                                                                         
Loss for the year     -       (60,812 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       (60,812 )
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax     -       157       -       -       210       4,232       -       -       4,599  
Total comprehensive loss for the year     -       (60,655 )     -       -       210       4,232       -       -       (56,213 )
                                                                         
Issue of ordinary shares     *       15,000       -       -       -       -       -       -       15,000  
Recognition of share-based payments     -       (472 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       (472 )
Dividends (Note 37)     -       (1,674 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       (1,674 )
Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity     *       12,854       -       -       -       -       -       -       12,854  
                                                                         
Balance at 31 December 2017     *       313,978       -       -       (15 )     5,773       -       -       (319,736 )
                                                       
IFRS 9 and 15 adjustment             (474 )             -       -       -       -       -       (474 )
Adjusted balance as at 1 January 2018     *       313,504       -       -       (15 )     5,773       -       -       319,262  
                                                                         
Loss for the year     -       (13,453 )     -       -       -       -       -       (7,187 )     (20,640 )
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax     -       -               -       (852 )     (7,719 )     8       -       (8,563 )
Total comprehensive loss for the year     -       (13,453 )     -       -       (852 )     (7,719 )     8       (7,187 )     (29,203 )
                                                                         
Recognition of share-based compensation from parent company     -       933       -       -       -       -       -       147       1,080  
Issue of ordinary shares (Note 28) and adjustment arising from “Spin-off” (Note 2.2)     320,683       (300,984 )     -       -       -       (1,337 )     (18,362 )     -       -  
Recognition of share-based payments (Note 29)     -       -       -       1,364       -       -       -       -       1,364  
Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity     320,683       (300,051 )     -       1,364       -       (1,337 )     (18,362 )     147       2,444  
                                                                         
Balance at 31 December 2018     320,683       -       -       1,364       (867 )     (3,283 )     (18,354 )     (7,040 )     292,503  
                                                                         
Loss for the year     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (43,487 )     (43,487 )
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax     -       -       -       -       1,040       761       -       (42 )     1,759  
Total comprehensive loss for the year     -       -       -       -       1,040       761       -       (43,529 )     (41,728 )
                                                                         
Recognition of share-based payments (Note 29)     -       -       -       3,156       -       -       -       -       3,156  
Acquisition of treasury shares (Note 29)     -       -       (1,993 )     -       -       -       -       -       (1,993 )
Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity     -       -       (1,993 )     3,156       -       -       -       -       1,163  
                                                                         
Balance at 31 December 2019     320,683       -       (1,993 )     4,520       173       (2,522 )     (18,354 )     (50,569 )     251,938  

 

* Amount is less than US$1,000.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year ended 31 December

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Operating activities                        
Loss before taxation     (42,802 )     (19,251 )     (57,586 )
Adjustments for:                        
Share of losses of joint ventures     1,420       454       12,946  
Net gain on disposal of businesses     -       (3,255 )     -  
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture interest     -       (213 )     -  
Loss (gain) on disposal of ships     298       (992 )     (167 )
(Gain) loss on disposal of plant and equipment     (4 )     (68 )     107  
Depreciation and amortisation     48,763       14,291       19,680  
Impairment loss recognised on ships     16,995       -       16,503  
Impairment loss recognised on right-of-use assets     2,250       -       -  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     3,179       -       12,119  
Impairment loss net of reversals on financial assets     -       1,583       18  
Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group     -       -       5,092  
Reversal of provision for onerous contracts     (408 )     (457 )     (7,427 )
Recognition  of share-based payments expenses     3,156       2,297       33  
Net foreign exchange loss (gain)     709       (3,190 )     (1,242 )
Interest expense     11,916       6,517       6,548  
Interest income     (1,979 )     (3,787 )     (7,164 )
Components of defined benefit costs recognised in profit or loss     183       206       63  
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital and ships     43,676       (5,865 )     (477 )
Inventories     (1,644 )     (1,576 )     1,017  
Trade receivables, other receivables and prepayments     (1,506 )     (1,689 )     (279 )
Contract assets     (2,063 )     (123 )     -  
Trade and other payables     5,796       (2,561 )     (3,055 )
Contract liabilities     28       (331 )     -  
Due from related parties     -       (6,002 )     (5,049 )
Due to related parties     638       -       6,737  
Operating cash flows before movements in ships     44,925       (18,147 )     (1,106 )
Capital expenditure on ships     (106,107 )     (21,351 )     (5,219 )
Proceeds from disposal of ships     15,634       8,313       17,727  
Net cash (used in) generated from operations     (45,548 )     (31,185 )     11,402  
Interest paid     (11,307 )     (5,860 )     (6,206 )
Interest received     1,825       1,363       2,677  
Income tax paid     (557 )     (1,678 )     (4,498 )
Net cash flows (used in) generated from operating activities     (55,587 )     (37,360 )     3,375  
                         
Investing activities                        
Advances to related parties     -       -       (1,264 )
Repayment from related parties     7,648       14,054       415  
Repayment of loans from joint venture     20,268       -       -  
Cash inflow from acquisition of assets     -       952       -  
Purchase of plant and equipment     (94 )     (368 )     (1,212 )
Purchase of intangible assets     (161 )     -       (19 )
Proceeds from disposal of plant and equipment     5       68       18  
Net proceeds from disposal of businesses (Note 41.1)     -       25,318       -  
Capital distribution from a joint venture     2,500       -       -  
Dividends received from a joint venture     5,000       -       -  
Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities     35,166       40,024       (2,062 )

 

F-6

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (cont’d)

Year ended 31 December

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Financing activities (Note A)                        
Long-term interest bearing debt raised     95,824       104,549       45,150  
Payment of capital portion of long term interest-bearing debt     (45,540 )     (99,503 )     (40,869 )
Principal repayments on lease liabilities     (29,905 )     -       -  
Loans from related parties     -       -       5,000  
Repayment of loans from related parties     -       -       (42,000 )
Repayment to related parties     -       (8,351 )     -  
Acquisition of treasury shares     (1,993 )     -       -  
Restricted cash     987       (8,582 )     58  
Issuance of shares (Note B)     -       -       15,000  
Dividends paid     -       -       (1,674 )
Purchase of Parent’s ordinary shares for forfeitable share plan     -       -       (505 )
Net cash flows generated from (used in) financing activities     19,373       (11,887 )     (19,840 )
                         
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (1,048 )     (9,223 )     (18,527 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year (Note 6)     33,498       45,245       62,470  
Effect of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies     77       (2,524 )     1,302  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year     32,527       33,498       45,245  

 

F-7

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (cont’d)

Year ended 31 December

 

Note A:

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

 

The table below details changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s consolidated and combined statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.

 

    Bank
Loans
(Note 25)
    Due (from) to
related parties –
(Note 10 & 23)
    Lease
liabilities
(Note 24)
 
    US$’000     US$’000        
                   
Balance at 1 January 2018     108,754       (10,068 )     -  
Financing cash flows (i)     5,046       (8,351 )     -  
Investing cash flows     -       14,054       -  
Operating cash flows     -       (6,002 )     -  
Other changes (ii)     656       3,089       -  
Balance at 31 December 2018     114,456       (7,278 )     -  
IFRS 16 adjustment     -       -       68,666  
Financing cash flows (i)     50,284       -       (29,905 )
Investing cash flows     -       7,648       -  
Operating cash flows     -       638       -  
Other changes (ii)     504       (67 )     19,185  
Balance at 31 December 2019     165,244       941       57,946  

 

(i) The cash flows make up the net amount of proceeds from borrowings and repayments of borrowings in the statement of cash flows.

(ii) Other changes for bank loans and due (from) to related parties relates to interest accruals and payments and net foreign exchange differences. Other changes for lease liabilities relates to new lease arrangements entered and existing lease contracts terminated.

 

Note B:

As part of the Spin-Off (Note 1), the company acquired all of the shares of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (Singapore) and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd for a purchase consideration of $320,683,000 which was satisfied by the issuance of compulsorily convertible notes which were converted to 19,063,832 ordinary shares of the company on the same date. Accordingly, no cash was received on the issuance of the shares.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-8

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1 GENERAL

 

General information

 

The company was incorporated as a private company on 2 November 2017 and with effect from 25 April 2018, it was converted from a private company to a public company whereby it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. The company is incorporated in Singapore with its principal place of business and registered office at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763. On 18 June 2018, the company became a publicly traded company with its shares primarily listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and from the 19 June 2018 secondarily on the Main Board of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE).

 

The company was incorporated with the intention to acquire all of the shares of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA from Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Parent as part of the Parent’s plan to demerge its shipping business (referred to as the ‘Spin-Off’). Before the Spin-Off, two of GSSA’s businesses, Ocean Africa Container Lines division, or OACL, and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd, or Unicorn Bunker, were disposed to another Parent subsidiary on 1 January 2018. On 18 June 2018, the Spin-Off was affected by the company acquiring 100% of the issued and paid up share capital of GSPL and GSSA for a consideration of $320,683,000 (Note 28). The purchase consideration was satisfied by the issuance by the company of compulsorily convertible notes which converted to 19,063,832 ordinary shares of the company on the same date.

 

The principal activities of the Group are ship chartering, operating and sales of vessels. Information of the entities within the Group is contained in Note 16.

 

The consolidated and combined financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 5 June 2020.

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

2.1 Statement of compliance

 

The consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

2.2 Basis of preparation of historical consolidated and combined financial information

 

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) resulting from the Spin-Off in Note 1 above is regarded as a continuing entity throughout the period ended 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017 as the Group was under the management of Grindrod Limited and therefore considered to be under common management which forms the basis of the combined financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2017.

 

The financial statements presented herein represent (i) prior to 18 June 2018, the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA and (ii) subsequent to 18 June 2018, the consolidated financial statements of the company as a separate publicly traded company following the Spin-Off of GSPL and GSSA from Grindrod Limited. Prior to the Spin-Off, equity relating to GSPL and GSSA represents the Parent’s net investment in the company and accordingly, this has been presented as ‘Parent invested capital’ in the combined financial statements. Upon the Spin-Off on 18 June 2018, the Parent Invested Capital was adjusted as a result of settlement of assets and liabilities of GSPL and GSSA with the Parent and formed the company’s share capital with the residual differences recognised as merger reserve.

 

F-9

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except as disclosed in the accounting policies below. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability which market participants would take into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 16 Leases, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realisable value in IAS 2 Inventories or value in use in IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.

 

2.3 Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

 

From 1 January 2019, the Group has applied a number of new IFRS and amendments to IFRSs issued by the IASB that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 January 2019. The adoption of these new/revised IFRSs has not resulted in significant changes to the Group’s accounting policies and has no material effect on the amounts reported for the current or prior periods except as follows:

 

IFRS 16 Leases

 

In the current year, the Group has applied IFRS 16 (as issued by the IASB in January 2016) that is effective for annual periods that begin on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 introduces new or amended requirements with respect to lease accounting. It introduces significant changes to lessee accounting by removing the distinction between operating and finance lease and requiring the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at commencement for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. In contrast to lessee accounting, the requirements for lessor accounting have remained largely unchanged. Details of these new requirements are described below. The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the Group’s consolidated financial statements is described below.

 

The date of initial application of IFRS 16 for the Group is 1 January 2019. The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the cumulative catch-up approach which:

 

requires the Group to recognise the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 as an adjustment, if any, to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application.

 

does not permit restatement of comparatives, which continue to be presented under IAS 17 Leases and IFRIC 4 Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease.

 

(a) Impact of the new definition of a lease

 

The Group has made use of the practical expedient available on transition to IFRS 16 not to reassess whether a contract is or contains a lease. Accordingly, the definition of a lease in accordance with IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 will continue to be applied to those leases entered or changed before 1 January 2019.

 

The change in definition of a lease mainly relates to the concept of control. IFRS 16 determines whether a contract contains a lease on the basis of whether the customer has the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. This is in contrast to the focus on 'risks and rewards' in IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

 

F-10

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

The Group applies the definition of a lease and related guidance set out in IFRS 16 to all lease contracts entered into or modified on or after 1 January 2019 (whether it is a lessor or a lessee in the lease contract). In preparation for the first-time adoption of IFRS 16, the Group has carried out an implementation project. The project has shown that the new definition in IFRS 16 will not significantly change the scope of contracts that meet the definition of a lease for the Group.

 

b) Impact on lessee accounting

 

Former operating leases

 

IFRS 16 changes how the Group accounts for leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17.

 

Applying IFRS 16 for leases, the Group:

 

1. Recognises right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position, initially measured at the present value of future lease payments with the right-of-use asset adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments in accordance with IFRS 16:C8(b)(ii).

 

2. Recognises depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest on lease liabilities in the consolidated and combined statement of profit and loss. Operating leases were previously recorded as “Charter hire costs” for ships, “Vessel operating costs” for ship equipment and “Administrative expenses” for property. When applying IFRS 16, the expense is split into “Interest expense” and “Depreciation – right-of-use assets”. Expenses relating to short-term leases and low value leases will continue to be expensed and disclosed in line with the previous treatment.

 

3. Separates the total amount of cash paid into a principal portion (presented within financing activities) and interest (presented within operating activities) in the consolidated statement of cash flows. Payments of operating leases were previously presented as part of net cash flows used in operating activities.

 

Lease incentives (e.g. rent free period) are recognised as part of the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities whereas under IAS 17 they resulted in the recognition of a lease incentive liability, amortised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis.

 

The right-of-use assets will be tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. This replaces the previous requirement to recognise a provision for onerous lease contracts.

 

The Group has used the following practical expedients when applying the cumulative catch-up approach to leases previously classified as operating leases applying IAS 17:

 

· Leases ending within 12 months as at 1 January 2019 are accounted for as short-term leases irrespective of the initial lease period. For such leases and leases of low-value assets, the Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities;
· A single discount rate was applied to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;
· Non-lease and lease components of the time chartered-in agreements will not be separated and will be treated as a single lease component for the purposes of recognition and measurement; and
· The use of hindsight in determining the lease term when the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

 

F-11

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

(c) Impact on lessor accounting

 

IFRS 16 does not change substantially how a lessor accounts for leases. Under IFRS 16, a lessor continues to classify leases as either finance leases or operating leases and account for those two types of leases differently. However, IFRS 16 has changed and expanded the disclosures required, in particular regarding how a lessor manages the risks arising from its residual interest in leased assets.

 

(d) Financial impact of initial application of IFRS 16

 

The following table shows the operating lease commitments disclosed applying IAS 17 at 31 December 2018, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application and the lease liabilities recognised in the statement of financial position at the date of initial application.

 

    Adjusted as at
1 January 2019
 
    US$’000  
       
Operating lease commitments as at 31 December 2018     126,354  
Less: Short-term leases recognised on a straight-line basis as expense     (20,192 )
Less: Leases of low value assets recognised on a straight-line basis as expense     (153 )
Operating lease obligations as at 1 January 2019 (without discounting)     106,009  
         
Operating lease obligations as at 1 January 2019 (discounted) (1)     69,395  
Less: Prepayments of lease payments recognised     (729 )
Lease liabilities recognised as at 1 January 2019     68,666  

 

(1) The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 1 January 2019 was 5.49%.

 

Right-of-use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognised in the statement of financial position immediately before the date of initial application. Consequently, right-of-use assets of $69,395,000 were recognised on 1 January 2019, prepayments relating to leases of $729,000 were reclassified to right-of-use assets and there is no impact to retained earnings on 1 January 2019.

 

The Group’s significant accounting policies for the leases are disclosed in Note 2.14.

 

2.4 New and revised IFRSs in issue but not yet effective

 

The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that are relevant to the Group that were issued but are not yet effective:

 

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture
Amendments to IFRS 3 Definition of a business
Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of material
Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of liabilities as Current or Non-current
Conceptual framework Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards

 

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group in future periods.

 

F-12

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.5 Basis of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Group and entities controlled by the Group (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved when the Group has the power over the investee, is exposed; or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and has the ability to use its power to affects its returns.

 

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above. When the Group has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it considers that it has power over the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally. The Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Group’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power, including; the size of the Group’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders; potential voting rights held by the Group, other vote holders or other parties; rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Group has, or does not have, the current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings.

 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in profit or loss from the date the Group gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

 

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the owners of the Group and to the non-controlling interests. Total comprehensive income of the subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the Group and to the non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

 

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with the Group’s accounting policies.

 

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between the members of the Group are eliminated on consolidation.

 

Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amount of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Group.

 

2.6 Business combinations

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method.  The consideration for each acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values of assets given, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

 

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition where they qualify as measurement period adjustments.  The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustment depends on how the contingent consideration is classified.  Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments, or IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

 

F-13

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.7 Financial instruments

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition.

 

Financial assets

 

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and
those to be measured at amortised cost.

 

All recognised financial assets are subsequently measured in their entirety at either amortised cost or fair value, depending on the classification of the financial assets.

 

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

 

Classification of financial assets

 

Debt instruments mainly comprise cash and bank balances, trade and other receivables, loans to joint ventures and amounts due from joint ventures that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortised cost:

 

the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

 

the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

 

Debt instruments relating to derivative financial instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI):

 

the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling the financial assets; and

 

the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

 

F-14

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

By default, all other financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL).

 

Amortised cost and effective interest method

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant period.

 

For financial assets other than purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (i.e. assets that are credit-impaired on initial recognition), the effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) excluding expected credit losses (ECL), through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the gross carrying amount of the debt instrument on initial recognition. For purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets, a credit-adjusted effective interest rate is calculated by discounting the estimated future cash flows, including ECL, to the amortised cost of the debt instrument on initial recognition.

 

The amortised cost of a financial asset is the amount at which the financial asset is measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted for any loss allowance. On the other hand, the gross carrying amount of a financial asset is the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance.

 

Interest is recognised using the effective interest method for debt instruments measured subsequently at amortised cost, except for short-term balances when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

The Group recognises a loss allowance for ECL on trade and other receivables and contract assets. The amount of ECL is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the lifetime financial instrument.

 

The Group recognises lifetime ECL for trade receivables and contract assets. The (ECL) on these financial assets are estimated using a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate.

 

For all other financial instruments, the Group recognises lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If, on the other hand, the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.

 

The assessment of whether lifetime ECL should be recognised is based on significant increases in the likelihood or risk of a default occurring since initial recognition instead of on evidence of a financial asset being credit-impaired at the reporting date or an actual default occurring.

 

Lifetime ECL represents the ECL that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECL represents the portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

 

F-15

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Significant increase in credit risk

 

In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the reporting date with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Group considers historical loss rates for each category of customers and adjusts to reflect current and forward-looking macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. The Group has identified forecast economic information that relate to international shipping operations in which it operates to be the most relevant factors, and accordingly adjusts the historical loss rates based on expected changes in these factors.

 

The following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition:

 

existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations; or
an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor.

 

Irrespective of the outcome of the above assessment, the company presumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 90 days past due, unless the Group has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.

 

The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date. A financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk if:

 

i) the financial instrument has a low risk of default,

 

ii) the borrower has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and

 

iii) adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations.

 

The Group regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria used to identify whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and revises them as appropriate to ensure that the criteria are capable of identifying significant increase in credit risk before the amount becomes past due.

 

Definition of default

 

The Group considers the following as constituting an event of default for internal credit risk management purposes as historical experience indicates that receivables that meet either of the following criteria are generally not recoverable:

 

when there is a breach of financial covenants by the counterparty; or

 

information developed internally or obtained from external sources indicates that the debtor is unlikely to pay its creditors, including the Group, in full (without taking into account any collaterals held by the Group).

 

Irrespective of the above analysis, the Group considers that default has occurred when a financial asset is more than 120 days past due unless the Group has reasonable and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

 

F-16

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Credit-impaired financial assets

 

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about the following events:

 

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;

 

a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;

 

the lender(s) of the borrower, for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, having granted to the borrower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would not otherwise consider;

 

it is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation; or

 

the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties.

 

Write-off policy

 

The Group writes off a financial asset when there is information indicating that the counterparty is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Financial assets written off may still be subject to enforcement activities under the Group’s recovery procedures, taking into account legal advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made are recognised in profit or loss.

 

Measurement and recognition of ECL

 

The measurement of ECL is a function of the probability of default, loss given default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss if there is a default) and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical data adjusted by forward-looking information as described above. As for the exposure at default, for financial assets, this is represented by the assets’ gross carrying amount at the reporting date; for financial guarantee contracts, the exposure includes the amount drawn down as at the reporting date, together with any additional amounts expected to be drawn down in the future by default date determined based on historical trend, the Group’s understanding of the specific future financing needs of the debtors, and other relevant forward-looking information.

 

For financial assets, the expected credit loss is estimated as the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the company in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate. If the Group has measured the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to lifetime ECL in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting date that the conditions for lifetime ECL are no longer met, the Group measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-month ECL at the current reporting date.

 

F-17

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Derecognition of financial assets

 

The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

 

On derecognition of a financial asset measured at amortised cost, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognised in profit or loss.

 

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

 

Classification as debt or equity

 

Debt and equity instruments issued by the Group are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

 

Equity instruments

 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue cost.

 

Repurchase of the company’s own equity instruments is recognised and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the company’s own equity instruments.

 

Trade and other payables

 

Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, except for short-term balances when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

Bank loans

 

Interest-bearing bank loans are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Interest expense calculated using the effective interest method is recognised over the term of the borrowing in accordance with the company’s accounting policy for borrowing costs (see below).

 

Derecognition of financial liabilities

 

The Group derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the Group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

F-18

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

The Group enters into freight forward agreements and bunker swaps to manage its exposure to freight rate and bunker prices respectively. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 12.

 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. Group designates the derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges).

 

A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. Derivatives are not offset in the financial statements unless the Group has both legal right and intention to offset. A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instruments is more than 12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

 

Hedge accounting

 

The Group designates hedges of freight rate risk and bunker prices as cash flow hedges.

 

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, which is when the hedging relationships meet all of the following hedge effectiveness requirements:

there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;
the effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship; and
the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the Group actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the entity actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.

 

If a hedging relationship ceases to meet the hedge effectiveness requirement relating to the hedge ratio but the risk management objective for that designated hedging relationship remains the same, the Group adjusts the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship (i.e. rebalances the hedge) so that it meets the qualifying criteria again. The Group designates the full change in the fair value of a forward contract (i.e. including the forward elements) as the hedging instrument for all of its hedging relationships involving forward contracts.

 

Note 12 contains details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes. Movements in the hedging reserve in equity are also detailed in the statements of comprehensive income (“OCI”).

 

F-19

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Cash flow hedge

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in OCI and accumulated under the heading of Hedging Reserve, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item from inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss as part of other operating expense or other operating income.

 

Amounts previously recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss in the same line of the statement of profit or loss and OCI as the recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged, results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability. This transfer does not affect OCI. Furthermore, if the Group expects that some or all of the loss accumulated in OCI will not be recovered in the future, that amount is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

 

The Group discontinues hedge accounting only when the hedging relationship (or a part thereof) ceases to meet the qualifying criteria (after rebalancing, if applicable). This includes instances when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised. The discontinuation is accounted for prospectively. Any gain or loss recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

2.8 Offsetting Arrangements

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. A right to set-off must be available today rather than being contingent on a future event and must be exercisable by any of the counterparties, both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy.

 

2.9 Inventories

 

Inventories are assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business, in the process of production for such sale or in the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services. Inventories which include bunkers on board ships and other consumable stores are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Cost is determined on a first-in first-out basis. Spares on board ships are charged against income when issued to the ships.

 

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount is recognised as part of cost of sales. Any write-down of inventories to net realisable value and all losses of inventories or reversals of previous write-downs or losses are recognised in cost of sales in the period the write-down, loss or reversal occurs.

 

F-20

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.10 Ships, Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Ships, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

 

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets other than freehold land and buildings and ships under construction over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:

 

Office equipment and furniture and fittings - 3 years
Plant and equipment - 3 to 5 years
Motor vehicles - 5 years
Ships - 15 years

Drydocking

- 2.5 to 5 years

 

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at each year end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

Ships and properties in the course of construction for production, rental or administrative purposes, or for purposes not yet determined, are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation of these assets, on the same bases as other assets, commences when the assets are available for use.

 

Ships are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred during the period. The market average useful life of a ship is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. The Group policy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average and estimates useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new ships. Ships are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life.

 

From time to time, the Group’s ships are required to be drydocked for inspection and re-licensing at which time major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the ships are in operation are generally performed. The Group capitalises the costs associated with drydocking as they occur and depreciates these costs on a straight-line basis over 2.5 to 5 years, which is generally the period until the next scheduled drydocking.  A portion of the cost of acquiring a new ship is estimated and allocated to the components expected to be replaced or refurbished at the next scheduled drydocking. If the ship is disposed before the next drydocking, the carrying amount of drydocking expenses is included in determining the gain or loss on disposal of the ship and taken to the profit or loss. If the period to the next drydocking is shorter than expected, the undepreciated balance of the deferred drydocking cost is charged immediately as an expense before the next drydocking.

  

Fully depreciated ships, plant and equipment still in use are retained in the financial statements.

 

Assets that are held for rental are initially classified as ships, property, plant and equipment. When these assets cease to be rented and a decision is made to sell these assets, the carrying amount is transferred to inventories. Upon sale of these assets, the sales value is recorded in gross revenue and the related carrying value of these assets (held as inventories) is recorded in cost of sales. In relation to these assets that are held for rental, the cash payments to acquire such assets and subsequently cash proceeds from the sale of such assets are classified as cash flows from operating activities.

 

F-21

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.11 Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognized separately from goodwill. The cost of such tangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are stated on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.

 

Intangible assets acquired separately are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.  The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised. Each period, the useful lives of such assets are reviewed to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life assessment for the asset, such events are tested for impairment in accordance with the policy below.

 

2.12 Impairment of Tangible and Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill

 

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is indication that the asset may be impaired.

 

2.13 Goodwill

 

Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

 

If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

 

F-22

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

 

On disposal of a subsidiary or the relevant cash generating unit, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

 

2.14 Leases

 

Before 1 January 2019

 

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

The Group as lessee

 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the year in which they are incurred.

 

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

 

The Group as lessor

 

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which use benefit derived from the leased asset is diminished. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

 

From 1 January 2019

 

The Group as lessee

 

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

 

F-23

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses the incremental borrowing rate specific to the lessee.

 

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise: 

· fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;

 

· variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date;

 

· the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

 

· the exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

 

· payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

 

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

 

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) whenever: 

· the lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;

 

· the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); or

 

· a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

 

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the commencement day and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

 

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37. The costs are included in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

 

F-24

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

The right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in the ‘Ships, property, plant and equipment’ policy.

 

The Group has identified that the contracts between the pools and vessels owners described in Note 2.17 below, meet the definition of leases under IFRS 16 and the share of third party vessel owners’ net earnings of the pool represents variable lease payments. Variable payments that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs and are included in the line ‘Voyage expenses’ for expenses relating to ships and ‘Administrative expenses’ for all other expenses in the consolidated and combined statement of profit or loss.

 

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group has used this practical expedient.

 

The Group as lessor

 

The Group enters into lease agreements as a lessor with respect to its vessels and these are classified as operating leases.

 

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The sublease is classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.

 

Charter hire revenue (rental income from operating leases) is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

2.15 Interests in Joint Ventures

 

A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

 

The results and assets and liabilities of joint ventures are incorporated in these consolidated and combined financial statements using the equity method of accounting, except when the investment, or a portion thereof, is classified as held for sale, in which case it is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Under the equity method, an investment in a joint venture is initially recognised in the consolidated and combined statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the profit or loss and OCI of the joint venture. When the Group’s share of losses of a joint venture exceeds the Group’s interest in that joint venture (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the joint venture), the Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.

 

F-25

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

An investment in a joint venture is accounted for using the equity method from the date on which the investee becomes a joint venture. On acquisition of the investment in a joint venture, any excess of the cost of the investment over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the investee is recognised as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. Any excess of the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the investment, after reassessment, is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the period in which the investment is acquired.

 

The requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss with respect to the Group’s investment in a joint venture. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell) with its carrying amount, any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised in accordance with IAS 36 to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

 

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date when the investment ceases to be a joint venture, or when the investment is classified as held for sale. When the Group retains an interest in the former joint venture and the retained interest is a financial asset, the Group measures the retained interest at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture at the date the equity method was discontinued, and the fair value of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a part interest in the joint venture is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the joint venture. In addition, the Group accounts for all amounts previously recognised in OCI in relation to that joint venture on the same basis as would be required if that joint venture had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss previously recognised in OCI by that joint venture would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities, the Group reclassifies the gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) when the equity method is discontinued.

 

The Group continues to use the equity method when the investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate. There is no remeasurement to fair value upon such changes in ownership interests.

 

When the Group reduces its ownership interest in a joint venture but the Group continues to use the equity method, the Group reclassifies to profit or loss, the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognised in OCI relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities.

 

When a Group entity transacts with a joint venture of the Group, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the joint venture are recognised in the Group’s consolidated and combined financial statements only to the extent of interests in the joint venture that are not related to the Group.

 

F-26

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.16 Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale

 

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

 

When the Group is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met, regardless of whether the Group will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

 

2.17 Revenue recognition and voyage expenses

 

Vessel revenue

 

The primary source of revenue for the Group is vessel revenue; comprising of charter hire of ships and freight revenue.

 

Charter hire - The Group earns hire revenue by placing its vessels on time charter, bareboat charter and in pool arrangements. The performance obligations within pool and time-charter contracts include the bareboat charter and the operation of the vessel. Hire revenue is recognised over time as the Group satisfies its obligation based on time elapsed between the delivery of a vessel to a charterer and the redelivery of a vessel from the charterer.

 

For time and bareboat charter contracts, hire is typically invoiced bi-monthly or monthly in advance and hire revenue is accrued based on the daily hire rates.  Other variable hire components of the contract, such as off-hire and speed claims, are recognised only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur when the uncertainty is subsequently resolved. In a small number of charters, the Group may earn profit share consideration, which occurs when actual spot tanker rates earned by the vessel exceed certain thresholds for a period of time.

 

For pool arrangements, the Group has two types of such arrangements: 1) pool arrangements that are controlled and managed by the Group namely, IVS Handysize Pool and IVS Supramax Pool; and 2) Pool arrangements operated by third parties in which the Group’s owned vessels are placed. An assessment is performed to determine who is the principal and agent in such arrangements. Indicators that the Group as the pool manager is a principal in a pool arrangement are:

The contract with the end charterer specifically names the pool, rather than the shipowner;
The pool manager is responsible for managing issues that may arise during the end charterer’s use of the vessel;
The pool manager has the power to decide which vessel in the pool it will use to fulfill the contract with the end charterer; and
The pool manager sets the prices that the end charterer will pay to use the vessel.

 

The Group has evaluated that it has the exclusive rights as the pool manager and hence it is a principal in the IVS Handysize and IVS Supramax Pool arrangements. In such arrangements, the Group recognizes total amount of the gross revenue earned by the pools as the revenue which it expects to be entitled for the satisfaction of the performance obligation and correspondingly, it also recognizes the share of third party vessel owners’ net earnings of the pool in the voyage expenses in the period incurred. The Group has identified that the contracts between the pools and vessels owners to contain a lease in accordance with IFRS 16. Refer to Note 2.14 Leases for further discussion.

 

F-27

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

On the other hand, for third party pool arrangements that the Group’s vessels participate in, the Group recognizes revenue from these pool arrangements based on its portion of the net distributions reported by the relevant pool, which represents the net voyage revenue of the pool after voyage expenses and pool manager fees. The net distribution is computed based on pool index and the participation days of the Group’s vessels in these third party pool arrangements. The pool index is variable and dependent on the participating vessels within the pool.

 

Freight revenue – The Group recognises freight revenue for each specific voyage which is usually priced on a current or "spot" market rate and then adjusted for predetermined criteria. The performance obligations for freight revenue commence from the time the ship is ready at the load port until the cargo has been delivered at the discharge port. The revenue will be recognised over the duration of the voyage between the two points, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance at the load port. Management assesses the stage of completion as determined by the proportion of the total time expected for the voyage that has elapsed at the end of the reporting period as an appropriate measure of progress towards complete satisfaction of these performance obligations and the revenue is recognised in accordance with the calculated stage of completion. The duration of a single voyage will typically be less than three months. Demurrage and despatch are considered at contract inception and estimates are updated throughout the contract period. The consideration for demurrage and despatch will be recognised in the period within which such consideration was incurred. A contract asset is recognised over the period in which the freight services are performed representing the entity’s right to consideration for the services performed as at the end of the reporting period.

 

Sale of ships, bunkers and other consumables

 

The Group generates revenue from the sale of ships, bunkers and other consumables. Revenue is recognised when control of the ships, bunkers and other consumables have been delivered to the buyer. The Group only has the right to the consideration at the point of transfer of the asset.

 

Management fees

 

The Group also generates revenue from the management and operation of vessels owned by third parties and by equity-accounted investees as well as providing corporate management services to such entities. The performance obligations within these contracts will typically consist of crewing, technical management, insurance and potentially commercial management. The performance obligations are satisfied concurrently and consecutively rendered over the duration of the management contract, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance. Consideration for such contracts will generally consist of a fixed monthly management fee, plus the reimbursement of crewing and other costs for vessels being managed. Management fees are typically invoiced monthly.

 

Voyage expenses

 

Voyage expenses that relate directly to a contract include charter hire expenses, fuel expenses and port expenses. Contract costs are deferred and amortised over the course of the voyage on a percentage completion basis that is consistent with the revenue recognition. This percentage of completion is derived from time elapsed between the tender of readiness to load a cargo or delivery of a vessel to a charterer, and the completion of discharging a cargo or redelivery of a vessel from a charterer. Contract costs are recognised as an asset if they represent incremental costs of obtaining a contract or fulfilment costs that (i) relate directly a contract or to an anticipated contract, (ii) generate or enhance resources to be used in meeting obligations under the contract and (iii) are expected to be recovered.

 

F-28

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.18 Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

 

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

 

2.19 Share-Based Payments

 

Equity-settled share options – Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The fair value excludes the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in Note 29.

 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the number of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to reserves.

 

2.20 Retirement Benefit Costs

 

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are charged as an expense when employees have rendered the services entitling them to the contributions. Payments made to state-managed retirement benefit schemes, such as the Singapore Central Provident Fund, and South African defined contribution provident funds, are dealt with as payments to defined contribution plans where the Group’s obligations under the plans are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit plan.

 

For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each annual reporting period.

 

Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the changes to the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is reflected immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge or credit recognised in OCI in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recognised in OCI is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is recognised in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset.

 

Defined benefit costs are categorised as follows:

 

· service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements);
· net interest expense or income; and
· remeasurement.

 

The Group presents the first two components of defined benefit costs in profit or loss in the line item ‘Administrative expense’. Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past service costs.

 

F-29

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated and combined statement of financial position represents the actual deficit or surplus in the Group’s defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.

 

A liability for a termination benefit is recognised at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw the offer of the termination benefit and when the entity recognises any related restructuring costs.

 

2.21 Employee Leave Entitlement

 

Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. A provision is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the end of the reporting period.

 

2.22 Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

 

Onerous contracts

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as a provision. An onerous contract is considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

 

F-30

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.23 Income Tax

 

Income tax expense or income in profit or loss represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

 

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in statement of profit or loss and OCI because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are not taxable or tax deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted in countries where the company and subsidiaries operate by the end of the reporting period.

 

Deferred tax is recognised on the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.  Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or income in profit or loss, except when they relate to items credited or debited outside profit or loss (either in OCI or directly in equity), in which case the tax is also recognised outside profit or loss (either in OCI or directly in equity, respectively), or where they arise from the initial accounting for a business combination. In the case of a business combination, the tax effect is taken into account in calculating goodwill or determining the excess of the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over cost.

 

F-31

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.24 Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

 

The individual financial statements of each Group entity are measured and presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (its functional currency which is either United States dollars or South African Rands). The consolidated and combined financial statements of the Group are presented in United States Dollars and are rounded to the nearest thousands.

 

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when the fair value was determined.  Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

 

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on retranslation of monetary items are included in profit or loss for the year. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items carried at fair value are included in profit or loss for the year except for differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items in respect of which gains and losses are recognised directly in OCI. For such non-monetary items, any exchange component of that gain or loss is also recognised directly in OCI.

 

Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings relating to assets under construction for future productive use, are included in the cost of those assets when they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs on those foreign currency borrowings.

 

For the purpose of presenting consolidated and combined financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations (including comparatives) are expressed in United States Dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuated significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in OCI and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

 

On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e. a disposal of the Group’s entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, loss of joint control over a jointly controlled entity that includes a foreign operation, or loss of significant influence over an associate that includes a foreign operation), all of the accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation attributable to the Group are reclassified to profit or loss. Any exchange differences that have previously been attributed to non-controlling interests are derecognised, but they are not reclassified to profit or loss.

 

In the case of a partial disposal (i.e. no loss of control) of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences are re-attributed to non-controlling interests and are not recognised in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals (i.e. of associates or jointly controlled entities not involving a change of accounting basis), the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss.

 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Exchange differences arising are recognised in OCI.

 

F-32

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.25 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the Statement of Cash Flows

 

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows comprise cash on hand and demand deposits that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

2.26 Financial Guarantee Contracts

 

Financial guarantee contracts are accounted for in terms of IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts and are measured initially at cost and thereafter, in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets.

 

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

 

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 2, management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

(i) Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies

 

The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (see below), that management has made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

 

Classification of certain investments as a joint venture

 

Note 17 describes that Tri-view Shipping Pte Ltd, Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. as joint ventures of the Group even though the Group has 51%, 65% and 33.5% of ownership interest and voting rights in these entities respectively. Management has assessed that the interests in these entities would be considered as joint ventures given that the contractual agreement between the parties in undertaking the economic activities of these entities would be subject to joint control.  Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic activity, and exists only when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the activity require the unanimous consent of all the parties sharing control.

 

Ships classified as inventories

 

The Group regularly engaged in trading of ships. When a ship ceased to be rented and a decision is made for the ship to be sold, the ship would be classified as inventories (Note 13). The proceeds from the sale of such assets shall be recognised as revenue in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The corresponding cost shall be accounted for as cost of sales.

 

(ii) Key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are disclosed below.

 

F-33

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (cont’d)

 

Calculation of loss allowance on trade and other receivables, contract assets and amount due from joint ventures and loans to joint ventures

 

When measuring expected credit loss in relation to the trade and other receivables, contract assets and amount due from joint ventures and loans to joint ventures, the Group uses reasonable and supportable forward-looking information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising on default. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive, taking into account cash flows from collateral and integral credit enhancements. Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring the expected credit loss. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions. Details of the loss allowance on trade receivables and amount due from joint ventures and loans to joint ventures are provided in Notes 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11.

 

Impairment of interest in joint ventures

 

The recoverable amount of the investments has been determined based on the estimated net asset value of the joint ventures which approximates their fair value less cost to sell.

 

The carrying amounts of interest in joint ventures are disclosed in Note 17.

 

Percentage of completion of voyages recognised as revenue

 

The stage of completion of a voyage is determined by calculating the total number of actual days from the loading of the cargo at the commencement of a voyage to the period end, divided by the total estimated number of days from loading to discharging the cargo.

 

The duration of a voyage depends on the size of the ship being loaded, cargo type and quantity, ship speed as well as delays occasioned by weather or due congestion at load or discharge ports.

 

Ship life, residual value and impairment

 

In the shipping industry, the use of the 25 to 30 year ship life has become the prevailing standard for the type of ship owned by the Group. However, management depreciates the ships on a straight-line basis after deduction for residual values over the ship’s estimated useful life of 15 years, from the date the ship was originally delivered from the shipyard as the Group maintains a young fleet compared to the market average and generally aims to replace ships that are 15 years or older. As a result, ships are depreciated over 15 years to the expected residual market value of a ship of a similar age and specification. Management reassesses the depreciation period of ships that surpass this limit with special consideration of the ships and the purpose for which the ship was retained in the fleet.

 

Residual values of the ships are reassessed by management at the end of each reporting period based on the current shipping markets, the movement of the markets over the previous five years and the age, specification and condition of the respective ships.

 

Considerations for useful life of the ships also include maintenance and repair cost, technical or commercial obsolescence and legal or similar limits to the use of ships.

 

F-34

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (cont’d)

 

Management also reviews the ships (owned and right-of-use) for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the ships may not be recoverable. Management measures the recoverability of an asset by comparing its carrying amount against its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use. If the ship is considered to be impaired, an impairment loss is recognised to an amount to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its recoverable amount.

 

Value in use is the future cash flows that the ships are expected to generate from charter hire of the ships and the expected running costs thereof over their remaining useful lives, with a cash inflow in the final year equal to the residual value of the ships. Management determined the value-in-use based on past performance of the ships and their expectations of the market development. The future cash flows are determined based on the combination of the following assumptions:

 

1) Forecast earnings are based on internal estimates having considered: fixed future earnings from existing contracts of affreightment and charter contracts, allowing for dry dock and commercial off hire days, internal forecasts, as well as third party information and historical earnings averages.

 

2) Pre-tax discount rate of 7.61% (2018: 8.33%) rate is used to discount future cash flows from deployment of the ships to their net present values.

 

3) Vessel operating expenses and drydock costs are based on management’s best estimates.

 

Accordingly, based on the carrying amounts of the owned ships and right-of-use ships as at end of each reporting periods, the Group has recognised an impairment loss of approximately $19,245,000 for the year ended 31 December 2019 (2018: $Nil and 2017: $16,503,000) recorded in profit or loss in the line item ‘Other operating (expense) income’.

 

As at 31 December 2019 and 2018, a possible change to the following estimate used in management’s assessment will result in the recoverable amount to be below the total carrying amount of the owned and right-of-use ships (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

 

Drybulk Carriers

 

· 0.0% to 19.63% decrease to the charter rate (2018: 13.3% to 37.8% decrease to the charter rate); or
· 0.0% to 56.6% increase to the discount rate (2018: 12.3% to 81.8% increase to the discount rate).

 

Tankers

 

· 13.9% to 34.2% decrease to the charter rate (2018: 0.6% to 33.9% decrease to the charter rate); or
· 14.3% to 45.2% increase to the discount rate (2018: 0.8% to 22.4%increase to the discount rate).

 

Based on the key assumptions and taking into account the sensitivity analysis above, management has determined that the estimated recoverable amount of the ships are appropriate.

 

The recoverable amounts of ships classified as inventories were determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, which were determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar ships, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the ships, the appraisers have taken into consideration the prevailing market conditions and have made adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the ships. The carrying amounts of the ships are disclosed in Notes 14 and 15.

 

F-35

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (cont’d)

 

Estimation of lease term of charters with extension options

 

When estimating the lease term of the respective lease arrangement, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, including any expected changes in facts and circumstances from the commencement date until the exercise date of the option. This is assessed on an ongoing basis and the extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be exercised.

 

$53,954,000 have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that the leases will be extended.

 

If a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control of the lessee, the above assessment will be reviewed further. During the financial year ended December 31, 2019, the Group did not exercise any extension and termination options.

 

Estimation uncertainty arising from variable lease payments

 

One of the charter contracts requiring the recognition of a right-of-use assets and a lease liability contains variable payment terms that is linked to an index and such variable lease payments are recognised in charter hire cost in the profit or loss in the period in which the condition that triggers those payments occurs. A 5% increase in the index will result in such variable lease contracts to increase its total lease payments by approximately $185,000.

 

Tax liabilities

 

The Group acquired a wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicorn Tankers International Ltd (“UTI”), in 2013. UTI and its subsidiary are tax residents in United Kingdom (“UK”). In recent years, the UK tax authorities have revised their interpretations of certain areas of tonnage tax legislation. If certain legislation is interpreted in an alternative manner, additional taxation of up to $5,657,000 (2018: $5,657,000) could arise. A tax provision of $2,400,000 (2018: $2,400,000) has been provided.

 

In 2013, there were queries raised by the UK tax authorities on a subsidiary of UTI. The case went to a Tribunal in July 2019 and on 13 November 2019 the Tribunal ruled in favour of the Group. Subsequent to year end, Her-Majesty’s Revenue & Customs, UK Government Tax Department have appealed the judgement and the outcome is still pending. At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, in view of the uncertainty of whether the judgement would be overruled, the provision has been retained.

 

F-36

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

(i) Categories of financial instruments

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Financial assets                
Derivative instruments designated in hedge accounting relationships     173       -  
                 
Financial assets at amortised cost     81,021       112,855  
Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 40)     (937 )     -  
      80,084       112,855  
                 
      80,257       112,855  
                 
Financial liabilities                
Derivative instruments designated in hedge accounting relationships     -       867  
                 
Financial liabilities at amortised cost     256,140       143,339  
Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 40)     (538 )     -  
      255,602       143,339  
                 
      255,602       144,206  

 

(ii) Financial risk management policies and objectives

 

The management of the Group monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group to ensure appropriate measures are implemented in a timely and effective manner. These risks include market risk (foreign currency risk, interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

 

The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purpose.

 

Other than liquidity risk there has been no change to the Group’s exposure to these financial risks. There have been no significant changes to the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis indicated below.

 

(a) Credit risk management

 

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. As at 31 December 2019, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk without taking into account any collateral held or other credit enhancements, which will cause a financial loss to the Group due to failure to discharge an obligation by the counterparties and financial guarantees provided by the Group arises from:

 

the carrying amount of the respective recognised financial assets as stated in the consolidated statement of financial position; and
the maximum amount the Group would have to pay if the financial guarantee is called upon, irrespective of the likelihood of the guarantee being exercised as disclosed in Note 38.

 

F-37

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

In order to minimise credit risk, the Group has categorised exposures according to their degree of risk of default. The Group uses its own trading records to rate its major customers and other debtors. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties.

 

The Group’s current credit risk grading framework comprises the following categories:

 

Category   Description   Basis for recognising ECL
Performing   The counterparty has a low risk of default and does not have any past-due amounts.   12-month ECL
Doubtful   Amount is >90 days past due or there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.   Lifetime ECL – not credit-impaired
In default   Amount is >120 days past due or there is evidence indicating the asset is credit-impaired.   Lifetime ECL – credit-impaired
Write-off   There is evidence indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and the Group has no realistic prospect of recovery.   Amount is written off

 

The tables below detail the credit quality of the Group’s financial assets and other items, as well as maximum exposure to credit risk by credit risk rating grades:

 

    Note   Internal
credit rating
  12-month or
lifetime ECL
  Gross
carrying
amount
    Loss
allowance
    Net
carrying
amount
 
                US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
31 December 2019                                    
                                     
Trade receivables   7   (i)   Lifetime ECL (Simplified approach)     13,173       -       13,173  
Contract assets   8   (i)   Lifetime ECL (Simplified approach)     3,844       -       3,844  
Other receivables   9   Performing   12-month ECL     14,258       -       14,258  
Due from joint ventures   10   Performing   12-month ECL     3,855       -       3,855  
Loans to joint ventures   11   Doubtful   Lifetime ECL     5,216       (1,552 )     3,664  
                  40,346       (1,552 )     38,794  

 

F-38

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

    Note   Internal
credit rating
  12-month or
lifetime ECL
  Gross
carrying
amount
    Loss
allowance
    Net
carrying
amount
 
                US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
31 December 2018                                    
                                     
Trade receivables   7   (i)   Lifetime ECL (Simplified approach)     12,034       -       12,034  
Contract assets   8   (i)   Lifetime ECL (Simplified approach)     1,959       -       1,959  
Other receivables   9   Performing   12-month ECL     16,239       -       16,239  
Due from joint ventures   10   Performing   12-month ECL     13,516       -       13,516  
Loans to joint ventures   11   Doubtful   Lifetime ECL     25,483       1,680       23,803  
                  69,231       1,680       67,551  

 

(i) For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group has applied the simplified approach in IFRS 9 to measure the loss allowance at lifetime ECL. The Group determines the ECL on these items by using a provision matrix, estimated based on historical credit loss experience based on the past due status of the debtors, adjusted as appropriate to reflect current conditions and estimates of future economic conditions. Accordingly, the credit risk profile of these assets is presented based on their past due status in terms of the provision matrix.

 

Further details on the loss allowance are disclosed in the respective notes.

 

In order to minimise credit risk, the Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral, where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. The Group uses its own trading records to rate its major customers. The Group's exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties.

 

Before accepting any new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer's credit quality and defines credit limits by customer. There are ongoing reviews on the limits attributed to customers.

 

Credit approvals and other monitoring procedures are also in place to ensure that follow-up action is taken to recover overdue debts. Furthermore, the Group reviews the recoverable amount of each trade debt on an individual basis at the end of the reporting period to ensure that adequate loss allowance is made for irrecoverable amounts. In this regard, management considers that the Group’s credit risk is significantly reduced.

 

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse geographical areas. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable.

 

F-39

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

At the end of the reporting period, other than amounts due from joint ventures, the Group does not have significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any Group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The Group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if they are related entities. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the fact that the customer base is large and unrelated.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are third parties and banks with high internal and external credit ratings. In addition, the Group is exposed to credit risk in relation to financial guarantees given to banks. The Group's maximum exposure in this respect is the maximum amount the Group could have to pay if the guarantee is called on.   

 

(b) Interest rate risk management

 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk through the impact of bank loans and loans granted from/to joint ventures at variable interest rates. The Group monitors its exposure to fluctuating interest rates and generally enters into contracts that are linked to market rates relative to the currency of the asset or liability.

 

Interest rate sensitivity

 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the end of the reporting period and the stipulated change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held constant throughout the reporting period in the case of instruments that have floating rates.  A 50 basis point increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

 

If interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s loss for the year ended 31 December 2019 would increase/decrease by $691,000 (2018: increase/decrease by $603,000 and 2017: increase/decrease by $470,000).  This is mainly attributable to the Group’s exposure to interest rates on its variable rate bank loans and loans from/to joint ventures.

 

(c) Foreign currency exchange risk management

 

The Group’s main operational activities are carried out in United States dollars and South African rands, which is the functional currency of the respective financial statements of each Group entity.  The risk arising from movements in foreign exchange rates is limited as the Group has minimal transactions in foreign currencies which mainly relates to administrative expenses in Singapore dollars, loans to joint ventures in Japanese yen and amounts due to related companies in South African rands and Great Britain pounds as well as bank balances in South African rands.

 

The Group has access to a foreign exchange facility which enables it to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts. Management reviews and monitors currency risk exposure and determines whether any hedging is considered necessary.

 

The objective of the foreign exchange exposure management policy is to ensure that all foreign exchange exposures are identified as early as possible and that the identified exposures are actively managed to reduce risk. All exposures are to reflect the underlying foreign currency commitments arising from trade and/or foreign currency finance. Under no circumstances are speculative positions, not supported by normal trade flows, permitted.

 

F-40

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

At the end of the reporting period, the significant carrying amounts of monetary liabilities and monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the respective Group entities’ functional currencies are as follows:

 

    Liabilities     Assets  
    2019     2018     2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                         
United States dollars     (657 )     (1,660 )     1,893       4,941  
South African rands     (26,880 )     (22,909 )     6,903       7,894  
Japanese yen     -       (6,976 )     6       765  

 

Foreign currency sensitivity

 

The following table details the sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in the relevant foreign currencies against the functional currency of each Group entity.  10% is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates.  The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates.

 

If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 

    Impact on profit or loss  
    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
United States dollars     124       328  
South African rands     (1,998 )     (1,502 )
Japanese yen     1       (621 )

 

If the relevant foreign currency weakens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 

    Impact on profit or loss  
    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
United States dollars     (124 )     (328 )
South African rands     1,998       1,502  
Japanese yen     (1 )     621  

 

F-41

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

(d) Liquidity risk management

 

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group is unable to pay its creditors due to insufficient funds.  The Group maintains and monitors a level of cash deemed adequate by management at all times to finance its obligations as and when they fall due.

 

The shipping environment has been challenging and volatile over the last several years due to an oversupply of vessels allied to a lower growth rate of the world economy. As a result, the Group has reported losses and negative cash flow for the last three consecutive years.  The outbreak of COVID-19 subsequent to the end of the reporting period has resulted in governments of many countries implementing measures to mitigate the spread of the virus. These measures have resulted in a significant reduction in global economic activity and extreme volatility in the freight rates for drybulk vessels which has a significant impact on the Group's operations and cash flows.

 

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and ensuring that adequate borrowing facilities are maintained. The management may, from time to time, at their discretion raise or borrow monies for the purposes of the Group as they deem fit. There are measures in place to preserve cash, maintain adequate financing to meet Group’s obligations and protect existing loan covenants imposed by the banks. The covenant levels are monitored continuously to identify any potential covenant issues so that solutions such as waivers or modifications to the loan covenants to obtain more favourable terms can be implemented in advance. The Group may seek to accomplish any of these independently or in conjunction with one or more of these actions. If the unfavourable market conditions persist, the Group may be unable to accomplish any of the foregoing on acceptable terms or at all.

 

Based on the 12 months cash flow forecast prepared by management from the date of the authorization of financial statements, the Board of Directors has no reason to believe that the Group will not continue as a going concern and has assessed that there is no material uncertainty related to these conditions and there is no substantial doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management has plans to sell certain vessels, repay certain loans, protect existing covenants on term loans and maintain adequate liquidity. Subsequent to the end of the financial reporting period, management obtained an amendment to the definition of current assets and current liabilities to exclude the adjustments made on the implementation of IFRS 16 for purpose of working capital covenant compliance. In addition management obtained a temporary reduction in the minimum cash requirement from $30 million to $20 million for purpose of compliance with the loan covenant on 30 June 2020 and 30 September 2020, and an amendment to exclude the Sankaty facility from the current liabilities definition on 30 June 2020 and 30 September 2020 for purpose of working capital covenant compliance.

 

F-42

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

 

The following tables detail the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial liabilities.  The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. The adjustment column represents the possible future cash flows attributable to the instrument included in the maturity analysis which is not included in the carrying amount of the financial liability on the consolidated statements of financial position.

 

    Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
    On
demand
or within
1 year
    Within
2 to
5 years
    After
5 years
    Adjustment     Total  
    % p.a.     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Group                                              
                                               
2019                                              
Non-interest bearing   -       32,691       221       -       -       32,912  
Lease liabilities    5.41       26,728       35,637       -       (4,381 )     57,984  
Variable  interest rate instruments   5.09       27,747       123,030       44,423       (29,956 )     165,244  
            87,166       158,888       44,423       (34,337 )     256,140  
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 40)           (539 )     -       -       1       (538 )
            86,627       158,888       44,423       (34,336 )     255,602  
                                               
2018                                              
Non-interest bearing   -       28,480       403       -       -       28,883  
Variable interest rate instruments   5.30       23,295       108,057       -       (16,896 )     114,456  
            51,775       108,460       -       (16,896 )     143,339  

  

The maximum amount that the Group could be forced to settle under the financial guarantee if the full guaranteed amount is claimed by the counterparty to the guarantee is disclosed in Note 38. The Group considers that it is more than likely that no amount will be payable under the arrangement.

 

F-43

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

The following table details the liquidity analysis for derivative financial instruments.  The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted gross inflows and (outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement.  When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the end of reporting period.

 

    On demand or
within 1 year
   

Within

2 to 5 years

    Adjustment     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Group                                
                                 
2019                                
Gross settled:                                
Bunker swaps Gross inflow     173       -       -       173  
                                 
2018                                
Gross settled:                                
Bunker swaps Gross outflow     (867 )     -       -       (867 )

 

(e) Shipping market price risk management

 

The Group is exposed to the fluctuations in market conditions in the shipping industry which in turn affects the Group’s profitability.  Management continually assess shipping markets using their experience and detailed research.  Risks are managed by fixing tonnage on longer term time charters, contracts of affreightment and entering into forward freight agreements.  There are no outstanding contracts at 31 December 2019. Accordingly, no sensitivity analysis is prepared.

 

(f) Commodity price risk management

 

The Group uses bunker swaps to manage exposure to commodity price risk where the positions are not naturally economically hedged through the combination of holding inventory, forward sales contracts and forward purchase contracts. Management continually assess commodity price through their experience and detailed research. The carrying amount of the derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 12.

 

Commodity price sensitivity

 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to commodity price risk at the end of the reporting period.

 

In respect of derivative financial instruments, if the commodity prices had been 10% higher/lower while other variables were held constant:

 

· loss for the year ended 31 December 2019 would decrease/increase by $Nil (2018: decrease/increase by $Nil and 2017: decrease/increase by $Nil).

 

· hedging reserve for the year ended 31 December 2019 would decrease/increase by $209,000 (2018: decrease/increase by $355,000 and 2017: decrease/increase by $128,000).

  

F-44

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

(g) Fair value measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other current receivables and payables, and other liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term maturity of these financial instruments.  The fair values of other classes of financial assets and liabilities are disclosed in the respective notes to financial statements.

 

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Financial Assets                
Bunker swaps     173       -  
                 
Financial Liabilities                
Bunker swaps     -       867  

 

All the financial instruments relate to the forward freight agreements and bunker swap agreements and have been classified as Level 2 financial instruments, which indicates that the fair value of the instruments were determined based on discounted cash flow with reference to observable inputs for equivalent instruments, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of various counterparties.  Further details are disclosed in Note 12.

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 in the period.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

 

Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

 

Level 3 - inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

 

Level 2 and 3 fair values were determined by applying either a combination of, or one of the following valuation techniques:

 

market related interest rate yield curves to discount expected future cash flows; and/or
projected unit method; and/or
market value, and/or
the net asset value of the underlying investments; and/or
a price earnings multiple or a discounted projected income/present value approach

  

F-45

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

The fair value measurement for income approach valuation is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market. Key inputs used in the valuation include discount rates and future profit assumptions based on historical performance but adjusted for expected growth. Management reassess the earnings or yield multiples at least annually based on their assessment of the macro- and micro-economic environment.

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
2019                                
Financial Assets                                
Derivative financial instruments     -       173           -       173  
                                 
2018                                
Financial liabilities                                
Derivative financial instruments     -       867       -       867  

 

(iii) Capital management policies and objectives

 

The Group manages its capital to ensure that the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt to equity balance.  The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity, which comprises of share capital and reserves.

 

The Group also reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As a part of this review, the management considers the cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital. The management also ensures that the Group maintains gearing ratios within a set range to comply with the loan covenant imposed by a bank.

 

The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from prior year.

 

Transactions between the Group and Grindrod Limited group of companies prior to the Spin-Off (Note 1) are disclosed as transactions with related parties under Group companies below. With effective from 18 June 2018, arising from the Spin-Off, Grindrod Limited group of companies no longer meet the definition of related parties and hence balances and transactions after this date are not disclosed as balances and transactions with related parties.

 

Many of the Group’s transactions and arrangements are with related parties and the effect of these on the basis determined between the parties is reflected in these financial statements. The balances are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand unless otherwise stated.

 

F-46

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

5 RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS

 

During the year, Group entities entered into the following transactions with related parties:

 

(i) Group companies

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Freight revenue from related parties     -       -       939  
Fuel and port expenses to related parties     -       (18,910 )     (55,895 )
Bunker swaps from related companies     -       111       182  
Guarantee fees from related parties     -       -       325  
Guarantee fees to related parties     -       (54 )     (451 )
Interest expense on loans from related parties     -       -       (629 )
Interest income on amounts due from related parties     -       -       1,199  
Management fees to related parties     -       (1,135 )     (3,495 )
Net gain on disposal of businesses     -       3,255       -  
Overhead recovery from (to) related party (included in administrative expenses)     -       134       (202 )
Dividend paid to related party     -       -       (1,674 )
Other expenses to related parties     -       (187 )     (1,268 )

 

(ii) Joint ventures

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Interest income     983       2,573       4,346  
Technical management fee income     1,625       1,625       1,625  
Agency Fees from joint ventures     573       574       618  
Charter hire and other related revenue     5,345       13,445       4,376  
Charter hire and other related expenses     (44,206 )     (52,050 )     (50,741 )
Payments on behalf of a joint venture     (2,199 )     (1,217 )     (585 )
Purchase of ships from a joint venture     54,000       10,250       -  
Dividend income     5,000       -       -  
Management fee income     86       217       350  

 

Refer to Note 38 for information on the guarantees provided by the Group for loans within joint venture structures.

 

F-47

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

5 HOLDING COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS (cont’d)

 

(iii) Compensation of directors and key management personnel

 

The remuneration of the directors and other members of key management is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Short-term benefits     4,166       4,839       6,026  
Share-based payments (1)     -       84       459  
      4,166       4,923       6,485  

 

(1) Represents share-based payments on FSP vested during the financial year.

 

The remuneration of directors and key management is determined by the remuneration committee of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Limited (prior to 18 June 2018 by the remuneration committee of Grindrod Limited) having regard to the performance of individuals and market trends.

 

6 CASH AND BANK BALANCES INCLUDING RESTRICTED CASH

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Restricted cash, current portion     3,167       2,138  
Cash on hand     357       438  
Cash at bank     32,029       33,060  
Cash and bank balances     35,553       35,636  
                 
Less: Restricted cash, current portion     (3,167 )     (2,138 )
      32,386       33,498  
Add: Cash and cash equivalents included in the disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     141       -  
Cash and cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows     32,527       33,498  
                 
Restricted cash                
Classified as:                
Current     3,167       2,138  
Non-current     9,611       11,627  
      12,778       13,765  

 

The current portion of the restricted cash represents amounts placed in retention accounts can only be used to fund loan repayments or interest payments. The non-current portion of restricted cash represents debt reserves security deposit required due to the conditions of certain banking facilities and these deposits are not available to finance the Group’s day to day operations.

 

F-48

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

7 TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Trade receivables     10,171       8,936  
Trade receivables due from the pools     3,706       3,098  
      13,877       12,034  
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (704 )     -  
      13,173       12,034  

 

The credit period is 1 to 30 days (2018: 1 to 30 days).  No interest is charged on the outstanding invoice.

 

Loss allowance for trade receivables has been measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. The ECL on trade receivables are estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

 

There has been no significant change in the estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the current reporting period in assessing the allowance for the amounts due from customers.

 

A trade receivable is written off when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

 

The following table details the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Group’s provision matrix. The expected credit loss rate is considered immaterial for trade receivables outstanding for less than 120 days. For trade receivables past due for more than 120 days, the Group would recognise a loss allowance of 100% except for the adjustment to factors that are specific to the debtors, because historical experience has indicated that these receivables are generally not recoverable. As the Group’s historical credit loss experience does not show significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments, the provision for loss allowance based on past due status is not further distinguished between the Group’s different customer base.

 

    Trade receivables past due  
    Not past
due
    < 30     31-60     61-90     91-120     >120     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
2019                                                        
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default, representing net carrying amount of default     9,955       1,233       1,244       280       1,165       -       13,877  
Less: assets of a disposal group held for sale     (699 )     (1 )     (4 )     -       -       -       (704 )
      9,256       1,232       1,240       280       1,165       -       13,173  
       
2018                                          
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default, representing net carrying amount of default     6,585       2,647       1,185       139       1,478       -       12,034  

 

 

F-49

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

8 CONTRACT ASSETS

 

This relates to unbilled revenue, recognised over the period in which the freight services are performed representing the entity’s right to consideration for the services performed as at the end of the reporting period which shall be recognised as revenue in the subsequent year.

 

Management estimates the loss allowance on amounts due from customers at an amount equal to lifetime ECL, taking into account the historical default experience and the future prospects of the industry.

 

9 OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Deposits     346       337  
Prepayments     2,693       1,663  
Voyages in progress     10,377       12,156  
Other receivables     3,627       3,746  
      17,043       17,902  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 40)

    (92 )     -  
      16,951       17,902  

 

For purpose of impairment assessment, other receivables are considered to have low credit risk as they are not due for payment at the end of the reporting period and there has been no significant increase in the risk of default on the receivables since initial recognition. Accordingly, for the purpose of impairment assessment for these receivables, the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.

 

In determining the ECL, management has taken into account the historical default experience and the financial position of the counterparties, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors and general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate. No provision for loss allowance was made during 2019 and 2018.

 

The following table shows the movement in lifetime ECL – credit impaired lifetime ECL that has been recognised for other receivables in accordance with IFRS 9:

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Balance as at 1 January     -       -  
Adjustment upon application of IFRS 9     -       70  
Amount written off     -       (70 )
Balance as at 31 December     -       -  

 

F-50

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

10 DUE FROM JOINT VENTURES

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Due from joint ventures (Note 5)                
-  non-interest bearing - trade     815       -  
-  non interest bearing - non-trade     345       4,300  
-  interest bearing - non-trade     2,695       9,216  
      3,855       13,516  

 

Amounts due from joint ventures are unsecured and repayable on demand and their carrying value approximate fair value.

 

In 2019, interest was charged on the amounts due from joint ventures of US$2,695,000 (2018: $9,217,000) at 15.0% per annum (2018: 15.0% per annum).

 

For purpose of impairment assessment, amounts due from joint ventures are considered to have low credit risk as they are not due for payment at the end of the reporting period and there has been no significant increase in the risk of default on the receivables since initial recognition. Accordingly, for the purpose of impairment assessment for these receivables, the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.

 

In determining the ECL, management has taken into account the historical default experience and the financial position of the counterparties, adjusted for factors that are specific to the related parties.

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Loans to joint ventures analysed between:                
                 
Assets                
Current assets     2,589       25,483  
Provision for losses on joint ventures     (1,552 )     (1,680 )
      1,037       23,803  
                 
Non-current assets     2,627       -  
                 
Total     3,664       23,803  

 

(1) $2,637,000 (2018: $2,640,000) of the loans is to a joint venture which relates to payments made for instalments due for a ship under construction in accordance with the terms of ship building contract.  The loan is repayable at the end of 3 years from date of the loan extension in 2019. The loan is unsecured and bear interest at rates ranging from 3.60% to 4.34% (2018: 3.14% to 4.34%) per annum during the year. The loan approximates the fair value as the loan is arranged at floating rates.

 

(2) $2,579,000 (2018: $22,843,000) of loans to a joint venture is unsecured and did not bear interest during the current year (2018: 2% per annum). The loan is expected to be repaid within 12 months from the end of the reporting period. The carrying value of the loans at year end approximates the fair value.

 

F-51

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

11 LOANS TO JOINT VENTURES

 

For purpose of impairment assessment, loans to joint ventures have been considered to have a significant increase in the risk of default on the loans since initial recognition because of the volatile economic environment the joint ventures operate in. Accordingly, for the purpose of impairment assessment for these receivables, the loss allowance is measured at lifetime ECL. In determining the ECL, management has taken into account the provision of losses that arose from the Group’s share of losses in joint venture that were in excess of the Group’s cost of investment in joint ventures (Note 17) and any additional loss allowance required based on the expected recovery from the loan.

 

The following table shows the movement in lifetime ECL – credit impaired lifetime ECL that has been recognised for loans to joint venture:

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Balance as at 1 January 2019     1,680       10,667  
Loss allowance reversed in profit or loss during the year on changes in credit risk     (128 )     (2,540 )
Amount written off     -       (6,447 )
Balance as at 31 December 2019     1,552       1,680  

 

12 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Bunker swaps - analysed between:            
    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Assets                
Current assets     173       -  
                 
Liabilities                
Current liabilities     -       (867 )

 

The Group has entered into a number of bunker swaps, as follows:

 

2019

Current assets

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

 

Settlement periods       Strike price     Quantity     Notional
value
    Fair value
gain
 
        US$     MT     US$’000     US$’000  
                             
March 2020   Rott 0.5% Brg     471.3       600       283       40  
January 2020 to February 2020   GO 10ppm     75.7       505       38       22  
January 2020 to June 2020   ICE LS GasOil     566.5       2,400       1,360       111  
                          1,681       173  

 

F-52

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (cont’d)

 

2018

Current liabilities

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

 

Settlement periods   Strike price     Quantity     Notional
value
    Fair value
gain
 
        US$     MT     US$’000     US$’000  
                             
January 2019 to February 2019   MOPS380     457.75       1000       458       (135 )
January 2019   MOPS380     419.00       350       147       (33 )
January 2019   MOPS180     425.25       350       149       (34 )
May 2019   MOPS180     403.50       350       141       (31 )
September 2019   MOPS180     377.50       350       132       (26 )
January 2019 to September 2019   Rott 3.5% Brg     338.50       1,800       609       (101 )
January 2019 to September 2019   MOPS180     368.50       3,060       1,128       (164 )
January 2019 to September 2019   Rott 3.5% Brg     369.75       1,350       499       (118 )
January 2019 to September 2019   MOPS180     403.00       1,350       544       (119 )
January 2019 to March 2019   MOPS380     406.00       1,500       609       (106 )
                          4,416       (867 )

 

13 INVENTORIES

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Bunkers and other consumables at cost     12,491       10,841  
      -       -  
Ships reclassified from ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories (Note 14) (a)     15,932       7,321  
Sale of ships recognised as inventories (a)     (15,932 )     (7,321 )
                 
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (255 )     -  
      12,236       10,841  

 

(a) Ships reclassified from Ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories is reconciled as follows:

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Cost     40,871       15,203  
Accumulated depreciation     (11,659 )     (3,443 )
Impairment     (13,280 )     (4,439 )
Carrying amount     15,932       7,321  

 

On 2 April 2019 and 23 April 2019, the Group entered into memoranda of agreement with third parties for the sale of a ship at purchase consideration of $7,800,000 and $8,875,000 (net consideration of $7,378,000 and $8,257,000), respectively. The ships were delivered to third parties on 30 April 2019 and the 28 June 2019.

 

On 10 October 2018, the Group entered into a memorandum of agreement with third party for the sale of a ship at purchase consideration of $8,650,000 (net consideration of $8,313,000). The ship was delivered to third parties on 26 October 2018.

 

F-53

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

14 SHIPS, PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

    Office
equipment,
furniture and
fittings and
motor vehicles
    Plant and
equipment
    Ships     Drydocking     Construction
in progress
    Freehold
land and
buildings
    Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Cost:                                                        
Balance at 1 January 2018     5,894       6,205       421,434       13,077       773       307       447,690  
Additions     88       280       9,980       5,760       5,611       -       21,719  
Disposals     (296 )     (1,057 )     -       (5,353 )     -       -       (6,706 )
Acquired on acquisition of subsidiary (Note 41.2)     -       -       10,584       416       -       -       11,000  
Reclassification to inventories  (Note 13)     -       (57 )     (14,160 )     (986 )     -       -       (15,203 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (666 )     -       -       -       -       (44 )     (710 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     5,020       5,371       427,838       12,914       6,384       263       457,790  
Additions     70       24       54,000       2,517       49,590       -       106,201  
Disposals     (26 )     (593 )     (70 )     (2,527 )     -       -       (3,216 )
Reclassification from construction in progress                     54,648       552       (55,200 )     -       -  
Reclassification to inventories  (Note 13)     -       -       (38,847 )     (2,024 )     -       -       (40,871 )
Reclassification to disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (144 )     -       -       -       -       -       (144 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     74       -       -       -       -       5       79  
Balance at 31 December 2019     4,994       4,802       497,569       11,432       774       268       519,839  
                                                         
Accumulated depreciation:                                                        
Balance at 1 January 2018     5,263       4,448       103,994       6,525         -         -       120,230  
Depreciation     179       768       10,520       2,807       -       -       14,274  
Disposals     (296 )     (1,057 )     -       (4,829 )     -       -       (6,182 )
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       (57 )     (3,203 )     (183 )     -       -       (3,443 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (598 )     -       -       -       -       -       (598 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     4,548       4,102       111,311       4,320       -       -       124,281  
Depreciation     155       798       13,562       3,169       -       -       17,684  
Disposals     (25 )     (593 )     (70 )     (2,008 )     -       -       (2,696 )
Reclassification to disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (142 )     -       -       -       -       -       (142 )
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       -       (10,785 )     (874 )     -       -       (11,659 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     71       -       -       -       -       -       71  
Balance at 31 December 2019     4,607       4,307       114,018       4,607       -       -       127,539  
                                                         
Impairment:                                                        
Balance at 1 January 2018     -       -       85,171       3,387       310       -       88,868  
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       -       (4,439 )     -       -       -       (4,439 )
Disposal     -       -       -       (522 )     -       -       (522 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     -       -       80,732       2,865       310       -       83,907  
Impairment losses recognized in profit and loss     -       -       14,877       2,118       -       -       16,995  
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       -       (12,130 )     (1,150 )     -       -       (13,280 )
Disposal     -       -       -       (519 )     -       -       (519 )
Balance at 31 December 2019     -       -       83,479       3,314       310       -       87,103  
                                                         
Carrying Amount:                                                        
At 31 December 2019     387       495       300,072       3,511       464       268       305,197  
At 31 December 2018     472       1,269       235,795       5,730       6,074       263       249,602  

 

Certain ships are pledged to secure bank borrowings as disclosed in Note 25.

 

F-54

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

15 RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

 

The Group leases several assets including office and residential property, ships and ship equipment which are disclosed as right-of-use assets.

 

    Office and
residential
property
    Ships     Ship
equipment
    Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Cost:                                
Balance at 1 January 2019 from the recognition of right-of-use assets on initial application of IFRS 16     596       68,588       211       69,395  
Additions     2,161       16,946       82       19,189  
Cancellation of leases during the year     -       -       (22 )     (22 )
Reclassification to disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (35 )     -       -       (35 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     11       -       -       11  
Balance at 31 December 2019     2,733       85,534       271       88,538  
                                 
Accumulated depreciation:                                
Depreciation, representing balance at 31 December 2019     (601 )     (30,307 )     (142 )     (31,050 )
                                 
Impairment:                                
Impairment losses recognized in profit and loss, representing balance at 31 December 2019     -       (2,250 )     -       (2,250 )
                                 
Carrying amount:                                
As at 31 December 2019     2,132       52,977       129       55,238  

 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the remaining period of the lease. The average lease term is between 1 and 4 years for property, between 1 and 5 years for ships, and between 1 and 3 years for ship equipment.

 

Depreciation expense of $30,449,000 for ships and ship equipment are recognised in cost of sales and the depreciation expense of $601,000 for property is recognised separately in administrative expenses.

 

The Group has options to purchase certain ships at set prices at certain dates within the contracts.

 

For the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group recognized expense of $63,113,000 for short term leases (i.e. a lease period of 12 months or less), US$73,000 for leases of low value assets and US$55,952,000 for variable lease payments in connection with pool arrangements not included in the measurement of the lease liability.

 

Corresponding lease liabilities are disclosed in Note 24.

 

F-55

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 SUBSIDIARIES

 

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 

            Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
 
        Country of   2019     2018  
Name of subsidiary   Principal activity   Incorporation   %     %  
Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Ship operating and management   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd   Ship operating and management   South Africa     100 %     100 %
                         
Held by Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd                    
IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 3708 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 3720 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (i)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited   To provide shipping and shipping related services   United Kingdom     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Tanker Operations (434) Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Nyathi Limited   Dormant   Isle of Man     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Marmara Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Malacca Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Bulk Carriers Ltd   Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Tankers International Ltd   Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %     100 %
Grindrod Maritime LLC   Ship Owning and Operating   Marshall Islands     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. (ii)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. (ii)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %

 

F-56

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 SUBSIDIARIES (cont’d)

 

            Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
 
        Country of   2019     2018  
Name of subsidiary   Principal activity   Incorporation   %     %  
Held by Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd                
Comshipco Schiffahrts Agentur GmbH   Ship agents and operators   Germany     100 %     100 %
K2019570755 (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd (iii)   Dormant   South Africa     100 %     -  

 

(i) On 6 April 2018, the Group purchased all of the remaining 49% issued shares in the joint venture, IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (“IM Shipping”). Subsequent to the purchase of these shares, IM Shipping became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group (Note 41.2).

 

(ii) These companies are incorporated in 2018.

 

(iii) This company was incorporated in 2019.

 

F-57

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Cost of investment in joint ventures     77,974       80,474  
Share of post-acquisition loss, net of dividends received     (25,416 )     (18,656 )
Reclassification to assets classified as held for sale(b)     (83 )     (7,258 )
Carrying amount     52,475       54,560  

 

The Group’s share of losses in joint ventures that are in excess of the Group’s cost of investment of $2,106,000 (2018: $2,445,000) are accounted for as provision for losses on joint ventures (Note 11 and Note 26). Details of the joint ventures are as follows:

 

Name of joint venture   Principal activity   Country of
incorporation
  Proportion of
ownership interest
and voting power
held by the Group
   

Cost of

investment
in joint ventures

 
            2019     2018     2019     2018  
Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. (a)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     51 %     51 %     132       132  
Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. (a)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     65 %     65 %     *       *  
IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. (a)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     33.5 %     33.5 %     66,440       66,440  
Petrochemical Shipping Limited (b)   Dormant   Isle of Man     50 %     50 %     11,402       13,902  
Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. (b)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     50 %     50 %     *       *  
                              77,974       80,474  

 

* Amount is less than US$1,000.

 

(a) The Group has joint control over these entities by virtue of the contractual arrangement with its joint venture partner(s) requiring resolutions on the relevant activities to be passed based on unanimous approval.
(b) These joint venture companies are expected to be dissolved in 2020. Accordingly, the carrying amount of the interest in joint ventures have been reclassified to assets classified as held for sale (Note 40).

 

The above joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in these consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

In 2019, the total share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation amounts to $1,420,000 (2018: $454,000; 2017: $12,946,000).

 

F-58

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group's joint ventures are set out below. The summarised financial information below represents amounts shown in the joint venture's financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs, adjusted by the Group for equity accounting purposes.

  

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd.            
             
Current assets     897       2,342  
Non-current assets     10,180       11,284  
Current liabilities     (805 )     (8,040 )
Non-current liabilities     (6,300 )     -  
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     757       2,143  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payable and provisions)     (726 )     (7,995 )
Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (6,300 )     -  
                 
Revenue     2,488       3,029  
Gross (loss) profit     (1,290 )     1,241  
(Loss) profit for the year, representing total comprehensive (loss) profit for the year     (1,615 )     920  
                 
The above (loss) profit for the year include the following:                
                 
Depreciation     (2,102 )     -  
Interest expense     (307 )     (328 )
Income tax expense     -       11  

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net assets of the joint venture     3,972       5,586  
Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture     51 %     51 %
Other adjustments     (31 )     (31 )
Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture     1,995       2,818  

 

F-59

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.            
             
Current assets     31       1,919  
Non-current assets     329       403  
Current liabilities     (1,212 )     (3,499 )
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     5       56  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (898 )     (2,118 )
                 
Revenue     10,499       28,899  
Gross profit (loss)     476       (932 )
Profit (loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive profit (loss) for the year     325       (1,003 )

  

The above profit (loss) for the year include the following:

 

Depreciation     (84 )     -  

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net liabilities of the joint venture     (852 )     (1,177 )
Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture     65 %     65 %
Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 26)     554       765  
Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture     -       -  

 

F-60

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.            
                 
Current assets     25,941       32,567  
Non-current assets     263,670       268,247  
Current liabilities     (81,118 )     (21,602 )
Non-current liabilities     (49,358 )     (116,314 )
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     25,650       26,232  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (78,507 )     (20,413 )
Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (49,358 )     (116,314 )
                 
Revenue     40,929       44,567  
Gross profit     6,103       10,921  
(Loss) profit for the year, representing total comprehensive (loss) profit for the year     (3,764 )     1,111  
                 
The above (loss) profit for the year include the following:                
                 
Depreciation     (14,020 )     (12,894 )
Interest income     33       24  
Interest expense     (9,029 )     (9,666 )
Income tax expense     (1 )     -  

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net assets of the joint venture     159,135       162,898  
Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture     33.5 %     33.5 %
Goodwill     3,575       3,575  
Other adjustments     (6,405 )     (6,404 )
Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture     50,480       51,742  

 

F-61

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Petrochemical Shipping Limited                
                 
Current assets     206       7,083  
Non-current assets     -       14,484  
Current liabilities     (40 )     (7,050 )
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     203       5,623  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (38 )     (6,592 )
                 
Revenue     15,857       13,755  
Gross profit (loss)     456       (604 )
Profit (loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year     650       (6,872 )
Dividend income from the joint venture during the year     5,000       -  
                 
The above profit (loss) for the year include the following:                
                 
Depreciation     (2 )     (957 )
Impairment loss     -       (5,725 )
Interest income     59       76  
Interest expense     (79 )     (519 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net assets of the joint venture     166       14,517  
Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture     50 %     50 %
Reclassification to assets classified as held for sale (Note 40)     (83 )     (7,258 )
Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture     -       -  

 

F-62

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.                
                 
Current assets     2,894       5,095  
Non-current assets     -       108,000  
Current liabilities     (5,999 )     (116,456 )
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     2,802       3,899  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (5,819 )     (115,883 )
                 
Revenue     110,002       16,589  
Gross profit     874       7,137  
Profit for the year, representing total comprehensive income for the year     255       5,079  
                 
The above profit for the year include the following:                
                 
Depreciation     -       (3 )
Interest expense     (458 )     (4,765 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net liabilities of the joint venture     (3,105 )     (3,361 )
Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture     50 %     50 %
Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 11)     1,552       1,680  
Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture     -       -  

 

F-63

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

18 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

    Total  
    US$’000  
Cost:        
Balance at 1 January 2018     8,402  
Disposal     (550 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (1,082 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     6,770  
Additions     161  
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     126  
Balance at 31 December 2019     7,057  
         
Accumulated amortisation:        
Balance at 1 January 2018     4,705  
Amortisation     17  
Disposal     (550 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (1,079 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     3,093  
Amortisation     29  
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     122  
Balance at 31 December 2019     3,244  
         
Impairment:        
Balance at 1 January 2018, 31 December 2018 and 2019     3,636  
         
Carrying Amount:        
At 31 December 2019     177  
At 31 December 2018     41  

 

Intangible assets include club memberships, customer relationships and software and licences. Club memberships are lifetime memberships and are not amortised. Customer relationships arose from the acquisition of business and are amortised over 7 years. Software and licenses arose from the installation of major information systems (including packaged software) and are amortised over 3 years, the period over which the benefit is expected to accrue.

 

In 2017, an impairment of $3,636,000 was recognised in respect of the customer relationships based on the value in use calculations. The impairment in 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the customer relationship was less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period.  Management estimated pre-tax discount rates to be 15% which they believed reflect the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the cash generating units (CGUs).  The growth rates were based on industry growth forecasts and are estimated to be 5.5%.  Changes in selling prices and direct costs were based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market. No impairment allowance was recognised in 2018 and 2019.

 

F-64

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

19 GOODWILL

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Cost:                
Balance at 1 January     16,004       17,985  
Disposal     -       -  
Reclassification to disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (12,317 )     -  
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     225       (1,981 )
At 31 December     3,912       16,004  
                 
Accumulated impairment losses:                
Balance at 1 January     8,653       9,566  
Impairment     3,179       -  
Reclassification to disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (8,968 )     -  
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     104       (913 )
Balance at 31 December     2,968       8,653  
                 
Carrying amount:                
At 31 December     944       7,351  

 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the CGUs that are expected to benefit from that business combination.  Before recognition of impairment losses, the cost of goodwill had been allocated as follows:

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Cost:                
Island Trading and Shipping     3,064       3,064  
Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd     -       12,097  
Parcel Service     244       239  
Unicorn Tankers International     604       604  
      3,912       16,004  

 

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

 

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period.  Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs.  The growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts.  Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

 

F-65

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

19 GOODWILL (cont’d)

 

The following CGUs have carrying amounts of goodwill that are considered significant in comparison with the Group’s total goodwill balance:

 

Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd

 

In relation to the goodwill analysis for year ended 31 December 2018, the Group prepared five-year period cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management and the cash flows for the five-year period was extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 5.5% per annum. This rate did not exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant markets. The rate used to discount the forecast cash flows was 15%. Based on the value in use calculations, no impairment was required as at 31 December 2018 (2017: $6,119,000). The impairment at 31 December 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the CGU was less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment. As at 31 December 2018, any reasonably possible change to the key assumptions applied was not likely to cause the recoverable amount to be below the carrying amounts of the CGU.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group agreed to dispose the business to a third party (Note 40). Management assessed the fair value less cost to sell to its carrying value of the business and recorded an impairment loss of $3,179,000. Pursuant to the measurement requirements of IFRS 5, this impairment allowance was allocated to Unicorn Tanker CGU’s goodwill where the carrying amount is approximately $6,528,000.

 

20 DEFERRED TAX

 

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Deferred taxation analysed by major category:                
Capital allowances     (54 )     (21 )
Other timing differences     1,353       1,518  
      1,299       1,497  
                 
Reconciliation of deferred taxation:                
Opening balance     1,497       1,179  
IFRS 9 adjustment     -       20  
Adjusted opening balance     1,497       1,199  
(Charge) credit to profit or loss for the year (Note 36)     (108 )     511  
Deferred tax on the actuarial gain     (113 )     -  
Exchange differences     23       (213 )
Closing balance     1,299       1,497  

 

At the end of the reporting period, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is $1,315,000 (2018: $956,000). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Subject to the agreement by the tax authorities, at the end of the reporting period, the Group has unabsorbed tax losses of $580,000 (2018: $580,000) available for offset against future non-exempt profits. No deferred tax assets have been recognised on such losses due to the unpredictability of future profit streams.

 

F-66

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

21 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Trade payables     7,776       7,994  
Accrued expenses     19,682       13,401  
Others     1,588       1,372  
Less: included in liabilities of a disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (498 )     -  
      28,548       22,767  
Non-current trade and other payables     (221 )     (403 )
Current trade and other payables     28,327       22,364  

 

Trade and other payables are recognised at amortised cost and their carrying value approximates fair value. Charter hire is paid in advance in terms of the charter contracts. The remaining payment terms are predominately 30 days.

 

The Group’s trade and other payables are predominantly non-interest bearing and unsecured.

 

22 CONTRACT LIABILITIES

 

Advances received are classified as contract liabilities in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These arise when the customers’ make payments in advance and the amounts received exceeds the revenue recognised at the end of the reporting period and it shall be recognised as revenue in the subsequent year.

 

There were no significant changes in the contract liability balances during the reporting period.

 

23 DUE TO RELATED PARTIES

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Due to related parties - trade (Note 5)     -       2  
Due to related parties - non-trade (Note 5)     -       1  
Due to joint ventures - non-trade (Note 5)     4,796       6,235  
      4,796       6,238  

 

F-67

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

24 LEASE LIABILITIES

 

    Property     Ships     Ship
equipment
    Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                         
Adjusted balance as at 1 January 2019     592       67,863       211       68,666  
Additions     2,161       16,946       82       19,189  
Disposal     -       -       (22 )     (22 )
Interest expense     69       3,365       8       3,442  
Lease payments     (665 )     (32,538 )     (144 )     (33,347 )
-   Principal     (596 )     (29,173 )     (136 )     (29,905 )
-   Interest     (69 )     (3,365 )     (8 )     (3,442 )
Transferred to liabilities of a disposal group held for sale (Note 40)     (38 )     -       -       (38 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     56       -       -       56  
Lease liabilities as at 31 December 2019     2,175       55,636       135       57,946  

 

    31 December
2019
    Adjusted as at
1 January
2019
 
    US$’000     US$’000  
Analysed between:                
Current portion     24,300       26,088  
Non-current portion     33,646       42,578  
      57,946      

68,666

 

 

Maturity analysis of lease liabilities is disclosed in Note 4. The Group does not face a significant liquidity risk with regard to its lease liabilities. Lease liabilities are monitored within the Group’s treasury function.

 

In 2018, the Group entered in a two year charter contract with options to extend the contracts and purchase options in favour of the company for two supramax drybulk vessels. The charters are expected to commence in September 2020 and January 2021 on delivery of the vessels from the shipyard and as a result, a lease liability and right-of-use asset has not been recognised at 31 December 2019. The aggregated future cash outflows to which the Group is exposed in respect of each charter is fixed payments of $4,453,000 per annum. As the lease is yet to commence, it cannot be determined whether the extension options or the purchase options will be exercised.

 

F-68

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

25 BANK LOANS AND OTHER BORROWINGS

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Secured – at amortised cost:                
Bank loans     131,231       114,456  
Other borrowings     34,013       -  
      165,244       114,456  
                 
Analysed between:                
Current portion     20,696       18,323  
Non-current portion     144,548       96,133  
      165,244       114,456  
                 
Interest payable (included in bank loans)     943       886  
                 
Non-current bank loans and other borrowings are estimated to be payable as follows:                
                 
Within 2 to 5 years     144,548       96,133  

 

Bank loans

 

i. $100.0 million senior secured credit facility

 

The facility bears interest at London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.95% per annum and is made up of two tranches. Tranche A and B are repayable quarterly commencing 16 August 2018 and mature on 15 May 2022 and 15 May 2023 respectively, with the option to extend for a further two years. Facility fees of $1,750,000 were payable to the lender upon signing the new loan agreement. These were recorded as transaction costs to the loan account to the extent the loan was drawn down. As at 31 December 2019, the outstanding balance in relation to this facility is $49,088,000, net of $1,180,000 facility fees (2018: $87,741,000, net of $1,530,000 facility fees).

 

ii. $27.0 million senior secured credit facility

 

The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.65% per annum, was fully drawn down in 2016 and is repayable quarterly, commencing 11 April 2017 and matures on January 11, 2021, with the option to extend for a further two years. As at 31 December 2019, the outstanding balance in relation to this facility is $19,067,000 (2018: $21,027,000).

 

iii. $6.3 million senior secured credit facility

 

The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 2% per annum and is repayable quarterly, commencing on 6 September 2018 and matures on 6 June 2023. Facility fees of $32,000 were payable to the lender upon signing the new loan agreement. These were recorded as transaction costs to the loan account to the extent the loan was drawn down. As at 31 December 2019, the outstanding balance in relation to this facility is $4,421,000, net of $22,000 facility fees (2018: $5,688,000, net of $28,000 facility fees).

 

F-69

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

25 BANK LOANS AND OTHER BORROWINGS (cont’d)

 

iv. $29.9 million senior secured credit facility

 

The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.2% per annum and is repayable quarterly, commencing on 24 April 2019 and matures on 21 December 2023. Facility fees of $373,000 were payable to the lender upon drawdown of the loan agreement. These were recorded as transaction costs to the loan account to the extent the loan was drawn down. As at 31 December 2019, the outstanding balance in relation to this facility is $27,776,000, net of $304,000 facility fees.

 

v. Combined $31.4 million senior secured credit facility

 

On 29 July 2019, the Group entered into two term facilities, each for an amount up to $15,720,000 to finance the acquisition of two supramax newbuildings. The facilities bear interest at LIBOR plus 2% per annum and is repayable quarterly, commencing on 5 November 2019 and 20 December 2019 and matures on 5 August 2026 and 24 September 2026. Facility fees of $78,600 were payable to the lender upon drawdown of each loan agreement. These were recorded as transaction costs to the loan account to the extent the loan was drawn down. As at 31 December 2019, the outstanding balances in relation to these facilities are $30,879,000, net of $149,000 facility fees.

 

The bank loans are secured on cash and certain ships owned by the Group.  The cash pledged and the carrying value of the ships under security charge as at 31 December 2019 is $12,778,000 (2018: $13,765,000) and $265,874,000 (2018: $242,445,000) respectively. In addition, there are charges over the relevant subsidiaries’ earnings, insurances, charter and charter guarantees and any requisition compensation.  Certain of the bank loans are guaranteed by Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and/or Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

The bank loans are arranged at LIBOR plus the respective margins. These bear a weighted average effective interest rate of 5.09% (2018: 5.30%) per annum.

 

At 31 December 2019, the Group had no available undrawn committed borrowing facilities (2018: $0) which are subjected to the Group meeting all conditions precedent to drawdown.

 

These bank loan facilities contain financial covenants where the most stringent of which require the Group to maintain the following:

 

book value net worth of the lower of (a) the aggregate of $240 million plus 25% of the amount of positive retained earnings plus 50% of each capital raise and (b) $275 million (2018: $250 million);
cash and cash equivalent (including restricted cash held in the debt service reserve account) of not less than $30 million (2018: $30 million);
a ratio of debt to market adjusted tangible fixed assets of not more than 75% (2018: 75%) and
positive working capital, such that consolidated current assets must exceed the consolidated current liabilities.

 

The Group was in compliance with its financial covenants as of 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018. Subsequent to year end, there were amendments made to certain financial covenants. Please see Note 45 (c) for details.

 

Other borrowings

 

Other borrowings relate to $35,750,000 in financing arrangements entered into with third parties with respect to three of the vessels in the Group we regard as owned. The arrangements commenced on 26 June 2019, 20 September 2019 and 20 November 2019, respectively, are payable monthly in advance and bear interest at 3 month LIBOR plus 1.7% per annum. The loans mature on 26 May 2030, 20 August 2031 and 20 October 2031. As at 31 December 2019, the outstanding balances in relation to these borrowings is $34,013,000. The carrying value of the ships under security charge as at 31 December 2019 is $37,980,000. 

 

F-70

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

26 PROVISIONS

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Provision for losses on investment in joint ventures (i)     554       765  
Provision for onerous contracts (ii)     405       813  
      959       1,578  

 

(i) The joint venture, Island Bulk Carriers, generated profits during 2019 and the Group has reversed provisions of $211,000 representing the reduction of the Group’s share of the joint venture losses.

 

(ii) Provision for onerous contracts represents the present value of the future charter payments of short-term leases that the Group is presently obligated to make under non-cancellable onerous operating charter agreements and contracts of affreightment, less charter revenue expected to be earned on the charter.  The estimate may vary as a result of changes to ship running costs and charter and freight revenue. Except for short-term onerous contracts when the effect of discounting is immaterial, the rate used to discount the future charter payments is 7.61% (2018: 8.33%).

 

Analysis of provision for onerous contracts:                
Balance at 1 January     813       1,270  
Released to profit or loss     (408 )     (457 )
Balance at 31 December     405       813  

 

27 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION

 

The Group subsidises the medical aid contributions of certain retired employees and has an obligation to subsidise contributions of certain current employees when they reach retirement. In prior periods, the Group undertook to offer pensioners a voluntary benefit in lieu of their current medical subsidy in order to close out the liability on the statement of financial position. The proposed offer had three options, namely an annuity offer, a cash offer or to remain in the scheme. A number of employees chose the annuity and cash offer. The provision has been calculated on the remaining individuals in the scheme.

 

The risks typically faced by the Group as a result of the post-retirement medical aid are risks relating to inflation, longevity, future changes in legislation, future changes in tax environment, perceived inequality by non-eligible employees, administration of fund and enforcement of eligibility criteria and rules.

 

During November 2019, a valuation was performed by Alexander Forbes. Apart from paying costs of entitlement, the Group is not liable to pay additional contributions in the case the fund does not hold sufficient assets. In that case, the fund would take other measures to restore solvency.

 

F-71

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

27 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION (cont’d)

 

The amounts recognised in the annual financial statements in this respect are as follows:

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Recognised liability at beginning of the year     1,922       2,180  
                 
Recognised in profit or loss in the current year     183       55  
Interest on obligation     183       206  
Other     -       (151 )
                 
Recognised in other comprehensive income in the current year                
Actuarial gains     (70 )     (8 )
                 
Translation     34       (305 )
                 
Employer payments     (147 )     -  
                 
Present value of unfunded obligation recognised as a liability at end of year     1,922       1,922  

 

The principal actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of fair values include:                
Health care cost inflation rate (p.a.)     7.6 %     8.2 %
Discount rate (p.a.)     10.0 %     9.9 %
Continuation at retirement     75.0 %     75.0 %

 

The effect of an increase or decrease of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rates are as follows:

 

      2019       2018  
     

Increase

(Decrease)

     

Increase

(Decrease)

 
                 
Aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost     10.4% (8.9%)       10.4% (8.9%)  
Accrued liability at year-end     9.9% (8.6%)       9.9% (8.6%)  

 

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the obligation as it is unlikely that the above change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another.

 

There was no change in the methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis from the prior year. The average duration of the benefit obligation as at 31 December 2019 is 11 years (2018: 11 years and 2017: 12 years).

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Present value of unfunded obligations     1,922       1,922  
Present value of obligations in excess of plan assets     1,922       1,922  

 

F-72

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

28 SHARE CAPITAL

 

    Number of
shares
    Share
capital
 
          US$’000  
Issued and paid up:                
On 2 November 2017 (date of incorporation) and at 31 December 2017     1       *  
Issue of ordinary shares in connection with the Spin-Off (Note 1)     19,063,832       320,683  
At 31 December 2018 and 2019     19,063,833       320,683  

 

* Amount is less than US$1,000.

 

Except for treasury shares, fully paid ordinary shares, which have no par value, carry one vote per share and a right to dividends as and when declared by the company.

 

29 OTHER EQUITY AND RESERVES

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Treasury shares     (1,993 )     -  
Share compensation reserve     4,520       1,364  
Hedging reserve     173       (867 )
Translation reserve     (2,522 )     (3,283 )
Merger reserve     (18,354 )     (18,354 )
      (18,176 )     (21,140 )

 

Treasury shares

 

    Number of
shares
    Treasury
Share
 
          US$’000  
             
Balance at 1 January 2018 and 2019     -       -  
Acquisition of shares     299,641       1,993  
Balance at 31 December 2019     299,641       1,993  

 

On May 29, 2019, shareholders granted the board of directors’ with the authority to repurchase shares of the company. The repurchase authority expires at the next Annual General Meeting, unless renewed, and may be suspended or terminated by the company at any time without prior notice. The company has acquired ordinary shares in the open market on NASDAQ and the JSE over the period from the end of the second fiscal quarter through to end of the year. These shares may be re-issued, including for the purpose of issuing shares under the Group’s forfeitable share plan. See share compensation reserve for further information. Shares issued out of treasury shares are accounted for on a first in first out basis.

 

F-73

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

29 OTHER EQUITY AND RESERVES (Cont’d)

 

Share compensation reserve

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Balance at 1 January     1,364       -  
Share-based payments expenses     3,156       1,364  
Balance at 31 December     4,520       1,364  

 

The Group operates the 2018 FSP, in which certain employees of the company and its subsidiaries participate. On 31 July 2018, the Group granted the participating employees entitlements to be settled with a specified number of ordinary shares in the company (‘Awards”) which shares will be allotted and issued in 3 equal tranches over a period of 3 years commencing on 1 March 2020. This is subject to the condition that the participating employee remains employed during the vesting period relevant to each tranche.

 

A participant has no ownership rights (such as rights to dividends and voting) in the ordinary shares subject to the Award until such right has vested and the ordinary shares have been registered in the participant’s name. The Award is subject to the risk of forfeiture until the vesting date should the participating employee no longer be employed for the period ending on the vesting date. However, the participating employee may be settled with all or a portion of the Award as determined by the rules of the 2018 FSP depending on the reasons for termination of his employment prior to the vesting date, and, in the case of retirement or termination for a reason not specifically set out in the 2018 FSP prior to the vesting date, subject to the discretion of the Compensation and Nomination Committee. The vesting of the ordinary shares is not subject to any performance-related conditions. The Group may utilise treasury shares or issue new ordinary shares when settling shares upon a participating employee. The employee is not required to make any payment for the ordinary shares settled upon him or her but is liable for taxation thereon.

 

At any time, the aggregate number of ordinary shares of the company may be granted under Awards that have not vested shall not exceed 5% of the ordinary shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) on the day preceding the Award. The 2018 FSP was adopted on 4 May 2018. On the date of adoption of the 2018 FSP, the company’s issued share capital comprised 1 ordinary share and accordingly no Awards could be granted thereunder. On 18 June 2018 the company’s share capital increased from 1 ordinary share to 19,063,833 ordinary shares, and from the following day the maximum number of ordinary shares that could have been granted was 953,191. Since 18 June 2018 there has been no change to the company’s share capital and as accordingly at 31 December 2019, the issued share capital of the company comprised 19,063,833 ordinary shares. As at 31 December 2019, 728,000 ordinary shares were subject to Awards that had not been forfeited or vested and the maximum number of ordinary shares in respect of which further Awards could have been granted under the 2018 FSP was 210,209.

 

Details of the share awards outstanding during the year are as follows:

 

    Number of
share awards
    Fair value at
grant date
 
             
Granted during 2018, representing outstanding at 31 December 2018     743,000     US$ 10.18  
Forfeited during the year     (15,000 )   US$ 10.18  
Outstanding at 31 December 2019     728,000     US$ 10.18  

 

The fair value at grant date is determined based on the share price on the date of the grant. The Group recognised total expenses during the year of $3,156,000 relating to the 2018 FSP (2018: $2,294,000 of which, $1,364,000 relates to the 2018 FSP and $933,000 relates to forfeitable share plan previously operated by Grindrod Limited).

 

F-74

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

29 OTHER EQUITY AND RESERVES (Cont’d)

 

Hedging reserve

 

The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge recognised in OCI and accumulated in hedging reserve is reclassified to profit or loss when the hedged transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the applicable accounting policy.

 

Translation reserve

 

Exchange differences relating to the translation from the functional currencies of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries into United States dollars are brought to account by recognising those exchange differences in OCI and accumulating them in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve. Gains and losses on hedging instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations are also recognised in OCI and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

 

Merger reserve

 

This represents the residual differences between the ‘Parent invested capital’ and the Company’s ‘share capital’ as a result of the Spin-off (Note 2.2).

 

30 REVENUE

 

A disaggregation of the Group’s revenue for the year based on timing of revenue recognition is as follows:

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Over time:                        
Charter hire     129,761       135,027       128,355  
Freight revenue     178,750       168,828       257,614  
Vessel revenue     308,511       303,855       385,969  
                         
Management fees     5,105       5,676       5,252  
Miscellaneous     884       820       574  
Other     5,989       6,496       5,826  
                         
At a point in time:                        
Sale of ships     15,986       8,477       17,155  
Sale of bunkers and other consumables     560       190       572  
Ship sales     16,546       8,667       17,727  
                         
      331,046       319,018       409,522  

  

Management expects that 100% of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied contracts as of 31 December 2019 will be recognised as revenue during the next reporting period. The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less.

 

F-75

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

31 SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The information reported to the Group’s chief operating decision maker, who are directors of the Group, for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance is provided based on the six operating segments within the two businesses of the Group, which are also reportable segments of the Group:

 

a. In the drybulk carrier business, the Group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture dry-bulk vessels across the world. The Group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels – namely Handysize and Supramax, with all others businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the drybulk business are: Handysize; Supramax and Others.

 

b. In the tanker business, the Group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture liquid-bulk vessels across the world. The Group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels – namely MR Tankers and Small Tankers, with all other businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the tanker business are: MR Tankers; Small Tankers and Others.

 

The reportable segments of the Group have been identified on a primary basis by the business segment which is representative of the internal reporting used for management purposes, including the chief operating decision maker, as well as the source and nature of business risks and returns.

 

Joint-ventures financial information are included within the segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis as the Group’s chief operating decision maker reviews them together with the entities of the Group. Accordingly, joint-ventures’ proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the consolidated and combined financial statements in the ‘Adjustments’ column.

 

Segment profit (i.e. Gross profit (loss)) represents the profit earned by each segment without allocation of central administration costs and directors’ salaries. This is the measure reported to the Group’s chief operating decision maker for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance.

 

Group activities that do not relate to the above two segments are accumulated in the ‘Unallocated’ segment financial information. Revenue reported in the segments represents revenue generated from external customers. There were no inter-segment sales in 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

For the purpose of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments, the chief operating decision maker monitors the tangible, intangible and financial assets at the consolidated and combined Group level.

 

It is not practical to report revenue or non-current assets on a geographical basis due to the international nature of the shipping market.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 no customers accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s drybulk business revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2019, five customers accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $21.2 million, $15.5 million, $8.5 million, $7.9 million and $7.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2018, three customers accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $17.3 million, $14.3 million and $6.3 million and for the year ended December 31, 2017, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenue, in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million. Each of the foregoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenue attributable to the OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies as described in Note 2.

 

The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue, results and additions and impairments to non-current assets by segment:

 

F-76

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

31 SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont’d)

 

2019   Drybulk Carrier Business     Tanker Business     Unallocated                 Consolidated  
    Handysize     Supramax     Others     Total     MR
Tanker
    Small
Tanker
    Others     Total     Total     Total     Adjustments     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Vessel revenue     102,805       153,937       -       256,742       37,813       13,419       5,182       56,414       -       313,156       (4,645 )     308,511  
Ship sale revenue     8,067       -       -       8,067       7,352       8,480       -       15,832       -       23,899       (7,353 )     16,546  
Other     1,360       1,218       1,058       3,636       -       -       924       924       -       4,560       1,429       5,989  
Total revenue     112,232       155,155       1,058       268,445       45,165       21,899       6,106       73,170       -       341,615       (10,569 )     331,046  
                                                                                                 
Voyage expenses     (53,449 )     (74,286 )     (22 )     (127,757 )     (5,502 )     (2,497 )     -       (7,999 )     -       (135,756 )     (13,688 )     (149,444 )
Vessel operating costs     (23,632 )     (4,436 )     1,483       (26,585 )     (10,194 )     (5,743 )     864       (15,073 )     -       (41,658 )     7,769       (33,889 )
Charter hire costs     (15,162 )     (41,393 )     -       (56,555 )     (5,581 )     -       -       (5,581 )     -       (62,136 )     468       (61,668 )
Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment– owned assets     (10,585 )     (3,596 )     -       (14,181 )     (5,305 )     (1,489 )     (2,269 )     (9,063 )     -       (23,244 )     5,715       (17,529 )
Depreciation of ships and ship equipment – right-of-use assets     (114 )     (24,945 )     -       (25,059 )     (5,420 )     (25 )     -       (5,445 )     -       (30,504 )     55       (30,449 )
Cost of ship sale     (8,280 )     -       -       (8,280 )     (7,757 )     (8,564 )     -       (16,321 )     -       (24,601 )     7,757       (16,844 )
Other     (232 )     (15 )     -       (247 )     (139 )     (444 )     (2 )     (585 )     -       (832 )     135       (697 )
Costs of sales     (111,454 )     (148,671 )     1,461       (258,664 )     (39,898 )     (18,762 )     (1,407 )     (60,067 )     -       (318,731 )     8,211       (310,520 )
                                                                                                 
Gross profit (loss)     778       6,484       2,519       9,781       5,267       3,137       4,699       13,103       -       22,884       (2,358 )     20,526  
                                                                                                 
Operating (loss) profit     (11,354 )     (4,910 )     94       (16,170 )     (7,459     (5,774 )     2,202       (11,031 )     (2,255 )     (29,456 )     (1,989 )     (31,445 )
Interest income     659       666       -       1,325       368       180       37       585       -       1,910       69       1,979  
Interest expense     (4,850 )     (5,257 )     -       (10,107 )     (3,214 )     (893 )     (1,042 )     (5,149 )     -       (15,256 )     3,340       (11,916 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     -       -       -               -       -       -       -       -       -       (1,420 )     (1,420 )
Taxation     (95 )     (99 )     -       (194 )     (215 )     (296 )     20       (491 )     -       (685 )     -       (685 )
(Loss) profit for the year     (15,640 )     (9,600 )     94       (25,146 )     (10,520 )     (6,783 )     1,217       (16,086 )     (2,255 )     (43,487 )     -       (43,487 )
                                                                                                 
Impairment loss on owned ships     2,905       -       -       2,905       8,124       5,966       -       14,090       -       16,995       -       16,995  
Impairment loss on right-of-use assets     -       2,250       -       2,250       -       -       -       -       -       2,250       -       2,250  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangible assets     -       -       -       -       1,589       1,590       -       3,179       -       3,179       -       3,179  
Capital expenditure     3,065       50,008       31       53,104       54,000       605       57       54,662       -       107,766       (1,565 )     106,201  

 

F-77

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

31 SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont’d)

 

2018   Drybulk Carrier Business     Tanker Business     Unallocated                 Consolidated  
    Handysize     Supramax     Others     Total     MR
Tanker
    Small
Tanker
    Others     Total     Total     Total     Adjustments     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Vessel revenue     116,372       146,097       1,218       263,687       37,911       17,395       5,183       60,489       -       324,176       (20,321 )     303,855  
Ship sale revenue     8,667       -       -       8,667       -       3,780       -       3,780       -       12,447       (3,780 )     8,667  
Other     1,670       1,225       1,060       3,955       -       -       1,133       1,133       -       5,088       1,408       6,496  
Total revenue     126,709       147,322       2,278       276,309       37,911       21,175       6,316       65,402               341,711       (22,693 )     319,018  
                                                                                                 
Voyage expenses     (57,707 )     (71,087 )     41       (128,753 )     (7,966 )     (3,463 )     -       (11,429 )     -       (140,182 )     (11,523 )     (151,705 )
Vessel operating costs     (26,514 )     (3,405 )     1,670       (28,249 )     (11,313 )     (8,960 )     1,036       (19,237 )     -       (47,486 )     14,829       (32,657 )
Charter hire costs     (16,091 )     (69,428 )     (1,468 )     (86,987 )     (16,090 )     -       -       (16,090 )     -       (103,077 )     2,429       (100,648 )

Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment– owned assets

    (9,016 )     (2,716 )     -       (11,732 )     (3,157 )     (1,738 )     (2,268 )     (7,163 )     -       (18,895 )     4,801       (14,094 )
Cost of ship sale     (7,676 )     -       -       (7,676 )     -       (3,784 )     -       (3,784 )     -       (11,460 )     3,785       (7,675 )
Other     (550 )     24       859       333       (1,269 )     (697 )     (2 )     (1,968 )     -       (1,635 )     489       (1,146 )
Costs of sales     (117,554 )     (146,612 )     1,102       (263,064 )     (39,795 )     (18,642 )     (1,234 )     (59,671 )             (322,735 )     14,810       (307,925 )
                                                                                                 
Gross profit (loss)     9,155       710       3,380       13,245       (1,884 )     2,533       5,082       5,731               18,976       (7,883 )     11,093  
                                                                                                 
Operating (loss) profit     1,758       (5,993 )     271       (3,964 )     (7,368 )     (922 )     8,075       (215 )     (6,195 )     (10,374 )     (4,110 )     (14,484 )
Interest income     1,196       1,190       2       2,388       536       258       42       836       -       3,224       563       3,787  
Interest expense     (4,985 )     (1,764 )     -       (6,749 )     (3,249 )     (921 )     (1,104 )     (5,274 )     -       (12,023 )     5,506       (6,517 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (454 )     (454 )
Impairment loss recognised on financial assets     (16 )     (8 )     -       (24 )     (37 )     (21 )     (3 )     (61 )     -       (85 )     (1,498 )     (1,583 )
Taxation     113       (131 )     (1 )     (19 )     158       262       (1,785 )     (1,365 )     -       (1,384 )     (5 )     (1,389 )
(Loss) profit for the year     (1,934 )     (6,706 )     272       (8,368 )     (9,960 )     (1,344 )     5,225       (6,079 )     (6,195 )     (20,642 )     2       (20,640 )
                                                                                                 
Impairment loss on ships     -       -       -       -       1,262       1,600       -       2,862       -       2,862       (2,862 )     -  
Capital expenditure     26,690       6,629       307       33,626       -       815       54       869       -       34,495       (1,776 )     32,719  

 

F-78

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

31 SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont’d)

 

2017   Drybulk Carrier Business     Tanker Business     Unallocated                 Combined  
    Handysize     Supramax     Others     Total     MR Tanker     Small Tanker     Others     Total     Total     Total     Adjustments     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Vessel revenue     118,262       156,517       56,644       331,423       42,561       22,740       14,186       79,487       -       410,910       (24,941 )     385,969  
Ship sale revenue     6,830       -       -       6,830       10,897       -       -       10,897       -       17,727       -       17,727  
Other     1,639       911       1,068       3,618       (151 )     -       958       807       -       4,425       1,401       5,826  
Total revenue     126,731       157,428       57,712       341,871       53,307       22,740       15,144       91,191       -       433,062       (23,540 )     409,522  
                                                                                                 
Voyage expenses     (59,004 )     (76,497 )     (11,574 )     (147,075 )     (7,555 )     (3,725 )     -       (11,280 )     -       (158,355 )     (8,569 )     (166,924 )
Vessel operating costs     (26,546 )     (3,302 )     (1,020 )     (30,868 )     (13,267 )     (9,488 )     (3,072 )     (25,827 )     -       (56,695 )     15,858       (40,837 )
Charter hire costs     (22,773 )     (73,336 )     (14,054 )     (110,163 )     (16,257 )     (2,148 )     -       (18,405 )     -       (128,568 )     820       (127,748 )

Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment– owned assets

    (10,642 )     (2,648 )     (4 )     (13,294 )     (6,476 )     (2,324 )     (4,073 )     (12,873 )     -       (26,167 )     8,192       (17,975 )
Cost of ship sale     (5,339 )     -       -       (5,339 )     (12,221 )     -       -       (12,221 )     -       (17,560 )     -       (17,560 )
Other     341       (124 )     (14,957 )     (14,740 )     (756 )     (864 )     (278 )     (1,898 )     -       (16,638 )     274       (16,364 )
Costs of sales     (123,963 )     (155,907 )     (41,609 )     (321,479 )     (56,532 )     (18,549 )     (7,423 )     (82,504 )     -       (403,983 )     16,575       (387,408 )
                                                                                                 
Gross profit (loss)     2,768       1,521       16,103       20,392       (3,225 )     4,191       7,721       8,687       -       29,079       (6,965 )     22,114  
                                                                                                 
Operating (loss) profit     (20,039 )     (3,109 )     15,948       (7,200 )     (22,203 )     (9,372 )     6,724       (24,851 )     (4,481 )     (36,532 )     (8,724 )     (45,256 )
Interest income     2,052       2,048       1,562       5,662       320       215       376       911       -       6,573       591       7,164  
Interest expense     (5,158 )     (2,218 )     (53 )     (7,429 )     (2,583 )     (600 )     (1,361 )     (4,544 )     -       (11,973 )     5,425       (6,548 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (12,946 )     (12,946 )
Taxation     (250 )     (240 )     (2,410 )     (2,900 )     316       510       (1,693 )     (867 )     -       (3,767 )     541       (3,226 )
(Loss) profit for the year     (23,395 )     (3,519 )     15,047       (11,867 )     (24,150 )     (9,247 )     4,046       (29,351 )     (4,481 )     (45,699 )     (15,113 )     (60,812 )
Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group     -       -       5,092       5,092       -       -       -       -       -       5,092       -       5,092  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangible assets     -       -       -       -       3,902       5,853       -       9,755       2,364       12,119       -       12,119  
Impairment loss on ships     14,174       -       -       14,174       13,149       4,857       -       18,006       -       32,180       (15,677 )     16,503  
Capital expenditure     4,148       4,574       1,172       9,894       2,287       20       985       3,292       -       13,186       (6,756 )     6,430  

 

F-79

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

32 OTHER OPERATING (EXPENSE) INCOME

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Impairment loss on ships (Note 14)     (16,995 )     -       (16,503 )
Impairment loss on right-of-use ships (Note 15)     (2,250 )     -       -  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     (3,179 )     -       (12,119 )
Impairment loss on assets of disposal group (Note 40)     -       -       (5,092 )
Foreign exchange (loss) gain     (330 )     4,261       (507 )
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture interest     -       213       -  
Gain on disposal of business     -       3,255       -  
Other operating (expense) income     (805 )     (1,707 )     (281 )
      (23,559 )     6,022       (34,502 )

 

33 INTEREST INCOME

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Interest on loans to joint ventures (Note 5)     983       2,573       4,346  
Guarantee fees from related parties (Note 5)     -       -       325  
Bank interests     996       1,214       1,294  
Other interests     -       -       1,199  
      1,979       3,787       7,164  

 

34 INTEREST EXPENSE

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Interest on bank loans     7,832       6,139       5,300  
Interest on loans from related parties (Note 5)     -       -       629  
Amortisation of upfront fees on bank loans     448       220       -  
Guarantee fees to related parties (Note 5)     -       54       451  
Other finance cost     194       104       168  
Interest on lease liabilities     3,442       -       -  
      11,916       6,517       6,548  

 

F-80

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

35 LOSS BEFORE TAXATION

 

Loss before taxation has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Depreciation of ships, drydocking and plant and equipment (Note 14)     17,529       14,095       17,975  
Depreciation of other property, plant and equipment *     155       179       797  
Amortisation of intangible assets *     29       17       908  
Total depreciation and amortisation – owned assets     17,713       14,291       19,680  
                         
Depreciation of ships and ship equipment – right-of-use assets     30,449       -       -  
Depreciation of property – right-of-use assets *     601       -       -  
Total depreciation and amortisation – right-of-use assets     31,050       -       -  
                         
Total depreciation and amortisation     48,763       14,291       19,680  
                         
Impairment loss net of reversals recognised on financial assets     -       1,583       18  
Net gain on disposal of businesses     -       (3,255 )     -  
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture interest     -       (213 )     -  
Cost of inventories recognised as expense (included in voyage expenses)     51,327       43,119       55,347  
Expense recognised in respect of equity-settled share-based payments     3,156       2,297       472  
Employee benefits expenses (including directors’ remuneration and share based payments)     19,336       20,283       19,349  
Cost of defined benefit plan and defined contribution plans included in employee benefits expenses     1,245       1,381       1,350  

 

* Included in administrative expenses

 

F-81

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

36 INCOME TAX

 

In December 2004, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. was granted incentives under the Approved International Shipping Enterprise Incentive (“AIS”) Scheme, with effect from 10 June 2004. The incentives to the company were extended in October 2014, with effect from 10 June 2014. As such, the shipping profits of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.are exempted from income tax under Section 13F of the Singapore Income Tax Act.  The shipping profits of the subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore are exempted from income tax under Section 13A of the Singapore Income Tax Act.

 

The tax rate used for the 2019, 2018 and 2017 reconciliations below is the corporate tax rate of 17% payable by corporate entities in Singapore on taxable profits under tax law in that jurisdiction. The corporate taxation rates payable by the South African entities in terms of the tax law in South Africa is 28% (2018: 28% and 2017: 28%).

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Current tax                        
In respect of the current year     569       467       3,694  
Capital gains taxation     -       1,797       -  
In respect of prior years     8       (364 )     15  
      577       1,900       3,709  
Deferred tax                        
In respect of the current year     108       (505 )     (421 )
In respect of prior years     -       (6 )     (62 )
      108       (511 )     (483 )
                         
      685       1,389       3,226  

 

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting loss as follows:

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Loss before tax     (42,802 )     (19,251 )     (57,586 )
                         
Income tax benefit calculated at corporate rate     (7,264 )     (3,273 )     (9,790 )
Adjusted for:                        
Effect of income that is exempted from tax     -       1,619       -  
Effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit     13,469       2,057       9,632  
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions     (1,118 )     (107 )     (851 )
Effect of income not taxable in determining taxable profit     (4,409 )     -       -  
Effect of tax losses disallowed to be brought forward     -       1,494       4,277  
(Over) under provision of tax in prior year     7       (128 )     (47 )
Effect of different tax rate applied for capital gains     -       (273 )     -  
Withholding tax     -       -       5  
      685       1,389       3,226  

 

F-82

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

37 DIVIDENDS

 

On 31 March 2017, an interim dividend of $334.60 per share, amounting to $1,674,000 was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd to the ultimate holding company at that time, Grindrod Limited.

 

38 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

(a) Guarantee from the Group for a joint venture loan from a financial institution:

 

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. (“TVS”), entered into a facility agreement with TVS’ related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd (“Lender”) on 15 August 2019 for a credit facility of $2,069,000.

 

Mitsui & Co., Ltd (“Mitsui”), the joint venture partner holding 49% of the shares in TVS, provided a guarantee to the Lender for 100% of the loan amount (“Mitsui’s Guarantee”). In consideration of Mitsui providing Mitsui’s Guarantee, a guarantee facility agreement between Mitsui and the Group was signed on 15 August 2019. The Group shall provide a guarantee fee to Mitsui for 51% of any amounts to be paid by Mitsui under the Mitsui Guarantee.

 

At 31 December 2019, the outstanding amount relating to the above loan facility was $1,841,000 (2018: $2,819,000 and 2017: $4,099,000).

 

(b) Financial support from the Group to its joint ventures:

 

At 31 December 2019, the Group has provided financial support to joint ventures of $20,804,000 (2018: $59,613,000), to enable the companies to meet their obligations as and when they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of signing of their respective financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2019 and 2018.

 

39 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS

 

a) As Lessor

 

Disclosure required by IFRS 16

 

Operating leases, in which the Group is the lessor, relate to a ship owned by the Group chartered out under bareboat charter party agreement with a lease term of 4 years, with 2 years extension option. The lease does not have an option to purchase the ship at the expiry of the lease period.

 

Maturity analysis of operating lease payments:

 

    2019  
    US$’000  
       
Year 1     5,241  
Year 2     5,256  
Year 3     2,081  
Total     12,578  

 

F-83

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

39 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS (cont’d)

 

Disclosure required by IAS 17

 

The Group has chartered out a number of ships under time charter party agreements which are classified as operating leases. These charters have an average term of one to seven years. Operating lease receipts are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of revenue.

 

Note 30 provides details of charter hire revenue earned during the year.

 

Future minimum charter receipts receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December 2018 are as follows:

 

Chartered to third parties      
    2018  
    US$’000  
       
Within 1 year     5,183  
Within 2 to 5 years     2,067  
      7,250  

 

b) As Lessee

 

Disclosure required by IFRS 16

 

At December 31, 2019, the group is committed to $9,623,000 and $193,000 for short-term leases of ships and office and residential property respectively.

 

Disclosure required by IAS 17

 

The Group has entered into time charter party agreements, classified as operating leases, to charter ships. These charters have terms of less than 12 months.  Operating lease payments are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of voyage expenses (classified into ‘cost of sales’).

 

At December 31, 2018, the Group has entered into 6 office leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 3 to 21 months. The Group has entered into 8 residential property leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 12 to 20 months respectively. 3 of the residential leases are for directors’ accommodation (Note 5).

 

F-84

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

39 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS (cont’d)

 

Future minimum lease payments payable under the non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December are as follows:

 

    2018  
    US$’000  
       
Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year     107,251  
         
Charter of ships        
Within 1 year     50,564  
Within 2 to5 years     73,316  
      123,880  
Office leases        
Within 1 year     671  
Within 2 to 5 years     116  
      787  
Residential property leases        
Within 1 year     338  
Within 2 to 5 years     132  
      470  
         
Total     125,137  

 

40 ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Investment in joint ventures (i) (ii)     83       7,258  
Assets of disposal group (iii)     4,594       -  
      4,677       7,258  
Liabilities of disposal group (iii)     (538 )     -  
      4,139       7,258  

 

(i) In 2018, the Group agreed to sell the vessel in Petrochemical Shipping Limited, a joint venture of the Group, and to wind up the joint venture arrangement. The joint venture arrangement is expected to be dissolved during 2020. The proceeds from the dissolution is expected to exceed the carrying amount of $83,000 (2018: $7,258,000) and, accordingly no impairment loss has been recognised on the classification to assets classified as held for sale.

 

(ii) In 2018, the Group agreed to wind up Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., a joint venture of the Group, in such a manner that the Group purchased two vessels, the Leopard Sun and Leopard Moon in January 2019 and February 2019 respectively. At 31 December 2019, the carrying amount of the investment is $Nil (2018:$ Nil) and hence no further impairment loss was recognised on the classification to assets classified as held for sale.

 

(iii) In 2019, the Group agreed to dispose of one of GSSA’s businesses to a third party. Management assessed the fair value less cost to sell of the assets and liabilities of the disposal group on the date that they were classified as held for sale and recorded an impairment loss of $3,179,000. The classes of assets and liabilities comprising the disposal group classified as held for sale are as follows:

 

F-85

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

40 ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE (cont’d)

 

    2019  
    US$’000  
Assets        
Cash and bank balances     141  
Trade receivables     704  
Other receivables and prepayments     92  
Contract assets     16  
Inventories     255  
Ships, property, plant and equipment     2  
Goodwill     3,349  
Right-of-use assets     35  
Assets classified as held for sale     4,594  
         
Liabilities        
Trade and other payables     498  
Contract liabilities     2  
Lease liabilities     38  
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale     538  
         
Net assets of disposal group     4,056  

 

41 DISPOSALS OF BUSINESSES AND ASSET ACQUISITION

 

41.1 DISPOSALS OF BUSINESSES

 

In connection with the Spin-Off (Note 1), the Group sold two of its businesses to then related companies within Grindrod Limited. The two businesses are namely, Ocean Africa Container Lines division (“OACL”), a division of GSSA and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd (“Unicorn Bunker”), a subsidiary of GSSA. The sale and purchase agreements were signed on 1 January 2018 and the consideration of the sales was $20,985,000 (South African Rands 260 million) for OACL and $15,496,000 (South African Rands 192 million) for UBS, respectively.

 

Details of the sale of businesses as follows:

 

    2018  
    US$’000  
       
Total sales consideration     36,481  
Carrying amount of net assets sold     (34,289 )
Reclassification of translation reserve to profit or loss     1,063  
Gain on sale before income tax     3,255  
         
Net cash inflow arising on disposal        
Total sales consideration     36,481  
Less: Net settlement of amount due to related parties     3,229  
Cash consideration received     33,252  
Cash and cash equivalents disposed of     (7,934 )
      25,318  

 

F-86

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

41 DISPOSALS OF BUSINESSES AND ASSET ACQUISITION (cont’d)

 

41.2 ACQUISITION OF ASSETS

 

During the year ended 31 December 2018, the Group acquired additional equity interest in IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. from its joint venture partner which increased its ownership interest from 51% to 100%. IM Shipping Pte Ltd is a vessel owning entity with no process and workforce. The transaction was determined by management to be in substance, an asset acquisition, and not a business combination as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations. As part of the transaction, the Group recognised a gain of $213,000 on the deemed disposal of its previously held joint venture interest in profit or loss. The ship acquired and cash and cash equivalents assumed as part of the transaction amounted to $11,000,000 and $952,000 respectively.

 

42 EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Loss for the purpose of basic earnings per share                        
Net loss attributable to the shareholders of the Group     (43,487 )     (20,640 )     (60,812 )
Effect of dilutive potential on ordinary share     -       -       -  
Earnings for the purposes of diluted earnings per share     (43,487 )     (20,640 )     (60,812 )

 

Number of shares for the purpose of calculating basic and diluted earnings per share

 

    2019     2018     2017  
Issued ordinary shares as at 1 January (i)     19,063,833       19,063,833       19,063,833  
Effect of treasury shares held     41,168       -       -  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares as at 31 December     19,022,665       19,063,833       19,063,833  

 

    US$     US$     US$  
Basic and diluted loss per share     (2.29 )     (1.08 )     (3.19 )

 

(i) Basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 30, 2017 were calculated assuming the number of shares issued as at June 18, 2018 (the date of the Spin-off) to provide comparative figures to the 2018 results.

 

The shares granted under 2018 FSP in 2018 (Note 29) are not included in the calculation of diluted loss per share because they are antidilutive for the year ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018. These shares granted under 2018 FSP could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future.

 

F-87

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

42 EARNINGS PER SHARE (cont’d)

 

Impact of changes in accounting policies

 

The following table summarises that effect on both basic and diluted earnings per share, arising from changes in accounting policies:

 

    Impact on
profit for the
year from
continuing
operations
    Impact on
basic loss per
share
    Impact on
diluted loss
per share
 
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
31 December 2019                        
Impact of the adoption of IFRS 16     1,144       (0.06 )     (0.06 )
                         
31 December 2018                        
Impact of the adoption of IFRS 15     (423 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Impact of the adoption of IFRS 9     (51 )     *       *  
      (474 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )

 

* Amount is less than US$0.01

 

43 COMMITMENTS

 

During 2018, the Group entered into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of a two bulk carriers. Under the terms of the agreements, the subsidiary was committed to payments for these ships under construction. The following has been authorised:

 

    2019     2018  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Due within 1 year     2,510       47,498  
Due within 2 to 5 years     -       -  
      2,510       47,498  

 

The expenditure will be financed out of cash resources from operations and bank loans.

 

44 GOING CONCERN

 

The historical consolidated and combined financial information presented has been prepared on the assumption that the Group as a whole will continue to operate as going concerns. The Board of Directors has no reason to believe that the Group will not continue to operate as a going concern as disclosed in Note 4 to the financial statements.

 

F-88

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

45 EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

 

(a) On 29 January 2020, the ship, Kowie was contracted for sale for US$9,150,000. The vessel has been delivered to the new owners on 28 February 2020.

 

(b) On 14 February 2020, the Group acquired an additional 33.25% ordinary and preferred equity interest in IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd from Regiment Capital Ltd., one of the partners in the joint venture, for a combined amount of $44.1 million, taking the Group’s ownership interest to 66.75%. The Group entered into a new shareholders’ agreement with Sankaty, the remaining partner, that grants the Group control of key aspects of the corporate governance of the joint venture and, as a result, the financials of the IVS Bulk group will be consolidated into the financial statements following the acquisition of the additional 33.25% rather than being accounted for under the equity accounting method. The acquisition was financed from cash on hand and a facility agreement of $35,833,000 (subject to $1,433,000 facility fees) representing net proceeds received of $34,400,000. The Sankaty facility bears fixed interest at 7.5% per annum and is repayable on the maturity date on 6 June 2021. In connection with this acquisition, the Company and IVS Bulk as joint and several borrowers, entered into $114.1 million senior secured term loan facility to refinance the existing loans of IVS Bulk’s subsidiaries. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.10% per annum and matures on February 13, 2025. The acquisition shall be accounted for as an asset acquisition.

 

(c)

On 11 March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the recent novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak a pandemic. In response to the outbreak, many countries, ports and organizations, including those where the Group conducts a large part of its operations, have implemented measures to combat the outbreak, such as quarantines and travel restrictions. Such measures have and will likely continue to cause severe trade disruptions. Management considers the outbreak to be a non-adjusting event for the financial year ended 31 December 2019. The extent to which COVID-19 will impact the Group’s subsequent results of operations and financial condition, including possible impairments, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the virus and the actions to contain or treat its impact, among others. Accordingly, an estimate of the impact cannot be made at this time.

 

The lenders of the Group's senior secured credit facilities as described in Note 25 agreed to an amendment of the definitions of current asset and current liabilities to exclude the adjustments made for the implementation of IFRS 16. In addition, the lenders approved a temporary reduction of the cash covenant from $30 million to $20 million and an amendment to the calculation of the working capital covenant to exclude the Sankaty facility described in Note 40 (b) to be tested as at 30 June 2020 and 30 September 2020.

 

(d) On 8 April 2020, the ship, Inyala was contracted for sale for US$14,100,000. The vessel has been delivered to the new owners on 4 June 2020.

 

(e) On 4 May 2020, the ship, Rhino was contracted for sale for US$15,300,000. The vessel is expected to be delivered to the new owners in the first half of 2020.

 

F-89

 

 

Exhibit 2.5

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES

 

REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

 

The following summary is a brief description of the securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “our” or “Company” refer to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and, where the context requires, its consolidated entities. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to them in our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, to which this description of securities is an exhibit (the “Form 20-F”).

 

The following description sets forth certain material provisions of these securities. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the applicable provisions of the Company’s constitution (the “Constitution”), provided as an exhibit to Form 20-F. We encourage you to refer to the Constitution for additional information.

 

Capital Stock

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 18,764,192 ordinary shares (which excludes treasury shares) (“ordinary shares” or “shares”) registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. The Company’s ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “GRIN.” The principal non-United States trading market for the ordinary shares of the Company is the JSE Limited (“JSE”), on which the ordinary shares trade on the main board of the JSE, with a share code of “GSH” and under the abbreviated name “GRINSHIP.”

 

The Company currently has only one class of issued ordinary shares, which have identical rights in all respects and rank equally with one another. The Company’s ordinary shares have no par value and there is no requirement to set out an authorized share capital under Singapore law.

 

The Company’s constitution provides that the Company may issue shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise, as the Company’s board of directors may determine, provided always that (subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the shareholders in general meeting) any issue of shares for cash to shareholders holding shares of any class shall be offered to such shareholders in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of shares of such class then held by them, the rights attaching to shares of a class other than ordinary shares shall be expressed in the resolution creating the same, and to the extent that any shares of the Company are listed on the JSE where the shareholders authorize the directors to issue unissued securities and/or grant options to subscribe for unissued securities as the directors in their discretion deem fit, such corporate action has been approved by the JSE and is subject to the JSE Listings Requirements. The rights attached to shares issued upon special conditions must be clearly defined in the Company’s constitution. The Company’s constitution sets out that the shares of the Company in each class shall rank pari passu. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, whether or not the company is being wound up, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of at least three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.

 

All ordinary shares issued will be fully paid and existing shareholders will not be subject to any calls on shares. Although Singapore law does not recognize the concept of “non-assessability” with respect to newly-issued shares, any purchaser of the Company’s shares who has fully paid up all amounts due with respect to such shares will not be subject under Singapore law to any personal liability to contribute to the assets or liabilities of the Company in such purchaser’s capacity solely as a holder of such shares. All shares are in registered form. The Company cannot, except in the circumstances permitted by the Singapore Companies Act, grant any financial assistance for the acquisition or proposed acquisition of its own shares.

 

1 / 19

 

  

Register of Members and Form of the Ordinary Shares

 

Since the Company is a Singapore company, a principal register of members is maintained by the Company in Singapore. In addition, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acts as the Company’s transfer agent and maintains the Company’s branch register of members, which is located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd acts as the administrative depository agent and maintains an administrative depository register reflecting the dematerialized shares trading on the JSE. All ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register are held electronically through the Strate System at all times.

 

Only persons who are registered in the Company’s principal or branch register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of the Company with legal standing to institute shareholder actions against the Company or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. The Company’s branch register of members is maintained by its transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd maintains an administrative depository register to facilitate trading on the JSE.

 

The ordinary shares of the Company are held through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). Accordingly, DTC, or its nominee, Cede & Co., is the shareholder of record registered in the Company’s branch register of members. The beneficial interests in the ordinary shares are reflected in position listings of the DTC participants for shares held through DTC or its nominee (for shareholders trading on NASDAQ) and on the administrative depository register located in South Africa (for shareholders trading on the JSE). Non-South Africa residents (and those South Africa residents complying with applicable exchange control regulations) are able to reposition their ordinary shares reflected in the administrative depository register located in South Africa to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant. Shareholders who wish to reposition their ordinary shares to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer should contact their South African broker or CSDP for more information about repositioning their ordinary shares between the South African administrative depository register and an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant.

 

A holder of dematerialized interests in the ordinary shares may become a registered shareholder by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares (if requested) and being registered in the Company’s register of members. The procedures by which a holder of dematerialized interests may exchange such interests for certificated shares (if requested) are determined by DTC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in accordance with their internal policies and guidelines regulating the withdrawal and exchange of dematerialized interests for certificated shares (if requested), and following such an exchange Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will perform the procedures to register the shareholder in the branch register.

 

Shares may only be traded on the JSE in electronic form as dematerialized shares and trade for electronic settlement in terms of the Strate System (an electronic custody, clearing and settlement environment, managed by Strate), for all share transactions concluded on the JSE and off-market (and in terms of which transactions in securities are settled and transfers of beneficial ownership in securities are recorded electronically). Dematerialized shares are shares that have been dematerialized (the process whereby physical share certificates are replaced with electronic records evidencing ownership of shares for the purpose of Strate). Accordingly, all beneficial holders of the Company’s ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register must appoint a CSDP for shares traded on the JSE, directly or through a broker, to hold the dematerialized ordinary shares on their behalf.

 

If (a) the name of any person is without sufficient cause entered in or omitted from the register of members; or (b) default is made or there is unnecessary delay in entering in the register of members the fact of any person having ceased to be a member, the person aggrieved or any member of the company or the company, may apply to the Singapore courts for rectification of the register of members. The Singapore courts may either refuse the application or order rectification of the register of members, and may direct the company to pay any damages sustained by any party to the application. The Singapore courts will not entertain any application for the rectification of a register of members in respect of an entry which was made in the register of members more than 30 years before the date of the application.

 

2 / 19

 

  

Issuance of New Shares

 

Under Singapore law, new shares may be issued only with the prior approval of the Company’s shareholders in a general meeting. General approval may be sought from the Company’s shareholders in a general meeting for the issue of shares. Approval, if granted, will lapse at the earliest of:

 

· the conclusion of the next annual general meeting;
· the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting is required by law to be held (i.e., within 18 months from our incorporation date (and in the case of subsequent periods, 15 months)) or six months from the Company’s financial year end, being December 31, whichever is earlier; or
· the subsequent revocation or modification of approval by the Company’s shareholders acting at a duly convened general meeting.

 

Provided that prior approval of the Company’s shareholders in a general meeting is obtained, the Company may issue additional ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares. Subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and the Company’s constitution and prior approval of the Company’s shareholders in general meeting being obtained, all new shares are under the control of the directors who may allot and issue new shares to such persons on such terms and conditions and with the rights and restrictions as they may think fit to impose.

 

2018 Forfeitable Share Plan

 

At the Company’s last annual general meeting on May 29, 2019, the Company’s shareholders provided authority for its directors to issue ordinary shares pursuant to the vesting of awards under the Company’s 2018 Forfeitable Share Plan (“2018 FSP”) as described in the Form 20-F, which is subject to the condition that the aggregate number of ordinary shares at any one time which may be granted in an award under the 2018 FSP, together with all existing awards that have not yet vested under the 2018 FSP, shall not exceed 5% of the number of ordinary shares in issue (excluding treasury shares), as determined in reference to the day preceding the award. Such authority shall continue in force until the earliest of (i) the conclusion of the Company’s next annual general meeting, (ii) the expiration of the period within which the Company’s next annual general meeting is required by law to be held, or (iii) the point at which the maximum number of awards permitted to be made in terms of the 2018 FSP as per the abovementioned limit has been reached. Notwithstanding that the abovementioned authority may have ceased to be in force, ordinary shares may be issued after the expiry of the approval in pursuance of awards made under the 2018 FSP whilst the authority was in force (subject always to the abovementioned limit on the maximum number of shares). At the Company’s next annual general meeting, the Company plans to seek the approval of its shareholders for issuances of ordinary shares only for the purposes of its forfeitable share plan at the same maximum 5%, based on the number of ordinary shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the date proceeding the award. Any issuance of additional shares for any other purpose or in future years (other than shares to be issued under an existing prior approval that remains in effect) will require the approval of shareholders.

 

Repurchase of Ordinary Shares

 

Under Singapore law, repurchases of ordinary shares by us must be approved by shareholder resolutions. The number of ordinary shares that the Company may buy back cannot exceed 20% of the total number of shares ascertained as at the date of a resolution approving a share buyback mandate.

 

Transfer of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to applicable securities laws in relevant jurisdictions and the Company’s constitution, the Company’s ordinary shares are freely transferable. Shares may be transferred by a duly signed instrument of transfer in any usual or common form or in a form acceptable to our directors. The directors may decline to register any transfer unless, among other things, evidence of payment of any stamp duty payable with respect to the transfer is provided together with other evidence as the directors may require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The Company will replace lost or destroyed certificates for shares upon notice to the Company and upon, among other things, the applicant furnishing evidence and indemnity as the directors may require and the payment of all applicable fees.

 

3 / 19

 

  

Voting Rights and Stockholders’ Meetings

 

Election and Re-election of Directors

 

Under the Company’s constitution, at each annual general meeting, one-third of the directors of the Company (being those directors who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment), other than the chief executive officer or chief financial officer, shall retire from office by rotation (provided that no director holding office as chief executive officer or chief financial officer shall be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of directors to retire). If the number of directors is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third shall retire at the annual general meeting. Where directors were re-elected or appointed on the same day, those to retire shall be agreed amongst themselves or be determined by lot. A retiring Director is eligible for re-election.

 

The Company’s shareholders by ordinary resolution, or the Company’s board of directors, may appoint any person to be a director as an additional director or to fill a casual vacancy, provided that any person so appointed by the Company’s board of directors shall hold office only until the next annual general meeting, and shall then be eligible for re-election.

 

There is no provision for cumulative voting under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of companies incorporated in Singapore.

 

Shareholders’ Meetings

 

The Company is required by Singapore law and its constitution to hold an annual general meeting each year, provided that so long as the Company holds its first annual general meeting within 18 months of its incorporation, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation or in the following year. Each annual general meeting must be held not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting, and in each case, not later than six months from the Company’s financial year end, being December 31. The directors may convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever they think fit and they must do so upon the written request of shareholders representing not less than one-tenth of the paid-up shares as at the date of deposit of the written request that carry the right to vote at general meetings (disregarding paid-up shares held as treasury shares). In addition, two or more registered shareholders holding not less than one-tenth of the Company’s total number of issued shares (excluding the Company’s treasury shares) may call a meeting of the Company’s shareholders. The Singapore Companies Act requires not less than:

 

· 14 days’ written notice to be given by the Company of a general meeting to pass an ordinary resolution to every member and the auditors of the Company; and
· 21 days’ written notice to be given by the Company of a general meeting to pass a special resolution to every member and the auditors of the Company.

 

The Company’s constitution further provides that in computing the notice period, both the day on which the notice is served, or deemed to be served, and the day for which the notice is given shall be excluded.

 

Unless otherwise required by law or by the Company’s constitution, voting at general meetings is by ordinary resolution, requiring the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution. An ordinary resolution suffices, for example, for appointments of directors. A special resolution, requiring an affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution, is necessary for certain matters under Singapore law, such as an alteration of the Company’s constitution.

 

Only shareholders who are registered in the Company’s register of members, and their proxies, will be entitled to attend, speak and vote at any meeting of shareholders. A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company, or at a meeting of any class of shareholders of the Company, shall be entitled to appoint another person or persons, whether a shareholder or not, as his proxy to attend and vote instead of the shareholder at the meeting. A proxy appointed to attend and vote instead of the shareholder shall also have the same right as the shareholder to speak at the meeting, but unless the Company’s constitution otherwise provides, (i) a shareholder shall not be entitled to appoint more than two proxies to attend and vote at the same meeting and (ii) where a shareholder appoints two proxies the appointment shall be invalid unless the shareholder specifies the proportions of his holdings to be represented by each proxy.

 

4 / 19

 

  

Voting Rights

 

Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by a poll. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy or by attorney, or in the case of a corporation, by a representative, has one vote for every share held by him or her or which he or she represents. Proxies need not be shareholders. Only those shareholders who are registered in the Company’s register of members will be entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

 

Dividend Rights

 

Dividends

 

A final dividend may be declared out of profits disclosed by the accounts presented to the annual general meeting, and requires approval of the Company’s shareholders. However, the Company’s board of directors can declare interim dividends without approval of the Company’s shareholders.

 

No dividend may be paid except out of profits. Any dividends would be limited by the amount of available distributable reserves, which, under Singapore law, will be assessed on the basis of the Company’s standalone unconsolidated accounts, which is based upon IFRS. Under Singapore law, it is also possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to the Company’s shareholders. The completion of a capital reduction exercise may require the approval of the Singapore courts, and the Company may not be successful in its attempts to obtain such approval.

 

Pursuant to the Company’s constitution, subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any share and except as otherwise permitted under the Singapore Companies Act:

 

(a) all dividends in respect of shares shall be paid in proportion to the number of shares held by a shareholder, but where shares are partly paid all dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the partly paid shares; and
(b) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts so paid or credited as paid during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid, but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

For the purposes of the above in respect of the apportionment of dividends, an amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of a call is to be ignored.

 

Because the Company is a holding company, the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends, or make a distribution-in-kind of the ordinary shares of any of the Company’s subsidiaries, may be limited by restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from the Company’s businesses, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing the indebtedness of the Company’s businesses. Subject to the foregoing, the payment of cash dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, the Company’s overall financial condition, available distributable reserves and any other factors deemed relevant by the Company’s board of directors.

 

Bonus

 

In a general meeting, the Company’s shareholders may, upon the recommendation of the directors, capitalize any reserves or profits and distribute them as fully paid bonus shares to the shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.

 

Liquidation or Other Return of Capital

 

On a winding-up or other return of capital, subject to any special rights attaching to any other class of shares, holders of ordinary shares will be entitled to participate in any surplus assets in proportion to their shareholdings.

 

Limitations on Rights to Hold or Vote Ordinary Shares

 

Except as discussed below under “—Takeover Provisions,” below, there are no limitations imposed by the laws of Singapore or by the Company’s constitution on the right of non-resident shareholders to hold or vote ordinary shares.

 

5 / 19

 

  

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

The Company’s constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act applicable to the Company, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, interests, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties (and where he serves at the Company’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates) or in relation thereto and in particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no director, secretary or other officer of the Company shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity or for any loss or expense happening to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors for or on behalf of the Company or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Company shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his or her office or in relation thereto unless the same shall happen through his or her own negligence, wilful default, breach of duty or breach of trust.

 

Preference Shares

 

The Company’s constitution provides that it may issue shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or other special rights, privileges or conditions or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise as the Company’s board of directors may determine. Under the Singapore Companies Act, the Company’s preference shareholders will have the right to attend any general meeting insofar as the circumstances set forth below apply and on a poll at such general meeting, to have at least one vote for every preference share held:

 

· upon any resolution concerning the voluntary winding-up of the Company; and
· upon any resolution which varies the rights attached to such preference shares.

 

The Company’s constitution provides that, subject to applicable laws, the holders of securities, other than ordinary shares, and any special shares created for purpose of black economic empowerment in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act No.53 of 2003 of South Africa, shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution taken by the Company, save in the following instances—

 

(a) during any special period, as provided for in paragraph (c) below, during which any dividend, any part of any dividend on such preference shares or any redemption payment thereon remains in arrears and unpaid;
(b) in regard to any resolution proposed for the winding-up of the Company or the reduction of its capital;
(c) the period referred to in paragraph (a) above shall be a period not more than 6 months after the due date of the dividend or redemption payment in question or, where no due date is specified, after the end of the financial year of the Company in respect of which such dividend accrued or such redemption payment became due; and
(d) in regard to any resolution proposed to vary any rights attached to shares held by such holders of securities.

 

In the event that the Company issues preference shares in the future, in the instances that the Company’s preference shareholders are permitted to vote at meetings as set out above, their votes will not carry any special rights or privileges and they shall be entitled to one vote for each share that they hold, provided that their total voting right at such a meeting may not exceed 24.99% of the total voting rights of all shareholders at such meeting.

 

The Company may, subject to the prior approval in a general meeting of the Company’s shareholders, issue preference shares which are, or at the Company’s option, subject to redemption provided that such preference shares may not be redeemed out of capital unless:

 

· all the directors have made a solvency statement in relation to such redemption; and
· the Company has lodged a copy of the statement with the Singapore Registrar of Companies.

 

Further, the shares must be fully paid-up before they are redeemed.

 

6 / 19

 

  

Takeover Provisions

 

The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, the Singapore Companies Act and the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore regulate, among other things, the acquisition of voting shares of Singapore-incorporated public companies. Any person acquiring an interest, whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, in 30% or more of the Company’s voting rights, or, if such person holds, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, between 30% and 50% (both amounts inclusive) of the Company’s voting rights, and if such person (or parties acting in concert with such person) acquires additional voting shares representing more than 1% of the Company’s voting rights in any six-month period, must, except with the consent of the Securities Industry Council in Singapore, extend a mandatory takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

 

“Parties acting in concert” comprise individuals or companies who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), cooperate, through the acquisition by any of them of shares in a company, to obtain or consolidate effective control of that company. Certain persons are presumed (unless the presumption is rebutted) to be acting in concert with each other. They include:

 

· a company and its related companies, the associated companies of any of the company and its related companies, companies whose associated companies include any of these companies and any person who has provided financial assistance (other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights;
· a company and its directors (including their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of the directors, their close relatives and related trusts);
· a company and its pension funds and employee share schemes;
· a person and any investment company, unit trust or other fund whose investment such person manages on a discretionary basis but only in respect of the investment account which such person manages;
· a financial or other professional adviser, including a stockbroker, and its clients in respect of shares held by the adviser and persons controlling, controlled by or under the same control as the adviser and all the funds managed by the adviser on a discretionary basis, where the shareholdings of the adviser and any of those funds in the client total 10% or more of the client’s equity share capital;
· directors of a company (including their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of such directors, their close relatives and related trusts) which is subject to an offer or where the directors have reason to believe a bona fide offer for the company may be imminent;
· partners; and
· an individual and such person’s close relatives and related trusts, any person who is accustomed to act in accordance with such person’s instructions and companies controlled by the individual, such person’s close relatives, related trusts or any person who is accustomed to act in accordance with such person’s instructions and any person who has provided financial assistance (other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, a mandatory takeover offer must be in cash or be accompanied by a cash alternative at not less than the highest price paid by the offeror or parties acting in concert with the offeror during the offer period and within the six months preceding the acquisition of shares that triggered the mandatory offer obligation.

 

Under the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, where effective control of a company is acquired or consolidated by a person, or persons acting in concert, a general offer to all other shareholders is normally required. An offeror must treat all shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject to the takeover offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer. These legal requirements may impede or delay a takeover of the Company by a third-party.

 

The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers provides that the board of directors of the Company should bring the offer to the shareholders of the Company in accordance with the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers and refrain from an action which could effectively result in any bona fide offer being frustrated or the shareholders being denied an opportunity to decide on its merits.

 

7 / 19

 

  

Exchange Controls

 

South Africa

 

Exchange controls in South Africa are administered by the South African Reserve Bank (“SARB”) in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, 1961, and regulate transactions involving South African residents. The purpose of exchange controls is to mitigate the decline of foreign capital reserves in South Africa. We expect that South African exchange controls will continue to operate in the foreseeable future. The Government of South Africa has, however, committed itself to relaxing exchange controls gradually and significant relaxation has occurred in recent years.

 

Residents of the CMA

 

Residents in the CMA (comprising South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, the Kingdom of Lesotho and the Kingdom of Swaziland) or offshore subsidiaries of a resident in the CMA may not reposition their ordinary shares from the South African administrative depository register to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer or otherwise beneficially own or hold any C ordinary shares whether through a U.S. broker-dealer or directly on the principal or branch register unless specific approval has been obtained from the SARB by such persons for any subscription, purchase or beneficial holding or ownership, or as otherwise permitted under the South African Exchange Control Regulations or the rulings promulgated thereunder.

 

Singapore

 

There are no exchange control restrictions in effect in Singapore.

 

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

 

The following discussion summarizes material differences between the rights of holders of the Company’s ordinary shares and the general rights of holders of common stock under the laws of the state of Delaware,

 

which result from differences in the laws of Singapore and Delaware.

 

This discussion does not purport to be a complete statement of the rights of holders of the Company’s ordinary shares under applicable law in Singapore and the Company’s constitution or the general rights of holders of the common stock of a corporation under applicable Delaware law.

 

Delaware   Singapore
 
Board of Directors
     
The board of directors must consist of at least one member. The number of directors shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided in, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.   The constitution of companies will typically state the minimum and maximum number of directors as well as provide that the number of directors may be increased or reduced by shareholders via ordinary resolution passed at a general meeting, provided that the number of directors following such increase or reduction is within the maximum and minimum number of directors provided in the constitution and the Singapore Companies Act, respectively. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that, unless otherwise determined by a general meeting, the minimum number of directors is five and the maximum number is twelve.

 

8 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
 
Limitation on Personal Liability of Directors
     
A corporation's certificate of incorporation may provide for the elimination of personal monetary liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) For any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  

Pursuant to the Singapore Companies Act, any provision (whether in the constitution, contract or otherwise) purporting to exempt a director (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise attach to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to Grindrod Shipping will be void. Nevertheless, a director can be released by the shareholders of Grindrod Shipping for breaches of duty to Grindrod Shipping, except in the case of fraud, illegality, insolvency and oppression or disregard of minority interests.

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties and where he or she serves at the request of Grindrod Shipping as a director, officer, employee or agent of any subsidiary or affiliate of Grindrod Shipping or in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him or her in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him or her as an officer or employee of Grindrod Shipping, and in which judgment is given in his favor (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his or her part) or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with an application under statute in respect of such act or omission in which relief is granted to him or her by the court.

 
Interested Shareholders
     

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in specified corporate transactions with an "interested stockholder" for three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person or group that owns 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the voting stock at any time within the previous three years.

 

A Delaware corporation may elect to "opt out" of, and not be governed by, Section 203 through a provision in either its original certificate of incorporation, or an amendment to its original certificate or bylaws that was approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon.

  There are no comparable provisions in Singapore with respect to public companies which are not listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.
 
Removal of Directors
     
Under Delaware law, any director or the entire board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except:(i) in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause; and (ii) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part  

According to the Singapore Companies Act, directors of a public company may be removed before expiration of their term of office with or without cause by ordinary resolution of the shareholders (i.e., a resolution which is passed by a simple majority of those shareholders present and voting in person or by proxy). Notice of the intention to move such a resolution has to be given to Grindrod Shipping not less than 28 days before the meeting at which it is moved. Grindrod Shipping shall then give notice of such resolution to its shareholders not less than 14 days before the meeting.

 

9 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
     
   

Where any director removed in this manner was appointed to represent the interests of any particular class of shareholders or debenture holders, the resolution to remove such director will not take effect until such director's successor has been appointed.

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping may by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given, remove any director from office, notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution or in any agreement between Grindrod Shipping and such director, and appoint another person in place of the director so removed from office.

 
Filling Vacancies on the Board of Directors
     
Any vacancy, whether arising through death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, an increase in the number of directors or any other reason, shall be filled as the corporation's bylaws provide. In the absence of such provision, the vacancy shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, even if such directors remaining in office constitute less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. In the case of a corporation with a classified board of directors, any directors elected due to an increase in the authorized number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen, and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.  

The constitution of a Singapore company typically provides that the directors have the power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors, but so that the total number of directors will not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed in the constitution. Any newly elected director shall hold office until the next following annual general meeting, where such director will then be eligible for re-election.

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that the shareholders may by ordinary resolution, or the directors may, appoint any person to be a director as an additional director or to fill a vacancy. The directors have the power at any time so to do, but so that the total number of directors will not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed in Grindrod Shipping's constitution. Any person so appointed by the directors will only hold office until the next annual general meeting, and will then be eligible for re-election.

 
Amendment of Governing Documents
     

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, amendments to a corporation's certificate of incorporation generally require the approval of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. If a class vote on the amendment is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, a majority of the outstanding stock of the class is required, unless a greater proportion is specified in the certificate of incorporation or by other provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

The power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws shall be in the stockholders entitled to vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the board of directors.

  Grindrod Shipping's constitution may be altered by special resolution (i.e., a resolution passed by at least a three-fourths majority of the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy at a meeting for which not less than 21 days written notice is given). The board of directors has no right to amend the constitution.

 

10 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
 
Meetings of Shareholders
     

Annual and Special Meetings

Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or outside of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

 

Quorum Requirements

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares and/or the amount of other securities having voting power, the holders of which shall be present or represented by proxy at any meeting in order to constitute a quorum for, and the votes that shall be necessary for, the transaction of any business, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Annual General Meetings

All companies are required to hold an annual general meeting once every calendar year provided that so long as a company holds its first annual general meeting within 18 months of its incorporation, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation or in the following year. The first annual general meeting is required to be held within 18 months of Grindrod Shipping's incorporation and subsequently, annual general meetings must be held not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting, and in each case, not later than 6 months from Grindrod Shipping's financial year end.

 

Extraordinary General Meetings

Any general meeting other than the annual general meeting is called an "extraordinary general meeting". Two or more members (shareholders) holding not less than 10% of the total number of issued shares (excluding treasury shares) may call an extraordinary general meeting. In addition, the constitution usually also provides that general meetings may be convened in accordance with the Singapore Companies Act by the directors.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the constitution, the directors are required to convene a general meeting if required to do so by requisition (i.e., written notice to directors requiring that a meeting be called) by shareholder(s) holding not less than 10% of the total number of paid-up shares of Grindrod Shipping carrying voting rights.

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that the directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting.

 

Quorum Requirements

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that shareholders holding in aggregate not less than 15 per cent of the issued and fully paid shares (excluding treasury shares) in the capital of the company, present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum. In the event a quorum is not present, the meeting may be adjourned for one week. In the event a quorum is not present at the adjourned meeting, the meeting may again be adjourned for one week. At the second adjourned meeting, any one or more members present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

Shareholders' Rights at Meetings

The Singapore Companies Act provides that every member shall, notwithstanding any provision in the constitution, have a right to attend any general meeting of the company and to speak on any resolution before the meeting. The holder of a share may vote on a resolution before a general meeting of the company if, in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, the share confers on the holder a right to vote on that resolution.

 
Indemnification of Officers, Directors and Employers
     

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to specified limitations in the case of derivative suits brought by a corporation's stockholders in its name, a corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person:

 

 

The Singapore Companies Act specifically provides that Grindrod Shipping is allowed to:

·      purchase and maintain for any officer insurance against any liability attaching to such officer in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to Grindrod Shipping;

 

·    indemnify such officer against liability incurred by the officer to a person other than Grindrod Shipping except when the indemnity is against (i) any liability of the officer to pay a fine in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with any requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); or (ii) any liability incurred by the officer (1) in defending criminal proceedings in which he is convicted, (2) in defending civil proceedings brought by Grindrod Shipping or a related company of Grindrod Shipping in which judgment is given against him or her or (3) in connection with an application for relief under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in which the court refuses to grant him or her relief;

 

11 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
     

·     acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and

 

·     with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful.

 

Delaware corporate law permits indemnification by a corporation under similar circumstances for expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

 

·     indemnify any auditor against any liability incurred or to be incurred by such auditor in defending any proceedings (whether civil or criminal) in which judgment is given in such auditor's favor or in which such auditor is acquitted; or

 

·     indemnify any auditor against any liability incurred by such auditor in connection with any application under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in which relief is granted to such auditor by a court.

 

In cases where, inter alia, an officer is sued by Grindrod Shipping the Singapore Companies Act gives the court the power to relieve directors either wholly or partially from the consequences of their negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. However, Singapore case law has indicated that such relief will not be granted to a director who has benefited as a result of his or her breach of trust. In order for relief to be obtained, it must be shown that (i) the director acted reasonably; (ii) the director acted honestly; and (iii) it is fair, having regard to all the circumstances of the case including those connected with such director's appointment, to excuse the director.

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties and where he or she serves at the request of Grindrod Shipping as a director, officer, employee or agent of any subsidiary or affiliate of Grindrod Shipping or in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him or her in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him or her as an officer or employee of Grindrod Shipping, and in which judgment is given in his or her favor (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his or her part) or in which he or she is acquitted, or in connection with an application under statute in respect of such act or omission in which relief is granted to him or her by the court.

 

12 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
 
Shareholder Approval of Issuances of Shares
     
Under Delaware law, the directors may, at any time and from time to time, if all of the shares of capital stock which the corporation is authorized by its certificate of incorporation to issue have not been issued, subscribed for, or otherwise committed to be issued, issue or take subscriptions for additional shares of its capital stock up to the amount authorized in its certificate of incorporation.   The Singapore Companies Act provides that notwithstanding anything in the company's constitution, the directors shall not exercise any power to issue shares without prior approval of the shareholders in general meeting. The affirmative vote of a simple majority of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution is required for this authorization. Once this shareholders' approval is obtained, unless subsequently revoked or varied by the company in general meeting, it continues in force until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting after that date is required by law to be held, whichever is earlier.
 
Shareholder Approval of Business Combinations
     

Generally, under the Delaware General Corporation Law, completion of a merger, consolidation, or the sale, lease or exchange of substantially all of a corporation's assets or dissolution requires approval by the board of directors and by a majority (unless the certificate of incorporation requires a higher percentage) of outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law also requires approval of stockholders at an annual or special meeting and not by written consent by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the "interested stockholders" as defined in section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with a business combination with an "interested stockholder".

 

The Singapore Companies Act mandates that specified corporate actions require approval by the shareholders in a general meeting, notably:

·     notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution, directors are not permitted to carry into effect any proposals for disposing of the whole or substantially the whole of Grindrod Shipping's undertaking or property unless those proposals have been approved by shareholders in a general meeting;

 

·     subject to the constitution of each amalgamating company, an amalgamation proposal must be approved by the shareholders of each amalgamating company via special resolution at a general meeting;

 

·     a compromise or arrangement proposed between a company and its shareholders, or any class of them must, among other things, be approved by a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the shareholders or class of shareholders present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting ordered by the court; and

 

·     notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution, the directors may not, without the prior approval of shareholders, issue shares, including shares being issued in connection with corporate actions.

 
Shareholder Action Without a Meeting
     
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.   There are no equivalent provisions under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of passing shareholders' resolutions by written means that apply to public companies listed on a securities exchange.

 

13 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
 
Shareholder Suits
     
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a stockholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself or herself and other similarly situated stockholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under the Delaware Court Rules have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a derivative suit only if such person was a stockholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit or his or her shares thereafter devolved upon him or her by operation of law. Additionally, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff bringing a derivative suit on behalf of a corporation generally must be a stockholder not only at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit, but also through the duration of the derivative suit. The Delaware Court Rules also require that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff, unless such demand would be futile.  

Standing

Only registered shareholders reflected in the register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of a company. As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to institute shareholder actions or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders.

 

Holders of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping's shares will be required to exchange their dematerialised interests for certificated shares and to be registered as shareholders in the register of members in order to institute or enforce any legal proceedings or claims against Grindrod Shipping, the directors or officers relating to shareholder rights. A holder of dematerialised interests may become a registered shareholder of Grindrod Shipping by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares and being registered in the register of members.

 

Personal remedies in cases of oppression or injustice

A shareholder may apply to the court for an order under the Singapore Companies Act to remedy situations where (i) the company's affairs are being conducted or the powers of the company's directors are being exercised in a manner oppressive to, or in disregard of the interests of, one or more of the shareholders or holders of debentures of the company, including the applicant; or (ii) the company has done an act, or threatens to do an act, or the shareholders or holders of debentures have passed or proposed some resolution, which unfairly discriminates against, or is otherwise prejudicial to, one or more of the company's shareholders or holders of debentures, including the applicant.

 

Singapore courts have wide discretion as to the relief they may grant under such application, including, inter alia, directing or prohibiting any act or cancelling or varying any transaction or resolution, providing that the company be wound up, or authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in the name of or on behalf of the company by such person or persons and on such terms as the court directs.

 

Derivative actions and arbitrations

The Singapore Companies Act has a provision which provides a mechanism enabling shareholders to apply to the court for leave to bring a derivative action or arbitration on behalf of Grindrod Shipping.

 

Applications are generally made by shareholders, but courts are given the discretion to allow such persons as they deem proper to apply (e.g., beneficial owner of shares).

 

It should be noted that this provision of the Singapore Companies Act is primarily used by minority shareholders to bring an action or arbitration in the name and on behalf of a company or intervene in an action or arbitration to which a company is a party for the purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action or arbitration on behalf of the company.

 

Prior to commencing a derivative action or arbitration, the court must be satisfied that (i) 14 days' notice has been given to the directors of the company of the party's intention to commence such action or arbitration if the directors of the company do not bring, diligently prosecute or defend or discontinue the action, (ii) the party is acting in good faith and (iii) it appears to be prima facie in the interests of the company that the action be brought, prosecuted, defended or discontinued.

 

14 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
     
   

Class actions

The concept of class action suits, which allows individual shareholders to bring an action seeking to represent the class or classes of shareholders, generally does not exist in Singapore. However, it is possible as a matter of procedure for a number of shareholders to lead an action and establish liability on behalf of themselves and other shareholders who join in or who are made parties to the action.

 

These shareholders are commonly known as "lead plaintiffs". Further, there are circumstances under the provisions of certain Singapore statutes where shareholders may file and prove their claims for compensation in the event that a company has been convicted of a criminal offense or has a court order for the payment of a civil penalty made against it.

     
Dividends or Other Distributions; Repurchases and Redemptions
     

The directors of every corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in its certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock either out of its statutory surplus in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law or in case there shall be no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

 

If the capital of the corporation computed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law shall have been diminished by depreciation in the value of its property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets, the directors of such corporation shall not declare and pay out of such net profits any dividends upon any shares of any classes of its capital stock until the deficiency in the amount of capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets shall have been repaired.

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, every corporation may purchase, redeem, receive, take or otherwise acquire, own and hold, sell, lend, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, pledge, use and otherwise deal in and with its own shares; provided, however, that no corporation shall purchase or redeem its own shares of capital stock for cash or other property when the capital of the corporation is impaired or when such purchase or redemption would cause any impairment of the capital of the corporation, except that a corporation other than a nonstock corporation may purchase or redeem out of capital any of its own shares which are entitled upon any distribution of its assets, whether by dividend or in liquidation, to a preference over another class or series of its stock, or, if no shares entitled to such a preference are outstanding, any of its own shares, if such shares will be retired upon their acquisition and the capital of the corporation reduced.

 

The Singapore Companies Act provides that no dividends can be paid to shareholders except out of profits.

 

The Singapore Companies Act does not provide a definition on when profits are deemed to be available for the purpose of paying dividends and this is accordingly governed by case law. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that no dividend can be paid otherwise than out of profits of Grindrod Shipping.

 

Acquisition of a company's own shares

The Singapore Companies Act generally prohibits a company from acquiring its own shares subject to certain exceptions. Any contract or transaction by which a company acquires or transfers its own shares is void. However, provided that it is expressly permitted to do so by its constitution and subject to the special conditions of each permitted acquisition contained in the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping may:

·     redeem redeemable preference shares (the redemption of these shares will not reduce the capital of Grindrod Shipping). Preference shares may be redeemed out of capital if all the directors make a solvency statement in relation to such redemption and Grindrod Shipping lodges a copy of the statement with the Registrar of Companies in accordance with the Singapore Companies Act;

 

·     whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make an off-market purchase of its own shares in accordance with an equal access scheme authorized in advance at a general meeting;

 

·     whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make a selective off-market purchase of its own shares in accordance with an agreement authorized in advance at a general meeting by a special resolution where persons whose shares are to be acquired and their associated persons have abstained from voting; and

 

15 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
     
   

·     whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make an acquisition of its own shares under a contingent purchase contract which has been authorized in advance at a general meeting by a special resolution.

 

Grindrod Shipping may also purchase its own shares by an order of a Singapore court.

 

The total number of ordinary shares that may be acquired by Grindrod Shipping in a relevant period may not exceed 20% of the total number of ordinary shares in that class as of the date of the resolution pursuant to the relevant share repurchase provisions under the Singapore Companies Act. Where, however, Grindrod Shipping has reduced its share capital by a special resolution or a Singapore court made an order to such effect, the total number of ordinary shares shall be taken to be the total number of ordinary shares in that class as altered by the special resolution or the order of the court. Payment must be made out of Grindrod Shipping's distributable profits or capital, provided that Grindrod Shipping is solvent. Such payment may include any expenses (including brokerage or commission) incurred directly in the purchase or acquisition by Grindrod Shipping of its ordinary shares.

 

Financial assistance for the acquisition of shares

Grindrod Shipping may not give financial assistance to any person whether directly or indirectly for the purpose of:

·     the acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in Grindrod Shipping or units of such shares; or

 

·     the acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in its holding company or ultimate holding company, as the case may be, or units of such shares.

 

Financial assistance may take the form of a loan, the giving of a guarantee, the provision of security, the release of an obligation, the release of a debt or otherwise.

 

However, it should be noted that Grindrod Shipping may provide financial assistance for the acquisition of its shares or shares in its holding company if it complies with the requirements (including, where applicable, approval by the board of directors or by the passing of a special resolution by its shareholders) set out in the Singapore Companies Act. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping may purchase or otherwise acquire Grindrod Shipping's own shares upon such terms and subject to such conditions as Grindrod Shipping may deem fit. These shares may be held as treasury shares or cancelled as provided in the Singapore Companies Act or dealt with in such manner as may be permitted under the Singapore Companies Act.

 

On cancellation of the shares, the rights and privileges attached to those shares will expire.

 

16 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
     
Transactions with Officers and Directors
     

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no contract or transaction between a corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between a corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director's or officer's votes are counted for such purpose, if:

(1)    The material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

 

(2)    The material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

 

(3)    The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee or the stockholders.

 

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

Under the Singapore Companies Act, the chief executive officer and directors are not prohibited from dealing with Grindrod Shipping, but where they have an interest in a transaction with Grindrod Shipping, that interest must be disclosed to the board of directors. In particular, the chief executive officer and every director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a transaction or proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping must, as soon as practicable after the relevant facts have come to such officer or director's knowledge, declare the nature of such officer or director's interest at a board of directors' meeting or send a written notice to Grindrod Shipping containing details on the nature, character and extent of his interest in the transaction or proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping.

 

In addition, a director or chief executive officer who holds any office or possesses any property which, directly or indirectly, duties or interests might be created in conflict with such officer's duties or interests as director or chief executive officer, is required to declare the fact and the nature, character and extent of the conflict at a meeting of directors or send a written notice to Grindrod Shipping containing details on the nature, character and extent of the conflict.

 

The Singapore Companies Act extends the scope of this statutory duty of a director or chief executive officer to disclose any interests by pronouncing that an interest of a member of the director's or, as the case may be, the chief executive officer's family (including spouse, son, adopted son, step-son, daughter, adopted daughter and step-daughter) will be treated as an interest of the director.

 

There is however no requirement for disclosure where the interest of the director or chief executive officer (as the case may be) consists only of being a member or creditor of a corporation which is interested in the proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping if the interest may properly be regarded not being a material interest. Where the proposed transaction relates to any loan to Grindrod Shipping, no disclosure need be made where the director or chief executive officer has only guaranteed or joined in guaranteeing the repayment of such loan, unless the constitution provides otherwise.

 

Further, where the proposed transaction is to be made with or for the benefit of a related company (i.e. the holding company, subsidiary or subsidiary of a common holding company) no disclosure need be made of the fact that the director or chief executive officer is also a director or chief executive officer of that corporation, unless the constitution provides otherwise.

 

Subject to specified exceptions, including a loan to a director for expenditure in defending criminal or civil proceedings, etc. or in connection with an investigation, or an action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to Grindrod Shipping, the Singapore Companies Act prohibits Grindrod Shipping from: (i) making a loan or quasi-loan to its directors or to directors of a related company, each a "relevant director"; (ii) giving a guarantee or security in connection with a loan or quasi-loan made to a relevant director by any other person; (iii) entering into a credit transaction as creditor for the benefit of a relevant director; (iv) giving a guarantee or security in connection with such credit transaction entered into by any person for the benefit of a relevant director; (v) taking part in an arrangement where another person enters into any of the transactions in (i) to (iv) above or (vi) below and such person obtains a benefit from Grindrod Shipping or a related company; or (vi) arranging for the assignment to Grindrod Shipping or assumption by Grindrod Shipping of any rights, obligations or liabilities under a transaction in (i) to (v) above. Grindrod Shipping is also prohibited from entering into the transactions in (i) to (vi) above with or for the benefit of a relevant director's spouse or children (whether adopted or naturally or step-children).

 

17 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
     
    Subject to specified exceptions, the Singapore Companies Act prohibits Grindrod Shipping from: (i) making a loan or quasi-loan to another company or a limited liability partnership; (ii) giving a guarantee or security in connection with a loan or quasi-loan made to another company or a limited liability partnership by any other person; (iii) entering into a credit transaction as creditor for the benefit of another company or a limited liability partnership; (iv) giving a guarantee or security in connection with such credit transaction entered into by any person for the benefit of another company or a limited liability partnership; (v) taking part in an arrangement where another person enters into any of the transactions in (i) to (iv) above or (vi) below and such person obtains a benefit from Grindrod Shipping or a related company; or (vi) arranging for the assignment to Grindrod Shipping or assumption by Grindrod Shipping of any rights, obligations or liabilities under a transaction in (i) to (v) above if a director or directors of Grindrod Shipping is or together are interested in 20% or more of the total voting power in the other company or the limited liability partnership, as the case may be, unless there is prior approval for the transaction by Grindrod Shipping in general meeting at which the interested director or directors and his or their family members abstained from voting, or the other company is Grindrod Shipping's subsidiary or holding company or a subsidiary of its holding company.
 
Dissenters' Rights
     
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any stockholder of a corporation who holds shares of stock on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to the statute with respect to such shares, who continuously holds such shares through the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law who has neither voted in favor of the merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in writing shall be entitled to an appraisal by the Court of Chancery of the fair value of the stockholder's shares of stock.   There is no equivalent provision under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of companies incorporated in Singapore.
 
Cumulative Voting
     
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of any corporation may provide that at all elections of directors of the corporation, or at elections held under specified circumstances, each holder of stock or of any class or classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for such provision as to cumulative voting) such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to such holder's shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by such holder, and that such holder may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any 2 or more of them as such holder may see fit.   There is no equivalent provision under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of companies incorporated in Singapore.

 

18 / 19

 

  

Delaware   Singapore
 
Anti-Takeover Measures
 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of a corporation may give the board the right to issue new classes of preferred stock with voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights to be determined by the board at the time of issuance, which could prevent a takeover attempt.

 

In addition, Delaware law does not prohibit a corporation from adopting a stockholder rights plan, or "poison pill," which could prevent a takeover attempt.

 

The constitution of a Singapore company typically provides that the company may allot and issue new shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or other special rights as its board of directors may determine with the prior approval of the company's shareholders in a general meeting. Subject to certain provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping's shareholders may grant to Grindrod Shipping's board the general authority to issue such preference shares until the next general meeting. For further information, see "—Preference Shares" above.

 

Singapore law does not generally prohibit a corporation from adopting "poison pill" arrangements which could prevent a takeover attempt and also preclude shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares.

 

However, under the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, if, in the course of an offer, or even before the date of the offer announcement, the board of the offeree company has reason to believe that a bona fide offer is imminent, the board must not, except pursuant to a contract entered into earlier, take any action, without the approval of shareholders at a general meeting, on the affairs of the offeree company that could effectively result in any bona fide offer being frustrated or the shareholders being denied an opportunity to decide on its merits.

 

For further information on the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, see "—Takeover Provisions" above.

 

19 / 19

 

 

Exhibit 4.1(a)(i)

 

FIRST ADDENDUM TO THE TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

entered into between

 

GRINDROD LIMITED

 

and

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

   

 

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

In this First Addendum to the Transitional Services Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and meanings defined in the Transitional Services Agreement shall bear the same meaning.

 

2 RECITAL

 

The Parties wish to record in writing the amendments to the Transitional Services Agreement.

 

3 AMENDMENT TO THE TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

The Transitional Services Agreement is amended by the:

 

3.1 amendment of clause 6.1 as follows:

 

“this agreement shall terminate on the 30th June 2020

 

3.1 amendment of clause 8.1.1 as follows:

 

‘the IT Services shall be provided until 30th June 2020; and’

 

4 REMAINING PROVISIONS

 

Save as specifically varied or amended by the provisions of this addendum, the remaining terms and conditions of the agreement shall continue to be of full force and effect in their present form

 

5 EXCECUTION IN COUNTERPARTIES

 

This addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement as at the Signature Date.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

    2

 

  

For: GRINDROD LIMITED
   
Signature: /s/ Andrew Waller  
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
   
Name: Andrew Waller  
     
Date: 19 May 2020  
     
Place: Durban  
     
Signature of Witness: /s/ Samantha Bufe  
     
Name of Witness: Samantha Bufe  

  

For: GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PROPRIETARY LIMITED
   
Signature: /s/ Jeremy Miles Jeremy Miles
     
Date: 19 May 2020  
     
Place: Durban  
     
Signature of Witness: /s/ Deborah Miles  
     
Name of Witness: Deborah Miles  

 

    3

 

 

Exhibit 4.1(b)(i)

  

1 INTERPRETATION

 

In this First Addendum to the Transitional Services Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and meanings defined in the Transitional Services Agreement shall bear the same meaning.

 

2 RECITAL

 

The Parties wish to record in writing the amendments to the Transitional Services Agreement.

 

3 AMENDMENT TO THE TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

The Transitional Services Agreement is amended by the:

 

3.1 amendment of clause 6.1 as follows:

 

“this agreement shall terminate on the 30th June 2020

 

3.2 amendment of clause 9.1.1 as follows:

 

‘the IT Services shall be provided until 30th June 2020; and

 

4 REMAINING PROVISIONS

 

Save as specifically varied or amended by the provisions of this addendum, the remaining terms and conditions of the agreement shall continue to be of full force and effect in their present form

 

5 EXCECUTION IN COUNTERPARTIES

 

This addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement as at the Signature Date.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

    2

 

  

For: GRINDROD LIMITED
   
Signature: /s/ Andrew Waller  
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
   
Name: Andrew Waller  
     
Date: 19 May 2020  
     
Place: Durban  
     
Signature of Witness: /s/ Samantha Bufe  
     
Name of Witness: Samantha Bufe  

 

For: GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LIMITED
   
Signature: /s/ Stephen Griffiths Stephen Griffiths
     
Date: 20 May 2020  
     
Place: Singapore  
     
Signature of Witness: /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins  
     
Name of Witness: Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins  

 

    3

 

Exhibit 4.3(j)

 

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 13 June 2019

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE PARTIES, being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2) IVS BULK PTE. LTD, a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company).

 

RECITALS:

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 6 July 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fifth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 October 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Sixth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 January 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Seventh Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 26 March 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Eighth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein. (for purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment, the Third Deed of Amendment, the Fourth Deed of Amendment, the Fifth Deed of Amendment, the Sixth Deed of Amendment, the Seventh Deed of Amendment and the Eighth Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Ninth Deed of Amendment) to extend the Joint Termination Date.

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

     1 | Page

 

  

2 EXTENSION OF THE JOINT TERMINATION DATE

 

Effective as at the date hereof, Clause 18.1 shall be amended by the replacement of the date “30 June 2019” with the date “30 September 2019”.

 

3 MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The SHA is amended by the terms of this Ninth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Ninth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Ninth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

3.2 Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Ninth Deed of Amendment.

 

3.3 Clauses 23 (Confidentiality), 28 (Assignment), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 (Governing Law) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Ninth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Ninth Deed of Amendment.

 

     2 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Riyaz Nooruddin

 

 

 

 

print name: Riyaz Nooruddin

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Chris Quaite

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Chris Quaite

 

Witness address:

 

 

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

     
     
     
     

 

     3 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

acting by:

 

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here:

/s/ Sally Fassler Dornaus

 

/s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio

 

 

 

 

print name: Sally Fassler Dornaus

Myleen Tapawan Basilio

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Mark Harpootian

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Mark Harpootian

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Clarendon Street

    Boston. MA 02116
     
     
     

 

     4 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

acting by:

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

print name: Martyn Richard Wade

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     
     

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Company Secretary

 

     5 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Carl David Ackerley

 

 

 

 

print name: Carl David Ackerley

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     
     

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Company Secretary

 

     6 | Page

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.3(k)

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 11th September 2019

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE PARTIES, being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2) IVS BULK PTE. LTD, a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company).

 

RECITALS:

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 6 July 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fifth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 October 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Sixth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 January 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Seventh Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 26 March 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Eighth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 13 June 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Ninth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein. (For purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment, the Third Deed of Amendment, the Fourth Deed of Amendment, the Fifth Deed of Amendment, the Sixth Deed of Amendment, the Seventh Deed of Amendment, the Eighth Deed of Amendment and the Ninth Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Tenth Deed of Amendment) to extend the Joint Termination Date.

 

     1 | Page

 

  

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2 EXTENSION OF THE JOINT TERMINATION DATE

 

Effective as at the date hereof, Clause 18.1 shall be amended by the replacement of the date “30 September 2019” with the date “30 November 2019”.

 

3 MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The SHA is amended by the terms of this Tenth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Tenth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Tenth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

3.2 Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Tenth Deed of Amendment.

 

3.3 Clauses 23 (Confidentiality), 28 (Assignment), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 (Governing Law) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Tenth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Tenth Deed of Amendment.

 

     2 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Riyaz Nooruddin

 

 

 

 

print name: Riyaz Nooruddin, Director

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Darragh Murphy

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Darragh Murphy, Senior Associate

 

Witness address:

 

 

DMS Governance Ltd.

    DMS House, 20 Genesis Close
    PO Box 2587, Grand Cayman
    KY1-1103, Cayman Islands
     

 

     3 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

acting by:

 

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Sally Fassler Dornaus

 /s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio

   

 

print name: Sally Fassler Dornaus /

 Myleen Tapawan Basilio

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Mark Harpootian /

  /s/ Mattieu Huffling

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Mark Harpootian /

 Mattieu Huffling

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Clarendon Street

    Boston, MA 02116
     
    4 rue Lou Hemmer
    L-1748 Luxembourg

 

     4 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

acting by: 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Martyn Wade

 

 

 

 

print name: Martyn Wade

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Deborah Davel

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Deborah Davel

 

Witness address:

 

 

108 Margaret Mncadi Ave

    Durban
    4001
     
    South Africa

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

CA (SA)

 

     5 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Stephen Griffiths

 

 

 

 

print name: Stephen Griffiths

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Deborah Davel

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Deborah Davel

 

Witness address:

 

 

108 Margaret Mncadi Ave

    Durban
    4001
    South Africa
     

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

CA (SA)

 

     6 | Page

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.3(l)

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 25 November 2019.

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE PARTIES, being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2) IVS BULK PTE. LTD, a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company).

 

RECITALS:

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 6 July 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fifth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 October 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Sixth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 January 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Seventh Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 26 March 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Eighth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 19th June 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Ninth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 11th September 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Tenth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein. (For purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment, the Third Deed of Amendment, the Fourth Deed of Amendment, the Fifth Deed of Amendment, the Sixth Deed of Amendment, the Seventh Deed of Amendment, the Eighth Deed of Amendment, the Ninth Deed of Amendment and the Tenth Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Eleventh Deed of Amendment) to extend the Joint Termination Date.

 

     1 | Page

 

  

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2 EXTENSION OF THE JOINT TERMINATION DATE

 

Effective as at the date hereof, Clause 18.1 shall be amended by the replacement of the date “30 November 2019” with the date “31st December 2019”.

 

3 MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The SHA is amended by the terms of this Tenth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Tenth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Tenth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

3.2 Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Tenth Deed of Amendment.

 

3.3 Clauses 23 (Confidentiality), 28 (Assignment), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 (Governing Law) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Tenth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Tenth Deed of Amendment.

 

     2 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Riyaz Nooruddin

 

 

 

 

print name: Riyaz Nooruddin

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Chris Quaite

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Chris Quaite

 

Witness address:

 

 

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

     
     
     
     

 

     3 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

acting by:

 

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Myleen Basilio

/s/ Sally F. Dornaus

 

 

 

 

print name: Myleen Basilio

 Sally F. Dornaus, Manager B

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Grindale Gamboa

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Grindale Gamboa

 

Witness address:

 

 

4 rue Lou Hemmer

    L-1748 Findel
    Luxembourg
     
     

 

     4 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

acting by:

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

print name: Martyn Richard Wade

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

    #03-01 Singapore
    Singapore 089763
     
     

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Company Secretary

 

     5 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths

 

 

 

 

print name: Stephen William Griffiths

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     
     

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

Company Secretary

 

     6 | Page

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.3(m)

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 30th December 2019

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE PARTIES, being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2) IVS BULK PTE. LTD, a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company).

 

RECITALS:

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 6 July 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fifth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 October 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Sixth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 January 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Seventh Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 26 March 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Eighth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 19th June 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Ninth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 11th September 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Tenth Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25th November 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Eleventh Deed of Amendment) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein. (For purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment, the Third Deed of Amendment, the Fourth Deed of Amendment, the Fifth Deed of Amendment, the Sixth Deed of Amendment, the Seventh Deed of Amendment, the Eighth Deed of Amendment, the Ninth Deed of Amendment, the Tenth Deed of Amendment and the Eleventh Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Twelfth Deed of Amendment) to extend the Joint Termination Date.

 

     1 | Page

 

  

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2 EXTENSION OF THE JOINT TERMINATION DATE

 

Effective as at the date hereof, Clause 18.1 shall be amended by the replacement of the date “31st December 2019” with the date “31st January 2020”.

 

3 MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The SHA is amended by the terms of this Twelfth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Twelfth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Twelfth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

3.2 Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Twelfth Deed of Amendment.

 

3.3 Clauses 23 (Confidentiality), 28 (Assignment), 34 (No Partnership) and 38 (Governing Law) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Twelfth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Twelfth Deed of Amendment.

 

     2 | Page

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Riyaz Nooruddin

 

 

 

 

print name: Riyaz Nooruddin

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Chris Quaite

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Chris Quaite

 

Witness address:

 

 

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

     
     
     
     

 

     3 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

acting by:

 

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Myleen Basilio

/s/ Sally Fassler

 

 

 

 

print name: Myleen Basilio, Manager /

 Sally Fassler, Manager

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Matthew Baker

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Matthew Baker

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA, 02116

     
     
     
     

 

     4 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

acting by:

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Jeremy Miles

 

 

 

 

print name: Jeremy Miles

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Stephen Griffiths

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Stephen Griffiths

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     
     

 

Witness occupation:

   

 

 

     5 | Page

 

  

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

acting by:

 

 

)

)

)

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Stephen Griffiths

 

 

 

 

print name: Stephen Griffiths

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Jeremy Miles

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Jeremy Miles

 

Witness address:

 

 

8th Floor, Grindrod House

    108 Margaret Mncadi Avenue
    Esplanade, Durban 4001
    South Africa
     

 

Witness occupation:

   

 

     6 | Page

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.18(b)

 

Execution version

 

[HEADED PAPER OF DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH]

 

To: GRINDROD MARITIME LLC

as Borrower

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Guarantors

 

200 Cantonment Road

#03-01 Southpoint

089763

Singapore

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

SIDE LETTER

 

7 December 2018

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2016 as Amended and Restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement dated 18 June 2018 - m.t. "MATUKU"

 

We refer to the facility agreement dated 9 December 2016 as amended and restated by an amending and restating agreement dated 18 June 2018 (the "Facility Agreement") and made between (i) Grindrod Maritime LLC as borrower (the "Borrower"), (ii) Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. ("GSPL") and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the "Parent Guarantor" and, together with GSPL, the "Guarantors") as guarantors, (iii) the financial institutions listed therein as lenders (the "Lenders"), (iv) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as agent (the "Facility Agent") and security agent (the "Security Agent") and (v) DVB Bank SE as account bank (the "Account Bank") relating to the financing of m.t. "MATUKU" (the "Ship").

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

The Transaction Obligors have requested that ASPHL be released from its obligations as First Bareboat Charter Guarantor under the First Bareboat Charter Guarantee and be replaced by ASPS as a new First Bareboat Charter Guarantor by entering into a new First Bareboat Charter Guarantee. The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request subject to the terms of and in accordance with the provisions of this Letter.

 

This Letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

 

 

 

1 Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Letter (including its Recitals):

 

"ASPHL" means ASP Holdings Limited.

 

"ASPS" means ASP Ships Pte. Ltd.

 

"Effective Date" means the date on which the Facility Agent confirms to the Borrower that the conditions precedent set out in Clause 3 (Conditions precedent) are satisfied.

 

"Deed of Release and Guarantee" means the deed of release and guarantee dated 6 December 2018 and made between the Borrower, ASPHL, ASPS and the First Bareboat Charterer under which ASPS replaced or is to replace ASPHL as First Bareboat Charter Guarantor.

 

1.2 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement applies to this Letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.3 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this Letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.4 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this Letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Letter.

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Letter, and on and from the Effective Date, to the release of ASPHL from its obligations as First Bareboat Charter Guarantor under the First Bareboat Charter Guarantee and its replacement by ASPS as a new First Bareboat Charter Guarantor by entering into a new First Bareboat Charter Guarantee.

 

3 Conditions Precedent

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2 (Agreement of the Finance Parties) is subject to:

 

(a) no Default continuing on the date of this Letter and the Effective Date (other than as has been notified to, and acknowledged by, the Facility Agent in writing) or resulting from the occurrence of the Effective Date;

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor being true on the date of this Letter and the Effective Date (other than as has been notified to, and acknowledged by, the Facility Agent in writing);

 

  2  

 

 

(c) the provisions of paragraph (c) of clause 10.3 (Alternative basis of interest or funding, suspension) of the Facility Agreement not being applicable; and

 

(d) the Facility Agent having received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent on or before 15 December 2018 or such later date as the Facility Agent may agree with the Borrower.

 

4 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the Effective Date, the Parties agree that the Facility Agreement shall be amended by deleting the definitions of First Bareboat Charter and First Bareboat Charter Guarantor in clause 1.1 (Definitions) of the facility Agreement and replacing them with the following:

 

""First Bareboat Charter" means the bareboat charterparty agreement dated 23 July 2015 originally made between GSPL as owner, the First Bareboat Charterer as charterer and ASP Holdings Limited as charter guarantor, as amended and supplemented by (a) an addendum thereto dated 6 May 2016 under which the Borrower was nominated as owner of the Vessel by GSPL, (b) an addendum thereto dated 23 December 2016 and (c) deed of release and guarantee 6 December 2018 under which the First Bareboat Charter Guarantor replaced ASP Holdings Limited as charter guarantor, and currently made between the Borrower as owner, the First Bareboat Charterer as charterer and the First Bareboat Charter Guarantor as charter guarantor.

 

"First Bareboat Charter Guarantor" means ASP Ships Pte. Ltd. and any other guarantor providing a guarantee pursuant to a First Bareboat Charter Guarantee."

 

5 Representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 (Representations) of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is party, in each case as amended and supplemented by this Letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this Letter and on the Effective Date.

 

6 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

6.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this Letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Letter;

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Letter.

 

6.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Letter.

 

  3  

 

 

7 Costs and Expenses

 

Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Letter, applies to this Letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

8 Notices

 

Clause 37 (Notices) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Letter, applies to this Letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Counterparts

 

This Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Letter.

 

10 Governing Law

 

This Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

This Letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Letter.

 

  4  

 

 

SCHEDULE

Conditions Precedent

 

1 Obligors

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Obligor certifying that each corporate and copy document provided by it under Paragraph 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) of the Amending and Restating Agreement remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Delivery Date.

 

2 Finance Documents

 

A duly executed original of:

 

2.1 This Letter.

 

2.2 A notice of assignment under the General Assignment in relation to the new First Bareboat Charter Guarantee of ASP Ships Pte. Ltd. and acknowledgement thereto in agreed form.

 

3 Other documents and evidence

 

3.1 A copy of the Deed of Release and Guarantee.

 

3.2 Evidence that the Effective Date (as defined in the Deed of Release and Guarantee) has occurred.

 

3.3 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Letter.

 

3.4 Evidence that the costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Date.

 

3.5 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Letter.

 

  5  

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Domenik Nizet   /s/ Ang Toon Beng
Domenik Nizet   Ang Toon Beng
Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President
For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH    
as Facility Agent    
     
/s/ Domenik Nizet   /s/ Ang Toon Beng
Domenik Nizet   Ang Toon Beng
Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President
For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH    
as Security Agent    

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Hugh William Scheffer  
Hugh William Scheffer  
For and on behalf of  
GRINDROD MARITIME LLC  
as Borrower  
   
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer  
Hugh William Scheffer  
For and on behalf of  
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.  
as a Guarantor  
   
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
Stephen William Griffiths  
For and on behalf of  
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.  
as a Guarantor  

 

  6  

 

 

Exhibit 4.18(c)

 

SIDE LETTER NO. 2

 

To: GRINDROD MARITIME LLC

as Borrower

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Guarantors

 

28 June 2019

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2017 (as amended)

 

We refer to the facility agreement dated 9 December 2017, as amended and restated by an amending and restating agreement dated 18 June 2018, and as further amended and supplemented by a side letter dated 7 December 2018, (the "Facility Agreement") and made between (i) Grindrod Maritime LLC as borrower (the "Borrower"), (ii) Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. as guarantors (the " Guarantors"), (iii) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as facility agent (the "Facility Agent") and (iv) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as security agent (the "Security Agent") and (v) DVB Bank SE as account bank relating to the financing of m.t. "MATUKU".

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

The Obligors have requested that certain amendments be made to the financial covenants set out in Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request and this letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the date of this letter, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.2 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

 

 

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

2.1 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this letter, to amend the financial covenants set out in clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

2.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 (Agreement of the Finance Parties) shall have effect on and from the date of this letter.

 

3 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the date of this letter, the Parties agree that the Facility Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

(a) paragraph (a) of clause 20.1 (Financial covenants) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph:

 

"The Borrower shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times on and from 30 June 2019 and thereafter during the Security Period be such that:

 

(i) Book Value Net Worth is not less than the lower of:

 

(A) the aggregate of $240,000,000 plus 25 per cent. of the amount of Positive Retained Earnings plus 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise; and

 

(B) $275,000,000;

 

(ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents is not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Relevant Debt Service Reserve Account but not including (for the avoidance of doubt) the minimum cash balance to be maintained in the Retention Account pursuant to Clause 26.9 (Minimum balance on Retention Account) or any other amount in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 (Monthly retentions);

 

(iii) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.; and

 

(iv) Working Capital is positive";

 

(b) the definitions of "Debt" and "Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets" set out in clause 20.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

 

""Debt" means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations relating to sale and leaseback transactions; bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding lease obligations due to recognition of liability from IFRS16 amendments, the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts and for the avoidance of doubt accounts payable, accruals and provisions;"

 

""Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets" means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

  2  

 

 

(a) ships (including ships under construction and excluding right of use assets) either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(b) land and buildings either wholly owned or partially owned by the Group,

 

as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent's satisfaction and acceptable to the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders;";

 

(c) the following definitions shall be added to clause 20.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement:

 

""Capital Raise" means the dollar amount (or equivalent amount in dollars) of any capital raised by the Corporate Guarantor as evidenced in the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Current Assets" means the current assets of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced by the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Current Liabilities" means the current liabilities of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced by the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Positive Retained Earnings" means the positive retained earnings of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced in the Latest Accounts;" and

 

""Working Capital" means the Current Assets less the Current Liabilities;"; and

 

(d) the form of Compliance Certificate set out in schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate) of the Facility Agreement were deleted and replaced by the form of Compliance Certificate set out in the Schedule (Form of Compliance Certificate).

 

4 Representations

 

4.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 (Representations) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

4.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

5 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

5.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the date of this letter the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

  3  

 

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

(a) The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this letter.

 

(b) Except to the extent expressly waived by the amendments effected by this letter, no waiver is given by this letter and the Finance Parties expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of or other Default under the Finance Documents.

 

5.3 Obligor Confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor:

 

(a) confirms its acceptance of the amendments effected by this letter;

 

(b) agrees that it is bound as an Obligor;

 

(c) confirms that the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(d) if it is a Guarantor confirms that its guarantee and indemnity:

 

(i) continues to have full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(ii) extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.4 Security confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor confirms that:

 

(a) any Security created by it under the Finance Documents extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(b) the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter are included in the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Security Documents to which it is a party); and

 

(c) the Security created under the Finance Documents continues in full force and effect on the terms of the respective Finance Documents

 

6 Further Assurance

 

6.1 Further assurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this letter.

 

  4  

 

 

6.2 Additional corporate action

 

At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 7 (Further Assurance), that Party shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable a certificate signed by two of that Party's directors or officers which shall:

 

(a) set out the text of a resolution of that Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as applicable; and

 

(b) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

7 Costs and Expenses

 

Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

8 Notices

 

Clause 37 (Notices) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.

 

10 Governing Law

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 Enforcement

 

11.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this letter or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this letter) (a "Dispute").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly the Obligors will not argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 11.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

  5  

 

 

11.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this letter.

 

This letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this letter.

 

  6  

 

 

SCHEDULE

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent
   
From: Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Dated: [·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC – Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2017 (as amended) (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 We confirm that:

 

(a) Book Value Net Worth is not less than the lower of

 

(i) the aggregate of $240,000,000 plus 25 per cent. of the amount of Positive Retained Earnings plus 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise; and

 

(ii) $275,000,000,

 

evidenced as follows:

 

[·];

 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents are not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash including the minimum cash balance in the Relevant Debt Service Account but not including (for the avoidance of doubt) the minimum cash balance to be maintained in the Retention Account pursuant to Clause 26.9 (Minimum balance on Retention Account) or any other amount in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 (Monthly retentions), evidenced as follows:

 

[·];

 

(c) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent, evidenced as follows:

 

[·]; and

 

(d) Working Capital is positive, evidenced as follows:

 

[·].

 

[WFW note: Grindrod will need to spell out the ratios in (a), (b), (c) and (d) and provide additional computations to support those notified ratios]

 

3 We confirm that no Default is continuing.

 

  7  

 

 

Signed:      
  [Chief Financial Officer] [Director]   Director
  of   of
  Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

  8  

 

 

Yours faithfully    
     
/s/ Domenik Nizet   /s/ Ang Toon Beng
Domenik Nizet   Ang Toon Beng
Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President
For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE    
as Facility Agent    
     
/s/ Domenik Nizet   /s/ Ang Toon Beng
Domenik Nizet   Ang Toon Beng
Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President

For and on behalf of

DVB BANK SE

as Security Agent

 

  9  

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Hugh William Scheffer    
Hugh William Scheffer    
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD MARITIME LLC    
as Borrower    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade    
Martyn Richard Wade    
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.    
as a Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade    
Martyn Richard Wade    
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.    
as a Guarantor    

 

  10  

 

 

Exhibit 4.18(d)

 

Execution version

 

SIDE LETTER NO. 3

 

To: GRINDROD MARITIME LLC

as Borrower

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Guarantors

 

16 April 2020

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2016 (as amended)

 

We refer to the facility agreement dated 9 December 2016, as amended and restated by an amending and restating agreement dated 18 June 2018, and as further amended and supplemented by side letters dated 7 December 2018 and 28 June 2019, (the "Facility Agreement") and made between (i) Grindrod Maritime LLC as borrower (the "Borrower"), (ii) Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. as guarantors (the "Guarantors"), (iii) the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 therein as lenders (the "Lenders"), (iv) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as facility agent (the "Facility Agent"), (v) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as security agent (the "Security Agent") and DVB Bank SE as account bank relating to the refinancing of m.t. 'MATUKU'.

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

The Obligors have requested that certain amendments be made to the financial covenants set out in Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request and this letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the date of this letter, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.2 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

 

 

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

2.1 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this letter, to amend the financial covenants set out in clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

2.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 (Agreement of the Finance Parties) shall have effect on and from the date of this letter.

 

3 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the date of this letter, the Parties agree that the definitions of "Current Assets" and "Current Liabilities" set out in clause 20.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

 

""Current Assets" means the current assets (including Cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Corporate Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16);"; and

 

""Current Liabilities" means the current liabilities of the Corporate Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16);".

 

4 Representations

 

4.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 (Representations) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

4.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

5 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

5.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the date of this letter the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

  2  

 

 

5.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

(a) The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this letter.

 

(b) Except to the extent expressly waived by the amendments effected by this letter, no waiver is given by this letter and the Finance Parties expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of or other Default under the Finance Documents.

 

5.3 Obligor Confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor:

 

(a) confirms its acceptance of the amendments effected by this letter;

 

(b) agrees that it is bound as an Obligor;

 

(c) confirms that the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(d) if it is a Guarantor, confirms that its guarantee and indemnity:

 

(i) continues to have full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(ii) extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.4 Security confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor confirms that:

 

(a) any Security created by it under the Finance Documents extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(b) the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter are included in the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Security Documents to which it is a party); and

 

(c) the Security created under the Finance Documents continues in full force and effect on the terms of the respective Finance Documents

 

6 Further Assurance

 

6.1 Further assurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this letter.

 

  3  

 

 

6.2 Additional corporate action

 

At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 7 (Further Assurance), that Party shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable a certificate signed by two of that Party's directors or officers which shall:

 

(a) set out the text of a resolution of that Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as applicable; and

 

(b) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

7 Costs and Expenses

 

Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

8 Notices

 

Clause 37 (Notices) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.

 

10 Governing Law

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 Enforcement

 

11.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this letter or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this letter) (a "Dispute").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly the Obligors will not argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 11.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

  4  

 

 

11.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this letter.

 

This letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this letter.

 

  5  

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Angelique Kounis   Angelique Kounis   /s/ James Spencer   James Spencer
    Senior Vice President     Senior Vice President
  Legal Counsel       Legal Counsel

For and on behalf of

DVB BANK SE

as Facility Agent

 

/s/ Angelique Kounis   Angelique Kounis   /s/ James Spencer   James Spencer
    Senior Vice President     Senior Vice President
  Legal Counsel     Legal Counsel

For and on behalf of

DVB BANK SE

as Security Agent

 

  6  

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD MARITIME LLC    
as Borrower    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.    
as a Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.    
as a Guarantor    

 

  7  

 

 

Exhibit 4.18(e)

 

June 5, 2020

 

Dear Sir

 

US$27M Facility Agreement Dated 9 December 2016 (as amended, restated and supplemented from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”

 

We refer to the Facility Agreement and your letter dated 8 March 2020 on the request of certain amendments be made to the Facility Agreement.

 

The lenders to the Facility Agreement have obtained their respective credit approvals to the following financial covenant amendments:

 

(1) the reduction of the cash covenant to be tested as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 from $30 million to $20 million; and

 

(2) the determination of current liabilities will exclude the amount owed to Sankaty under the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility for purposes of testing, as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, the covenant that requires current assets to exceed current liabilities,

 

with those financial covenants to revert to their current levels as at 31 December 2020.

 

It is intended that a side letter to the Facility Agreement will be completed subsequent to the date of this letter in order for the amendments to the Facility Agreement referred to above to take legal effect. This will not result in a change in the lenders decision on the above covenant amendment.

 

For and on behalf of

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH as Facility Agent

 

/s/Domenik Nizet   /s/Willie Toh
Domenik Nizet   Willie Toh
Senior Vice President   Vice President

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.20(b)

 

SIDE LETTER NO. 2

 

To: GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

as Borrower

 

IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD

IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD

IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.

UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD.

UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD.

UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD.

UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.

UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.

as Owner Guarantors

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Corporate Guarantor

 

28 June 2019

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 8 May 2018 (as amended)

 

We refer to the facility agreement dated 8 May 2018, as amended and supplemented by a side letter dated 14 December 2018, (the "Facility Agreement") and made between (i) Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. as borrower (the "Borrower"), (ii) IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd. and IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. as owner guarantors (the "Owner Guarantors"), (iii) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited (formerly known as Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch) as mandated lead arrangers, (iv) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as coordination agents, (v) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as account bank, (vi) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as original lenders (the "Lenders"), (vii) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as original hedge counterparties, (viii) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as facility agent (the "Facility Agent") and (ix) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as security agent (the "Security Agent") relating to the refinancing of 16 ships owned by the Owner Guarantors.

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

The Obligors have requested that certain amendments be made to the financial covenants set out in Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request and this letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the date of this letter, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.2 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

2.1 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this letter, to amend the financial covenants set out in clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

2.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 (Agreement of the Finance Parties) shall have effect on and from the date of this letter.

 

3 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the date of this letter, the Parties agree that the Facility Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

(a) paragraph (a) of clause 20.1 (Financial covenants) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph:

 

"The Borrower shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times on and from 30 June 2019 and thereafter during the Security Period be such that:

 

(i) Book Value Net Worth is not less than the lower of:

 

(A) the aggregate of $240,000,000 plus 25 per cent. of the amount of Positive Retained Earnings plus 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise; and

 

(B) $275,000,000;

 

(ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents is not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Debt Service Account required pursuant to Clause 20.3 (Minimum Cash);

 

  2  

 

 

(iii) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.; and

 

(iv) Working Capital is positive";

 

(b) the definitions of "Debt" and "Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets" set out in clause 20.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

 

""Debt" means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations, finance lease obligations relating to sale and leaseback transactions; bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding lease obligations due to recognition of liability from IFRS16 amendments, the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts and for the avoidance of doubt accounts payable, accruals and provisions;"

 

""Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets" means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

(a) ships (including ships under construction and excluding right of use assets) either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(b) land and buildings either wholly owned or partially owned by the Group,

 

as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent's satisfaction and acceptable to the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders;";

 

(c) the following definitions shall be added to clause 20.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement:

 

""Capital Raise" means the dollar amount (or equivalent amount in dollars) of any capital raised by the Corporate Guarantor as evidenced in the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Current Assets" means the current assets of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced by the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Current Liabilities" means the current liabilities of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced by the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Positive Retained Earnings" means the positive retained earnings of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced in the Latest Accounts;" and

 

""Working Capital" means the Current Assets less the Current Liabilities;";

 

(d) clause 24.1 (Minimum required security cover) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new clause:

 

"24.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 24.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) applies if the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower at any time on and from 30 June 2019 during the Security Period that:

 

(i) the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24 (Security Cover), is below 135 per cent. of an amount which is the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedge Exposure."; and

 

  3  

 

  

(e) the form of Compliance Certificate set out in schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate) of the Facility Agreement were deleted and replaced by the form of Compliance Certificate set out in the Schedule (Form of Compliance Certificate).

 

4 Representations

 

4.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 (Representations) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

4.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

5 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

5.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the date of this letter the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

(a) The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this letter.

 

(b) Except to the extent expressly waived by the amendments effected by this letter, no waiver is given by this letter and the Finance Parties expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of or other Default under the Finance Documents.

 

5.3 Obligor Confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor:

 

(a) confirms its acceptance of the amendments effected by this letter;

 

(b) agrees that it is bound as an Obligor;

 

(c) confirms that the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

  4  

 

 

(d) if it is the Corporate Guarantor confirms that its guarantee and indemnity:

 

(i) continues to have full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(ii) extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.4 Security confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor confirms that:

 

(a) any Security created by it under the Finance Documents extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(b) the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter are included in the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Security Documents to which it is a party); and

 

(c) the Security created under the Finance Documents continues in full force and effect on the terms of the respective Finance Documents

 

6 Further Assurance

 

6.1 Further assurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this letter.

 

6.2 Additional corporate action

 

At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 7 (Further Assurance), that Party shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable a certificate signed by two of that Party's directors or officers which shall:

 

(a) set out the text of a resolution of that Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as applicable; and

 

(b) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

  5  

 

 

7 Costs and Expenses

 

Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

8 Notices

 

Clause 36 (Notices) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.

 

10 Governing Law

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 Enforcement

 

11.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this letter or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this letter) (a "Dispute").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly the Obligors will not argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 12.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

11.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this letter.

 

This letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this letter.

 

  6  

 

 

SCHEDULE

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent
   
From: Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Dated: [●]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. – Facility Agreement 8 May 2018 (as amended) (the "Agreement")

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 We confirm that:

 

(a) Book Value Net Worth is not less than the lower of

 

(i) the aggregate of $240,000,000 plus 25 per cent. of the amount of Positive Retained Earnings plus 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise; and

 

(ii) $275,000,000,

 

evidenced as follows:

 

[●];

 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents are not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash including the minimum cash balance in the Debt Service Reserve Account, evidenced as follows:

 

[●];

 

(c) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent, evidenced as follows:

 

[●]; and

 

(d) Working Capital is positive, evidenced as follows:

 

[●].

 

[WFW note: Grindrod will need to spell out the ratios in (a), (b), (c) and (d) and provide additional computations to support those notified ratios]

 

3 We confirm that no Default is continuing.

 

  7  

 

 

Signed:      
  [Chief Financial Officer] [Director]   Director
  of   of
  Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

  8  

 

 

Yours faithfully    
     
/s/ Domenik Nizet   /s/ Ang Toon Beng
Domenik Nizet   Ang Toon Beng
Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President
For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE    
as Facility Agent    
     
/s/ Domenik Nizet   /s/ Ang Toon Beng
Domenik Nizet   Ang Toon Beng
Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President
For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE    
as Security Agent    

 

  9  

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.    
as Borrower    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    

 

  10  

 

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.    
as Corporate Guarantor    

 

  11  

 

 

Exhibit 4.20(c)

 

Execution version

 

SIDE LETTER NO. 3

 

To: GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

as Borrower

 

IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD

IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD

IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.

UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD.

UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD.

UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD.

UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.

UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.

as Owner Guarantors

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Corporate Guarantor

 

16 April 2020

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 8 May 2018 (as amended)

 

We refer to the facility agreement dated 8 May 2018, as amended and supplemented by a side letter dated 14 December 2018, and a side letter no. 2 dated 28 June 2019 (the "Facility Agreement") and made between (i) Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. as borrower (the "Borrower"), (ii) IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd. and IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. as owner guarantors (the "Owner Guarantors"), (iii) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited (formerly known as Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch) as mandated lead arrangers, (iv) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as coordination agents, (v) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as account bank, (vi) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as original lenders (the "Lenders"), (vii) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as original hedge counterparties, (viii) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as facility agent (the "Facility Agent") and (ix) DVB Bank SE (formerly known as DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch) as security agent (the "Security Agent") relating to the refinancing of 16 ships owned by the Owner Guarantors.

 

 

 

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

The Obligors have requested that certain amendments be made to the financial covenants set out in Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement and clause 10 (Financial Covenants) of the Corporate Guarantor Guarantee.

 

The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request and this letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the date of this letter, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.2 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

2.1 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this letter, to amend the financial covenants set out in clause 20 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement and clause 10 (Financial Covenants) of the Corporate Guarantor Guarantee.

 

2.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 (Agreement of the Finance Parties) shall have effect on and from the date of this letter.

 

3 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the date of this letter, the Parties agree that the definitions of "Current Assets" and "Current Liabilities" set out in clause 20.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

 

""Current Assets" means the current assets (including Cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Corporate Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16);"; and

 

""Current Liabilities" means the current liabilities of the Corporate Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16);".

 

  2  

 

 

4 Representations

 

4.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 (Representations) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

4.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

5 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

5.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the date of this letter the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

(a) The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this letter.

 

(b) Except to the extent expressly waived by the amendments effected by this letter, no waiver is given by this letter and the Finance Parties expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of or other Default under the Finance Documents.

 

5.3 Obligor Confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor:

 

(a) confirms its acceptance of the amendments effected by this letter;

 

(b) agrees that it is bound as an Obligor;

 

(c) confirms that the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(d) if it is the Corporate Guarantor or an Owner Guarantor confirms that its guarantee and indemnity:

 

  3  

 

 

(i) continues to have full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(ii) extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.4 Security confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor confirms that:

 

(a) any Security created by it under the Finance Documents extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(b) the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter are included in the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Security Documents to which it is a party); and

 

(c) the Security created under the Finance Documents continues in full force and effect on the terms of the respective Finance Documents

 

6 Further Assurance

 

6.1 Further assurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this letter.

 

6.2 Additional corporate action

 

At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 7 (Further Assurance), that Party shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable a certificate signed by two of that Party's directors or officers which shall:

 

(a) set out the text of a resolution of that Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as applicable; and

 

(b) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

7 Costs and Expenses

 

Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

  4  

 

 

8 Notices

 

Clause 36 (Notices) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.

 

10 Governing Law

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 Enforcement

 

11.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this letter or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this letter) (a "Dispute").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly the Obligors will not argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 11.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

11.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this letter.

 

This letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this letter.

 

  5  

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Angelique Kounis   Angelique Kounis   /s/ James Spencer   James Spencer
    Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President    
    Legal Counsel   Legal Counsel    
For and on behalf of            
DVB BANK SE            
as Facility Agent            
             
/s/ Angelique Kounis   Angelique Kounis   /s/ James Spencer   James Spencer
    Senior Vice President   Senior Vice President    
    Legal Counsel   Legal Counsel    
For and on behalf of            
DVB BANK SE            
as Security Agent            

 

  6  

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.    
as Borrower    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    

 

  7  

 

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.    
as an Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.    
as Corporate Guarantor    

 

  8  

 

 

Exhibit 4.20(d)

 

June 5, 2020

 

Dear Sir

 

US$100M Facility Agreement Dated 8 May 2018 (as amended, restated and supplemented from time to time) (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

We refer to the Facility Agreement and your letter dated 8 March 2020 on the request of certain amendments be made to the Facility Agreement.

 

The lenders to the Facility Agreement have obtained their respective credit approvals to the following financial covenant amendments:

 

(1) the reduction of the cash covenant to be tested as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 from $30 million to $20 million; and

 

(2) the determination of current liabilities will exclude the amount owed to Sankaty under the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility for purposes of testing, as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, the covenant that requires current assets to exceed current liabilities,

 

with those financial covenants to revert to their current levels as at 31 December 2020.

 

It is intended that a side letter to the Facility Agreement will be completed subsequent to the date of this letter in order for the amendments to the Facility Agreement referred to above to take legal effect. This will not result in a change in the lenders decision on the above covenant amendment.

 

For and on behalf of

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH as Facility Agent

 

/s/Domenik Nizet   /s/Willie Toh
Domenik Nizet   Willie Toh
Senior Vice President   Vice President

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.21(a)

 

SIDE LETTER

 

To: UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.

UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.

as Borrowers

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Parent Guarantor

 

28 June 2019

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 21 December 2018

 

We refer to the facility agreement dated 21 December 2018 (the "Facility Agreement") and made between (i) Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. and Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. as joint and several borrowers and hedge guarantors (the "Borrowers"), (ii) Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. as parent guarantor (the "Parent Guarantor"), (iii) NIBC Bank N.V. as arranger, (iv) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as lenders (the "Lenders"), (vii) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as hedge counterparties, (viii) NIBC Bank N.V. as facility agent (the "Facility Agent") and (ix) NIBC Bank N.V. as security agent relating to a facility in the amount of US$29,900,000 for the purposes of financing the acquisition cost of ships now owned by the Borrowers.

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

The Obligors have requested that certain amendments be made to the financial covenants set out in Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request and this letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the date of this letter, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.2 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

 

 

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

2.1 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this letter, to amend the financial covenants set out in clause 22 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

2.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 (Agreement of the Finance Parties) shall have effect on and from the date of this letter.

 

3 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the date of this letter, the Parties agree that the Facility Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

(a) paragraph (a) of clause 22.1 (Financial covenants) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph:

 

"The Obligors shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times on and from 30 June 2019 and thereafter during the Security Period be such that:

 

(i) Book Value Net Worth is not less than the lower of:

 

(A) aggregate of $240,000,000 plus 25 per cent. of the amount of Positive Retained Earnings plus 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise; and

 

(B) $275,000,000;

 

(ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents is not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including:

 

(A) the minimum cash balance in the Retention Account required pursuant to Clause 22.3 (Minimum Cash); and

 

(B) the minimum cash balance held on the Other Facility Agreement Debt Service Reserve Account pursuant to the Other Facility Agreement and representing six months debt service under the Other Facility Agreement;

 

(iii) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.; and

 

(iv) Working Capital is positive";

 

(b) the definitions of "Debt" and "Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets" set out in clause 22.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

 

""Debt" means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations relating to sale and leaseback transactions; bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding lease obligations due to recognition of liability from IFRS16 amendments, the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts and for the avoidance of doubt accounts payable, accruals and provisions;"

 

 

 

 

""Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets" means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

(a) ships (including ships under construction and excluding right of use assets) either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(b) land and buildings either wholly owned or partially owned by the Group,

 

as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent's satisfaction and acceptable to the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders;"; and

 

(c) the following definitions shall be added to clause 22.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement:

 

""Capital Raise" means the dollar amount (or equivalent amount in dollars) of any capital raised by the Corporate Guarantor as evidenced in the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Current Assets" means the current assets of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced by the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Current Liabilities" means the current liabilities of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced by the Latest Accounts;"

 

""Positive Retained Earnings" means the positive retained earnings of the Group on a consolidated basis as evidenced in the Latest Accounts;" and

 

""Working Capital" means the Current Assets less the Current Liabilities;".

 

4 Representations

 

4.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 (Representations) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

4.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

5 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

5.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the date of this letter the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

 

 

 

5.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

(a) The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this letter.

 

(b) Except to the extent expressly waived by the amendments effected by this letter, no waiver is given by this letter and the Finance Parties expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of or other Default under the Finance Documents.

 

5.3 Obligor Confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor:

 

(a) confirms its acceptance of the amendments effected by this letter;

 

(b) agrees that it is bound as an Obligor;

 

(c) confirms that the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(d) (if it is the Parent Guarantor or a Hedge Guarantor) confirms that its guarantee and indemnity:

 

(i) continues to have full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(ii) extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.4 Security confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor confirms that:

 

(a) any Security created by it under the Finance Documents extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(b) the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter are included in the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Security Documents to which it is a party); and

 

(c) the Security created under the Finance Documents continues in full force and effect on the terms of the respective Finance Documents.

 

6 Further Assurance

 

6.1 Further assurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this letter.

 

 

 

 

6.2 Additional corporate action

 

At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 6 (Further Assurance), that Party shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable a certificate signed by two of that Party's directors or officers which shall:

 

(a) set out the text of a resolution of that Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as applicable; and

 

(b) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

7 FEE, Costs and Expenses

 

(a) Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent for distribution to the Lenders in proportion to their respective Commitments as a percentage of the Total Commitments a waiver fee equal to the higher of (a) US$7,500 and (b) the equivalent fee payable in connection with the Other Facility Agreement (as defined in clause 22.2 (Financial covenant definitions) of the Facility Agreement. Said fee shall be payable on or before 31 December 2019 or as may otherwise be agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

8 Notices

 

Clause 38 (Notices) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.

 

10 Governing Law

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 Enforcement

 

11.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this letter or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this letter) (a "Dispute").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly the Obligors will not argue to the contrary.

 

 

 

 

(c) This Clause 11.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

11.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this letter.

 

This letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this letter.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Simon Petch   Simon Petch – Attorney-in-fact
For and on behalf of    
NIBC BANK N.V.    
as Facility Agent    
     
/s/ Simon Petch   Simon Petch – Attorney-in-fact
For and on behalf of    
NIBC BANK N.V.    
as Security Agent    

 

 

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.    
as a Borrower    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.    
as a Borrower    
     
/s/ Martyn Richard Wade   Martyn Richard Wade
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.    
as Parent Guarantor    

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.21(b)

 

SIDE LETTER No. 2

 

To: UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.

UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.

as Borrowers

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Parent Guarantor

 

8 May 2020

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 21 December 2018

 

We refer to the facility agreement dated 21 December 2018, as amended and supplemented by a side letter dated 28 June 2019, (the "Facility Agreement") and made between (i) Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. and Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. as joint and several borrowers and hedge guarantors (the "Borrowers"), (ii) Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. as parent guarantor (the "Parent Guarantor"), (iii) NIBC Bank N.V. as arranger, (iv) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as lenders (the "Lenders"), (vii) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as hedge counterparties, (viii) NIBC Bank N.V. as facility agent (the "Facility Agent") and (ix) NIBC Bank N.V. as security agent relating to a facility in the amount of US$29,900,000 for the purposes of financing the acquisition cost of ships now owned by the Borrowers.

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

The Obligors have requested that certain amendments be made to the financial covenants set out in Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request and this letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the date of this letter, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.2 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

 

 

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

2.1 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this letter, to amend the financial covenants set out in clause 22 (Financial Covenants) of the Facility Agreement.

 

2.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 (Agreement of the Finance Parties) shall have effect on and from the date of this letter.

 

3 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the date of this letter, the Parties agree that the definitions of "Current Assets" and "Current Liabilities" set out in clause 22.2 (Financial covenants definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced by the following:

 

""Current Assets" means the current assets (including Cash and Cash Equivalents) of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16);"; and

 

""Current Liabilities" means the current liabilities of the Parent Guarantor on a consolidated basis as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16);".

 

4 Representations

 

4.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 (Representations) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

4.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this letter.

 

5 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

5.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the date of this letter the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

  2  

 

 

5.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

(a) The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this letter.

 

(b) Except to the extent expressly waived by the amendments effected by this letter, no waiver is given by this letter and the Finance Parties expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of or other Default under the Finance Documents.

 

5.3 Obligor Confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor:

 

(a) confirms its acceptance of the amendments effected by this letter;

 

(b) agrees that it is bound as an Obligor;

 

(c) confirms that the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(d) (if it is the Parent Guarantor or a Hedge Guarantor) confirms that its guarantee and indemnity:

 

(i) continues to have full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter; and

 

(ii) extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this letter.

 

5.4 Security confirmation

 

By its countersignature of this letter, each Obligor confirms that:

 

(a) any Security created by it under the Finance Documents extends to the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

 

(b) the obligations of the relevant Obligors under the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this letter are included in the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Security Documents to which it is a party); and

 

(c) the Security created under the Finance Documents continues in full force and effect on the terms of the respective Finance Documents.

 

6 Further Assurance

 

6.1 Further assurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this letter.

 

  3  

 

 

6.2 Additional corporate action

 

At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 6 (Further Assurance), that Party shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable a certificate signed by two of that Party's directors or officers which shall:

 

(a) set out the text of a resolution of that Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as applicable; and

 

(b) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

7 FEE, Costs and Expenses

 

(a) Clause 16.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent for distribution to the Lenders in proportion to their respective Commitments as a percentage of the Total Commitments a waiver fee equal to the higher of (a) US$2,500 and (b) the equivalent fee payable in connection with the Other Facility Agreement (as defined in clause 22.2 (Financial covenant definitions) of the Facility Agreement. Said fee shall be payable on or before 31 May 2020 or as may otherwise be agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

8 Notices

 

Clause 38 (Notices) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this letter, applies to this letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.

 

10 Governing Law

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 Enforcement

 

11.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this letter (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this letter or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this letter) (a "Dispute").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly the Obligors will not argue to the contrary.

 

  4  

 

 

(c) This Clause 11.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

11.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this letter.

 

This letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this letter.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Anneke van der Spek   Anneke van der Spek
For and on behalf of    
NIBC BANK N.V.    
as Facility Agent    
     
/s/ Hans Nagtegaal   Hans Nagtegaal
For and on behalf of    
NIBC BANK N.V.    
as Security Agent    

 

  5  

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.    
as a Borrower    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.    
as a Borrower    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.    
as Parent Guarantor    

 

  6  

 

 

Exhibit 4.21(c)

 

To: Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd.

Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd.

as Borrowers

 

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

as Parent Guarantor

 

June 4, 2020

 

Dear Sir

 

We refer to the Facility Agreement dated 21 December 2018, as amended and supplemented from time to time and your letter dated 12 March 2020 on the request of certain amendments be made to the facility agreement.

 

The lenders to the agreement have agreed to the following covenant amendments:

 

(1) the reduction of the cash covenant to be tested as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 from $30 million to $20 million (clause 22.1(a)(ii) of the facility agreement); and

 

(2) the determination of current liabilities will exclude the amount owed to Sankaty under the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility for purposes of testing, as at June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, the covenant that requires our current assets to exceed our current liabilities (clause 22.2 of the facility agreement).

 

It is intended that the side letter to this facility agreement will be completed subsequent to the date of this letter, no later than 30 June 2020. This will not result in a change in the lenders decision on the above covenant amendment.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

/s/ Anneke van der Spek   /s/ Hans Nagtegaal
Anneke van der Spek   Hans Nagtegaal

 

For and on behalf of

NIBC BANK N.V.

as Facility Agent

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.22

 

IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD.

as Borrower

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Guarantor

 

and

 

THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH

as Lender

 

TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT

for a loan of up to US$15,720,000

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

1 Definitions and interpretation 2
2 The Facility 15
3 Utilisation 15
4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 16
5 Costs of Utilisation 20
6 Additional Payment Obligations 22
7 Guarantee 29
8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 31
9 Changes to Parties 51
10 Administration 52
11 Governing Law And Enforcement 57
Schedule 1 - The Obligors 58
Schedule 2 59
Part I-Condition Precedent 59
Part II- Condition Subsequent 60
Schedule 3 – Utilisation Requests 62
Schedule 4 – Vessel 63

 

  1

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 29th July 2019 and made between:

 

(1) IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201818426K), as borrower, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01, Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Borrower);

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201731497H), as guarantor, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Guarantor );

 

(3) THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH, a company incorporated in Japan and having a place of business at 8 Marina View, #15-02 Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960 as lender (the Lender).

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1 Definitions and interpretation

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply:

 

Account Bank means THE IYO BANK, LTD., Singapore Branch or any other bank designated by the Lender;

 

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;

 

Approved Broker means Arrows Valuations, Clarkson Valuations Limited, Lorentzen & Stemoco AS, Simpson Spence Young, Fearnleys, Braemar Seascope Ltd as selected by the Borrower and approved by the Lender or such other ship broker or ship valuer as determined by the Lender;

 

Approved Flag means Singapore or any other flag as may be approved by the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in respect of the Vessel pursuant to Clause 8.4.2 (Registration of Vessel);

 

Approved Manager means, in relation to the Vessel, Grindrod Ship Management a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd., or any other company which the Lender may approve from time to time as the manager of the Vessel pursuant to Clause 8.4.9 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc) such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

Assignment of Earnings means the assignment of Earnings in respect of the Vessel, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender if current Charter exceeds a charter period of more than 12 Months, in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

Assignment of Insurances means the assignment of Insurances and Requisition Compensation in respect of the Vessel, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve.

 

Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

  2

 

 

Availability Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 8 September 2019 or the date falling at one month after the delivery date of the Vessel whichever comes earlier.

 

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding the application of the Margin) which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b) the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the London interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

 

Builder means Shin Kurushima Toyohashi Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Japan and having its office at 22, Akemi-cho,Toyohashi-city, Aichi-pref., 441-8577;

 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in the Republic of Singapore, Tokyo, and (in relation to any date for payment of US Dollars) New York City, but in relation to the determination of LIBOR in the London interbank market, in London;

 

Cash Reserve Account means an account held or to be held with the Account Bank in the name of the Borrower or such other account which is designated solely by the Lender as Cash Reserve Account, provided that this Cash Reserve Account may also be used for repayment of the Loan;

 

Certified Copy means in relation to any document delivered or issued by or on behalf of any company, a copy of such document certified as a true, complete and up to date copy of the original by any of the directors or officers for the time being of such company or by such company’s attorneys or solicitors;

 

Charter means any voyage charter, time charter or any other similar contract for the employment or use of the Vessel for hire, or any bareboat or demise charter of the Vessel;

 

Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

 

Commitment means the amount of up to US$15,720,000;

 

Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

Deed of Covenants means the deed of covenants collateral to the Mortgage in respect of the Vessel, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve.

 

Default means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default;

 

  3

 

 

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;

 

Earnings means, in relation to the Vessel, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Lender and which arise out of the use of or operation of the Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) all freight, demurrage, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Borrower or the Lender in the event of requisition of the Vessel for hire, remuneration of salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Vessel; and

 

(b) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of earnings, if any; and

 

(c) if and whenever the Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Vessel;

 

Environmental Claim means, in respect of the Vessel, any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any breach of any Environmental Law;

 

Environmental Law means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or to the carriage of toxic or hazardous material which is capable of polluting the environment;

 

Environmental Permit means any permit, licence, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law necessary for the operation of the business of the Vessel;

 

  4

 

 

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 8.6 (Events of Default);

 

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The Facility);

 

Facility Office means the office of the Lender through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

FATCA means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

 

FATCA Application Date means:

 

(a) in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b) in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

(c) in relation to a passthru payment described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement;

 

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;

 

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

 

FATCA FFI means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if the Lender is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction;

 

Fair Market Value means the market value of the Vessel determined in accordance with Clause 8.4.11 (Valuations);

 

Fee Letter means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Borrower and the Lender setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 5.4 (Fees);

 

  5

 

 

Finance Documents means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Security Document;

 

(c) any Utilisation Request; and

 

(d) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower and which is executed at any time by an Obligor or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

 

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (except for leases or hire purchase contracts between any members of the Group);

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

(i) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above;

 

GAAP means, in relation to an Obligor, the generally accepted accounting principles, such as the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) or the generally accepted accounting principles prevailing in the USA (US GAAP).

 

Group means the Borrower, the Guarantor and their Subsidiaries for the time being;

 

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

 

  6

 

 

IM SHIPPING PTE. LTD. means a company incorporated under the laws of Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763, with its company registration no. 200711432R;

 

Insurances means:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of the Vessel, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it; and

 

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;

 

Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 5.2 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 5.1.3 (Default interest);

 

Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR for the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan,

 

each as of 11.a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Loan;

 

ISM Code means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

ISPS Code means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD. means a company incorporated under the laws of Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01, Southpoint, Singapore 089763 with its company registration no. 201818425Z.

 

IVS IBIS means a steel bulk carrier registered under Singapore flag with official number 396950 owned by IM SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

IVS IBIS Deed of Covenants means the deed of covenants collateral to the IVS IBIS Mortgage in respect of IVS IBIS, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

IVS IBIS Mortgage means the Singapore statutory ship mortgage (and includes the collateral IVS IBIS Deed of Covenants) in respect of the Vessel, executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

  7

 

 

IVS PRESTWICK means the vessel being built by the Builder known during its construction by the Builder’s hull no. 3708 and owned or to be owned by IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD.

 

IVS PRESTWICK Facility Agreement means a term facility agreement with the commitment amount up to US$15,720,000 made or to be made by the Lender as lender, IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD. as borrower and the Guarantor as guarantor for the purpose of funding acquisition cost of IVS PRESTWICK.

 

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for the Loan; or

 

(c) If:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loan; or

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan

 

the rate (rounded upwards to the nearest four decimal places) at which deposits in US Dollars of amounts comparable to the amount of the Loan (or any relevant part of the Loan) are offered to the Lender in the London interbank market,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the offering of deposits in US Dollars in a comparable amount for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or an Unpaid Sum, and if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan;

 

LMA means the Loan Market Association;

 

Major Casualty means any casualty to the Vessel in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds US$500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

Margin means two point zero (2.00) per cent. per annum;

 

Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole; or

 

(b) the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, or

 

  8

 

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Finance Documents;

 

Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which the Interest Period is to end;

 

and the above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period;

 

Mortgage means the first priority Singapore statutory ship mortgage (and includes the collateral Deed of Covenants) in respect of the Vessel, executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

Obligors means the Borrower and the Guarantor and Obligor means any one of them;

 

Original Financial Statements means the audited Group financial statements of the Guarantor for the financial year ended 31 December 2018;

 

Party means a party to this Agreement;

 

Permitted Security Interests means:

 

(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) (other than in respect of any assets secured or intended to be secured by the Transaction Security) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Guarantor in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with maritime practice;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Vessel, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than thirty (30) days overdue;

 

  9

 

 

(f) liens arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business and not as a result of any default or omission of the Guarantor or the Borrower; and

 

(g) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Vessel which is not in excess of US$ 500,000 or the equivalent in local currency unless (i) with the prior written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (ii) such lien does not subsist for a period more than 45 days.

 

Potential Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 8.6 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the London interbank market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Lender in accordance with market practice in the London interbank market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London interbank market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days);

 

Reference Bank means the principal London office of MUFG Bank, Ltd. Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., and Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank, Limited, or such other internationally first class bank as may be appointed by the Borrower with the prior written approval of the Lender;

 

Repayment Date means each of the dates specified in the repayment schedule in Clause 4.1 (Repayment of Loan) as a “Repayment Date”, as such repayment schedule may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time by the Borrower and the Lender;;

 

Repayment Instalment means each instalment for repayment of the Loan referred to in the repayment schedule set out in Clause 4.1 (Repayment of Loan) as a “Repayment Instalment” as such repayment schedule may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time by the Borrower and the Lender;

 

Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clause 8.1 except Clause 8.1.9 (Deduction of Tax), Clause 8.1.13 (Financial Statement) and any representation of any Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

Requisition means:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of a Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 60 Business Days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower; and

 

  10

 

 

(b) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of a Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 60 Business Days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower.

 

Requisition Compensation includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any Requisition;

 

Restricted Party means a person that: (i) is listed on any Sanctions List; (ii) is located in or incorporated under the laws of a country or territory that is the subject of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; (iii) is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above; or (iv) with whom a subject of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities;

 

Sanctions means the economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by: (i) the United States Government; (ii) the United Nations; (iii) the European Union or (iv) the United Kingdom and with regard to (i) – (iv) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (OFAC), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (HMT); (together the Sanctions Authorities);

 

Sanctions List means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, including, but not limited to, the European Union and/or the United Nations;

 

Screen Rate means in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower;

 

Security Documents means

 

(a) the Assignment of Insurance;

 

(b) the Mortgage;

 

(c) the Deed of Covenants;

 

(d) the Assignment of Earnings;

 

(e) IVS IBIS Mortgage;

 

(f) IVS IBIS Deed of Covenants; and

 

  11

 

 

(g) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower and which is executed at any time by an Obligor or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of creating a security interest.

 

Security Party means any person (except the Lender) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a Finance Document;

 

Security Period means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Lender notifies the Obligors and any other Security Parties that:

 

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Obligors or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

 

(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

 

(c) neither Obligor nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under any provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and

 

(d) the Lender does not reasonably consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of an Obligor or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

 

Shareholder means GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Republic of Singapore having its address at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763, with its company registration no. 201731497H;

 

Signing Date means a date of signing of this Agreement;

 

Subsidiary means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159(2) of the Companies Act 2006;

 

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

 

Termination Date means the date falling on the earlier of (i) seven (7) years after the Utilisation Date or (ii) the date on which the Loan has been irrevocably and unconditionally prepaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

Total Loss means, in relation to the Vessel:

 

  12

 

 

(a) the actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel;

 

(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one (1) year without any right to an extension) unless it is within sixty (60) days from the Total Loss Date redelivered to the full control of the Borrower; or

 

(c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Vessel (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within sixty (60) days from the Total Loss Date redelivered to the full control of the Borrower;

 

Total Loss Date means:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

(b) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Vessel as a Total Loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of Total Loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Lender that the event constituting the Total Loss occurred;

 

Transaction Security means the Security created or intended to be created in favour of any Security Party pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents;

 

US Tax Obligor means:

 

(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes;

 

Utilisation means the utilisation of the Facility;

 

Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the Loan is to be made;

 

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request);

 

Vessel means the vessel being built by the Builder known during its construction by the Builder’s hull no. 3720 and owned or to be owned by the Borrower and includes her engines, machinery, masts, spares, rigging, boats, anchors, chains, tackle, apparel, furniture, fittings, appliances, equipment, spare gear, replacement parts, fuel, consumables or other stores, belongings and all other appurtenances belonging to or appertaining thereto (whether now owned or hereafter acquired and whether or not on board) and all additions, improvements and replacements thereto.

 

  13

 

 

1.2 Construction

 

1.2.1 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

 

(a) the Lender, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

(b) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(c) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;

 

(d) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(e) a person includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

 

(f) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(g) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(h) a time of day is a reference to Singapore time; and

 

(i) terms defined in the singular may be used in the plural and vice versa.

 

1.2.2 Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.3 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

1.2.4 A Potential Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

1.3 Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

$, dollars and USD denote lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.4 Third Party Rights

 

A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

  14

 

 

2 The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in one amount up to the Commitment.

 

2.2 Purpose

 

2.2.1 Purpose

 

The Borrower shall apply the full amount borrowed by it under the Facility towards the refinancing of the value acquisition cost of the Vessel.

 

2.2.2 Monitoring

 

The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of the amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

2.3 Conditions of Utilisation

 

2.3.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Lender has received, or has otherwise waived in writing receipt of, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Exhibit 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (acting reasonably). The Lender shall notify the Borrower promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

2.3.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lender will only be obliged to advance the Loan if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

(a) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects

 

2.3.3 Final Conditions Precedent

 

The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Lender the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Subsequent) on the Utilisation Date unless otherwise specified therein, a breach of which shall trigger an additional and separate Event of Default.

 

2.3.4 Waivers

 

The conditions precedent and conditions subsequent are inserted solely for the Lender’s benefit. The Lender may waive them, in whole or in part and with or without conditions, without prejudicing the Lender’s right to require subsequent fulfilment of such conditions.

 

3 Utilisation

 

3.1 Utilisation

 

3.1.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Lender of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than two (2) Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

  15

 

 

3.1.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(ii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 3.2 (Currency and amount); and

 

(iii) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 5.2 (Interest Periods).

 

(b) Only one Loan may be requested in the Utilisation Request.

 

3.2 Currency and amount

 

3.2.1 The currency specified in an Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

3.2.2 The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Commitment.

 

4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation

 

4.1 Repayment of Loan

 

(a) The Borrower shall repay the Loan in accordance with the schedule below, such that on each of the dates stated in Column A below, the Loan shall be reduced by an amount shown opposite that date in Column B below:

 

  16

 

 

      Column B        
No.   Column A
Repayment Date
  Repayment
Instalment
    Balance after
Repayment
 
                US$ 15,720,000  
1   3 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,458,000  
2   6 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,196,000  
3   9 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,934,000  
4   12 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,672,000  
5   15 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,410,000  
6   18 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,148,000  
7   21 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,886,000  
8   24 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,624,000  
9   27 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,362,000  
10   30 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,100,000  
11   33 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,838,000  
12   36 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,576,000  
13   39 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,314,000  
14   42 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,052,000  
15   45 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,790,000  
16   48 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,528,000  
17   51 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,266,000  
18   54 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,004,000  
19   57 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,742,000  
20   60 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,480,000  
21   63 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,218,000  
22   66 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,956,000  
23   69 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,694,000  
24   72 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,432,000  
25   75 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,170,000  
26   78 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,908,000  
27   81 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,646,000  
28   84 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,384,000  

 

(b) If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of the Commitment in accordance with Clause 4.2.2 (Voluntary prepayment) then the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of such cancellation.

 

(c) If the Borrower draws less than the full Commitment then the amount in Column B shall be reduced proportionately.

 

  17

 

 

(d) The Borrower shall ensure that prior to (but in any event, by) each Repayment Date, an amount equivalent to the aggregate of the principal repayable and interest payable on that Repayment Date shall be remitted from the Borrower’s other bank accounts to a non-interest-bearing account of the Borrower opened and maintained with the Lender, so as to enable the Borrower to perform and comply with its obligations under this Clause 4.1 and/or Clause 5.1.2 (Payment of interest) and Clause 10.1.1 (Payments to the Lender).

 

4.2 Prepayment and Cancellation

 

4.2.1 Illegality

 

If, at any time, it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

(a) upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of the Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(b) the Borrower shall repay the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower.

 

4.2.2 Voluntary cancellation

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Lender not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part of the Commitment.

 

4.2.3 Voluntary prepayment

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Lender not less than five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or part (but if in part, being an amount that reduce the Loan by a minimum of US$1,000,000 and an amount which is an integral multiple of US$300,000) of the Commitment.

 

4.2.4 Mandatory Prepayment

 

(a) If the Vessel is sold by the Borrower, the Borrower shall, simultaneously with completion of any such sale prepay the whole of the Loan in full together with all interest, Break Costs (if any) and other costs and expenses relating to the Loan. (Following an Event of Default the Vessel may only be sold by the Borrower with the prior consent of the Lender which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.)

 

(b) If the Vessel becomes a Total Loss the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full together with all interest, Break Costs (if any) and other costs and expenses relating to the Loan. Such repayment shall be made on:

 

(i) in respect of a Total Loss arising as a result of a Requisition, the relevant Total Loss Date; and

 

(ii) in respect any other Total Loss, the earlier of:

 

(A) the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date; and

 

  18

 

 

(B) the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

(c) If there is a breach of Clause 8.3.17 (Change of Ownership) and/or 8.4.7 (Sanctions) or Clause 8.3.2 (Compliance with laws etc.) (insofar as such breach of Clause 8.3.2 (Compliance with laws etc.) relates to a breach of Sanctions), and if the Lender notifies the Borrower in writing that it will require the Loan to be prepaid in full, the Borrower shall repay the Loan in full together with all interest, Break Costs (if any) and other costs and expenses relating to the Loan, within fourteen (14) days of receipt of notice from the Lender of such prepayment requirement or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in such notice delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

(d) If IVS IBIS is sold during the Facility Period, the Borrower shall prepay;

 

(i) US$1,000,000 in relation to each of the Vessel and IVS PRESTWICK (in total US$2,000,000) if the Loan under this Agreement and the loan under IVS PRESTWICK Facility Agreement remains outstanding; or

 

(ii) US$2,000,000 if either the Loan under this Agreement or the loan under IVS PRESTWICK Facility Agreement remains outstanding

 

and such prepayment shall be made within thirty (30) days after the sale of IVS IBIS unless the Borrower provides an alternative Security Interest acceptable to the Lender (such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

4.2.5 Automatic Cancellation

 

Any part of the Facility which is undrawn by the Borrower at the close of business in the Republic of Singapore on the last day of the Availability Period shall be automatically cancelled.

 

4.2.6 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 4.2 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b) Any cancellation of Facility under this Agreement shall be made together with any indemnification of cost and loss incurred by the Lender for preparation of the Facility.

 

(c) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any interests, cost, expenses Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(d) Any prepayment under this Clause 4.2 will be applied in or towards repaying the relevant remaining instalments (excluding the balloon instalment repayable on the Termination Date (the “Balloon Instalment”)) under Clause 6 (Repayment) rateably, provided that if the relevant remaining instalments (excluding the Balloon Instalment) under Clause 6 (Repayment) are prepaid in full, then any further prepayment will be applied in or towards repaying the Balloon Instalment (or vice versa as the Lender may agree).

 

  19

 

 

(e) The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid.

 

(f) The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of any Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(g) No amount of the Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

5 Costs of Utilisation

 

5.1 Interest

 

5.1.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(i) Margin; and

 

(ii) LIBOR;

 

5.1.2 Payment of interest

 

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

5.1.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to Clause 5.1.3(a) below, is two (2) per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Lender (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 5.1.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Lender.

 

(b) If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two (2) per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

  20

 

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

5.1.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

5.2 INTEREST PERIODS

 

5.2.1 Duration of Interest Periods

 

(a) Subject to this Clause 5.2, each Interest Period shall be for a duration of three (3) Months.

 

(b) An Interest Period shall not extend beyond a Repayment Date.

 

(c) The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date (including) and ending on the first Repayment Date (including) and each period thereafter commencing on the last day of the preceding Interest Period (excluding) and ending on the day numerically corresponding to every three (3) Months thereafter (including), with the last Interest Period ending on the Termination Date (including).

 

5.2.2 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

5.3 Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

5.3.1 Market disruption

 

Subject to any alternative basis agreed and consented to as contemplated by Clause 5.3.3 (Alternative basis of interest or funding), if a Market Disruption Event (as defined below) occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before Interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

5.3.2 In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:

 

(a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and the Reference Bank does not supply a rate to the Lender to determine LIBOR for the relevant currency and Interest Period; or

 

  21

 

 

5.3.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Lender or the Borrower so requires, the Lender and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to sub-clause (a) above shall, with the prior consent of the Lender and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

5.3.4 Break Costs

 

The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

5.4 Fees

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable upfront fee in the amount of US$_78,600_____ (being 0.5% of the Commitment) within five (5) Business Days from the Signing Date.

 

6 Additional Payment Obligations

 

6.1 Tax Gross Up And Indemnities

 

6.1.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

(i) Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment or refund of any Tax.

 

(ii) Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

(iii) Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to the Lender under Clause 6.1.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 6.1.3 (Tax indemnity).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 6 a reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

6.1.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify that Obligor on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

 

  22

 

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

(f) The Lender and the Obligors shall cooperate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for an Obligor to make a payment to the Lender without a Tax Deduction.

 

6.1.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Obligors shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Sub-clause (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident or is engaged or deemed to be engaged in a trade or a business or has a presence for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction; or

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 6.1.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(B) would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 6.1.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(C) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  23

 

 

(c) On making, or intending to make a claim under sub-clause (a) the Lender shall promptly notify the Obligors of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

 

6.1.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

(b) the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

the Lender shall pay an amount to the Obligor which the Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

6.1.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Borrower shall pay and, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

6.1.6 Goods and Services tax

 

The Borrower shall also pay to the Lender within three (3) Business Days of demand, in addition to any amount payable by an Obligor to the Lender under a Finance Document, any goods and services, value added or similar Tax payable in respect of that amount (and references in that Finance Document to that amount shall be deemed to include any such Taxes payable in addition to it).

 

6.1.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to sub-clause (c), each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable passthru payment percentage or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-clause (a)(i)(A) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  24

 

 

(c) Sub-clause (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Sub-clause (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Sub-clause (c) above applies), then:

 

(i) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable passthru payment percentage then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru payment percentage is 100%,

 

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

6.1.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Lender.

 

6.2 Increased Costs

 

6.2.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 6.2.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) Increased Costs” means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facilities or on the Lender's (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  25

 

 

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into the Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

(ii) Basel III” means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

6.2.2 Increased cost claims

 

If the Lender is intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 6.2.1 (Increased costs) it shall promptly notify the Obligors of the event giving rise to the claim.

 

6.2.3 Exceptions

 

(a) Clause 6.2.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(ii) compensated for by Clause 6.1.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 6.1.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph 6.1.3(b)(i) of Clause 6.1.3(b) (Tax indemnity) applied);

 

(iii) attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

 

(iv) attributable to a FACTA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or

 

  26

 

 

(v) attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Lender or any of its Affiliates).

 

(b) In this Clause 6.2, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 6.1.1 (Definitions).

 

6.3 Other Indemnities

 

6.3.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

6.3.2 Other indemnities

 

Each Obligor shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

 

(c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrower in the Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by the Lender alone); or

 

(d) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

  27

 

 

6.3.3 Indemnity to the Lender

 

The Borrower shall promptly on demand indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

6.4 Mitigation by the Lender

 

6.4.1 Mitigation

 

(a) The Lender shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 4.2.1 (Illegality), Clause 6.1 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities), Clause 6.2 (Increased Costs) or 6.4 (Mandatory Cost).

 

(b) Sub-clause (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

6.4.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 6.4 (Mitigation).

 

(b) The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 6.4.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

6.5 Costs and Expenses

 

6.5.1 Transaction expenses

 

The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(b) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

6.5.2 Amendment costs

 

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Obligors shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request.

 

6.5.3 Enforcement costs

 

The Borrower shall on demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

  28

 

 

7 Guarantee

 

7.1 Guarantee and Indemnity

 

7.1.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to the Lender punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with the Lender that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due and payable under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(c) indemnifies the Lender immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by the Lender if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which the Lender would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

7.1.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

7.1.3 Reinstatement

 

If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge given by the Lender (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

 

(a) the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and

 

(b) the Lender shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.

 

7.1.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 7 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 7 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or the Lender) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or other person;

 

  29

 

 

(b) the release of the Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the Borrower or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

7.1.5 Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 7. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

7.1.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may following an Event of Default which is continuing:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 7.

 

7.1.7 Deferral of the Guarantor's rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Lender otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

  30

 

 

(a) to be indemnified by the Borrower;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by the Lender.

 

7.1.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by the Lender.

 

8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default

 

8.1 Representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 8 to the Lender on the date of this Agreement.

 

8.1.1 Status

 

(a) It is a company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.

 

(c) It and each of its Subsidiaries (if any) has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

8.1.2 Shareholder

 

The Shareholder (directly or indirectly) beneficially and legally owns the majority of the issued share capital of the Borrower and has the power (whether by ownership or shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(a) cast or control the casting of the votes of the majority of the issued share capital of the Borrower at a general meeting of the Borrower’s shareholders;

 

(b) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or equivalent officers of the Borrower; or

 

(c) give directions with respect to the operations, management and/or financial policies of the Borrower which the directors or equivalent officers of the Borrower are obliged to comply.

 

8.1.3 Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are, subject to any general principles of law as at the date of the relevant Finance Document limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Conditions of Utilisation), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

  31

 

 

8.1.4 Security Interests

 

No other Security Interest exists, except for Permitted Security Interests in relation to any asset to which a Security Interest created by a Finance Document relates.

 

8.1.5 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets.

 

8.1.6 Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

8.1.7 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

(c) to enable it to create the Security to be created by it pursuant to any Security Document and to ensure that such Security has the priority and ranking it is expressed to have,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect save for the making of the appropriate registrations of the Security Documents with the appropriate registries.

 

8.1.8 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) The governing law chosen in each of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) Any final judgment obtained in the High Courts of England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

8.1.9 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

8.1.10 No filing or stamp taxes

 

It is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, except:

 

  32

 

 

(a) registration of the statements containing particulars of charge of each of the Security Documents at the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore and payment of associated fees; and

 

(b) registration of the Mortgage at the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore where title to the Vessel is registered or to be registered in the ownership of the Borrower and payment of associated fees,

 

which registrations, filings, taxes and fees will be made and paid promptly after the date of the relevant Security Document.

 

8.1.11 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall be deemed to represent upon the Utilisation Date (and as a Repeating Representation thereafter) that no other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.1.12 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date (if any) at which it is stated;

 

(b) All financial projections provided by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any factual information and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information provided by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement being untrue or misleading in any material respect; and

 

(d) All written information supplied by any member of the Group is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any respect.

 

8.1.13 Financial statements

 

(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b) Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations as at the end of and for the relevant financial year.

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition since 31 December 2018.

 

  33

 

 

8.1.14 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

8.1.15 Title

 

Except for the Permitted Security Interests, it has good and marketable title to the assets subject to the Security created by it pursuant to any Security Document, free from all Security except the Security created pursuant to, or permitted by, the Finance Documents.

 

8.1.16 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

8.1.17 Vessel

 

The Borrower is the sole and beneficial owner of the Vessel which is not in any way subject to any Security Interests except for Permitted Security Interest.

 

8.1.18 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor has performed and observed in all material respects all Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits and all other material covenants, conditions, restrictions or agreements directly or indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with the Vessel.

 

8.1.19 Environmental Claims

 

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.1.20 Taxation

 

(a) It has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (i) payment is being contested in good faith, (ii) it has maintained adequate reserves for those Taxes and (iii) payment can be lawfully withheld).

 

(b) It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

 

(c) No claim in excess of US$500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency is being or is reasonably likely to be asserted against it with respect to Taxes other than any tax dispute informed of by any Obligor prior to the Signing Date.

 

  34

 

 

8.1.21 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, the Approved Managers and the Vessel have been complied with in all material respects.

 

8.1.22 Anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws

 

(a) None of the Obligors, any of their Subsidiaries, directors or officers, nor to the best of the knowledge of each Obligor, any of its agents, employees, Affiliates or other person acting on behalf of each Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, or has engaged in any activity or conduct, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, rules or regulations.

 

(b) The Obligors and each of their respective Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with all applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, rules and regulations and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

8.1.23 No insolvency

 

No member of the Group has taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Group for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or otherwise or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues except for any such steps or proceedings which are vexatious and discharged within thirty (30) days of their commencement and except for any corporate action necessary to voluntarily wind-up and dissolve any Subsidiaries of the Group formed as special purpose entities to acquire a ship and such acquisition does not occur.

 

8.1.24 No material adverse change

 

No event or circumstance has occurred which (to the best of its knowledge and belief) might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.1.25 Sanctions

 

(a) Each Obligor, and each of its respective Subsidiaries, their joint ventures, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has been and is in compliance with all Sanctions.

 

(b) No Obligor, nor any of their respective Subsidiaries, their joint ventures, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives:

 

(i) is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is reasonably likely to become a Restricted Party; or

 

(ii) is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions.

 

  35

 

 

8.1.26 Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on the date of the Utilisation Request, the date of the Utilisation and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

8.2 Information Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 8 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

8.2.1 Financial statements

 

Each Obligor shall supply to the Lender:

 

(a) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, its annual reports (if prepared) and audited (combined in the case of the Guarantor, and stand-alone in the case of the Borrower) financial statements for that financial year;

 

(b) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, its combined financial statements for that financial half year.

 

8.2.2 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 (Financial statements) shall be confirmed in writing by a director of that Obligor as fairly representing its financial condition and operations as at the end of and for the period in relation to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP and reflects any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against the relevant members of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 (Financial Statements) are in English or accompanied by a certified translation into English.

 

8.2.3 Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall, upon the written request from the Lender, at its own expense supply to the Lender:

 

(a) all documents dispatched to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  36

 

 

(c) promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business, assets and operations of any member of the Group as the Lender may reasonably request; and

 

(d) promptly, such further information and/or documents as the Lender may reasonably request so as to enable the Lender to comply with any laws applicable to it (including, without limitation, compliance with FATCA).

 

8.2.4 Notification of default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate signed by an authorised representative on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

8.2.5 "Know your customer" checks

 

If:

 

(a) the introduction of or change in (or the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(b) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c) a proposed assignment by Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement,

 

obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender in order for the Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

8.3 General Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 8.3 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

8.3.1 Authorisations

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

(i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain the Authorisations in full force and effect; and

 

  37

 

 

(ii) supply certified copies to the Lender of, any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

(b) No Obligor shall, without the prior written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) make any material amendments to its By-Laws or any of its other constitutive documents.

 

8.3.2 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

8.3.3 Title

 

The Borrower will hold the legal title to and own the entire beneficial interest in the Vessel, its Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests.

 

8.3.4 Negative pledges

 

(a) The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security Interests over any of its assets, including but not limited to the Vessel.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Group;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to:

 

(i) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(ii) Permitted Security Interests; or

 

(iii) any Security created pursuant to any Finance Document.

 

  38

 

 

8.3.5 Disposals

 

(a) The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not and whether voluntary or involuntary) to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal of an asset (other than the Vessel):

 

(i) made in the ordinary course of trading of the Borrower;

 

(ii) of obsolete or redundant plant or equipment made at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms; or

 

(iii) of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality.

 

(c) The Borrower shall not sell or otherwise dispose of the Vessel unless the Facility is fully repaid subject to Clause 4.2.4 (a).

 

8.3.6 Dividend Restrictions

 

The Borrower shall not

 

(a) declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

(b) repay or redistribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(c) redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so; or

 

(d) issue any new shares in its share capital or resolve to do so

 

while any Event of Default is continuing under Clause 8.6. and/or the Borrower is not in compliance with Clause 8.4.10 (Cash Reserve).

 

8.3.7 Arm’s Length Term

 

The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that none of its Subsidiaries will) enter into any contract or arrangement with or for the benefit of any other person (including any disposal to that person) other than in the ordinary course of business at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms, save for such contracts or arrangements made between members of the Group.

 

8.3.8 Change of business

 

The Borrower shall ensure that no material change is made to the general nature of its business (taken as a whole) from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

8.3.9 Environmental Compliance

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws subject to the terms and conditions of any Environmental Permit and obtain and maintain any Environmental Permits.

 

  39

 

 

8.3.10 Environmental Claims

 

The Borrower shall inform the Lender in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of the same:

 

(a) if any Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against it, the Guarantor or the Vessel, or

 

(b) of any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against it, the Guarantor or the Vessel;

 

where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Vessel, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.3.11 Taxation

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each member of the Group will) duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (i) payment is being contested in good faith and/or payment can be lawfully withheld and (ii) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes).

 

8.3.12 Financial Indebtedness

 

(a) The Borrower shall not create or permit the creation of any Financial Indebtedness in favour of a third party, whether actual or contingent, without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

(b) Clause 8.3.12(a) above shall not apply if:

 

(i) such Financial Indebtedness is in favour of another member of the Group, and such Financial Indebtedness is subordinated to the Indebtedness; or

 

(ii) such Financial Indebtedness is incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

(c) The Borrower shall not make advances or loans to or issue guarantees on behalf of any persons or otherwise voluntarily assume any actual or contingent liability in respect of the obligation(s) of any other person, save for advances, loans or guarantees made or issued another member of the Group or in the ordinary course of trading.

 

8.3.13 Subordinated Indebtedness

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that any Financial Indebtedness created or to be created in favour of itself from or by the other Obligor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Indebtedness and on terms and conditions approved by the Lender.

 

8.3.14 Permitted Investments

 

The Borrower will not acquire any shares or other securities or make any other investments other than with the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  40

 

 

8.3.15 Merger

 

(a) The Borrower shall not (and it shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) without the prior written consent of the Lender enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction.

 

(b) Providing no Default exists or would result therefrom and provided that the Borrower gives advance notice to the Lender of any such event, the above restriction shall not apply to:

 

(i) any merger or demerger with a person as a result of which the Borrower or any other member of the Group is the surviving entity; or

 

(ii) any intra-group mergers, demergers or corporate reconstructions.

 

8.3.16 Sanctions

 

(a) Each Obligor shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall, directly or indirectly, be used or otherwise make available:

 

(i) to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Restricted Party;

 

(ii) for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

(iii) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in the occurrence of an Event of Default under Clause 8.6.21 (Sanctions), or (b) the Lender being in breach of any Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall ensure that its assets shall not be used directly or indirectly:

 

(i) by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

(ii) in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose either Obligors, and/or their assets, any asset subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents, the Vessel, the Lender and any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Manager, any crew of the Vessel and/or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.

 

8.3.17 Change of Ownership

 

The Borrower shall give a prior written notice to the Lender when the ultimate legal or beneficial ownership (as notified to the Lender before the date hereof) of the Borrower is to be changed.

 

8.4 Ship Covenants

 

The covenants in this Clause 8.4 remain in force for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any commitment is in force.

 

8.4.1 Insurances

 

(a) Obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall keep the Vessel owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

  41

 

 

(i) usual marine risks appropriate for its operational status (including hull and machinery, port risk, hull interest, freight interest, disbursements and/or increased value, other Total Loss interests, war risks, acts of terrorism and piracy), in an amount such that the insured value of the Vessel is equal to or more than the greater of (i) 110% of the Loan or (ii) the Fair Market Value; and

 

(ii) protection and indemnity risks (including the maximum level for oil pollution liability available from time to time under basic protection and indemnity club entry) in respect of the full tonnage of the Vessel,

 

such insurances to be in dollars and effected on such contractual terms and through such insurers and war risks and protection and indemnity associations as the Lender may approve.

 

(b) Fleet cover

 

If the Vessel is insured under a fleet policy, the Borrower shall procure that the relevant insurer provides an undertaking to the Lender that it shall not set off against any claim, any premium due in respect of other vessels in the fleet policy or any premiums due for other insurances, nor cancel the insurance for reason of non-payment of premiums for other vessels in the fleet policy or of premiums for such other insurances, and shall undertake to issue a separate policy in respect of the Vessel if so requested by the Lender.

 

(c) Payment of premiums

 

The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums, calls or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Lender.

 

(d) Policy documents and letters of undertaking

 

The Borrower shall ensure that the Lender is provided with a letter of undertaking from each broker on behalf of each insurer or protection and indemnity or war risks association giving undertakings to the Lender that:

 

(i) a loss payable clause has been endorsed on each policy on terms required by the Lender;

 

(ii) any material change to the terms of the insurances described in Clause 8.4.1(a) shall be notified to the Lender; and

 

(iii) they will notify the Lender at least fourteen (14) days (or seven (7) days in the case of war risk insurances) before the expiry or cancellation for any reason of the insurances.

 

The Lender shall be furnished with copies of the relevant policy documents, including copies of all policies, cover notes, letters of undertaking and certificates of entry relating to the obligatory insurances, upon request, and shall provide copies of such documentation received to the Lender.

 

  42

 

 

(e) Renewal

 

The Borrower shall, at least fourteen (14) days before expiry of any obligatory insurance listed in Clause 8.4.1(a), notify the Lender of the names of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association intended to be employed by the Borrower for the purposes of renewal of such insurances and of the intended terms of renewal.

 

(f) Guarantees

 

The Borrower will ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and delivered.

 

(g) Compliance

 

The Borrower will take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may be applicable to the insurances (including the payment of any additional premiums or calls of the Vessel) so as to ensure that the insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Lender has not given its approval and are otherwise maintained on terms and conditions approved by the Lender.

 

(h) Collection of claims

 

The Borrower will not settle, compromise or abandon any claim for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which shall at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances for the Vessel.

 

(i) Communications

 

The Borrower shall provide the Lender, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications with brokers, underwriters, insurance companies and protection and indemnity and war risks associations which relate to compliance with requirements applicable to the obligatory insurance on the Vessel.

 

(j) Mortgagee’s interest insurance

 

The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for the cost of any mortgagee’s interest insurance (including mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance) which the Lender may effect in respect of the Vessel in an amount of up to 100% of the Loan upon such terms and through such insurers as the Lender may deem appropriate.

 

8.4.2 Registration of Vessel

 

(a) The Borrower will keep the Vessel registered in its name under the laws of an Approved Flag, and shall not permit its registration under any other flag or at any other port without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(b) The Borrower may not change the registration of the Vessel from one Approved Flag to another Approved Flag unless it provides to the Lender a Mortgage, Deed of Covenants or General Assignment (as applicable) and such other documents as the Lender may reasonably require in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

  43

 

 

8.4.3 Classification and repair

 

The Borrower will keep the Vessel in good, safe and efficient condition consistent with first class ownership and management practice (and upon reasonable notice the Lender shall be entitled to inspect any of the Vessel's books and records) and in particular:

 

(a) so as to maintain its class at the highest level with a classification society approved by the Lender free of overdue recommendations and qualifications; and

 

(b) so as to comply with the laws and regulations (statutory or otherwise) applicable to vessels registered under the flag state of such Ship and to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which the Vessel may trade from time to time.

 

8.4.4 Surveys

 

The Borrower will submit the Vessel regularly to such periodical or other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and to ensure full compliance with regulations of the flag state of the Vessel and, if so required, to supply the Lender with copies of all survey reports.

 

8.4.5 Arrest

 

The Borrower will promptly pay and discharge:

 

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances except for Permitted Security Interests;

 

(b) all tolls, Taxes, dues, fines, penalties and other amounts charged in respect of the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances,

 

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Vessel, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or procuring the provision of security or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

8.4.6 Operation of the Vessel

 

(a) The Borrower will comply, or procure compliance in all material respects with the ISM Code and ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Vessel, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower and shall not employ the Vessel nor allow its employment:

 

(i) in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and ISPS Code; or

 

(ii) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), in any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the war risks insurers of the Vessel unless the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which shall be necessary or customary for first class shipowners trading vessels within the territorial waters of such country at such time and has provided evidence of such cover to the Lender.

 

  44

 

 

(b) Without limitation to the generality of Clause 8.4.6(a), the Borrower in respect of the Vessel, shall comply or procure compliance, with, as applicable, all requirements of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as adopted, amended or replaced from time to time including, but not limited to, the STCW 95, the ISM Code or the ISPS Code.

 

8.4.7 Sanctions

 

Neither Obligor, nor any Affiliate of any Obligor, nor any of their joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any other persons acting on any of their behalf:

 

(a) is a Restricted Party; or

 

(b) has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.

 

8.4.8 Notification of certain events

 

The Borrower shall immediately notify the Lender by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a) any incident causing damage to the Vessel which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Vessel has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, promptly complied with;

 

(d) any arrest or detention of the Vessel, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Vessel or its Earnings or its Insurances or any requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(e) any claim for a material breach of the ISM Code and ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

8.4.9 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

(a) The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed,

 

(i) let the Vessel on charter for any period of twelve (12) Months or longer;

 

(ii) change the classification society of the Vessel; or

 

(iii) put the Vessel into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed the Major Casualty amount.

 

  45

 

 

(b) The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed appoint a manager of the Vessel other than an Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Managers’ appointments; and

 

(c) In the event where the Borrower let the Vessel on charter for longer than 12 Months, the Borrower shall execute the Assignment of Earnings in respect of such charter.

 

8.4.10 Security Cover (LTV Clause)

 

Anytime when the amount equivalent to eighty (80) per cent. (the Security Maintenance Ratio) of the Fair Market Value of the Vessel falls below the principal amount outstanding of the Loan, the Borrower, within five (5) days from the written demand of the Lender, shall prepay such portion of the Loan in order to ensure compliance with the Security Maintenance Ratio.

 

8.4.11 Valuations

 

(a) The Fair Market Value shall be the average of the valuations of the Vessel prepared by two (2) Approved Brokers and given on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for each free of any existing charter (provided that if the higher of such valuations exceeds the lower of such valuations by more than five (5) per cent, it shall be the average of three (3) valuations from Approved Brokers).

 

(b) The Borrower shall, at the cost of the Borrower, arrange for valuation of the Vessel in order to determine the Fair Market Value of the Vessel in accordance with 8.4.11 (a) above on each of the following dates;

 

Year   Valuation Date
1st year of the Security Period    30th June 2020
2nd year of the Security Period   30th June 2021
3rd year of the Security Period   30th June 2022
4th  year of the Security Period    30th June 2023
5th year of the Security Period   30th June 2024
6th year of the Security Period   30th June 2025

 

(c) The Obligors shall bear the costs in connection with the Lender obtaining valuations of the Vessel following an Event of Default.

 

8.4.12 Cash Reserve

 

The Borrower shall credit, provide, keep, maintain, hold and reserve the following amount at the Cash Reserve Account (the Cash Reserve) on the following dates respectively as security for the Loan.

 

Quotation date   Amount to be reserved at the Cash
Reserve Account

each anniversary of the Utilisation Date

(including Termination Date)

  USD500,000

 

  46

 

 

The Borrower may withdraw the Cash Reserve temporarily by sending a ten (10) days prior notice to the Lender provided however the Lender has sole discretion to permit the Borrower to withdraw the Cash Reserve. However if the Cash Reserve is withdrawn, the same amount shall be re-credited to the Cash Reserve Account within thirty (30) days after the withdrawal in any event.

 

8.5 Security and Application of Proceeds

 

8.5.1 Security

 

Each Obligor undertakes with the Lender to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, and to procure the execution, delivery and performance by other parties to the Finance Documents, so that at all times during the Security Period, the Finance Documents shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

8.5.2 Application of Proceeds

 

(a) Any sums which are received or recovered by the Lender under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied (unless otherwise provided for in the relevant Finance Document) in the following order:

 

(i) first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iv) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

(v) fifthly, any surplus shall be paid to the Obligors or to any other person appearing to be entitled to receive such surplus.

 

(b) The Lender may vary the order set out in Clause 8.5.2(a)(ii)-(a)(iv) above.

 

(c) Clause 8.5.2(a)(i)-(a)(iv) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

8.6 Events of Default

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 8.6.1 (Non-payment) to Clause 8.6.22 (Technical Information) (inclusive) is an Event of Default.

 

8.6.1 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable, unless:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by administrative error; and

 

  47

 

 

(ii) payment is made within five (5) Business Days of its due date.

 

8.6.2 Other obligations

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 8.6.1 (Non-payment) and such failure is not remedied within ten (10) Business Days after the Lender has given notice thereof to the Obligors.

 

8.6.3 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made.

 

8.6.4 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.6.5 Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled, as from the Utilisation Date, to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 8.6 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within sub-clauses (a) – (d) above is less than US$500,000 for the Borrower and US$2,250,000 for the Guarantor (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

8.6.6 Insolvency

 

(a) The Borrower is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower.

 

8.6.7 Insolvency proceedings

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  48

 

 

(a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower;

 

(b) a composition, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower;

 

(c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any of its assets; or

 

(d) enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of the Borrower, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

8.6.8 Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution in excess of US$300,000 affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group, and is not discharged or countered in good faith within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower became aware of the same.

 

8.6.9 Nationalisation

 

Any step is taken by any person with a view to the seizure, compulsory acquisition, expropriation or nationalisation of all or a material part of the assets of a member of the Group.

 

8.6.10 Cessation of Business

 

Any member of the Group ceases to carry on all or a substantial part of its business other than in respect of a solvent reorganisation of a member of the Group which is not the Borrower.

 

8.6.11 Unlawfulness

 

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or any other Security Party to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

8.6.12 Repudiation

 

(a) Any Finance Document to which an Obligor is a party ceases for any reason (or is claimed by that Obligor not) to be its legal and valid obligations, binding upon it in accordance with its terms.

 

(b) An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

8.6.13 Security

 

Any Security Document is not in full force and effect or does not create in favour of the Lender for the benefit of the Lender the Security which it is expressed to create with the ranking and priority it is expressed to have.

 

8.6.14 Insurances

 

The Borrower fails to maintain the Insurances in accordance with Clause 8.4.1 (Insurances) or any other provisions in the Security Documents, or any of the Insurances are suspended or cancelled or liable to be avoided or repudiated or may become unenforceable as a result of the non-payment of any premiums, call or contributions or other sums payable in connection with the Insurances.

 

  49

 

 

8.6.15 Challenge of registration

 

The registration of the Vessel or the Mortgage is contested in good faith or becomes void or voidable or is liable to cancellation or termination, or the validity or priority of the Mortgage is contested.

 

8.6.16 Attempted Sale, Mortgage, etc. of Vessel

 

The Borrower shall, without the prior written consent of the Lender, sell, pledge, mortgage or transfer the Vessel or any part or appurtenance thereof, or change the flag of the Vessel or port of documentation, or attempt to pledge, mortgage or transfer the Vessel or any part or appurtenance thereof, or hypothecate or attempt to change the flag of the Vessel, the port of documentation, or suffer to exist any lien or other Security on the Vessel (other than Permitted Liens).

 

8.6.17 Arrest of Vessel

 

The Vessel shall be libelled, arrested, or levied upon or taken into custody by virtue of any attachment or execution against the Borrower or against the Vessel or seized by any governmental or other authority and shall not be released from such libel, arrest, levy, attachment, execution or seizure within 60 days or the Borrower shall fail to give the Lender prompt notice of any such contingency.

 

8.6.18 Failure to comply with Final Judgment

 

An Obligor or any other Security Party fails (within ten (10) Business Days after becoming obliged to do so) to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any final judgment or any final order (being one against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists the time limit for making such appeal has expired and no appeal has been made or if an appeal has been made such appeal has been dismissed) made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

8.6.19 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents or transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.6.20 Approved Flag

 

The country of the Approved Flag under which the Vessel is registered becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, unless the Vessel is registered under another Approved Flag within ninety (90) days after the Lender has given notice thereof to the Obligors.

 

8.6.21 Sanctions

 

Either Obligor, any Affiliate of either Obligor, any of their joint ventures or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any other persons acting on any of their behalf, becomes a Restricted Party

 

  50

 

 

8.6.22 Technical Information

 

The Borrower fails to provide within ten (10) Business Days of the Lender's reasonable request, copies of class records and certificates, survey reports, performance records, copies or SIRE inspection reports and any other technical information, that the Lender may reasonably request, that is readily and/or customarily available for vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, save that where such documentation is not held by the Borrower, it shall make best endeavours to procure such documentation.

 

8.6.23 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may by notice to the Obligors:

 

(a) cancel the Commitment whereupon it shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender.

 

8.6.24 Enforcement of security

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 8.6.23 (Acceleration), the Lender is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

9 Changes to Parties

 

9.1 Changes to the Lender

 

9.1.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lender

 

The Lender may subject to the prior consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

to another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, vessels, securities or other assets.

 

9.1.2 Disclosure of information

 

The Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and any other person:

 

  51

 

 

(a) to (or through) whom the Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b) with (or through) whom the Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or any Obligor; or

 

(c) to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation,

 

(d) any information about any Obligor, the Group and the Finance Documents as the Lender shall consider appropriate if, in relation to Clauses 9.1.1 and 9.1.2, the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.

 

9.2 Changes to the Obligors

 

Except as otherwise permitted herein, neither Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

10 Administration

 

10.1 Payment Mechanics

 

10.1.1 Payments to the Lender

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor shall make the same available to the Lender (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Lender as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account with such bank as the Lender specifies.

 

10.1.2 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Lender may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 10.2 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

10.1.3 Clawback

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Lender under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Lender is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) If the Lender pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Lender had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Lender shall on demand refund the same to the Lender together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Lender, calculated by the Lender to reflect its cost of funds.

 

  52

 

 

10.1.4 No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

10.1.5 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

10.1.6 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to sub-clauses (a) and (b) below dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) A repayment of the Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which the Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

(c) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(d) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

10.1.7 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Lender (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Lender (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the relevant interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

  53

 

 

10.1.8 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Lender determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Lender is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Lender may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Lender may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Lender shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) any such changes agreed upon by the Lender and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 10.7 (Amendments and Waivers); and

 

(d) the Lender shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Lender) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 10.1.8.

 

10.2 Set-Off

 

The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by the Lender) against any matured obligation owed by the Lender to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

10.3 Notices

 

10.3.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax, electronic mail or letter.

 

10.3.2 Addresses

 

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  54

 

 

(a) in the case of each Obligor, that identified with its name below; and

 

(b) in the case of the Lender, that identified with its name below;

 

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other party by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

10.3.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, the earlier of (i) when it has been left at the relevant address or (ii) two (2) Business Days after being deposited with an internationally recognised overnight courier service with the postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 10.3.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by the Lender and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Lender’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to the Guarantor.

 

10.3.4 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made by any Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, to the extent that those Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

  55

 

 

10.3.5 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Lender, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

10.4 Calculations And Certificates

 

10.4.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender, absent of fraud or manifest error, are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

10.4.2 Certificates and Determinations

 

Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of fraud or manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

10.4.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the relevant interbank market or the relevant financial market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

10.5 Partial Invalidity

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

10.6 Remedies And Waivers

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

  56

 

 

10.7 Amendments And Waivers

 

Any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Lender and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

10.8 Counterparts

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

11 Governing Law And Enforcement

 

11.1 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is/are governed by English law.

 

11.2 Enforcement

 

11.2.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a Dispute).

 

(b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 11.2.1 is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

11.3 Service of process

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:

 

(a) irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited of London, United Kingdom as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(b) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

  57

 

 

Schedule 1- The Parties

 

THE BORROWER

 

IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD.

 

Address: 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763
   
Phone: + 65 6323 0048
   
Fax: + 65  6323 0046

 

THE GUARANTOR

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

Address: 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southoint, Singapore 089763
   
Phone:  + 65 6323 0048
   
Fax: + 65 6323 0046

 

THE LENDER

 

THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

Address: 8 Marina View, #15-02 Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960
   
Tel: +65-6394-9830
   
Fax: +65-6394-9832

 

  58

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Part I-Condition Precedent

 

1 The Borrower and the Guarantor

 

1.1 A Certified Copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower, the Guarantor;

 

1.2 A Certified Copy of a resolution of the board of directors and (if required by the Lender) of the Borrower and the Guarantor:

 

1.2.1 approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it executes the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

1.2.2 authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

1.2.3 authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3 A Certified Copy or original of any power of attorney under which the Finance Documents to which it is a party is executed on behalf of the relevant Obligor (if required, and duly notarised and Singapore-legalised if necessary).

 

2 Other documents and evidence

 

2.1 Evidence that the process agent referred to in Clause 11.3 (Service of process), has accepted its appointment;

 

2.2 A Certified Copy of Original Financial Statements of the Guarantor;

 

2.3 A specimen signature of all authorised signatories of the Obligors in the form of the Lender;

 

2.4 All documents as may be reasonably required by the Lender to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the Borrower or the Guarantor;

 

2.5 Evidence of the Vessel is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower; and

 

2.6 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 5.4 (Fees) and Clause 6.5 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid on the date within five (5) Business Days from the Signing Date.

 

3 Finance Documents

 

Duly executed originals of this Agreement;

 

  59

 

 

Part II- Condition Subsequent

 

1 Finance Documents

 

Duly executed originals of the:

 

1.1 Mortgage;

 

1.2 Deed of Covenants;

 

1.3 Assignment of Insurance; and

 

1.4 Assignment of Earnings

 

2 Evidence that:

 

2.1 the Vessel is registered in the name of the Borrower as indicated in Schedule 4 (Vessel) under an Approved Flag;

 

2.2 the Vessel is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower as indicated in Schedule 4 (Vessel) save for the security created by the Finance Documents and Permitted Security Interests;

 

2.3 the Mortgage is registered in favour of the Lender immediately following the Utilisation;

 

2.4 the Vessel is insured in accordance with the covenants given under this Agreement; and

 

2.5 the Vessel maintains the highest class with the approved classification society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions.

 

3 Such evidence as the Lender may require of the Borrower’s and/or the relevant Approved Manager’s compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code including but not limited to copies of the following:

 

3.1 the Vessel's current Safety Construction, Safety Equipment, Safety Radio and Load Line Certificates;

 

3.2 evidence of the Vessel's current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990;

 

3.3 the Vessel's current safety management certificate;

 

3.4 the ISM Company's current Document of Compliance;

 

3.5 the Vessel's current International Ship Security Certificate;

 

3.6 the Vessel's current International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate;

 

3.7 the Vessel's current Tonnage Certificate;

 

4 A Certified Copy of each management agreement entered into with an Approved Manager.

 

5 Evidence that the statements containing particulars of charge of any Security Documents received by the Lender pursuant to the above 1.1 to 1.4 have been registered with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore within the prescribed statutory time limit.

 

  60

 

 

Provided that if any of above 2.4-2.6, 3.1-3.7 and 4 may not be available on the Utilisation Date, such document may be delivered to the Lender within 14 days after the Utilisation Date.

 

Legal Opinions

 

1 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

 

  61

 

 

Schedule 3 – Utilisation Requests

 

From: IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD.
   
To: THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

Date:

 

Dear Sirs,

 

US$XXXX Facility Agreement dated [●] 2019 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date: [●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Amount: [●]
   
Interest Period: three (3) Months

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 2.3.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account] at [●].

 

5 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully  
   
   
   
authorised signatory for  

 

IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD.

 

  62

 

 

Schedule 4– Vessel

 

    Vessel   IMO No.   Built   Type   Gross Tonnage   Owner
1.   MV "IVS OKUDOGO"   9870874   August 2019   61,000dwt type Bulk Carrier   35,061   IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD.

 

  63

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

THE BORROWER

 

SIGNED by Stephen William Griffiths

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths      
    )  
as director/duly authorised   )  
for and on behalf of   )  
IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD.   )  
in the presence of:   )  
       
Witness’ signature:   ) /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   ) Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address:   ) 200 Cantonment Road
      #03-01 Southpoint
      Singapore 089763

 

  64

 

 

THE GUARANTOR

 

SIGNED by Stephen William Griffiths

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths    
    )
as director/duly authorised   )
for and on behalf of   )
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.   )
in the presence of:   )
     
Witness’ signature:   ) /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   ) Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address:   ) 200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763

 

  65

 

 

THE LENDER

 

SIGNED by Yusuke Kawanishi

 

/s/ Yusuke Kawanishi    
    )
as Deputy General Manager/duly authorised   )
for and on behalf of   )
The Iyo Bank, Ltd. Singapore Branch)    
in the presence of:   )
     
Witness’ signature:   ) /s/ Kuko Shigemi
Witness’ name:   ) Kuko Shigemi
Witness’ address:   ) 8 Marina View #15-02
      Asia Square Tower 1
      Singapore 018960

 

  66

 

 

Exhibit 4.22(a)

 

Addendum to the Term Facility Agreement dated July 29, 2019

 

for a loan up to US$15,720,000 in relation to M.V. “IVS OKUDOGO”

 

THIS ADDENDEM is made this 27th day of August 2019 by and between:

 

(1) IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201818426K), as borrower, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01, Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Borrower);

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201731497H), as guarantor, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Guarantor ); and

 

(3) THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH, a company incorporated in Japan and having a place of business at 8 Marina View, #15-02 Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960 as lender (the Lender).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A) Pursuant to a Term Facility Agreement for financing of 61,000dwt type bulk carrier to be registered under Singapore registry and be named “IVS OKUDOGO”, which is executed as of 29th July 2019 by, amongst others, the Mortgagee, as lender, and the Borrower, as borrower (the “Loan Agreement”), the Lender agreed to make a loan to the Borrower in the amount not exceeding USD15,720,000.

 

B) The parties hereto are intending to make certain terms and conditions of repayment and prepayment set out in the Loan Agreement.

 

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Following definitions shall be added to the list of definitions in Clause 1 (Definitions and interpretation) of the Loan Agreement;

 

Balloon Instalment” means a balloon instalment which is an outstanding principal amount after repayment of all regular Repayment Instalments hereunder and repayable by the Borrower on the Termination Date.

 

  1  

 

 

2. The Repayment Schedule set out in Clause 4.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be replaced with the following schedule;

 

    Column A   Column B        
No.   Repayment Date   Repayment Instalment     Balance after
Repayment
 
                US$ 15,720,000  
1   3 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,458,000  
2   6 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,196,000  
3   9 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,934,000  
4   12 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,672,000  
5   15 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,410,000  
6   18 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,148,000  
7   21 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,886,000  
8   24 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,624,000  
9   27 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,362,000  
10   30 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,100,000  
11   33 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,838,000  
12   36 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,576,000  
13   39 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,314,000  
14   42 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,052,000  
15   45 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,790,000  
16   48 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,528,000  
17   51 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,266,000  
18   54 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,004,000  
19   57 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,742,000  
20   60 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,480,000  
21   63 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,218,000  
22   66 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,956,000  
23   69 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,694,000  
24   72 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,432,000  
25   75 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,170,000  
26   78 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,908,000  
27   81 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,646,000  
28   84 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,384,000  
         

US$8,384,000

as Balloon Instalment

      0  

 

  2  

 

 

3. Paragraph (b) and (c) of Clause 4.1 (Repayment of the Loan) in the Loan Agreement shall be replaced with the following terms;

 

(b) If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of the Commitment in accordance with Clause 4.2.2 (Voluntary cancellation) then the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata (excluding the Balloon Instalment) by the amount of such cancellation.

 

(c) If the Borrower draws less than the full Commitment then the amount in Column B shall be reduced proportionately (excluding the Balloon Instalment).

 

4. Paragraph (d) of Clause 4.2.6 (Restrictions) shall be replaced with the following;

 

(d) Any prepayment under this Clause 4.2 will be applied in or towards repaying the relevant remaining instalments under Clause 4.1 (Repayment of the Loan) rateably (excluding the Balloon Instalment), provided that if the relevant remaining instalments (excluding the Balloon Instalment) under Clause 4.1 (Repayment of the Loan) are prepaid in full, then any further prepayment will be applied in or towards repaying the Balloon Instalment (or vice versa as the Lender may agree).

 

5. All other terms and conditions stipulated under the Loan Agreement shall be remain unchanged and in full force.

 

6. Reference to “this Agreement” in the Loan Agreement shall be read as the Loan Agreement as amended by this Addendum and any other supplements and addendum as may further be made.

 

7. This Addendum is governed by English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Addendum is subject to the courts of England.

 

  3  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be executed on the day and year hereinbefore written.

 

 

IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD. as Borrower  
   
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
By: Stephen William Griffiths  
Title: Director  

 

  4  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. as Guarantor

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
By: Stephen William Griffiths  
Title: Director  

 

  5  

 

 

THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH as Lender

 

/s/ Takashi Sagayama  
By: Takashi Sagayama  
Title: General Manager  

 

  6  

 

 

Exhibit 4.23

 

IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD.

as Borrower

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Guarantor

 

and

 

THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH

as Lender

 

TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT

for a loan of up to US$15,720,000

 

     

 

  

Contents

 

1 Definitions and interpretation 2
2 The Facility 15
3 Utilisation 16
4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 16
5 Costs of Utilisation 19
6 Additional Payment Obligations 21
7 Guarantee 28
8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 30
9 Changes to Parties 50
10 Administration 51
11 Governing Law And Enforcement 56
Schedule 1 - The Obligors 57
Schedule 2 58
Part I-Condition Precedent 58
Part II- Condition Subsequent 59
Schedule 3 – Utilisation Requests 61
Schedule 4 – Vessel 62

 

     1

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 29th July 2019 and made between:

 

(1) IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201818425Z), as borrower, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01, Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Borrower);

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201731497H), as guarantor, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Guarantor );

 

(3) THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH, a company incorporated in Japan and having a place of business at 8 Marina View, #15-02 Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960 as lender (the Lender).

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1 Definitions and interpretation

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply:

 

Account Bank means THE IYO BANK, LTD., Singapore Branch or any other bank designated by the Lender;

 

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;

 

Approved Broker means Arrows Valuations, Clarkson Valuations Limited, Lorentzen & Stemoco AS, Simpson Spence Young, Fearnleys, Braemar Seascope Ltd as selected by the Borrower and approved by the Lender or such other ship broker or ship valuer as determined by the Lender;

 

Approved Flag means Singapore or any other flag as may be approved by the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in respect of the Vessel pursuant to Clause 8.4.2 (Registration of Vessel);

 

Approved Manager means, in relation to the Vessel, Grindrod Ship Management a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd., or any other company which the Lender may approve from time to time as the manager of the Vessel pursuant to Clause 8.4.9 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc) such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

Assignment of Earnings means the assignment of Earnings in respect of the Vessel, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender if current Charter exceeds a charter period of more than 12 Months, in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

Assignment of Insurances means the assignment of Insurances and Requisition Compensation in respect of the Vessel, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve.

 

Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

     2

 

 

Availability Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 26 October 2019 or the date falling at one month after the delivery date of the Vessel whichever comes earlier.

 

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding the application of the Margin) which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b) the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the London interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

 

Builder means Shin Kurushima Toyohashi Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Japan and having its office at 22, Akemi-cho,Toyohashi-city, Aichi-pref., 441-8577;

 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in the Republic of Singapore, Tokyo, and (in relation to any date for payment of US Dollars) New York City, but in relation to the determination of LIBOR in the London interbank market, in London;

 

Cash Reserve Account means an account held or to be held with the Account Bank in the name of the Borrower or such other account which is designated solely by the Lender as Cash Reserve Account, provided that this Cash Reserve Account may also be used for repayment of the Loan;

 

Certified Copy means in relation to any document delivered or issued by or on behalf of any company, a copy of such document certified as a true, complete and up to date copy of the original by any of the directors or officers for the time being of such company or by such company’s attorneys or solicitors;

 

Charter means any voyage charter, time charter or any other similar contract for the employment or use of the Vessel for hire, or any bareboat or demise charter of the Vessel;

 

Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

 

Commitment means the amount of up to US$15,720,000;

 

Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

Deed of Covenants means the deed of covenants collateral to the Mortgage in respect of the Vessel, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve.

 

Default means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default;

 

     3

 

  

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;

 

Earnings means, in relation to the Vessel, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Lender and which arise out of the use of or operation of the Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) all freight, demurrage, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Borrower or the Lender in the event of requisition of the Vessel for hire, remuneration of salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Vessel; and

 

(b) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of earnings, if any; and

 

(c) if and whenever the Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Vessel;

 

Environmental Claim means, in respect of the Vessel, any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any breach of any Environmental Law;

 

Environmental Law means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or to the carriage of toxic or hazardous material which is capable of polluting the environment;

 

Environmental Permit means any permit, licence, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law necessary for the operation of the business of the Vessel;

 

     4

 

  

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 8.6 (Events of Default);

 

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 (The Facility);

 

Facility Office means the office of the Lender through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

FATCA means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

 

FATCA Application Date means:

 

(a) in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b) in relation to a withholdable payment described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

(c) in relation to a passthru payment described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement;

 

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;

 

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

 

FATCA FFI means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if the Lender is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction;

 

Fair Market Value means the market value of the Vessel determined in accordance with Clause 8.4.11 (Valuations);

 

Fee Letter means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Borrower and the Lender setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 5.4 (Fees);

 

     5

 

 

Finance Documents means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Security Document;

 

(c) any Utilisation Request; and

 

(d) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower and which is executed at any time by an Obligor or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

 

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (except for leases or hire purchase contracts between any members of the Group);

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

(i) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above;

 

GAAP means, in relation to an Obligor, the generally accepted accounting principles, such as the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) or the generally accepted accounting principles prevailing in the USA (US GAAP).

 

Group means the Borrower, the Guarantor and their Subsidiaries for the time being;

 

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

 

     6

 

  

IM SHIPPING PTE. LTD. means a company incorporated under the laws of Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763, with its company registration no. 200711432R;

 

Insurances means:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of the Vessel, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it; and

 

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;

 

Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 5.2 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 5.1.3 (Default interest);

 

Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR for the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan,

 

each as of 11.a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Loan;

 

ISM Code means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

ISPS Code means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD. means a company incorporated under the laws of Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01, Southpoint, Singapore 089763 with its company registration no. 201818426K.

 

IVS IBIS means a steel bulk carrier registered under Singapore flag with official number 396950 owned by IM SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

IVS IBIS Deed of Covenants means the deed of covenants collateral to the IVS IBIS Mortgage in respect of IVS IBIS, made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender, in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

     7

 

  

IVS IBIS Mortgage means the Singapore statutory ship mortgage (and includes the collateral IVS IBIS Deed of Covenants) in respect of the Vessel, executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

IVS OKUDOGO means the vessel being built by the Builder known during its construction by the Builder’s hull no. 3720 and owned or to be owned by IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD.

 

IVS OKUDOGO Facility Agreement means a term facility agreement with the commitment amount up to US$15,720,000 made or to be made by the Lender as lender, IVS BULK 3720 PTE. LTD. as borrower and the Guarantor as guarantor for the purpose of funding acquisition cost of IVS OKUDOGO.

 

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for the Loan; or

 

(c) If:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Loan; or

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan

 

the rate (rounded upwards to the nearest four decimal places) at which deposits in US Dollars of amounts comparable to the amount of the Loan (or any relevant part of the Loan) are offered to the Lender in the London interbank market,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the offering of deposits in US Dollars in a comparable amount for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or an Unpaid Sum, and if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan;

 

LMA means the Loan Market Association;

 

Major Casualty means any casualty to the Vessel in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds US$500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

Margin means two point zero (2.00) per cent. per annum;

 

Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole; or

 

(b) the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, or

 

     8

 

  

(c) the validity or enforceability of or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Finance Documents;

 

Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which the Interest Period is to end;

 

and the above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period;

 

Mortgage means the first priority Singapore statutory ship mortgage (and includes the collateral Deed of Covenants) in respect of the Vessel, executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may approve;

 

Obligors means the Borrower and the Guarantor and Obligor means any one of them;

 

Original Financial Statements means the audited Group financial statements of the Guarantor for the financial year ended 31 December 2018;

 

Party means a party to this Agreement;

 

Permitted Security Interests means:

 

(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) (other than in respect of any assets secured or intended to be secured by the Transaction Security) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Guarantor in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with maritime practice;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Vessel, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than thirty (30) days overdue;

 

     9

 

  

(f) liens arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business and not as a result of any default or omission of the Guarantor or the Borrower; and

 

(g) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Vessel which is not in excess of US$ 500,000 or the equivalent in local currency unless (i) with the prior written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (ii) such lien does not subsist for a period more than 45 days.

 

Potential Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 8.6 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the London interbank market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Lender in accordance with market practice in the London interbank market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London interbank market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days);

 

Reference Bank means the principal London office of MUFG Bank, Ltd. Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., and Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank, Limited, or such other internationally first class bank as may be appointed by the Borrower with the prior written approval of the Lender;

 

Repayment Date means each of the dates specified in the repayment schedule in Clause 4.1 (Repayment of Loan) as a “Repayment Date”, as such repayment schedule may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time by the Borrower and the Lender;;

 

Repayment Instalment means each instalment for repayment of the Loan referred to in the repayment schedule set out in Clause 4.1 (Repayment of Loan) as a “Repayment Instalment” as such repayment schedule may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time by the Borrower and the Lender;

 

Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clause 8.1 except Clause 8.1.9 (Deduction of Tax), Clause 8.1.13 (Financial Statement) and any representation of any Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

Requisition means:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of a Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 60 Business Days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower; and

 

     10

 

  

(b) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of a Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 60 Business Days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower.

 

Requisition Compensation includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any Requisition;

 

Restricted Party means a person that: (i) is listed on any Sanctions List; (ii) is located in or incorporated under the laws of a country or territory that is the subject of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; (iii) is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above; or (iv) with whom a subject of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities;

 

Sanctions means the economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by: (i) the United States Government; (ii) the United Nations; (iii) the European Union or (iv) the United Kingdom and with regard to (i) – (iv) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (OFAC), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (HMT); (together the Sanctions Authorities);

 

Sanctions List means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, including, but not limited to, the European Union and/or the United Nations;

 

Screen Rate means in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower;

 

Security Documents means

 

(a) the Assignment of Insurance;

 

(b) the Mortgage;

 

(c) the Deed of Covenants;

 

(d) the Assignment of Earnings;

 

(e) IVS IBIS Mortgage;

 

(f) IVS IBIS Deed of Covenants; and

 

     11

 

  

(g) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower and which is executed at any time by an Obligor or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of creating a security interest.

 

Security Party means any person (except the Lender) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a Finance Document;

 

Security Period means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Lender notifies the Obligors and any other Security Parties that:

 

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Obligors or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

 

(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

 

(c) neither Obligor nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under any provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and

 

(d) the Lender does not reasonably consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of an Obligor or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

 

Shareholder means GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of Republic of Singapore having its address at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763, with its company registration no. 201731497H;

 

Signing Date means a date of signing of this Agreement;

 

Subsidiary means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159(2) of the Companies Act 2006;

 

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

 

Termination Date means the date falling on the earlier of (i) seven (7) years after the Utilisation Date or (ii) the date on which the Loan has been irrevocably and unconditionally prepaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

Total Loss means, in relation to the Vessel:

 

     12

 

  

(a) the actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel;

 

(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one (1) year without any right to an extension) unless it is within sixty (60) days from the Total Loss Date redelivered to the full control of the Borrower; or

 

(c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Vessel (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within sixty (60) days from the Total Loss Date redelivered to the full control of the Borrower;

 

Total Loss Date means:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

(b) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Vessel as a Total Loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of Total Loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Lender that the event constituting the Total Loss occurred;

 

Transaction Security means the Security created or intended to be created in favour of any Security Party pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents;

 

US Tax Obligor means:

 

(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes;

 

Utilisation means the utilisation of the Facility;

 

Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the Loan is to be made;

 

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request);

 

Vessel means the vessel being built by the Builder known during its construction by the Builder’s hull no. 3720 and owned or to be owned by the Borrower and includes her engines, machinery, masts, spares, rigging, boats, anchors, chains, tackle, apparel, furniture, fittings, appliances, equipment, spare gear, replacement parts, fuel, consumables or other stores, belongings and all other appurtenances belonging to or appertaining thereto (whether now owned or hereafter acquired and whether or not on board) and all additions, improvements and replacements thereto.

 

     13

 

  

1.2 Construction

 

1.2.1 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

 

(a) the Lender, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

(b) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(c) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;

 

(d) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(e) a person includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

 

(f) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(g) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(h) a time of day is a reference to Singapore time; and

 

(i) terms defined in the singular may be used in the plural and vice versa.

 

1.2.2 Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.3 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

1.2.4 A Potential Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

1.3 Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

$, dollars and USD denote lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.4 Third Party Rights

 

A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

     14

 

  

2 The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in one amount up to the Commitment.

 

2.2 Purpose

 

2.2.1 Purpose

 

The Borrower shall apply the full amount borrowed by it under the Facility towards the refinancing of the value of the Vessel.

 

2.2.2 Monitoring

 

The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of the amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

2.3 Conditions of Utilisation

 

2.3.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Lender has received, or has otherwise waived in writing receipt of, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Exhibit 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (acting reasonably). The Lender shall notify the Borrower promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

2.3.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lender will only be obliged to advance the Loan if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

(a) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects

 

2.3.3 Final Conditions Precedent

 

The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Lender the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions Subsequent) on the Utilisation Date unless otherwise specified therein, a breach of which shall trigger an additional and separate Event of Default.

 

2.3.4 Waivers

 

The conditions precedent and conditions subsequent are inserted solely for the Lender’s benefit. The Lender may waive them, in whole or in part and with or without conditions, without prejudicing the Lender’s right to require subsequent fulfilment of such conditions.

 

     15

 

  

3 Utilisation

 

3.1 Utilisation

 

3.1.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Lender of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than two (2) Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

3.1.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(ii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 3.2 (Currency and amount); and

 

(iii) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 5.2 (Interest Periods).

 

(b) Only one Loan may be requested in the Utilisation Request.

 

3.2 Currency and amount

 

3.2.1 The currency specified in an Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

3.2.2 The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Commitment.

 

4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation

 

4.1 Repayment of Loan

 

(a) The Borrower shall repay the Loan in accordance with the schedule below, such that on each of the dates stated in Column A below, the Loan shall be reduced by an amount shown opposite that date in Column B below:

 

    Column A   Column B        
No.   Repayment Date   Repayment
Instalment
    Balance after
Repayment
 
        US$ 15,720,000  
1   3 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,458,000  
2   6 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,196,000  
3   9 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,934,000  
4   12 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,672,000  
5   15 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,410,000  
6   18 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,148,000  
7   21 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,886,000  
8   24 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,624,000  
9   27 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,362,000  
10   30 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,100,000  
11   33 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,838,000  
12   36 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,576,000  
13   39 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,314,000  
14   42 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,052,000  
15   45 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,790,000  
16   48 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,528,000  
17   51 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,266,000  
18   54 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,004,000  
19   57 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,742,000  
20   60 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,480,000  
21   63 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,218,000  
22   66 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,956,000  
23   69 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,694,000  
24   72 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,432,000  
25   75 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,170,000  
26   78 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,908,000  
27   81 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,646,000  
28   84 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,384,000  

 

(b) If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of the Commitment in accordance with Clause 4.2.2 (Voluntary prepayment) then the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of such cancellation.

 

(c) If the Borrower draws less than the full Commitment then the amount in Column B shall be reduced proportionately.

 

     16

 

  

(d) The Borrower shall ensure that prior to (but in any event, by) each Repayment Date, an amount equivalent to the aggregate of the principal repayable and interest payable on that Repayment Date shall be remitted from the Borrower’s other bank accounts to a non-interest-bearing account of the Borrower opened and maintained with the Lender, so as to enable the Borrower to perform and comply with its obligations under this Clause 4.1 and/or Clause 5.1.2 (Payment of interest) and Clause 10.1.1 (Payments to the Lender).

 

4.2 Prepayment and Cancellation

 

4.2.1 Illegality

 

If, at any time, it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

(a) upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of the Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(b) the Borrower shall repay the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower.

 

4.2.2 Voluntary cancellation

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Lender not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part of the Commitment.

 

4.2.3 Voluntary prepayment

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Lender not less than five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or part (but if in part, being an amount that reduce the Loan by a minimum of US$1,000,000 and an amount which is an integral multiple of US$300,000) of the Commitment.

 

4.2.4 Mandatory Prepayment

 

(a) If the Vessel is sold by the Borrower, the Borrower shall, simultaneously with completion of any such sale prepay the whole of the Loan in full together with all interest, Break Costs (if any) and other costs and expenses relating to the Loan. (Following an Event of Default the Vessel may only be sold by the Borrower with the prior consent of the Lender which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.)

 

(b) If the Vessel becomes a Total Loss the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in full together with all interest, Break Costs (if any) and other costs and expenses relating to the Loan. Such repayment shall be made on:

 

(i) in respect of a Total Loss arising as a result of a Requisition, the relevant Total Loss Date; and

 

(ii) in respect any other Total Loss, the earlier of:

 

(A) the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date; and

 

     17

 

  

(B) the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

(c) If there is a breach of Clause 8.3.17 (Change of Ownership) and/or 8.4.7 (Sanctions) or Clause 8.3.2 (Compliance with laws etc.) (insofar as such breach of Clause 8.3.2 (Compliance with laws etc.) relates to a breach of Sanctions), and if the Lender notifies the Borrower in writing that it will require the Loan to be prepaid in full, the Borrower shall repay the Loan in full together with all interest, Break Costs (if any) and other costs and expenses relating to the Loan, within fourteen (14) days of receipt of notice from the Lender of such prepayment requirement or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in such notice delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

(d) If IVS IBIS is sold during the Facility Period, the Borrower shall prepay;

 

(i) US$1,000,000 in relation to each of the Vessel and IVS OKUDOGO (in total US$2,000,000) if the Loan under this Agreement and the loan under IVS OKUDOGO Facility Agreement remains outstanding; or

 

(ii) US$2,000,000 if either the Loan under this Agreement or the loan under IVS OKUDOGO Facility Agreement remains outstanding

 

and such prepayment shall be made within thirty (30) days after the sale of IVS IBIS unless the Borrower provides an alternative Security Interest acceptable to the Lender (such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

4.2.5 Automatic Cancellation

 

Any part of the Facility which is undrawn by the Borrower at the close of business in the Republic of Singapore on the last day of the Availability Period shall be automatically cancelled.

 

4.2.6 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 4.2 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b) Any cancellation of Facility under this Agreement shall be made together with any indemnification of cost and loss incurred by the Lender for preparation of the Facility.

 

(c) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any interests, cost, expenses Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

     18

 

  

(d) Any prepayment under this Clause 4.2 will be applied in or towards repaying the relevant remaining instalments (excluding the balloon instalment repayable on the Termination Date (the “Balloon Instalment”)) under Clause 6 (Repayment) rateably, provided that if the relevant remaining instalments (excluding the Balloon Instalment) under Clause 6 (Repayment) are prepaid in full, then any further prepayment will be applied in or towards repaying the Balloon Instalment (or vice versa as the Lender may agree).

 

(e) The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid.

 

(f) The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of any Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(g) No amount of the Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

5 Costs of Utilisation

 

5.1 Interest

 

5.1.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(i) Margin; and

 

(ii) LIBOR;

 

5.1.2 Payment of interest

 

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

5.1.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to Clause 5.1.3(a) below, is two (2) per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Lender (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 5.1.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Lender.

 

(b) If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two (2) per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

     19

 

  

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

5.1.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

5.2 INTEREST PERIODS

 

5.2.1 Duration of Interest Periods

 

(a) Subject to this Clause 5.2, each Interest Period shall be for a duration of three (3) Months.

 

(b) An Interest Period shall not extend beyond a Repayment Date.

 

(c) The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date (including) and ending on the first Repayment Date (including) and each period thereafter commencing on the last day of the preceding Interest Period (excluding) and ending on the day numerically corresponding to every three (3) Months thereafter (including), with the last Interest Period ending on the Termination Date (including).

 

5.2.2 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

5.3 Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

5.3.1 Market disruption

 

Subject to any alternative basis agreed and consented to as contemplated by Clause 5.3.3 (Alternative basis of interest or funding), if a Market Disruption Event (as defined below) occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before Interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

5.3.2 In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:

 

(a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and the Reference Bank does not supply a rate to the Lender to determine LIBOR for the relevant currency and Interest Period; or

 

     20

 

  

5.3.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Lender or the Borrower so requires, the Lender and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to sub-clause (a) above shall, with the prior consent of the Lender and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

5.3.4 Break Costs

 

The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

5.4 Fees

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable upfront fee in the amount of US$_78,600_____ (being 0.5% of the Commitment) within five (5) Business Days from the Signing Date.

 

6 Additional Payment Obligations

 

6.1 Tax Gross Up And Indemnities

 

6.1.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

(i) Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment or refund of any Tax.

 

(ii) Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

(iii) Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to the Lender under Clause 6.1.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 6.1.3 (Tax indemnity).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 6 a reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

6.1.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify that Obligor on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

 

     21

 

  

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

(f) The Lender and the Obligors shall cooperate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for an Obligor to make a payment to the Lender without a Tax Deduction.

 

6.1.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Obligors shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Sub-clause (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident or is engaged or deemed to be engaged in a trade or a business or has a presence for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction; or

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 6.1.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(B) would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 6.1.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(C) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

     22

 

  

(c) On making, or intending to make a claim under sub-clause (a) the Lender shall promptly notify the Obligors of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

 

6.1.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

(b) the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

the Lender shall pay an amount to the Obligor which the Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

6.1.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Borrower shall pay and, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

6.1.6 Goods and Services tax

 

The Borrower shall also pay to the Lender within three (3) Business Days of demand, in addition to any amount payable by an Obligor to the Lender under a Finance Document, any goods and services, value added or similar Tax payable in respect of that amount (and references in that Finance Document to that amount shall be deemed to include any such Taxes payable in addition to it).

 

6.1.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to sub-clause (c), each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable passthru payment percentage or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-clause (a)(i)(A) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

     23

 

  

(c) Sub-clause (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Sub-clause (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Sub-clause (c) above applies), then:

 

(i) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable passthru payment percentage then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru payment percentage is 100%,

 

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

6.1.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Lender.

 

6.2 Increased Costs

 

6.2.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 6.2.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) Increased Costs” means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facilities or on the Lender's (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

     24

 

  

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into the Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

(ii) Basel III” means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

6.2.2 Increased cost claims

 

If the Lender is intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 6.2.1 (Increased costs) it shall promptly notify the Obligors of the event giving rise to the claim.

 

6.2.3 Exceptions

 

(a) Clause 6.2.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(ii) compensated for by Clause 6.1.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 6.1.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph 6.1.3(b)(i) of Clause 6.1.3(b) (Tax indemnity) applied);

 

(iii) attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

 

(iv) attributable to a FACTA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or

 

     25

 

  

(v) attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Lender or any of its Affiliates).

 

(b) In this Clause 6.2, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 6.1.1 (Definitions).

 

6.3 Other Indemnities

 

6.3.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

6.3.2 Other indemnities

 

Each Obligor shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

(a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

 

(c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrower in the Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by the Lender alone); or

 

(d) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

     26

 

  

6.3.3 Indemnity to the Lender

 

The Borrower shall promptly on demand indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

6.4 Mitigation by the Lender

 

6.4.1 Mitigation

 

(a) The Lender shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 4.2.1 (Illegality), Clause 6.1 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities), Clause 6.2 (Increased Costs) or 6.4 (Mandatory Cost).

 

(b) Sub-clause (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

6.4.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 6.4 (Mitigation).

 

(b) The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 6.4.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

6.5 Costs and Expenses

 

6.5.1 Transaction expenses

 

The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(b) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

6.5.2 Amendment costs

 

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Obligors shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request.

 

     27

 

  

6.5.3 Enforcement costs

 

The Borrower shall on demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

7 Guarantee

 

7.1 Guarantee and Indemnity

 

7.1.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to the Lender punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with the Lender that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due and payable under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(c) indemnifies the Lender immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by the Lender if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which the Lender would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

7.1.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

7.1.3 Reinstatement

 

If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge given by the Lender (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

 

(a) the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and

 

(b) the Lender shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.

 

7.1.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 7 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 7 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or the Lender) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or other person;

 

     28

 

  

(b) the release of the Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the Borrower or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

7.1.5 Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 7. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

7.1.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may following an Event of Default which is continuing:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 7.

 

7.1.7 Deferral of the Guarantor's rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Lender otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) to be indemnified by the Borrower;

 

     29

 

  

(b) to claim any contribution from the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by the Lender.

 

7.1.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by the Lender.

 

8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default

 

8.1 Representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 8 to the Lender on the date of this Agreement.

 

8.1.1 Status

 

(a) It is a company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.

 

(c) It and each of its Subsidiaries (if any) has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

8.1.2 Shareholder

 

The Shareholder (directly or indirectly) beneficially and legally owns the majority of the issued share capital of the Borrower and has the power (whether by ownership or shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(a) cast or control the casting of the votes of the majority of the issued share capital of the Borrower at a general meeting of the Borrower’s shareholders;

 

(b) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or equivalent officers of the Borrower; or

 

(c) give directions with respect to the operations, management and/or financial policies of the Borrower which the directors or equivalent officers of the Borrower are obliged to comply.

 

8.1.3 Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are, subject to any general principles of law as at the date of the relevant Finance Document limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Conditions of Utilisation), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

     30

 

  

8.1.4 Security Interests

 

No other Security Interest exists, except for Permitted Security Interests in relation to any asset to which a Security Interest created by a Finance Document relates.

 

8.1.5 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets.

 

8.1.6 Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

8.1.7 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

(c) to enable it to create the Security to be created by it pursuant to any Security Document and to ensure that such Security has the priority and ranking it is expressed to have,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect save for the making of the appropriate registrations of the Security Documents with the appropriate registries.

 

8.1.8 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) The governing law chosen in each of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) Any final judgment obtained in the High Courts of England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

8.1.9 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

     31

 

  

8.1.10 No filing or stamp taxes

 

It is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, except:

 

(a) registration of the statements containing particulars of charge of each of the Security Documents at the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore and payment of associated fees; and

 

(b) registration of the Mortgage at the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore where title to the Vessel is registered or to be registered in the ownership of the Borrower and payment of associated fees,

 

which registrations, filings, taxes and fees will be made and paid promptly after the date of the relevant Security Document.

 

8.1.11 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall be deemed to represent upon the Utilisation Date (and as a Repeating Representation thereafter) that no other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.1.12 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date (if any) at which it is stated;

 

(b) All financial projections provided by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any factual information and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information provided by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement being untrue or misleading in any material respect; and

 

(d) All written information supplied by any member of the Group is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any respect.

 

8.1.13 Financial statements

 

(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b) Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations as at the end of and for the relevant financial year.

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition since 31 December 2018.

 

     32

 

  

8.1.14 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

8.1.15 Title

 

Except for the Permitted Security Interests, it has good and marketable title to the assets subject to the Security created by it pursuant to any Security Document, free from all Security except the Security created pursuant to, or permitted by, the Finance Documents.

 

8.1.16 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

8.1.17 Vessel

 

The Borrower is the sole and beneficial owner of the Vessel which is not in any way subject to any Security Interests except for Permitted Security Interest.

 

8.1.18 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor has performed and observed in all material respects all Environmental Laws, Environmental Permits and all other material covenants, conditions, restrictions or agreements directly or indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with the Vessel.

 

8.1.19 Environmental Claims

 

No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.1.20 Taxation

 

(a) It has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (i) payment is being contested in good faith, (ii) it has maintained adequate reserves for those Taxes and (iii) payment can be lawfully withheld).

 

(b) It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

 

(c) No claim in excess of US$500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency is being or is reasonably likely to be asserted against it with respect to Taxes other than any tax dispute informed of by any Obligor prior to the Signing Date.

 

     33

 

  

8.1.21 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, the Approved Managers and the Vessel have been complied with in all material respects.

 

8.1.22 Anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws

 

(a) None of the Obligors, any of their Subsidiaries, directors or officers, nor to the best of the knowledge of each Obligor, any of its agents, employees, Affiliates or other person acting on behalf of each Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, or has engaged in any activity or conduct, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, rules or regulations.

 

(b) The Obligors and each of their respective Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with all applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, rules and regulations and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

8.1.23 No insolvency

 

No member of the Group has taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Group for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or otherwise or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues except for any such steps or proceedings which are vexatious and discharged within thirty (30) days of their commencement and except for any corporate action necessary to voluntarily wind-up and dissolve any Subsidiaries of the Group formed as special purpose entities to acquire a ship and such acquisition does not occur.

 

8.1.24 No material adverse change

 

No event or circumstance has occurred which (to the best of its knowledge and belief) might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.1.25 Sanctions

 

(a) Each Obligor, and each of its respective Subsidiaries, their joint ventures, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has been and is in compliance with all Sanctions.

 

(b) No Obligor, nor any of their respective Subsidiaries, their joint ventures, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives:

 

(i) is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is reasonably likely to become a Restricted Party; or

 

(ii) is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions.

 

     34

 

  

8.1.26 Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on the date of the Utilisation Request, the date of the Utilisation and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

8.2 Information Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 8 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

8.2.1 Financial statements

 

Each Obligor shall supply to the Lender:

 

(a) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, its annual reports (if prepared) and audited (combined in the case of the Guarantor, and stand-alone in the case of the Borrower) financial statements for that financial year;

 

(b) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, its combined financial statements for that financial half year.

 

8.2.2 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 (Financial statements) shall be confirmed in writing by a director of that Obligor as fairly representing its financial condition and operations as at the end of and for the period in relation to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using GAAP and reflects any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against the relevant members of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 (Financial Statements) are in English or accompanied by a certified translation into English.

 

8.2.3 Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall, upon the written request from the Lender, at its own expense supply to the Lender:

 

(a) all documents dispatched to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

     35

 

  

(c) promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business, assets and operations of any member of the Group as the Lender may reasonably request; and

 

(d) promptly, such further information and/or documents as the Lender may reasonably request so as to enable the Lender to comply with any laws applicable to it (including, without limitation, compliance with FATCA).

 

8.2.4 Notification of default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate signed by an authorised representative on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

8.2.5 "Know your customer" checks

 

If:

 

(a) the introduction of or change in (or the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(b) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c) a proposed assignment by Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement,

 

obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender in order for the Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

8.3 General Undertakings

 

The undertakings in this Clause 8.3 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

8.3.1 Authorisations

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

(i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain the Authorisations in full force and effect; and

 

     36

 

  

(ii) supply certified copies to the Lender of, any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

(b) No Obligor shall, without the prior written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) make any material amendments to its By-Laws or any of its other constitutive documents.

 

8.3.2 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

8.3.3 Title

 

The Borrower will hold the legal title to and own the entire beneficial interest in the Vessel, its Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests.

 

8.3.4 Negative pledges

 

(a) The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security Interests over any of its assets, including but not limited to the Vessel.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Group;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to:

 

(i) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(ii) Permitted Security Interests; or

 

(iii) any Security created pursuant to any Finance Document.

 

     37

 

  

8.3.5 Disposals

 

(a) The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not and whether voluntary or involuntary) to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal of an asset (other than the Vessel):

 

(i) made in the ordinary course of trading of the Borrower;

 

(ii) of obsolete or redundant plant or equipment made at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms; or

 

(iii) of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality.

 

(c) The Borrower shall not sell or otherwise dispose of the Vessel unless the Facility is fully repaid subject to Clause 4.2.4 (a).

 

8.3.6 Dividend Restrictions

 

The Borrower shall not

 

(a) declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

(b) repay or redistribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(c) redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so; or

 

(d) issue any new shares in its share capital or resolve to do so

 

while any Event of Default is continuing under Clause 8.6. and/or the Borrower is not in compliance with Clause 8.4.10 (Cash Reserve).

 

8.3.7 Arm’s Length Term

 

The Borrower shall (and shall ensure that none of its Subsidiaries will) enter into any contract or arrangement with or for the benefit of any other person (including any disposal to that person) other than in the ordinary course of business at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms, save for such contracts or arrangements made between members of the Group.

 

8.3.8 Change of business

 

The Borrower shall ensure that no material change is made to the general nature of its business (taken as a whole) from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

8.3.9 Environmental Compliance

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws subject to the terms and conditions of any Environmental Permit and obtain and maintain any Environmental Permits.

 

     38

 

  

8.3.10 Environmental Claims

 

The Borrower shall inform the Lender in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of the same:

 

(a) if any Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) is threatened against it, the Guarantor or the Vessel, or

 

(b) of any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against it, the Guarantor or the Vessel;

 

where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined against the Borrower, the Guarantor or the Vessel, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.3.11 Taxation

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each member of the Group will) duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (save to the extent that (i) payment is being contested in good faith and/or payment can be lawfully withheld and (ii) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes).

 

8.3.12 Financial Indebtedness

 

(a) The Borrower shall not create or permit the creation of any Financial Indebtedness in favour of a third party, whether actual or contingent, without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

(b) Clause 8.3.12(a) above shall not apply if:

 

(i) such Financial Indebtedness is in favour of another member of the Group, and such Financial Indebtedness is subordinated to the Indebtedness; or

 

(ii) such Financial Indebtedness is incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

(c) The Borrower shall not make advances or loans to or issue guarantees on behalf of any persons or otherwise voluntarily assume any actual or contingent liability in respect of the obligation(s) of any other person, save for advances, loans or guarantees made or issued another member of the Group or in the ordinary course of trading.

 

8.3.13 Subordinated Indebtedness

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that any Financial Indebtedness created or to be created in favour of itself from or by the other Obligor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Indebtedness and on terms and conditions approved by the Lender.

 

8.3.14 Permitted Investments

 

The Borrower will not acquire any shares or other securities or make any other investments other than with the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

     39

 

  

8.3.15 Merger

 

(a) The Borrower shall not (and it shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) without the prior written consent of the Lender enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction.

 

(b) Providing no Default exists or would result therefrom and provided that the Borrower gives advance notice to the Lender of any such event, the above restriction shall not apply to:

 

(i) any merger or demerger with a person as a result of which the Borrower or any other member of the Group is the surviving entity; or

 

(ii) any intra-group mergers, demergers or corporate reconstructions.

 

8.3.16 Sanctions

 

(a) Each Obligor shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall, directly or indirectly, be used or otherwise make available:

 

(i) to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Restricted Party;

 

(ii) for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

(iii) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in the occurrence of an Event of Default under Clause 8.6.21 (Sanctions), or (b) the Lender being in breach of any Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall ensure that its assets shall not be used directly or indirectly:

 

(i) by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

(ii) in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could expose either Obligors, and/or their assets, any asset subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents, the Vessel, the Lender and any other person being party to or which benefits from any Finance Document, any Approved Manager, any crew of the Vessel and/or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions.

 

8.3.17 Change of Ownership

 

The Borrower shall give a prior written notice to the Lender when the ultimate legal or beneficial ownership (as notified to the Lender before the date hereof) of the Borrower is to be changed.

 

8.4 Ship Covenants

 

The covenants in this Clause 8.4 remain in force for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any commitment is in force.

 

     40

 

  

8.4.1 Insurances

 

(a) Obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall keep the Vessel owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

(i) usual marine risks appropriate for its operational status (including hull and machinery, port risk, hull interest, freight interest, disbursements and/or increased value, other Total Loss interests, war risks, acts of terrorism and piracy), in an amount such that the insured value of the Vessel is equal to or more than the greater of (i) 110% of the Loan or (ii) the Fair Market Value; and

 

(ii) protection and indemnity risks (including the maximum level for oil pollution liability available from time to time under basic protection and indemnity club entry) in respect of the full tonnage of the Vessel,

 

such insurances to be in dollars and effected on such contractual terms and through such insurers and war risks and protection and indemnity associations as the Lender may approve.

 

(b) Fleet cover

 

If the Vessel is insured under a fleet policy, the Borrower shall procure that the relevant insurer provides an undertaking to the Lender that it shall not set off against any claim, any premium due in respect of other vessels in the fleet policy or any premiums due for other insurances, nor cancel the insurance for reason of non-payment of premiums for other vessels in the fleet policy or of premiums for such other insurances, and shall undertake to issue a separate policy in respect of the Vessel if so requested by the Lender.

 

(c) Payment of premiums

 

The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums, calls or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Lender.

 

(d) Policy documents and letters of undertaking

 

The Borrower shall ensure that the Lender is provided with a letter of undertaking from each broker on behalf of each insurer or protection and indemnity or war risks association giving undertakings to the Lender that:

 

(i) a loss payable clause has been endorsed on each policy on terms required by the Lender;

 

(ii) any material change to the terms of the insurances described in Clause 8.4.1(a) shall be notified to the Lender; and

 

(iii) they will notify the Lender at least fourteen (14) days (or seven (7) days in the case of war risk insurances) before the expiry or cancellation for any reason of the insurances.

 

The Lender shall be furnished with copies of the relevant policy documents, including copies of all policies, cover notes, letters of undertaking and certificates of entry relating to the obligatory insurances, upon request, and shall provide copies of such documentation received to the Lender.

  

     41

 

  

(e) Renewal

 

The Borrower shall, at least fourteen (14) days before expiry of any obligatory insurance listed in Clause 8.4.1(a), notify the Lender of the names of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association intended to be employed by the Borrower for the purposes of renewal of such insurances and of the intended terms of renewal.

 

(f) Guarantees

 

The Borrower will ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and delivered.

 

(g) Compliance

 

The Borrower will take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may be applicable to the insurances (including the payment of any additional premiums or calls of the Vessel) so as to ensure that the insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Lender has not given its approval and are otherwise maintained on terms and conditions approved by the Lender.

 

(h) Collection of claims

 

The Borrower will not settle, compromise or abandon any claim for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which shall at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances for the Vessel.

 

(i) Communications

 

The Borrower shall provide the Lender, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications with brokers, underwriters, insurance companies and protection and indemnity and war risks associations which relate to compliance with requirements applicable to the obligatory insurance on the Vessel.

 

(j) Mortgagee’s interest insurance

 

The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for the cost of any mortgagee’s interest insurance (including mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance) which the Lender may effect in respect of the Vessel in an amount of up to 100% of the Loan upon such terms and through such insurers as the Lender may deem appropriate.

 

8.4.2 Registration of Vessel

 

(a) The Borrower will keep the Vessel registered in its name under the laws of an Approved Flag, and shall not permit its registration under any other flag or at any other port without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(b) The Borrower may not change the registration of the Vessel from one Approved Flag to another Approved Flag unless it provides to the Lender a Mortgage, Deed of Covenants or General Assignment (as applicable) and such other documents as the Lender may reasonably require in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

     42

 

  

8.4.3 Classification and repair

 

The Borrower will keep the Vessel in good, safe and efficient condition consistent with first class ownership and management practice (and upon reasonable notice the Lender shall be entitled to inspect any of the Vessel's books and records) and in particular:

 

(a) so as to maintain its class at the highest level with a classification society approved by the Lender free of overdue recommendations and qualifications; and

 

(b) so as to comply with the laws and regulations (statutory or otherwise) applicable to vessels registered under the flag state of such Ship and to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which the Vessel may trade from time to time.

 

8.4.4 Surveys

 

The Borrower will submit the Vessel regularly to such periodical or other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and to ensure full compliance with regulations of the flag state of the Vessel and, if so required, to supply the Lender with copies of all survey reports.

 

8.4.5 Arrest

 

The Borrower will promptly pay and discharge:

 

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances except for Permitted Security Interests;

 

(b) all tolls, Taxes, dues, fines, penalties and other amounts charged in respect of the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances,

 

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Vessel, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or procuring the provision of security or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

8.4.6 Operation of the Vessel

 

(a) The Borrower will comply, or procure compliance in all material respects with the ISM Code and ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Vessel, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower and shall not employ the Vessel nor allow its employment:

 

(i) in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and ISPS Code; or

 

(ii) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), in any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the war risks insurers of the Vessel unless the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which shall be necessary or customary for first class shipowners trading vessels within the territorial waters of such country at such time and has provided evidence of such cover to the Lender.

 

     43

 

  

(b) Without limitation to the generality of Clause 8.4.6(a), the Borrower in respect of the Vessel, shall comply or procure compliance, with, as applicable, all requirements of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as adopted, amended or replaced from time to time including, but not limited to, the STCW 95, the ISM Code or the ISPS Code.

 

8.4.7 Sanctions

 

Neither Obligor, nor any Affiliate of any Obligor, nor any of their joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any other persons acting on any of their behalf:

 

(a) is a Restricted Party; or

 

(b) has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.

 

8.4.8 Notification of certain events

 

The Borrower shall immediately notify the Lender by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a) any incident causing damage to the Vessel which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Vessel has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, promptly complied with;

 

(d) any arrest or detention of the Vessel, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Vessel or its Earnings or its Insurances or any requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(e) any claim for a material breach of the ISM Code and ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

8.4.9 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

(a) The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed,

 

(i) let the Vessel on charter for any period of twelve (12) Months or longer;

 

(ii) change the classification society of the Vessel; or

 

(iii) put the Vessel into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed the Major Casualty amount.

 

     44

 

  

(b) The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed appoint a manager of the Vessel other than an Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Managers’ appointments; and

 

(c) In the event where the Borrower let the Vessel on charter for longer than 12 Months, the Borrower shall execute the Assignment of Earnings in respect of such charter.

 

8.4.10 Security Cover (LTV Clause)

 

Anytime when the amount equivalent to eighty (80) per cent. (the Security Maintenance Ratio) of the Fair Market Value of the Vessel falls below the principal amount outstanding of the Loan, the Borrower, within five (5) days from the written demand of the Lender, shall prepay such portion of the Loan in order to ensure compliance with the Security Maintenance Ratio.

 

8.4.11 Valuations

 

(a) The Fair Market Value shall be the average of the valuations of the Vessel prepared by two (2) Approved Brokers and given on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for each free of any existing charter (provided that if the higher of such valuations exceeds the lower of such valuations by more than five (5) per cent, it shall be the average of three (3) valuations from Approved Brokers).

 

(b) The Borrower shall, at the cost of the Borrower, arrange for valuation of the Vessel in order to determine the Fair Market Value of the Vessel in accordance with 8.4.11 (a) above on each of the following dates;

 

Year   Valuation Date
1st year of the Security Period    30th June 2020
2nd year of the Security Period   30th June 2021
3rd year of the Security Period   30th June 2022
4th  year of the Security Period    30th June 2023
5th year of the Security Period   30th June 2024
6th year of the Security Period   30th June 2025

 

(c) The Obligors shall bear the costs in connection with the Lender obtaining valuations of the Vessel following an Event of Default.

 

8.4.12 Cash Reserve

 

The Borrower shall credit, provide, keep, maintain, hold and reserve the following amount at the Cash Reserve Account (the Cash Reserve) on the following dates respectively as security for the Loan.

 

Quotation date   Amount to be reserved at the Cash
Reserve Account

each anniversary of the Utilisation Date

(including Termination Date)

  USD500,000

 

     45

 

 

The Borrower may withdraw the Cash Reserve temporarily by sending a ten (10) days prior notice to the Lender provided however the Lender has sole discretion to permit the Borrower to withdraw the Cash Reserve. However if the Cash Reserve is withdrawn, the same amount shall be re-credited to the Cash Reserve Account within thirty (30) days after the withdrawal in any event.

 

8.5 Security and Application of Proceeds

 

8.5.1 Security

 

Each Obligor undertakes with the Lender to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, and to procure the execution, delivery and performance by other parties to the Finance Documents, so that at all times during the Security Period, the Finance Documents shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

8.5.2 Application of Proceeds

 

(a) Any sums which are received or recovered by the Lender under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied (unless otherwise provided for in the relevant Finance Document) in the following order:

 

(i) first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iv) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

(v) fifthly, any surplus shall be paid to the Obligors or to any other person appearing to be entitled to receive such surplus.

 

(b) The Lender may vary the order set out in Clause 8.5.2(a)(ii)-(a)(iv) above.

 

(c) Clause 8.5.2(a)(i)-(a)(iv) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

8.6 Events of Default

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 8.6.1 (Non-payment) to Clause 8.6.22 (Technical Information) (inclusive) is an Event of Default.

 

8.6.1 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable, unless:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by administrative error; and

 

     46

 

  

(ii) payment is made within five (5) Business Days of its due date.

 

8.6.2 Other obligations

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 8.6.1 (Non-payment) and such failure is not remedied within ten (10) Business Days after the Lender has given notice thereof to the Obligors.

 

8.6.3 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made.

 

8.6.4 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.6.5 Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled, as from the Utilisation Date, to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 8.6 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within sub-clauses (a) – (d) above is less than US$500,000 for the Borrower and US$2,250,000 for the Guarantor (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

8.6.6 Insolvency

 

(a) The Borrower is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower.

 

     47

 

  

8.6.7 Insolvency proceedings

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower;

 

(b) a composition, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower;

 

(c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any of its assets; or

 

(d) enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of the Borrower, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

8.6.8 Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution in excess of US$300,000 affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group, and is not discharged or countered in good faith within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower became aware of the same.

 

8.6.9 Nationalisation

 

Any step is taken by any person with a view to the seizure, compulsory acquisition, expropriation or nationalisation of all or a material part of the assets of a member of the Group.

 

8.6.10 Cessation of Business

 

Any member of the Group ceases to carry on all or a substantial part of its business other than in respect of a solvent reorganisation of a member of the Group which is not the Borrower.

 

8.6.11 Unlawfulness

 

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or any other Security Party to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

8.6.12 Repudiation

 

(a) Any Finance Document to which an Obligor is a party ceases for any reason (or is claimed by that Obligor not) to be its legal and valid obligations, binding upon it in accordance with its terms.

 

(b) An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

8.6.13 Security

 

Any Security Document is not in full force and effect or does not create in favour of the Lender for the benefit of the Lender the Security which it is expressed to create with the ranking and priority it is expressed to have.

 

8.6.14 Insurances

 

The Borrower fails to maintain the Insurances in accordance with Clause 8.4.1 (Insurances) or any other provisions in the Security Documents, or any of the Insurances are suspended or cancelled or liable to be avoided or repudiated or may become unenforceable as a result of the non-payment of any premiums, call or contributions or other sums payable in connection with the Insurances.

 

     48

 

  

8.6.15 Challenge of registration

 

The registration of the Vessel or the Mortgage is contested in good faith or becomes void or voidable or is liable to cancellation or termination, or the validity or priority of the Mortgage is contested.

 

8.6.16 Attempted Sale, Mortgage, etc. of Vessel

 

The Borrower shall, without the prior written consent of the Lender, sell, pledge, mortgage or transfer the Vessel or any part or appurtenance thereof, or change the flag of the Vessel or port of documentation, or attempt to pledge, mortgage or transfer the Vessel or any part or appurtenance thereof, or hypothecate or attempt to change the flag of the Vessel, the port of documentation, or suffer to exist any lien or other Security on the Vessel (other than Permitted Liens).

 

8.6.17 Arrest of Vessel

 

The Vessel shall be libelled, arrested, or levied upon or taken into custody by virtue of any attachment or execution against the Borrower or against the Vessel or seized by any governmental or other authority and shall not be released from such libel, arrest, levy, attachment, execution or seizure within 60 days or the Borrower shall fail to give the Lender prompt notice of any such contingency.

 

8.6.18 Failure to comply with Final Judgment

 

An Obligor or any other Security Party fails (within ten (10) Business Days after becoming obliged to do so) to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any final judgment or any final order (being one against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists the time limit for making such appeal has expired and no appeal has been made or if an appeal has been made such appeal has been dismissed) made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

8.6.19 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents or transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.6.20 Approved Flag

 

The country of the Approved Flag under which the Vessel is registered becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, unless the Vessel is registered under another Approved Flag within ninety (90) days after the Lender has given notice thereof to the Obligors.

 

     49

 

  

8.6.21 Sanctions

 

Either Obligor, any Affiliate of either Obligor, any of their joint ventures or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any other persons acting on any of their behalf, becomes a Restricted Party

 

8.6.22 Technical Information

 

The Borrower fails to provide within ten (10) Business Days of the Lender's reasonable request, copies of class records and certificates, survey reports, performance records, copies or SIRE inspection reports and any other technical information, that the Lender may reasonably request, that is readily and/or customarily available for vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, save that where such documentation is not held by the Borrower, it shall make best endeavours to procure such documentation.

 

8.6.23 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may by notice to the Obligors:

 

(a) cancel the Commitment whereupon it shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender.

 

8.6.24 Enforcement of security

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 8.6.23 (Acceleration), the Lender is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

9 Changes to Parties

 

9.1 Changes to the Lender

 

9.1.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lender

 

The Lender may subject to the prior consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

to another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, vessels, securities or other assets.

 

     50

 

  

9.1.2 Disclosure of information

 

The Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and any other person:

 

(a) to (or through) whom the Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b) with (or through) whom the Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or any Obligor; or

 

(c) to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation,

 

(d) any information about any Obligor, the Group and the Finance Documents as the Lender shall consider appropriate if, in relation to Clauses 9.1.1 and 9.1.2, the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.

 

9.2 Changes to the Obligors

 

Except as otherwise permitted herein, neither Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

10 Administration

 

10.1 Payment Mechanics

 

10.1.1 Payments to the Lender

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor shall make the same available to the Lender (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Lender as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account with such bank as the Lender specifies.

 

10.1.2 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Lender may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 10.2 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

10.1.3 Clawback

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Lender under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Lender is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

     51

 

  

(b) If the Lender pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Lender had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Lender shall on demand refund the same to the Lender together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Lender, calculated by the Lender to reflect its cost of funds.

 

10.1.4 No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

10.1.5 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

10.1.6 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to sub-clauses (a) and (b) below dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) A repayment of the Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which the Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

(c) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(d) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

10.1.7 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Lender (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Lender (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the relevant interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

     52

 

  

10.1.8 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Lender determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Lender is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Lender may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Lender may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Lender shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) any such changes agreed upon by the Lender and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 10.7 (Amendments and Waivers); and

 

(d) the Lender shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Lender) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 10.1.8.

 

10.2 Set-Off

 

The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by the Lender) against any matured obligation owed by the Lender to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

10.3 Notices

 

10.3.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax, electronic mail or letter.

 

10.3.2 Addresses

 

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

     53

 

  

(a) in the case of each Obligor, that identified with its name below; and

 

(b) in the case of the Lender, that identified with its name below;

 

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other party by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

10.3.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, the earlier of (i) when it has been left at the relevant address or (ii) two (2) Business Days after being deposited with an internationally recognised overnight courier service with the postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 10.3.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by the Lender and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Lender’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to the Guarantor.

 

10.3.4 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made by any Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, to the extent that those Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

     54

 

  

10.3.5 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Lender, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

10.4 Calculations And Certificates

 

10.4.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender, absent of fraud or manifest error, are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

10.4.2 Certificates and Determinations

 

Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of fraud or manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

10.4.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the relevant interbank market or the relevant financial market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

10.5 Partial Invalidity

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

10.6 Remedies And Waivers

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

     55

 

  

10.7 Amendments And Waivers

 

Any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Lender and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

10.8 Counterparts

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

11 Governing Law And Enforcement

 

11.1 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is/are governed by English law.

 

11.2 Enforcement

 

11.2.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a Dispute).

 

(b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 11.2.1 is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

11.3 Service of process

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:

 

(a) irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited of London, United Kingdom as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(b) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

     56

 

  

Schedule 1- The Parties

 

THE BORROWER

 

IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD.

 

Address: 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763
   
Phone: + 65 6323 0048
   
Fax: + 65  6323 0046

 

THE GUARANTOR

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

Address: 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southoint, Singapore 089763
   
Phone: + 65 6323 0048
   
Fax: + 65 6323 0046

 

THE LENDER

 

THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

Address: 8 Marina View, #15-02 Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960
   
Tel: +65-6394-9830
   
Fax: +65-6394-9832

 

     57

 

  

Schedule 2

 

Part I-Condition Precedent

 

1 The Borrower and the Guarantor

 

1.1 A Certified Copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower, the Guarantor;

 

1.2 A Certified Copy of a resolution of the board of directors and (if required by the Lender) of the Borrower and the Guarantor:

 

1.2.1 approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it executes the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

1.2.2 authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

1.2.3 authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3 A Certified Copy or original of any power of attorney under which the Finance Documents to which it is a party is executed on behalf of the relevant Obligor (if required, and duly notarised and Singapore-legalised if necessary).

 

2 Other documents and evidence

 

2.1 Evidence that the process agent referred to in Clause 11.3 (Service of process), has accepted its appointment;

 

2.2 A Certified Copy of Original Financial Statements of the Guarantor;

 

2.3 A specimen signature of all authorised signatories of the Obligors in the form of the Lender;

 

2.4 All documents as may be reasonably required by the Lender to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the Borrower or the Guarantor;

 

2.5 Evidence of the Vessel is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower; and

 

2.6 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 5.4 (Fees) and Clause 6.5 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid on the date within five (5) Business Days from the Signing Date.

 

3 Finance Documents

 

Duly executed originals of this Agreement;

 

     58

 

  

Part II- Condition Subsequent

 

1 Finance Documents

 

Duly executed originals of the:

 

1.1 Mortgage;

 

1.2 Deed of Covenants;

 

1.3 Assignment of Insurance; and

 

1.4 Assignment of Earnings

 

2 Evidence that:

 

2.1 the Vessel is registered in the name of the Borrower as indicated in Schedule 4 (Vessel) under an Approved Flag;

 

2.2 the Vessel is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower as indicated in Schedule 4 (Vessel) save for the security created by the Finance Documents and Permitted Security Interests;

 

2.3 the Mortgage is registered in favour of the Lender immediately following the Utilisation;

 

2.4 the Vessel is insured in accordance with the covenants given under this Agreement; and

 

2.5 the Vessel maintains the highest class with the approved classification society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions.

 

3 Such evidence as the Lender may require of the Borrower’s and/or the relevant Approved Manager’s compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code including but not limited to copies of the following:

 

3.1 the Vessel's current Safety Construction, Safety Equipment, Safety Radio and Load Line Certificates;

 

3.2 evidence of the Vessel's current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990;

 

3.3 the Vessel's current safety management certificate;

 

3.4 the ISM Company's current Document of Compliance;

 

3.5 the Vessel's current International Ship Security Certificate;

 

3.6 the Vessel's current International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate;

 

3.7 the Vessel's current Tonnage Certificate;

 

4 A Certified Copy of each management agreement entered into with an Approved Manager.

 

5 Evidence that the statements containing particulars of charge of any Security Documents received by the Lender pursuant to the above 1.1 to 1.4 have been registered with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore within the prescribed statutory time limit.

 

     59

 

  

Provided that if any of above 2.4-2.6, 3.1-3.7 and 4 may not be available on the Utilisation Date, such document may be delivered to the Lender within 14 days after the Utilisation Date.

 

Legal Opinions

 

1 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

 

     60

 

  

Schedule 3 – Utilisation Requests

 

From: IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD.
   
To: THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH
   
Date:  
   
Dear Sirs,  

 

US$XXXX Facility Agreement dated [●] 2019 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date: [●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Amount: [●]
   
Interest Period: three (3) Months

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 2.3.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account] at [●].

 

5 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully 

 

   
authorised signatory for  
IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD.  

 

     61

 

  

Schedule 4– Vessel

 

 

    Vessel   IMO No.   Built   Type   Gross Tonnage   Owner
1.   MV "IVS PRESTWICK"       September 2019   61,000dwt type Bulk Carrier       IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD.

 

     62

 

  

SIGNATURES

 

THE BORROWER

 

SIGNED by Stephen William Griffiths

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   )
as director/duly authorised   )
for and on behalf of   )
IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD.   )
in the presence of:   )
     
Witness’ signature:   ) /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   ) Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address:   ) 200 Cantonment Road
      #03-01 Southpoint
     Singapore 089763

 

     63

 

  

THE GUARANTOR

 

SIGNED by Stephen William Griffiths

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   )
as director/duly authorised   )
for and on behalf of   )
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.   )
in the presence of:   )
     
Witness’ signature:   ) /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   ) Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address:   ) 200 Cantonment Road
     #03-01 Southpoint
     Singapore 089763

 

     64

 

  

THE LENDER

 

SIGNED by Yusuke Kawanishi

 

/s/ Yusuke Kawanishi   )
as Deputy General Manager/duly authorised   )
for and on behalf of   )
The Iyo Bank, Ltd. Singapore Branch)    
in the presence of:   )
     
Witness’ signature:   ) /s/ Yuko Shigemi
Witness’ name:   ) Yuko Shigemi
Witness’ address:   ) 8 Marina View #15-02
      Asia Square Tower 1
      Singapore 018960

 

     65

 

 

Exhibit 4.23(a)

 

Addendum to the Term Facility Agreement dated July 29, 2019

 

for a loan up to US$15,720,000 in relation to M.V. "IVS PRESTWICK"

 

THIS ADDENDEM is made this 27th day of August 2019 by and between:

 

(1) IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201818425Z), as borrower, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road #03-01, Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Borrower);

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. (Co. Reg. No. 201731497H), as guarantor, a company incorporated in Republic of Singapore and having a place of business at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Guarantor ); and

 

(3) THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH, a company incorporated in Japan and having a place of business at 8 Marina View, #15-02 Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960 as lender (the Lender).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A) Pursuant to a Term Facility Agreement for financing of 61,000dwt type bulk carrier to be registered under Singapore registry and be named "IVS PRESTWICK", which is executed as of 29th July 2019 by, amongst others, the Mortgagee, as lender, and the Borrower, as borrower (the "Loan Agreement"), the Lender agreed to make a loan to the Borrower in the amount not exceeding USD15,720,000.

 

B) The parties hereto are intending to make certain terms and conditions of repayment and prepayment set out in the Loan Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Following definitions shall be added to the list of definitions in Clause 1 (Definitions and interpretation) of the Loan Agreement;

 

"Balloon Instalment" means a balloon instalment which is an outstanding principal amount after repayment of all regular Repayment Instalments hereunder and repayable by the Borrower on the Termination Date.

 

 

 

 

2. The Repayment Schedule set out in Clause 4.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be replaced with the following schedule;

 

No.   Column A

Repayment  Date
  Column B

Repayment Instalment
    Balance after
Repayment
 
                US$ 15,720,000  
1   3 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,458,000  
2   6 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 15,196,000  
3   9 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,934,000  
4   12 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,672,000  
5   15 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14,410,000  
6   18 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 14, 148,000  
7   21 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,886,000  
8   24 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,624,000  
9   27 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,362,000  
10   30 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 13,100,000  
11   33 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,838,000  
12   36 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,576,000  
13   39 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,314,000  
14   42 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 12,052,000  
15   45 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,790,000  
16   48 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,528,000  
17   51 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,266,000  
18   54 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 11,004,000  
19   57 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,742,000  
20   60 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,480,000  
21   63 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 10,218,000  
22   66 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,956,000  
23   69 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,694,000  
24   72 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,432,000  
25   75 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 9,170,000  
26   78 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,908,000  
27   81 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,646,000  
28   84 Months from the Utilisation Date   US$ 262,000     US$ 8,384,000  
         

US$8,384,000

as Balloon Instalment

      0  

 

  2  

 

  

3. Paragraph (b) and (c) of Clause 4.1 (Repayment of the Loan) in the Loan Agreement shall be replaced with the following terms;

 

(b) If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of the Commitment in accordance with Clause 4.2.2 ( Voluntary cancellation) then the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata (excluding the Balloon Instalment) by the amount of such cancellation.

 

(c) If the Borrower draws less than the full Commitment then the amount in Column B shall be reduced proportionately (excluding the Balloon Instalment).

 

4. Paragraph (d) of Clause 4.2.6 (Restrictions) shall be replaced with the following;

 

(d) Any prepayment under this Clause 4.2 will be applied in or towards repaying the relevant remaining instalments under Clause 4.1 (Repayment of the Loan) rateably (excluding the Balloon Instalment), provided that if the relevant remaining instalments (excluding the Balloon Instalment) under Clause 4.1 (Repayment of the Loan) are prepaid in full, then any further prepayment will be applied in or towards repaying the Balloon Instalment (or vice versa as the Lender may agree).

 

5. All other terms and conditions stipulated under the Loan Agreement shall be remain unchanged and in full force.

 

6. Reference to "this Agreement" in the Loan Agreement shall be read as the Loan Agreement as amended by this Addendum and any other supplements and addendum as may further be made.

 

7. This Addendum is governed by English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Addendum is subject to the courts of England.

 

  3  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be executed on the day and year hereinbefore written.

 

IVS BULK 3708 PTE. LTD. as Borrower

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
By: Stephen William Griffiths  
Title: Director  

 

  4  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. as Guarantor

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
By: Stephen William Griffiths  
Title: Director  

 

  5  

 

 

THE IYO BANK, LTD., SINGAPORE BRANCH as Lender

 

/s/ Takashi Sagayama  
By: Takashi Sagayama  
Title: General Manager  

 

  6  

 

 

Exhibit 4.24

 

DATED 31 January 2020

 

IVS BULK 10824 PTE. LTD.

as Borrower

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

as Guarantor

 

AND

 

SHOWA LEASING CO., LTD.

as Lender

 

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

in relation to

 

60,500 DWT Type Bulk Carrier

M/V “IVS NORTH BERWICK” (IMO No. 9740902)

 

 

 

 

 

INDEX

 

Clause   Page
     
1.       DEFINITIONS 2
1.1 Definitions 2
1.2 Headings 9
1.3 Time of Essence 9
1.4 Severability 9
1.5 Third Party Rights 9
2.      THE LOAN COMMITMENT 10
2.1 Agreement to Lend 10
2.2 Purpose of the Loan 10
2.3 Drawdown 10
2.4 Amount of Loan 10
2.5 Availability 10
2.6 Termination of Commitment 10
3.      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 11
3.1 Documents and Evidence 11
3.2 General Conditions Precedent 11
3.3 Dissatisfaction of Conditions 12
4.      REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT 12
4.1 Repayment 12
4.2 Voluntary Prepayment 12
4.3 Illegality 12
4.4 Mandatory Prepayment on a Total Loss 13
4.5 Mandatory Prepayment on Sale of the Vessel 14
4.6 Amounts Payable on Prepayment 14
4.7 Dollar Account 15
5.      INTEREST 15
5.1 Payment of Interest 15
5.2 Calculation of Interest 15
5.3 Interest Period 15
5.4 Default Interest 16
5.5 Calculation of non-Banking Day 16
5.6 Market Disruption 16
6.      CURRENCY 16
7.      FEES AND EXPENSES 16
7.1 Up-front Fee etc. 16
7.2 Expenses 17
7.3 Increased Costs 17
8.      TAXES 18
8.1 Payment of Taxes 18
8.2 No set-off or Counterclaim; Distribution to the Lender 18
8.3 Notification of Deduction 18
8.4 Withholding Tax and Grossing Up 18
8.5 FATCA Information 19
8.6 FATCA Deduction 19
9.      GUARANTEES 20
9.1 Guarantee 20
9.2 No Security taken by Guarantor 20
9.3 Continuing Guarantee 20

 

 

 

9.4 Reinstatement 20
9.5 Waiver of Defenses 21
9.6 Immediate Recourse 21
9.7 Appropriations 21
9.8 Deferral of Guarantor’s Rights 22
9.9 Ranking pari passu 22
9.10 Additional Security 22
9.11 Suspension of Subrogation Right 22
9.12 Indemnity 23
10.      REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES 23
11.      UNDERTAKINGS AND COVENANTS 28
11.1 Financial Covenants 28
11.2 Negative Covenants, etc. 29
11.3 Covenants; Insurance 31
11.4 Covenants; Vessel 35
11.5 Covenants; Lien 38
12.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT 39
12.1 List of Event 39
12.2 Acceleration 42
12.3 Acceleration by Antisocial Reason 42
13.      ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER 42
13.1 Benefit and Burden 42
13.2 No Assignment by the Borrower 42
13.3 Assignment by the Lender 42
13.4 Set-off 42
14.      MISCELLANEOUS 43
14.1 Application of Payments 43
14.2 Means of Communication 43
14.3 Notices 43
14.4 No implied Waivers, Remedies and Cumulative 44
14.5 Severability 44
14.6 Counterparts 44
14.7 Language (English) 44
14.8 Conflicts 44
14.9 Remitting to the Designated Account 44
14.10 Disclosure of Information 45
15.      LAW AND JURISDICTION 45
15.1 Governing Law 45
15.2 Submission to Jurisdiction 45
Schedule 1 49
Schedule 2 50
Schedule 3 52

 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is executed dated 31 January 2020 (the “Signing Date”) and made between

 

(i) IVS BULK 10824 PTE. LTD., a company organised and existing under the law of the Republic of Singapore, having its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763(hereinafter referred to as the “Borrower”);

 

(ii) IVS BULK PTE. LTD., a company organised and existing under the law of the Republic of Singapore, having its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763(hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantor”);

 

(iii) SHOWA LEASING CO., LTD., a company organised and existing under the law of Japan, having its registered office at 2-4-3, Nihonbashi-muromachi, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan (hereinafter referred to as the “Lender”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

A) The Borrower will be the sole, absolute and unencumbered, legal and beneficial owner of the whole of a 60,500 DWT Type Bulk Carrier M/V “IVS NORTH BERWICK” (IMO No. 9740902) which is duly registered in the name of the Borrower under the law and flag of the Republic of Singapore (the “Vessel”, which includes any share or interest therein and her engines, machinery, boats, tackle, outfit, equipment, spare gear, fuel, consumable or other stores, belongings and appurtenances whether on board or ashore and whether now owned or hereafter acquired and also any and all additions, improvements and replacements hereafter made in or to such vessel or any part thereof or in or to her equipment and appurtenances aforesaid);

 

B) the Borrower has requested the Lender to make available a loan to the Borrower in the principal amount of up to USD 13,130,000 in order to appropriate it for the cost of refinance of the Vessel;

 

C) the Lender is willing to make such loan available to the Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1  

 

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Definitions

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, all capitalised terms used herein shall have the same meanings as in the Security Documents. In this Agreement except where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Anti-social Forces” means

(a) an organised crime group;
(b) a member of any organised crime group;
(c) a person for whom five (5) years have not elapsed since that time the person ceased to be a member of an organised crime group;
(d) an associate of an organised crime group;
(e) a company affiliated with an organised crime group;
(f) a corporate racketeer;
(g) a hoodlum disguised as a supporter of a social movement, etc.;
(h) a white-collar crime group, etc.;
(i) any person or entity similar to any of above item (a) through item (h) (the “Organised Crime Group Member”)
(j) an entity that has a recognisable relationship with an Organised Crime Group Member, etc., in which the management of the entity is controlled by the Organised Crime Group Member;
(k) an entity that has a recognisable relationship with an Organised Crime Group Member, etc., in which the Organised Crime Group Member is substantially involved in the management of the entity;
(l) an entity or person that has a recognisable relationship with an Organised Crime Group Member, in which the entity or person wrongfully uses an Organised Crime Group Member, for such purposes as unfairly benefiting the entity or person itself, the entity’s or the person’s own company or a third party, or causing damage to a third party;
(m) an entity or person that has a recognisable relationship with an Organised Crime Group Member, in which the entity or person provides funds, etc. or other benefits to the Organised Crime Group Member; or
(n) an entity of which a board member, etc. or any other person who is substantially involved in the management of the entity has a socially condemnable relationship with an Organised Crime Group Member;

 

“Applicable Sanctions” means

any Sanctions by which any Obligor is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Obligor;

 

“Assignment of Insurance” means

irrevocable and unconditional assignment by the Borrower, in favour of the Lender, of the insurance on the Vessel, which assignment shall be in the form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

“Availability Period” means

the period from the date of this Agreement and ending on 28 February 2020;

 

  2  

 

 

“Banking Day” means

a day other than a Saturday and Sunday on which banks are open for business in Tokyo, Singapore, New York and London;

 

"Break Costs" means

the amount (if any) by which the interest which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of the Loan to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, for the relevant part of the Loan, had the principal amount received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; exceeds the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount received by it on deposit with the Lender’s designated bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

 

“Charterparty” means

any of the charterparty agreements in time charter concluded from time to time during the Loan Period by and between the Borrower as owner, and any third parties as charterer;

 

“Classification” means

in relation to the Vessel, the highest classification available for a vessel of her type with the Classification Society or such other classification as the Lender shall, at the request of the Borrower, have agreed in writing shall be treated as the Classification for the Vessel for the purpose of the Finance Documents;

 

“Classification Society” means

in relation to the Vessel, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (ClassNK) or such other member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) acceptable to the Lender;

 

“Compulsory Acquisition” means

requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition, requisition, appropriation, expropriation, deprivation, forfeiture or confiscation for any reason of the Vessel by any Government Entity or other competent authority, whether de jure or de facto, but shall exclude requisition for use or hire not involving requisition of title;

 

“Deed of Covenants” means

the deed of covenants executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

“Deed of Shares Security” means

the deed of shares security in respect of the share capital of the Borrower executed or to be executed by IVS BULK PTE. LTD. as pledgor in favour of the Lender as pledgee;

 

“Default” means

any Event of Default or any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;

 

“Default Interest” means

interest payable to the Lender in accordance with clause 5.4 hereof;

 

  3  

 

 

“Default Rate” means

the rate of fourteen percent (14%) per annum actually elapsed and on the basis of a year of 360 days;

 

“Dollar Account” means

an account denominated in USD opened by and in the name of the Borrower and includes any sub-accounts or replacement or time deposits thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Lender and the Borrower to be the Dollar Account for the purpose of this Agreement;

 

“Drawdown” means

as the context requires, the drawing by the Borrower of the Loan pursuant to clause 2.3, advanced by the Lender;

 

“Drawdown Date” means

31 January 2020, or later date designated by the Lender, but not later than the Availability Period;

 

“Drawdown Notice” means

a notice substantially in the terms of Schedule 1;

 

“Earnings” means

all monies whatsoever from time to time due or payable to the Borrower during the Loan Period arising out of the use or operation of the Vessel including (but not limited to the generality of foregoing) all freight, hire and passage monies, income arising under pooling arrangements, compensation payable to the Borrower in the event of requisition of the Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention monies, and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any Charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Vessel;

 

“Encumbrance” means

any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any type of preferential arrangement (including without limitation title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);

 

“Environmental Affiliate” means

any agent or employee of the Borrower or any person having a contractual relationship with the Borrower in connection with the Vessel or its operation or the carriage of cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or provision of goods and/or services on or from the Vessel;

 

“Environmental Approval” means

any consent, authorisation, license or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to the Vessel or its operation or the carriage of cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or the provision of goods and/or services on or from the Vessel required under any Environmental Laws;

 

“Environmental Claim” means

any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions or orders instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval together with claims made by any third party relating to damage, contribution, loss or injury, resulting from any actual or threatened emission, spill, release or discharge of a Material of Environmental Concern from the Vessel;

 

  4  

 

 

“Environmental Laws” means

all national, international and state laws, rules, and regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to the Vessel pertaining to the pollution or protection of human health or the environment including, without limitation, the carriage of Material of Environmental Concern;

 

“Event of Default” means

any and each of the events or circumstances described in clause 12.1;

 

“Existing Security” means

any and each of the securities granted pursuant to a facility agreement dated 22 January 2016 (as supplemented, amended and/or restated from time to time, including by an amendment and restatement deed dated 15 January 2018) made by and between the Lender, DVB Bank SE and HSN Nordbank (currently Hamburg Commercial Bank AG) as lenders and the Borrower as one of the borrowers as security for the Borrower’s obligations to the lenders under the facility agreement;

 

"FATCA" means

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code” or any associated regulations;
(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or
(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

 

"FATCA Deduction"means

a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Documents required by FATCA;

 

"FATCA Exempt Party" means

a party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

 

“Finance Documents” means

this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Drawdown Notice, and any other documents designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

“Flag State” means

the Republic of Singapore or such other state or territory designated in writing by the Lender at the request of the Borrower, as being the flag state of the Vessel for the purpose of the Finance Documents;

 

“Government Entity” means

any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;

 

“Hull & Machinery Insurance”

shall bear the meaning set out in clause 11.3 hereof;

 

  5  

 

 

“Increased Costs” means

(a) a reduction in the rate of return from the Loan or the Lender’s overall capital;
(b) an additional or increased cost; or
(c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Documents;

 

“Indebtedness” means

all sums of any kind arising at any time for any reason payable actually or contingently by the Borrower under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or by the Borrower under or pursuant to the Mortgage and the Deed of Covenants or any of the other Security Documents (whether by way of payment of principal, payment of interest or default interest, payment upon any indemnity or counter-indemnity, reimbursement for costs or otherwise howsoever;

 

“Instalment” means

any or each twenty (20) parts of the Loan, payable on each Repayment Date, the amount of which is set out in Schedule 3 hereof;

 

“Insurance” means

any and all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Vessel in a protection & indemnity or war risks association) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of the Vessel or otherwise howsoever in connection with the Vessel with the exception of mortgagee’s interest insurances, including without limitation the insurances prescribed in clause 11.3 of this Agreement;

 

“Insurance Proceeds” means

the proceeds of insurance, recoveries, and all other sums of money payable by the Insurer and/or the P&I Club pursuant to the Insurances on or in respect of the Vessel;

 

“Insurer” means

any such insurance company or underwriter or insurer as the Lender shall reasonably accept, with whom the Insurance (other than the Insurance to be taken with the P&I Club) shall be from time to time taken out on or in respect of the Vessel by the Borrower;

 

“Interest Payment Date” means

the last day of an Interest Period;

 

“Interest Period” means

in relation to the Loan, each period for the calculation of interest in respect of the Loan ascertained in accordance with clause 5.3 and, in respect of Default Interest, clause 5.4;

 

“ISM Code” means

the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (“IMO”), as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“ISPS Code” means

the International Ship and Port Facility Security (“ISPS”) Code as adopted by the IMO’s Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

“LIBOR” means

with respect to each Interest Period, as the case may be, the ICE LIBOR for US Dollars having the duration comparable with such Interest Period, displayed on LIBOR 01 page of Reuter Screen or Bloomberg screen whichever is elected by the Lender as of 11:00 a.m., London time of two London Banking Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period. If the length of such Interest Period is longer or shorter than any of several durations displayed in such screen, the duration which is the nearest to the length of such Interest Period shall be deemed to have been comparable with the length of such Interest Period. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower; in addition, if such another page or service displaying the appropriate rate ceases to be available, “LIBOR” means rate determined by the Lender on the basis of an average of the rates quoted by the reference banks to prime banks in the Interbank Market

 

  6  

 

 

“Loan” means

the principal amount borrowed by the Borrower on the Drawdown Date or the principal amount owing to the Lender under this Agreement at any relevant time;

 

“Loan Period” means

the period commencing on the Drawdown Date and terminating on the date on which all the Indebtedness has been paid to the Lender;

 

“Margin” means

2.75% per annum;

 

“Market Disruption Event” means

(a) by 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the quotation day for the relevant Interest Period the rate of LIBOR is not available and none or only one of the reference banks supplies a rate to the Lender to determine LIBOR for US Dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or
(b) before close of business in London on the quotation day for the relevant Interest Period, the cost to the Lender of obtaining matching deposit in the London interbank market would be in excess of LIBOR;

 

“Material of Environmental Concern” means and includes

chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic or hazardous substances, oil, petroleum and oil and petroleum products and any other polluting substances, the release, discharge, disposal or emission of which into the environment is regulated, prohibited or penalised by or pursuant to any Environmental Law (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1980 or the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1980);

 

“Maturity Date” means

The final Repayment Date;

 

“Mortgage” means

the first priority Singaporean ship mortgage over the whole of the Vessel executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

“Obligors” means

collectively the Borrower, the Guarantor and, in the singular, means any or each of them;

 

“Permitted Liens” means

(a) any lien for taxes or other government charges or levies not yet asserted or, if asserted, not yet due and payable;
(b) any lien for the fees or charges of any port not yet asserted or, if asserted, not yet due and payable;

 

  7  

 

 

(c) any lien for ship repairers, suppliers, mechanics, workmen or other like necessaries suppliers arising in the ordinary course of operation, navigation, maintenance or other business in respect of amounts not yet due and payable;
(d) any lien for salvage;
(e) any lien on the Vessel for wages of master, officers and crewmembers outstanding in the ordinary course of trading; and
(f) any other maritime liens arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, navigation, maintenance or trading of the Vessel;

 

“Prohibited Person” means

any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

 

“P&I Club” means

any such protection & indemnity association or club or such insurance company as a member of the International Group of Protection & Indemnity Associations that the Assignee shall reasonably accept, in which the Vessel shall be entered and shall continue to be entered in the name of Owner and with which the Vessel shall be insured and shall continue to be insured;

 

“Repayment Date” means

each of such repayment dates, as provided hereunder; provided that the first Repayment Date shall be the date falling three (3) months after the Drawdown Date, and the last Repayment Date shall be sixty (60) months after the Drawdown Date, as more specifically set forth in Schedule 3;

 

“Requisition Compensation” means

in relation to the Vessel, any and all compensation paid or payable by a government entity in consequence of a requisition for title, confiscation or Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel or any part hereof;

 

“Sale Proceeds” means

in the context of clause 4.5, proceeds of sale less all costs and expenses incurred by the Borrower in connection with the sale including but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, broker’s commission, legal costs, stamp duties, de-registration fees and expenses relating to any dry-docking of the Vessel or repairs necessitated thereby pursuant to the relevant sale and purchase agreement;

 

“Sanctions” means

any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

(a) imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America; or
(b) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation;

 

“Security Documents” means

the Mortgage, the Deed of Covenants, the Assignment of Insurance, the Deed of Shares Security and any other security documents as may have been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or secure all or any part of the Loan, interest thereon and other monies from time to time owing by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (whether or not any such document also secures monies from time to time owing pursuant to any other document or agreement);

 

  8  

 

 

“Total Loss” means

(a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of the Vessel;
(b) the Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel;
(c) the condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Vessel (other than where the same amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel) by any Government Entity, or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity, unless the Vessel be released and restored to the Borrower from such condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof;
(d) the hijacking, theft or capture of the Vessel by any other persons unless the Vessel be released and restored to the Borrower from such hijacking, theft or capture within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof; or
(e) any other event which constitutes a total loss of the Vessel under the relevant policies of the Insurance;

 

“US Dollar”, “USD” and the sign “$” means

the US Dollar, being the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

“Violent Demand” means

(a) act of making demands in a violent manner;
(b) act of making unreasonable demands beyond legal responsibility of the demanded party;
(c) act of using threatening language/behaviours or using violence in relation to transactions;
(d) act of discrediting the Lender or disrupting the Lender’s operations by spreading rumours, using fraudulent means or force; or
(e) any other act similar to any of the above;

 

“War Risks Insurance” shall bear

the meaning set out in clause 11.3 hereof.

 

1.2 Headings

 

Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.3 Time of Essence

 

Time is of the essence in respect of all the obligations of the Borrower and the Lender under this Agreement.

 

1.4 Severability

 

Each of provisions in this Agreement are severable and distinct from the others, and if at any time one or more such provision is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

1.5 Third Party Rights

 

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a party hereto has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

2. THE LOAN COMMITMENT

 

2.1 Agreement to Lend

 

The Lender, relying upon each of the representation and warranties set out herein, and upon the terms of this Agreement, and in particular, subject to fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth herein, agrees to advance the Loan and the Borrower hereby agrees to borrow the Loan on the Drawdown Date determined under clause 2.3 below.

 

2.2 Purpose of the Loan

 

The Borrower agrees that the Loan will be appropriated for the cost of refinance of the Vessel.

 

2.3 Drawdown

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Loan shall be advanced in full and in one amount on the Drawdown Date following receipt by the Lender from the Borrower of a Drawdown Notice not later than 11:00 a.m. (Tokyo time) at least five (5) Banking Days before the proposed Drawdown Date. A Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the Lender and, once given, shall, subject as provided in clause 3, be irrevocable.

 

2.4 Amount of Loan

 

The principal amount of the Loan shall be USD 13,130,000, provided however that it shall be no more than sixty five (65) percent of the market value of the delivered Vessel based on a valuation to be provided by an independent shipbroker chosen by the borrower from a list of brokers (Clarksons, Braemar and SSY) approved by the Lender, acting reasonably, (such valuation report shall be provided to the Lender not less than fifteen (15) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown, and such valuation is to be no more than thirty (30) days old.) at the cost and expense of the Borrower. In the event that sixty-five (65) percent of such market value is lower than the amount of USD 13,130,000, the drawdown amount of the Loan shall be limited to equivalent to sixty-five (65) percent of such market value.

 

2.5 Availability

 

Upon receipt of a Drawdown Notice complying with the terms of this Agreement and, subject to the provisions of clause 3, on the Drawdown Date the Lender shall make available the Loan in accordance with this clause 2. The Borrower acknowledges that payment of the Loan in accordance with this clause 2 shall satisfy the obligation of the Lender to make available the Loan to the Borrower under this Agreement.

 

2.6 Termination of Commitment

 

If the Loan is not drawn down by the end of the Availability Period, save as provided herein, the Lender may terminate this Agreement and the other Finance Documents without any notice.

 

  10  

 

 

3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1 Documents and Evidence

 

The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan available shall be subject to the condition that the Lender or its duly authorised representative shall have received on or prior to the day on which the Drawdown Notice is given, the documents and evidence specified in Schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

3.2 General Conditions Precedent

 

The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan available shall be subject to the further conditions at the time of the giving of the Drawdown Notice, and at the time of the advancing the Loan:

 

3.2.1 Conditions Precedent (For the Drawdown Notice and the Drawdown)

 

(1) Correctness of the representation and warranties

all of the representations and warranties contained in clause 10 are true and correct on and as of each such time as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time;

 

(2) No Event of Default

no Event of Default and no event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing;

 

(3) No change of laws

no change shall have occurred in any applicable laws and regulations thereunder and interpretation thereof by appropriate regulatory authorities or any court that would make it illegal for any Obligor or the Lender to perform any of their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions hereof or thereof;

 

(4) Insurance

the Vessel is insured in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

(5) No Total Loss

no Total Loss or event which with the lapse of time or any other condition or both, would constitute a Total Loss shall have occurred in respect of the Vessel on or prior to the Drawdown Date;

 

3.2.2. Conditions Precedent (For the Drawdown only)

 

(1) Registration of the Vessel

the Vessel is duly registered in the name of the Borrower under the law of the Republic of Singapore;

 

(2) The Mortgage

the Mortgage and the Deed of Covenants has been duly executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender and registered within two (2) Banking Days after the Drawdown Date at the relevant Singapore authority all at no costs and expenses to the Lender;

 

  11  

 

 

(3) Execution of the Security Documents

all other Security Documents which shall be executed at such time are duly executed and remain in full force and effect; and

 

(4) Prepayment of the Existing Loan

it is reasonably expected at the Drawdown Date that the loan amount financed by the Lender to the Borrower in accordance with the Facility Agreement dated 22 January 2016 and other related agreements shall be prepaid to the Lender out of the proceeds of the Drawdown;

 

3.3 Dissatisfaction of Conditions

 

The conditions specified in this clause 3 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Lender and may be waived by the Lender in whole or in part and with or without conditions.

 

4. REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

4.1 Repayment

 

4.1.1 The Borrower shall repay the Loan by twenty (20) instalments in every three (3) months, one such Instalment to be repaid on each Repayment Date. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the amount of each such instalment (other than the last instalment) shall be approximately 2.09% of the amount of the Loan (if the amount calculated contains a fraction of less than US Dollar 1,000, such fraction shall be deemed as US Dollar 1,000) as attached in Schedule 3. On the final Repayment Date in respect of the Loan which is also the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay the remainder of the Loan outstanding in full. The referenced repayment schedule is attached in Schedule 3.

 

4.1.2 Notwithstanding the clause 4.1.1, such instalment shall be revised as appropriate depending on the actual drawdown amount of the Loan (as determined in accordance with clause 2.4), satisfactory to the Lender. In the event that such repayment schedule is revised, the Schedule 3 shall be replaced by the updated repayment schedule which is to be signed by the both parties.

 

4.2 Voluntary Prepayment

 

4.2.1 The Borrower may, by giving the Lender no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, the prepayment shall be made only in the sum of US Dollar 100,000 or its integral multiple). Where any prepayment is made on a date, which is not an Interest Payment Date, the Borrower shall pay any applicable Break Costs to the Lender.

 

4.2.2 No amounts prepaid may be re-borrowed under this Agreement.

 

4.3 Illegality

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain the Loan:

 

(a) the Lender shall notify the Borrower forthwith upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b) upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Lender will have no obligation to make and maintain the Loan to the Borrower; and

 

  12  

 

 

(c) the Borrower shall prepay the Lender the Loan in whole hereunder on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

4.4 Mandatory Prepayment on a Total Loss

 

4.4.1 In the event that the Vessel becomes a Total Loss after the Drawdown, on the date falling ninety (90) days after the date on which the Vessel became a Total Loss or, if earlier, on the date upon which the Insurance Proceeds in respect of such Total Loss are, or Requisition Compensation is, received by the Borrower (or the Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents), the Borrower shall prepay the Loan outstanding in full.

 

4.4.2 For the purpose of this Agreement, a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred:

 

(a) in the case of an actual total loss of the Vessel, on the actual date and at the time the Vessel was lost or, if such date is not known, on the date on which the Vessel was last reported;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive total loss of the Vessel, upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of the Vessel is given to the then insurers of the Vessel (provided a claim for total loss is admitted by such insurers) or, if such insurers do not immediately admit such a claim, at the date and at the time at which either a total loss is subsequently admitted by such insurers or a total loss is subsequently adjudged by a competent court of law or arbitration tribunal to have occurred or, if earlier, the date falling six (6) months after the date on which notice of abandonment of the Vessel is given to such insurers;

 

(c) in the case of compromised or arranged total loss of the vessel, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the then insurers of the Vessel;

 

(d) in the case of Compulsory Requisition, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs;

 

(e) in the case of condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Vessel (other than where the same amounts to Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel) by any Government Entity, or by persons purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity, which deprives the Borrower of the use of the Vessel for more than thirty (30) days, upon the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days after the date upon which the relevant condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred; and

 

(f) in the case of hijacking, theft, or capture of the Vessel by any other persons, which deprives the Borrower of the use of the Vessel for more than thirty (30) days, upon the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft or capture occurred,

 

provided that, for the purpose of sub-clauses (e) and (f) above, there shall be no deemed Total Loss if the Vessel has not been recognised as a Total Loss by the insurers and the Vessel is restored to the use of the Borrower prior to the date on which prepayment of the Loan is required to be made in accordance with clause 4.4.1.

 

  13  

 

 

4.5 Mandatory Prepayment on Sale of the Vessel

 

4.5.1 The Borrower is entitled to sell the Vessel during the Loan Period only if:

 

(a) the Borrower has notified the Lender in writing of its intention to sell the Vessel not less than thirty (30) days prior to the estimated date of delivery of the Vessel and, following such notice as soon as practicably possible but no later than five (5) Banking Days prior to the delivery date of the Vessel, has provide a copy of the sale and purchase agreement with regard to the Vessel;

 

(b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(c) the Sale Proceeds shall be sufficient to repay the Loan outstanding in full. If this is not the case, the Borrower shall make up the shortfall prior to such sale by paying the difference between the Sale Proceeds and the said amounts to an account nominated by the Lender.

 

4.5.2 If the Vessel is sold, the Sales Proceeds and the amount of the shortfall (if any) shall be applied by the Lender as follows:

 

(a) first, in or towards repayment of all the outstanding, together with any interest accrued thereon and any fees or charges incurred under this Agreement and/or the Security Documents and in the order of application specified in clause 14.1; and

 

(b) thereafter, in the event of there being a balance remaining, directly to or to the order of the Borrower.

 

4.5.3 The Lender shall at the cost of the Borrower execute and deliver the discharges and re-assignments of the Security Documents relating to the Vessel promptly after the Lender confirms that any and all liabilities have been discharged in full by applying the Sale Proceeds pursuant to clause 4.5.2.

 

4.6 Amounts Payable on Prepayment

 

4.6.1 Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this clause shall be made together with:

 

(a) one percent (1.00%) of the prepayment principal amount as the prepayment fee from the Drawdown Date until and including the date on twelve (12) month anniversary of the Drawdown Date;

 

(b) accrued interest on the amount to be prepaid to the date of such prepayment;

 

(c) the costs of discharging and releasing the Mortgage and other securities (if any) granted for the Loan, if such Mortgage and securities shall be, upon the prepayment of the Loan, discharged and released pursuant to the terms thereof; and

 

(d) the other amounts due and payable to the Lender hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents.

 

4.6.2 Notwithstanding the clause 4.6.1, there shall be no prepayment fee in the case of the following prepayment events:

 

(a) Total Loss (clause 4.4);

 

  14  

 

 

(b) sale of the Vessel (clause 4.5);

 

(c) any prepayment based upon refinancing agreement with the Lender; and

 

(d) sale of the share in the Borrower.

 

4.7 Dollar Account

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) on or before the Drawdown Date, open the Dollar Account, and unless otherwise required or agreed by the Lender, maintain such accounts throughout the Loan Period, pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(b) procure that all monies payable to it in respect of the Earnings of the Vessel shall, unless provided for otherwise under the Finance Documents, be paid to the Dollar Account; and

 

(c) in the event of any Event of Default, procure all monies payable to it in respect of the Earnings of the Vessel to be paid to the order of the Lender.

 

5. INTEREST

 

5.1 Payment of Interest

 

The Borrower agrees to pay interest on the Loan outstanding from time to time on each Interest Payment Date for the corresponding Interest Period.

 

5.2 Calculation of Interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of (i) LIBOR and (ii) the Margin, but shall not be below 2.75% per annum (based on actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days).

 

5.3 Interest Period

 

Each Interest Period in respect of the Loan shall be decided in conformity with the following:

 

(a) the first Interest Period shall commence on the Drawdown Date, and shall end on the Banking Day on three (3) month anniversary of the Drawdown Date;

 

(b) each subsequent Interest Period thereafter shall commence on the next day of expiry of the immediately preceding Interest Period, and shall end the last day of every three (3) calendar months after immediately precedent Interest Period;

 

(c) the last Interest Period shall commence on the next day of expiry of the immediately preceding Interest Period, and shall end on the Maturity Date; and

 

(d) an Interest Period shall not extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

  15  

 

 

5.4 Default Interest

 

5.4.1 If the Obligors fail to pay any sum payable under any of Finance Documents on its due date, the Borrower shall pay Default Interest on such unpaid sum on demand from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the Default Rate. Any interest accruing under this clause 5.4 shall be immediately payable by the Obligors upon demand by the Lender.

 

5.4.2 In addition to payment of Default Interest, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against any costs and losses resulting from the failure of the Obligors to pay any amounts of principal or interest hereunder when due (whether at its stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise).

 

5.5 Calculation of non-Banking Day

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Banking Day in that calendar month; provided however that if such extension would cause such day to be a day in the next following calendar month, such day shall be the preceding Banking Day.

 

5.6 Market Disruption

 

5.6.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan for that Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of (i) the Margin (based on actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days) and (ii) the rate notified to the Borrower by the Lender in accordance with clause 5.6.2 and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding the Loan from whatever comparable source it may reasonably select.

 

5.6.2 The Lender shall notify to the Borrower the Interest Period and the rate of interest on the Loan so set (which shall take effect on a retroactive basis from the beginning of the relevant Interest Period).

 

5.6.3 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, the Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing stating the circumstances.

 

6. CURRENCY

 

The Instalments, the Interest and the Default Interest thereon or in relation to thereto, shall be paid in the currency of US Dollars.

 

7. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

7.1 Up-front Fee etc.

 

7.1.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable up-front fee of 1.00% of the Loan upon the Drawdown Date.

 

7.1.2 In the event that the Loan is not drawn down by the date specified in the Loan Agreement due to the Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s willful misconduct or negligence, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender an amount of USD 131,300 as liquidated damages for losses and other damages arising from such failure to drawdown.

 

  16  

 

 

7.2 Expenses

 

The Borrower shall from time to time upon demand of the Lender reimburse the Lender on a full indemnity basis for following costs and expenses (including legal, printing, and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Lender:

 

(a) Tonnage taxes

all annual taxes, agency fees and other costs and expenses necessary for the Borrower to continue to be the registered owner of the Vessel in the Republic of Singapore;

 

(b) Cost for documentation

in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where relevant, registration of the Security Documents and of any amendment or extension of or the granting of any waiver or consent under, or release or reassignment of, any of the Finance Documents;

 

(c) Cost for enforcement

in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, any of the Finance Documents, or otherwise in respect of the monies owing under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(d) Cost for registration

in or in connection with the registration of the Vessel, the Mortgage and other security set in accordance with the Security Documents;

 

(e) Cost for maintenance

in connection with the Insurance, the maintenance of the Vessel, the discharge of Encumbrances (including Permitted Liens) on the Vessel or otherwise in relation to the Vessel’s operation and maintenance;

 

(f) Bank Charge

all bank charges including lifting charges for remittance of payments in relation to this Agreement and any of Security Documents;

 

(g) Interest

together with interest at the rate referred to in clause 5.4 from the date on which such expenses were claimed from the Borrower to the date of payment (as well after as before judgment).

 

7.3 Increased Costs

 

7.3.1 The Borrower shall, within three (3) Banking Days of a demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by the Lender as a result of (a) any change in law or in its interpretation or administration and/or (b) compliance by the Lender with any request from, or requirement of, any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority of the country of incorporation of the Lender and/or the country in which the Lender’s office is located.

 

7.3.2 The Lender intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 7.3.1 shall notify the Borrower of the event giving rise to the claim as soon as practicable, providing a certificate evidencing the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

  17  

 

 

7.3.3 The Borrower shall not be liable to the extent any Increased Costs are attributable to a tax deduction required by law to be made by Obligors or a breach by the Lender or its affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

8. TAXES

 

8.1 Payment of Taxes

 

The Borrower shall pay all taxes, including stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or taxes (including any duties or taxes payable by the Lender) imposed on or in connection with any of the Finance Documents and shall indemnify the Lender against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrower to pay such duties or taxes.

 

8.2 No set-off or Counterclaim; Distribution to the Lender

 

All sums payable by the Borrower hereunder, whether of principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, shall be paid in full, free of any deductions or withholdings (whether in respect of set-off, counterclaim, duties, charges or otherwise howsoever). In the event that the Borrower is prohibited by law from making payments hereunder free of deductions or withholdings, then the Borrower shall pay such additional amount to the Lender as may be necessary in order that the actual amount received by the Lender after such deduction or withholding (and after payment of any additional charges due as a consequence of the payment of such additional amount) shall equal the amount that would have been received if such deduction or withholding were not required.

 

8.3 Notification of Deduction

 

If at any time the Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any sum payable hereunder (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which such deductions or withholdings are calculated), the Borrower shall forthwith notify the Lender.

 

8.4 Withholding Tax and Grossing Up

 

If at any time the Borrower is required to make any deduction or withholding in respect of taxes from any payment due under any of the Finance Documents, the sum due from the Borrower in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Lender receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made. The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Borrower to make such any deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Lender any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.

 

  18  

 

 

8.5 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each party shall, within ten (10) Banking Days of a reasonable request by another party:

 

(i) confirm to that other party whether it is:
(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with FATCA; and

 

(iii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

(b) If a party confirms to other party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

8.6 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the party to whom it is making the payment.

 

  19  

 

 

9. GUARANTEES

 

9.1 Guarantee

 

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally and jointly and severally with the Borrower:

 

(a) guarantees to the Lender punctual performance of the Guaranteed Obligations (the guarantee of the Guarantor prescribed in this clause 9.1 is referred to as the “Guarantee” in this chapter);

 

(b) undertakes with the Lender that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with the Lender that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify the Lender immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Guarantee if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

9.2 No Security taken by Guarantor

 

The Guarantor warrants that it has not taken or received, and undertakes that until all the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower have been paid or discharged in full, it will not take or receive, the benefit of any security from the Borrower in respect of their obligations under this Guarantee.

 

9.3 Continuing Guarantee

 

This Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect insofar as any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall remain unperformed and the Guarantee may be enforced without any demand being made on or proceedings taken against the Borrower.

 

9.4 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the Lender in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

  20  

 

 

9.5 Waiver of Defenses

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 9.5, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Guarantee (without limitation and whether or not known to it or the Lender) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, the Borrower or any other person;

 

(b) the release of the Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower or any of its affiliates;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, the Borrower or any other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the Borrower or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

9.6 Immediate Recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Lender to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce security created thereunder) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Guarantee. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of Finance Documents to the contrary.

 

9.7 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, the Lender may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other monies, security or rights held or received by it in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor's liability under this Guarantee.

 

  21  

 

 

9.8 Deferral of Guarantor’s Rights

 

All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this Guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against the Borrower or its assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Guarantee Period and unless the Lender otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Guarantee:

 

(a) to be indemnified by the Borrower;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken by the Lender;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring the Borrower to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under clause 9.1;

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against the Borrower; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of the Borrower in competition with the Lender.

 

If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Lender by the Borrower under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Lender and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Lender or, as the Lender may direct.

 

9.9 Ranking pari passu

 

The Guarantor hereby undertakes to ensure that its obligations hereunder rank at all times at least pari passu with all of its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt.

 

9.10 Additional Security

 

The Guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by the Lender or any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

9.11 Suspension of Subrogation Right

 

Unless and until any and all transactions in respect of the Security Documents have ceased to exist and all monies, obligations and liabilities hereby guaranteed by the Guarantor have been paid or discharged in full, the Guarantor hereby suspends the exercise of any right of subrogation and hereby agrees not to make or prove any claim against the Borrower in competition with the Lender and agree not to take any security or lien in respect of the granting of the Guarantee or in respect of any liability of any kind whatsoever of the Borrower to the Guarantor. If the Guarantor shall have any claim subrogation concerning the Loan or shall obtain any such security or lien therefor, the Guarantor shall, forthwith upon demand by the Lender, assign, pledge, sub-pledge, transfer and/or register to or for the Lender such claim, security or lien in accordance with instructions of the Lender without compensation.

 

  22  

 

 

9.12 Indemnity

 

The Guarantor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(a) in relation to or as a result of:
(i) any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations of payment of any cost and expense of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(iii) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of this Guarantee;

 

(iv) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Lender by this Guarantee or by law;

 

(v) any default by the Guarantor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Guarantee;

 

(vi) any action by the Guarantor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, any security created pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

(vii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Guarantee,

 

(b) which otherwise relates to the performance of the terms of this Guarantee (otherwise than as a result of the Lender's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

This Clause 9 is without prejudice to the Guarantor's liabilities in respect of any other indemnity provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

10. REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES

 

The Obligors hereby jointly represent and warrant to the Lender that:

 

Good Standing of the Borrower

the Borrower is a corporation duly organised, registered and validly existing in good standing under the law of the Republic of Singapore, and any required authorizations have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

 

Good Standing of the Guarantor

the Guarantor is a corporation duly organised, registered and validly existing in good standing under the law of the Republic of Singapore, and any required authorizations have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

 

  23  

 

 

Corporate authority of the Borrower

the Borrower has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, to conduct its business, to own its properties and assets, and to borrow the Loan; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action of the Borrower has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same;

 

Corporate authority of the Guarantor

the Guarantor has the power and authority to guarantee the Loan and the Borrower’s obligation and for that purpose, to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action of the Guarantor has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same;

 

Binding obligations

the Finance Documents constitute or will, when executed, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Borrower and/or Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, save as such enforcement may be restricted by laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

No conflict with other obligations

the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of the Finance Documents by the Obligors will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Obligors are subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which each Obligor is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the memorandum and articles of association or other constitutional documents of the Obligors or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Obligors to create any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Obligors;

 

No litigation pending or threatened

there is no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Obligors, threatened against the Obligors which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operation of the Obligors, or the operation of the Vessel;

 

No immunity

neither the Obligors, nor any of their assets are entitled to immunity on the ground of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement);

 

Financial statements

the financial reports of the Borrower and the financial accounts of the Guarantor, which have previously been delivered to the Lender, are complete and correct, and fairly represent the financial condition and the results of operations of the Obligors on the dates thereof and for the periods then ended in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Singapore applied on a consistent basis; there are no liabilities, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, of the Obligors as of the dates of such financial reports or the financial accounts that are not reflected therein or in the notes thereto; since the latest date of such financial reports or the financial accounts there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or results of operations of the Obligors;

 

No material adverse change

there has been no material adverse change since the date of the financial report in the business, properties, financial condition or earnings of each Obligor except as expressly disclosed to the Lender;

 

  24  

 

 

Consents obtained

every consent, authorisation, license or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by the Obligors to authorise, or required by the Obligors in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the Finance Documents or the performance by the Obligors of its obligations under the Finance Documents has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same;

 

Title to Properties and Assets

the Borrower has good and marketable title to all its properties and assets ownership of which is reflected in its most recent balance sheet contained in the financial reports referred to herein, except for properties or assets that have been disposed of in the ordinary course of business; all such properties and assets are free and clear of all mortgage, liens, charges and other encumbrances, except as noted in such balance sheet; all such properties and assets are insured against such risks and in such amounts as are customary for businesses of a like nature to the Borrower’s business;

 

Compliance with law

the Obligors are conducting their business and operations in compliance with all applicable laws and governmental directives, policy statements and guidelines of governmental authorities, whether or not having the force of law;

 

ISM and ISPS Code

the Borrower is conducting their business and operations in compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;

 

Taxation

the Obligors have duly and punctually paid and discharged all taxes imposed upon them or their assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties, except to the extent that the payment of such taxes is being contested in good faith by the Obligors, adequate reserves having been provided for the payment thereof;

 

Tax returns

the Obligors are not materially overdue in the filling of any tax returns;

 

Ranking Pari passu

the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrower and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower; except as permitted by this Agreement and the Security Documents, no Indebtedness of the Borrower is secured by or otherwise benefits from any Encumbrance or any segregation or other preferred arrangement of any kind, on or with respect to any assets, revenues or rights to the receipt of income of the Borrower;

 

No default under other indebtedness

neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor are in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant or condition in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound;

 

  25  

 

 

Information

the information, exhibits and reports furnished by any Obligor to the Lender in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Finance Documents are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading;

 

Financial Projections

any financial projections which have previously been provided to the Lender by any Obligor (if any), in connection with the Loan, have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

 

No Default

no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no event, accident, affair, situation, condition, circumstance, act, omission or thing has occurred which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time and/or upon the Lender making any necessary determination under clause 12.1 hereof, might constitute an Event of Default;

 

No Cross default

no event or omission has occurred which entitles (or may, with the giving of notice and/or the lapse of time and/or the fulfilment of any other condition, entitle) any creditors of any Obligor to declare any indebtedness of any kind due and payable prior to its specified maturity or to cancel or terminate any loan or other credit facility or to decline to make any advances or further advances thereunder;

 

The Vessel

on the Drawdown Date, the Vessel is:

(a) in the absolute and lawful ownership of the Borrower;

 

(b) registered in the name of the Borrower through the Ships’ Registry under the laws and flag of the Flag State;

 

(c) tight, staunch and strong and well and sufficiently tackled, appareled, furnished and equipped and in all respects operationally seaworthy and, in every way, fit for service; and

 

(d) classed with the Classification free of all overdue requirements and recommendations of the Classification Society;

 

No Total Loss

no Total Loss or event which, with the lapse of time or any other condition or both, would constitute a Total Loss shall have occurred in respect of the Vessel;

 

Free from encumbrances

neither the Vessel, nor its Insurances or Requisition Compensation nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents and Permitted Liens nor any part thereof will be, on the Drawdown Date, subject to any Encumbrance other than the Existing Securities;

 

No Winding-up

the Obligors have not taken any corporate action, and neither have any other steps been taken nor legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief) threatened against it for winding-up, dissolution, administration or otherwise for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues;

 

  26  

 

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals

except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Lender:

(a) the Borrower and to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry) its respective Environmental Affiliates have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;

 

(b) the Borrower and to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry) its respective Environmental Affiliates have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals; and

 

(c) neither the Borrower nor to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry) its Environmental Affiliates has received notice of any Environmental Claim that the Borrower or any such Environmental Affiliates is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval;

 

No Anti-social Forces

each of the Obligors does not fall under Anti-social Forces defined herein;

 

No Violent Demand

each Obligor has not committed, or not caused any third party to commit, any of Violent Demand;

 

Sanctions

(a) no Obligor; (i) is a Prohibited Person; (ii) is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person; or (iii) to its knowledge owns or controls a Prohibited Person; and

 

(b) no proceeds of the loan shall knowingly be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied knowingly in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Applicable Sanctions;

 

Repetition of representations and warranties

the Obligors represent and warrant to and undertake with the Lender that each of the representations and warranties contained in this clause 10 above (except for any considered by the Lender not to be material) will also be true and accurate throughout the Loan Period in all respects as though made at any time during such Loan Period with reference to the facts and circumstances existing at such time.

 

  27  

 

 

11. UNDERTAKINGS AND COVENANTS

 

11.1 Financial Covenants

 

In addition to the other undertakings herein contained, the Obligors hereby covenant to the Lender that, during the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall act as follows and shall perform the following obligations:

 

Financial statements; the other reports

(a) the Borrower shall maintain an accounting system in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Singapore consistently applied;

 

(b) as soon as available but not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of half of its fiscal years, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the Borrower’s financial reports; such financial reports shall be certified to be true and correct by the principal financial officer of the Borrower, who shall certify that at the date of such certificate the Borrower has performed all their covenants and that no Event of Default has occurred and no event that, with the giving of notice or the passing of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred;

 

(c) as soon as available but not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each of its fiscal years, the Guarantor shall deliver to the Lender the Guarantor’s financial reports (including, at least, its balance sheet and statement of income with related notes specifying significant accounting policies and their impact on such financial reports, with all related notes and schedules) as at and for the accounting period then ended which shall be audited and certified by independent certified or chartered accountants acceptable to the Lender (acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld), without material exception or qualification; such financial reports shall be certified to be true and correct by the principal financial officer of the Guarantor, who shall certify that at the date of such certificate the Guarantor has performed all their covenants and that no Event of Default has occurred and no event that, with the giving of notice or the passing of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred;

 

(d) the Obligors shall promptly make available such further information or documents concerning their business and affairs as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request; the Obligors shall also cause their representatives, employees and accountants to give their full cooperation and assistance in connection with any visits by or financial conferences with the Lender or its representatives;

 

Execution and Perfection of Security Documents

the Borrower shall, pursuant to each of the terms and conditions therein, take every necessary step to execute and perfect the Security Documents, including but not limited to the Assignment of Insurance, in favour of the Lender at the cost of the Borrower;

 

Other Obligations

the Borrower shall pay all its Indebtedness and perform all contractual obligations promptly pursuant to agreements to which it is a party or by which it is bound at any time during the term of this Agreement, including without limitation, under any Charterparty;

 

Taxes

the Obligors shall pay and discharge all taxes and governmental charges upon them or against any of their properties or assets prior to the date after which penalties attach for failure to pay, except to the extent that the Obligors shall be contesting in good faith their obligation to pay such taxes or charges, adequate reserves having been set aside for the payment thereof; the Obligors shall make timely filings of all tax returns and governmental reports required to be filed or submitted under any applicable laws or regulations;

 

  28  

 

 

Business Character

the Obligors shall maintain their corporate existence in good standing under and in compliance with all applicable laws, shall maintain the present character of their businesses; the Borrower shall retain direct ownership in full of the Vessel and shall not purchase, acquire, hold, charter or operate any vessel other than the Vessel without the prior written consent of the Lender; the Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of the Vessel;

 

Performance and Notice

the Borrower shall promptly give notice to the Lender of (i) any substantial dispute between the Borrower and any governmental authority with respect to payment of taxes or any other matter; (ii) any substantial labor dispute threatening the continued normal business operation of the Borrower; (iii) any loss or damage to the properties or assets of the Borrower if the initial estimated cost of repair or replacement is in excess of US$500,000 or the equivalent amount of such cost in any other currency; (iv) the commencement of any litigation or proceeding (whether by service of process or by attachment or arrest of any property or asset) involving total claims against the Borrower in excess of US$500,000 or the equivalent amount of such claims in any other currency; (v) the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event that, with the giving of notice or the passing of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default; and (vi) the occurrence of any event of default or other event that, with the giving of notice or the passing of time, or both, would constitute an event of default under any other agreement to which the Borrower is a party;

 

Governmental Approvals

the Obligors undertake to obtain or ensure that the Obligors obtain any governmental approvals as become necessary for the performance of all of the terms and conditions of the Finance Documents, and each document required hereunder or thereunder; and

 

Delivery of Certificates of Class

the Borrower shall promptly furnish the Lender, upon its request from time to time, its own expense, with a written certificate or report from marine surveyors acceptable to the Lender confirming that the Vessel is in the highest classification and rating for a vessel of the same age and type in its present Classification Society or any other classification society of like standing acceptable to the Lender, in sound and seaworthy condition and repair and is capable of performing the duties and obligations under its Charterparty, and that the certificate of class of the Vessel is in force.

 

11.2 Negative Covenants, etc.

 

The Obligors hereby undertake with the Lender that, from the date of this Agreement and as long as any monies are owing under the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Indebtedness remains outstanding, without the prior written consent of the Lender:

 

Liquidation

none of the Obligors shall wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs or consolidate with or merge into any company or transfer of its substantial part of its business or assets to any third party;

 

Negative pledge

the Borrower shall not permit any Encumbrance to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues to secure any present or future Indebtedness or other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any other person, other than the Mortgage or Permitted Lien;

 

  29  

 

 

Investments etc.

the Borrower shall not acquire additional assets except for normal investment in the ordinary course of operating the Vessel nor incur additional indebtedness except for normal trade credit and any existing or future shareholders’ loans;

 

Dividends

the Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing of its intention, declare or pay, in any year, any dividends or other distributions to its shareholders or retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of any class of its capital stock before such dividends etc.;

 

Merger, sale of assets

the Borrower shall not merge, reorganise or consolidate with any other corporation or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other corporation, partnership or sole proprietorship;

 

Transfer

the Borrower shall not sell, transfer, abandon, lend, lease, or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over any significant portion of its present or future undertaking, rights, revenues or assets, including without limitation the Vessel, except for normal investment in the ordinary course of operating the Vessel;

 

Prohibition of Adversely Affecting Agreement

the Borrower shall not enter into, execute, issue, make or deliver, and shall procure that none of the Obligors to enter into, execute, issue, make or deliver, any agreement, contract, letter, commitment, undertaking or other promise with any third party for any transaction whatsoever which would, in the reasonable judgement of the Lender, adversely and materially affect the Lender’s interest under this Agreement and the Security Documents or the ability of any Obligors to perform their obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

Non-petition

the Obligors shall not be entitled at any time to institute against the Borrower or join in any institution against the Borrower of, any bankruptcy, reorganisation arrangement, insolvency, winding-up or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings under any applicable bankruptcy or similar laws in connection with any obligations relating to the Security Documents;

 

Indebtedness

the Borrower shall not create, incur or assume any indebtedness after the date hereof without the prior written consent of the Lender, except indebtedness which is subordinated to the satisfaction of the Lender to the payment of all amounts payable hereunder, and the Borrower shall not incur any other obligations except with respect to the regular operation of the Vessel including any payment obligation to the Guarantor made in the ordinary course of business with respect to ship running costs, insurance premiums or contributions, brokerages, commissions and administrative and commercial operating fees and expenses where the Guarantor has settled such expenses directly or by an advance of funds to the Borrower;

 

Stock, bond purchase

none of the Obligors shall cause any of its stock (except in connection with the payment of a stock dividend), bonds or other securities to be issued nor shall the Borrower repurchase or redeem any of the Borrower’s stock or purchase, acquire or hold the stock of any other person, firm or corporation, save that the Guarantor may convert shareholder loans to preference shares pursuant to clause 7.12 of the shareholders agreement made by and between the Guarantor and its shareholders dated 11 December 2013 and as subsequently amended from time to time;

 

  30  

 

 

No material adverse change

none of the Obligors shall amend, modify, terminate, rescind or annul, or permit the amendment, modification, termination, rescission or annulment of the Finance Documents;

 

No Anti-social Act

each Obligor shall:

(a) not fall under Anti-Social Forces defined herein;
(b) not, or not cause any third party to, commit any of Violent Demand; and
(c) upon receiving information which provides reasonable certainly that a violation of paragraph (a) or (b) will or has occurred, immediately advise the Lender of such occurrence; and

 

Maintaining Properties

the Borrower shall maintain their properties and assets satisfactory to the Lender as the Obligors may perform their obligation in accordance with the Finance Documents.

 

11.3 Covenants; Insurance

 

11.3.1 Borrower’s Risks

 

The Borrower shall, throughout the Loan Period, bear all risks of losses of, damages to and liabilities of the Vessel howsoever arising whether out of or in connection with navigation, operation and maintenance of the Vessel or otherwise.

 

11.3.2 Type of Insurances

 

The Borrower shall, throughout the Loan Period, covenant with the Lender in relation to the Insurances on or in respect of the Vessel that the Borrower will take out and effect or cause to be taken out and effected and maintain the following Insurances on and in respect of the Vessel, at its own expense (including payment of all premiums, costs and club calls, if any):

 

(a) an Insurance (hereinafter called the “Hull & Machinery Insurance”) which will be taken out and maintained in against all risks (including excess risks) being effected on the Vessel throughout such Security Period under the Nordic Marine Insurance Plan of 2013 (Version 2019), the Institute of London Underwriters “Institute Time Clauses Hulls”, or Hull Insurance Ordinary Conditions (“Senpaku Hoken Futsu Yakkan”) with the Hull Insurance No.6 Special Conditions (“Senpaku Hoken Dai6-shu Tokubetsu Yakkan”), or under such similar terms generally adopted by first-class insurance companies in Japan, England, Norway or U.S.A. as the Lender shall approve;

 

(for interpretation of this clause, “all risks” includes sinking, overthrow, stranding, grounding, fire, collision, general average, explosion (except for torpedo, bomb or other weapon used as explosive), earthquake, tidal wave, volcanic eruption or falling of thunderbolt, stormy weather, accident on engines and machinery, accident caused during or due to loading or discharge of cargoes, appurtenances, fuel, food, other consumable, accident caused due to defect in the hull, negligent or wilful misconduct of master or crew or pilot and negligence of repairer or charterer;);

 

  31  

 

 

(b) an Insurance (hereinafter called the “War Risks Insurance”) which will be taken out and maintained against war risks as per the Institute of London Underwriters "Institute War and Strikes Clauses", the Hull War Risks Insurance Special Conditions (“Senpaku Senso Hoken Tokubetsu Yakkan”), American Institute "Hull War Risks and Strikes Clauses", the Nordic Marine Insurance Plan of 2013 (Version 2019) or under such similar terms as the Lender shall approve;

 

(c) an insurance (hereinafter called the “P&I Coverage”) being effected by an entry or entries of the Owner in respect of the Vessel with or in the P&I Club and protecting and indemnifying the Owner and the Vessel against all protection & indemnity risks covered by the rules of a P&I Club, which cover to provide maximum limited liability cover any one accident or occurrence permitted by the P&I Club, excepting oil pollution liability claims which is currently limited to USD 1,000,000,000 to each accident or occurrence.

 

11.3.3 Conditions for Insurances

 

The Borrower shall, throughout the Loan Period, covenant with the Lender in relation to the Insurances on or in respect of the Vessel that Insurances shall be taken out, effected and maintained under the following conditions:

 

(a) the terms and conditions of all Insurances referred to in (a), (b), and (c) of clause 11.3.2 above shall be subject to the prior approval of the Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(b) furthermore, every Hull & Machinery Insurance and War Risks Insurance (collectively the “Hull Insurances” and individually a “Hull Insurance”) shall, throughout the Loan Period, be kept effective under their respective valued policies whereby the Vessel is valued at such amount at least equivalent to the full commercial value of the Vessel, and in any event not less than one hundred ten per cent (110%) of the Indebtedness from time to time or its equivalent in any other currency;

 

(c) any and all monies payable under the Insurances on or in respect of the Vessel referred to in (a), (b), (c) of clause 11.3.2 above shall at all times be denominated and payable in Dollar; and

 

(d) the Hull & Machinery Insurance and War Risks Insurance shall be effected in the name of the Borrower.

 

11.3.4 Other Covenants Relating to Insurances

 

The Borrower shall, throughout the Loan Period, covenant with the Lender in relation to the Insurances on or in respect of the Vessel that the Borrower will:

 

(a) Renewal

renew or cause to be renewed the Insurances at the Borrower's expense before the relevant policies or contracts of Insurances or certificates of entry expire so that the Insurances shall, throughout the Loan Period, continuously be kept in effect, and the Borrower shall procure that the Insurers and the P&I Club concerned promptly confirm in writing to the Lender and shall promptly deliver to the Lender the copies of all cover notes, binders, policies and certificates of entry in P&I Clubs, and all endorsements and riders amendatory thereof, and/or broker’s undertakings (containing Loss Payable and Notice of Cancellation Clauses acceptable to the Lender) (the “Policies”) as and when such renewal is effected; the Borrower shall promptly notify if the Borrower acknowledges any event that the Policies will expire or be likely to expire except for by reason of maturity;

 

  32  

 

 

(b) Payment of premium, etc.

punctually pay all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of all Insurances, and, if the Lender paid same, reimburse to the Lender for the same together with interest thereon at the per annum rate of fourteen percent (14%) above the Lender's actual funding cost; and shall produce all relevant receipts for the purpose of inspection and/or retention by the Lender, when so required by the Lender;

 

(c) Arrangement of P&I Club’s guarantees

arrange for the execution of such guarantees as may from time to time be required by a P&I Club;

 

(d) Loss payable clause, etc.

procure that the interest of the Lender shall be duly endorsed upon all slips, cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other instruments issued or to be issued in connection with each Insurance on or in respect of the Vessel by means of a loss payable and notice of cancellation clause reflecting the terms of the Assignment of Insurance relating to the Vessel and a notice of assignment (signed by the Borrower) each in such form as are required in such Assignment of Insurance;

 

(e) Original documents

procure that all originals or certified copies of such instruments of Insurance referred to in this clause 11.3 as relate to such of the Hull Insurances on the Vessel as are effected with the Insurers shall be deposited with the Lender together with a letter or letters or undertaking in such forms as are required in the Assignment of Insurance;

 

(f) Certificate of Entry

procure that any P&I Club wherein the Vessel is entered shall furnish the Lender with an original of the certificate of entry for the Vessel and a letter or letters of undertaking in such forms as are required in the Assignment of Insurance;

 

(g) Employment of the Vessel

not employ the Vessel or allow the Vessel to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the instruments of the Insurances thereon referred to in this clause 11.3 (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) without first obtaining the consent to such employment of the Insurers and the P&I Club so far as those Insurers and P&I Club are related to the Vessel, and complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the Insurers or the P&I Club may prescribe;

 

(h) Application of monies

apply all such sums receivable in respect of the Hull Insurances as are paid to the Borrower in accordance with the Assignment of Insurance for the purpose of making good the loss and fully repairing all damage in respect whereof the Insurance monies shall have been received;

 

  33  

 

 

(i) No alteration

not make any alteration in any of the terms of any of the instruments of Insurances referred to in this clause 11.3 which have been approved by the Lender and shall not make, do, consent or agree to any act or omission which would or might render any such instrument of the Insurances on the Vessel invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable thereunder repayable in whole or in part;

 

(j) Claim settling

not without the prior written consent of the Lender, settle, compromise or abandon any claim under the Insurances on the Vessel for a Total Loss or a major casualty in respect of which the aggregate of claim shall exceed US$500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency);

 

(k) Reimbursement

reimburse to the Lender on demand all costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in effecting and maintaining any Insurances referred to in this clause 11.3 hereof, on such terms, in such amounts, and with such Insurers as the Lender shall consider appropriate;

 

(l) Wreck removal

in the event of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation, indemnify the Lender against any sums which the Lender shall become liable to pay, and shall pay all damages, penalty fees, costs, expense and other sums of money of any kind whatsoever in respect of the removal or destruction of the wreck or obstruction under statutory powers but only to the extent that such has not been recovered by the Lender from the Insurers. The Borrower shall, throughout the Loan Period, effect an insurance in the names of the Borrower as assured under the terms satisfactory to the Lender in respect of such liability to the extent that such Insurance is available and in accordance with normal marine insurance practice;

 

(m) Additional insurances

permit the Lender to effect such additional insurances at the Lender's own expense as the Lender may determine to be necessary or desirable as far as reasonably necessary to protect the interests of the Lender in the Vessel or under any Finance Documents. Nothing herein contained shall, however, release the Borrower of its obligation to take out and keep in effect the Insurances on the Vessel hereunder and, therefore, if the Borrower fails to do so, such failure shall, with the lapse of time, become an Event of Default notwithstanding any action of the Lender under this clause 11.3; and

 

(n) Oil pollution

establish and maintain security or responsibility in respect of oil or other pollution damage as required by any government, including federal, state or municipal or other division or authority thereof, to enable the Vessel, without penalty or charge, lawfully to enter, remain at, or leave any port, place, territorial waters of any country, state of municipality in performance of any Finance Documents without any delay. This obligation shall apply whether or not such requirements have been lawfully imposed thereon. The Borrower shall make and maintain all arrangements by bond or otherwise as may be necessary to satisfy such requirements and the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against all consequences whatsoever for any failure or inability to do so.

 

  34  

 

 

11.4 Covenants; Vessel

 

The Borrower shall, throughout the Loan Period, hereby covenant with the Lender:

 

Ownership of the Vessel

to retain direct ownership in full of the Vessel;

 

Name of the Vessel

not to change the name of the Vessel without prior written consent of the Lender. If the Lender agrees to a change of name, the Borrower shall, at its own expense, cause the name to be changed to the new name;

 

Registration of the Vessel

to maintain the registration of the Vessel in the name of the Borrower under the laws of the Flag State unless the Lender shall have given its prior written consent otherwise (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); not to do or suffer to be done anything thereby the registration of the Vessel under the laws of the Flag State may be forfeited or imperiled;

 

Registration of the Mortgage

to take all steps necessary to cause the Mortgage to be permanently registered with the relevant authorities of the Flag State as a valid and perfected Mortgage; to maintain the Mortgage as a valid and perfected Mortgage and agrees, upon the request of the Lender, to execute and deliver every document, agreement or instrument and to do every act or thing necessary or desirable to establish or maintain the Mortgage as a security interest in the Vessel under the laws of the Flag State;

 

Standard of maintenance

to keep the Vessel in a good and efficient state of repair so as to entitle the Vessel to the highest classification for its type of Vessel with a classification society approved by the Lender; on the date hereof and annually thereafter, the Borrower will furnish to the Lender a statement by such classification society that such classification is maintained; the Borrower will comply with all recommendations, regulations and requirements (statutory or otherwise) from time to time applicable to the Vessel and shall have on board as and when required thereby valid certificates showing compliance therewith and shall procure that all repairs to or replacements of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment are carried out (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) so as not to diminish the value or class of the Vessel. The Borrower will not make any substantial modifications or alterations to the Vessel or any part thereof without the prior consent of the Lender;

 

Survey

to submit the Vessel or procure that the Vessel is submitted to continuous survey and such other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and shall, if so required by the Lender, supply to the Lender copies of all survey reports issued in respect thereof;

 

Maintaining the market value

to deliver to the Lender a written valuation report of the Vessel prepared by an independent shipbroker chosen by the borrower from a list of brokers (Clarkson, Braemar and SSY) approved by the Lender for every fiscal half year and every fiscal year (by the end of every fiscal half year and the end of every fiscal year) and to maintain the market value shown in such valuation report to the Loan outstanding at equal to or more than one hundred and twenty five (125) %;

 

  35  

 

 

Drydocking

at all necessary times, to drydock the Vessel and clean and paint her underwater parts in accordance with good commercial practice for the relevant type and trade of the Vessel;

 

Inspection

to permit the Lender or its duly appointed surveyors or agents to board the Vessel at reasonable times and inspect the same and every part thereof including the machinery and equipment installed or to be installed thereon or therein, and for this purpose to afford the Lender every facility and access thereto and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such entry and/or inspection shall be borne by the Borrower;

 

Employment to comply with law

not to employ or use the Vessel nor suffer her employment in any trade or business or use in any manner which is forbidden by international law or other applicable laws or is otherwise illicit or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods or in any manner whatsoever which may render here liable to condemnation, destruction, seizure or confiscation and, in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war be declared or not), nor employ the Vessel nor suffer the Vessel to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by the War Risks Insurance of the Vessel unless there shall have been effected by the Borrower such special insurance on the Vessel as the Lender may require;

 

Information

promptly to provide the Lender on a regular basis and from time to time upon the Lender’s request full information regarding the Vessel, her employment, position and engagement, particulars of all the Charterparties, contracts of affreightment, towages, copies of the Charterparties and other contracts for her employment or concerning her;

 

Notification

forthwith to give notice (with reasonable details) to the Lender of:

(i) any accidents or casualties to the Vessel involving repairs the costs of which will or are likely to exceed the aggregate sum of US$500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency);

 

(ii) any occurrence in consequence whereof the Vessel has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(iii) any recommendation or requirement made by any insurer or the Vessel’s Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the time limit relating thereto;

 

(iv) any writ served against or any arrest of the Vessel or the exercise of any lien or purported lien on the Vessel, her Insurances or Requisition Compensation;

 

(v) the Vessel ceasing to be registered as a Singapore-flagged ship or anything which is done or not done whereby such registration may be imperilled;

 

(vi) anything rendering it impossible or unlawful for the Borrower to fulfil any of its obligations under any of Finance Documents;

 

(vii) any arrest of the Vessel or the exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Vessel or her Insurance or Requisition Compensation or any requisition of the Vessel for title or hire; and

 

(viii) anything done or permitted or not done in respect of the Vessel by any person which is likely to imperil the security created by any of the Finance Documents;

 

  36  

 

 

Payment of trading expenses and wages

promptly to pay and discharge all debts, damages and liabilities, taxes, assessments, charges, fines, penalties, tolls, dues and other outgoings in respect of the Vessel and keep proper books of account in respect thereof; as and when the Lender may so require, to make such books available for inspection to the Lender and provide evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the wages and allotments and the insurances and pension contributions of the master and crew are being regularly paid, that all deductions from crew's wages in respect of any tax liability are being properly accounted for and that the master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress or completed prior to such inspection;

 

Negative pledge

not, without the prior consent of the Lender, to agree to or actually mortgage, charge, assign or in any other way encumber the Vessel or any share or interest therein; neither the Borrower, the master, any charterer of the Vessel nor any other person has the right or authority to create, incur or permit the creation or continuance of any Encumbrance to or in favour of any person other than the Lender and liens in respect of crew's wages, salvage or bunkers;

 

Belongings, etc.

to replace, renew, or obtain substitutions for such belongings to the Vessel as shall become worn out, lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or otherwise rendered unfit for use with replacement of belongings to the Vessel that are in good operating condition, have a value and utility at least equal to the replaced belongings (assuming such replaced belongings were then in the condition and repair required to be maintained by the terms hereof) and are free of liens other than Permitted Liens; and the Borrower shall also be responsible for any improvements, additions or equipment which may be required at any time by laws or by the classification society or by IMO or the like organisation; provided that in addition to changes which may be required by the foregoing provisions, the Borrower may from time to time fit the Vessel with such additional equipment as they shall deem necessary or advisable, provided that such addition does not diminish the value, utility, seaworthiness or condition of the Vessel immediately prior to such addition (assuming the Vessel were then in the condition and repair required to be maintained by the terms hereof);

 

Modification

without the prior consent in writing of the Lender, not to make any modification to the Vessel which would result in material alteration of her structure, type or performance characteristics or class or diminish her value or utility;

 

Ship management

to keep the Vessel in a good and efficient state of repair consistent with first-class ownership and management practice and so as to maintain her class so as to comply with the provisions of all relevant regulations and requirement (statutory or otherwise) from time to time applicable to vessels registered under laws and flag agreed by the Lender and applicable to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which the Vessel may, subject to the provisions of any Finance Documents trade from time to time;

 

  37  

 

 

Technical manager

without the prior consent in writing of the Lender, not to change the technical manager of the Vessel;

 

Repairs

to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged worn or lost parts or equipment be effected in such manner (but has regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Vessel and not remove any material part of, or item of equipment installed on, the Vessel unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any security in favour of any person other than the Lender;

 

Notice as to outstanding debts

to give to the Lender at such times as the Lender may from time to time require a certificate duly signed on behalf of the Borrower as to the amount of any debts, damages and liabilities relating to the Vessel and, if required by the Lender, forthwith to discharge such debts, damages and liabilities to the Lender's satisfaction.

 

Restriction on sale or transfer

not, without the Lender’s prior consent in writing, to sell, to agree to or actually sell, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Insurance and all benefit thereof and any money attributed the Vessel or any share or interest therein; and

 

Restrictions on employment

not, without the Lender’s prior consent in writing, to let or employ the Vessel on demise charter for any period.

 

11.5 Covenants; Lien

 

The Borrower, throughout the Loan Period, hereby covenants with the Lender in relation to the discharge of lien and Encumbrances that:

 

Creation of lien

neither the Borrower nor the master of the Vessel shall create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Vessel or title thereto any mortgage, lien, Encumbrance, charge, pledge, lease, sub-lease, license, security interest or claim of any kind whatsoever (herein called a “Lien”), except for the Permitted Liens, nor shall they assign, transfer, mortgage, charge, encumber, or create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon or in respect of any of the Insurances and Requisition Compensation to or in favour of any person other than the Lender or any person designated by the Lender;

 

Avoidance of Lien enforcement

(i) not, without the previous consent in writing of the Lender, put the Vessel into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed US$500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless such person shall first have given to the Lender a written undertaking in terms satisfactory to it agreeing not to exercise a Lien on the Vessel for the cost of such work;

 

(ii) pay and discharge all debts, damages and liabilities whatsoever which have given or may give rise to maritime liens or possessory Liens on or claims enforceable against the Vessel or any other claims of any third party who arrests or threatens to arrest the Vessel to seek security interest, whether or not the Lender and the Borrower believe that they would have good defense to dismiss those claims and, in the event of arrest of the Vessel pursuant to legal process or in the event of her detention in the exercise or purported exercise of any such Lien as aforesaid, immediately thereupon procure the release of the Vessel from such arrest or detention by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require; and

 

  38  

 

 

(iii) keep any and all masters, officers and other crew members (whether on board or ashore) of the Vessel to be agents and servants of the Borrower but not of the Lender for any purposes and in any respect whatsoever, except to the extent, if any, that the Lender shall otherwise expressly specify in writing.

 

12. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

12.1 List of Event

 

There shall be an Event of Default if:

 

Non-payment

the Borrower fails to pay any Instalment or Interest or any other sums due under this Agreement or the Security Documents;

 

Breach of insurance and certain obligations

the Borrower fails to obtain or maintain the Insurances (in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Finance Documents) or if any insurer in respect of such Insurances cancels the Insurances or disclaims liability by reason, in either case, of mis-statement in any proposal for the Insurance or for any other failure or default on part of the Borrower or any other person in relation thereto or the Borrower commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under clause 11.3;

 

Breach of other obligations

any Obligor commits any breach of or omits to observe any of its obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in above item, ”Breach of insurance and certain obligations”) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Lender is capable of remedy, such action as the Lender may require shall not have been taken within fourteen (14) Banking Days of the Lender notifying the relevant party of such default and of such required action;

 

Misrepresentation

any conditions precedent and representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Borrower herein or any other Finance Documents is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect at the time made, to the extent that it is capable of remedy or rectification, the incorrectness or misleading nature of such representation or warranty has not been remedied or rectified to the satisfaction of the Lender within fourteen (14) Banking days of the Lender notifying the Obligors of such default and of such required action;

 

Licenses

any of the Licenses necessary for the Borrower’s ownership and registration of the Vessel, borrowing and repaying (together with interest) of the Loan at any time necessary to enable any of the parties (other than the Lender) to this Agreement or the Security Documents to comply with their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or to enable the operation of the Vessel, is revoked or withheld or materially modified or shall otherwise fail to remain in full force and effect;

 

  39  

 

 

Cross-default

any other indebtedness owed by any Obligor to the Lender or any of their creditors for or in relation to a loan borrowed by it or capital lease or other type of finance (such as bareboat charter or other lease of the vessels or equipments or other goods having substantial value) or for or in relation to its guarantee for a loan borrowed by any third party or capital lease or other type of finance of any third party becomes due and payable prior to the stated maturity thereof due to a default thereunder or any Obligor is in breach of or in default under any agreement pursuant to which such Obligor has become indebted to the Lender or any other third party;

 

Fine and penalty

any judgment or decree for money damages or for a fine or penalty in excess of US$500,000 or the equivalent amount of such damages, fine or penalty in any other currency is entered against the Borrower or the contractual party to the relevant Charterer and is not paid or discharged within thirty (30) days, unless said judgment, decree, fine or penalty shall be contested in good faith and adequate reserves have been set aside for payment thereof;

 

Inability to pay

any Obligor becomes to be unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness;

 

Insolvency

any corporate action or other steps are taken by any Obligor or any third party against such Obligor or an application or petition is filed by such Obligor or any third party against such Obligor with a court of competent jurisdiction or any other appropriate authority for or in relation to (i) dissolution, (ii) winding-up, (iii) adjudication of bankruptcy, whether voluntary or involuntary, (iv) commencement of the proceedings for other liquidation, whether for the purpose of entire liquidation or reorganisation under insolvency situation or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues and assets, and remains undischarged for a period exceeding thirty (30) days;

 

Cessation of business

any Obligor ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business or (without the prior written consent of the Lender) disposes or threatens to dispose of a substantial part of its business, property or assets or a substantial part of the same is seized or appropriated;

 

Court order of winding up

any order is made by any competent court or authority, or resolution passed by any Obligor, for the suspension of payments or for the appointment of a liquidator or otherwise for winding-up, save for the purposes of amalgamation or reorganisation (not involving arising out of insolvency) the terms of which shall have received the prior written approval of the Lender, or any similar proceedings is instituted under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction;

 

Insolvency Proceedings

the Obligors or any other party to the Finance Documents file an application with the court for any Insolvency Proceedings; or any of the above applications for such Insolvency Proceedings are filed by a third party against the Obligors or any party to the Finance Documents and remains undischarged for a period exceeding thirty (30) days;

 

  40  

 

 

Invalidity

any of the Finance Documents at any time for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any Obligor which is a party thereto, or if any such Obligor shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder;

 

Unlawfulness

it becomes impossible or unlawful at any time for any Obligor, to fulfil any of the covenants and obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Finance Documents or for the Lender to exercise the rights or any of them vested in it under any of the Finance Documents;

 

Material adverse change

any material (in the reasonable opinion of the Lender) change occurs in the management of the Obligors or any change in shareholdings of the Obligors occurs without the prior written consent of the Lender, save that any acquisition of shares in the Guarantor by GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD., which is one of the Guarantor’s shareholders, is acceptable;

 

Vessel’s Registration

the registration of the Vessel under the laws and flag of the Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed without the prior written consent of the Lender;

 

Unrest in the Flag State

there is any instability affecting the Flag State of the Vessel including but not limited to any political, economical or social instability, provided that the Lender shall be empowered to consent to the re-flagging of the Vessel;

 

Governmental registration

any governmental registration or approval granted or required in connection with the Finance Documents, expires or is terminated, revoked or modified in any manner unacceptable to the Lender;

 

Unlawful performance

it becomes unlawful for any Obligor to perform any obligation hereunder or under the other Security Documents;

 

Environment

the Borrower and/or any of its Environmental Affiliates fails to comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or the Vessel is involved in any incident which gives rise or may give rise to an Environmental Claim if, in any such case, such non-compliance or incident or the consequences thereof could, in the opinion of the Lender, reasonable be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower or any Obligor or on the security constituted by any of the Security Documents;

 

Act Adversely Affecting Lender’s Interest

there arises any act or omission on the part of any Obligors or any other event, situation, circumstance or affair, which in the Lender’s reasonable judgement materially and adversely affects the ability of such Obligors to perform their obligation under this Agreement or any other Security Documents to which it is a party;

 

Change of Control

(i) a sale, disposition or other form of transfer or allocation of the share of the Obligors other than the acquisition of shares in the Guarantor by GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD., which is one of the Guarantor’s shareholders or (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Obligors have occurred.

 

  41  

 

 

12.2 Acceleration

 

The Lender may, at any time after occurrence of any Event of Default, which is continuing, by notice to the Borrower, declare that the Loan and all interest accrued and all other sums payable under the Finance Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable or due and payable on demand; provided that, if an event “Cessation of Business”, “Court order of winding up” “Vessel’s Registration” “Governmental Registration” and “Unlawful Performance” listed in clause 12.1 above has occurred, the loan and all interest accrued and all other sums payable under the Finance Documents have become due and payable without any notice or declaration of the Lender.

 

12.3 Acceleration by Antisocial Reason

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement, each Obligor confirms and acknowledges that it shall have no right to claim from the Lender for any losses it incurs in connection with an acceleration of the Loan, including, without limitation, where the Loan has been accelerated for any breach of the provisions relating to Anti-social Forces or Violent Demand.

 

(b) The Borrower shall compensate the Lender for damages by reason of any breach of the provisions relating to Anti-social Forces or Violent Demand.

 

13. ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER

 

13.1 Benefit and Burden

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall be enforceable by the Obligors, the Lender, and their respective successors.

 

13.2 No Assignment by the Borrower

 

The Obligors may not assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents without the prior written consent of the Lender (which the Lender shall be at full liberty to withhold).

 

13.3 Assignment by the Lender

 

The Lender may transfer its rights and obligations hereunder in whole or in part at its discretion. Upon any transfer, assignment or participation by the Lender, the term “Lender” as used herein shall be deemed to refer to such transferee, assignee, or participant to the extent of its interest thereunder and each shall be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities, tax reimbursements, and rights of set-off of this Agreement as fully as if a party hereto.

 

13.4 Set-off

 

The Lender shall have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to apply amounts on deposit or account with it or any of its branches, subsidiaries or affiliates in reduction of amounts past due hereunder.

 

  42  

 

 

14. MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1 Application of Payments

 

All monies received by the Lender under or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provision of this clause 14.1 and the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower:

 

(a) first, in or towards payment of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Lender under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(b) second, in or towards payment of any interest accrued, fees or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(c) third, in or towards payment of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement.

 

14.2 Means of Communication

 

Any communication to be made hereunder or in connection with any of the other Finance Documents shall be made in writing but, unless otherwise stated, may be by facsimile, email or letter.

 

14.3 Notices

 

Every notice, request or other communication under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents shall be in writing delivered personally or transmitted by postage prepaid registered mail (airmail, if international), or transmitted by facsimile or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form to the parties as follows:

 

(a) to the Borrower at:

 

IVS BULK 10824 PTE. LTD.

200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763

Facsimile: +65 63 23 0046

Email: accounts@ivs_int.com

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

(b) to the Guarantor at

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763

Facsimile: +65 63 23 0046

Email: accounts@ivs_int.com

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

(c) to the Lender at:

 

SHOWA LEASING CO., LTD.

2-4-3, Nihonbashi-muromachi, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan

Facsimile: +81-3-4284-1391

Email: shipping@s-l.co.jp

 

  43  

 

 

or to such other address and/or numbers as is notified by one party to the other party under this Agreement.

 

Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given on (i) the date of receipt if delivered personally, (ii) the date five (5) days after posting if transmitted by registered mail or courier, or (iii) the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile whichever shall first occur. Any party may change its address for purposes hereof by notice to all other parties. All notices hereunder and all documents or instruments delivered in connection with this transaction shall be in the English language.

 

14.4 No implied Waivers, Remedies and Cumulative

 

No failure or delay on the part of the Lender to exercise any power, right or remedy under any of the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Lender of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

14.5 Severability

 

If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or any Security Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

14.6 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts. Any single counterpart or a set of counterparts signed, in either case, by all the parties hereto shall constitute a full and original agreement for all purposes.

 

14.7 Language (English)

 

All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with any of the Finance Documents (except for any documents agreed by the Lender and the Borrower) shall be in the English language or shall be accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Lender shall be entitled to rely.

 

14.8 Conflicts

 

In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

14.9 Remitting to the Designated Account

 

Any payment by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement shall be made by remitting to the account designated by the Lender.

 

  44  

 

 

14.10 Disclosure of Information

 

The Obligors agree that the Lender may disclose following information to SHINSEI BANK, LIMITED (the parent company of the Lender):

 

(a) any information provided to the Lender by the Obligors (including but not limited to financial information); and

 

(b) existence and contents of the Finance Documents.

 

15. LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

15.1 Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

15.2 Submission to Jurisdiction

 

(a) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees, for the benefit of the Lender, that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement against the Borrower or any of its property may be brought in the English high Court.

 

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the aforesaid court.

 

(c) The Borrower irrevocably consents to the service of process out of the aforementioned court in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified airmail, postage prepaid, to the address set forth in clause 14.3. The foregoing, however, shall not limit the rights of the Lender to take proceedings against the Borrower in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

  45  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorised representatives as of the day and year first written above.

 

IVS BULK 10824 PTE. LTD.

As the Borrower

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
Name: Stephen William Griffiths  
Title: DIRECTOR  

 

  46  

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

As the Guarantor

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
Name: Stephen William Griffiths  
Title: DIRECTOR  

 

  47  

 

 

SHOWA LEASING CO., LTD.

As the Lender

 

/s/ Toru Furihata  
Name: Toru Furihata  
Title: General Manager  

 

  48  

 

 

Schedule 1

Drawdown Notice

 

To: SHOWA LEASING CO., LTD.

 

Drawdown Notice

 

IVS BULK 10824 PTE. LTD. (the “Borrower”) hereby gives you notice, in accordance with the Loan Agreement, that we wish to drawdown the Loan, namely USD                    , on              Day of January 2020 and confirm that the Interest Period in respect thereof shall be three (3) months. The funds should be credited to the account in our name at                                       with account number (SWIFT CODE                    , IBAN                    ) and are to be applied for the cost of acquisition of the Vessel.

 

We confirm that

 

(i) No event or circumstances has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default;

 

(ii) The representations and warranties contained in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing as at such date; and

 

(iii) There has been no material adverse change in our financial position from that set forth in the financial reports.

 

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings where used herein.

 

   
for and on behalf of  
IVS BULK 10824 PTE. LTD.  

 

  49  

 

 

Schedule 2

Conditions Precedent

 

1 Constitutional Documents

 

An original of the Certificate of Good Standing and copies of the other constitutional documents of each Obligor;

 

2 Corporate authorisations

 

Copies of resolutions of the board of directors of each Obligor:

 

(i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
(ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and
(iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including any Drawdown Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

3 Other documents and evidence

 

(i) Financial Report

a copy of the latest available audited financial statements of the Borrower;

 

(ii) Financial Accounts

a copy of the financial accounts of the Guarantor;

 

(iii) Valuation Report

The written valuation report of the Vessel provided by the independent shipbroker approved by the Lender of the Vessel (such valuation report shall be provided to the Lender not less than fifteen (15) Banking Days prior to drawdown, and such valuations to be no more than thirty (30) days old.);

 

(iv) Fees

Reasonable evidence that it is likely at the Drawdown Date that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 7 will be paid within two (2) Banking Days after the Drawdown Date;

 

(v) Evidence that
- the Vessel is registered in the name of the Borrower under the Singapore flag;
- the security in favour of any person other than the Lender has been discharged in full on the Drawdown Date;
- the Vessel is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save for Permitted lien;
- the Mortgage will be registered against the Vessel at the Republic of Singapore after the Drawdown of the Loan;
- the Vessel is insured in accordance with the covenants given under the Finance Documents;

 

  50  

 

 

- the Vessel maintains the Classification with the Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions;
- the market value of the Vessel of the Loan is equal to or more than one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%); and
- the loan amount financed by the Lender to the Borrower in accordance with the facility agreement dated 22 January 2016 and other related agreements shall be prepaid to the Lender out of the proceeds of the drawdown within two (2) Banking Days after the Drawdown Date,.

 

(vi) Insurance

Evidence by way of copy cover notes and entry certificates that the Vessel is insured in accordance with the provisions of the Mortgage, together with Loss Payable Clauses, notice of assignment and letters of undertaking from the brokers each in form and terms satisfactory to the Lender (the latter to be delivered within 10 Banking Days of the Drawdown Date);

 

(vii) Classification

Evidence that the Vessel is classed to highest classification with the Classification Society and is in every way seaworthy and fit for service;

 

(viii) Shares Certificate

Share certificates representing the shares of the Borrower that are held by the Guarantor in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender; and

 

(ix) Other documents or evidence as may be required by the Lender from time to time.

 

  51  

 

 

Schedule 3

Referenced Repayment Schedule

 

Note: This Repayment Schedule is included by way of example only and relates to Repayment Dates on the Signing Date of the Loan Agreement. The Repayment Schedule shall be appropriately revised depending on amount of amount of the Loan (determined in accordance with clause 2.4), satisfactory to the Lender.

 

Repayment Date   Referenced
Instalment (USD)
    Referenced Loan
Balance (USD)
 
-             13,131,000  
1   the Banking Day on 3-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       12,856,000  
2   the Banking Day on 6-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       12,582,000  
3   the Banking Day on 9-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       12,308,000  
4   the Banking Day on 12-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       12,034,000  
5   the Banking Day on 15-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       11,760,000  
6   the Banking Day on 18-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       11,486,000  
7   the Banking Day on 21-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       11,212,000  
8   the Banking Day on 24-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       10,938,000  
9   the Banking Day on 27-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       10,664,000  
10   the Banking Day on 30-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       10,390,000  
11   the Banking Day on 33-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       10,116,000  
12   the Banking Day on 36-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       9,842,000  
13   the Banking Day on 39-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       9,568,000  
14   the Banking Day on 42-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       9,294,000  
15   the Banking Day on 45-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       9,020,000  
16   the Banking Day on 48-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       8,746,000  
17   the Banking Day on 51-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       8,472,000  
18   the Banking Day on 54-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       8,198,000  
19   the Banking Day on 57-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     274,000       7,924,000  
20   the Banking Day on 60-month anniversary of the Drawdown Date     7,924,000       0  

 

  52  

 

 

Exhibit 4.25

 

Execution version

 

Dated 10 February 2020

 

$114,125,000

TERM LOAN FACILITY

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as joint and several Borrowers

 

and

 

IVS BULK 709 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 5858 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 543 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 5855 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 541 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 545 PTE. LTD

IVS BULK 712 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 1345 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 554 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 7297 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 3693 PTE. LTD.

as Owner Guarantors

 

and

 

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

HAMBURG COMMERCIAL BANK AG

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

and

 

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

as Account Bank

 

and

 

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

as Facility Agent

 

and

 

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

as Security Agent

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

relating to

the refinancing of 11 ships owned by the Owner Guarantors

 

WATSON FARLEY

&

WILLIAMS

 

 

 

 

Index

 

Clause   Page
     
Section 1 Interpretation 3
1 Definitions and Interpretation 3
Section 2 The Facility 31
2 The Facility 31
3 Purpose 32
4 Conditions of Utilisation 32
Section 3 Utilisation 34
5 Utilisation 34
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 36
6 Repayment 36
7 Prepayment and Cancellation 37
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation 42
8 Interest 42
9 Interest Periods 43
10 Changes to the Calculation of lnterest 44
11 Fees 46
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations 47
12 Tax Gross Up and lndemnities 47
13 Increased Costs 51
14 Other Indemnities 53
15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties 56
16 Costs and Expenses 56
Section 7 Guarantees, and Joint and Serveral Liabilities of Borrowers 58
17 Guarantee and Indemnity 58
18 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers 60
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 63
19 Representations 63
20 Information Undertakings 71
21 Financial Covenants 75
22 General Undertakings 79
23 Insurance Undertakings 87
24 General Ship Undertakings 93
25 Security Cover 100
26 Accounts and application of Earnings 102
27 Events of Default 103
Section 9 Changes to Parties 109
28 Changes to the Lenders 109
29 Changes to the Obligors 114
Section 10 The Finance Parties 116
30 The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Reference Banks 116
31 The Security Agent 127
32 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties 142
33 Sharing among the Finance Parties 142
Section 11Administration 144
34 Payment Mechanics 144
35 Set-Off 147
36 Bail-ln 147

 

 

 

 

37 Notices 148
38 Calculations and Certificates 150
39 Partial lnvalidity 150
40 Remedies and Waivers 150
41 Settlement or Discharge Conditional 150
42 Irrevocable Payment 151
43 Amendments and Waivers 151
44 Confidential lnformation 154
45 Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations 159
46 Counterparts 161
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement 162
47 Governing Law 162
48 Enforcement 162
     
Schedules  
     
Schedule 1 The Parties 163
  Part A The Obligors 163
  Part B The Original Lenders 165
  Part C The Servicing Parties 166
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent 167
  Part A Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation Request 167
  Part B Conditions Precedent to Utilisation 169
  Part C Conditions Subsequent to Utilisation 171
Schedule 3 Requests 172
  Part A Utilisation Request 172
  Part B Selection Notice 174
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate 175
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement. 177
Schedule 6 Forms of Compliance Certificate 180
  Part A Form of Borrower A Compliance Certificate 180
  Part B Form of Borrower B Compliance Certificate 181
Schedule 7 Details of the Ships 182
Schedule 8 Timetables 184
     
Execution  
     
Execution Pages 185

 

 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 10 February 2020

 

PARTIES

 

(1) IVS BULK PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201114306Z whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a borrower (the “Borrower A”)

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201731497H whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a borrower (the “Borrower B”)

 

(3) IVS BULK 709 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201328075E whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor A”)

 

(4) IVS BULK 5858 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201328882C whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor B”)

 

(5) IVS BULK 543 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201322656Z whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor C”)

 

(6) IVS BULK 5855 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201325921Z whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor D”)

 

(7) IVS BULK 541 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201322639G whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor E”)

 

(8) IVS BULK 545 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201322704H whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor F”)

 

(9) IVS BULK 712 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201333600E whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor G”)

 

(10) IVS BULK 1345 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201333777E whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor H”)

 

(11) IVS BULK 554 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201327439Z whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor I”)

 

(12) IVS BULK 7297 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201333601R whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor J”)

 

 

 

 

(13) IVS BULK 3693 PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 2014051310 whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“Guarantor K”)

 

(14) CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK and HAMBURG COMMERCIAL BANK AG as mandated lead arrangers (the “Mandated Lead Arrangers”)

 

(15) CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as account bank (the “Account Bank”)

 

(16) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1(The Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”)

 

(17) CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Facility Agent”)

 

(18) CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as security agent for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”)

 

BACKGROUND

 

The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a facility of up to $114,125,000 for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and certain other debt of Borrower A and for Borrower A’s general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

2

 

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

“Account Bank” means Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank acting through its office at 92547, 12 Place des Etats Unis, 92120 Montrouge, France or any replacement bank or other financial institution as may be approved by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

“Accounts” means the Earnings Accounts, the Retention Account and the Debt Service Reserve Account.

 

“Account Security” means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form.

 

“Advance” means a borrowing of all or part of a Tranche under this Agreement.

 

“Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

“Annex VI” means Annex VI of the Protocol of 1997 (as subsequently amended from time to time) to amend the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (Marpol), as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto.

 

“Anti-Corruption Laws” means the England and Wales Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977 or other applicable anti-corruption legislation in any other jurisdictions.

 

“Approved Brokers” means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

“Approved Classification” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships) with the classification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships) or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.

 

“Approved Classification Society” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification society in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships) or any other classification society approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies other than (i) China Classification Society, (ii) Indian Register of Shipping and (iii) Russian Maritime Register of Shipping.

 

“Approved Commercial Manager” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the manager specified as the approved commercial manager in relation to that Ship in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships), Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd., GSPL or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders as the commercial manager of that Ship.

 

3

 

 

“Approved Flag” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the flag in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships) or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

“Approved Manager” means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

 

“Approved Technical Manager” in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the manager specified as the approved technical manager in relation to that Ship in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships), Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd., GSPL, Sandigan Ship Services Inc or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders as the technical manager of that Ship.

 

“Approved Valuer” means Fearnleys, Clarksons Valuations Limited, Arrow, Braemar ACM, Barry Rogliano Salles, Simpson Spence Young (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

“Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

 

“Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

“Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

 

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including, 28 February 2020.

 

“Available Commitment” means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

 

(a) the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and

 

(b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

“Available Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

“Bail-In Legislation” means:

 

(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

(b) in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

 

4

 

 

“Borrower” means Borrower A or Borrower B.

 

“Borrower A Group” means Borrower A and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

“Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) (i) on which banks are open for general business in London, Paris, Singapore, Hamburg and New York.

 

“Charter” means, in relation to a Ship, any charter relating to that Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence which exceeds, or by virtue of any operating extensions may exceed 12 months.

 

“Charterer” means, in relation to a Ship, any party which enters into a Charter with an Owner Guarantor which owns that Ship.

 

“Charter Guarantee” means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting a Charter.

 

“CISADA” means the United States Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010 as it applies to non-US persons.

 

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

“Commercial Management Agreement” means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement entered into between the relevant Owner Guarantor and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of that Ship.

 

“Commitment” means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Part B of Schedule 1(The Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

5

 

 

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate in the relevant form set out in Schedule 6 (Forms of Compliance Certificate) or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

“Confidential Information” means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

 

(i) information that:

 

(A) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 (Confidential Information); or

 

(B) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(C) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

(ii) any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

 

“Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

“Corresponding Debt” means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

“Debt Service” means all amounts due under this Agreement including principal and interest (based on indicative LIBOR (or if applicable, the substitute rate as determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate) as long as no fixed rate or hedged interest rate applies), as determined by the Facility Agent.

 

“Debt Service Reserve Account” means:

 

6

 

 

(a) an account in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank and designated “IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. - Debt Service Reserve Account”;

 

(b) any other account in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

“Deed of Covenant” means, in relation to a Ship, the deed of covenant collateral to the Mortgage over that Ship in agreed form.

 

“Deed of Release” means a deed releasing the Existing Security in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

“Default” means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

“Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.

 

“Disruption Event” means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other, Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

“Document of Compliance” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

“dollars” and "$” mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

 

“Earnings” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to an Owner Guarantor or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

7

 

 

(a) the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person (and such consent deemed to be granted in the case of sharing of Earnings pursuant to a Pool Agreement):

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;

 

(ii) the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

 

(iii) compensation payable to an Owner Guarantor or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire or use;

 

(iv) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(v) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(vi) without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

 

(vii) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

 

(viii) all monies which are at any time payable to an Owner Guarantor in relation to general average contribution; and

 

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.

 

“Earnings Account” means:

 

(a) an account in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank designated ” IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. - Earnings Account”;

 

(b) any other account in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

“EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

“Environmental Approval” means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

 

“Environmental Claim” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, “claim” includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

 

8

 

 

“Environmental Incident” means:

 

(a) any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within a Ship or from a Ship into any other vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than any Ship and which involves a collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

 

“Environmental Law” means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

“Environmentally Sensitive Material” means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

 

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

“Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 27 (Events of Default).

 

“Excluded Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

“Existing Facility Agent A” means the “Facility Agent” as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement A.

 

“Existing Facility Agent B” means the “Facility Agent” as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

9

 

 

“Existing Facility Agreement A” means the facility agreement dated 24 October 2014 (as supplemented, amended and/ or restated from time to time) and entered into between, amongst others, (i) Guarantor A, Guarantor B, Guarantor C, Guarantor D, Guarantor E and Guarantor F as joint and several borrowers, (ii) Borrower A as parent guarantor, and (iii) Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as facility agent and security agent to finance the acquisition costs of Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E and Ship F and for working capital purposes.

 

“Existing Facility Agreement B” means the facility agreement dated 22 January 2016 (as supplemented, amended and/ or restated from time to time, including by an amendment and restatement deed dated 15 January 2018) and entered into between, amongst others, (i) Guarantor G, Guarantor H, Guarantor I, Guarantor J, Guarantor K and IVS Bulk 10824 Pte. Ltd. as joint and several borrowers, (ii) Borrower A as parent guarantor and (iii) and DVB Bank SA Singapore Branch as facility agent and security agent to finance Ship G, Ship H, Ship I, Ship J, Ship K and the m.v. “IVS NORTH BERWICK”.

 

“Existing Indebtedness” means Existing Indebtedness A and Existing Indebtedness B.

 

“Existing Indebtedness A” means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of Guarantor A, Guarantor B, Guarantor C, Guarantor D, Guarantor E or Guarantor F on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement A.

 

“Existing Indebtedness B” means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of Guarantor G, Guarantor H, Guarantor I, Guarantor J or Guarantor K on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

“Existing Security” means any Security created to secure the Existing Indebtedness in respect of any Ship or Owner Guarantor.

 

“Facility” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

 

“Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

“FATCA” means:

 

(a) sections 1471to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

10

 

 

“FATCA Application Date” means:

 

(a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1July 2014; or

 

(b) in relation to a “pass thru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

 

“FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

“FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

“Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees).

 

“Finance Document” means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Fee Letter;

 

(c) each Utilisation Request;

 

(d) any Security Document;

 

(e) any Subordination Deed;

 

(f) any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(g) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and Borrowers.

 

“Finance Party” means the Account Bank, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or a Lender.

 

“Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

11

 

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing under IFRS;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

(i) the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

 

“Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraphs (a)(ii) of Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds).

 

“General Assignment” means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating Security over that Ship’s Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in relation to that Ship and over any Charter and any Charter Guarantee, in agreed form.

 

“Group” means Borrower B and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

“GSPL” means Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 200407212K whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763.

 

“Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

 

“IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities).

 

“Insurances” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance and reinsurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, that Ship’s Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights (including without limitation, any and all rights or claims which an Owner Guarantor may have under or in connection with any cut-through clause in relation to any reinsurance contract relating to the aforesaid policies or contract of reinsurance) and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

12

 

 

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 (Payment of interest).

 

“Interest Period” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).

 

“Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

 

“ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“ISSC” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

 

“Legal Reservations” means:

 

(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation).

 

“Lender” means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

13

 

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

 

“LIBOR” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

 

(b) as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate).

 

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

“Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

“LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

 

“Loan” means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a “part of the Loan” means an Advance, a Tranche or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.

 

“Major Casualty” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

 

“Majority Lenders” means:

 

(a) if no Advance has yet been made, such Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66% per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b) at any other time, such Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66% per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, such Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66% per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

 

“Management Agreement” means a Technical Management Agreement or a Commercial Management Agreement.

 

“Manager’s Undertaking” means the letter of undertaking from the Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from the Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager respectively against each Ship and each Owner Guarantor to the rights of the Finance Parties in agreed form.

 

“Margin” means 3.10 per cent. per annum.

 

“Market Value” means, in relation to a Ship or any other vessel, at any date, the market value of that Ship or vessel shown by a valuation prepared:

 

(a) as at a date not more than 14 days previously or, for the purposes of establishing the market values of that Ship as at the Utilisation Date, not more than 30 days previously;

 

14

 

 

(b) by an Approved Valuer;

 

(c) with or without physical inspection of that Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any charter,

 

after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

 

(b) the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

“Mezzanine Loan” means the loan of up to $34,400,000 provided to GSPL for the purpose of purchasing shares in Borrower A pursuant to the financing agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement and made between (i) GSPL as borrower (ii) the persons named from time to time therein as lenders and (iii) Sankaty as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

“Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

“Mortgage” means, in relation to a Ship, a first priority Singapore ship mortgage on that Ship in agreed form.

 

“Obligor” means a Borrower or an Owner Guarantor.

 

“Original Financial Statements” means:

 

15

 

 

(a) in relation to a Borrower, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended 31December 2018; and

 

(b) in relation to each Owner Guarantor, its audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31December 2018.

 

“Original Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.

 

“Other Facility Debt Service Reserve Account” means the account of GSPL with the Account Bank which is the Debt Service Reserve Account, as defined in the Other Facility Agreement.

 

“Other Facility Agreement” means the facility agreement dated 8 May 2018 and made between (i) GSPL as borrower, (ii) the companies named therein as owner guarantors, (iii) the banks and financial institutions named therein as mandated lead arrangers, (iv) Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as coordination agents,

(v) Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as account bank, (vi) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as facility agent and (vii) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as security agent relating to a facility of up to $100,000,000 to refinance 16 ships.

 

“Overseas Regulations” means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

 

“Owner Guarantor” means Guarantor A, Guarantor B, Guarantor C, Guarantor D, Guarantor E, Guarantor F, Guarantor G, Guarantor H, Guarantor I, Guarantor J or Guarantor K.

 

“Parallel Debt” means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause

31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.

 

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

“Party” means a party to this Agreement.

 

“Perfection Requirements” means the making or procuring of filings, stampings, registrations, notarisations, endorsements, translations and/or notifications of any Finance Document (and/or any Security created under it) necessary for the validity, enforceability (as against the relevant Obligor or any relevant third party) and/or perfection of that Finance Document including (but not limited to) registration of the charges created by each of the relevant Security Documents with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority in Singapore and registration of the Mortgages with the Singapore Registry of Ships.

 

“Permitted Charter” means, in relation to a Ship, a charter:

 

(a) which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

 

(b) the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days;

 

(c) which is entered into on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time at which that Ship is fixed; and

 

16

 

 

(d) in relation to which not more than two months’ hire is payable in advance,

 

and any other charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

“Permitted Financial Indebtedness” means:

 

(a) any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Deed or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial Indebtedness of an Owner Guarantor, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security; and

 

(c) any Financial Indebtedness reasonably incurred in connection with the normal commercial and technical operation of a Ship and administration of affairs of the relevant Owner Guarantor.

 

“Permitted Security” means:

 

(a) Security created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) until the Utilisation Date, the Existing Security;

 

(c) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(d) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice;

 

(e) liens for salvage;

 

(f) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(g) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship and not as a result of any default or omission by any Owner Guarantor, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 24.18 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.).

 

“Pool Agreement” means:

 

(a) in relation to Ship D, Ship E or Ship J, the handysize pool agreement dated 27 May 2014 and made between, originally, (i) GSPL, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd. and Guarantor E as owners and (ii) GSPL as pool manager as supplemented by an accession letter dated 7 November 2014 from Guarantor D to GSPL and an accession letter dated 16 August 2015 from Guarantor J to GSPL; or

 

17

 

 

(b) in relation to Ship A, Ship B, Ship H, Ship G or Ship K, the supramax pool agreement dated 27 August 2015 and made between, originally, (i) GSPL, Guarantor A, Guarantor B and Guarantor G as owners and (ii) GSPL as pool manager as supplemented by an accession letter dated 15 February 2016 from Guarantor K to GSPL and an accession letter dated 14 December 2016 from Guarantor H to GSPL.

 

“Poseidon Principles” means the financial industry framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of ship finance portfolios published in June 2019 as the same may be amended or replaced from time to time.

 

“Potential Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 27 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

“Protected Party” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

“Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

“Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

 

“Recognised Organisation” means, in respect of a Ship, an organisation representing that Ship’s flag state and, for the purposes of Clause 24.21 (Poseidon Principles), duly authorised to determine whether the relevant Owner Guarantor has complied with regulation 22A of Annex VI.

 

“Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

 

(a) if:

 

(i) the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

 

(ii) it consists of a single figure,

 

as the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

(b) in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

 

“Reference Banks” means the principal London office of Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and/or such other entities as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrowers.

 

18

 

 

“Reference Bank Quotation” means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.

 

“Regiment” means Regiment Capital Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability with its registered office at Maples Corporate Services, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KYl-1104.

 

“Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

“Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market.

 

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) its Original Jurisdiction;

 

(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

 

(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

“Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

 

“Relevant Person” means:

 

(a) each Obligor;

 

(b) each subsidiary of any Obligor; and

 

(c) all respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives of each of the persons mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (b) above.

 

“Repayment Date” means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

 

“Repayment Instalment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

 

“Repeating Representation” means each of the representations set out in Clause 19 (Representations) except Clause 19.10 (Insolvency), Clause 19.11 (No filing or stamp taxes) and Clause 19.12 (Deduction of Tax) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a “Repeating Representation” or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

“Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

 

19

 

 

(a) formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

(i) the administrator of that Screen Rate; or

 

(ii) any Relevant Nominating Body,

 

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

(b) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

(c) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

 

“Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee, broker or custodian.

 

“Restricted Party” means a person:

 

(a) that is listed on any Sanctions List (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person);

 

(b) that is domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in, or is incorporated under the laws of, a country which is subject to Sanctions Laws which attach legal effect to being domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in such country; or

 

(c) that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a person referred to in paragraph (a) and/or (b) above; or

 

(d) with which any member of the Group is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in a transaction with by any Sanctions Laws.

 

“Requisition” means in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and

 

(b) any capture or seizure of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

 

“Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable to an Owner Guarantor by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of a Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

 

20

 

 

“Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

“Retention Account” means:

 

(a) an account in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank designated “IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. Retention Account”;

 

(b) any other account in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

“Safety Management Certificate” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

“Safety Management System” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

“Sanctions Authority” means the United Nations, the United Kingdom, the European Union, the member states of the European Union, the United States of America and any authority acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions Laws.

 

“Sanctions Laws” means the economic or financial sanctions laws and/or regulations, trade embargoes, prohibitions, restrictive measures, decisions, executive orders or notices from regulators implemented, adapted, imposed, administered, enacted and/or enforced by any Sanctions Authority.

 

“Sanctions List” means any list of persons or entities published in connection with Sanctions Laws by or on behalf of any Sanctions Authority as amended, revised, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

“Sankaty” means Sankaty European Investments Ill, S.a.r.I., a private limited liability company (societe a responsabilite limitee) incorporated in Luxembourg having its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748, Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B-183.498 and having a corporate capital of US$17,187.

 

“Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers.

 

“Secured Liabilities” means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

 

21

 

 

“Secured Party” means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement, a Receiver or any Delegate.

 

“Security” means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

 

“Security Assets” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

“Security Document” means:

 

(a) any Shares Security;

 

(b) any Mortgage;

 

(c) any Deed of Covenant;

 

(d) any General Assignment;

 

(e) any Account Security;

 

(f) any Manager’s Undertaking;

 

(g) any Subordinated Debt Security;

 

(h) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(i) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

“Security Period” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

“Security Property” means:

 

(a) the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

 

(c) the Security Agent’s interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

 

(d) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,

 

22

 

 

except:

 

(i) rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

“Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

“Servicing Party” means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

“Shares Security” means, a document creating Security over the share capital in each Owner Guarantor in agreed form.

 

“Ship” means Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E, Ship F, Ship G, Ship H, Ship I, Ship J or Ship K.

 

“Ship A” means m.v. “IVS HIRONO”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship B” means m.v. “IVS WENTWORTH”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship C” means m.v. “IVS PHINDA”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship D” means m.v. “IVS SPARROWHAWK”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship E” means m.v. “IVS KESTREL”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship F” means m.v. “IVS THAN DA”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship G” means m.v. “IVS BOSCH HOEK”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship H” means m.v. “IVS SWINLEY FOREST”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship I” means m.v. “IVS TEMBE”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship J” means m.v. “IVS SUNBIRD”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Ship K” means m.v. “IVS GLENEAGLES”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 (Details of the Ships).

 

“Specified Time” means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 (Timetables).

 

23

 

 

“Statement of Compliance” means a Statement of Compliance related to fuel oil consumption pursuant to regulations 6.6 and 6.7 of Annex VI.

 

“Subordinated Creditor” means:

 

(a) Borrower A; or

 

(b) any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.

 

“Subordinated Debt Security” means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.

 

“Subordinated Liabilities” means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by any Owner Guarantor to a Subordinated Creditor whether documented in any written agreement or otherwise.

 

“Subordination Deed” means a subordination deed entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent in agreed form.

 

“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

“Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

“Tax Credit” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

“Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

“Tax Payment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

 

“Technical Management Agreement” means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement entered into between the relevant Owner Guarantor and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of that Ship.

 

“Termination Date” means the date falling five years from the Utilisation Date.

 

“Third Parties Act” has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 (Third party rights).

 

“Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments, of up to $114,125,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

“Total Loss” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

 

(b) any Requisition of that Ship unless that Ship is returned to the full control of the relevant Owner Guarantor within 30 days of such Requisition.

 

“Total Loss Date” means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

24

 

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Owner Guarantor with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

“Tranche” means Tranche A, Tranche B, Tranche C, Tranche D, Tranche E, Tranche F, Tranche G, Tranche H, Tranche I, Tranche J or Tranche K.

 

“Tranche A” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship A and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $12,100,000.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship A as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche A.

 

“Tranche B” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship B and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $11,550,000.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship B as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche B.

 

“Tranche C” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship C and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $8,800,000.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship C as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche C.

 

“Tranche D” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship D and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $8,112,500.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship D as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche D.

 

“Tranche E” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship E and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $8,112,500.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship E as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche E.

 

“Tranche F” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship F and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $9,350,000.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship F as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche F.

 

“Tranche G” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship G and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $12,100,000.00 and (ii) SS per cent. of the Market Value of Ship G as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche G.

 

25

 

 

“Tranche H” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship H and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $13,337,500.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship H as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche H.

 

“Tranche I” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship I and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $9,900,000.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship I as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche I.

 

“Tranche J” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship J and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $8,662,500.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship J as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche J.

 

“Tranche K” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrowers for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of Ship K and certain other debt of Borrower A and for general corporate and working capital purposes in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $12,100,000.00 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship K as at the Utilisation Date of Tranche K.

 

“Transaction Document” means:

 

(a) a Finance Document;

 

(b) a Pool Agreement; or

 

(c) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and a Borrowers.

 

“Transaction Obligor” means an Obligor, any Approved Manager who is a member of the Group, or any other member of the Group who executes a Transaction Document.

 

“Transaction Security” means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

 

“Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

“Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

“UK Bail-In Legislation” means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part 1 of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutes or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

26

 

 

“UK Establishment” means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

 

“Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

“US” means the United States of America.

 

“US Tax Obligor” means:

 

(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

 

(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

 

“Utilisation” means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

“Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Advance is to be made.

 

“Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 (Requests).

 

“VAT” means:

 

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112), any goods and services tax or any consumption tax; and

 

(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

“Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

 

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

27

 

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

 

(c) in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the “Account Bank”, the “Mandated Lead Arrangers”, the “Facility Agent”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent”, any “Transaction Obligor” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) “assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) a liability which is “contingent” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

(iv) “document” includes a deed and also a letter or fax;

 

(v) “expense” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

 

(vi) a “Finance Document”, a “Security Document” or “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

(vii) “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(viii) “law” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

28

 

 

(ix) “proceedings” means, in relation to any enforcement prov1s1on of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

 

(x) a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, branch, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xi) a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiii) a time of day is a reference to Singapore time;

 

(xiv) any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(xv) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(xvi) “including” and “in particular” (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

 

(b) The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(e) A Potential Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived.

 

1.3 Construction of insurance terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

“approved” means, approved in writing by the Facility Agent.

 

“excess risks” means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.

 

29

 

 

“obligatory insurances” means all insurances effected, or which any Owner Guarantor is obliged to effect, under Clause 23 (Insurance Undertakings) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

 

“policy” includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.

 

“protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of P&I clubs, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision.

 

“war risks” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clauses 29, 30 or 31 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02), clauses 29 or 30 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/03), clauses 24, 25 or 26 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clauses 23, 24 or 25 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or any equivalent provision.

 

1.4 Agreed forms of Finance Documents

 

References in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) to any Finance Document being in “agreed form” are to that Finance Document:

 

(a) in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent); or

 

(b) in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders or, if agreed in a Finance Document, the Majority Lenders.

 

1.5 Third party rights

 

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b) Subject to Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

(c) Any Affiliate, Receiver, Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities), paragraph (b) of Clause 30.11 (Exclusion of liability), Clause 30.21 (Role of Reference Banks), Clause 30.22 (Third Party Reference Banks) or paragraph (b) of Clause 31.11 (Exclusion of liability) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

 

30

 

 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

 

2 THE FACILITY

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a dollar term loan facility in 11 Tranches in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.

 

2.2 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

2.3 Owner Guarantors’ Agent

 

(a) Each Owner Guarantor by its execution of this Agreement irrevocably appoints Borrower A to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

(i) Borrower A on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Owner Guarantor notwithstanding that they may affect that Owner Guarantor, without further reference to or the consent of that Owner Guarantor; and

 

(ii) each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Owner Guarantor pursuant to the Finance Documents to Borrower A,

 

and in each case that Owner Guarantor shall be bound as though that Owner Guarantor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

31

 

 

(b) Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by Borrower A or given to Borrower A under any Finance Document on behalf of an Owner Guarantor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any Owner Guarantor) shall be binding for all purposes on that Owner Guarantor as if that Owner Guarantor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of Borrower A and any Owner Guarantor, those of Borrower A shall prevail.

 

3 PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

 

The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facility only for the purpose of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and certain other debt of Borrower A and for Borrower A’s general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if:

 

(a) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Advance is made available:

 

(i) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;

 

(ii) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true;

 

(iii) the Ship in respect of which such Advance is to be made has neither been sold, arrested nor become a Total Loss;

 

(iv) none of the events described in sub-paragraphs (a)(i) or (ii) of Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on change of control Borrower A or GSPL) has occurred;

 

(v) no Lender has given a notice to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 7.1 (Illegality).

 

(b) the Facility Agent has received on or before the relevant Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the Advance is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

32

 

 

4.3 Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent).

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.4 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) has been satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrowers.

 

4.5 Conditions subsequent

 

Save in the case of documentary evidence which must be provided on the Utilisation Date (as a same day condition subsequent pursuant to sub-paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of paragraph 2 of Part C of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent)) that the relevant Deed of Covenant and General Assignment has been dated the date of the Utilisation Date and the Mortgage has been duly registered on the Utilisation Date (as required under paragraph 2(a) of Part C of Schedule 2 (Conditions Subsequent to Utilisation), the Borrowers undertake to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent within five Business Days after the Utilisation Date, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part C of Schedule 2 (Conditions Subsequent to Utilisation) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

33

 

 

SECTION 3

 

UTILISATION

 

5 UTILISATION

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) The Borrowers may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

(b) The Borrowers may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request for any Tranche.

 

(c) The Utilisation Date for all Tranches must be the same date.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(a) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period;

 

(b) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause S.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

(c) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

(b) The amount of the proposed Advance of a Tranche must be an amount which is not more than the lowest of:

 

(i) SS per cent. ofthe Market Value of the Ship to which that Tranche relates;

 

(ii) in the case of the Advance of Tranche A, $12,100,000.00;

 

(iii) in the case of the Advance of Tranche B, $11,SS0,000.00;

 

(iv) in the case of the Advance of Tranche C, $8,800,000.00;

 

(v) in the case of the Advance ofTranche D, $8,112,SOO.OO;

 

(vi) in the case of the Advance of Tranche E, $8,112,SOO.OO;

 

(vii) in the case of the Advance of Tranche F, $9,3SO,OOO.OO;

 

(viii) in the case of the Advance of Tranche G, $12,100,000.00;

 

(ix) in the case of the Advance of Tranche H, $13,337,SOO.OO;

 

(x) in the case of the Advance of Tranche I, $9,900,000.00;

 

34

 

 

(xi) in the case of the Advance of Tranche J, $8,662,500.00; and

 

(xii) in the case of the Advance of Tranche K, $12,100,000.00.

 

(c) The aggregate amount of the proposed Advances must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility.

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately before making that Advance.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and the amount of its participation in that Advance by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

 

The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for such Tranche shall then be cancelled.

 

5.6 Retentions and payment to third parties

 

Each Borrower irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent:

 

(a) to deduct from the proceeds of any Advance any fees then payable to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 11(Fees), any agreed solicitors fees and disbursements together with any applicable VAT and any other items listed as deductible items in the relevant Utilisation Request and to apply them in payment of the items to which they relate; and

 

(b) on each Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrowers or the relevant Owner Guarantor (as applicable) which is to utilise the relevant Advance the balance (after any deduction made in accordance with paragraph (a) above) of the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance. That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance:

 

(i) in the case of Tranche A, Tranche B, Tranche C, Tranche D, Tranche E or Tranche F partly to the account of the Existing Facility Agent A under Existing Facility Agreement A which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Utilisation Request and any balance to the account of Borrower A as specified in the relevant Utilisation Request; and

 

(ii) in the case of Tranche G, Tranche H, Tranche I, Tranche J or Tranche K partly to the account of the Existing Facility Agent B under Existing Facility Agreement B which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Utilisation Request and any balance to the account of Borrower A as specified in the relevant Utilisation Request.

 

5.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party

 

Payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 (Retentions and payment to third parties) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the relevant Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s participation in that Advance.

 

35

 

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYM ENT, PREPAYMENT AN D CANCELLATION

 

6 REPAYM ENT

 

6.1 Repayment of Loan

 

The Borrowers shall repay the Loan as follows:

 

(a) Tranche A shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $302,500.00 together with a balloon instalment of $6,050,000.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(b) Tranche B shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $288,750.00 together with a balloon instalment of $5,775,000.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(c) Tranche C shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $220,000.00 together with a balloon instalment of $4,400,000.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(d) Tranche D shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $202,812.50 together with a balloon instalment of $4,056,250.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(e) Tranche E shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $202,812.50 together with a balloon instalment of $4,056,250.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(f) Tranche F shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $233,750.00 together with a balloon instalment of $4,675,000.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(g) Tranche G shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $302,500.00 together with a balloon instalment of $6,050,000.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(h) Tranche H shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $333,437.50 together with a balloon instalment of $6,668, 750.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(i) Tranche Ishall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $247,500.00 together with a balloon instalment of $4,950,000.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(j) Tranche J shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $216,562.50 together with a balloon instalment of $4,331,250.00 payable on the Termination Date;

 

(k) Tranche K shall be repaid by 20 equal quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $302,500.00 together with a balloon instalment of $6,050,000.00 payable on the Termination Date; and

 

(I) the first instalment of each Tranche shall be payable on the date falling three Months after the Utilisation Date,

 

(each such quarterly instalment or balloon instalment a “Repayment Instalment”).

 

6.2 Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments

 

(a) If the Borrowers cancel the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender) or if the Available Commitment of any Lender is cancelled under Clause 7.1 (Illegality) then the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Available Commitments so cancelled.

 

36

 

 

(b) If the whole or any part of any Available Commitment is cancelled in accordance with Clause 7.2 (Automatic cancellation) or if the whole or part of any Commitment is cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 (Cancellation of Commitments), the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Commitments so cancelled.

 

(c) If any part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender) or Clause 7.1 (Illegality) then the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

(d) If any part of the Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) or paragraph (b) of Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss) then the amount of the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce in pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

6.3 Termination Date

 

On the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

 

6.4 Reborrowing

 

The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

7 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1 Illegality

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b) upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(c) the Borrowers shall prepay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

 

7.2 Automatic cancellation

 

The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the Advance is made available.

 

37

 

 

7.3 Voluntary prepayment of Loan

 

The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 30 days’ (or such shorter period as the Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or a multiple of that amount).

 

7.4 Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss

 

(a) If a Ship is sold, arrested or becomes a Total Loss or if the shares in an Owner Guarantor owning a Ship are sold, the Borrowers shall on the Relevant Date prepay the Tranche applicable to that Ship.

 

(b) On the Relevant Date, the Borrowers shall also prepay the highest of:

 

(i) such part of the Loan as is required to comply with the minimum required security cover ratio set out in Clause 25 (Security Cover);

 

(ii) where the calculated ratio set out in Clause 25 (Security Cover) is greater than the Relevant Security Cover Percentage immediately prior to such sale, arrest or Total Loss, such part of the Loan so as to ensure that it is the Relevant Security Cover Percentage on the Relevant Date disregarding the Ship that is subject to a sale, arrest or Total Loss; and

 

(iii) where the calculated ratio set out in Clause 25 (Security Cover) is less than or equal to the Relevant Security Cover Percentage immediately prior to such sale, arrest or Total Loss, such amount as may be necessary so as to maintain the same security cover which existed immediately prior to such sale, arrest or Total Loss.

 

(c) Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining proceeds of the sale or Total Loss of a Ship after the prepayments referred to in paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) above have been made together with all other amounts that are payable on any such prepayment pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be paid to the Owner Guarantor that owned the relevant Ship.

 

(d) In this Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss):

 

“Relevant Date” means:

 

(i) in the case of a sale of a Ship, on the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship;

 

(ii) in the case of any arrest of a Ship, on or before the date falling 37 days after the date of the arrest of that Ship if that Ship has not been released free of that arrest within 30 days after the date of that arrest;

 

(iii) in the case of a sale of the shares in an Owner Guarantor owning a Ship, on the date on which the sale is completed upon execution by the transferor and the transferee of an instrument of transfer of shares (and stamping of such instrument) and the passing of director’s resolutions approving the transfer; and

 

(iv) in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, on the earlier of:

 

38

 

 

(A) the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date; and

 

(B) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

“Relevant Security Cover Percentage” means:

 

(a) if the Relevant Date is on or before the 3rd anniversary of the Utilisation Date, 160 per cent.;

 

(b) if the Relevant Date is after the 3rd but on or before the 4th anniversary of the Utilisation Date, 170 per cent.; or

 

(c) if the Relevant Date is after the 4th anniversary of the Utilisation Date, 180 per cent..

 

7.5 Mandatory prepayment on change of control of Borrower A or GSPL

 

(a) If:

 

(i) Borrower B ceases to control GSPL or ceases to legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly own the entire issued share capital of GSPL; or

 

(ii) GSPL ceases to legally and beneficially, directly own:

 

(A) at any time when Regiment is a shareholder of Borrower A, at least 33.5 per cent. of the issued share capital of Borrower A; or

 

(B) at any time after Regiment has ceased to be a shareholder of Borrower A, at least 66.75 per cent. of the issued share capital of Borrower A,

 

then:

 

(iii) the Borrowers shall promptly notify the Facility Agent and Security Agent upon becoming aware of that event by setting out details and providing further information as required; and

 

(iv) if the Lenders, acting in their sole discretion, so require, the Facility Agent shall, by not less than 60 days’ notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Loan and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Loan will be cancelled and the Loan and all outstanding interest and other amounts will become due and payable on the last day of the Interest Period during which such change of control occurred.

 

(b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “control” means:

 

(i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of GSPL; or

 

(B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of GSPL; or

 

39

 

 

(C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of GSPL with which the directors or other equivalent officers of GSPL; and/or

 

(ii) the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of GSPL (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

7.6 Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document; or

 

(ii) any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrowers under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs),

 

the Borrowers may whilst in the case of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

(b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

7.7 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and, if relevant, the part of the Loan to be prepaid or cancelled.

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.4 (Prepayment fee) and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c) The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d) The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

40

 

 

(f) If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) it sha II promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lenders, as app rapriate.

 

(g) If all or part of any Lender’s participation in the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender’s Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

7.8 Application of prepayments

 

Any prepayment of any part of the Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Illegality) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s participation in that part of the Loan.

 

41

 

 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8 INTEREST

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a) the Margin; and

 

(b) LIBOR.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an “Interest Payment Date”).

 

(b) If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrowers shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

8.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 (Default interest) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

42

 

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum.

 

9 INTEREST PERIODS

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Borrowers may select the Interest Period for the Loan in the Utilisation Request for the first Advance. Subject to paragraphs (f) and (h) below and Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), the Borrowers may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Loan in a Selection Notice.

 

(b) Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrowers not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c) If the Borrowers fail to select an Interest Period in the first Utilisation Request or fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to paragraphs (f) and (h) below and Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), be three Months.

 

(d) Subject to this Clause 9 (Interest Periods), the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three Months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

(e) An Interest Period in respect of the Loan or any part of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(f) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, the Borrowers may request in the relevant Selection Notice that an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it and, subject to paragraph (d) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of the Loan.

 

(g) The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the first Utilisation Date and, subject to paragraph (h) below, each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

(h) The first Interest Period for the second and any subsequent Advance shall start on the Utilisation Date of such Advance and end on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Loan on the date on which such Advance is made.

 

(i) Except for the purposes of paragraph (f) and paragraph (h) above and Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), the Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

 

9.2 Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, prior to determining the interest rate for the Loan, the Facility Agent may establish an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the Repayment Date relating to it and the remaining part of the Loan shall have the Interest Period selected in the relevant Selection Notice, subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods).

 

43

 

 

(b) If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), it shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

 

9.3 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

10.1 Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

(a) Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(b) Reference Bank Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

 

(i) dollars; or

 

(ii) the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

 

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(c) Cost of funds: If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

 

10.2 Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

(b) If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

10.3 Market disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to an Advance or the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of such Advance or the Loan for that Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in such Advance or the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

44

 

 

(b) In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a ra_te to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 20 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan) that the cost to it or them ofobtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR; or

 

(iii) at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender (the “Affected Lender”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain dollars in the Relevant Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in that Advance or the Loan.

 

10.4 Cost of funds

 

(a) If this Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) applies, the rate of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the weighted average of the rates notified to the Facility Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) If this Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 43.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

 

(d) If this Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) applies but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

 

10.5 Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

 

45

 

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate by email confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11 FEES

 

11.1 Commitment fee

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 1.10 per cent. per annum of the undrawn and uncancelled portion of the Loan payable quarterly in arrears from the date of this Agreement and thereafter during the Availability Period or in relation to any cancelled portion at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the Utilisation Date, on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.2 Upfront fee

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for distribution to the Lenders) an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3 Facility Agent fee

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.4 Prepayment fee

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers must pay to the Facility Agent for each Lender a prepayment fee on the date of prepayment of all or any part of the Loan.

 

(b) The amount of the prepayment fee is:

 

(i) if the prepayment occurs on or before the 1st anniversary of the Utilisation Date, 2 per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

 

(ii) if the prepayment occurs after the l51 but on or before the 2nd anniversary of the Utilisation Date, 1per cent. of the amount prepaid.

 

(c) No prepayment fee shall be payable under this Clause if the prepayment is made:

 

(i) after the 2nd anniversary of the Utilisation Date;

 

(ii) as consequence of the Loan being refinanced by the Lenders; or

 

(iii) under Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss).

 

46

 

 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

“Excluded Tax Deduction” means a withholding in favour of the Singapore tax authority for or on account of Tax which a Borrower is required to withhold from a payment under a Finance Document to or for the account of Hamburg Commercial Bank AG as a consequence of Hamburg Commercial Bank AG not lending through Hamburg Commercial Bank AG, Singapore Branch.

 

“Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

“Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

“Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

“Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction (other than an Excluded Tax Deduction) is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

47

 

 

(e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account ofTax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction or an Excluded Tax Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity), notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

48

 

 

12.5 Stamp taxes

 

(a) The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

(b) Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, paragraph (a) above shall not apply in respect of any stamp duty, registration or other similar Taxes which are payable in respect of an assignment, transfer or other alienation of any kind by a Finance Party of any of its rights and/or obligations under a Finance Document.

 

12.6 VAT

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

49

 

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 (VAT) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be)).

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

50

 

 

12.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

12.9 Excluded Tax Deductions

 

(a) The Borrowers shall cooperate with Hamburg Commercial Bank AG to seek to procure that a relevant exemption is granted by the Singapore tax authorities so that payments can be made under the Finance Documents without making any Excluded Tax Deductions or that any such deductions are made at a reduced rate.

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, where a payment has been made to the Facility Agent net of an amount in respect of an Excluded Tax Deduction, the corresponding payment by the Facility Agent to Hamburg Commercial Bank AG shall reflect that Excluded Tax Deduction, which shall not be borne by the other Lenders.

 

13 INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made,

 

in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel Ill, CRD IV or CRR or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel Ill, CRD IV or CRR (regardless of the date on which it is enacted, adopted or issued and regardless of whether any such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

 

51

 

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) “Basel Ill” means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel Ill: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel Ill: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel Ill”.

 

(ii) “CRD IV” means:

 

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;

 

(B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and

 

(C) any other law or regulation which implements Basel Ill.

 

(iii) “CRR” means Regulation (EU) No.575/2013 of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012.

 

(iv) “Increased Costs” means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2 Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1(Increased costs) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

52

 

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c) compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

 

(d) compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost); or

 

(e) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

14 OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

14.2 Other indemnities

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

53

 

 

(ii) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

(iii) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Secured Party alone); or

 

(iv) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) an “Indemnified Person”), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

(c) Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

 

(i) arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions Laws; or

 

(ii) in connection with any Environmental Claim.

 

(d) Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.3 Mandatory Cost

 

The Borrowers shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

 

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

 

54

 

 

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

14.4 Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

 

(a) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

(iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

 

(b) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11(Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.5 Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(i) in relation to or as a result of:

 

(A) any failure by a Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses);

 

(B) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(C) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

 

(D) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(E) any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

(F) any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

 

55

 

 

(G) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

(ii) acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

(b) The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

 

15 MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities), Clause 13 (Increased Costs) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if either:

 

(i) a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(ii) in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16 COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

 

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and

 

56

 

 

(b) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a) a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 34.9 (Change of currency) or as contemplated in Clause 43.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate); or

 

(c) a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

 

the Borrowers shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Secured Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.

 

57

 

 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEES, AND JOINT AND SERVERAL LIABILITIES OF BORROWERS

 

17 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Owner Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Owner Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by an Owner Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by each Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Owner Guarantor under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Owner Guarantor under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 (Waiver of defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

58

 

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

 

Each Owner Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Owner Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Owner Guarantor or on account of any Owner Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity).

 

17.7 Deferral of Owner Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which any Owner Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Owner Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity):

 

59

 

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Owner Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If an Owner Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment Mechanics).

 

17.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by an Owner Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

17.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 17.2 (Continuing guarantee), 17.3 (Reinstatement), 17.4 (Waiver of defences), 17.5 (Immediate recourse), 17.6 (Appropriations), 17.7 (Deferral of Owner Guarantors’ rights) and 17.8 (Additional security) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which an Owner Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

18 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

 

18.1 Joint and several liability

 

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

 

60

 

 

18.2 Waiver of defences

 

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;

 

(b) any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;

 

(c) any Lender or the Security Agent releasing any other Borrower or any Security created by a Finance Document; or

 

(d) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with any other Borrower or other person;

 

(e) the release of any other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(f) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(g) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any other Borrower or any other person;

 

(h) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(i) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(j) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

18.3 Principal Debtor

 

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.

 

18.4 Borrower restrictions

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Borrower shall:

 

(i) claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

 

61

 

 

(ii) take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or

 

(iii) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or

 

(iv) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower; or

 

(v) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b) If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent’s notice.

 

18.5 Deferral of Borrowers’ rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) to be indemnified by any other Borrower; or

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

 

62

 

 

SECTION 8

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19 REPRESENTATIONS

 

19.1 General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 (Representations) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

19.2 Status

 

(a) It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

19.3 Share capital and ownership

 

(a) The issued share capital of each of the Owner Guarantors, all of which shares have been issued fully paid, is as follows:

 

(i) Guarantor A - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(ii) Guarantor B - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(iii) Guarantor C - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(iv) Guarantor D - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(v) Guarantor E - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(vi) Guarantor F - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(vii) Guarantor G - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(viii) Guarantor H - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(ix) Guarantor I - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(x) Guarantor J - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares; and

 

(xi) Guarantor K - $100 divided into 100 registered ordinary shares;

 

(b) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in each Owner Guarantor is held free of any Security or any other claim by Borrower A.

 

(c) None of the shares in an Owner Guarantor is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

 

(d) All of the shares in GSPL are owned directly by Borrower B.

 

63

 

 

(e) As at the date of this Agreement, Borrower A has an issued share capital of at least $174,000,100 divided into 179,376,000 ordinary shares and $35,000,000 divided into 35,000,000 preference shares:

 

(i) 33.25 per cent of which shares (being 59,642,500 ordinary shares and 11,637,500 preference shares) are held by Regiment;

 

(ii) 33.25 per cent. of which shares (being 59,642,500 ordinary shares and 11,637,500 preference shares) are held by Sankaty; and

 

(iii) 33.5 per cent. of which shares (being 60,091,000 ordinary shares and 11,725,000 preference shares) are held by GSPL.

 

(f) With effect from no later than the Utilisation Date and throughout the remainder of the Security Period, Borrower A will have an issued share capital of at least $174,000,100 divided into 179,376,000 ordinary shares:

 

(i) 33.25 per cent. of which shares (being 59,642,500 ordinary shares) shall be held by Sankaty; and

 

(ii) 66.75 per cent. of which shares (being 119,733,500 ordinary shares) shall be held by GSPL,

 

and the preference shares may be repaid in whole or in part at Borrower A’s option.

 

19.4 Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

19.5 Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

 

(a) Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery create, subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

 

(b) No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

 

(c) Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

 

(d) No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

 

64

 

 

19.6 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) its constitutional documents; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

 

19.7 Power and authority

 

(a) It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

(b) No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

19.8 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

19.9 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b) Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

19.10 Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 27.8 (Insolvency proceedings); or

 

(b) creditors’ process described in Clause 27.9 (Creditors’ process), has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 27.7 (Insolvency) applies to a member of the Group.

 

65

 

 

19.11 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except for:

 

(a) the payment of stamp taxes in relation to the stamping of each Shares Security at the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore;

 

(b) the payment of registration fees in relation to registration of the charges created by each of the relevant Security Documents with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority in Singapore; and

 

(c) any other filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) or any further legal opinion (in a form agreed by the Lenders) delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

19.12 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction (other than Excluded Tax Deductions) from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

19.13 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.14 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(b) The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

66

 

 

19.15 Financial Statements

 

(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

 

(b) Its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Borrowers).

 

(c) Save, to the extent relevant, for the implementation of IFRS 16, there has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Borrower A Group, in the case of Borrower A or the Group, in the case of Borrower B) since 31December 2018.

 

(d) Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements):

 

(i) have been prepared in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 20.3 (Compliance Certificate); and

 

(ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of Borrowers).

 

(e) Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Borrower A Group, in the case of the Borrower or the Group, in the case of Borrower B).

 

19.16 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

19.17 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

(a) No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it.

 

19.18 Validity and completeness of the Deed of Release and Pool Agreement

 

(a) Each of the Deeds of Release and the Pool Agreements constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties to it.

 

(b) The copies of each of the Deeds of Release and the Pool Agreements, delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

 

67

 

 

(c) No amendments or additions to the Deeds of Release or the Pool Agreements have been agreed nor have any rights under the Deeds of Release or the Pool Agreements been waived.

 

19.19 No rebates etc.

 

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, inducement, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (however described) to any Borrower or any other member of the Group, or a third party in connection with the purchase by an Owner Guarantor of a Ship, other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

19.20 Valuations

 

(a) All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

(b) It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

 

(c) There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

19.21 No breach of laws

 

It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.22 No Charter

 

No Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

 

19.23 No pooling agreements

 

No Ship is subject to any pooling arrangements other than the Pool Agreements.

 

19.24 Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

 

19.25 No Environmental Claim

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any member of the Group or any Ship.

 

68

 

 

19.26 No Environmental Incident

 

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

 

19.27 ISM and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Owner Guarantor, each Approved Manager and each Ship have been complied with.

 

19.28 Taxes paid

 

(a) It is not and no other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b) No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

 

19.29 Financial Indebtedness

 

No Owner Guarantor has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

19.30 Overseas companies

 

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

 

19.31 Good title to assets

 

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

19.32 Ownership

 

(a) Guarantor A is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(b) Guarantor B is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(c) Guarantor C is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship C, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(d) Guarantor D is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship D, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(e) Guarantor E is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship E, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(f) Guarantor F is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship F, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(g) Guarantor G is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship G, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(h) Guarantor H is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship H, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

69

 

 

(i) Guarantor I is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship I, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(j) Guarantor J is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship J, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(k) Guarantor K is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship K, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(I) With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

 

(m) The constitutional documents of each Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Owner Guarantors on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

 

19.33 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Singapore and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction other than, in the case of Borrower B, Singapore, South Africa, Japan, England and the Netherlands.

 

19.34 Place of business

 

No Obligor has a place of business in any country other than its country of incorporation.

 

19.35 No employee or pension arrangements

 

No Obligor has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

 

19.36 Sanctions

 

Each Relevant Person has been and is in compliance with all Sanctions Laws and no Relevant Person:

 

(a) is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Party; or

 

(b) has received formal notice in writing of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions Laws.

 

19.37 Anti-corruption and anti-money laundering obligations

 

(a) No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would breach any applicable anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws or regulations and it has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

(b) Each Obligor has conducted its business in compliance with all applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

70

 

 

19.38 Anti-terrorism

 

No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any anti-terrorism laws applicable to it.

 

19.39 US Tax Obligor

 

No Obligor is a US Tax Obligor.

 

19.40 Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

20 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

20.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 20 (Information Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

 

20.2 Financial statements

 

Each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(a) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, the audited consolidated financial statements of it for that financial year;

 

(b) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the first half of each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated management accounts of it for that financial half year;

 

(c) upon the request of the Facility Agent, a forecast (in a form satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders)) for the forthcoming financial year, including, but not limited to, each Owner Guarantor’s, each Borrower’s (consolidated in the case of a Borrower) cash flow statements, profit and loss accounts and balance sheets.

 

20.3 Compliance Certificate

 

(a) Each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 20.2 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate in the form relevant to it setting out computations as to compliance with Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate submitted by a Borrower shall be signed by either the chief financial officer and one director or two directors of that Borrower, or by an appointed administration manager of that Borrower acceptable to the Lenders. Each Compliance Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

71

 

 

20.4 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by a Borrower pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) shall be confirmed in writing by a director of that Borrower as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall procure that each set offinancial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS and includes or is supplemented by updated details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments.

 

(c) The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for the relevant Borrower unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in IFRS, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the relevant Borrower) deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

(i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the IFRS, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Borrower’s Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

20.5 Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a) all material documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched and which can be delivered without a breach of a confidentiality obligation by that Obligor owed to a third party;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which is made against any member of the Group and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

72

 

 

(d) promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;

 

(e) promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

 

(i) each Ship, goods transported on each Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(ii) the Security Assets;

 

(iii) compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(iv) the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group, including such information as to changes in the capital structure of the Borrowers and the Owner Guarantors,

 

as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request;

 

(f) promptly in writing, the details of any Transaction Obligor or any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, or any of their respective directors, officers or employees who have become a Restricted Party;

 

(g) to the extent that such information is not confidential, promptly, details of any listing and prospectus (if any), and

 

(h) promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority and which can be delivered without a breach of a confidentiality by that Obligor owed to a third party.

 

20.6 Information: sanctions

 

The Obligors shall:

 

(a) supply to the Facility Agent, promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation pursuant to Sanction Laws against (i) any Borrower, (ii) any other Relevant Person or (iii) any owners of any Relevant Person (other than any owner of a Borrower), as well as information on what steps are being taken with regards to answering or opposing the same;

 

(b) inform the Facility Agent promptly upon becoming aware that any of (i) any Borrower, (ii) any other Relevant Person or (iii) any owners of any Relevant Person (other than any owner of a Borrower), has become or is likely to become a Restricted Party.

 

20.7 Notification of Default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

73

 

 

20.8 Use of websites

 

(a) Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

 

(i) the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii) both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

 

(c) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

74

 

 

20.9 “Know your customer” checks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Owner Guarantor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of an Obligor or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

21 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

21.1 Financial covenants

 

(a) Borrower B shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times from the Utilisation Date and thereafter during the Security Period be such that:

 

(i) Book Value Net Worth is not less than the lower of:

 

(A) the aggregate of $240,000,000, 25 per cent. of Positive Retained Earnings (accruing from 30 June 2019) and 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise; and

 

(B) $275,000,000;

 

(ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents are not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including:

 

(A) at all times prior to the earlier of:

 

(1) the repayment of the Other Facility Agreement; or

 

75

 

 

(2) such time as the Other Facility Agreement has been amended so that the equivalent financial covenant allows minimum cash balances on Group Debt Service Reserve Accounts to be included for the purposes of compliance with such covenant,

 

the minimum cash balance in the Other Facility Debt Service Reserve Account required pursuant to the Other Facility Agreement; or

 

(iii) at all later times, the aggregate minimum cash balances on the Group Debt Service Reserve Accounts.

 

(iv) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.; and

 

(v) Working Capital shall be positive.

 

(b) Borrower A shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Borrower A Group shall:

 

(i) at all times from the Utilisation date and thereafter during the Security Period be such that:

 

(A) Adjusted Minimum Net Worth shall be greater than $100,000,000; and

 

(B) the ratio of Borrower A Net Debt to Market Value Tangible Fixed Assets in relation to the Borrower A Group is less than 70 per cent.; and

 

(ii) on the basis of each set of the annual and semi-annual financial statements provided under Clause 20.2 (Financial statements), Cash and Cash Equivalents are not less than $9,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Debt Service Reserve Account required pursuant to Clause 21.3 (Minimum Cash).

 

(c) The financial covenants contained in this Clause 21.1 (Financial covenants) shall be tested semi-annually on the basis of the annual and semi-annual financial statements provided under Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) and shall be confirmed in the relevant compliance certificate referred to in Clause 20.3 (Compliance Certificate).

 

21.2 Financial covenant definitions

 

The expressions used in this Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) shall be construed in accordance with IFRS:

 

“Adjusted Minimum Net Worth” means at any relevant time, the amount by which the Consolidated Adjusted Total Assets of the Borrower A Group exceed the Debt of the Borrower A Group.

 

“Book Value Net Worth” means the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the book value of the following:

 

(a) the amounts paid up, or credited as paid up, on the issued share capital of the Group;

 

(b) any credit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

76

 

 

(c) any amount standing to the credit of any other consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group including any share premium account and capital redemption reserve,

 

less the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the following:

 

(i) any debit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(ii) any reserves attributable to interests of minority shareholders in any subsidiary (whether direct or indirect) of the Group,

 

all as determined in accordance with IFRS applied in the preparation of the Latest Accounts but adjusted by:

 

(iii) deducting any dividend or other distribution declared, recommended or made by the Group;

 

(iv) deducting any amount attributable to goodwill or any other intangible asset;

 

(v) reflecting any variation required to be made to the asset value attributable to any ship owned by the Group in order to reflect the book value of any such ship (determined in accordance with IFRS);

 

(vi) excluding any amount attributable to deferred taxation;

 

(vii) excluding any amount attributable to minority interests; and

 

(viii) eliminating inconsistencies (if any) between the accounting principles;

 

“Borrower A Net Debt” means Debt minus cash of the Borrower A Group set out in the Latest Accounts.

 

“Borrower A Fleet Vessels” means any ship (including the Ships) from time to time wholly owned by the Borrower A Group (directly or indirectly) (excluding vessels under construction) (each a “Borrower A Fleet Vessel”).

 

“Capital Raise” means the aggregate net receipts of any equity capital raised by Borrower B after the date of this Agreement.

 

“Cash and Cash Equivalents” means the cash and cash equivalents of the Group or Borrower A Group (as applicable) set out in the Latest Accounts;

 

77

 

 

“Consolidated Adjusted Total Assets” means the Total Assets adjusted as follows:

 

(a) by using the Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets value for the Borrower A Fleet Vessels;

 

(b) by excluding intangible assets (including goodwill); and

 

(c) by excluding amounts payable to the Borrower A or to any of its Subsidiaries by any Holding Company of the Borrower A or by any other Subsidiary of such Holding Company.

 

“Current Assets” means the current assets (including Cash and Cash Equivalents) of Borrower B as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16).

 

“Current Liabilities” means the current liabilities of Borrower B on a consolidated basis as stated in the Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS (but excluding any adjustments made for IFRS 16).

 

“Debt” means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations, bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts and for the avoidance of doubt accounts payable, accruals and provisions.

 

“Group Debt Service Reserve Accounts” means any debt service reserve account on which cash of any member of the Group is required to be held pursuant to a facility agreement entered into with a bank or financial institution.

 

“Latest Accounts” means, at any date, the consolidated accounts of the Group on the Borrower A Group (as applicable) most recently delivered to the Agent under Clause 20.2 (Financial statements); and

 

“Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets” means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

(a) ships (including ships under construction) either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(b) land and buildings either wholly or partially owned by the Group,

 

as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction and acceptable to the Lenders.

 

“Positive Retained Earnings” means the aggregate amount of any retained earnings of any member of the Group and, if such aggregate amount is less than zero, Positive Retained Earnings shall be deemed to be zero.

 

“Total Assets” means at any relevant time, the total assets of Borrower A on a consolidated basis as stated in Latest Accounts and determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

“Working Capital” means Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

78

 

 

In the event that a Borrower agrees more favourable financial covenants to a particular lender or lenders in relation to any other facility, the financial covenants in this Clause 21 (Financial Covenants) shall be amended to reflect those more favourable financial covenants.

 

21.3 Minimum Cash

 

The Borrowers shall, on or before the Utilisation Date, ensure that the equivalent of three months Debt Service is placed in the Debt Service Reserve Account and that such amount is maintained in the Debt Service Reserve Account at all times thereafter during the Security Period.

 

22 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

22.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 (General Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

22.2 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

 

(i) perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship, of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

 

(iii) own and operate each Ship (in the case of the Owner Guarantors).

 

22.3 Conduct of business; compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner in compliance with:

 

(a) its constitutional documents;

 

(b) all Sanctions Laws;

 

(c) all Anti-Corruption Laws;

 

(d) all anti-money laundering laws; and

 

(e) all other laws and regulations applicable to its business,

 

and shall notify the Facility Agent immediately upon becoming aware of any breach of any such document, law or regulation.

 

79

 

 

22.4 Compliance with Sanctions Laws

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

(a) ensure that neither it nor any Subsidiary of it is or will become a Restricted Party;

 

(b) use reasonable endeavours to procure that no director, officer, employee, agent or representative of it or any Subsidiary of it is or will become a Restricted Party; and

 

(c) procure that no proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party nor shall they otherwise be applied in a manner for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions Laws.

 

22.5 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and the Borrowers shall ensure that each other member of the Group will:

 

(a) comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

(b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law.

 

22.6 Environmental Claims

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (through the Borrowers) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.7 Taxation

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and the Borrowers shall ensure that each other member of the Group will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii) adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 20.2 (Financial statements); and

 

80

 

 

(iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

22.8 Overseas companies

 

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

 

22.9 No change to centre of main interests

 

No Obligor shall change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 19.33 (Centre of main interests and establishments) and it will create no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

22.10 Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

22.11 Title

 

(a) Each Owner Guarantor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship it owns, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(b) With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Obligor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

 

22.12 Negative pledge

 

(a) No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

 

(b) No Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group (other than a sale of a Ship where the corresponding prepayment of the Loan will be made in accordance with Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss));

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

81

 

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

 

22.13 Disposals

 

(a) No Obligor (other than Borrower B) shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

(i) the sale, lease, transfer or otherwise disposal of:

 

(A) any ships other than the Ships financed under this Agreement; or

 

(B) any shares owned by Borrower A other than of any Owner Guarantor;

 

(ii) any charter of a Ship to which Clause 24.18 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.) applies;

 

(iii) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposal of assets in the ordinary course of trading of the entity making the disposal;

 

(iv) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposal for cash of assets which are obsolete, redundant or no longer required for the business operations of the Group;

 

(v) any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal of any asset required by law or regulation or any order of any government entity made thereunder (including any seizure, expropriation or compulsory purchase of any asset or any shares or equity interest in any member of the Group by (or by the order of) any Governmental Agency, provided that:

 

(A) such seizure, expropriation or compulsory purchase does not result from any default or breach by any Obligor or any member of the Group; and

 

(B) the relevant Obligor complies with Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss);

 

(vi) the sale of a Ship provided that the relevant Owner Guarantor complies with Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss); and

 

(vii) the sale of the shares in an Owner Guarantor owning a Ship provided that the provisions of Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss) are complied with.

 

(c) If a Ship is sold or if the shares in an Owner Guarantor are sold pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Clause 22.13 (Disposals), the Security Agent shall on receipt of the required prepayment in accordance with Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss), release the Mortgage over that Ship and the Shares Security over that Owner Guarantor.

 

82

 

 

22.14 Merger

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.15 Change of Control

 

The Obligors undertake that there will be no change in the direct legal or beneficial ownership or control of any Owner Guarantor or Borrower A from that advised to the Facility Agent as at the date of this Agreement other than the transfer of ownership of shares in Borrower A from Regiment to GSPL.

 

22.16 Change of business

 

(a) The Borrowers shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of Borrowers or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) No Owner Guarantor shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its Ship.

 

22.17 Financial Indebtedness

 

(a) No Owner Guarantor shall incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b) No Borrower shall enter into interest rate swap transactions to hedge the Borrowers’ exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations unless the relevant counterparties’ rights under the associated agreements and any Security granted in connection therewith are subordinated to the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

22.18 Expenditure

 

No Owner Guarantor shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing its Ship or the administration of that Owner Guarantor.

 

22.19 Share capital

 

Neither Borrower A nor the Owner Guarantors shall:

 

(a) purchase, cancel or redeem any of its share capital;

 

(b) increase or reduce its authorised share capital;

 

(c) issue any further shares except to Borrower A (in the case of the Owner Guarantors) and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security applicable to the relevant Owner Guarantor immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of that Shares Security are complied with;

 

(d) appoint any further director or secretary of any Owner Guarantor (unless the provisions of the Shares Security applicable to the relevant Owner Guarantor are complied with).

 

83

 

 

22.20 Dividends

 

(a) An Owner Guarantor shall only make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) to Borrower A.

 

(b) Neither Borrower shall (and shall procure that GSPL shall not) make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind):

 

(i) following the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or where the making or payment of such dividend or distribution would result in the occurrence of a Default; and

 

(ii) unless, in the case dividends or other distributions made or paid by Borrower A to GSPL only, the Mezzanine Loan has been repaid in full or the Borrowers procure that the proceeds of such dividend or other distribution made or paid to GSPL are used by GSPL exclusively for the purpose of repaying the Mezzanine Loan.

 

(c) For the purposes of this Clause 22.20 (Dividends), “make or pay any dividend or other distribution”, in relation to Obligor or GSPL, includes such person:

 

(i) declaring, making or paying any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

(ii) repaying or distributing any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(iii) paying any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of its shareholders other than fees payable on arms’ length terms; or

 

(iv) redeeming, repurchasing, defeasing, retiring or repaying any of its share capital or resolving to do so.

 

22.21 People of significant control regime

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Borrowers shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

(a) within the relevant timeframe, comply with any notice it receives pursuant to Part 21A of the Companies Act 2006 from any company incorporated in the United Kingdom whose shares are the subject of the Transaction Security; and

 

(b) promptly provide the Security Agent with a copy of that notice.

 

22.22 Other transactions

 

No Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(a) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(b) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Obligor assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

84

 

 

(c) enter into any material agreement other than:

 

(i) the Transaction Documents;

 

(ii) any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

 

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Owner Guarantor than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length; or

 

(e) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

 

22.23 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking;Security imperilled

 

No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:

 

(a) make it unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

(b) subject to the Legal Reservations, cause any obligation of an Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) subject to the Legal Reservations, cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(d) cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

 

(e) imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

 

22.24 No variation, release etc. of Pool Agreement

 

(a) Unless notified and agreed to by the Lenders, no Owner Guarantor shall, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way:

 

(i) vary the terms of the Pool Agreement to which it is a party in any material respect;

 

(ii) release, waive, suspend or subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which such Owner Guarantor has at any time to, in or in connection with the Pool Agreement to which it is a party or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with the Pool Agreement to which it is a party;

 

(iii) waive any person’s breach of the Pool Agreement to which it is a party; or

 

(iv) rescind or terminate the Pool Agreement to which it is a party or treat itself as discharged or relieved from further performance of any of its obligations or liabilities under the Pool Agreement to which it is a party.

 

85

 

 

22.25 Compliance with relevant stock exchanges

 

Borrower B shall comply with all laws, regulations, rules and requirements of its listing on the relevant stock exchanges, including for the avoidance of doubt, any requirements as to shareholdings.

 

22.26 Maintenance of listing

 

Borrower B shall maintain its primary listing on NASDAQ or another stock exchange agreed by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

22.27 Further assurance

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

(i) to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of any of the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii) to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iii) to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

 

(iv) to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (and the Borrowers shall procure that each member of the Group will) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c) At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself pursuant to this Clause 22.27 (Further assurance), that Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent a certificate signed by two of that Obligor’s directors or officers which shall:

 

86

 

 

(i) set out the text of a resolution of that Obligor’s directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors or officers and is valid under that Obligor’s articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

23 INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

 

23.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 23 (Insurance Undertakings) remain in force from the date of this Agreement throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

23.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery plus freight interest and hull interest and/or increased value and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks including acts of terrorism and piracy and the amended version of AHIS (April 11984) and London Blocking & Trapping Addendum or similar;

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk protection and indemnity cover; and

 

(d) any other risks against which the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time and taking into account that Ship’s trading area, it would be reasonable for that Owner Guarantor to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Owner Guarantor.

 

23.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in dollars;

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

(i) such amount as is equal to 120 per cent. of the aggregate of:

 

(A) the Loan multiplied by a fraction whose:

 

(1) nominator is the Market Value of the Ship owned by that Owner Guarantor; and

 

87

 

 

(2) denominator is the Market Value of all Ships then subject to a Mortgage; and

 

(B) the principal amount secured by any equal or prior ranking Security on that Ship; and

 

(ii) the Market Value of that Ship;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market and in any event not to be less than $1,000,000,000;

 

(d) in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Ship;

 

(e) on terms approved by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders; and

 

(f) through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations which have a minimum rating of A from Standard and Poor’s (or the equivalent rating from another suitable rating agency) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of protection and indemnity risks associations).

 

23.4 Further protections for the Finance Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 23.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), each Owner Guarantor shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Owner Guarantor as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

and every other named insured has (A) undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Owner Guarantor and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and (B) has delivered to the Facility Agent (in such form as it requires) an assignment of that insured person’s interest in any obligatory insurances;

 

88

 

 

(b) whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance Provided that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to the protection and indemnity risks;

 

(c) name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

 

(f) provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Owner Guarantor fails to do so.

 

23.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(a) at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

(i) notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Facility Agent’s approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above;

 

(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

 

(c) procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

23.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

 

(i) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 23.4 (Further protections for the Finance Parties);

 

89

 

 

(ii) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

 

(iii) they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iv) they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Owner Guarantor or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

 

(v) if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

 

(vi) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Owner Guarantor under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

 

(vii) they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that Owner Guarantor forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

 

23.7 Copies of certificates of entry

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

 

(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

23.8 Deposit of original policies

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

23.9 Payment of premiums

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

90

 

 

23.10 Guarantees

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

23.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

(a) No Obligor shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(i) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 23.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

 

(ii) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iii) make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(iv) not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

23.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

No Obligor shall make or agree to any material alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

23.13 Settlement of claims

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(a) not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

 

(b) do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

91

 

 

23.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such material communication, with copies of all written communications between that Owner Guarantor and:

 

(a) the Approved Brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c)

the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

 

which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

(i) that Owner Guarantor’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Owner Guarantor and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

23.15 Provision of information

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 23.16 (Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

 

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to one such report in connection with the Utilisation, one such additional report in each 12 month period or any further such reports prepared or obtained at a time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

23.16 Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances

 

(a) The Security Agent shall maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance, in an amount of not less than 120 per cent. of the Loan and a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance in an amount of not less than 110 per cent. of the Loan, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Agent may from time to time consider appropriate.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

92

 

 

23.17 Security Agent’s right to insure

 

(a) Without limiting the generality of this Clause 23 (Insurance undertakings), if a Default has occurred the Security Agent may effect, replace and renew any obligatory insurances in respect of any Ship and any other port risk, crew liability or other insurances (in the name of the Security Agent or the relevant Owner Guarantor) as may be appropriate in the opinion of the Facility Agent.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

24 GENERAL SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

 

24.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 24 (General Ship Undertakings) remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

24.2 Ships’ names and registration

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) keep that Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

 

(b) not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and

 

(c) not change the name of that Ship.

 

24.3 Repair and classification

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(b) so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class.

 

24.4 Access to classification society records; condition of class certificates

 

(a) Each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, instruct the relevant Approved Classification Society to allow, and shall procure that the relevant Approved Classification Society allows, the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Owner Guarantor and that Ship at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them.

 

93

 

 

(b) Each Owner Guarantor shall provide, at its cost and whenever requested by the Facility Agent, a condition of class (or equivalent) certificate in relation to the Ship owned by it provided that the Facility Agent shall not (and the Lenders shall not instruct the Facility Agent to) exercise its right to make such requests in a manner that is onerous to the Obligors.

 

24.5 Modifications

 

No Owner Guarantor shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially and adversely alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

24.6 Removal and installation of parts

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Owner Guarantor shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on any Ship unless:

 

(i) the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

 

(ii) the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

 

(iii) the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Owner Guarantor and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship and the related Deed of Covenant.

 

(b) An Owner Guarantor may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by that Owner Guarantor.

 

24.7 Surveys

 

(a) Each Owner Guarantor shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall have the right to have a technical survey carried out at any time on each Ship but not more than once per year (unless an Event of Default or Major Casualty has occurred, in which case as often as the Facility Agent may require) provided that the Facility Agent provides reasonable notice of the intended date of such inspection and such inspection does not delay or interfere with that Ship’s operation, loading or unloading. Each Owner Guarantor shall pay the reasonable cost of such survey or surveys of each Ship at the Facility Agent’s request.

 

24.8 Inspection

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times and at least once per calendar year to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided that any such inspection shall be with prior notice and shall be undertaken in a manner that will not disrupt the normal operations of the relevant Ship or otherwise impair the ability of the Owner Guarantors to meet their obligations under any relevant employment contracts. Each Owner Guarantor shall pay the cost of one inspection per Ship per annum.

 

94

 

 

24.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

(a) Each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge amounts due in respect of:

 

(i) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

 

(ii) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

 

(iii) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances.

 

(b) Each Owner Guarantor shall immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

24.10 Compliance with laws etc.

 

Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each Approved Manager and the Charterer shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

 

(i) relating to its business generally; and

 

(ii) relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

 

including the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions Laws and the laws of the Approved Flag in relation to the Ship owned by it;

 

(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any consents required to be obtained and maintained by it in connection with any Environmental Laws;

 

(c) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions Laws; and

 

(d) procure that neither any Obligor nor any other member of the Group is or becomes a Restricted Party.

 

95

 

 

24.11 ISPS Code

 

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 24.10 (Compliance with laws etc.), each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and

 

(c) notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

24.12 Sanctions and Ship trading

 

(a) Without limiting Clause 24.10 (Compliance with laws etc.), each Owner Guarantor shall procure:

 

(i) that the Ship owned by it shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Restricted Party;

 

(ii) that such Ship shall not be used directly or indirectly in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions Laws (or which could be contrary to Sanctions Laws if Sanctions Laws were binding on each Transaction Obligor) or in any trade which could expose a Ship, a Transaction Obligor, a Lender, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions Laws;

 

(iii) that such Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

 

(iv) that each charterparty in respect of that Ship shall contain, for the benefit of that Owner Guarantor, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 24.10 (Compliance with laws etc.) as regards Sanctions Laws and of this Clause 24.12 (Sanctions and Ship trading) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of Sanctions Laws (or which would result in a breach of Sanctions Laws if Sanctions Laws were binding on each Transaction Obligor).

 

(b) No Obligor shall, nor shall an Obligor permit or authorise any other person to, directly or indirectly, use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any part of the proceeds of any Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement to fund any trade, business or other activities:

 

(i) involving or for the benefit of any Restricted Party; or

 

(ii) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Obligor or any Lender being in breach of any Sanctions Laws (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party.

 

24.13 Anti-terrorism

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall ensure that each of the other Obligors will, comply with all anti-terrorism laws in each case applicable to it and shall take all actions necessary or which may be required by the Lenders to allow each Lender to comply with any anti-terrorism laws applicable to it.

 

96

 

 

24.14 Green scrapping

 

(a) Each Owner Guarantor shall use reasonable endeavours (including the implementation of internal policies) to ensure that any scrapping of a Ship owned by it is carried out in accordance with the IMO Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships.

 

(b) Each Owner Guarantor shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain (in its first survey) and to maintain (in subsequent surveys) a green passport notification (based on the inventory of hazardous materials) for the Ship owned by it from the Approved Classification Society.

 

24.15 Trading in war zones

 

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), no Owner Guarantor shall cause or permit any Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers or which is otherwise excluded from the scope of coverage of the obligatory insurances unless:

 

(a) the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders has been given such approval deemed to be given in relation to the Indian Ocean Piracy Zone, West African Piracy Zone, Persian Gulf, Gulf of Aden and Venezuela provided that any conditions imposed under the relevant war risk policy are complied with; and

 

(b) that Owner Guarantor has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which (i) the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders may require or (ii) in the case of the Indian Ocean Piracy Zone, the West African Piracy Zone, Persian Gulf, Gulf of Aden and Venezuela, is customary in relation to such war zones.

 

24.16 Provision of information

 

Without prejudice to Clause 20.5 (Information: miscellaneous) each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) that Ship;

 

(b) that Ship’s employment, position and engagements (provided that such request is reasonable);

 

(c) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

 

(d) any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

 

(e) any towages and salvages; and

 

(f) its compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

and, upon the Facility Agent’s request, promptly provide copies of class records, any inspection reports obtained for that Ship, any current Charter relating to that Ship, of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship’s Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

 

97

 

 

24.17 Notification of certain events

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a) any casualty to that Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(d) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

(e) any arrest or detention of that Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or the Earnings;

 

(f) any intended dry docking of that Ship;

 

(g) any Environmental Claim made against that Owner Guarantor or in connection with that Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Owner Guarantor, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

 

(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

 

and each Owner Guarantor shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Owner Guarantor’s, any such Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

24.18 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

No Owner Guarantor shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(b) enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

 

(c) terminate or materially amend or supplement a Management Agreement without the consent of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

(d) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager’s appointment without the consent of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

(e) de activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

98

 

 

(f) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

24.19 Notice of Mortgage

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Owner Guarantor to the Security Agent.

 

24.20 Sharing of Earnings

 

No Owner Guarantor shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings other than for the purposes of this Agreement or except in relation to a pool or pooling arrangements for a Ship which has been approved in writing by the Facility Agent with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

24.21 Poseidon Principles

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall, upon the request of any Lender and at the cost of that Owner.·Guarantor, on or before 31 July in each calendar year, supply or procure the supply to the Facility Agent of all information necessary in order for any Lender to comply with its obligations under the Poseidon Principles in respect of the preceding year, including, without limitation, all ship fuel oil consumption data required to be collected and reported in accordance with Regulation 22A of Annex VI and any Statement of Compliance, in each case relating to the Ship owned by it for the preceding calendar year provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, such information shall be “Confidential Information” for the purposes of Clause 44 (Confidential Information) but the Obligors acknowledge that, in accordance with the Poseidon Principles, such information will form part of the information published regarding each relevant Lender’s portfolio climate alignment.

 

24.22 Notification of compliance

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 24 (General Ship Undertakings).

 

24.23 Monitoring

 

(a) Each Owner Guarantor shall (or shall procure that any Charterer and the Approved Technical Manager shall) allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to access all information pertaining to the Ship owned by it and to monitor the position of the Ship owned by it using third party services.

 

(b) All costs incurred by the Security Agent (and any of its agents) under paragraph (a) of Clause 24.23 (Monitoring) above shall be for the sole account of the relevant Owner Guarantor.

 

99

 

 

25 SECURITY COVER

 

25.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) applies if:

 

(a) on or before the second anniversary of the Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

 

(i) the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 25 (Security Cover),

 

is below 130 per cent. of the Loan; or

 

(b) after the second anniversary of the Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

 

(i) the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 25 (Security Cover),

 

is below 135 per cent. of the Loan.

 

25.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

(a) If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 25.1 (Minimum required security cover), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling 30 days after the date (the “Prepayment Date”) on which the Facility Agent’s notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

 

(b) The Borrowers may, instead of making all or part of a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders:

 

(i) has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

 

(ii) is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

 

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation in an amount equal to the net realisable value of such security.

 

25.3 Value of additional security

 

(a) The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

 

(b) Any additional security which is provided under Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) and which consists of cash collateral held in dollars shall be valued at par.

 

100

 

 

25.4 Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under this Clause 25 (Security Cover) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers.

 

25.5 Provision of information

 

(a) Each Obligor shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 25 (Security Cover) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

 

(b) If an Obligor fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

 

25.6 Prepayment mechanism

 

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) but ignoring any restriction as to prepayments being made on the last day of the Interest Period and shall be applied pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

25.7 Provision of valuations

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to obtain valuations of the Ships and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 25.3 (Value of additional vessel security), from an Approved Valuer, selected by the Borrowers, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Value of that Ship.

 

(b) The valuations referred to in this Clause 25.7 (Provision of valuations) are to be obtained:

 

(i) on or before the Utilisation Date (not to be obtained earlier than 14 days prior to the Utilisation Date);

 

(ii) following the Utilisation Date, quarterly (on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December) (or at the discretion of the Lenders) in each year during the Security Period; and

 

(iii) at any other time required by the Facility Agent in its absolute discretion.

 

(c) The valuations referred to in paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of Clause 25.7 (Provision of valuations) shall be at the Borrowers’ cost.

 

(d) The valuations referred to in paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 25.7 (Provision of valuations) shall be at the Facility Agent’s cost unless (i) the valuations provided under paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 25.7 (Provision of valuations) show a breach of Clause 25.1 (Minimum required security cover) or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, in which cases any additional valuations will be at the Borrowers’ cost.

 

(e) If the Market Value provided by an Approved Valuer provides a range value, the Market Value shall be the average of that range value.

 

101

 

 

(f) All valuations shall be addressed to the Facility Agent.

 

26 ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

26.1 Accounts

 

No Owner Guarantor may, without the prior consent of the Facility Agent, maintain any bank account other than in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

26.2 Payment of Earnings

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party, all the Earnings in respect of the Ship owned by it are paid in to the Earnings Account.

 

26.3 Monthly retentions

 

(a) The Borrowers shall ensure that, in each calendar month following the first Utilisation Date, on such dates as the Facility Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the aggregate Earnings received by Borrower A in the Earnings Accounts during the preceding calendar month:

 

(i) one-third of the amount of any Repayment Instalment falling due under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan) on the next Repayment Date; and

 

(ii) the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Loan which is payable under this Agreement in respect of any Interest Period then current.

 

(b) The “relevant fraction” is a fraction of which:

 

(i) the numerator is one; and

 

(ii) the denominator is:

 

(A) the number of months comprised in the relevant then current Interest Period; or

 

(B) if the period is shorter, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the relevant current Interest Period or the last due date for payment of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan to the next due date for payment of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan under this Agreement.

 

26.4 Shortfall in Earnings

 

(a) If the aggregate of the credit balance on each Earnings Account is insufficient in any calendar month for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 26.3 (Monthly retentions), the Borrowers shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Facility Agent.

 

(b) Without prejudicing the Facility Agent’s right to make such demand at any time, the Facility Agent may, if so authorised by the Majority Lenders, permit the Borrowers to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer under Clause 26.3 (Monthly retentions) from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent calendar months.

 

102

 

 

26.5 Application of retentions

 

(a) The Security Agent has sole signing rights in relation to the Retention Account.

 

(b) Until an Event of Default occurs, the Facility Agent shall instruct the Account Bank to release to it, on each Repayment Date and on each Interest Payment Date, for distribution to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 34.2 (Distributions by the Facility Agent) so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:

 

(i) any Repayment Instalment due on that Repayment Date;

 

(ii) the amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date;

 

in discharge of the Borrowers’ liability for that Repayment Instalment, or that interest as the case may be.

 

26.6 Interest accrued on Retention Account

 

Any credit balance on the Retention Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the Account Bank to its customers for dollar deposits of similar amounts and for periods similar to those for which such balances appear to the Account Bank likely to remain on the Retention Account.

 

26.7 Release of accrued interest

 

Interest accruing under Clause 26.6 (Interest accrued on Retention Account) shall be credited to the Retention Account and, to the extent not applied previously pursuant to Clause 26.5 (Application of retentions), shall be released to Borrower A at the end of the Security Period.

 

26.8 Location of Accounts

 

The Borrowers shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of its Earnings Accounts, the Retention Account and the Debt Service Reserve Account (or any of them); and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts, the Retention Account and the Debt Service Reserve Account.

 

27 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

27.1 General

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 27 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default except for Clause 27.18 (Acceleration) and Clause 27.19 (Enforcement of security).

 

103

 

 

27.2 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i) administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

(b) payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.

 

27.3 Specific obligations

 

A breach occurs of Clause 4.4 (Waiver of conditions precedent), Clause 19.36 (Sanctions), Clause 21 (Financial Covenants), Clause 22.11 (Title), Clause 22.12 (Negative pledge), Clause 22.23 (Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled), Clause 24.12 (Sanctions and Ship trading), Clause 23.2 (Maintenance of obligatory insurances), Clause 23.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), Clause 23.5 (Renewal of obligatory insurances) or, save to the extent such breach is a failure to pay and therefore subject to Clause 27.2 (Non-payment), Clause 25 (Security Cover).

 

27.4 Other obligations

 

(a) A Transaction Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 27.2 (Non-payment) and Clause 27.3 (Specific obligations)).

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

27.5 Misrepresentation

 

(a) Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) of this Clause 27.5 (Misrepresentation), other than Clause 19.36 (Sanctions), will occur if the underlying circumstances leading to the incorrect representation or statement are capable of remedy (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)) and are remedied within 10 Business Days of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply provided that the failure to comply does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.6 Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

104

 

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor (which is not a dormant company or which does not have gross assets of less than $50,000) due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this paragraph (e) of this Clause 27.6 (Cross default) if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or Commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling with paragraphs (a) to (d) of this Clause 27.6 (Cross default) is less than:

 

(i) $1,500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in relation to Borrower A; or

 

(ii) $2,500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in relation to Borrower B.

 

27.7 Insolvency

 

(a) An Obligor or any member of the Group:

 

(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

 

(iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

 

(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Obligor or any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (excluding, in the case of any Obligor, any shareholder loans falling within paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness and, in the case of Borrower A, any loans owed to any of its shareholders) provided that, in the case of any member of the Group other than the Obligors it shall not be a breach of this provision if the breach is solely a result of intercompany arrangements.

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of Obligor or member of the Group. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

27.8 Insolvency proceedings

 

(a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor;

 

105

 

 

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

(iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

27.9 Creditors’ process

 

(a) Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects:

 

(i) any asset or assets of an Obligor or a member of the Group (other than, in each case, Borrower B) in relation to amounts exceeding (in aggregate) $1,500,000; or

 

(ii) any asset or assets of the Borrower B in relation to amounts exceeding (in aggregate) $2,500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) of this Clause 27.9 (Creditors’ process) will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)) and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Obligors or (if earlier) an Obligor, a member of the Group or (in the case of such event occurring in relation to a Borrower) a Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

27.10 Ownership of the Owner Guarantors

 

An Owner Guarantor is not or ceases to be 100 per cent. directly or indirectly owned by Borrower A.

 

27.11 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

 

(a) It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

106

 

 

(d) Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

 

27.12 Security imperilled; flag instability

 

(a) Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

 

(b) The state of the Approved Flag of a Ship is or becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such state by unconstitutional means, or any other event occurs in relation to a Ship, the Mortgage in respect of that Ship or the Approved Flag and in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent such event is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect unless the Owner Guarantors, within 30 days of the occurrence of such event (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders) re-register the relevant Ship on an alternative flag approved pursuant to Clause 24.2 (Ships’ names and registration) and subject to:

 

(i) that Ship remaining subject to Security created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require; and

 

(ii) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents, as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require.

 

27.13 Cessation of business

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

27.14 Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any member of the Group (other than Borrower B) to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group (other than Borrower B) or any of its assets other than any Requisition.

 

27.15 Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

 

27.16 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body is made, in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

107

 

 

27.17 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.18 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

(d) exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents,

 

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 27.19 (Enforcement of security) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

 

27.19 Enforcement of security

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 27.18 (Acceleration), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

108

 

 

SECTION 9

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

28 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

28.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

(a) Subject to this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

 

(i) assign any of its rights; or

 

(ii) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (except for a hedge fund or an Affiliate of an Obligor or any other person acting in concert with an Obligor) (the “New Lender”).

 

(b) For the purposes of Paragraph (a), “acting in concert” means a person who, in the opinion of the Facility Agent appears to be, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal) with an Obligor, actively co-operating with any Obligor, in order that it may act in a manner that puts the interests of the Obligors or the Group above that person’s own interests or the interests of the other Finance Parties generally.

 

28.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) The consent of the Borrowers is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii) to another first class international bank or financial institution, insurer, social security fund, pension fund, capital investment company, financial intermediary or special purpose vehicle associated to any of them;

 

(iii) a trust corporation, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is advised by or the assets of which are managed or serviced by a Lender; or

 

(iv) made at a time when a Default is continuing.

 

(b) The consent of the Borrowers to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by that Borrower within that time.

 

(c) The consent of the Borrowers to an assignment or transfer must not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to any amount payable under Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost), provided such costs are paid by the Existing Lender or the New Lender.

 

109

 

 

(d) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(e) Each Obligor on behalf of itself and each Transaction Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which any Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

 

(f) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

(g) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 (Increased Costs),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (g) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

 

(h) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

28.3 Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $5,000.

 

110

 

 

28.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders); or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

 

28.5 Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

111

 

 

(c) Subject to Clause 28.9 (Pro rota interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

 

(ii) each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

28.6 Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 28.9 (Pro rota interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

112

 

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 28.6 (Procedure for assignment) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

 

28.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

28.8 Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b) any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

28.9 Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rota basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 28.6 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

113

 

 

(a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b) the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c) In this Clause 28.9 (Pro rata interest settlement) references to “Interest Period” shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

29 CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

29.1 Assignment or transfer by Obligors

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the consent of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders (not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

29.2 Release of security

 

(a) If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:

 

(i) the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document; or

 

(ii) all the Lenders agree to the disposal (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld); or

 

(iii) the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

 

(iv) the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

 

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

 

(b) If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 29.2 (Release of security) (at the request and expense of the Borrowers) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

114

 

 

29.3 Subordinated Creditors

 

(a) The Borrowers may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Facility Agent, by delivering to the Facility Agent:

 

(i) a duly executed Subordination Deed;

 

(ii) a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and

 

(iii) such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Facility Agent may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, to verify that the person’s obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

(b) A person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Security Agent enters into the Subordination Deed and the Subordinated Debt Security delivered under paragraph (a) above.

 

115

 

 

SECTION 10

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

30 THE FACILITY AGENT, THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS AND THE REFERENCE BANKS

 

30.1 Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lenders appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lenders authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

30.2 Instructions

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

116

 

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent’s own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent’s opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.2 (Instructions), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

(i) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

30.3 Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Without prejudice to Clause 28.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

 

(d) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(e) If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

117

 

 

(f) If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

30.4 Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

30.5 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b) Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers shall be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

30.6 Application of receipts

 

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

30.7 Business with the Group

 

The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

30.8 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Facility Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

118

 

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 27.2 (Non-payment));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by a Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(f) The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

 

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(g) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers are obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

119

 

 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

30.9 Responsibility for documentation

 

Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers are responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; or

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property.

 

30.10 No duty to monitor

 

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

30.11 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 34.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

120

 

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b) No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers to carry out:

 

(i) any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

 

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent’s liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss.

 

121

 

 

In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

30.12 Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

 

30.13 Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d) If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 30 (The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Reference Banks) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

(e) The retiring Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

122

 

 

(f) The Facility Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Facility Agent) and this Clause 30 (The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Reference Banks) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(i) No consent of any Borrower (nor any other Transaction Obligor) is required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

 

(j) The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrowers or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

30.14 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

123

 

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers are obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

30.15 Relationship with the other Finance Parties

 

(a) Subject to Clause 28.9 (Pro rota interest settlement), the, Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office or:

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Finance Party shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent and any reference to any instructions being given by or sought from any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties by or to the Security Agent in this Agreement must be given or sought through the Facility Agent.

 

(c) Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.5 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) and sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 37.5 (Electronic communication) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

124

 

 

30.16 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

30.17 Facility Agent’s management time

 

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Facility Agent), Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 30.12 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent’s management time, such management time to be in respect of extraordinary matters pre-agreed with the Obligors and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11(Fees).

 

30.18 Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

125

 

 

30.19 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Secured Party confirms that each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

30.20 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 (Business with the Group) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to any Obligor or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

30.21 Role of Reference Banks

 

(a) No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Facility Agent.

 

(b) No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

126

 

 

(c) No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 30.21 (Role of Reference Banks) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

30.22 Third Party Reference Banks

 

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 30.21 (Role of Reference Banks), Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions) and Clause 45 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

31 THE SECURITY AGENT

 

31.1 Trust

 

(a) The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 31 (The Security Agent) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

31.2 Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

 

(a) Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(b) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

 

(i) shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

 

(ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(c) For purposes of this Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)), the Security Agent:

 

(i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

 

(ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

 

(iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

(d) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

127

 

 

(i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(ii) increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

 

and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged,

 

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

 

(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 31.28 (Application of receipts).

 

(f) This Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

 

31.3 Enforcement through Security Agent only

 

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

 

31.4 Instructions

 

(a) The Security Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A) all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf); and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

128

 

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent’s own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Secured Parties.

 

(iv) in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent’s discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

 

(A) Clause 31.28 (Application of receipts);

 

(B) Clause 31.29 (Permitted Deductions); and

 

(C) Clause 31.30 (Prospective liabilities).

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent’s opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:

 

(i) it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

 

(ii) the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above,

 

the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Secured Parties.

 

(g) The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 31.4 (Instructions), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

 

(i) The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

129

 

 

31.5 Duties of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e) The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

31.6 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

31.7 Business with the Group

 

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

31.8 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Security Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;

 

130

 

 

(C) if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security Agent to any Finance Party.

 

(c) The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Secured Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred;

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by a Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(d) The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(e) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(f) The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(g) The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

131

 

 

(h) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(j) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

31.9 Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate is responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

31.10 No duty to monitor

 

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

132

 

 

31.11 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b) No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

 

133

 

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

 

(i) any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

 

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

 

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

31.12 Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent’s or Receiver’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent or Receiver under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent or Receiver has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

 

31.13 Resignation of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

134

 

 

(d) The retiring Security Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. The Security Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon:

 

(i) the appointment of a successor; and

 

(ii) the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

 

(e) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 31.25 (Winding up of trust) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 (Indemnity to the Security Agent) and this Clause 31 (The Security Agent) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(f) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(g) No consent of any Borrower (nor any other Transaction Obligor) is required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

 

31.14 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

31.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

135

 

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

31.16 Security Agent’s management time

 

(a) Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 (Indemnity to the Security Agent), Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 31.12 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent’s management time, such management time to be in respect of extraordinary matters pre-agreed with the Obligors and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11(Fees).

 

(b) Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:

 

(i) a Default;

 

(ii) the Security Agent being requested by a Transaction Obligor or the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrowers agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

 

(iii) the Security Agent and the Borrowers agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,

 

the Borrowers shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable VAT) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.

 

136

 

 

(c) If the Security Agent and the Borrowers fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrowers or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrowers) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

31.17 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Secured Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

31.18 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

 

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

 

(a) require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

 

(b) obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c) register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

 

(d) take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

 

(e) require any further assurance in relation to any Security Document.

 

31.19 Insurance by Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

 

(i) to insure any of the Security Assets;

 

(ii) to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or

 

(iii) to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document,

 

and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

 

(b) Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

 

137

 

 

31.20 Custodians and nominees

 

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

 

31.21 Delegation by the Security Agent

 

(a) Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.

 

(b) That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties.

 

(c) No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

 

31.22 Additional Security Agents

 

(a) The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

 

(i) if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

 

(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

 

(iii) for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

 

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrowers and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

 

(b) Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

 

(c) The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

 

138

 

 

31.23 Acceptance of title

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

 

31.24 Releases

 

Upan a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Obligors and without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any other Secured Party) to release, without recourse or warranty, that property from the Transaction Security and to execute any release of the Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.

 

31.25 Winding up of trust

 

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

 

(a) all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

 

(b) no Secured Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

 

then

 

(i) the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and

 

(ii) any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 31.13 (Resignation of the Security Agent) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

 

31.26 Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

 

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

 

31.27 Disapplication of Trustee Acts

 

Section 1of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

139

 

 

31.28 Application of receipts

 

All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 31 (The Security Agent), the “Recoveries”) shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 31 (The Security Agent), in the following order of priority:

 

(a) in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) (other than pursuant to Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) or any Receiver or Delegate;

 

(b) in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Transaction Obligor under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments);

 

(c) if none of the Transaction Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to any Transaction Obligor; and

 

(d) the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Transaction Obligor.

 

31.29 Permitted Deductions

 

The Security Agent may, in its discretion:

 

(a) set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

 

31.30 Prospective liabilities

 

Following enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 31.28 (Application of receipts) in respect of:

 

(a) any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

140

 

 

(b) any part of the Secured Liabilities,

 

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

 

31.31 Investment of proceeds

 

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 31.28 (Application of receipts) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent’s discretion in accordance with the provisions of Clause 31.28 (Application of receipts).

 

31.32 Currency conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

31.33 Good discharge

 

(a) Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

(b) The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

 

31.34 Amounts received by Obligors

 

If any of the Obligors receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Obligor will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

31.35 Application and consideration

 

In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by each Obligor in relation to Clause 31.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)), the Security Agent agrees with each Obligor to apply all moneys from time to time paid by such Obligor to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 31 (The Security Agent).

 

31.36 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 (Business with the Group) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

141

 

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

32 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

33 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

33.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from a Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 34 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

142

 

 

(c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments).

 

33.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Transaction Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 34.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

33.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 33.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

33.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

(b) as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

33.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Transaction Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

143

 

 

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

34 PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

34.1 Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

34.2 Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 34.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 34.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of an Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request.

 

34.3 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 35 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

34.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

144

 

 

(c) If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

 

(i) the Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

34.5 Application of receipts; partial payments

 

(a) If the Facility Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first, in or towards payment pro rota of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly, in or towards payment pro rota of any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly, in or towards payment pro rota of any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and

 

(iv) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rota of any other sum due to any Finance Party but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

34.6 No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

34.7 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

145

 

 

34.8 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

34.9 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

34.10 Currency Conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

34.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrowers, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

146

 

 

(c) the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(e) the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 34.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.); and

 

(f) the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

35 SET-OFF

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

36 BAIL-IN

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

147

 

 

37 NOTICES

 

37.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

37.2 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a) in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1(The Parties);

 

(b) in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1(The Parties) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c) in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1(The Parties); and

 

(d) in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1(The Parties),

 

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

37.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1(The Parties) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) All notices from or to a Transaction Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to a Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

 

148

 

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

37.4 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 37.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

37.5 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b) Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

 

(c) Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(d) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

(e) Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 37.5 (Electronic communication).

 

37.6 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

149

 

 

38 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

38.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

38.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

38.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

39 PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any prov1s1on of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

40 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

41 SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

 

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

 

150

 

 

42 IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

 

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Secured Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

43 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

43.1 Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 43.2 (All Lender matters) and Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers).

 

(c) Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 30.8 (Rights and discretions), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

43.2 All Lender matters

 

Subject to Clause 43.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate) and Clause 43.7 (German Foreign Trade and Payments Regulation), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(a) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

(b) a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(d) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(e) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

 

(f) a change to any Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 (Changes to the Obligors);

 

(g) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(h) this Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

(i) any change to the preamble (Background), Clause 2 (The Facility), Clause 3 (Purpose), Clause 5 (Utilisation), Clause 6.2 (Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments), Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss), Clause 8 (Interest), paragraph (a) of Clause 25.7 (Provision of valuations), Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), Clause 47 (Governing Law) or Clause 48 (Enforcement);

 

151

 

 

(j) any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

 

(k) (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

 

(i) the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

 

(ii) the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 (Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers);

 

(iii) the Security Assets; or

 

(iv) the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

 

(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (iii) and (iv) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

(I) the release of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 (Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers) of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

 

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

43.3 Other exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or that Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(b) The Borrowers and the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

43.4 Replacement of Screen Rate

 

(a) Subject to Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions), any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(i) providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark; and

 

(ii)

 

 

(A) aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

152

 

 

(B) enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

(C) implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

(D) providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

(E) adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

 

may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority lenders) and the Borrowers.

 

(b) If any ender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within three Business Days (unless the Borrowers and the Facility Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:

 

(i) its Commitment or its participation in the Loan (as the case may be) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or the amount of the lLoan (as applicable) when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments or the aggregate of participations in the Loan (as applicable) has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

(ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

43.5 Obligor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 (Construction) and 17.4 (Waiver of defences), each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

153

 

 

43.6 Disenfranchisement of Obligors and their Affiliates

 

(a) For so long as an Obligor or its Affiliate (i) beneficially owns a Commitment or (ii) has entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated in ascertaining the Majority Lenders, that Commitment shall be deemed to be zero and that Obligor or its Affiliate (as the case may be) (or the person with whom it has entered into that sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement (a “Counterparty”)) shall be deemed not to be a Lender.

 

(b) Each Obligor or its Affiliate (as the case may be) that is a Lender agrees that:

 

(i) in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders or any combination of those groups of Lenders are invited to attend or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Security Agent or, unless the Security Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same; and

 

(ii) it shall not, unless the Security Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the behest of, or on the instructions of, the Security Agent or one or more of the Lenders.

 

43.7 German Foreign Trade and Payments Regulation

 

To the extent a Lender resident in Germany (“Inlander”) within the meaning of Section 2 Paragraph 15 of the German foreign trade and payments act (“AuBenwirtschaftsgesetz” or “AWG”) and therefore subject to Section 7 of the German Foreign Trade and Payments Regulation (“AuBenwirtschaftsverordnung” or “AWV”) would not be permitted to receive the benefit of or make a representation or receive the benefit of or grant an undertaking that is made or is to be made or granted or is to be granted by an Obligor with respect to Sanctions Laws under this Agreement (the “Sanctions Provisions”) then in respect of any proposed requirement to comply, enforcement, waiver, non-waiver, consent, variation or amendment of or in relation to a Finance Document relating to any Sanctions Provision (a “Relevant Action”), that Lender’s:

 

(a) Commitment or its participation in the Loan (as the case may be) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or the amount of the Loan (as applicable) when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments or the aggregate of participations inthe Loan (as applicable) has been obtained in relation to that Relevant Action; and

 

(b) status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained in relation to that Relevant Action.

 

44 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

44.1 Confidentiality

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 44.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

154

 

 

44.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(i) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, service providers, insurers, insurance advisors, insurance brokers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(ii) to any person:

 

(A) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(B) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(C) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 30.15 (Relationship with the other Finance Parties));

 

(D) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (ii) above;

 

(E) to any party who provides or may potentially provide insurance or reinsurance in relation to the Loan and any insurance broker or reinsurance broker in connection with such purposes and each of their respective professional advisers;

 

(F) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(G) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

155

 

 

(H) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 28.8 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

(I) who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

 

(J) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(K) with the consent of a Borrower;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(1) in relation to sub-paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) of paragraph (ii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information or is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(2) in relation to sub-paragraph (D) of paragraph (ii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(3) in relation to sub-paragraphs (F), (G) and (H) of paragraph (ii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(iii) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (iii) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/ Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

 

156

 

 

(iv) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

(b) This Clause 44 (Confidential Information) is not, and shall not be deemed to constitute, an express or implied agreement by any Finance Party with any Transaction Obligor for a higher degree of confidentiality than that prescribed in Section 47 of, and in the Third Schedule to, the Banking Act, Chapter 19 of Singapore.

 

(c) If a Transaction Obligor provides a Finance Party with personal data of any individual (including where applicable, its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, beneficial owners, representative, agents and principals (if acting on behalf of another)), the Transaction Obligor undertakes, represents and warrants that it (a) has obtained (and shall maintain) the consent from such individual and (b) is authorised to deliver such personal data to the Finance Party for collection, use, disclosure, transfer and retention of personal data for such purposes as set out in the Finance Party’s personal data protection policy or as permitted by applicable laws or regulations.

 

(d) Each Transaction Obligor agrees and undertakes to notify the Facility Agent promptly upon becoming aware of the withdrawal by the relevant individual of his/her consent to the collection, use and/or disclosure by any Finance Party of any personal data provided by that Obligor to any Finance Party.

 

44.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors the following information:

 

(i) names of Transaction Obligors;

 

(ii) country of domicile of Transaction Obligors;

 

(iii) place of incorporation of Transaction Obligors;

 

(iv) date of this Agreement;

 

(v) Clause 47 (Governing Law);

 

(vi) the names of the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers;

 

(vii) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(viii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

(ix) currency of the Facility;

 

(x) type of Facility;

 

(xi) ranking of Facility;

 

157

 

 

(xii) Termination Date for Facility;

 

(xiii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and

 

(xiv) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrowers,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) Each Obligor represents, on behalf of itself and the other Transaction Obligors, that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

(d) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors; and

 

(ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

44.4 Entire agreement

 

This Clause 44 (Confidential Information) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

44.5 Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

44.6 Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (F) of paragraph (ii) of Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

158

 

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 (Confidential Information).

 

44.7 Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 44 (Confidential Information) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

44.8 General data protection regulation

 

Any consent given in this Clause 44 (Confidential Information) is given for the purposes of giving relief from banking secrecy and confidentiality requirements. It is not intended as and is no declaration of consent in accordance with the Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation).

 

45 CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

 

45.1 Confidentiality and disclosure

 

(a) The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may disclose:

 

(i) any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and

 

(ii) any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

(i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives, if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

159

 

  

(ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

(iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d) The Facility Agent’s obligations in this Clause 45 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations) relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

45.2 Related obligations

 

(a) The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b) The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

(i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 45.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 45 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations).

 

160

 

 

45.3 No Event of Default

 

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 27.4 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with this Clause 45 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations).

 

46 COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

161

 

 

SECTION 12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

47 GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

48 ENFORCEMENT

 

48.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a “Dispute”).

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 48.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

48.2 Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i) irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within three days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

162

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE PARTIES

 

PART A

 

THE OBLIGORS

 

Name of Borrower   Place of Incorporation   Registration number   Address for
        (or equivalent, if any)   Communication
             
IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   2011143062   200 Cantonment Road
            #03-01 Southpoint
            089763
            Singapore
             
            Fax: +65 6323 0046
             
            Attn: Chief Financial Officer
             
Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.   Singapore   201731497H    

 

163

 

 

Name of Owner       Registration number   Address for
Guarantor   Place of Incorporation   (or equivalent, if any)   Communication
             
IVS Bulk 709 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201328075E   200 Cantonment Road
            #03-01 Southpoint
IVS Bulk 5858 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201328882C   089763
            Singapore
IVS Bulk 543 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201322656Z    
            Fax: +65 6323 0046
IVS Bulk 5855 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201325921Z    
            Attn:  Chief Financial Officer
IVS Bulk 541 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   2013226396    
             
IVS Bulk 545 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201322704H    
             
IVS Bulk 712 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201333600E    
             
IVS Bulk 1345 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201333777E    
             
IVS Bulk 554 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201327439Z    
             
IVS Bulk 7297 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   201333601R    
             
IVS Bulk 3693 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   2014051310    

 

164

 

 

PART B

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name of Original Lender   Address for Communication  

Commitment

(US$)

         
Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Singapore Branch  

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

168 Robinson Road

#23-00 Capital Tower

Singapore 068912

 

Attn:     Sabrina NG / CHANG Chin Ni

 

Tel:      (65) 6439 9861 I 6439 9435

Fax:     (65) 6439 9875

E-mail: sabrina.ng@ca-cib.com /

chinni.chang@ca-cib.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Credit Agricole Corporate and

Investment Bank

London Ship Finance

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2DA

 

Fax: +44 (O) 20 7214 6689

Attn: Ship Finance Department

  38,869,351.46
         
Hamburg Commercial Bank AG  

Hamburg Commercial Bank AG

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

 

For general matters:

 

Hamburg Commercial Bank AG

BU Shipping

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

 

Fax No: +49 40 3333 6 13444 / +49 40

3333 6 15150

 

Attn: Mr Andreas Rasch / Mr Matthias Evers

 

For credit administrative matters:

 

Hamburg Commercial Bank AG

BU Business Operations

Loan & Collateral Operations

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

 

Fax No: +49 40 3333 34167

  75,255,648.54

 

165

 

 

PART C

 

THE SERVICING PARTIES

 

Name of Facility Agent   Address for Communication
     
Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank  

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

9, quai du President Paul Doumer

92920 Paris, La Defense Cedex

France

Fax No: + 33 14189 2987

Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

With a copy to:

 

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

London Ship Finance

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2DA

 

Fax: +44 (O) 20 7214 6689

Attn: Ship Finance Department

     
Name of Security Agent   Address for Communication
     
Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank  

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

9, quai du President Paul Doumer

92920 Paris, La Defense Cedex

France

Fax No: + 33 141 89 2987

Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

With a copy to:

 

Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

London Ship Finance

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2DA

 

Fax: +44 (0) 20 7214 6689

Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

166

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

 

PART A

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION REQUEST

 

1 Obligors

 

1.1 A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

1.2 A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor and the shareholder(s) of each Owner Guarantor:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

 

(c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(d) (if necessary in relation to an Owner Guarantor) evidencing that any provision of the constitutional documents of that Owner Guarantor which could restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares in that Owner Guarantor upon enforcement of the Transaction Security have been amended.

 

1.3 An original of the power of attorney of each Obligor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, each Owner Guarantor) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4 A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.5 A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.6 A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

1.7 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

167

 

 

2 Finance Documents

 

2.1 A duly executed original of each Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordination Finance Document.

 

2.2 A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent).

 

2.3 A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent).

 

3 Legal opinions

 

3.1 A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

3.2 If an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

4 Other documents and evidence

 

4.1 Copies of the Pool Agreements and of all documents signed by the relevant Owner Guarantors in connection with such agreements.

 

4.2 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 48.2 (Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

4.3 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent reasonably considers to be necessary or desirable (and provided if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly but not later than three Business Days prior to the end of the Availability Period) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

4.4 The Original Financial Statements of each Borrower.

 

4.5 The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.

 

4.6 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

4.7 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

168

 

 

PART B

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION

 

1 Borrower

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Borrower and each Owner Guarantor certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date of the Advance.

 

2 Release of Existing Security

 

An original of each Deed of Release and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to either of them, together with evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent of its due execution by the parties to it.

 

3 Ship and other security

 

3.1 A duly executed but undated original of each Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant and General Assignment in respect of each Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them.

 

3.2 A duly executed but undated original of the Account Security in relation to each Account in respect of Borrower A and of the Shares Security in respect of each Owner Guarantor (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

3.3 A duly executed but undated original of each Subordinated Debt Security (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

3.4 Documentary evidence that each Ship:

 

(a) is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner Guarantor under the Approved Flag;

 

(b) is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Owner Guarantor save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(c) maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

 

(d) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3.5 Documents establishing that each Ship will, as from the Utilisation Date, be managed commercially by its Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by its Approved Technical Manager on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, together with:

 

(a) a Manager’s Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager; and

 

169

 

 

(b) copies of the relevant Approved Technical Manager’s Document of Compliance and of each Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to each Ship including without limitation an ISSC.

 

3.6 An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

 

3.7 A valuation of each Ship, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 30 days before the Utilisation Date for the Advance from an Approved Valuer.

 

3.8 In the case of Ship B and Ship K only, a green passport notification (based on the inventory of hazardous materials) for each Ship from the Approved Classification Society.

 

4 Other documents and evidence

 

4.1 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.

 

4.2 Evidence that the equivalent of three months Debt Service is held in the Debt Service Reserve Account or will be so held upon the making of the Advance.

 

4.3 A letter of authorisation, addressed to Allen & Gledhill LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent in Singapore, from each Transaction Obligor incorporated in Singapore authorising Allen & Gledhill LLP to file the statement containing the particulars of the Transaction Security created by that Transaction Obligor under the relevant Security Documents to which it is a party with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore.

 

170

 

 

PART C

 

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT TO UTILISATION

 

1 Legal opinions

 

Executed legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, France, Singapore, the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of each Ship and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require

 

2 Vessel and other security

 

(a) A duly executed original of each Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant and General Assignment in respect of each Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them, to be provided on the Utilisation Date (as a same day condition subsequent) together with documentary evidence that the Mortgages in respect of each Ship has been duly registered on the Utilisation Date as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

 

(b) A duly executed original of the Account Security in relation to each Account in respect of Borrower A and of the Shares Security in respect of each Owner Guarantor (and of each document to be delivered under each of them) to be provided on the Utilisation Date (as a same day condition subsequent).

 

(c) A duly executed original of each Subordinated Debt Security (and of each document to be delivered under each of them) to be provided on the Utilisation Date (as a same day condition subsequent).

 

(d) Evidence that the Security Documents have been duly registered or recorded in such jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require and that all notices of assignment required under or in connection with the relevant Security Documents have been served.

 

(e) A duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from the Approved Brokers in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

(f) A duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from any protection and indemnity club or war risks association through or with whom any obligatory insurances are placed or effected in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

3 Miscellaneous

 

(a) Evidence that ownership of all of the shares in Borrower A held by Regiment has been transferred to GSPL.

 

(b) Evidence that all legal fees have been paid within 30 days of the Utilisation Date.

 

171

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

REQUESTS

 

PART A

 

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

From: IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.
   
To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

 

Attn: Transaction and Loan Services

 

Dated: [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. - Facility Agreement dated [•] 2020 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow the Advance on the following terms:

 

[Tranche A I Tranche B Tranche C I Tranche D I Tranche E Tranche F Tranche G I Tranche H Tranche I I Tranche J I Tranche K]

 

Proposed Utilisation Date: Day) [•] 2020 (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business

 

 

Amount:  
   
Tranche A: $ [•]
Tranche B: $ [•]
Tranche C: $ [•]
Tranche D: $ [•]
Tranche E: $ [•]
Tranche F: $ [•]
Tranche G: $ [•]
Tranche H: $ [•]
Tranche I: $ [•]
Tranche J: $ [•]
Tranche K: $ [•]
     
Total: $ [•]

 

or, in each case, if less, the Available Facility in respect of that Tranche.

 

172

 

 

Interest Period for the first Advance:      [•] Months

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) of the Agreement as they relate to the Advance to which this Utilisation Request refers is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 The proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].

 

5 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

     
]   ]
authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
IVS BULK PTE. LTD.   GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

173

 

 

PART B

 

SELECTION NOTICE

 

From: IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

 

Dated: [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.- Facility Agreement dated [•] 2020 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request that the next Interest Period for the Loan be [•].

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

     
[·]   [·]
authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
IVS BULK PTE. LTD.   GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

174

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

 

From: [The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated: [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. - Facility Agreement dated [•] 2020 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement:

 

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement.

 

(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

(c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37 .2 (Addresses) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) of the Agreement.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

5 This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

6 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

175

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details

 

for notices and account details for payments.]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: [•] By: [•]

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By: [•]

 

176

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. as joint and several Borrowers, for and on behalf of each Transaction Obligor

 

From: [the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

Dated: [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.- Facility Agreement dated [•] 2020 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2 We refer to Clause 28.6 (Procedure for assignment):

 

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

(d) All rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which any Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

 

3 The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

4 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5 The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

7 This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 28.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers), to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

177

 

 

8 This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

9 This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

10 This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

178

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices

and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: [•] By: [•]

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:

 

179

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORMS OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

PART A

 

FORM OF BORROWER A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

 

From: IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

 

Dated: [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.- Facility Agreement dated [•] 2020 (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 We confirm that:

 

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents are not less than $9,000,000 unencumbered cash including the minimum cash balance in the Debt Service Reserve Account, evidenced as follows:

 

[•];

 

(b) Adjusted Minimum Net Worth is greater than $100,000,000 evidenced as follows:

 

[•]; and

 

(c) the ratio of Borrower A Debt to Market Value Tangible Fixed Assets in relation to the Borrower A Group is less than 70 per cent., evidenced as follows:

 

[•].

 

[Note: Borrower A will need to spell out the ratios in (a), (b) and (c) and provide additional computations to support those notified ratios.]

 

3 We confirm that no Default is continuing.

 

 

 

Signed:      
  [Chief Financial Officer] [Director]   Director
  Of   of
  IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.   IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

 

180

 

 

PART B

 

FORM OF BORROWER B COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

 

From: Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

Dated: [•]

 

Dear Sirs

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.- Facility Agreement dated [•] 2020 (the “Agreement”)

 

4 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

5 We confirm that:

 

(a) The aggregate of $240,000,000, 25 per cent. of Positive Retained Earnings (accruing from 30 June 2019) and 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise equals $[•].

 

(b) Book Value Net Worth is not less than the greater lower (i) the aggregate of $240,000,000, 25 per cent. of Positive Retained Earnings and 50 per cent. of each Capital Raise and (ii) $275,000,000, evidenced as follows: [•];

 

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents are not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash including [the minimum cash balance in the Other Facility Debt Service Reserve Account] [the aggregate minimum cash balances on the Group Debt Service Reserve Accounts], evidenced as follows:

 

[•];

 

(d) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets is not more than 75 per cent, evidenced as follows:

 

[•]; and

 

(e) Working Capital is positive, evidenced as follows:

 

[Note: Borrower B will need to spell out the ratios in (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) and provide additional computations to support those notified ratios.]

 

6 We confirm that no Default is continuing.

 

 

 

Signed:      
  [Chief Financial Officer] [Director]   Director
  of   of
  Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.   Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

181

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

DETAILS OF THE SHIPS

 

Ship   Ship name   Name
of the
Owner
Guarantor
  Type   DWT     GRT     NRT     Year
built
    Approved
Flag
  Approved
Classification
Society
  Approved
Classification
  Approved
Commercial
Manager
  Approved Technical
Manager
A   IVS HIRONO   IVS Bulk 709 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     68,280       34,806       19,834     2015     Singapore   Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (“NKK”)   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (“Grindrod Ship Management”)
B   IVS WENTWORTH   IVs Bulk 5858 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     58,091       32,725       19,100     2015     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
C   IVS PHINDA   IVS Bulk 543 Pte. Ltd.   Steel General Cargo     37,720       23,224       12,282     2014     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
D   IVS SPARROWHAWK   IVS Bulk 5855 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     33,421       21,194       11,419     2014     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
E   IVS KESTREL   IVS Bulk 541 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     32,600       20,981       11,228     2013     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
F   IVS THAN DA   IVS Bulk 545 Pte. Ltd.   Steel General Cargo     37,400       23,224       12,282     2014     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management

 

182

 

 

Ship   Ship name   Name of the
Owner
Guarantor
  Type   DWT     GRT     NRT     Year
built
    Approved
Flag
  Approved
Classification
Society
  Approved
Classification
  Approved
Commercial
Manager
  Approved Technical
Manager
G   IVS BOSCH HOEK   IVS Bulk 712 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     60,629       34,806       19,834     2015     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
H   IVS SWINLEY FOREST   IVS Bulk 1345 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     60,000       34,157       20,042     2015     Singapore   American Bureau of Shipping (“ABS”)   ABS   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
I   IVS TEMBE   IVS Bulk 554 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     37,735       23,224       12,282     2014     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
J   IVS SUN BIRD   IVS Bulk 7297 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     33,339       21,181       10,765     2015     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management
K   IVS GLENEAGLES   IVS Bulk 3693 Pte. Ltd.   Steel Bulk Carrier     58,017       32,726       19,100     2015     Singapore   NKK   NKK   Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Grindrod Ship Management

 

183

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

TIMETABLES

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods))   Five Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods))
     
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)   Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.
     
LIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time
     
Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 10.2 (Calculation of Reference Bank Rate)   Noon on the Quotation Day

 

184

 

 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

BORROWER    
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by    
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of    
IVS BULK PTE. LTD.   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
in the presence of:   Stephen William Griffiths
     
Witness’  signature:   /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’  name:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address:   200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by    
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.   Stephen William Griffiths
in the presence of:    
     
Witness’  signature:   /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’  name:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address:   200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     
OWNER GUARANTORS    
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 709 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
     
Witness’ signature:   /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address   200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by    
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 5858 PTE. LTD.   Stephen William Griffiths      
in the presence of:    
     
Witness’ signature:   /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ address:   200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976

 

185

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 543 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’  signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 5855 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’  signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 541 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’  signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 545 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’  signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 712 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’  signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976

 

186

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 1345 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 554 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 7297 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976
     
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
as attorney in fact for and on behalf of   Stephen William Griffiths
IVS BULK 3693 PTE. LTD.    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ signature:   Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness’ name:   200 Cantonment Road
Witness’ address:   #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 08976

 

187

 

 

ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

SIGNED by   /s/ Dilhan Sebastian
duly authorised   Dilhan Sebastian
for and on behalf of    
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE    
AND  INVESTMENT    
BANK, SINGAPORE BRANCH    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ James Wickham
Witness’ signature:   James Wickham, Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name:   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address:   15 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2HB
     
SIGNED by   /s/ Nigel Willis
duly authorised   Nigel Willis, Attorney-in-Fact
for and. on behalf of    
HAMBURG COMMERCIAL BANK    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ James Wickham
Witness’ signature:   James Wickham, Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name:   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address:   15 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2HB
     
MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS    
     
SIGNED by   /s/ Dilhan Sebastian
duly authorised   Dilhan Sebastian
for and on behalf of    
CREDIT AGRICOLE  CORPORATE    
AND  INVESTMENT  BANK    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ James Wickham
Witness’ signature:   James Wickham, Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name:   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address:   15 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2HB
     
SIGNED by   /s/ Nigel Willis
duly authorised   Nigel Willis, Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of    
HAMBURG COMMERCIAL BANK AG    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ James Wickham
Witness’ signature:   James Wickham, Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name:   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address:   15 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2HB

 

188

 

 

ACCOUNT BANK

 

SIGNED by   /s/ Dilhan Sebastian
duly authorised   Dilhan Sebastian
for and on behalf of    
CREDIT AGRICOLE  CORPORATE AND    
INVESTMENT BANK    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ James Wickham
Witness’ signature:   James Wickham, Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name:   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address:   15 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2HB
     
FACILITY AGENT    
     
SIGNED by   /s/ Dilhan Sebastian
duly authorised   Dilhan Sebastian
for and on behalf of    
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND    
INVESTMENT BANK    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ James Wickham
Witness’ signature:   James Wickham, Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name:   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address:   15 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2HB
     
SECURITY AGENT    
     
SIGNED by   /s/ Dilhan Sebastian
duly authorised   Dilhan Sebastian
for and on behalf of    
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND    
INVESTMENT BANK    
in the presence of:    
    /s/ James Wickham,
Witness’ signature:   James Wickham, Trainee Solicitor
Witness’ name:   Watson Farley & Williams LLP
Witness’ address:   15 Appold Street
    London EC2A 2HB

 

189

 

 

Exhibit 4.25(a)

 

[ON LETTERHEAD OF CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANK]

 

June 4, 2020

 

Dear Sir

 

We refer to the Facility Agreement dated 10th February 2020 and your letter dated 8th May 2020 on the request of certain amendments be made to the facility agreement.

 

The lenders to the agreement have agreed to the following covenant amendments:

 

(1) the reduction of the cash covenant as detailed in clause 21.1(a)(ii) of the Facility Agreement from $30 million to $20 million for the June 30, 2020 testing and to be further tested on a one off basis at September 30, 2020; and

 

(2) the determination of current liabilities in relation to the calculation of the covenant detailed in clause 21.1 (a)(v) of the Facility Agreement will exclude the amount owed to Sankaty under the $35.8 million senior secured credit facility for purposes of testing, as at June 30, 2020 and on a one off basis tested at September 30, 2020, the covenant that requires our current assets to exceed our current liabilities.

 

(3) the reduction of the Adjusted Minimum Net Worth covenant as detailed in clause 21.1 (b) (i) (A) of the Facility Agreement from $100m to $50m for the June 30, 2020 testing.

 

It is intended that the side letter to this facility agreement will be completed subsequent to the date of this letter. This will not result in a change in the lenders decision on the above covenant amendment.

 

 

Sign off,  
/s/ Dilhan Sebastian  
Dilhan Sebastian  

 

Authorised Signatory of the Facility Agent

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.26

 

Execution Version

 

FINANCING AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 13, 2020

by and among

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.,
as the Borrower,

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
as the Lenders,

and

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.Á.R.L,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article I DEFINITIONS; CERTAIN TERMS 1
Section 1.01 Definitions 1
Section 1.02 Terms Generally 34
Section 1.03 Certain Matters of Construction 34
Section 1.04 Accounting and Other Terms 35
Section 1.05 Time References 36
     
Article II THE LOANS 36
Section 2.01 Commitments 36
Section 2.02 Making the Loans 36
Section 2.03 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 37
Section 2.04 Interest 38
Section 2.05 Reduction of Commitment; Prepayment of Loans 38
Section 2.06 Fees 40
Section 2.07 [Reserved]. 41
Section 2.08 [Reserved] 41
Section 2.09 Taxes 41
Section 2.10 Increased Costs and Reduced Return 44
     
Article III [reserved] 45
     
Article IV APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS 45
Section 4.01 Payments; Computations and Statements 45
Section 4.02 Sharing of Payments, Etc 46
Section 4.03 Apportionment of Payments 46
     
Article V CONDITIONS TO LOANS 47
Section 5.01 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness 47
Section 5.02 Conditions Subsequent to Effectiveness 51
     
Article VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 52
Section 6.01 Representations and Warranties 52
     
Article VII COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER 57
Section 7.01 Affirmative Covenants 57
Section 7.02 Negative Covenants 63
Section 7.03 Financial Covenant 70
     
Article VIII [RESERVED] 70
     
Article IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT 70
Section 9.01 Events of Default 70
Section 9.02 Rights to Cure 74
     
Article X AGENTS 75
Section 10.01 Appointment 75
Section 10.02 Nature of Duties; Delegation 76
Section 10.03 Rights, Exculpation, Etc 77

 

i -

 

 

Section 10.04 Reliance 77
Section 10.05 Indemnification 78
Section 10.06 Agents Individually 78
Section 10.07 Successor Agent 78
Section 10.08 Collateral Matters 79
Section 10.09 Agency for Perfection 80
Section 10.10 No Reliance on any Agent's Customer Identification Program Certifications From Banks and Participants; USA PATRIOT Act 80
Section 10.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries 81
Section 10.12 No Fiduciary Relationship 81
Section 10.13 Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers 81
Section 10.14 [Reserved] 82
Section 10.15 Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim 82
     
Article XI [RESERVED] 83
     
Article XII MISCELLANEOUS 83
Section 12.01 Notices, Etc. 83
Section 12.02 Amendments, Etc 85
Section 12.03 No Waiver; Remedies, Etc 86
Section 12.04 Expenses; Attorneys' Fees 86
Section 12.05 Right of Set-off 87
Section 12.06 Severability 87
Section 12.07 Assignments and Participations 87
Section 12.08 Counterparts 90
Section 12.09 GOVERNING LAW 91
Section 12.10 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS AND VENUE 91
Section 12.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL, ETC 92
Section 12.12 Consent by the Agents and Lenders 92
Section 12.13 No Party Deemed Drafter 92
Section 12.14 Reinstatement; Certain Payments 92
Section 12.15 Indemnification; Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages 93
Section 12.16 Records 94
Section 12.17 Binding Effect 94
Section 12.18 [Reserved] 94
Section 12.19 Confidentiality 94
Section 12.20 Public Disclosure 95
Section 12.21 Integration 95
Section 12.22 USA PATRIOT Act 95
Section 12.23 [Reserved] 95
Section 12.24 Section Headings 96
Section 12.25 [Reserved] 96
Section 12.26 Judgment Currency 96

 

ii -

 

 

SCHEDULE AND EXHIBITS

 

Schedule 1.01(A) Lenders and Lenders' Commitments
Schedule 6.01(e) Capitalization; Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.01(f) Litigation
Schedule 6.01(l) Nature of Business
Schedule 6.01(r) Environmental Matters
Schedule 7.02(a) Existing Liens
Schedule 7.02(b) Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.02(e) Existing Investments
Schedule 7.02(j) Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 7.02(k) Limitations on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions

 

Exhibit A [Reserved]
Exhibit B Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C [Reserved]
Exhibit D [Reserved]
Exhibit E Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F Form of Compliance Certificate

 

iii -

 

 

FINANCING AGREEMENT

 

Financing Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2020, by and among Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (Company Registration No. 200407212K), a company incorporated in Singapore (the "Borrower") having its registered address at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763, the lenders from time to time party hereto (each a "Lender" and collectively, the "Lenders"), Sankaty European Investments III S.Á.R.L. (Company Registration No. B183498), a private limited liability company incorporated in Luxembourg ("SEI") having its registered address at 4 Rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg Findel, as collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent"), and SEI, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent" and together with the Collateral Agent, each an "Agent" and collectively, the "Agents").

 

RECITALS

 

The Borrower has asked the Lenders to extend credit to the Borrower consisting of a Loan (such term and all other capitalized terms used but not defined in these Recitals or above have the meanings assigned to them in Section 1.01 below) in the aggregate principal amount of $35,833,333.34. The proceeds of the Loan made on the Effective Date shall be used (i) by the Borrower to pay all or a portion of the consideration needed to fund the Borrower's obligations in connection with that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (the "Share Purchase Agreement"), between the Borrower and Regiment Capital Ltd. (Company Registration No. 97328), an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability having its registered address at Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104 ("Regiment"), (ii) to fund repayment in full of the Existing Demand Loans and (iii) to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the foregoing and to this Agreement and the Transactions. The Lenders are severally, and not jointly, willing to extend such credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Agreement.

 

In consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

DEFINITIONS; CERTAIN TERMS

 

Section 1.01         Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated below, such meanings to be applicable equally to both the singular and plural forms of such terms:

 

"A Class Shares" has the meaning specified for "A Shares" in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Account Debtor" means, with respect to any Person, each debtor, customer or obligor in any way obligated on or in connection with any Account Receivable of such Person.

 

 

 

 

"Account Receivable" means, with respect to any Person, any and all rights of such Person to payment for goods sold or leased and/or services rendered, including accounts, general intangibles and any and all such rights evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or documents, whether due or to become due and whether or not earned by performance, and whether now or hereafter acquired or arising in the future, and any proceeds arising therefrom or relating thereto.

 

"Action" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 12.12.

 

"Additional Collateral" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 9.02(a).

 

"Administrative Agent" has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

 

"Administrative Agent's Account" means an account at a bank designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time as the account into which the Borrower shall make all payments to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any Agent or any Lender be considered an "Affiliate" of the Borrower solely as a result of the Loan Documents.

 

"Agent" and "Agents" have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

 

"Agreement" means this Financing Agreement, including all amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, modifications and supplements and any exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing, and shall refer to the Agreement as the same may be in effect at the time such reference becomes operative.

 

"Amended Shareholders' Agreement" means that certain Shareholders' Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, IVS and SEI.

 

"Anti-Terrorism Laws" means any Requirement of Law applicable to any Covered Entity relating to terrorism, economic sanctions or money laundering, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, (a) the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 (i.e., 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956 and 1957), (b) the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12 U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951 – 1959) (the "Bank Secrecy Act"), (c) the USA Patriot Act, (d) Part II.1 of the Criminal Code, R.S.C. 1985 c.C-46, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act, S.C. 2000, c. 17 and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Special Economic Measures Act, S.C. 1992, c. 17 and the United Nations Act, R.S.C. 1985, c. U-2, (e) the laws, regulations and Executive Order No. 13224 administered by the United States Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control, (f) any law prohibiting or directed against terrorist activities or the financing of terrorist activities (e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 2339A and 2339B), and (g) any similar laws enacted in the United States, Singapore or any other jurisdictions in which the parties to this Agreement operate, as any of the foregoing laws have been, or shall hereafter be, amended, renewed, extended, or replaced and all other present and future legal requirements of any Governmental Authority governing, addressing, relating to, or attempting to eliminate, terrorist acts and acts of war and any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

2 -

 

 

"Approved Broker" has the meaning specified in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Approved Finance" has the meaning specified in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance entered into by an assigning Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any Person required by Section 12.07), and accepted by the Collateral Agent (and the Administrative Agent, if applicable), in accordance with Section 12.07 hereof and substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or such other form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

"Authorized Officer" means, with respect to any Person, a director, the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or other financial officer performing similar functions, president, executive vice president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person.

 

"Bankruptcy Code" means (a) the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time, and (b) the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore as it relates to bankruptcy, winding-up, receivership, judicial management, schemes of arrangement, and insolvency matters and, in each case, any successor statute (including, but not limited to, the Insolvency, Restructuring and Dissolution Act 2018 (No. 40 of 2018) when it comes into effect) or any similar federal or state laws for relief of debtors.

 

"Beneficial Ownership Certification" means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

 

"Beneficial Ownership Regulation" means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

"Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

"Board of Directors" means, with respect to (a) any corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, (b) a partnership, the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the general partner of the partnership, (c) a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee or board of managers of such company or the sole member or the managing member thereof, and (d) any other Person, the entity, individual, board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

3 -

 

 

"Borrower" has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

 

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to be closed for business in Luxembourg, New York City, New York or Boston, Massachusetts.

 

"CACIB Facility Agreement" means that certain Facility Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among IVS and Holdings, as joint and several borrowers, the owner guarantors party thereto, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Hamburg Commercial Bank AG, Singapore Branch, as mandated lead arrangers, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as account bank, facility agent and security agent and the other banks and financial institutions party thereto .

 

"Capitalized Lease" means, with respect to any Person, any lease of or other arrangement for Vessels conveying the right to use such Vessels by such Person as lessee which is (a) required under IFRS to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person or (b) a transaction of a type commonly known as a "synthetic lease" (i.e., a lease transaction that is treated as an operating lease for accounting purposes but with respect to which payments of rent are intended to be treated as payments of principal and interest on a loan for Federal income tax purposes).

 

"Capitalized Lease Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases, and, for purposes hereof, the amount of any such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

"Cash Equivalents" means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or the Singapore Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or Singapore, in each case, maturing within six months from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition thereof rated P-1 by Moody's or A-1 by Standard & Poor's; (c) certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances, overnight deposits and time deposits maturing not more than six months after the date of acquisition thereof, issued by commercial banking institutions and money market or demand deposit accounts maintained at commercial banking institutions, each of which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; (d) repurchase agreements having maturities of not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition which are entered into with major money center banks included in the commercial banking institutions described in clause (c) above and which are secured by readily marketable direct obligations of the United States Government or any agency thereof; (e) money market accounts maintained with mutual funds having assets in excess of $2,500,000,000, which assets are primarily comprised of Cash Equivalents described in another clause of this definition; and (f) marketable tax exempt securities rated A or higher by Moody's or A+ or higher by Standard & Poor's, in each case, maturing within six months from the date of acquisition thereof.

 

4 -

 

 

"Change in Law" means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the following shall, in each case, be deemed to be a "Change in Law," regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued: (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III.

 

"Change of Control" means each occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)          Holdings ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, 100% of the aggregate outstanding voting power of the Equity Interests of the Borrower;

 

(b)          the Borrower fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), at least 66.75% of the Equity Interests of IVS; or

 

(c)          Holdings ceases to have the right, directly or indirectly, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or designate for election at least a majority by voting power of the Board of Directors of the Borrower.

 

"Collateral" means (i) all Equity Interests in IVS held by the Borrower and (ii) any loans or advances by the Borrower made to IVS (including any Shareholder Loan by the Borrower made to IVS), in each case, including all Proceeds thereof, upon which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to any Security Document by such Person in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, as security for all or any part of the Obligations.

 

"Collateral Agent" has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

 

"Commitments" means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make the Loan to the Borrower in the amount set forth in Schedule 1.01(A) hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under this Agreement, as the same may be terminated or reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

"Compliance Certificate" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7.01(a)(v).

 

"Connection Income Taxes" means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes imposed in lieu of net income Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

5 -

 

 

"Contingent Obligation" means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any Indebtedness ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, (a) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of a primary obligor, (b) the obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments, if required, regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement, (c) any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, assets, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term "Contingent Obligation" shall not include any product warranties extended in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation with respect to which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability with respect thereto (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

"Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

"Copyrights" means all domestic and foreign copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, including, without limitation, (i) any and all rights, whether now or hereafter arising, in any and all media (whether now or hereafter developed), in and to all original works of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression (including the foregoing rights in computer software and internet website content) now or hereafter owned, acquired, developed or used by the Borrower, (ii) all renewals and extensions thereof, (iii) copyright registrations and all applications in connection therewith (including, without limitation, applications, registrations and recordings in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), (iv) income, license fees, royalties, damages, and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, and (v) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof.

 

"Coverage Ratio" means the ratio calculated as the Net Asset Value of the Collateral divided by the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loan.

 

"Covered Entity" means Holdings, the Borrower and the Borrower's Subsidiaries.

 

"Cure Period" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 9.02(a).

 

"Cure Right" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 9.02(a).

 

6 -

 

 

"Debtor Relief Law" means the Bankruptcy Code and any other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), administration or similar debtor relief law (including, without limitation, any proceeding under applicable corporate law seeking a compromise or arrangement of any debts of the corporation or a stay of proceedings to enforce any of the claims of the corporation's creditors against it) of the United States, Singapore or other applicable jurisdiction from time to time in effect.

 

"Default" means an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

"Default Call Option" has the meaning specified therefor in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Disposition" means any transaction, or series of related transactions, pursuant to which any Person sells, assigns, transfers, leases, licenses (as licensor) or otherwise disposes of any property or assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to any other Person, in each case, whether or not the consideration therefor consists of cash, securities or other assets owned by the acquiring Person. For purposes of clarification, "Disposition" shall include (a) the sale or other disposition for value of any contracts, (b) the early termination or modification of any contract resulting in the receipt by the Borrower of a cash payment or other consideration in exchange for any such events during any calendar year (other than payments in the ordinary course for accrued and unpaid amounts due through the date of termination or modification) or (c) any sale of merchant accounts (or any rights thereto (including, without limitation, any rights to any residual payment stream with respect thereto)) by the Borrower.

 

"Disqualified Equity Interests" means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than (i) solely for Qualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares, or (ii) solely at the discretion of the issuer thereof), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable (other than redemption in kind) at the option of the holder thereof (in each case, except as a result of a change of control, asset sale or similar event so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control, asset sale or similar event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and Payment in Full of all other Obligations that are accrued and payable), in whole or in part, in cash on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable for (i) Indebtedness or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the date which is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date, or (c) provides for scheduled payments (other than redemption in kind) of cash dividends or distributions prior to the date which is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date; provided, however, that an Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an "asset sale", insurance or similar loss or a "change of control" shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such requirement becomes operative only after a date that is 91 days after the Final Maturity Date.

 

7 -

 

 

"Document" shall have the meaning given to the term "document" in the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

"Dollar," "Dollars" and the symbol "$" each means lawful money of the United States of America.

 

"Effective Date" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 5.01.

 

"Employee Plan" means an "employee benefit plan" (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) (other than a Multiemployer Plan) covered by Title IV of ERISA and maintained for employees of the Borrower or to which the Borrower has any liability (including any contingent liability with respect to any of its ERISA Affiliates).

 

"Environmental Actions" means any action, complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment, letter, consent decree, or settlement from any Person or Governmental Authority alleging violations of any Environmental Law by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Release of Hazardous Materials (a) from any assets, properties or businesses owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or (b) onto any facilities which received Hazardous Materials generated, transported, treated, stored, or disposed of by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

"Environmental Laws" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601, et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. § 1801, et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. § 6901, et seq.), the Federal Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.) and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq.) (as it relates to exposure to Hazardous Materials), as such laws may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time, and any other environmental law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction, Requirement of Law, permit, license or other legally binding determination of any Governmental Authority imposing liability or establishing standards of conduct for protection of the environment or human health and safety (as it relates to exposure to Hazardous Materials) or Releases of any Hazardous Materials into the environment.

 

"Environmental Liabilities and Costs" means all liabilities, monetary obligations, Remedial Actions, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts and consultants and costs of investigations and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions and interest (i) incurred as a result of any Environmental Action or in connection with any Release of Hazardous Materials resulting from the ownership, lease, sublease or other occupation of property, or the operation of the business, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors in interest, or (ii) consisting of or relating to clean-up costs or corrective action, including any investigation, clean-up, removal, containment, monitoring or other remediation or response required of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors in interest by Environmental Laws.

 

8 -

 

 

"Environmental Lien" means any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities and Costs.

 

"Equity Interests" means (a) all shares of capital stock (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock), equity interests, beneficial, partnership or membership interests, joint venture interests, participations or other ownership or profit interests in or equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person (other than an individual), whether voting or non-voting and (b) all securities convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

 

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, and regulations thereunder, in each case, as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.

 

"ERISA Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of which such Person is a member and which would be deemed to be a "controlled group" within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

"Event of Default" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 9.01.

 

"Excess Permitted Refinancing" has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of "Permitted Refinancing".

 

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

"Excluded Taxes" means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes imposed in lieu of net income Tax, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, Singapore withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case (x) to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.09, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender's assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, or (y) to the extent such Lender (A) is incorporated under the laws of Singapore or Luxembourg (and is a Treaty Lender) or (B) is a Treaty Lender, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient's failure to comply with Section 2.09 and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

9 -

 

 

"Executive Order No. 13224" means the Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.

 

"Existing Demand Loans" has the meaning specified therefor in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Fair Market Value" means with respect to any asset or property, the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm's length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party; provided that, the Market Valuation of a Vessel may be deemed (at the Borrower's election in consultation with the Administrative Agent) to constitute Fair Market Value. Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

 

"FATCA" means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and any intergovernmental agreements or treaties entered into in connection therewith.

 

"Fee Letter" means the fee letter, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower and SEI.

 

"Final Maturity Date" means the earliest of (a) June 13, 2021, (b) the date of the acceleration of the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and (c) the date of the Payment In Full of all Obligations and the termination of all Commitments.

 

"Financial Statements" means (a) the audited consolidated and combined balance sheet of Holdings for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2018 and the related consolidated and combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, and (b) the unaudited consolidated and combined balance sheet of Holdings for the six (6) month period ended June 30, 2019, and the related consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the six (6) month period then ended.

 

"Fiscal Quarter" means any fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year determined in accordance with the fiscal accounting calendar of Holdings.

 

"Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Holdings ending on December 31 of each year.

 

"Flow of Funds Agreement" means that certain Flow of Funds and Release of Security Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, Regiment, SEI, IVS, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Singapore Branch, DVB Bank SE, Singapore Branch, Hamburg Commercial Bank AG and Showa Leasing Co., Ltd.

 

10 -

 

 

"Forward Freight Agreement" means with respect to any Person, any forward freight agreement or comparable swap, future or similar agreement or arrangement relating to derivative trading in freight or similar rates.

 

"Governing Documents" means, (a) with respect to any corporation or company, the memorandum, certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws, or the constitution (as defined in the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore) (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization, and the operating agreement (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture, declaration or other applicable agreement or documentation evidencing or otherwise relating to its formation or organization, governance and capitalization (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and (d) with respect to any of the entities described above, any other agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization.

 

"Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, city, town, municipality, county, local or other political subdivision thereof or thereto and any department, commission, board, bureau, instrumentality, agency, authority, division or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including, without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

 

"Group" has the meaning specified therefor in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"GSSA" means Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited (registration number: 1975/002219/07), a company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

"Hazardous Material" means (a) any element, compound or chemical that is defined, regulated or otherwise classified as a hazardous material, contaminant, pollutant, toxic pollutant, toxic or hazardous substance, extremely hazardous substance or chemical, hazardous waste, or dangerous good under Environmental Laws; (b) petroleum and its refined products; (c) polychlorinated biphenyls; and (d) any substance exhibiting a hazardous waste characteristic, including, without limitation, corrosivity, ignitability, toxicity or reactivity as well as any radioactive or explosive materials.

 

11 -

 

 

"Hedging Agreement" means any interest rate, foreign currency, commodity (including, without limitation, crude oil and bunker fuel) or equity, swap, collar, cap, floor, or forward rate agreement, Forward Freight Agreements or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currency, commodity or equity values (including, without limitation, any option with respect to any of the foregoing and any combination of the foregoing agreements or arrangements), and (without limiting the generality of any of the foregoing) specifically including any foreign exchange transaction, including spot and forward foreign currency purchases and sales, listed or over-the-counter options on foreign currencies, non-deliverable forwards and options, foreign currency swap agreements, and currency exchange rate price hedging arrangements, and any confirmation executed in connection with any such agreement or arrangement.

 

"Holdings" means Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (Company Registration No. 201731497H), a company incorporated in Singapore.

 

"IBC" means Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. (Company Registration No. 201027074G), a company incorporated in Singapore having its registered address at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (joint venture of the Borrower and Rogers Shipping Pte. Ltd.).

 

"IFRS" means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Committee from time to time, and any successor standards or bodies thereto.

 

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables, accrued expenses or similar obligations to a trade creditor or other accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's business and not outstanding for more than 60 days after the date such payable was created (excluding any account payable that is outstanding for more than 60 days after the date such payable was created, if such account payable is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with IFRS)); (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments or upon which interest payments are customarily made; (d) all reimbursement, payment or other obligations and liabilities of such Person created or arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement with respect to property used and/or acquired by such Person, even though the rights and remedies of the lessor, seller and/or lender thereunder may be limited to repossession or sale of such property; (e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) all obligations and liabilities of such Person, in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and similar facilities; (g) all obligations and liabilities of such Person under Hedging Agreements; (h) [reserved]; (i) all Contingent Obligations in respect of the foregoing; (j) all Disqualified Equity Interests; and (k) all obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (j) of this definition of another Person secured by a Lien upon property owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership of or a joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venture partner, unless such indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.

 

12 -

 

 

"Indemnified Matters" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 12.15.

 

"Indemnified Taxes" means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

 

"Indemnitees" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 12.15.

 

"Indemnity Agreement" means that certain Indemnity Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among SEI, Holdings, IVS and the Borrower.

 

"Insolvency Proceeding" means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of any Debtor Relief Law.

 

"Intellectual Property" means all Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property.

 

"Intercompany Subordination Agreement" means an Intercompany Subordination Agreement made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding IVS and its Subsidiaries) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

"Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor statute thereto).

 

"Investment" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any investment by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances or other extensions of credit (excluding Account Receivables arising in the ordinary course of business), capital contributions or acquisitions of Indebtedness (including, any bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities), Equity Interests, or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person (or of any division or business line of such other Person), (b) the purchase or ownership of any futures contract or liability for the purchase or sale of currency or other commodities at a future date in the nature of a futures contract, or (c) any investment in any other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with IFRS with the value of each Investment measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value or any write-ups, write-downs or write-offs thereof but giving effect to any return or distributions received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect thereto.

 

"IVS" means IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. (Company Registration No. 201114306Z), a company incorporated in Singapore having its registered address at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763.

 

"IVS Distributions" means any dividends, repayments, repurchases or other distributions paid to the Borrower (or for the benefit of the Borrower) in respect of (a) any Equity Interest of IVS held by the Borrower, including its A Class Shares or any preference shares in IVS or (b) any loans or advances made to IVS and held by the Borrower (other than any repayment of Shareholder Loans made and prepaid in accordance with, and pursuant to, clause 4 of the Amended Shareholders' Agreement).

 

13 -

 

 

"IVS Event of Default" means, with respect to IVS, an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.01(a), (f) or (g).

 

"Lender" and "Lenders" have the meanings specified therefor in the preamble hereto, and any other Person that is a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

"Lien" means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), security interest, charge or other encumbrance or security or preferential arrangement of any nature, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or title retention arrangement, any Capitalized Lease and any assignment, deposit arrangement or financing lease intended as, or having the effect of, security.

 

"Loan" means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii)

  

"Loan Account" means an account maintained hereunder by the Administrative Agent on its books of account at the Payment Office, and with respect to the Borrower, in which the Borrower will be charged with all Loans made to, and all other Obligations incurred by, the Borrower. As of the Effective Date, the "Loan Account" refers to the account described by the following: Bank: ING Luxembourg, Account Name: Sankaty European Investments III, S.á r.l., IBAN: LU080141149273003010, Swift: CELLLULL.

 

"Loan Document" means this Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, any Perfection Certificate, any Security Document, and any other agreement, instrument, certificate, report and other document executed and delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or otherwise evidencing or securing any Loan or any other Obligation.

 

"LTPL" means Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. (Company Registration No. 201207263D), a company incorporated in Singapore having its registered address at 260 Orchard Road, The Heeren, #15-02, Singapore 238855 (joint venture of the Borrower and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd.) and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

"Management Accounts" means the management accounts of IVS required to be delivered pursuant to clause 5.3 of the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Market Valuations" means desk-top valuations carried out by an Approved Broker based on the arm's-length sale of the Vessels for prompt delivery and for a price payable in full in cash at delivery.

 

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on any of (a) the operations, assets, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to perform any of their payment obligations under the Loan Documents when due in the ordinary course of business, (c) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other material Loan Document, (d) the material rights and remedies, taken as a whole, of any Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or (e) the validity, perfection or priority of a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders on all or a substantial portion of the Collateral taken as a whole (except (i) as otherwise contemplated in, or permitted by, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) any failure of the validity, perfection or priority of a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders as a direct result of any action or failure to act of the Collateral Agent).

 

14 -

 

 

"Matuku Facility Agreement" means that certain $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, the Borrower, Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE, relating to one medium range tanker (Matuku).

 

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

"Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower contributes to, or is obligated to contribute to or to which the Borrower has any liability (including any contingent liability with respect to any of its ERISA Affiliates).

 

"Narrative Report" means, with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, (a) a narrative report describing the operations of Holdings in the form prepared for presentation to senior management thereof and (b) a financial report package including management's discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations, in each case, for the applicable Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate with comparison to and variances from the immediately preceding period.

 

"Net Asset Value" means the value of the Collateral (including all Equity Interests of IVS and loans made to IVS, in each case, held by the Borrower), which shall be determined using the following formula: "Y multiplied by (W less X) plus Z", where Y is the shareholding percentage of the Borrower in IVS, Z is the amount determined under item (ii) of the definition of "Collateral" and where W and X are calculated as:

 

"W" means an amount equal to the aggregate market value of all of the Group's Vessels, based on Market Valuations, plus positive cash on the Group's accounts plus the book value of any other assets of the Group;

 

"X" means an aggregate value equal to the Group's liabilities, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount that is outstanding (including interest accrued up to the relevant date of calculation) in respect of the Approved Finance which is attributable to or assigned to the Group and mark-to-market adjustments related to financial instruments associated with the Approved Finance.

 

"Net Cash Proceeds" means with respect to (a) the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness by any Person or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) any IVS Distribution, the aggregate amount of cash received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith, after deducting therefrom only (i) reasonable out-of-pocket and documented expenses related thereto incurred by such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith, (ii) transfer Taxes paid by such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith and (iii) Taxes to be paid in connection therewith (after taking into account any tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); in each case of clause (a) and (b) to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are (x) actually paid to a Person that is not an Affiliate of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and (y) properly attributable to such transaction or to the asset that is the subject thereof.

 

15 -

 

 

"Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.02(a).

 

"Notice of Intent to Cure" means a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each period for which a Cure Right will be exercised, on the earlier of the date the financial statements required under Section 7.01(a)(ii) have been or were required to have been delivered with respect to the most recent end of such period, which certificate shall contain a computation of the applicable Event of Default and notice of intent to cure such Event of Default as contemplated under Section 9.02.

 

"Obligations" means all present and future indebtedness, obligations, and liabilities of the Borrower to the Agents and the Lenders arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether or not the right of payment in respect of such claim is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, unsecured, and whether or not such claim is discharged, stayed or otherwise affected by any proceeding referred to in Section 9.01. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation (irrespective of whether a claim therefor is allowed in an Insolvency Proceeding) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, premiums, attorneys' fees and disbursements, indemnities and other amounts payable by such Person under the Loan Documents, and (b) the obligation of such Person to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Agent or any Lender may have paid or advanced on behalf of such Person to the extent provided for in this Agreement.

 

"Other Connection Taxes" means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

"Other Currency" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 12.26.

 

"Other Intellectual Property" means all (i) trade secrets and other proprietary business information, including with respect to know-how, inventions (whether or not patentable), algorithms, software programs (including source code and object code), product designs, industrial designs, blueprints, drawings, data, customer lists, URLs and domain names, specifications, documentations, reports, catalogs, literature, ideas, concepts, methods, techniques, processes, proprietary information, technology, and formulae, and (ii) rights of publicity and privacy and other general intangibles of like nature, including, without limitation, in each case, now or hereafter owned, acquired, developed or used by any Grantor, including all rights therein and all applications for registration or registrations thereof, in each case, to the extent the foregoing are protectable under applicable Requirements of Law.

 

16 -

 

 

"Other Taxes" means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

 

"Paid In Full," "Pay In Full," "Paying In Full" or "Payment In Full" means, with respect to the Obligations, the payment in full, in cash, of all such Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), and the termination of all Commitments relating to the Obligations.

 

"Participant Register" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 12.07(g).

 

"Patents" means (i) all domestic and foreign letters patent, patents and patent applications now or hereafter owned, acquired, developed or used by the Borrower, design patents, utility patents, industrial designs, now existing or hereafter acquired, all applications, registrations, recordings thereof and all continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, re-examinations, reissues, extensions and renewals thereof and improvements thereon, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, and (iii) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof.

 

"Payment Office" means the Administrative Agent's office located at Devonshire House, Mayfair Place, London W1J 8 AJ, United Kingdom, or at such other office or offices of the Administrative Agent as may be designated in writing from time to time by the Administrative Agent to the Collateral Agent and the Borrower.

 

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

"Perfection Certificate" means a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent providing information with respect to the property of the Borrower.

 

"Permitted Bareboat Sale and Leaseback" means a Sale and Leaseback Transaction whereby Vessels of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are sold and leased back on a bareboat charter basis in the ordinary course of business.

 

"Permitted Cash Expatriation" means, subject to Section 7.01(n), (i) the return of up to ZAR351,000,000 of capital by GSSA to Holdings in cash and/or in specie (being amounts at present due from the Borrower to GSSA) and (ii) any receipt by the Borrower of such capital, or a portion thereof, from Holdings in cash, as an unsecured and subordinated loan from Holdings to the Borrower and/or as consideration for the issuance of Equity Interests in the Borrower to Holdings.

 

17 -

 

 

"Permitted Disposition" means:

 

(a)        sales and other dispositions of Account Receivables, inventory and other current assets in the ordinary course of business and any charter-out of a Vessel or contract of affreightment entered into in the ordinary course of business for cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(b)          licensing, on a non-exclusive basis, Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business and the transfer, assignment, cancellation, abandonment or other disposition of Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights or Other Intellectual Property rights which are, in the judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain, no longer used or no longer useful in the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(c)          leasing, assigning, subleasing, chartering or bareboat chartering of assets (including in respect of Vessels and Real Property) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)          the (i) expiration of any contract, contract right or other agreement in accordance with its terms and (ii) the termination by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of contracts (including, without limitation, Hedging Agreements) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)          the disposition, use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and the conversion of Cash Equivalents into cash or other Cash Equivalents;

 

(f)           the disposition, sale or discount of Accounts Receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)          any involuntary condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, or confiscation or requisition of use of property;

 

(h)          Permitted Intercompany Dispositions;

 

(i)           disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn-out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)          to the extent deemed a Disposition and without any duplication, the granting of a Permitted Lien and/or the exercise of any rights thereunder;

 

(k)          to the extent deemed a Disposition and without any duplication, the making of a Permitted Investment (including any Permitted Intercompany Investment);

 

(l)           any involuntary loss, damage or destruction of property;

 

18 -

 

 

(m)         the issuance and sale by Holdings of its Qualified Equity Interests in the Borrower after the date hereof solely to the extent no Change of Control of the Borrower results therefrom;

 

(n)          Investments permitted by Section 7.02(e);

 

(o)          Dispositions (other than with respect to any of the Collateral) satisfying the following conditions:

 

(i)          the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Disposition at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

 

(ii)         immediately before and after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(iii)        at least 75.00% of the consideration therefor received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents and is not used to pay any principal of or interest or premium on any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is junior or subordinated in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Loan Documents; provided that, in respect of the sale of any Vessel or Vessel owning entity only, (i) the amount of any third party debt and liabilities (as shown on the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary that are assumed in full by the transferee of any such Vessel or Vessel owning entity shall be deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose and (ii) any consideration that is paid directly to a lender which provided asset-based financing secured against such Vessel or Vessel owning entity, shall be deemed to have been first received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

(p)          Permitted Bareboat Sale and Leasebacks.

 

"Permitted Indebtedness" means:

 

(a)          any Indebtedness owing to any Secured Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)          any Indebtedness listed on Schedule 7.02(b), and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(c)          [reserved];

 

(d)          [reserved];

 

(e)          Indebtedness to the extent constituting Permitted Investments;

 

19 -

 

 

(f)          Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory and appeal bonds and similar obligations and Contingent Obligations in respect thereof;

 

(g)         Indebtedness (i) owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability, or other insurance to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the period in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness is outstanding only during such period or (ii) in respect of workers' compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers' acceptances;

 

(h)          the incurrence by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedging Agreements that are incurred for the bona fide purpose of hedging the interest rate, commodity, or foreign currency risks associated with such Person's operations and not for speculative purposes;

 

(i)          Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising from any indemnification obligation, adjustment of purchase price, non-compete, earn-out or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Dispositions; provided, that any Indebtedness in respect of such earn-out or similar obligations must constitute Subordinated Indebtedness;

 

(j)          Indebtedness of the Borrower incurred in connection with the purchase of Equity Interests from former employees, officers, directors or any spouses, ex-spouses or estates of any of the foregoing so long as such Indebtedness is unsecured and has been expressly subordinated in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Loan Documents by documentation that is in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(k)         the Permitted Cash Expatriation;

 

(l)          Indebtedness due to any landlord in connection with the financing by such landlord of leasehold improvements;

 

(m)          Indebtedness in respect of (i) netting services, overdraft protections, automatic clearinghouse and similar arrangements and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts and (ii) credit cards, credit card processing services, debit cards, stored value cards, purchase cards, overdraft facilities or other similar cash management services, in each case, on an unsecured basis and incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)          Indebtedness arising from endorsements of checks, drafts or other items of payment for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or constituting guaranties, endorsements or other liabilities incurred in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees;

 

20 -

 

 

(o)          Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five (5) Business Days;

 

(p)          Contingent Obligations and other guaranties by the Borrower of the Indebtedness of another Person, to the extent such Contingent Obligation or guarantied Indebtedness of such other Person is otherwise Permitted Indebtedness; provided, that if such Indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, such Contingent Obligations and other guaranties must also constitute Subordinated Indebtedness;

 

(q)         [reserved];

 

(r)          Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred to finance the replacement (through construction, acquisition, lease or otherwise) of one or more Vessels upon a total loss, destruction, condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure, forfeiture or other taking of title to or use of such Vessel (collectively, a "Total Loss") in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the outstanding principal amount of the existing Indebtedness on and secured by the Vessel subject to the Total Loss;

 

(s)         [reserved];

 

(t)          Indebtedness relating to the judgments or awards (or appeal bonds relating thereto) (other than for the payment of taxes, assessments or other governmental charges) not giving rise to an Event of Default under Section 9.01(j);

 

(u)         Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in relation to charters in of period, short period and spot Vessels in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)        [reserved];

 

(w)         the incurrence by the Borrower of asset-based financings for the purchase of Vessels incurred in connection with an Investment permitted pursuant to clause (n) of the definition of "Permitted Investments" which is secured, in respect of assets of the Borrower, solely against the Vessel(s) purchased by the Borrower and any Vessel Related Assets in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed 60% of the Fair Market Value of such Vessel(s) at the time incurred; provided that, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result thereof, and (ii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03;

 

(x)          to the extent constituting Indebtedness, transactions permitted by clause (c) of the definition of "Permitted Dispositions";

 

(y)          the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $20,000,000;

 

(z)          Permitted Bareboat Sale and Leasebacks; and

 

(aa)       guaranties by Holdings of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (w) above.

 

21 -

 

 

"Permitted Intercompany Dispositions" means Dispositions of assets (other than any Collateral, including Equity Interests of IVS or loans or advances made to IVS) (a) to the Borrower from its Subsidiaries or (b) between Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than by IVS or its Subsidiaries to Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than IVS or its Subsidiaries).

 

"Permitted Intercompany Investment" means advances, loans or other Investments made by (a) a Subsidiary (other than IVS or its Subsidiaries) of the Borrower to or in the Borrower, so long as the parties thereto are party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, (b) a Subsidiary of the Borrower to or in a Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than by IVS or its Subsidiaries in Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than IVS or its Subsidiaries to the extent not expressly permitted under the Amended Shareholders' Agreement), (c) the Borrower to or in GSSA, so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default is occurring or would immediately result therefrom, and (y) such advances, loans or other Investments are (i) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) relate to technical, administrative and commercial operations performed by GSSA for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case under this clause (c), not to exceed $5,000,000, (d) the Borrower to or in a Subsidiary of the Borrower or (e) the Borrower to or in IVS or IVS' Subsidiaries pursuant to the Amended Shareholders' Agreement, so long as, solely with respect to clause (d), (i) the aggregate amount of all such loans, advances and other Investments made by the Borrower does not exceed $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding, (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result thereof, (iii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03 and (iv) such advances, loans or other Investments are used solely for cash management in respect of Vessels in the ordinary course of business.

 

"Permitted Investments" means:

 

(a)          Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(b)          Investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)          deposits, prepayments and advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, transfer pricing charges and cost-sharing arrangements among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business);

 

(d)          Investments received in settlement, litigation or enforcement of amounts due to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor, the good faith settlement of delinquent Account Receivables in the ordinary course of business, received in compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries;

 

(e)          Investments existing on the date hereof, as set forth on Schedule 7.02(e) and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided, that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment (other than such Investments in and with respect to TVS, IBC (so long as not wholly-owned by the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries), PSL and LTPL, which shall be limited to such Investments outstanding as of the Effective Date) or as otherwise constituting a Permitted Investment;

 

22 -

 

 

(f)           Permitted Intercompany Investments;

 

(g)          [reserved];

 

(h)          [reserved];

 

(i)          loans and advances to employees, officers, directors and to sales representatives of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in each case made in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such loans and other advances shall not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding (it being understood that monthly prepaid commissions to independent sales representatives are not considered loans or advances for purposes hereof);

 

(j)           [reserved];

 

(k)          [reserved];

 

(l)           payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(m)         Investments held by a Person acquired after the Effective Date or of a Person merged or amalgamated with or into a Borrower in accordance with Section 7.02(c)(i) after the Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(n)          the purchase of Vessels by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business and for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed $60,000,000; provided that, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result thereof, and (ii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03;

 

(o)          [reserved];

 

(p)          loans, advances, guaranties and Investments constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.02(b) (including Hedging Agreements to the extent constituting Investments);

 

(q)          Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower);

 

23 -

 

 

(r)         security deposits provided to landlords, utility companies and governmental authorities in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)         loans to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in lieu of any payment permitted to be made to any indirect parent company of the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.02(h);

 

(t)          loans to employees of the Borrower to enable them to purchase Equity Interests of the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, so long as the transaction is consummated on a non-cash basis;

 

(u)          to the extent constituting Investments, deposit accounts, securities accounts and commodities accounts maintained by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(v)         equity Investments by the Borrower in any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may otherwise be required by applicable law.

 

"Permitted Liens" means:

 

(a)          Liens securing the Obligations;

 

(b)          Liens for Taxes, assessments, levies and governmental charges the payment of which is not required under Section 7.01(c)(ii);

 

(c)          Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, landlords' and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) that are not overdue by more than 30 days and are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted, and a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

(d)          Liens described on Schedule 7.02(a); provided that (i) other than as permitted by clause (e) of this definition below, no such Lien shall at any time be extended to cover any additional property not subject thereto on the Effective Date and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not be extended, renewed, refunded or refinanced other than pursuant to a Permitted Refinancing;

 

(e)          subject to the prepayment requirements set forth in Section 2.05(c)(vi), Liens on cash or deposit account balances in an amount necessary or required to comply with a loan to value ratio or other financial covenant under the definitive documents for any Permitted Indebtedness; provided that, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result thereof, and (ii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03;

 

(f)          deposits and pledges of cash securing (i) obligations incurred in respect of workers' compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, (ii) the performance of bids, tenders, leases, contracts (other than for the payment of money) and statutory obligations or (iii) obligations in respect of customs, stay, performance, utility, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature, but only to the extent such deposits or pledges are made or otherwise arise in the ordinary course of business and secure obligations not past due or, if past due, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted, and a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

24 -

 

 

(g)          encroachments, easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, zoning restrictions and similar encumbrances on Real Property and irregularities in the title thereto that do not (x) secure obligations for the payment of money (other than with respect to real estate taxes or mechanics' liens with respect to amounts not yet due and payable) or (y) materially impair the value of such property or its use by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the normal conduct of such Person's business;

 

(h)          Liens of landlords and mortgagees of landlords (i) arising by statute, common law or under any lease or related Contractual Obligation entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ii) on fixtures and movable tangible property located on the Real Property leased or subleased from such landlord, (iii) for amounts not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (iv) for which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with IFRS;

 

(i)          [reserved];

 

(j)          any interest or title of a licensor, sublicensor, lessor or sublessor under any license or lease agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)          licenses, sublicenses, leases and subleases granted to third Persons in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower;

 

(l)           judgment liens (other than for the payment of Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges) securing judgments and other proceedings not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.01(j);

 

(m)         rights of setoff or bankers' liens upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions, solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)          Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)          Liens granted in the ordinary course of business on the unearned portion of insurance premiums securing the financing of insurance premiums to the extent such financing is permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(p)          Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clauses (h), (r) and (w) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness", so long as (i) no such Lien may exist on the Collateral, (ii) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (h) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness", such obligations are not overdue by more than 30 days and are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted, and a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by IFRS shall have been made therefor and (iii) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (r) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness", such Liens are only on the applicable replacement Vessel and its Vessel Related Assets to the extent such Lien is granted on market terms and conditions in the ordinary course of business;

 

25 -

 

 

(q)          Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed under any operating lease permitted by this Agreement;

 

(r)           Liens in favor of collecting banks arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or, with respect to collecting banks located in the State of New York, under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

(s)          Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)           Liens in favor of insurers (or other Persons financing the payment of insurance premiums) securing Indebtedness of the type described in clause (g) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" financing the premiums payable in respect of insurance policies issued by such insurers; provided that such Liens attach solely to returned premiums in respect of such policies;

 

(u)          [reserved];

 

(v)          Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising from Vessel chartering, drydocking, maintenance, repair, refurbish-ment or replacement, the furnishing of supplies and bunkers to Vessels and related assets, repairs and improvements to Vessels and related assets, masters', officers' or crews' wages and maritime Liens, in each case, solely to the extent such Liens are not incurred in respect of Indebtedness, and each such Lien is incurred in the ordinary course of operations of a Vessel;

 

(w)         Liens for general average and salvage incurred in the ordinary course of business and solely to the extent such Lien are and would continue to be covered by insurance policies; and

 

(x)          Liens incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

 

"Permitted Refinancing" means the extension of maturity, refinancing or modification of the terms of Indebtedness so long as:

 

(a)          after giving effect to such extension, refinancing or modification, the amount of such Indebtedness is not greater than the amount of Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to such extension, refinancing or modification (including accrued interest in connection therewith); provided however, in the case of any refinancing or modification of Indebtedness secured by a Vessel, the amount of such refinanced or modified Indebtedness shall be permitted up to 60% of the Fair Market Value of such Vessel securing such Indebtedness so long as the proceeds of any such Indebtedness incurred in an amount greater than the amount of Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing or modification (the "Excess Permitted Refinancing") shall be subject to the prepayment requirements set forth in Section 2.05(c)(iv);

 

26 -

 

 

(b)          such extension, refinancing or modification does not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity (measured as of the extension, refinancing or modification) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or modified;

 

(c)          other than the Matuku Facility Agreement (which the extension, refinancing or modification of shall be required to be on market terms and conditions for such type of extension, refinancing or modification (as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) at the time of issuance or incurrence thereof), such extension, refinancing or modification is pursuant to terms that are not less favorable (taken as a whole) to the Borrower and the Lenders than the terms of the Indebtedness (including, without limitation, terms relating to the collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), but excluding pricing, fees, rate floors or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Final Maturity Date, so long as such terms reflect market terms and conditions for such type of extension, refinancing or modification (as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) at the time of issuance or incurrence thereof) being extended, refinanced or modified (taken as a whole); and

 

(d)          the Indebtedness that is extended, refinanced or modified is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended.

 

"Person" means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, joint venture or other enterprise or entity or Governmental Authority.

 

"PIK Interest" means interest that is payable in kind by adding such interest to the unpaid principal amount of the Loan, whereupon from and after any such date such PIK Interest shall be deemed to be outstanding principal of the Loan.

 

"Post-Default Rate" means a rate of interest per annum equal to the rate of interest otherwise in effect from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement plus 2.00%, or, if a rate of interest is not otherwise in effect, interest at the highest rate specified herein for any Loan then outstanding prior to an Event of Default plus 2.00%.

 

"Prepayment Premium" means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to 4.00% times the principal amount of the Loan so prepaid or accelerated on such date.

 

"Pro Rata Share" means:

 

(a)          with respect to a Lender's obligation to make the Loan and the right to receive payments of interest, fees, premium and principal with respect thereto, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) such Lender's Commitment, by (ii) the Total Commitment; provided that if the Total Commitment has been reduced to zero, the numerator shall be the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender's portion of the Loan and the denominator shall be the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loan; and

 

27 -

 

 

(b)          with respect to all other matters (including, without limitation, the indemnification obligations arising under Section 10.05) regarding a Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Lender's portion of the Loan, by (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loan.

 

"Proceeds" means (a) all "proceeds" (as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code) with respect to the Collateral, (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily and (c) all distributions and dividends (including, without limitation, any distributions or dividends received in connection with the payment or repurchase of any Equity Interests).

 

"PSL" means Petrochemical Shipping. Ltd. (Company Registration No. 006586V), a company incorporated in the Isle of Man having its registered address at 33-37 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM1 1LB (joint venture of the Borrower and Engen Petroleum Ltd.).

 

"Qualified Cash" means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower.

 

"Qualified Equity Interests" means, with respect to any Person, all Equity Interests of such Person that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

 

"Quarterly Report" means the report contemplated by clause 5.3.7 of the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Real Property" means all fee owned real property owned or leased by the Borrower.

 

"Recipient" means the Administrative Agent and any Lender.

 

"Refinancing Agreements" means (x) the CACIB Facility Agreement and (y) that certain Loan Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among IVS Bulk 10824 Pte. Ltd., as borrower, IVS, as guarantor and Showa Leasing Co., Ltd., as lender.

 

"Regiment" has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

 

"Register" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 12.07(d).

 

"Registered Intellectual Property" means Intellectual Property that is issued, registered, renewed or the subject of a pending application.

 

"Regulation T, U or X" means Regulation T, Regulation U and Regulation X, in each case, of the Board or any successor, individually or collectively, as the context requires, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

28 -

 

 

"Related Fund" means any Person (other than a natural person) or a fund or account that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

"Related Parties" means, with respect to any Person, such Person's Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person's Affiliates.

 

"Release" means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of any Hazardous Material (including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers and other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material) into the environment.

 

"Remedial Action" means all actions required by Environmental Laws taken to (a) clean up, remove, remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate or in any other way address Hazardous Materials in the environment; (b) prevent or minimize a Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the environment; or (c) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial operation and maintenance activities.

 

"Report" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.13(a).

 

"Reportable Compliance Event" means that any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned Person, or is indicted or arraigned for a violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, or self-discovers facts or circumstances implicating any aspect of its operations that leads the Covered Entity to conclude that there is an actual violation of any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

"Reportable Event" means an event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA (other than an event not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC under the regulations promulgated under such Section).

 

"Required Lenders" means Lenders whose Pro Rata Shares (calculated in accordance with clause (b) of the definition thereof) aggregate more than 50%; provided that, if there is any Lender party hereto in addition to SEI, then "Required Lenders" means SEI.

 

"Requirements of Law" means, with respect to any Person, collectively, the common law and all federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, municipal, foreign, multinational or international laws, statutes, codes, treaties, standards, rules and regulations, guidelines, ordinances, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees (including administrative or judicial precedents or authorities) and the interpretation or administration thereof by, and other determinations, directives, or requirements of, any Governmental Authority, in each case that are applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

"Restricted Payments" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7.02(h).

 

29 -

 

 

"Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means, with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall sell or transfer any property used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

 

"Sanctioned Country" means a country that is itself the subject of a sanctions program under any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

"Sanctioned Person" means any individual person, group, regime, entity or thing listed or otherwise recognized as a specially designated, prohibited, sanctioned or debarred person, group, regime, entity or thing under any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other similar or successor agency of the Federal government administering the Securities Act.

 

"Secured Party" means any Agent and any Lender.

 

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

"Security Agreement" means that certain Security Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., as chargor, and SEI, as collateral agent.

 

"Security Documents" means the Security Agreement and all stamp certificates, filings with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore, pursuant to the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, notices, acknowledgements, officer letters, authorisations and undertakings, proxies, letters of instruction, and constitutional amendments necessary to comply with the requirements under the Loan Documents.

 

"SEI" has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

 

"Senior Officer" means, with respect to any Person, such Person's chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer or President.

 

"Share Repurchase Mandate" means, for the purposes of Sections 76C and 76E of the Singapore Companies Act, Cap. 50, the exercise by the Board of Directors of Holdings of all of Holdings' powers to purchase or otherwise acquire issued ordinary shares in the capital of Holdings not exceeding at any time under this Agreement in the aggregate the Share Repurchase Prescribed Limit, at such price or prices as may be determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings from time to time, by way of market purchases on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and/or the Johannesburg Stock Exchange and in compliance with the requirements of Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (if a plan is established thereunder), and, in all cases, in accordance with all laws and the regulations and rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the Johannesburg Stock Exchange as may be applicable.

 

30 -

 

 

"Share Repurchase Prescribed Limit" means the number of issued ordinary shares of Holdings representing 10% of the total number of issued ordinary shares of Holdings outstanding from time to time.

 

"Share Purchase Agreement" has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

 

"Shareholder Loan" has the meaning specified in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

"Solvent" means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person is not less than the total amount of the liabilities of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will be able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature in the ordinary course of business, and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person's property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

 

"Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Financial Services LLC, a division of S&P Global Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

"Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Borrower the terms of which (including, without limitation, payment terms, interest rates, covenants, remedies, defaults and other material terms) are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders and which has been expressly subordinated in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Loan Documents (a) by the execution and delivery of a subordination agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, or (b) otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

 

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person at any date, any corporation, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, trust, estate, association, joint venture or other business entity (a) the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of such Person in such Person's consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS or (b) of which more than 50% of (i) the outstanding Equity Interests having (in the absence of contingencies) ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such Person, (ii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, the interest in the capital or profits of such partnership or limited liability company or (iii) in the case of a trust, estate, association, joint venture or other entity, the beneficial interest in such trust, estate, association or other entity business is, at the time of determination, owned or controlled directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, by such Person; provided that, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, during such time as TVS or IBC are not wholly-owned by the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries, each such entity shall not be deemed to be a "Subsidiary" of Holdings or the Borrower for the purposes of the Loan Documents (provided that upon TVS or IBC becoming wholly-owned by the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries, such entity shall be immediately deemed to be a Subsidiary). References to a Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower unless the context expressly provides otherwise.

 

31 -

 

 

"Taxes" means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority in the nature of a tax, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

"Termination Event" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to any Employee Plan, (b) any event that causes the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates to incur liability under Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201, 4204 or 4212 of ERISA, (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate an Employee Plan in a non-standard termination or the treatment of an Employee Plan amendment as a non-standard termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, (d) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate an Employee Plan, or (e) any other event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan.

 

"Total Commitment" means the sum of the amounts of the Lenders' Commitments.

 

"Total Loss" has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness".

 

"Trademarks" means all domestic and foreign trademarks, trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks, brand names, certification marks, collective marks, logos, symbols, trade dress, assumed names, fictitious names and service mark applications, business names, d/b/a's, Internet domain names, trade styles, designs and other source or business identifiers and all general intangibles of like nature, now or hereafter owned, acquired, developed or used by the Borrower, including (i) any registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks and service mark applications, (ii) all applications and registrations thereof (including without limitation, applications and registrations in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof) and all reissues, (iii) all extensions, modifications and renewals thereof, (iv) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (v) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof and (vi) the goodwill of the Borrower's business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith.

 

"Transactions" means, collectively, (a) the funding of the Loans on the Effective Date, (b) the transactions contemplated by the Amended Shareholders' Agreement, the Share Purchase Agreement, the Refinancing Agreements, the Flow of Funds Agreement and the Indemnity Agreement and (c) the payment of all fees, costs, expenses, charges and other amounts incurred in connection with the foregoing.

 

32 -

 

 

"Treasury Regulations" means the United States Treasury regulations issued from time to time.

 

"Treaty" has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of "Treaty State."

 

"Treaty Lender" means a Lender which (a) is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of a Treaty and (b) does not carry on a business in Singapore through a permanent establishment with which such Lender's participation in any Loan is effectively connected.

 

"Treaty State" means a jurisdiction having an avoidance of double taxation agreement (a "Treaty") with Singapore which makes provision for exemption from tax imposed by Singapore on interest.

 

"TVS" means Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. (Company Registration No. 200614160N), a company incorporated in Singapore having its registered address at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (joint venture of the Borrower and Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd.).

 

"Uniform Commercial Code" or "UCC" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 1.04(b).

 

"USA PATRIOT Act" means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (PATRIOT) Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, Oct. 26, 2001) as amended by the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-177, March 9, 2006).

 

"Vessel" means one or more shipping vessels whose primary purpose is the maritime transportation of cargo or which are otherwise engaged, used or useful in any business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and which are owned by and registered (or to be owned by and registered) in the name of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or operated or to be operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a lease or other operating agreement (including "Vessels" as defined in the Amended Shareholders' Agreement), in each case together with all related spares, equipment and any additions or improvements.

 

"Vessel Related Asset": (i) any insurance policies and contracts from time to time in force with respect to a Vessel, (ii) any requisition compensation payable in respect of any compulsory acquisition of a Vessel, (iii) any earnings derived from the use or operation of a Vessel and/or any earnings account with respect to such earnings, (iv) any charters, operating leases, contracts of affreightment, Vessel purchase options and related agreements entered and any security or guarantee in respect of the charterer's or lessee's obligations under such charter, lease, Vessel purchase option or agreement, (v) any cash collateral account established with respect to a Vessel pursuant to the financing arrangement with respect thereto, (vi) any building, conversion or repair contracts relating to a Vessel and any security or guarantee in respect of the builder's obligations under such contract and (vii) any security interest in, or agreement or assignment relating to, any of the foregoing or any mortgage in respect of a Vessel and any asset reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto, in each case, arising in the ordinary course of business on market terms and conditions.

 

33 -

 

 

"WARN" has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6.01(z).

 

"Withholding Agent" means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 1.02         Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall". Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person's successors and assigns, (c) the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder", and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any right or interest in or to assets and properties of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible and (f) all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. References in this Agreement to "determination" by any Agent include good faith estimates by such Agent (in the case of quantitative determinations) and good faith beliefs by such Agent (in the case of qualitative determinations).

 

Section 1.03         Certain Matters of Construction. A Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist at all times during the period commencing on the date that such Default or Event of Default occurs to the date on which such Default or Event of Default is waived in writing pursuant to this Agreement or is cured within any period of cure expressly provided for in this Agreement; and an Event of Default shall "continue" or be "continuing" until such Event of Default has been waived in writing by the Required Lenders or by each Lender affected thereby, or by all Lenders, as applicable, or is cured within any period of cure expressly provided for in this Agreement. Any Lien referred to in this Agreement or any other Loan Document as having been created in favor of any Agent, any agreement entered into by any Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any payment made by or to or funds received by any Agent pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any act taken or omitted to be taken by any Agent, shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be created, entered into, made or received, or taken or omitted, for the benefit or account of the Agents and the Lenders. Wherever the phrase "to the knowledge of the Borrower" or words of similar import relating to the knowledge or the awareness of the Borrower are used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, such phrase shall mean and refer to (i) the actual knowledge of a Senior Officer of the Borrower or (ii) the knowledge that a Senior Officer would have obtained if such officer had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of such officer's duties, including the making of such reasonably specific inquiries as may be necessary of the employees or agents of the Borrower and a good faith attempt to ascertain the existence or accuracy of the matter to which such phrase relates. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a default if such action is taken or condition exists. In addition, all representations and warranties hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular representation or warranty proves to be incorrect or is breached, the fact that another representation or warranty concerning the same or similar subject matter is correct or is not breached will not affect the incorrectness of a breach of a representation or warranty hereunder.

 

34 -

 

 

Section 1.04         Accounting and Other Terms.

 

(a)          Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, each accounting term used herein shall have the meaning given it under IFRS. For purposes of determining compliance with any incurrence or expenditure tests set forth in this Agreement, any amounts so incurred or expended (to the extent incurred or expended in a currency other than Dollars) shall be converted into Dollars on the basis of the exchange rates (as shown on the Bloomberg currency page for such currency or, if the same does not provide such exchange rate, by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be reasonably selected by the Agents or, in the event no such service is selected, on such other basis as is reasonably satisfactory to the Agents) as in effect on the date of such incurrence or expenditure under any provision of any such Section that has an aggregate Dollar limitation provided for therein (and to the extent the respective incurrence or expenditure test regulates the aggregate amount outstanding at any time and it is expressed in terms of Dollars, all outstanding amounts originally incurred or spent in currencies other than Dollars shall be converted into Dollars on the basis of the exchange rates (as shown on the Bloomberg currency page for such currency or, if the same does not provide such exchange rate, by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be reasonably selected by the Agents or, in the event no such service is selected, on such other basis as is reasonably satisfactory to the Agents) as in effect on the date of any new incurrence or expenditures made under any provision of any such Section that regulates the Dollar amount outstanding at any time). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof.

 

(b)          All terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 8 or Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York (the "Uniform Commercial Code" or the "UCC") and which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as set forth therein; provided that terms used herein which are not defined herein and are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof shall continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such statute except as any Agent may otherwise reasonably determine, and when used to define a category or categories of the Collateral subject to a Lien granted under laws in effect in Singapore, such terms shall include the equivalent category or categories of property set forth in the filings with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and where the context so requires as a result of the Collateral being located in Singapore or the grantor of the security being organized in Singapore, (i) any term defined in this Agreement by reference to the "Code", the "UCC" or the "Uniform Commercial Code" shall also have any extended, alternative or analogous meaning given to such term in the equivalent Singapore law, in all cases for the extension, preservation or betterment of the Liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral, (ii) all references in this Agreement to a financing statement, continuation statement, amendment or termination statement shall be deemed to refer also to filings with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore, including, without limitation, where applicable, financing change statements, (iii) all references to the United States of America, or to any subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality thereof shall be deemed to refer also to Singapore, or to any subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality thereof, and (iv) all references to federal or state securities law of the United States shall be deemed to refer also to analogous federal and provincial securities laws in Singapore.

 

35 -

 

 

Section 1.05         Time References. Unless otherwise indicated herein, all references to time of day refer to Central European Standard Time, as in effect in Luxembourg on such day. For purposes of the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" each means "to but excluding"; provided, however, that with respect to a computation of fees or interest payable to any Secured Party, such period shall in any event consist of at least one full day.

 

Article II

THE LOANS

 

Section 2.01         Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth each Lender severally agrees to make the Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of such Lender's Commitment.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate principal amount of the Loan made on the Effective Date shall not exceed the Total Commitment. Any principal amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

 

Section 2.02         Making the Loans. (a) The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior telephonic notice (immediately confirmed in writing, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (a "Notice of Borrowing")), not later than 12:00 noon (Luxembourg time) on the date which is five (5) Business Days prior to the date of the Loan (or, in each case, such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree, in its sole discretion, to accommodate from time to time). Such Notice of Borrowing shall be revocable until 12:00 noon (Luxembourg time) one (1) Business Day prior to the date of the Loan and specify (i) the principal amount of the proposed Loan and (ii) the proposed borrowing date, which must be a Business Day, and, with respect to the Loan, must be the Effective Date. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders may act without liability upon the basis of written, telecopied or telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from the Borrower (or from any Authorized Officer thereof designated in writing purportedly from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent). The Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent's record of the terms of any such telephonic Notice of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the authority of any Authorized Officer of the Borrower to request a Loan on behalf of the Borrower until the Administrative Agent receives written notice to the contrary. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to verify the authenticity of the signature appearing on any written Notice of Borrowing.

 

36 -

 

 

(a)          The Notice of Borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.02 shall be conditional on the substantially contemporaneous consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Flow of Funds Agreement, the Share Purchase Agreement and the Amended Shareholders' Agreement.

 

(b)          Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.02(c), the Loan under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their Pro Rata Shares of the Total Commitment, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in that other Lender's obligations to make a Loan requested hereunder, nor shall the Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of the default by any other Lender in that other Lender's obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder, and each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans required to be made by it by the terms of this Agreement regardless of the failure by any other Lender.

 

Section 2.03         Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) [reserved].

 

(b)          The outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Loan and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including PIK Interest) shall be due and payable on the earliest of (i) the date on which the Loan is declared to be due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) the Final Maturity Date. For the avoidance of doubt, payments pursuant to this Section 2.03(b) shall be subject to the Prepayment Premium.

 

(c)          Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(d)          The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register in accordance with Section 12.07(d).

 

(e)          The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to Section 2.03(c) or Section 2.03(d) shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein unless within 30 days after the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender makes such statement available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, and such Lender if applicable, written objection thereto describing the error or errors contained in such statement; provided that (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or the Register, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) in the event of any conflict between the entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and the Register maintained pursuant to Section 2.03(d), the Register maintained pursuant to Section 2.03(d) shall govern and control.

 

37 -

 

 

(f)          Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered permitted assigns) in a form furnished by the Collateral Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 12.07) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein and its registered permitted assigns.

 

Section 2.04         Interest.

 

(a)          [Reserved].

 

(b)          Loan. Each portion of the Loan shall bear interest on the principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding, from the date such Loan is made until repaid, at a rate per annum equal to 7.50%, which shall be payable as PIK Interest and compounded quarterly (or at the option of the Borrower, payable in cash).

 

(c)          Default Interest. To the extent permitted by law and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, automatically upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 9.01(a), (f) or (g) and at the election of the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, upon the occurrence and continuance of any other Event of Default, and so long as written notice is provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all Loans, fees, indemnities or any other Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall bear interest, from the date such Event of Default occurred until the date such Event of Default is cured or waived in writing in accordance herewith, at a rate per annum equal at all times to the Post-Default Rate. All interest and other amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be payable on demand.

 

(d)          Interest Payment. Interest on the Loan shall be payable quarterly, in arrears, on the first day of each quarter, commencing on the first day of the quarter following the quarter in which such Loan is made and at maturity (whether upon demand, by acceleration or otherwise), and any PIK Interest due on such date shall automatically be converted to principal on such date. Interest at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable on demand. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to, and the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, charge the Loan Account pursuant to Section 4.01 with the amount of any interest payment due hereunder.

 

(e)          General. All interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days, including the first day but excluding the last day, elapsed.

 

Section 2.05         Reduction of Commitment; Prepayment of Loans.

 

38 -

 

 

(a)          Reduction of Commitments. The Total Commitment shall terminate concurrently with the funding of the Loan on the Effective Date.

 

(b)          Optional Prepayment.

 

(i)          [Reserved].

 

(ii)         Loan. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, upon at least three (3) Business Days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay the principal of the Loan, in whole or in part. Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii) shall be accompanied by the payment of (A) if such prepayment is made prior to the date that is six months following the Effective Date, accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid plus all interest that would have been payable for the remainder of such six month period on the amount prepaid (for example, if the Loan is prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii) on the three month anniversary of the Effective Date, the prepayment amount owed under this clause (A) shall be the accrued interest thereon plus an amount equal to an additional three months of interest) and (B) the Prepayment Premium payable in connection with such prepayment of the Loan. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loan ratably.

 

(iii)        Termination of Agreement. The Borrower may, upon at least five (5) Business Days' prior written notice to the Agents (or such shorter period that may be agreed to by the Agents), terminate this Agreement by Paying In Full to the Administrative Agent, in cash, the Obligations, plus the Prepayment Premium, if any, payable in connection with such termination of this Agreement; provided that such notice of termination may provide that it is conditioned upon the consummation of a transaction which is contemplated to result in a termination of this Agreement, in which event, such notice may be revoked or conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction. When all Obligations hereunder which are accrued and payable have been Paid In Full or satisfied, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to all Obligations, except with respect to Obligations that expressly survive such repayment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)          Mandatory Prepayment.

 

(i)          The Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(d) below in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower in connection with any IVS Distribution. Borrower shall direct such proceeds to be paid by IVS directly into the Loan Account as directed by the Administrative Agent whereby the Administrative Agent can apply such amounts towards prepayment of the Loan.

 

(ii)         The Borrower will immediately prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan upon (x) an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.01(a), (f) or (g), (y) an IVS Event of Default or (z) termination of the Amended Shareholders’ Agreement (other than termination pursuant to clause 9 thereof).

 

(iii)        The Borrower will immediately prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan upon a Change of Control.

 

39 -

 

 

(iv)        Within three (3) Business Days of the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of (x) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) and (y) any Excess Permitted Refinancing, the Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(d) below in an amount equal to the lesser of 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection therewith and the outstanding amount of the Loans. The provisions of this Section 2.05(c)(iv) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such issuance, incurrence or sale otherwise prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(v)         Within three (3) Business Days of any payment permitted pursuant to clause (6) of the proviso to Section 7.02(m)(ii), the Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(d) below in an amount equal to the lesser of such payment and the outstanding amount of the Loans.

 

(vi)        Within three (3) Business Days of the creation or incurrence of any Lien permitted pursuant to clause (e) of the definition of "Permitted Liens", the Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(d) below in an amount equal to the lesser of the cash or deposit account balance to which such Lien applies and the outstanding amount of the Loans.

 

(d)          Application of Payments. Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(c) above shall be applied ratably to the Loan, until paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if the Administrative Agent has elected in writing with notice to the Borrower, or has been directed in writing by the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders with notice to the Borrower, to apply payments and other proceeds of Collateral in accordance with Section 4.03(b), prepayments required under Section 2.05(c) shall be applied in the manner set forth in Section 4.03(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may decline to accept any mandatory prepayment described above, in which case, the declined amount of such prepayment shall be distributed, first, to the prepayment of the Loan held by the Lenders that have elected to accept such declined amount based on their respective Pro Rata Shares and, second, any remaining amount may be retained by the Borrower.

 

(e)          Interest and Fees. Any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.05 shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of prepayment, (ii) the Prepayment Premium payable in connection with such prepayment of the Loans and (iii) if such prepayment would reduce the amount of the outstanding Loans to zero, such prepayment shall be accompanied by the payment of all other fees accrued to such date pursuant to Section 2.06.

 

(f)          Cumulative Prepayments. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.05, payments with respect to any subsection of this Section 2.05 are in addition to payments made or required to be made under any other subsection of this Section 2.05.

 

Section 2.06         Fees.

 

(a)          [Reserved].

 

40 -

 

 

(b)          Prepayment Premium. In the event of (i) an optional prepayment of the Loan or termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.05(b), or (ii) a mandatory prepayment of the Loan pursuant to Section 2.05(c) or the termination of this Agreement at any time prior to or at the Final Maturity Date, for any reason, including (A) termination of this Agreement upon the election of the Required Lenders after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default (or, in the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 9.01(f) or Section 9.01(g), automatically upon the occurrence thereof), (B) the foreclosure and sale of Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, (C) the sale of Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or (D) the restructure, reorganization, or compromise of the Obligations by the confirmation of a plan of reorganization or any other plan of compromise, restructure, or arrangement in any Insolvency Proceeding, then, in view of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of ascertaining the actual amount of damages to the Agents and the Lenders or profits lost by the Agents and the Lenders as a result of such prepayments or such termination, and by mutual agreement of the parties as to a reasonable estimation and calculation of the lost profits or damages of the Agents and the Lenders, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, the Prepayment Premium measured as of the date of any such prepayment or termination, as applicable.

 

(c)          [Reserved].

 

(d)          Fee Letter. As and when due and payable under the terms of the Fee Letter, the Borrower shall pay the fees set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

Section 2.07         [Reserved].

 

Section 2.08         [Reserved].

 

Section 2.09         Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any and all Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.09(a)) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(b)          In addition, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law (or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for any Other Taxes).

 

41 -

 

 

(c)          Without duplication of any obligation under Section 2.09(a), the Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.09) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)          As soon as practicable after the payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.09, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a copy of a receipt, if any, issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)          Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or a reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower as will enable the Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (except the documentation in the next succeeding sentence) shall not be required if in the Lender's reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender; provided, however, that each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall deliver such documentation prescribed by applicable law. Each Lender that is a Treaty Lender shall provide an original certificate of residence certified by the tax authority of the Lender's jurisdiction (e.g., the Luxembourg tax authority), in English, and clearly stating that the Lender is a resident of the foreign country for purposes of the Treaty and the year(s) in which the certificate of residency is applicable.

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such form or certification or promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(f)          Each Lender shall be incorporated or formed in (i) Singapore, (ii) Luxembourg or (iii) a Treaty State and, with respect to sub-clauses (ii) and (iii) of this clause (f), such Lender shall be a Treaty Lender.

 

42 -

 

 

(g)          If any Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of, or credit with respect to, any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.09 including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.09), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund or credit (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.09 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 2.09(g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.09(g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.09(g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This Section 2.09(g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(h)          If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agents at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agents such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agents as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Agents to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (h), "FATCA" shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(i)          [reserved].

 

(j)          The obligations of the parties under this Section 2.09 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder until a date that is 30 days following the survival of the statute of limitations applicable to the relevant Tax. To the extent that the Borrower shall reasonably so request, the Administrative Agent shall deliver copies of any tax forms received by it from any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.09.

 

43 -

 

 

Section 2.10         Increased Costs and Reduced Return. (a) If any Secured Party shall have reasonably determined that any Change in Law shall (i) subject such Secured Party, or any Person controlling such Secured Party to any Tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by such Agent or such Lender (other than Taxes, duties or other charges that are (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in any of clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or (C) Connection Income Taxes), (ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against any Loan or against assets of or held by, or deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, such Secured Party or any Person controlling such Secured Party or (iii) impose on such Secured Party or any Person controlling such Secured Party any other condition (other than Taxes) regarding this Agreement or any Loan, and the result of any event referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be to increase the cost to such Secured Party of making any Loan, or agreeing to make any Loan, or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Secured Party hereunder, then, upon demand by such Secured Party, the Borrower shall pay to such Secured Party (without double counting) such additional amounts as will compensate such Secured Party for such increase in costs or reductions in amount.

 

(b)          If any Secured Party shall have reasonably determined that any Change in Law either (i) affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Secured Party or any Person controlling such Secured Party, and such Secured Party determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a direct or indirect consequence of any Loans made or maintained, such Secured Party's or such other controlling Person's other obligations hereunder, or (ii) has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Secured Party's or such other controlling Person's capital to a level below that which such Secured Party or such controlling Person could have achieved but for such circumstances as a consequence of any Loans made or maintained, or any agreement to make Loans, or such Secured Party's or such other controlling Person's other obligations hereunder (in each case, taking into consideration, such Secured Party's or such other controlling Person's policies with respect to capital adequacy), then, upon demand by such Secured Party, the Borrower shall pay to such Secured Party from time to time such additional amounts as will compensate such Secured Party for such cost of maintaining such increased capital or such reduction in the rate of return on such Secured Party's or such other controlling Person's capital.

 

(c)          A certificate of such Secured Party claiming compensation under this Section 2.10, specifying the event herein above described and the nature of such event shall be submitted by such Secured Party to the Borrower, setting forth the additional amount due and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, and such Secured Party's reasons for invoking the provisions of this Section 2.10, and shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)          Failure or delay on the part of any Secured Party to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 shall not constitute a waiver of such Secured Party's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Secured Party pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than twelve months prior to the date that such Secured Party notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Secured Party's intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the twelve-month period referred to above shall be increased by the number of months in the period of retroactive effect).

 

44 -

 

 

(e)          The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loan and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

Article III

[reserved]

 

Article IV

APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS

 

Section 4.01         Payments; Computations and Statements. The Borrower will make each payment under this Agreement (other than payments of PIK Interest) not later than 12:00 noon (Luxembourg time) on the day when due, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent's Account. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 12:00 noon (Luxembourg time) on any Business Day will be credited to the Loan Account on the next succeeding Business Day. All payments shall be made by the Borrower without set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, deduction or other defense to the Agents and the Lenders, except as required by applicable law. Except as provided in Section 2.02, after receipt, the Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal ratably to the applicable Lenders in accordance with their applicable Pro Rata Shares and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Lenders and the Borrower hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to, and the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, charge the Loan Account of the Borrower with any amount due and payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document; provided that, prior to charging the Loan Account for any reimbursement of expenses under any Loan Document in the absence of a continuing Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower with three (3) Business Days' prior written notice describing such expenses in reasonable detail. Each of the Lenders and the Borrower agree that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to make such charges whether or not any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. The Lenders and the Borrower confirm that any charges which the Administrative Agent may so make to the Loan Account of the Borrower as herein provided will be made as an accommodation to the Borrower and solely at the Administrative Agent's discretion; provided that the Administrative Agent shall from time to time upon the request of the Collateral Agent, charge the Loan Account of the Borrower with any amount due and payable under any Loan Document; provided that, prior to charging the Loan Account for any reimbursement of any expenses in the absence of a continuing Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower with three (3) Business Days' prior written notice describing such expenses in reasonable detail. Whenever any payment to be made under any such Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be. All computations of fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such fees are payable. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fees hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes in the absence of manifest error.

 

45 -

 

 

Section 4.02         Sharing of Payments, Etc. Except as provided in Section 2.02 hereof, if any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of any Obligation in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of similar obligations obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith (a) turn the same over to Administrative Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to Administrative Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in such similar obligations held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that (a) if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender of any interest or other amount paid by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered) and (b) the provisions of this Section 4.02 shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, or (ii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 4.02 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all of its rights (including the Lender's right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

Section 4.03         Apportionment of Payments.  Subject to Section 2.02 hereof and to any written agreement among the Agents and/or the Lenders:

 

(a)          All payments of principal and interest in respect of outstanding Loans, all payments of fees (other than the fees set forth in Section 2.06 hereof to the extent set forth in any written agreement among the Agents and the Lenders) and all other payments in respect of any other Obligations, shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent among such of the Lenders as are entitled thereto, in proportion to their respective Pro Rata Shares or otherwise as provided herein or, in respect of payments not made on account of Loans, as designated by the Person making payment when the payment is made.

 

(b)          After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the written direction of the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall apply all payments in respect of any Obligations and proceeds of the Collateral, subject to the provisions of this Agreement (i) first, ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees, expense reimbursements, indemnities and other amounts then due and payable to the Agents until Paid In Full; (ii) second, ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees (other than the Prepayment Premium), expense reimbursements, indemnities and other amounts then due and payable to the Lenders until paid in full; (iii) third, ratably to pay interest then due and payable in respect of the Loan until paid in full; (iv) fourth, ratably to pay principal of the Loan until paid in full; (v) fifth, ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of the Prepayment Premium then due and payable to the Lenders until paid in full; (vi) sixth, to the ratable payment of all other Obligations then due and payable and (vii) seventh, to the Borrower or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable Requirement of Law.

 

46 -

 

 

(c)          In each instance, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Section 4.03(b) shall not be deemed to apply to any payment by the Borrower specified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to be for the payment of Obligations then due and payable under any provision of this Agreement or the prepayment of all or part of the principal of the Loan in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.05.

 

(d)          For purposes of Section 4.03(b) (other than clause (viii) thereof), "paid in full" means, with respect to any Obligations, payment in cash or cash collateralization of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents in respect of such Obligations, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, Prepayment Premium, expense reimbursements and indemnities proceeding, except to the extent that default or overdue interest (but not any other interest) and fees, each arising from or related to a default, are disallowed in any Insolvency Proceeding; provided, however, that for the purposes of clause (viii), "paid in full" means payment in cash of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents in respect of such Obligations according to the terms thereof, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, expense reimbursements and indemnities (specifically including in each case of the foregoing which would accrue after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), whether or not the same would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.

 

(e)          In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 4.03 and other provisions contained in any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that both such priority provisions in such documents shall be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 4.03 shall control and govern.

 

Article V

CONDITIONS TO LOANS

 

Section 5.01         Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the Business Day (the "Effective Date") when each of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agents or waived by the Agents:

 

47 -

 

 

(a)          Payment of Fees, Etc. The Borrower shall have paid on or before the Effective Date all fees and all reasonable costs and expenses then payable pursuant to Section 2.06 and Section 12.04 to the extent invoiced one (1) Business Day prior to the date hereof (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Loan).

 

(b)          Representations and Warranties; No Default or Event of Default. The following statements shall be true and correct: (i) the representations and warranties contained in Article VI and in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified as to "materiality" or "Material Adverse Effect" in the text thereof, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Effective Date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date (in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified as to "materiality" or "Material Adverse Effect" in the text thereof, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of such earlier date), and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Effective Date or would result from this Agreement or the other Loan Documents becoming effective in accordance with its or their respective terms, immediately after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

(c)          Legality. The making of the Loan shall not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable to any Secured Party.

 

(d)          Delivery of Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received on or before the Effective Date the following, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, unless indicated otherwise, dated the Effective Date and, if applicable, duly executed by the Persons party thereto:

 

(i)          this Agreement, duly executed by each of the parties thereto;

 

(ii)         each Security Document, including the original share certificates, transfers and stock transfer forms, promissory notes or loans required to be pledged thereunder and related to the pledge of the Equity Interests of IVS held by the Borrower prior to the consummation of the Share Purchase Agreement, accompanied by undated proper instruments of transfer, and other deliverables required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent and/or sent to any person pursuant to the Security Documents, and where applicable, duly executed by each party thereto;

 

(iii)        [reserved];

 

(iv)        (a) appropriate financing statements on Form UCC-1, as applicable, as may be desirable and in proper form for filing and (b) a letter of authorization issued by the Borrower and addressed to Allen & Gledhill LLP, legal advisers to the Lenders in Singapore, authorizing Allen & Gledhill LLP to file a statement containing the particulars of the Liens created by the Borrower under each Security Document with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore pursuant to the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore;

 

48 -

 

 

(v)         the results of customary searches with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory of Singapore against the Borrower any Liens created by the Borrower which have been lodged for registration with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory of Singapore pursuant to the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, as applicable, tax Liens or judgment Liens, as the Agents shall have reasonably requested, filed against the Borrower or its property, which results shall not show any such Liens (other than Permitted Liens acceptable to the Collateral Agent);

 

(vi)        a Perfection Certificate, duly executed by the Borrower and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

 

(vii)       the Fee Letter;

 

(viii)      the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, duly executed by each of the parties thereto;

 

(ix)         a Notice of Borrowing (attached to which shall be the sources and uses disbursement instructions in connection with the Transactions);

 

(x)          a copy of the resolutions of the Borrower, certified as of the Effective Date by an Authorized Officer thereof, resolving that it is in its best interests to enter into the transactions contemplated by each Loan Document to which the Borrower is or will be a party and the execution and delivery of the other documents to be delivered by such Person in connection herewith and therewith and authorizing (A) the borrowings hereunder and the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the other Transactions to which the Borrower is or will be a party (B) the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Loan Document to which the Borrower is or will be a party and the execution and delivery of the other documents to be delivered by such Person in connection herewith and therewith and (C) a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or deliver each Loan Document to which the Borrower is or will be a party and the execution and delivery of the other documents to be delivered by such Person in connection herewith and therewith;

 

(xi)         a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, certifying the names and true signatures of the representatives of the Borrower authorized to sign each Loan Document to which the Borrower is or will be a party and the other documents to be executed and delivered by the Borrower in connection herewith and therewith, together with evidence of the incumbency of such authorized officers;

 

(xii)        a certificate of the appropriate official(s) of the jurisdiction of organization certifying as of a recent date not more than 30 days prior to the Effective Date as to the subsistence in good standing of the Borrower and IVS in such jurisdiction;

 

49 -

 

 

(xiii)       a true and complete copy of the constitution and certificate of incorporation (each as defined in the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore) of the Borrower certified as of a recent date not more than 30 days prior to the Effective Date by an appropriate official of the jurisdiction of organization or an Authorized Officer of the Borrower which shall set forth the same complete name of the Borrower as is set forth herein and the organizational number of the Borrower, if an organizational number is issued in such jurisdiction and it is common practice in such jurisdiction for such document to contain the organizational number;

 

(xiv)      a copy of the Governing Documents of the Borrower, together with all amendments thereto, certified as of the Effective Date by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower;

 

(xv)       (i) an opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel to the Borrower, and (ii) an opinion of Wong Tan & Molly Lim LLC, Singapore counsel to the Borrower, in each case, as to such matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request;

 

(xvi)      a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying as to the matters set forth in Section 5.01(b);

 

(xvii)     a copy of the Financial Statements described in Section 6.01(g) hereof;

 

(xviii)    a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower, certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole after giving effect to the Transactions, which certificate shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent;

 

(e)          Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2018 there has not been a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)          Approvals. All consents, authorizations and approvals of, and filings and registrations with, and all other actions in respect of, any Governmental Authority or other Person required in connection with the making of the Loan or the conduct of the Borrower's business shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

 

(g)          Amended Shareholders' Agreement and Share Purchase Agreement. The Amended Shareholders' Agreement and the Share Purchase Agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and substantially concurrently with the making of the Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received fully executed and effective copies of the Amended Shareholders' Agreement and the Share Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Share Purchase Agreement shall have been consummated.

 

(h)          Refinancing Agreement. The Refinancing Agreements shall be on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and consistent with the conditions and requirements in the Flow of Funds Agreement and substantially concurrently with the making of the Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received fully executed and effectives copies of each Refinancing Agreement.

 

50 -

 

 

(i)          Sufficient Funds. Sufficient funds are or will be disgorged from the Loan to fund the repayments due under the Flow of Funds Agreement, including the purchase of the ordinary shares of Regiment pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

(j)          Beneficial Ownership Certification. If the Borrower qualifies as a "legal entity customer" under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Agent and each Lender shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Borrower.

 

Section 5.02         Conditions Subsequent to Effectiveness. As an accommodation to the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders have agreed to execute this Agreement and to make the Loan on the Effective Date notwithstanding the failure by the Borrower to satisfy the conditions set forth below on or before the Effective Date. In consideration of such accommodation, the Borrower agrees that, in addition to all other terms, conditions and provisions set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, those conditions set forth in Section 5.01, the Borrower shall satisfy each of the conditions subsequent set forth below on or before the date applicable thereto (it being understood that (i) the failure by the Borrower to perform or cause to be performed any such condition subsequent on or before the date applicable thereto shall constitute an immediate Event of Default, (ii) to the extent that the existence of any such condition subsequent would otherwise cause any representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to be breached, the Required Lenders hereby waive such breach for the period from the Effective Date until the date on which such condition subsequent is required to be fulfilled pursuant to this Section 5.02, and (iii) any time period set forth below may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)          Within five (5) Business Days after the Effective Date, any letters, notices, instructions, original share certificates, transfers and stock transfer forms, promissory notes or loans required to be pledged under the Security Documents and related to the pledge of the Equity Interests of IVS held by the Borrower following the consummation of the Share Purchase Agreement, accompanied by undated proper instruments of transfer, and other deliverables required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent and/or sent to any person pursuant to the Security Documents, and where applicable duly executed by each party thereto;

 

(b)          Within 30 days after the date of each Security Document, the registration of a statement containing the particulars of the Liens created by the Borrower under such Security Document in the prescribed form shall be filed with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore; and

 

(c)          Within 14 days after the date of the Security Agreement, the payment of all applicable stamp duties in the Republic of Singapore shall be paid in respect of the execution of the Security Agreement.

 

51 -

 

 

Article VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 6.01         Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders as follows:

 

(a)          Organization, Good Standing, Etc. The Borrower (i) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated and to make the borrowings hereunder, and to execute and deliver each Loan Document to which it is a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby and the other Transactions, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

 

(b)          Authorization, Etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Loan Document to which it is or will be a party, (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary action, (ii) do not and will not contravene any of its Governing Documents or any applicable material Requirement of Law or any material Contractual Obligation binding on or otherwise affecting it or any of its properties, (iii) do not and will not result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant to any Loan Document) upon or with respect to any of its properties, and (iv) do not and will not result in any default, noncompliance, suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to its operations or any of its properties.

 

(c)          Governmental Approvals. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party other than (i) filings and recordings with respect to Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing or recordation, on the Effective Date, or that have otherwise been obtained and (ii) required filings with the SEC or any national (domestic or foreign) securities exchange.

 

(d)          Enforceability of Loan Documents. This Agreement is, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is or will be a party, when delivered hereunder, will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

(e)          Capitalization. As of the Effective Date, after giving effect to the Transactions to occur on the Effective Date, the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are as set forth on Schedule 6.01(e). All of the issued and outstanding shares of Equity Interests of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid. The Equity Interests of such Subsidiaries of the Borrower as stated in Schedule 6.01(e) are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). Except as described on Schedule 6.01(e) or pursuant to the Amended Shareholders’ Agreement, there are no outstanding debt or equity securities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and no outstanding obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries convertible into or exchangeable for, or warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or other obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, directly or indirectly, any shares of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

52 -

 

 

(f)          Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 6.01(f), there is no pending or, to the actual knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing action, suit or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of its properties before any court or other Governmental Authority or any arbitrator that could reasonably be expected to be adversely determined, and if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)          Financial Statements. The Financial Statements, copies of which have been delivered to each Agent and each Lender, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated and combined financial condition of Holdings as at the respective dates thereof and the consolidated and combined results of operations of Holdings for the fiscal periods ended on such respective dates, have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, subject to footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments. Since December 31, 2018, no event or development has occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h)          Compliance with Law, Etc. The Borrower is not in violation of (i) any of its Governing Documents, (ii) any material Requirement of Law, or (iii) any material term of any Contractual Obligation binding on or otherwise affecting it or any of its properties.

 

(i)          Pension Matters. The Borrower does not have any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Employee Plan is in compliance with ERISA and the IRC, (ii) no Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Employee Plan, (iii)  no Employee Plan had an accumulated or waived funding deficiency or permitted decrease which would create a deficiency in its funding standard account or has applied for an extension of any amortization period within the meaning of Section 412 of the IRC at any time during the previous 60 months, and (iv) no Lien imposed under the IRC or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Employee Plan within the meaning of Section 412 of the IRC. Neither the Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred any withdrawal liability under ERISA with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, or is aware of any facts indicating that it or any of its ERISA Affiliates will in the future incur any such withdrawal liability, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: neither the Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has (A) failed to pay any required installment or other payment required under Section 412 of the IRC on or before the due date for such required installment or payment, (B) engaged in a transaction within the meaning of Section 4069 of ERISA or (C) incurred any liability to the PBGC which remains outstanding other than the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due which are unpaid. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions, proceedings or lawsuits (other than claims for benefits in the normal course) asserted or instituted against (1) any Employee Plan or its assets, (2) any fiduciary with respect to any Employee Plan, or (3) the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with respect to any Employee Plan.

 

53 -

 

 

(j)          Taxes, Etc.

 

(i)          All material tax returns required by applicable Requirements of Law to be filed by the Borrower have been filed, or extensions have been obtained, and all material Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges (whether or not shown as due and payable therein) have been paid, except, in each case, to the extent contested in good faith by proper proceedings which stay the imposition of any penalty, fine or Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) resulting from the non-payment thereof and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside for the payment thereof in accordance with IFRS.

 

(ii)         The Borrower is not required, as of the date of this Agreement, under the law applicable where it is incorporated or a resident or at the address specified in this Agreement to deduct or withhold any Taxes from any payment it may make under the Loan Documents.

 

(iii)        Under the law of the Borrower's jurisdiction of incorporation, it is not necessary that the Loan Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, save that (1) the statement containing particulars of charge in respect of the Security Agreement must be filed electronically with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore within the prescribed timeline and (2) stamp fees of S$500 are payable in respect of the Security Agreement.

 

(k)          Regulations U and X. The Borrower is not or will not be engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U), and no proceeds of the Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock or for any purpose that violates, or is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulations U and X.

 

(l)          Nature of Business. The Borrower is not engaged in any business other than as set forth on Schedule 6.01(l) and business activities reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

(m)          [Reserved].

 

(n)          Permits, Etc. The Borrower has, and is in compliance with, all permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements and accreditations required for such Person lawfully to own, lease, manage or operate, or to acquire, each business currently owned, leased, managed or operated, or to be acquired, by such Person. No condition exists or event has occurred which, in itself or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or non-renewal of any such permit, license, authorization, approval, entitlement or accreditation, and there is no claim that any thereof is not in full force and effect, except to the extent such suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or non-renewal could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and there is no claim that any thereof is not in full force and effect.

 

54 -

 

 

(o)          Properties.  The Borrower has good and marketable title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses to use, all tangible property and assets material to its business, free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens and, solely as to leasehold interests, except to the extent the failure to have such valid leasehold interests could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such properties and assets are in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty (to the extent covered by insurance subject to a deductible) and condemnation excepted.

 

(p)          Full Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Agents all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Agents in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which it was made, not materially misleading, in each case, when taken as a whole.

 

(q)          [Reserved].

 

(r)          Environmental Matters. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth on Schedule 6.01(r), (i) the operations of the Borrower are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) there has been no Release at any of the properties owned or operated by the Borrower or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, at any disposal or treatment facility which received Hazardous Materials generated by the Borrower and for which the Borrower could incur Environmental Liabilities and Costs; (iii) no Environmental Action is pending against the Borrower nor does the Borrower have actual knowledge or notice of any threatened Environmental Action against the Borrower; (iv) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no Environmental Actions have been asserted against any facilities that may have received Hazardous Materials generated by the Borrower and for which the Borrower could incur Environmental Liabilities and Costs; (v) no property now or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned or operated by the Borrower has been used as a disposal site for any Hazardous Material by the Borrower; (vi) in the past five (5) years, the Borrower has not failed to report to the proper Governmental Authority the occurrence of any Release which is required to be so reported by any written Environmental Laws; and (vii) in the past five (5) years, the Borrower has not received any notification pursuant to any Environmental Laws that any work, repairs or construction are required to be made by the Borrower in respect of any of its properties as a condition of continued compliance with any Environmental Laws for which there are any ongoing obligations.

 

55 -

 

 

(s)          Insurance. The Borrower maintains the insurance and required services and financial assurance as required by Section 7.01(h).

 

(t)          Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loan made on the Effective Date, shall be used (i) to pay all or a portion of the consideration needed to fund the Borrower's obligations in connection with the Share Purchase Agreement, (ii) to fund repayment in full of the Existing Demand Loans and (iii) to pay fees, costs and expenses related to this Agreement and the Transactions.

 

(u)          Solvency. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

 

(v)         [Reserved].

 

(w)          Intellectual Property. The Borrower owns or licenses or otherwise has the right to use all Intellectual Property rights that are necessary for the operation of its business, without infringement upon or conflict with the rights of any other Person with respect thereto, except for such infringements and conflicts which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No trademark or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower infringes upon or conflicts with any rights owned by any other Person, and no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or threatened, except for such infringements and conflicts which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)          [Reserved].

 

(y)          Investment Company Act. The Borrower is not (i) an "investment company" or an "affiliated person" or "promoter" of, or "principal underwriter" of or for, an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (ii) subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law that limits in any respect its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or a portion of the Obligations unenforceable.

 

(z)          Employee and Labor Matters. There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against the Borrower before any Governmental Authority and no grievance or arbitration proceeding pending or threatened in writing against the Borrower which arises out of or under any collective bargaining agreement, in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown, stoppage or similar action against the Borrower or (iii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of the Borrower, no union organizing activity taking place with respect to any of the employees of the Borrower and no union representing the interests of the Borrower's employees, in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower has not incurred any material liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act ("WARN") or similar state law, which remains unpaid or unsatisfied. The hours worked and payments made to employees of the Borrower have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable legal requirements. All material payments due from the Borrower on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

56 -

 

 

(aa)         Security Interests. Each Security Document creates in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral secured thereby except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity. Upon the registration of a statement containing the particulars of the Liens created by the Borrower under the Security Agreement in the prescribed form with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore within 30 days of the date of the Security Agreement and the execution and delivery of all notices, acknowledgments, letters, consents and other deliverables as required under the Security Agreement within the applicable deadlines specified therein (if any) and the payment of all applicable stamp duties in the Republic of Singapore in respect of the execution of the Security Agreement within 14 days from the date of the Security Agreement described in Section 5.01(d) such security interests in and Liens on the Collateral granted thereby shall be perfected, to the extent perfection can be accomplished through such filings, agreements or recordings, first priority security interests (subject to Permitted Liens), and, except as contemplated by any Security Document, no further recordings, notices or filings are or will be required in connection with the creation, perfection or enforcement of such security interests and Liens.

 

(bb)         Anti-Terrorism Law. As of the date of this Agreement, the date the Loan is made, the date of any renewal, extension or modification of this Agreement, and at all times until this Agreement has been terminated, that to the Borrower's knowledge: (i) no Covered Entity (A) is a Sanctioned Person; (B) either in its own right or through any third party has any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person; or (C) either in its own right or through any third party does business in or with, or derives any of its operating income from investments in or transactions with, any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Laws, (ii) no Loans are used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Laws; (iii) the funds used to repay the Obligations are not derived from any unlawful activity; and (iv) each Covered Entity is in material compliance with, and no Covered Entity either in its own right or through any third party engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by any Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

Article VII

COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

 

Section 7.01         Affirmative Covenants. Until the Obligations are Paid In Full and all Commitments are terminated, the Borrower will, unless the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, shall otherwise consent in writing:

 

57 -

 

 

(a)          Reporting Requirements. Furnish to each Agent and each Lender:

 

(i)          within 31 days after the end of each fiscal month of IVS (or 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of IVS, in the case of the Quarterly Report), the Management Accounts, all in substantially the same form delivered pursuant to clause 5.3 of the Amended Shareholders' Agreement and certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial condition of IVS and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal month and the results of operations and cash flows of IVS and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal month and for such year-to-date period, in accordance with IFRS, subject to the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments and after the end of each fiscal quarter;

 

(ii)         to the extent Holdings is filing quarterly reports on Form 6-K with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdings, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter of Holdings following the Effective Date, consolidated balance sheets and related statements of financial position and profit or loss, and cash flows as at the end of such fiscal quarter, all in reasonable detail and certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the results of operations and cash flows of Holdings for such fiscal quarter and for such year-to-date period, in accordance with IFRS, subject to normal year-end adjustments, together with a Narrative Report; provided that, delivery within the time period specified above of the quarterly report on Form 6-K of Holdings filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.01(a)(ii);

 

(iii)        [reserved];

 

(iv)        within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2019, the consolidated balance sheet and related statements of financial position and profit or loss, changes in equity and cash flows of Holdings as at the end of such Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with IFRS, audited and accompanied by a report and an opinion of any independent certified public accountant of nationally or regionally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any "going concern" or like qualification, exception or explanatory paragraph or any qualification, exception or explanatory paragraph as to the scope of such audit (other than any such exception, qualification or explanatory paragraph that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, an upcoming maturity date of the Loans), together with a Narrative Report provided that, delivery within the time period specified above of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Holdings filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.01(a)(iv);

 

(v)         simultaneously with the delivery of the Quarterly Report pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 7.01(a), a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto (the "Compliance Certificate") (A) stating that during the period covered by such Quarterly Report the signing Authorized Officer is not aware of any Event of Default or Default that has occurred and is continuing as of the date of such delivery, or, if such Authorized Officer is aware of any Event of Default or Default that has occurred and is continuing, describing the nature and period of existence thereof and the action which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries propose to take or have taken with respect thereto, and (B) attaching a schedule showing the calculation of the financial covenant specified in Section 7.03;

 

58 -

 

 

(vi)        [reserved];

 

(vii)       [reserved];

 

(viii)      within seven (7) days of its adoption, a detailed operating and capital budget and cash flow forecast of IVS in respect of the next financial year;

 

(ix)         within five (5) Business Days after any Authorized Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, notice of any filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority against the Borrower;

 

(x)          within five (5) Business Days after actual knowledge of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower of an Event of Default or Default or the occurrence of any event or development that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the written statement of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default or other event or development that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(xi)         to the extent a Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to result: (A) as soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after the Borrower knows that (1) any Reportable Event with respect to any Employee Plan has occurred, (2) any other Termination Event with respect to any Employee Plan has occurred, or (3) an accumulated funding deficiency has been incurred or an application has been made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a waiver or modification of the minimum funding standard (including installment payments) or an extension of any amortization period under Section 412 of the IRC with respect to an Employee Plan, a statement of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of such occurrence and the action, if any, which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, (B) promptly and in any event within 10 days after receipt thereof by the Borrower from the PBGC, copies of each notice received by the Borrower of the PBGC's intention to terminate any Employee Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Employee Plan, (C) promptly and in any event within 10 days after the Borrower knows that a required installment within the meaning of Section 412 of the IRC has not been made when due with respect to an Employee Plan, (D) promptly and in any event within 10 days after receipt thereof by the Borrower from a sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan or from the PBGC, a copy of each notice received by the Borrower concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability under Section 4202 of ERISA, and (E) promptly and in any event within 10 days after the Borrower sends notice of a plant closing or mass layoff (as defined in WARN) to employees, copies of each such notice sent by the Borrower;

 

(xii)        [reserved];

 

(xiii)       [reserved];

 

59 -

 

 

(xiv)      within five (5) Business Days after execution, receipt or delivery thereof, copies of any material notices that the Borrower executes or receives in connection with the sale or other Disposition of the Equity Interests of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, the Borrower;

 

(xv)       promptly after (A) the sending or filing thereof, copies of all financial statements and reports the Borrower sends to any holders of its Indebtedness, in such capacity, with an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $10,000,000 or its securities or files with the SEC or any national (domestic or foreign) securities exchange and (B) the receipt thereof, a copy of (1) any material notice regarding (x) any default or event of default or (y) the exercise of remedies in connection therewith, in each case, received from any holder of its Indebtedness and (2) any material amendment, supplement, forbearance, waiver, consent or other modification, in each case, of Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $10,000,000;

 

(xvi)      promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all financial reports (including, without limitation, management letters), if any, submitted to the Borrower by its auditors in connection with any annual or interim audit of the books thereof;

 

(xvii)     [reserved]; and

 

(xviii)    promptly upon request, such other information concerning the condition or operations, financial or otherwise (including, without limitation, to the extent the Borrower qualifies as a "legal entity customer" under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, a Beneficial Ownership Certification with respect to the Borrower), of the Borrower as any Agent may from time to time may reasonably request.

 

provided that nothing shall be required to be disclosed pursuant to this Section 6.01(a) (with the exception of Section 6.01(a)(i)), to the extent it contains material non-public information or would otherwise restrict the Administrative Agent (or its Affiliates) from trading in Holdings' Equity Interests, without the express prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with all Requirements of Law (excluding, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 7.01(j), below), judgments and awards (including any settlement of any claim that, if breached, could give rise to any of the foregoing), such compliance to include, without limitation, (i) paying, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, before the same become delinquent all material Taxes, assessments and governmental charges shown as due, except to the extent contested in good faith by proper proceedings which stay the imposition of any penalty, fine or Lien resulting from the non-payment thereof and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside for the payment thereof in accordance with IFRS and (ii) paying all other lawful claims which if unpaid might become a Lien or charge upon any of its properties, except to the extent contested in good faith by proper proceedings which stay the imposition of any penalty, fine or Lien resulting from the non-payment thereof and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside for the payment thereof in accordance with IFRS.

 

60 -

 

 

(d)          Preservation of Existence, Etc. Except as expressly permitted by Section 7.02(c), maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, its good standing in the jurisdiction of its organization, rights and privileges, and become or remain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to become or remain, duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary except where the failure to maintain and preserve such rights and privileges or to become or remain duly qualified and in good standing in a foreign jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)          Keeping of Records and Books of Account. Keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, adequate records and books of account, with complete entries made to permit the preparation of annual financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

 

(f)          Inspection Rights. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.06(c), permit, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to permit, the Agents and representatives of any Agent, together with representatives of any Lender, upon reasonable advance written notice (which notice shall not be required during the continuance of an Event of Default) at any reasonable time and from time to time during normal business hours, at the expense of the Borrower, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from its records and books of account, to visit and inspect its properties, to verify materials, leases, notes, accounts receivable, deposit accounts and its other assets, to conduct audits, physical counts, valuations, appraisals, or examinations and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its directors, officers, managerial employees, independent accountants or any of its other representatives. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower hereby authorizes its independent accountants, and the independent accountants of each of its Subsidiaries, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of such Person (provided that representatives of such Person shall be given a reasonable opportunity to be present) with the agents and representatives of any Agent in accordance with this Section 7.01(f).

 

(g)          Maintenance of Properties, Etc. (i) Maintain and preserve all of its tangible properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted, and (ii) comply at all times with the provisions of all leases to which it is a party as lessee or under which it occupies real property, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder, except to the extent any such noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h)          Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations (including, without limitation, commercial general liability and business interruption insurance) with respect to its properties (including all real properties leased or owned by it) and business, in such amounts and covering such risks as is required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto or as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated; provided that the Agents agree that the insurance maintained by the Borrower as of the Effective Date is satisfactory. If the Borrower fails to maintain such insurance, then any Agent may arrange for such insurance, but at the Borrower's expense and without any responsibility on either Agent's part for obtaining the insurance, the solvency of the insurance companies, the adequacy of the coverage, or the collection of claims; provided that, in the absence of an Event of Default that is continuing, the Collateral Agent shall provide the Borrower three (3) Business Days' prior written notice before arranging such insurance.

 

61 -

 

 

(i)          Obtaining of Permits, Etc. Obtain, maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to obtain, maintain and preserve, and take all necessary action to timely renew, all permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements and accreditations that are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business, in each case, except where the failure to obtain, maintain and preserve could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)          Environmental. (i)  Keep any property either owned or operated by it or any of its Subsidiaries free of any Environmental Liens, except for deed restrictions and other institutional controls that are utilized in connection with any Remedial Action at such property; (ii) comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all Environmental Laws; (iii) provide the Agents written notice reasonably promptly after becoming aware of any Release of a Hazardous Material in excess of any reportable quantity from or onto property owned or operated by it or any of its Subsidiaries and thereafter take any Remedial Actions required pursuant to Environmental Law to abate said Release; and (iv) provide the Agents with written notice reasonably promptly after becoming aware of the receipt of any of the following: (A) written notice that an Environmental Lien has been filed against any property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for deed restrictions and other institutional control that are utilized in connection with any Remedial Action at such property; (B) commencement of any Environmental Action against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (C) written notice of a violation, citation or other administrative order arising under any Environmental Law; except in each case of (i)-(iv) where such matters would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)          Further Assurances. Take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver, at its sole cost and expense, such agreements, instruments, or other documents as any Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) to subject to valid and perfected first priority Liens any of the Collateral, (iii) to establish and maintain the validity and effectiveness of any of the Loan Documents and the validity, perfection and priority of the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign and confirm unto each Agent and each Lender the rights now or hereafter intended to be granted to it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. In furtherance of the foregoing, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower (A) if the Borrower has failed to comply with its undertakings in this Section 7.01(k) after a written request therefor, authorizes each Agent to execute any such agreements, instruments, or other documents in the Borrower's name and to file such agreements, instruments or other documents in any appropriate filing office, (B) authorizes each Agent to file any financing statement required hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and any continuation statement or amendment with respect thereto, in any appropriate filing office without the signature of the Borrower, and (C) ratifies the filing of any financing statement, and any continuation statement or amendment with respect thereto, filed without the signature of the Borrower prior to the date hereof.

 

62 -

 

 

(l)          [Reserved].

 

(m)         [Reserved].

 

(n)          Subordination. Cause all Indebtedness now or hereafter owed by it to any of its Affiliates (excluding (x) TVS, IBC (so long as not wholly-owned by the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries), PSL and LTPL and (y) IVS and its Subsidiaries, and including Holdings only in respect of indebtedness, liabilities, and other obligations of the Borrower owing to Holdings in respect of any and all loans, or advances made by Holdings to the Borrower pursuant to the Permitted Cash Expatriation), to be subordinated in right of payment and security to the Indebtedness and other Obligations owing to the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents in accordance with a subordination agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(o)         [Reserved].

 

(p)          Fiscal Year. Cause the Fiscal Year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to end on the day described in the definition of "Fiscal Year" unless the Agents consent to a change in such Fiscal Year (and appropriate related changes to this Agreement).

 

(q)         [Reserved].

 

(r)          Lender Meetings. Upon the reasonable prior written request of the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders, (i) participate in one telephonic meeting via conference call per Fiscal Quarter to discuss the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(ii) at such time as may be reasonably agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (ii) participate in one in-person meeting per Fiscal Year at the Borrower's corporate headquarters (or such other location as may be reasonably agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) at such time as may be reasonably agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be liable for the reasonable expenses of such in-person meeting per Fiscal Year.

 

Section 7.02        Negative Covenants. Until the Obligations are Paid In Full and all Commitments are terminated, the Borrower shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, unless the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, shall otherwise consent in writing:

 

(a)          Liens, Etc. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien upon or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; file or suffer to exist under the Uniform Commercial Code or any Requirement of Law of any jurisdiction, a financing statement (or the equivalent thereof) that names it or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement (or the equivalent thereof) other than, as to all of the above, Permitted Liens.

 

63 -

 

 

(b)          Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist, or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

(c)          Fundamental Changes; Dispositions. Wind-up, liquidate or dissolve, or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person, or make any Disposition, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions, all or any part of its business, property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that:

 

(i)          any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged, consolidated, amalgamated or liquidated into the Borrower or another wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than IVS and its Subsidiaries); provided that (A) no other provision of this Agreement would be violated thereby, (B) the Borrower gives the Agents at least three (3) Business Days' prior written notice of such merger, amalgamation, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation accompanied by true, correct and complete copies of all material agreements, documents and instruments relating to such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or amalgamation, including, but not limited to, the certificate or certificates of merger or amalgamation to be filed with each appropriate Secretary of State (with a copy as filed promptly after such filing), (C) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction, and (D) the Lenders' rights in any Collateral, including, without limitation, the existence, perfection and priority of any Lien thereon, are not adversely affected by such merger, amalgamation, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation;

 

(ii)         [reserved];

 

(iii)        the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Permitted Dispositions; and

 

(iv)        any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries (other than IVS and its Subsidiaries) may wind-up, liquidate, or dissolve if (A) the governing body of such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (B) the value of such Subsidiary is immaterial to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, and the Lenders or the assets of such Subsidiary are distributed to the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

(d)          Change in Nature of Business. Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any change in the nature of its business other than as described in Section 6.01(l), or acquire any material properties or assets that are not reasonably related to the conduct of such business activities; provided that this Section 7.02(d) shall not prohibit the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from engaging in business activities that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.

 

(e)          Loans, Advances, Investments, Etc. Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Investment in any other Person except for Permitted Investments. For the avoidance of doubt, no advance, loan or other Investment shall be permitted to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in IVS (except as expressly permitted by the documents listed in clause (b) of the definition of "Transactions").

 

64 -

 

 

(f)          Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Enter into or permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction other than a Permitted Bareboat Sale and Leaseback; provided that nothing herein shall restrict the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries' ability to create, incur or suffer to exist, any obligations as lessee for the payment of rent for any real property in the ordinary course of business.

 

(g)          Negative Pledge. Enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease which prohibits or limits the ability of the Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Obligations or under the Loan Documents.

 

(h)          Restricted Payments.  (i) Declare or pay any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (ii) make any repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) make any payment to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition of shares of any class of Equity Interests of the Borrower, now or hereafter outstanding, (iv) return any Equity Interests to any shareholders or other equity holders of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or make any other distribution of property, assets, shares of Equity Interests, warrants, rights, options, obligations or securities thereto as such or (v) pay any management, consulting, monitoring or advisory fees or any other fees or expenses (including the reimbursement thereof by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) pursuant to any management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services agreement (in each case excluding compensation, bonuses, and expense reimbursement under customary employment arrangements) to any of the shareholders or other equityholders of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, "Restricted Payments"); provided, however,

 

(A)         any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than IVS to the extent not permitted by the Amended Shareholders' Agreement) may make distributions to the Borrower to pay, and the Borrower may pay, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than IVS to the extent not permitted by the Amended Shareholders' Agreement) may pay on behalf of itself or the Borrower (without duplication), amounts necessary to pay (i) customary director indemnification and expense reimbursement payments to the directors of any such Person, (ii) reasonable and customary fees to directors of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iii) fees and expenses relating to debt or equity offerings (whether or not successful), (iv) operating expenses and corporate overhead expenses of the Borrower and any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and (v) financial and other reporting and similar customary administrative costs and expenses of the Borrower;

 

65 -

 

 

(B)         any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than IVS to the extent not permitted by the Amended Shareholders' Agreement) may pay dividends or, in the case of a Subsidiary that is not a corporation, any similar distribution, to Borrower;

 

(C)         the Borrower may pay dividends in the form of Qualified Equity Interests;

 

(D)         [reserved];

 

(E)         [reserved];

 

(F)         so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result thereof, and (ii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings in order for Holdings to purchase or otherwise acquire issued ordinary shares in the capital of Holdings by way of market purchase in accordance with Holdings' Share Repurchase Mandate, in an amount not to exceed $5,500,000;

 

(G)         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than IVS to the extent not permitted by the Amended Shareholders' Agreement) may pay dividends and other distributions to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries so long as the proceeds of such dividend or distribution are used promptly to make a Permitted Investment permitted to be made by the Borrower or such Subsidiary hereunder; and

 

(H)         the Borrower may pay dividends and other distributions to Holdings in order for Holdings to (i) pay any taxes, directors costs, listing fees, administrative costs, legal and audit expenses or other costs, expenses or fees and (ii) fund annual dividends to the shareholders of Holdings, so long as the aggregate amount of all such dividends and other distributions paid by the Borrower to Holdings pursuant to this clause (H) does not exceed $5,000,000.

 

(i)          Federal Reserve Regulations. Permit any Loan or the proceeds of any Loan under this Agreement to be used for any purpose that would cause such Loan to be a margin loan under the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

 

(j)          Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into, renew, extend or be a party to, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into, renew, extend or be a party to, any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease, transfer or exchange of property or assets of any kind or the rendering of services of any kind) with any Affiliate, except (i) transactions consummated in the ordinary course of business for fair consideration and on terms no less favorable to it or its Subsidiaries than would be obtainable in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate thereof, and such transactions are fully disclosed to the Agents prior to the consummation thereof, (ii) transactions among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than IVS to the extent not permitted by the Amended Shareholders' Agreement) in the ordinary course of business to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, (iii) transactions permitted by Sections 7.02(b), 7.02(c), Section 7.02(e), Section 7.02(f), 7.02(h), 7.02(k), 7.02(l), 7.02(m), and transactions pursuant to the Loan Documents, (iv) sales of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower to Affiliates of the Borrower not otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith, (v) reasonable and customary director and officer compensation, benefits and indemnification arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (or committee thereof) of the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary, (vi) the payment for or grant of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity related incentives to any director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to a written plan or agreement approved by the board of directors of the applicable Person, (vii) the Transactions and transactions expressly permitted by the documents listed in clause (b) of the definition of "Transactions" and (viii) other transactions set forth on Schedule 7.02(j).

 

66 -

 

 

(k)          Limitations on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. Create or otherwise cause, incur, assume, suffer or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than IVS and its Subsidiaries) (i) to pay dividends or to make any other distribution on any shares of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) to pay or prepay or subordinate any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) to make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (iv) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that nothing in any of clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 7.02(k) shall prohibit or restrict compliance with:

 

(A)         this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the documents listed in clause (b) of the definition of "Transactions" and any related documents;

 

(B)         (i) any agreements in effect on the date of this Agreement and described on Schedule 7.02(k) or (ii) the definitive documents for any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (w) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" (so long as the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Borrower has provided prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of its compliance thereof), in each case, any extension, replacement or continuation of any such agreement; provided that any such encumbrance or restriction contained in such extended, replaced or continued agreement is no less favorable to the Agents and the Lenders than the encumbrance or restriction under or pursuant to the agreement so extended, replaced or continued;

 

(C)         any applicable law, rule or regulation (including, without limitation, applicable currency control laws and applicable state corporate statutes restricting the payment of dividends in certain circumstances);

 

(D)         in the case of clause (iv), customary restrictions on the subletting, assignment or transfer of any specified property or asset set forth in a lease, license, asset sale agreement or similar contract for the conveyance of such property or asset;

 

(E)         in the case of clause (iv), any agreement, instrument or other document evidencing a Permitted Lien (or the Indebtedness secured thereby) from restricting on customary terms the transfer of any property or assets subject thereto;

 

67 -

 

 

(F)         customary restrictions in agreements for the sale of assets on the transfer or encumbrance of such assets during an interim period prior to the closing of the sale of such assets;

 

(G)         customary restrictions in contracts that prohibit the assignment of such contract; or

 

(H)          in the case of clause (iv), customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures.

 

(l)          Limitation on Issuance of Equity Interests. Issue or sell or enter into any agreement or arrangement for the issuance and sale of, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue or sell or enter into any agreement or arrangement for the issuance and sale of, any shares of its Equity Interests, any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its Equity Interests or any warrants; provided that (i) the Borrower may issue Qualified Equity Interests so long as no Change of Control would result therefrom and (ii) any Subsidiary (other than IVS to the extent not permitted by the Amended Shareholders' Agreement) may issue Qualified Equity Interests to the Borrower and any other Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

(m)          Modifications of Indebtedness, Organizational Documents and Certain Other Agreements; Etc.

 

(i)          Amend, modify or otherwise change (or permit the amendment, modification or other change in any manner of) any of the provisions of any of its Indebtedness or of any instrument or agreement relating to any such Indebtedness if such amendment, modification or change (v) would shorten the final maturity or average life to maturity of, or require any payment to be made earlier than the date originally scheduled on, such Indebtedness, (w) would increase the interest rate applicable to such Indebtedness, (x) would add any covenant or event of default, (y) would change the subordination provision, if any, of such Indebtedness, or (z) would otherwise be materially adverse to the Lenders in any respect;

 

(ii)         except for the Obligations (and other Indebtedness to the extent such action is permitted under this Agreement), (A) make any voluntary or optional payment (including, without limitation, any payment of interest in cash that, at the option of the issuer, may be paid in cash or in kind and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any so-called "AHYDO" catch up payment), prepayment, redemption, defeasance, sinking fund payment or other acquisition for value of any of its Indebtedness (including, without limitation, by way of depositing money or securities with the trustee therefor before the date required for the purpose of paying any portion of such Indebtedness when due), (B) refund, refinance, replace or exchange any other Indebtedness for any such Indebtedness (except to the extent such Indebtedness is otherwise expressly permitted by the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness"), (C) make any payment, prepayment, redemption, defeasance, sinking fund payment or repurchase of any Subordinated Indebtedness in violation of the subordination provisions thereof or any subordination agreement with respect thereto, or (D) make any payment, prepayment, redemption, defeasance, sinking fund payment or repurchase of any Indebtedness as a result of any asset sale, change of control, issuance and sale of debt or equity securities or similar event, or give any notice with respect to any of the foregoing; provided that the Borrower may, (1) make payments with respect to Permitted Intercompany Investments constituting Indebtedness made by a Subsidiary owing to the Borrower, (2) make payments with respect to Permitted Intercompany Investments constituting Indebtedness made by the Borrower to a Subsidiary so long as such payment is not in violation of the subordination provisions applicable thereto, (3) make payments with respect to Permitted Intercompany Investments constituting Indebtedness made by the Borrower to GSSA, (4) convert such Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or otherwise set off obligations owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the holder of such Subordinated Indebtedness against such Subordinated Indebtedness, (5) repay the Existing Demand Loans in full on the Effective Date, (6) subject to the prepayment requirements set forth in Section 2.05(c)(v), make any payment prohibited by clauses (A) and (D) of this Section 7.02(m)(ii) in respect of any Permitted Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness); provided that, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result thereof, and (ii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03; and (7) make any payment or prepayment of Permitted Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) that is required to be made pursuant to the definitive documents for such Permitted Indebtedness as a result of (i) the sale of any Vessel or Vessel owning entity constituting a Permitted Disposition or (ii) the Total Loss of a Vessel; provided that, in each case, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result thereof, and (ii) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03;

 

68 -

 

 

(iii)        amend, modify or otherwise change its name, jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, organizational identification number or FEIN; or

 

(iv)        other than with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), amend, modify or otherwise change any of the Borrower's, and except where any failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower's Subsidiaries', Governing Documents (including, without limitation, by the filing or modification of any certificate of designation, or any agreement or arrangement entered into by it) with respect to any of its Equity Interests (including any shareholders' agreement), or enter into any new agreement with respect to any of its Equity Interests.

 

(n)          Investment Company Act of 1940. Engage in any business, enter into any transaction, use any securities or take any other action or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing, that would cause it or any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by virtue of being an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" not entitled to an exemption within the meaning of such Act.

 

(o)          Pensions. Except where any failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) engage, or permit (to the extent within the control of the Borrower) any ERISA Affiliate to engage, in any transaction described in Section 4069 of ERISA; (ii) fail to make any contribution or payment to any Multiemployer Plan which it or any ERISA Affiliate is required to make under any agreement relating to such Multiemployer Plan, or any law pertaining thereto; or (iii) fail, or permit (to the extent within the control of the Borrower) any ERISA Affiliate to fail, to pay any required installment or any other payment required under Section 412 of the IRC on or before the due date for such installment or other payment.

 

69 -

 

 

(p)          Environmental. Except for any violation that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, use, handle, generate, store, treat, Release or dispose of Hazardous Materials at any property owned or leased by it or any of its Subsidiaries in violation of Environmental Laws without the Borrower commencing Remedial Action with respect to such violation within 30 days after the date an Authorized Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such violation and then diligently completing any such Remedial Action.

 

(q)          Anti-Terrorism Laws. Permit: (i) any Covered Entity to (A) become a Sanctioned Person, (B) have any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person; or (C) do business in or with, or derive any of its operating income from investments in or transactions with, any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Laws; (ii) the Loans to be directly used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Laws; (iii) the funds used to repay the Obligations to be derived from any unlawful activity by the Borrower; or (iv) any Covered Entity to (x) fail to be in material compliance with, or (y) engage in any dealings or transactions prohibited by, any Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall timely notify the Agent in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event.

 

Section 7.03         Financial Covenant. Until the Obligations are Paid In Full, the Borrower shall not, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, permit the Coverage Ratio as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower to be less than 1.30:1.00.

 

Article VIII

[RESERVED]

 

Article IX

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 9.01         Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an "Event of Default"):

 

(a)          the Borrower shall fail to pay when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and as required to be paid herein (i) any interest on any Loan or any fee, indemnity or other amount payable under this Agreement (other than any portion thereof constituting principal of the Loans) or any other Loan Document, and such failure continues for a period of three (3) Business Days or (ii) all or any portion of the principal of the Loans;

 

(b)          any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or by any officer of the foregoing under or in connection with any Loan Document or under or in connection with any certificate delivered to any Secured Party pursuant to any Loan Document shall have been materially incorrect when made or deemed made;

 

70 -

 

 

(c)          the Borrower shall fail to perform or comply with any covenant or agreement contained in:

 

(i)          clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) of Section 7.01(a);

 

(ii)         Section 7.01(a) (other than the clauses of Section 7.01(a) listed in clause (c)(i) above and (c)(iii) below), Section 7.01(c) or Section 7.01(h), and such failure, if capable of being remedied, shall remain unremedied for five (5) days after the earlier of the date a Senior Officer of the Borrower has knowledge of such failure and the date written notice of such default shall have been given by any Agent to the Borrower, or

 

(iii)        clause (x) of Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(d), Section 7.02, Section 7.03; or

 

(iv)        Section 7.01(e), Section 7.01(k), Section 7.01(n), Section 7.01(p), Section 7.01(r) or Article VIII and such failure, if capable of being remedied, shall remain unremedied for five (5) days after the earlier of the date a Senior Officer of the Borrower has knowledge of such failure and the date written notice thereof shall have been given by any Agent to the Borrower;

 

(v)         any Loan Document (other than those covenants and agreements specified in Section 9.01(a), (b), and (c)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above) and such failure continues unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of the date a Senior Officer of the Borrower has knowledge of such failure and the date written notice thereof shall have been given by any Agent to the Borrower;

 

(d)          [reserved];

 

(e)          the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of or interest or premium on any of its Indebtedness (excluding the Obligations) to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness exceeds $1,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), or any other default under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event, shall occur and shall continue, if the effect of such default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case, prior to the stated maturity thereof;

 

(f)          Holdings or the Borrower (i) shall institute any proceeding or voluntary case seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), judicial management, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any Debtor Relief Law, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, judicial manager, liquidator, trustee, custodian or other similar official for any such Person or for any substantial part of its property, (ii) shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, (iii) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) shall take any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (f);

 

71 -

 

 

(g)          any proceeding shall be instituted against Holdings or the Borrower seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), judicial management, adjustment, protection, relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, judicial manager, liquidator, trustee, custodian or other similar official for any such Person or for any substantial part of its property, and either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against any such Person or the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur;

 

(h)          any material provision of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason (other than pursuant to the express terms thereof) cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against the Borrower, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or a proceeding shall be commenced by Holdings, the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any of them, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or the Borrower shall deny in writing that it has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document;

 

(i)          any Security Documents or any other security document, after delivery thereof pursuant hereto, shall for any reason fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and first priority Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders on any portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby;

 

(j)          one or more judgments, awards, or orders (or any settlement of any claim that, if breached, could result in a judgment, order or award) for the payment of money exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower and remain unsatisfied or the Borrower shall agree to the settlement of any one or more pending or threatened claims, actions, suits, or proceedings affecting the Borrower before any court or other Governmental Authority or any arbitrator or mediator, providing for the payment of money exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate, and in the case of any such judgment or order or settlement, either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon any such judgment, order, award or settlement or (ii) there shall be a period of 30 consecutive days after entry thereof during which such judgment, order, award or settlement shall not have been satisfied or a stay of enforcement of any such judgment, order, award or settlement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; provided, however, that any such judgment, order, award or settlement shall not give rise to an Event of Default under this subsection (j) if and for so long as (A) the amount of such judgment, order, award or settlement in excess of $1,000,000 is covered by a valid and binding policy of insurance between the applicable Person and the insurer covering full payment thereof (other than any deductible) or an amount sufficient to lower the exposure below $1,000,000, and (B) such insurer has been notified, and has not disputed the claim made for payment, of the amount of such judgment, order, award or settlement;

 

72 -

 

 

(k)          the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any Governmental Authority from conducting, or otherwise ceases to conduct for any reason whatsoever, all or any material part of their business in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(l)          any exercise of the Default Call Option by SEI against the Borrower in accordance with clause 10 of the Amended Shareholders' Agreement;

 

(m)          any default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Amended Shareholders' Agreement (other than any default or event of default arising directly from SEI's sole action);

 

(n)          the indictment of the Borrower under any criminal statute, or commencement of criminal or civil proceedings against the Borrower, pursuant to which statute or proceedings the penalties or remedies sought or available include forfeiture to any Governmental Authority of any material portion of the property of such Person;

 

(o)          the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall have made a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan, and, as a result of such complete or partial withdrawal, the Borrower incurs a withdrawal liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a Multiemployer Plan is determined to be in "critical" status (as determined under Section 305(b)(2) of ERISA) and the results of such determination is to increase the Borrower's annual contributions requirements in an amount that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(p)          any Reportable Compliance Event shall have occurred that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(q)          a Change of Control shall have occurred; or

 

(r)          Holdings shall have made any borrowing under the CACIB Facility Agreement without the consent of SEI;

 

then, and in any such event, the Collateral Agent (and solely with respect to clause (i) below, the Administrative Agent) may, and shall at the request of the Required Lenders, (i) terminate or reduce all Commitments, whereupon all Commitments shall immediately be so terminated or reduced, (ii) declare all or any portion of the Loan then outstanding to be due and payable, whereupon all or such portion of the aggregate principal of the Loan, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including any PIK Interest), all fees and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall become due and payable immediately, together with the payment of the Prepayment Premium with respect to the Loan so repaid, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower and (iii) exercise any and all of its other rights and remedies under applicable law, hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in subsection (f) or (g) of this Section 9.01, without any notice to the Borrower or any other Person or any act by any Agent or any Lender, all Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Loan then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, all fees (including, without limitation, the Prepayment Premium, if any) and all other amounts due under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall become due and payable automatically and immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower.

 

73 -

 

 

Section 9.02         Rights to Cure.

 

(a)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.01, in the event that the Borrower fails (or, but for the operation of this Section 9.02, would fail) to comply with the requirements of Section 7.03 as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the Borrower shall have the right within 10 Business Days after such Fiscal Quarter end (the "Cure Period") by delivering a Notice of Intent to Cure, to either (1) provide the Lenders with property or assets (including, without limitation, cash or Cash Equivalents) ("Additional Collateral") having a Fair Market Value, adequate to make up such deficiency, which Additional Collateral shall be constituted by such documentation as the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion may approve or require and shall be perfected by such means as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may require; or (2) subject to Section 2.06(b), repay such part of the Loan as will result in pro forma compliance with Section 7.03 (collectively, the "Cure Right"); provided that the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than one (1) time during the term of this Agreement. Upon the exercise by the Borrower of such Cure Right within the Cure Period, the Coverage Ratio shall be recalculated on a pro forma basis solely for the purpose of measuring compliance with Section 7.03 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement. Until the expiration of the Cure Period in respect of a breach in respect of Section 7.03, the Lenders shall not be permitted to declare an Event of Default or to accelerate the Loans held by them or to exercise remedies against the Collateral solely on the basis of a failure to comply with the requirements of the covenant set forth in Section 7.03.

 

(b)          If, prior to the expiration of the Cure Period, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.03 in respect of the applicable Fiscal Quarter, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 7.03 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of Section 7.03 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

74 -

 

 

Article X

AGENTS

 

Section 10.01         Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to perform the duties of each such Agent as set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, including: (i) to receive on behalf of each Lender any payment of principal of or interest on the Loan outstanding hereunder and all other amounts accrued hereunder for the account of the Lenders and paid to such Agent, and, subject to Section 2.02 of this Agreement, to distribute promptly to each Lender its Pro Rata Share of all payments so received; (ii) to distribute to each Lender copies of all notices and agreements received by such Agent and not required to be delivered to each Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided that the Agents shall not have any liability to the Lenders for any Agent's inadvertent failure to distribute any such notices or agreements to the Lenders; (iii) to maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Obligations, the Loan, and related matters and to maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Collateral and related matters; (iv) to execute or file any and all financing or similar statements or notices, amendments, renewals, supplements, documents, instruments, proofs of claim, notices and other written agreements with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (v) to make the Loan for the Collateral Agent or on behalf of the applicable Lenders as provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (vi) to perform, exercise, and enforce any and all other rights and remedies of the Lenders with respect to the Borrower, the Obligations, or otherwise related to any of same to the extent reasonably incidental to the exercise by such Agent of the rights and remedies specifically authorized to be exercised by such Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (vii) to incur and pay such fees necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions and powers pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (viii) subject to Section 10.03, to take such action as such Agent deems appropriate on its behalf to administer the Loan and the Loan Documents and to exercise such other powers delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof or the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the power to give or to refuse to give notices, waivers, consents, approvals and instructions and the power to make or to refuse to make determinations and calculations); and (ix) to act with respect to all Collateral under the Loan Documents, including for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Borrower to secure any of the Obligations and for the purposes of this clause (ix) the Collateral Agent declares that it holds (A) the Liens on Collateral granted by the Borrower to secure any of the Obligations; (B) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by the Borrower to pay amounts in respect of the Obligations to the Collateral Agent as trustee for the Lenders and secured by Liens on Collateral granted by the Borrower, together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by the Borrower in favor of the Collateral Agent as trustee for the Agents and the Lenders under the Loan Documents; and (C) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Collateral Agent is required by the terms of the Loan Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Agents and the Lenders on trust for the Agents and the Lenders on the terms contained in this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Collateral Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of the Borrower and provided further that the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to the duty of care imposed on trustees by the Trustees Act, Chapter 337 of Singapore or otherwise by law and where there are any inconsistencies between the Trustees Act, Chapter 337 of Singapore and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustees Act, Chapter 337 of Singapore, the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustees Act, Chapter 337 of Singapore. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the Loans), the Agents shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such instructions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) shall be binding upon all Lenders; provided, however, that the Agents shall not be required to take any action which, in the reasonable opinion of any Agent, exposes such Agent to liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or applicable law.

 

75 -

 

 

Section 10.02         Nature of Duties; Delegation. (a) The Agents shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents. The duties of the Agents shall be mechanical and administrative in nature. The Agents shall not have by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, express or implied, is intended to or shall be construed to impose upon the Agents any obligations in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except as expressly set forth herein or therein. Each Lender shall make its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower in connection with the making and the continuance of the Loan hereunder and shall make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the value of the Collateral, and the Agents shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into their possession before the Loan hereunder or at any time or times thereafter; provided that, upon the reasonable request of a Lender, each Agent shall provide to such Lender any documents or reports delivered to such Agent by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. If any Agent seeks the consent or approval of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) to the taking or refraining from taking any action hereunder, such Agent shall send notice thereof to each Lender. Each Agent shall promptly notify each Lender any time that the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) have instructed such Agent to act or refrain from acting pursuant hereto.

 

(b)          Each Agent may, upon any term or condition it specifies, delegate or exercise any of its rights, powers and remedies under, and delegate or perform any of its duties or any other action with respect to, any Loan Document by or through any trustee, co-agent, employee, attorney-in-fact and any other Person (including any Lender). Any such Person shall benefit from this Article X to the extent provided by the applicable Agent.

 

76 -

 

 

Section 10.03         Rights, Exculpation, Etc. The Agents and their directors, officers, agents or employees shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by them under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents (i) may treat the payee of the Loan as the owner thereof until the Agents receive written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof, pursuant to Section 12.07 hereof, signed by such payee and in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agents; (ii) may consult with legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to any Agent or counsel to the Borrower), independent public accountants, and other experts selected by any of them and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by any of them in accordance with the advice of such counsel or experts; (iii) make no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, certificates, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents on the part of any Person, the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default, or to inspect the Collateral or other property (including, without limitation, the books and records) of any Person; (v) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (vi) shall not be deemed to have made any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Collateral Agent's Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by the Borrower in connection therewith, nor shall the Agents be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral. The Agents shall not be liable for any apportionment or distribution of payments made in good faith pursuant to Section 4.03, and if any such apportionment or distribution is subsequently determined to have been made in error, and the sole recourse of any Lender to whom payment was due but not made shall be to recover from other Lenders any payment in excess of the amount which they are determined to be entitled. The Agents may at any time request instructions from the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents the Agents are permitted or required to take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the Agents shall be absolutely entitled to refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval under any of the Loan Documents until they shall have received such instructions from the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents). Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents).

 

Section 10.04         Reliance. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notices, statements, certificates, orders or other documents or any telephone message believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person, and with respect to all matters pertaining to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and its duties hereunder or thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

 

77 -

 

 

Section 10.05         Indemnification. To the extent that any Agent is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrower, and whether or not such Agent has made demand on the Borrower for the same, the Lenders will, within five days of written demand by such Agent, reimburse such Agent for and indemnify such Agent from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, client charges and expenses of counsel or any other advisor to such Agent), advances or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in proportion to each Lender's Pro Rata Share, including, without limitation, advances and disbursements made pursuant to Section 10.08; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, advances or disbursements for which there has been a final non-appealable judicial determination that such liability resulted from such Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.05 shall survive the Payment In Full of the Loan and the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.06         Agents Individually. With respect to its Pro Rata Share of the Total Commitment hereunder and the Loan made by it, each Agent shall have and may exercise the same rights and powers hereunder and is subject to the same obligations and liabilities as and to the extent set forth herein for any other Lender. The terms "Lenders" or "Required Lenders" or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender or one of the Required Lenders. Each Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrower as if it were not acting as an Agent pursuant hereto without any duty to account to the other Lenders.

 

Section 10.07         Successor Agent. (a) Any Agent may at any time give at least 30 days prior written notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no such successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the "Resignation Effective Date"), then the retiring Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent. Whether or not a successor Agent has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

 

(b)          With effect from the Resignation Effective Date, (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by such Agent on behalf of a Secured Party under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through such retiring Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for in Section 10.07(a) above. Upon the acceptance of a successor's Agent's appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. After the retiring Agent's resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article, Section 12.04 and Section 12.15 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

 

78 -

 

 

Section 10.08         Collateral Matters. (a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Collateral Agent upon any Collateral upon termination of the Total Commitment and payment and satisfaction of the Loan and all other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted) in accordance with the terms hereof; or constituting property being sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business or otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; or constituting property in which the Borrower owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the requisite Lenders in accordance with Section 12.02. Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent's authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.08(b).

 

(b)          Without in any manner limiting the Collateral Agent's authority to act without any specific or further authorization or consent by the Lenders (as set forth in Section 10.08(b)), each Lender agrees to confirm in writing, upon request by the Collateral Agent, the authority to release Collateral conferred upon the Collateral Agent under Section 10.08(b). Upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of confirmation from the Lenders of its authority to release any particular item or types of Collateral, and upon prior written request by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders upon such Collateral; provided, however, that (i) the Collateral Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in the Collateral Agent's opinion, would expose the Collateral Agent to liability or create any obligations or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Lien upon (or obligations of the Borrower in respect of) all interests in the Collateral retained by the Borrower.

 

(c)          Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (i) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral under any Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and (iii) the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Agents and the Lenders (but not any other Agent or any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral to be sold (A) at any public or private sale, (B) at any sale conducted by the Collateral Agent under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code (including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the Uniform Commercial Code), (C) at any sale or foreclosure conducted by the Collateral Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with applicable law or (D) any sale conducted pursuant to the provisions of any Debtor Relief Law (including Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code), to use and apply all or any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale.

 

79 -

 

 

(d)          The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any Lender to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by the Borrower or is cared for, protected or insured or has been encumbered or that the Lien granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document has been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or is entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent in this Section 10.08 or in any other Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Collateral Agent's own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders and that the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to any other Lender, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

Section 10.09         Agency for Perfection. Each Agent and each Lender hereby appoints each other Agent and each other Lender as agent and bailee for the purpose of perfecting the security interests in and liens upon the Collateral in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, can be perfected only by possession or control (or where the security interest of a secured party with possession or control has priority over the security interest of another secured party) and each Agent and each Lender hereby acknowledges that it holds possession of or otherwise controls any such Collateral for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders as secured party. Should the Administrative Agent or any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent's request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or in accordance with the Collateral Agent's instructions. In addition, the Collateral Agent shall also have the power and authority hereunder to appoint such other sub-agents as may be necessary or required under applicable state law or otherwise to perform its duties and enforce its rights with respect to the Collateral and under the Loan Documents. The Borrower by its execution and delivery of this Agreement hereby consents to the foregoing.

 

Section 10.10         No Reliance on any Agent's Customer Identification Program Certifications From Banks and Participants; USA PATRIOT Act. (a) Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on any Agent to carry out such Lender's, Affiliate's, participant's or assignee's customer identification program, or other requirements imposed by the USA PATRIOT Act or the regulations issued thereunder, including the regulations set forth in 31 CFR § 103.121, as hereafter amended or replaced ("CIP Regulations"), or any other Anti-Terrorism Laws, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with the Borrower, its Affiliates or its agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby: (1) any identity verification procedures, (2) any recordkeeping, (3) comparisons with government lists, (4) customer notices or (5) other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or other regulations issued under the USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender, Affiliate, participant or assignee subject to Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act will perform the measures necessary to satisfy its own responsibilities under the CIP Regulations.

 

80 -

 

 

(b)          [reserved].

 

(c)          The USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies individuals or business entities which open an "account" with such financial institution. Consequently, any Agent or Lender may from time to time request, and the Borrower shall provide to such Agent or Lender, the Borrower's name, address, tax identification number and/or such other identifying information as shall be necessary for such Agent or such Lender to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act and any other Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

Section 10.11         No Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Secured Parties (except with respect to (i) the retiring Agent's obligation to continue to hold Collateral as set forth in Section 10.07(b) and (ii) the Collateral Agent's obligation to release liens under Section 10.08(b)), and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

Section 10.12         No Fiduciary Relationship. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term "agent" herein or in any other Loan Document (or any other similar term) with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

 

Section 10.13         Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers. By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:

 

(a)          is deemed to have requested that each Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each field audit or examination report and each appraisal and valuations report, if any, with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a "Report") prepared by or at the request of such Agent, and each Agent shall so furnish each Lender with each such Report,

 

(b)          expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Agents (i) do not make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Reports, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Reports,

 

(c)          expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that any Agent or other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and will rely significantly upon the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' books and records, as well as on representations of their personnel,

 

81 -

 

 

(d)          agrees to keep all Reports and other information regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 12.19, and

 

(e)          without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold any Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender's participation in, or the indemnifying Lender's purchase of, a loan or loans of the Borrower, and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold any Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys' fees and costs) incurred by any such Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

 

Section 10.14         [Reserved].

 

Section 10.15         Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Collateral Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether any Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)          to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loan and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Secured Parties (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Secured Parties and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)          to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Secured Party to make such payments to the Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Collateral Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Secured Parties, to pay to the Collateral Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

 

82 -

 

 

Article XI

[RESERVED]

 

Article XII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01       Notices, Etc.

 

(a)          Notices Generally. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed (certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested), telecopied or delivered by hand, Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier, if to the Borrower, at the following address:

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

200 Cantonment Road #03-01 Southpoint

Singapore 089763

Attention: Stephen Griffiths

Telephone: +65 63 23 0048

Email: stepheng@grindrodshipping.com; yvetteb@grindrodshipping.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attention: Caroline Sandberg

Telephone: (212) 859-8071

Telecopier: (212) 859-4000
Email: caroline.sandberg@friedfrank.com

 

if to the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent, to it at the following address:

 

Sankaty European Investments III S.Á.R.L.
4 Rue Lou Hemmer
L-1748 Luxembourg
Luxembourg
Attention: Myleen Basilio

Telephone: 352-26-78-66-54

Email: mbasilio@baincapital.com

 

83 -

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Bain Capital Credit, Ltd.
Devonshire House, Mayfair Place
London W1J 8AJ
United Kingdom
Attention: Jessica Yeager
Email: j.yeager@baincapital.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 Clarendon Street, 47th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Attention: Ranesh Ramanathan, P.C.

Telephone: (617) 385-7454

Telecopier: (617) 385-7501
Email: ranesh.ramanathan@kirkland.com

 

or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 12.01. All such notices and other communications shall be effective, (i) if mailed (certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested), when received or three (3) days after deposited in the mails, whichever occurs first, (ii) if telecopied, when transmitted and confirmation received, or (iii) if delivered by hand, Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier, upon delivery, except that notices to any Agent pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until received by such Agent.

 

(b)          Electronic Communications.

 

(i)          Each Agent and the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agents, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Agents that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.

 

(ii)         Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender's receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the "return receipt requested" function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (A), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (A) and (B) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

84 -

 

 

Section 12.02         Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (excluding the Fee Letter), and no consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed (x) in the case of an amendment, consent or waiver to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency or granting a new Lien for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders or extending an existing Lien over additional property, by the Agents and the Borrower, (y) in the case of any other waiver or consent, by the Required Lenders (or by the Collateral Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and (z) in the case of any other amendment, by the Required Lenders (or by the Collateral Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(i)          increase the Commitment of any Lender, reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Loan payable to any Lender, reduce the amount of any fee payable for the account of any Lender, or postpone or extend any scheduled date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest or fees on, the Loan payable to any Lender, in each case, without the written consent of such Lender (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenant in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the stated rate of interest or reduction of fees for purposes of this clause (i));

 

(ii)         [reserved];

 

(iii)        change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loan that is required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

(iv)        amend the definition of "Required Lenders" or "Pro Rata Share" without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(v)         release all or a substantial portion of the Collateral (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), subordinate any Lien granted in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders on all or a substantial portion of the Collateral, or release the Borrower, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender; or

 

(vi)        (x) amend, modify or waive Section 4.02, Section 4.03, or this Section 12.02 of this Agreement without the written consent of each Lender and/or (y) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement to the extent such amendment, modification or waiver would change or have the effect of changing the priority or pro rata treatment of any payments (including voluntary and mandatory prepayments) on account of the Obligations, Liens, proceeds of Collateral or reductions in Commitments (including as a result in whole or in part of allowing the issuance or incurrence, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, of new loans or other Indebtedness having any priority over any of the Obligations in respect of payments, Liens, Collateral or proceeds of Collateral, in exchange for any Obligations or otherwise).

 

85 -

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by an Agent, affect the rights or duties of such Agent (but not in its capacity as a Lender) under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (B) any amendment, waiver or consent to any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 4.01 and 4.02) that permits Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates to purchase Loans on a non-pro rata basis, become an eligible assignee pursuant to Section 12.07 and/or make offers to make optional prepayments on a non-pro rata basis shall require the prior written consent of each Lender and (C) the consent of the Borrower shall not be required to change any order of priority set forth in Section 2.05(d) and Section 4.03. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates that is a Lender shall not have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent under the Loan Documents and the Loan held by such Person for purposes hereof shall be automatically deemed to be voted pro rata according to the Loan of all other Lenders in the aggregate.

 

Section 12.03         No Waiver; Remedies, Etc. No failure on the part of any Agent or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The rights and remedies of the Agents and the Lenders provided herein and in the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies provided by law. The rights of the Agents and the Lenders under any Loan Document against any party thereto are not conditional or contingent on any attempt by the Agents and the Lenders to exercise any of their rights under any other Loan Document against such party or against any other Person.

 

Section 12.04         Expenses; Attorneys' Fees. The Borrower will pay on demand, all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of each Agent and each Lender, including, without limitation, reasonable and documented fees, costs, client charges and expenses of one outside counsel for the Agents and the Lenders taken as a whole (and local counsel in each material jurisdiction, as the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion), accounting, due diligence, periodic field audits, physical counts, valuations, investigations, searches and filings, monitoring of assets, appraisals of Collateral, title searches and reviewing environmental assessments, miscellaneous disbursements, examination, travel, lodging and meals, arising from or relating to: (a) the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, performance and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the preparation of any additional Loan Documents pursuant to Section 7.01(b) or the review of any of the agreements, instruments and documents referred to in Section 7.01(f)), (b) any requested amendments, waivers or consents to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents whether or not such documents become effective or are given, (c) the preservation and protection of the Agents' or any of the Lenders' rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (d) the defense of any claim or action asserted or brought against any Agent or any Lender by any Person that arises from or relates to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Agents' or the Lenders' claims against the Borrower, or any and all matters in connection therewith, other than in connection with claims or actions bought by any Lender or Agent against one another, (e) the commencement or defense of, or intervention in, any court proceeding arising from or related to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, other than in connection with claims or actions bought by any Lender or Agent against one another, (f) the filing of any petition, complaint, answer, motion or other pleading by any Agent or any Lender, or the taking of any action in respect of the Collateral or other security, in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (g) the protection, collection, lease, sale, taking possession of or liquidation of, any Collateral or other security in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (h) any attempt to enforce any Lien or security interest in any Collateral or other security in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (i) any attempt to collect from the Borrower and (j)  the receipt by any Agent or any Lender of any advice from professionals with respect to any of the foregoing. Without limitation of the foregoing or any other provision of any Loan Document: (x) the Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable broker fees that may become due in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (y) if the Borrower fails to perform any covenant or agreement contained herein or in any other Loan Document, any Agent may itself perform or cause performance of such covenant or agreement, and the reasonable expenses of such Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be reimbursed on demand by the Borrower. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 12.04 shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and discharge of any Liens granted under the Loan Documents up until the date that is five years after the date of such repayment and discharge (when such obligations shall expire).

 

86 -

 

 

Section 12.05         Right of Set-off. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any Agent or any Lender may, and is hereby authorized to, at any time and from time to time to the fullest extent permitted by law, set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Agent or such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations of the Borrower then due and payable under any Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or thereunder. No Lender shall exercise any such right of set-off without the prior consent of the Agents or the Required Lenders. Each Agent and each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower promptly after any such set-off and application made by such Agent or such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Agents and the Lenders under this Section 12.05 are in addition to the other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which the Agents and the Lenders may have under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents of law or otherwise.

 

Section 12.06         Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 12.07         Assignments and Participations.

 

(a)          This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights hereunder or under the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of each Lender and any such assignment without the Lenders' prior written consent shall be null and void.

 

87 -

 

 

(b)          Each Lender may with the written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) and each Agent, assign to one or more other lenders or other entities incorporated or formed in (x) Singapore, (y) Luxembourg or (z) any Treaty State (provided that, with respect to sub-clauses (y) and (z) of this clause (b), such assignee shall meet the requirements of a Treaty Lender), all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to all or a portion of its Commitment and any Loan made by it; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after having received written notice thereof; provided, however, that no written consent of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent shall be required (A) in connection with any assignment by a Lender to a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender, (B) if such assignment is in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or any substantial portion of the business or loan portfolio of such Lender or (C) in connection with any assignment occurring substantially concurrently with or following the arm's length disposition by SEI or any of its Affiliates of all of its, or their, A Class Shares in IVS to an unrelated third party; further provided that (i) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any promissory note subject to such assignment and (ii) no such assignment shall be made to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates. Upon such execution, delivery and acceptance, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance and recordation on the Register, which effective date shall be at least three (3) Business Days after the delivery thereof to the Agents (or such shorter period as shall be agreed to by the Agents and the parties to such assignment), (A) the assignee thereunder shall become a "Lender" hereunder and, in addition to the rights and obligations hereunder held by it immediately prior to such effective date, have the rights and obligations hereunder that have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

 

(c)          By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto; (ii)  the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other documents and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, any Agent or any Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agents to take such action as agents on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agents by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental hereto and thereto; and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

88 -

 

 

(d)          The Administrative Agent shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain, or cause to be maintained at the Payment Office, a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register (the "Register") for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitments of, and the principal amount of the Loan (and stated interest thereon) owing to each Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section 12.07(d) shall be construed so that the Loans and Commitments are at all times maintained in "registered form" within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2), and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

 

(e)          Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of a completed Assignment and Acceptance, and subject to any consent required from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 12.07(b) (which consent of the Collateral Agent must be evidenced by the Collateral Agent's execution of an acceptance to such Assignment and Acceptance), the Administrative Agent shall accept such assignment, record the information contained therein in the Register and provide to the Collateral Agent a copy of the fully executed Assignment and Acceptance.

 

(f)          [reserved].

 

(g)          In the event that any Lender sells participations in the Loan, such Lender shall, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent on behalf of the Borrower, maintain, or cause to be maintained, a register, on which it enters the name of all participants in the Loan held by it and the principal amount (and stated interest thereon) of the portion of the Loan that is the subject of the participation (the "Participant Register"). The Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on the Participant Register (and each registered note shall expressly so provide). Any participation of the Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register, which shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Participant Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Participant Register shall be maintained in registered form within the meaning of Section 5f.103-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

89 -

 

 

(h)          Any Lender who purchases or is assigned or participates in any portion of the Loan shall comply with Sections 2.09(e) and 2.09(h).

 

(i)          Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments, the Loans made by it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement (including without limitation, its Commitments hereunder) and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged; (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (iii) a participant shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except (A) action directly effecting an extension of the maturity dates or decrease in the principal amount of the Loans, (B) action directly effecting an extension of the due dates or a decrease in the rate of interest payable on the Loans or the fees payable under this Agreement, or (C) actions directly effecting a release of all or a substantial portion of the Collateral or the Borrower (except as set forth in Section 10.08 of this Agreement or any other Loan Document); and (iv) the participant is incorporated or formed in (x) Singapore, (y) Luxembourg or (z) any Treaty State and, with respect to sub-clauses (y) and (z) of this clause (i), such participant shall meet the requirements of a Treaty Lender.

 

(j)          The Borrower agrees that each participant in a Loan that has not become a Lender with respect to the assigned interest shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.09 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.09(e) (it being understood that the documentation required from the participant or assignee under Section 2.09(e) shall be provided in the first instance to the Person through whom such participation or assigned interest is held)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired the relevant interest in the Loan by assignment under Section 12.07(b); provided that such participant or assignee (i) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.09 as if it were a Lender that was an assignee under Section 12.07(b) and (ii) shall not be entitled to receive any greater benefit than the applicable Lender who sold the participation would have received, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the participant acquired the applicable participation.

 

(k)         [reserved].

 

(l)          No assignment or participation may be made to a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural person). Agent has no obligation to determine whether any assignee is permitted under the Loan Documents.

 

Section 12.08      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or electronic mail shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or electronic mail also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis.

 

90 -

 

 

Section 12.09         GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.10         CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS AND VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS AND IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY ANY MEANS PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE BORROWER AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICES AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.01, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 10 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE BORROWER IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE JURISDICTION OR LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY PARTY HERETO HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR ITS PROPERTY, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

91 -

 

 

Section 12.11         WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL, ETC. EACH PARTY HERETO AND EACH SECURED PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR UNDER ANY AMENDMENT, WAIVER, CONSENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR OTHER AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH IN THE FUTURE MAY BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, OR ARISING FROM ANY FINANCING RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO CERTIFIES THAT NO OFFICER, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY AGENT OR ANY LENDER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT ANY AGENT OR ANY LENDER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE OTHER PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 12.12         Consent by the Agents and Lenders. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein to the contrary or in any other Loan Document, if the consent, approval, satisfaction, determination, judgment, acceptance or similar action (an "Action") of any Agent or any Lender shall be permitted or required pursuant to any provision hereof or any provision of any other agreement to which the Borrower is a party and to which any Agent or any Lender has succeeded thereto, such Action shall be required to be in writing and may be withheld or denied by such Agent or such Lender, in its sole discretion, with or without any reason, and without being subject to question or challenge on the grounds that such Action was not taken in good faith.

 

Section 12.13         No Party Deemed Drafter. Each of the parties hereto agrees that no party hereto shall be deemed to be the drafter of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.14         Reinstatement; Certain Payments. If any claim is ever made upon any Secured Party for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by such Agent, such Secured Party in payment or on account of any of the Obligations, such Agent, such Secured Party shall give prompt notice of such claim to each other Agent and Lender and the Borrower, and if such Secured Party repays all or part of such amount by reason of (i) any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such Agent, such Secured Party or any of its property, or (ii) any good faith settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by such Secured Party with any such claimant, then and in such event the Borrower agrees that (A) any such judgment, decree, order, settlement or compromise shall be binding upon it notwithstanding the cancellation of any Indebtedness hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or the termination of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and (B) it shall be and remain liable to such Agent, such Secured Party hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by such Secured Party.

 

92 -

 

 

Section 12.15         Indemnification; Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages.

 

(a)          In addition to the Borrower's other Obligations under this Agreement, the Borrower agrees to, jointly and severally, defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party and all of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, consultants and agents (collectively called the "Indemnitees") from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fees, reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and reasonable costs and expenses) incurred by such Indemnitees, whether prior to or from and after the Effective Date, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of or arising from or relating to or in connection with any of the following: (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution or performance or enforcement of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or of any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) any Agent's or any Lender's furnishing of funds to the Borrower for the account of the Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the management of any such Loans or the Borrower's use of the proceeds thereof, (iii) the Agents and the Lenders relying on any instructions of the Borrower or the handling of the Loan Account and Collateral of the Borrower as herein provided, (iv) any matter relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or by any document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (v) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (collectively, the "Indemnified Matters"); provided, however, that the Borrower shall not have any obligation to any Indemnitee under this subsection (a) for any Indemnified Matter caused by (x) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any of its controlled Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, partners or other representatives, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) any dispute solely among Indemnitees other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an Agent and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates.

 

(b)          The indemnification for all of the foregoing losses, damages, fees, costs and expenses of the Indemnitees set forth in this Section 12.15 are chargeable against the Loan Account. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 12.15 may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law, to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Matters incurred by the Indemnitees.

 

(c)          To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereby waives, any claim against any other party on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(d)          The indemnities and waivers set forth in this Section 12.15 shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and discharge of any Liens granted under the Loan Documents up until the date that is five years after the date of such repayment and discharge (when such obligations shall expire).

 

93 -

 

 

(e)          This Section 12.15 shall not apply with respect to Taxes, other than Taxes that represent losses, damages or liabilities arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

Section 12.16         Records. The unpaid principal of and interest on the Loan, the interest rate or rates applicable to such unpaid principal and interest, the duration of such applicability, the Commitments, and the accrued and unpaid fees payable pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof, including, without limitation, the fees set forth in the Fee Letter and the Prepayment Premium, shall at all times be ascertained from the records of the Agents, which shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

 

Section 12.17         Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and when the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.01 hereof have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Agents, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Secured Party, and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign their rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of each Agent and each Lender, and any assignment by any Lender shall be governed by Section 12.07 hereof.

 

Section 12.18         [Reserved].

 

Section 12.19         Confidentiality. Each Agent and each Lender agrees (on behalf of itself and its Related Parties) to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and in accordance with safe and sound practices of comparable commercial finance companies, any information supplied to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which is identified in writing by the Borrower as being confidential at the time the same is delivered to such Person (and which at the time is not, and does not thereafter become, publicly available or available to such Person from another source not known to be subject to a confidentiality obligation to such Person not to disclose such information), provided that nothing herein shall limit the disclosure by any Agent or any Lender of any such information (i) to its Affiliates, its Related Parties or the Related Parties of any Person described in clauses (ii) or (iii) below) (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made either will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential in accordance with this Section 12.19 or is subject to other customary confidentiality obligations); (ii) to any other party hereto; (iii) to any assignee or participant (or prospective assignee or participant), so long as such assignee or participant (or prospective assignee or participant) agrees, in writing, to be bound by or is otherwise subject to customary confidentiality obligations (including, without limitation, confidentiality provisions similar in substance to this Section 12.19); (iv) to the extent required by any Requirement of Law or judicial process or as otherwise requested by any Governmental Authority; (v) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, any examiner, auditor or accountant or any nationally recognized rating agency; (vi) in connection with any litigation to which any Agent or any Lender is a party; (vii) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (viii) to any other Person if such information is general portfolio information that does not identity the Borrower, or (ix) with the consent of the Borrower. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Commitments. Any information disclosed to any Agent or Lender shall not restrict the Administrative Agent (or its Affiliates) from trading in the Borrower's Equity Interests.

 

94 -

 

 

Section 12.20         Public Disclosure. The Borrower agrees that neither it nor any of its Affiliates will now or in the future issue any press release or other public disclosure using the name of an Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of such Agent or such Lender, except to the extent that the Borrower or such Affiliate is required to do so under applicable law (in which event, the Borrower or such Affiliate will consult with such Agent or such Lender before issuing such press release or other public disclosure). Each Agent and each Lender agree that neither it nor any of its respective Affiliates will now or in the future issue any press release or other public disclosure using the name of the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates without the prior written consent of the Borrower, except to the extent that such Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate is required to do so under applicable law (in which event, such Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate will consult with the Borrower before issuing such press release or other public disclosure). With the prior written consent of the other parties hereto (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), each party hereto may advertise the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and make appropriate announcements of the financial arrangements entered into among the parties hereto, including, without limitation, on a home page or similar place for dissemination of information on the Internet or worldwide web, or in announcements commonly known as tombstones, in such trade publications, business journals, newspapers of general circulation and to such selected parties as such party shall deem reasonably appropriate.

 

Section 12.21         Integration. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.

 

Section 12.22         USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Borrower that (i) pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the entities composing the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each such entity and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act and (ii) pursuant to the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain a Beneficial Ownership Certificate to the extent the Borrower qualifies as a "legal entity customer" under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation. The Borrower agrees to take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver at its sole cost and expense, such instruments and documents as any Lender may reasonably require from time to time in order to enable such Lender to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 12.23         [Reserved].

 

95 -

 

 

Section 12.24         Section Headings. Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

 

Section 12.25         [Reserved].

 

Section 12.26        Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars into another currency (the "Other Currency"), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which the Agent could, in accordance with normal procedures, purchase Dollars with the Other Currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Secured Parties hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in such Other Currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day immediately following the date on which the Agent receives any sum adjudged to be so due in the Other Currency, the Agent may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase Dollars with the Other Currency. If the Dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Secured Parties in Dollars, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Secured Parties against such loss, and if the Dollars so purchased exceed the sum originally due to the Secured Parties in Dollars, the Secured Parties agrees to remit to the Borrower such excess.

 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

96 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

  BORROWER:
   
  GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Martyn Richard Wade
    Name: Martyn Richard Wade
    Title: Director

 

FINANCING AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

  COLLATERAL AGENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
   
  SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.Á.R.L.
     
  By: /s/ Sally Dornaus
    Name: Sally Dornaus
    Title: Class A Manager
     
  By: /s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio
    Name: Myleen Tapawan Basilio
    Title: Class B Manager

 

FINANCING AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

  LENDERS:
   
  SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.Á.R.L.
     
  By: /s/ Sally Dornaus
    Name: Sally Dornaus
    Title: Class A Manager
     
  By: /s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio
    Name: Myleen Tapawan Basilio
    Title: Class A Manager

 

FINANCING AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1.01(A)

 

LENDERS AND LENDERS' COMMITMENTS 

 

Lender   Total Commitment  
Sankaty European Investments III S.Á.R.L.   $ 35,833,333.34  
         
Total   $ 35,833,333.34  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.27

 

ENSafrica

 

1 Richefond Circle Ridgeside Office Park Umhlanga 4320

P O Box 3052 Durban South Africa 4000

docex 161 Durban

tel +2731 536 8600

court/service address: Suite 2302 23rd floor Durban Bay House  333 Anton Lembede/Smith Street Durban 4001

info@ENSafrica.com ENSafrica.com

 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

entered into between

 

 

REGIMENT CAPITAL LTD.

 

 

and

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

law | tax | forensics | IP    Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Incorporated registration number 2006/018200/21

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description   Page
       
1. PARTIES   3
       
2. DEFINITIONS   3
       
3. INTRODUCTION   6
       
4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   7
       
5. SALE   8
       
6. CLOSING   8
       
7. RISK AND BENEFIT   9
       
8. WARRANTIES   9
       
9. INDEMNITIES   10
       
10. APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE FoF AGREEMENT   10
       
11. COSTS   10
       
12. SIGNATURE   10
       
Annexure A      WARRANTIES   12

 

  2  

 

 

1. PARTIES

 

1.1. Regiment Capital Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability with its registered office at maples Corporate Services, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104 (“Seller”); and

 

1.2. Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 South point, Singapore 089763 (“Purchaser”).

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words, terms or expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder in this Agreement and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

2.1. Agreement” means this written share purchase agreement and all annexures hereto;

 

2.2. Articles” means the memorandum and articles of association of the Company;

 

2.3. A Shares” means the ordinary shares, designated as “A” class shares, in the Company;

 

2.4. Binding Clauses” means clauses 1, 2, 4 and 10 to 12 (all inclusive);

 

2.5. B Shares” means the ordinary shares, designated as “B” class shares, in the Company;

 

2.6. Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York, Luxembourg and Singapore;

 

2.7. Closing Meeting – Day 1” has the meaning given to it in clause 6.1;

 

2.8. Closing Meeting – Day 2” has the meaning given to it in clause 6.3;

 

2.9. Company” means IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 South point, Singapore 089763;

 

2.10. "Conditions Precedent" means the conditions precedent set out in clause 4.1;

 

2.11. Delivery Documents” means:

 

2.11.1. share transfer forms in respect of the Sale Shares duly completed by the Seller and dated as at the Second Closing Date, with the Purchaser recorded as the transferee;

 

2.11.2. original share certificates issued in the name of the Seller in respect of the Sale Shares;

 

  3  

 

 

2.11.3. written resignations of each of the directors of the Company and each subsidiary of the Company as were nominated for appointment as such by the Seller, with effect from the Second Closing Date and including acknowledgements by each of such directors in each such written resignation that their resignations are unconditional and that they have no actual or contingent claims against the Company or subsidiary of the Company;

 

2.12. Depository Agent” means Watson Farley & Williams LLP (Singapore);

 

2.13. "Encumbrance" means any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, security interest, deed of trust, option, pre-emptive right, encroachment, reservation, order, decree, judgment, condition, restriction (including any restriction on voting, use, or transfer), charge, contract, claim, or equity of any kind;

 

2.14. Existing First Tranche Financing” means the loan financing provided to the Company and/or its subsidiaries in terms of the facility agreement dated 24 October 2014, in terms of which Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Ltd were the mandated lead arrangers;

 

2.15. Existing Second Tranche Financing” means the loan financing provided to the Company and/or its subsidiaries in terms of the facility agreement dated 22 January 2016, in terms of which DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch was the mandated lead arranger and as subsequently acceded to by Showa Leasing Co Ltd and HSH Nordbank AG, Singapore Branch on the 21st December 2016 and amended and restated on the 21st December 2016;

 

2.16. First Closing Date” has the meaning given to it in the FoF Agreement;

 

2.17. FoF Agreement” means the flow of funds and release of security agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between the Purchaser, the Seller, Sankaty, the Company, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Singapore Branch, DVB Bank SE, Singapore Branch, Hamburg Commercial Bank AG, Singapore Branch and Showa Leasing;

 

2.18. Implementation Steps” has the meaning given to it in the FoF Agreement;

 

2.19. Longstop Date” means the last Business Day prior to the First Closing Date, or any other date agreed as such in writing by the Parties;

 

2.20. Losses” means all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, interest, costs and expenses including fines, penalties, legal and other professional fees and expenses;

 

  4  

 

 

2.21. New Shareholders’ Agreement” means the shareholders’ agreement in respect of the Company, intended to be concluded by the Purchaser, Sankaty and the Company, to replace the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

2.22. Parties” means the parties to this Agreement, and “Party” means either one of them;

 

2.23. Pref Shares” means the preference shares in the Company;

 

2.24. Regiment Account” has the meaning given to it in the FoF Agreement;

 

2.25. Regiment A Shares” means 59 642 500 (fifty nine million six hundred and forty two thousand five hundred) A Shares of which the Seller is, and will be, the registered and beneficial holder as at the Signature Date and the Second Closing Date;

 

2.26. Regiment Pref Shares” means 11 637 500 (eleven million six hundred and thirty seven thousand five hundred) Pref Shares of which the Seller is the registered and beneficial holder as at the Signature Date;

 

2.27. Regiment Sale Pref Shares” means 9 087 225 (nine million eighty seven thousand two hundred and twenty five) of the Regiment Pref Shares, of which the Seller will be the registered and beneficial holder as at the Second Closing Date (for purposes of clarity, following the redemption of the balance of the Regiment Pref Shares as contemplated in the FoF Agreement;

 

2.28. Sale Consideration” means an aggregate amount of $44 087 225 (forty four million eighty seven thousand two hundred and twenty five United States Dollars) allocated between the Sale Shares as follows:

 

2.28.1. Regiment A Shares – $35 000 000 (thirty five million United States Dollars); and

 

2.28.2. Regiment Sale Pref Shares – $9 087 225 (nine million eighty seven thousand two hundred and twenty five United States Dollars);

 

2.29. Sale Shares” means:

 

2.29.1. the Regiment A Shares; and

 

2.29.2. the Regiment Sale Pref Shares;

 

2.30. Sankaty” means Sankaty European Investments III S.Á.R.L., a private limited liability company incorporated in Luxembourg with its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748, Luxembourg Findel;

 

2.31. Second Closing Date” has the meaning given to it in the FoF Agreement;

 

  5  

 

 

2.32. Seller’s Counsel” means Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and Affiliates;

 

2.33. Share Depository Agreement” means the letter from the Depository Agent to the Purchaser and the Seller, the terms of which have been or will be accepted by the Purchaser and the Seller on or before the First Closing Date, regulating the holding of the Delivery Documents by the Depository Agent in terms of clause 6.2.3;

 

2.34. Shareholders’ Agreement” means the written shareholders’ agreement entered into between the Parties, Sankaty and the Company, dated 11 December 2013, as amended by the 12 (twelve) deeds of amendment thereto (such deeds of amendment having been made on 4 February 2015, 20 January 2016, 1 April 2016, 25 April 2016, 6 July 2016, 31 October 2016, 31 January 2019, 20 April 2019, 13 June 2019 and 11 September 2019, 29 November 2019 and 27 December 2019 respectively);

 

2.35. Signature Date” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing; and

 

2.36. Warranties” means the warranties set out in this Agreement including the warranties listed in Annexure A.

 

3. INTRODUCTION

 

3.1. It is recorded and agreed that:

 

3.1.1. as at the Signature Date, the shareholders of the Company are as follows:

 

        Purchaser     Sankaty     Seller     Total  
A Shares   number     60 091 000       59 642 500       59 642 500       179 376 000  
    percentage     33.50 %     33.25 %     33.25 %     100 %
B Shares   number     2       -       -       2  
    percentage     100 %     -       -       100 %
Pref Shares   number     11 725 000       11 637 500       11 637 500       35 000 000  
    percentage     33.50 %     33.25 %     33.25 %     100 %

 

3.1.2. following the implementation of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, and taking into account the redemption of certain of the Pref Shares as contemplated in the FoF Agreement, the shareholders of the Company will be as follows:

 

  6  

 

 

        Purchaser     Sankaty     Seller     Total  
A Shares   number     119 733 500       59 642 500       -       179 376 000  
    percentage     66.75 %     33.25 %     -       100 %
B Shares   number     2       -       -       2  
    percentage     100 %     -       -       100 %
Pref Shares   number     18 242 775       9 087 225       -       27 330 000  
    percentage     66.75 %     33.25 %     -       100 %

 

3.2. The Parties have agreed that the Purchaser shall acquire the Sale Shares from the Seller for the Sale Consideration, as an Implementation Step, on the basis set out in this Agreement read with the FoF Agreement.

 

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1. Save for the Binding Clauses, all of which shall become effective immediately, this Agreement is subject to the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent that, by no later than the Longstop Date:

 

4.1.1. the FoF Agreement becomes unconditional in accordance with its terms;

 

4.1.2. the directors of the Company meet and approve the following, subject to the due fulfilment of all of the Condition Precedent set out in clause 4.1.1 and in accordance with the process set out in clause 6.2:

 

4.1.2.1. the registration of the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Purchaser, subject to their being duly stamped;

 

4.1.2.2. the issue of share certificates in the name of the Purchaser in respect of the Sale Shares and the affixation of the common seal of the Company (in accordance with the constitution of the Company) onto the share certificates; and

 

  7  

 

 

4.1.2.3. the updating of the electronic register of members of the Company maintained by the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority to reflect the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Purchaser;

 

4.1.3. a form E4A and a working sheet for the transfer of shares are duly prepared, signed by a director of the Company and provided to the Purchaser, all in the form prescribed by IRAS, together with all requisite documents as may be required by IRAS for stamp duty purposes including the Company’s latest audited accounts or management accounts, so as to allow for the sale and transfer of the Sale Shares as contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

4.1.4. a certified copy of the written resolutions passed at the meeting referred to in clause 4.1.2 is provided to the Purchaser.

 

4.2. Unless the Conditions Precedent have all been fulfilled, by no later than the Longstop Date, the provisions of this Agreement, save for the Binding Clauses which shall remain of full force and effect, shall never become of any force or effect and the status quo ante shall be restored as near as may be possible and none of the Parties shall have any claim against the others in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Conditions Precedent.

 

5. SALE

 

5.1. The Sale Shares are hereby sold by the Seller to the Purchaser, with effect from the Second Closing Date upon payment of the Sale Consideration.

 

5.2. The Sale Consideration shall be payable by the Purchaser to the Seller on the Second Closing Date, as an Implementation Step and in accordance with the provisions of the FoF Agreement.

 

5.3. The stamp duty in respect of the sale of the Sale Shares in terms of this Agreement shall be paid by the Company.

 

6. CLOSING

 

6.1. The Parties or their duly authorised representatives or agents, without limitation including the Seller’s Counsel and the Depository Agent, shall meet on the First Closing Date as required in terms of the FoF Agreement (“Closing Meeting – Day 1”).

 

6.2. At the Closing Meeting – Day 1 and in order to commence the giving of effect to the sale of the Sale Shares in terms of this Agreement, as an Implementation Step and in accordance with the provisions of the FoF Agreement:

 

6.2.1. the Delivery Documents shall be tabled by the Seller but not released to the Purchaser;

 

  8  

 

 

6.2.2. the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller, proof that irrevocable instructions have been given for the payment of the Sale Consideration into the Regiment Account;

 

6.2.3. the Seller shall, against compliance by the Purchaser with the provisions of clause 6.2.2, deliver the Delivery Documents to the Depository Agent on the basis that the Delivery Documents are to be held to the order of the Seller’s Counsel and in accordance with the Share Depository Agreement, to be released upon confirmation of receipt of the Sale Consideration into the Regiment Account.

 

6.3. The Parties or their duly authorised representatives or agents, without limitation including the Seller’s Counsel and the Depository Agent, shall also meet on the Second Closing Date as required in terms of the FoF Agreement (“Closing Meeting – Day 2”).

 

6.4. At the Closing Meeting – Day 2 and in order to finalise the sale of the Sale Shares in terms of this Agreement, as an Implementation Step and in accordance with the provisions of the FoF Agreement:

 

6.4.1. on the Seller receiving confirmation from its bankers that the Sale Consideration has been received into the Regiment Account (which confirmation the Seller shall request its bankers to provide immediately on such receipt), the Seller shall ensure that the Seller’s Counsel immediately confirms to the Depository Agent that the Delivery Documents can be released to the Purchaser; and

 

6.4.2. it is contemplated that the Company will issue an original share certificate in the name of the Purchaser in respect of the Sale Shares.

 

6.5. The Seller and the Purchaser shall each ensure, respectively, that the Seller’s Counsel and the Depository Agent are at all material times irrevocably instructed to proceed as contemplated in this clause 6.

 

7. RISK AND BENEFIT

 

On completion of the Closing Meeting, possession and effective control, and, all risk in and all benefit attaching to the Sale Shares shall be deemed to have passed to Purchaser with effect from the Second Closing Date.

 

8. WARRANTIES

 

8.1. The Seller hereby gives to the Purchaser the Warranties, and the Purchaser enters into this Agreement on the strength of those Warranties.

 

8.2. The Sellers warrant and represent to the Purchaser that each of the Warranties is true and accurate in all respects and not misleading as at the Signature Date and shall continue to remain true and accurate in all respects and not misleading at all times subsequent to such date up to and including the Second Closing Date.

 

  9  

 

 

9. INDEMNITIES

 

Without prejudice to any of the Purchaser’s rights arising from any other provision of this Agreement, the Seller hereby indemnifies and holds the Purchaser harmless from and against any Losses which the Purchaser, directly and/or indirectly, may suffer resulting from, arising out of, or relating to a failure of any of the Warranties to be true and accurate in all respects and not misleading.

 

10. APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE FoF AGREEMENT

 

The provisions of clauses 6 to 16 (all inclusive) of the FoF Agreement shall, mutatis mutandis, apply with respect to this Agreement.

 

11. COSTS

 

Unless agreed otherwise in writing, each Party shall bear its own costs incurred in respect of the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement.

 

12. SIGNATURE

 

12.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

12.2. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

12.3. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

  10  

 

 

For:   the Seller
     
Signature:   /s/ Riyaz Nooruddin  
    who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
     
Name:   Riyaz Nooruddin  
Date:   14 February 2020  
Place:   Grand Cayman  
       
Signature of Witness:   /s/ Chris Quaite  
       
Name of Witness:   Chris Quaite  

 

For:   the Purchaser
     
Signature:   /s/ Stephen William Griffiths Stephen William Griffiths
Date:   14 February 2020  
Place:   Singapore  
       
Signature of Witness:   /s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins  
       
Name of Witness:   Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins  

 

  11  

 

 

Annexure A     WARRANTIES

 

1. SALE SHARES

 

1.1. The Seller is the sole registered and beneficial holder of the Sale Shares.

 

1.2. No person, other than the Purchaser, shall have any right whatsoever (whether pursuant to any option, right of first refusal or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise obtain any right in and to the Sale Shares or any part thereof.

 

1.3. The Sale Shares are sold to the Purchaser free of any Encumbrances.

 

2. SHAREHOLDER CLAIMS

 

2.1. The Seller does not:

 

2.1.1. hold, or have any rights in or to, any shares in the Company other than the Sale Shares; and/or

 

2.1.2. have any claim of any nature against the Company.

 

  12  

 

 

Exhibit 4.28

 

(1)       SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

 

(2)       GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

and

 

(3)       IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

In respect of

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
1 DEFINITIONS 3
     
2 INTRODUCTION 16
     
3 NAME AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY 17
     
4 EMERGENCY FUNDING 17
     
5 BANKING, ACCOUNTING AND INFORMATION ARRANGEMENTS 19
     
6 BOARD AND SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS 21
     
7 DIVIDEND AND DISTRIBUTION POLICY 24
     
8 GRINDROD PARENT PAYMENTS 26
     
9 PUT OPTION 27
     
10 DEFAULT 28
     
11 VOLUNTARY SALE OF VESSELS AND SHIPBUILDING CONTRACTS 32
     
12 TERMINATION 36
     
13 TRANSFER OF SECURITIES / VESSELS 40
     
14 FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES 41
     
15 PARTIES DUTIES TO EACH OTHER 42
     
16 CERTAIN TAX MATTERS 42
     
17 CONFIDENTIALITY 45
     
18 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 46
     
19 WAIVER 47
     
20 COSTS AND TAXES 47
     
21 ANTI-BRIBERY, ANTI-CORRUPTION AND SANCTIONS 47
     
22 ASSIGNMENT 48
     
23 THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 48
     
24 SEVERABILITY 48
     
25 ENTIRE AGREEMENT 49
     
26 SUPREMACY OF AGREEMENT 49
     
27 NOTICES, ETC. 49
     
28 NO PARTNERSHIP 50

 

  1

 

 

29 VARIATION AND COUNTERPARTS 50
     
30 CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS 50
     
31 THE COMPANY AS PARTY 50
     
32 GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION 50

 

SCHEDULE 1 RESERVED MATTERS 56
   
SCHEDULE 2 COMPANY, OWNERS AND VESSELS 58
   
PART A – THE COMPANY 58
   
PART B – THE OWNERS AND VESSELS 58
   
ANNEX A - DEFAULT CALL OPTION NOTICE 59
   
SCHEDULE 3 DEED OF ADHERENCE 60

 

  2

 

 

THIS SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED 14 February 2020

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L. a private limited liability company incorporated in Luxembourg with its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748, Luxembourg Findel (Sankaty, which term shall include any Affiliates to whom Sankaty transfers Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (Grindrod, which term shall include any Affiliates to whom Grindrod transfers Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

 

(together, the Parties and each a Party),

 

and

 

(3) IVS BULK PTE. LTD., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A. Whereas, on the date hereof, (i) Regiment and Grindrod will enter into a Share Purchase Agreement (the Regiment Sale Agreement), pursuant to which Grindrod will purchase from Regiment all A Shares and 9 087 225 (nine million eighty seven thousand two hundred and twenty five) of the Preference Shares of which Regiment is the registered and beneficial holder, (ii) the Parties and the Company will enter into this Agreement, and (iii) the Parties will enter into the Sankaty Loan Agreement.

 

B. As of the date hereof, the Parties jointly own the Company, which is the holding company for the Group and owns all of the issued shares of the Owners.

 

C. The purpose of this Agreement is to replace the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement, and set out the terms and conditions on and subject to which the Group is to be operated as a joint venture and the manner in which the affairs of the Group are to be regulated.

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1 DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In this Agreement, including the schedules and the recitals:

 

1.1.1 A Shares means the shares designated as “A” class shares in the Company;

 

  3

 

 

1.1.2 Administration Management Agreement means the administration agreement in the Agreed Form entered into between the Company and the Administration Manager in connection with the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement, which for the avoidance of doubt shall remain in effect under such terms previously agreed to by the Parties;

 

1.1.3 Administration Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.4 Affected Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1;

 

1.1.5 Affected Party’s Securities has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.3;

 

1.1.6 Affiliate means in relation to any person, any other person that directly or indirectly manages or Controls, is managed or Controlled by, or is under common management or Control with such first person, provided that, unless expressly provided for otherwise herein, no Group Company shall constitute an Affiliate of either of the Parties;

 

1.1.7 Aggregate Proceeds means, with respect to Sankaty, at any time, the aggregate amount of proceeds that Sankaty and its Affiliates have received (by way of Distribution or proceeds of sale of Shares to Grindrod), in each case with respect to, and in their capacity as holder of, the Shares held by Sankaty and its Affiliates;

 

1.1.8 Agreed Form means a form agreed between the Parties on or prior to the date hereof and for the purposes of identification initialled by or on behalf of each of the Parties;

 

1.1.9 Approved Brokers means:

 

1.1.9.1. Clarksons;

 

1.1.9.2. Braemar;

 

1.1.9.3. Hartland;

 

1.1.9.4. Fearnleys; and

 

1.1.9.5. Simpson Spence Young (SSY).

 

1.1.10 Approved Finance means any financing or refinancing of any of the Vessels from a reputable international bank or banks approved by the Parties in accordance with this Agreement that may be in place from time to time;

 

  4

 

 

1.1.11 Approved Finance Documents means the documents executed or to be executed pursuant to the Approved Finance;

 

1.1.12 B Shares means the shares designated as “B” class shares in the Company;

 

1.1.13 Board means the board of directors of a Group Company as the context may require;

 

1.1.14 Business has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.2;

 

1.1.15 Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York, Luxembourg and Singapore;

 

1.1.16 Business Plan means the initial business plan for the Group Companies in the Agreed Form as amended or updated from time to time in accordance with Clause 5;

 

1.1.17 CACIB Facility Agreement means the facility agreement, with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Singapore Branch, and Hamburg Commercial Bank AG, Singapore Branch, as the mandated lead arrangers, in accordance with which a term loan facility of USD119 500 000 (one hundred and nineteen million five hundred thousand United States Dollars) is provided to the Company, inter alia, for the purposes of refinancing the following vessels: “IVS HIRONO”, “IVS WENTWORTH”, “IVS PHINDA”, “IVS SPARROWHAWK”, “IVS KESTREL”, “IVS THANDA”, “IVS BOSCH HOEK”, “IVS SWINLEY FOREST”, “IVS TEMBE”, “IVS SUNBIRD” and “IVS GLENEAGLES”;

 

1.1.18 CACIB Lenders means the “Lenders” as defined in the CACIB Facility Agreement;

 

1.1.19 Chargee means any person (or any nominee, agent or trustee of or on behalf of such person) to whom any Securities have been charged by way of security (but excluding for the avoidance of doubt any lien which the Company may have over any such Securities) and any receiver, receiver and manager, any judicial manager, administrative receiver or any other similar manager in respect of the whole or any part of such Securities appointed by such person, provided that no person shall be a Chargee unless the relevant security interest over the Securities charged in favour of that person were granted in accordance with Clause 13.2;

 

1.1.20 Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  5

 

 

1.1.21 Commercial Management Agreements means the commercial management agreements in the Agreed Form entered into between the Commercial Manager and the Owners of the Vessels in connection with the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement, which for the avoidance of doubt shall remain in effect under such terms previously agreed to by the Parties;

 

1.1.22 Commercial Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.23 Communication shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 27.1;

 

1.1.24 Company has the meaning given to it in the preamble;

 

1.1.25 Completion Time has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.6;

 

1.1.26 Confidential Information has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1.2;

 

1.1.27 Constitution means the constitution (or equivalent constitutional documents) of each Group Company, as amended and in effect;

 

1.1.28 Control means in respect of a person, the power directly or indirectly to manage or govern such person, or the power to appoint all the members of the managing and governing bodies of such person, or such members of such managing and governing bodies as are able to exercise the majority of voting rights thereon if they decide collectively, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (in such respect, a limited partnership shall be deemed to be Controlled by its general partner);

 

1.1.29 Conversion Shares has the meaning given to it in Clause 4.2;

 

1.1.30 Deed of Adherence means the deed of adherence in the form set out in Schedule 3;

 

1.1.31 Default Call Option has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.3;

 

1.1.32 Default Call Option Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.4;

 

1.1.33 Default Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1;

 

1.1.34 Default Option Completion has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.6;

 

1.1.35 Directors means, together, the Majority Shareholder Directors and the Minority Shareholder Director;

 

  6

 

 

1.1.36 Discounted Reserve Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.2.6;

 

1.1.37 Distribution means any distribution made by the Company to the Shareholders in their capacity as holders of Shares, whether in cash, property, or securities and whether by dividend, liquidating distribution, recapitalisation or otherwise; provided that any recapitalisation, exchange, bonus issue, consolidation or subdivision of any outstanding Shares, in each case that involves only the receipt by Shareholders of shares (and no other consideration) in exchange for or in connection with any such recapitalisation, exchange, bonus issue, consolidation or subdivision, shall not be a Distribution;

 

1.1.38 Emergency Funding has the meaning given to it in Clause 4.1;

 

1.1.39 En Bloc means a group of two or more;

 

1.1.40 Encumbrance means a charge, mortgage, pledge, lien, option, restriction or any other third party right or security interest of any kind and any agreement, arrangement or obligation (including any conditional obligation) to create any such right or interest;

 

1.1.41 Enforcement Proceedings has the meaning given to it in Clause 32.4;

 

1.1.42 Event of Default means, with respect to a Shareholder, any of the following:

 

1.1.42.1. such Shareholder is unable, or admits its inability, to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

1.1.42.2. any action, proceedings, procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

1.1.42.2.1 the suspension, arrangement or compromise of debts or payments, winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (other than a solvent reorganisation) of such Shareholder; or

 

1.1.42.2.2 the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or other similar officer in respect of such Shareholder or its assets, or

 

1.1.42.3. a moratorium (or similar restriction imposed under any bankruptcy or similar regimes) (a Moratorium) is declared or arises in respect of any of the indebtedness, property or undertaking of such Shareholder, or the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or other similar officer in respect of such Shareholder or its assets; or

 

  7

 

 

1.1.42.4. (i) a Moratorium is declared or arises in respect of Grindrod Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) application is made by Grindrod Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to the High Court of the Republic of Singapore (or other applicable court) for the extension of such Moratorium to any Group Company; or

 

1.1.42.5. for as long as the Sankaty Loan Agreement remains outstanding, the occurrence of any event of default under Section 9.01 of the Sankaty Loan Agreement after giving effect to any cure periods (to the extent applicable) expressly provided for in Section 9.02 of the Sankaty Loan Agreement.

 

1.1.43 Existing Demand Loans means all loans advanced as “Demand Loans” in terms of the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

1.1.44 Existing Shareholders’ Agreement means the written shareholders’ agreement entered into between the Parties, Regiment and the Company, dated 11 December 2013, as amended by the twelve (12) deeds of amendment thereto (such deeds of amendment having been made on 4 February 2015, 20 January 2016, 1 April 2016, 25 April 2016, 6 July 2016, 31 October 2016, 31 January 2019, 20 April 2019, 13 June 2019, 11 September 2019, 29 November 2019 and 27 December 2019 respectively);

 

1.1.45 Fair Market Value means, with reference to the Securities held by a Shareholder at any time, an amount determined by the auditors (or Replacement Auditors, as applicable) of the Company (on the written request of any Shareholder, and on the basis that the auditors shall be acting in all respects contemplated in this Clause 1.1.45 as experts not as arbitrators) equal to the aggregate of:

 

1.1.45.1. the value of all of the issued A Shares forming part of such Securities, calculated as the product of (i) percentage of all of the issued A Shares held by such Shareholder multiplied by (ii) the Net Asset Value, where Net Asset Value is derived as:

 

1.1.45.1.1 the aggregate market value of all Vessels, valued in accordance with the provisions of Clause 11.2; plus

 

  8

 

 

1.1.45.1.2 positive cash on the Group’s accounts; plus

 

1.1.45.1.3 the book value of any other assets of the Group; minus

 

1.1.45.1.4 the aggregate value of the Group’s liabilities;

 

1.1.45.2. the aggregate issue price of such Shareholder’s Preference Shares (save to the extent that the auditors determine that the financial position of the Group is such that a lower value should be attributed thereto, in which case such lower value determined by the auditors shall be utilised in place of the issue price of such Shareholder’s Preference Shares); and

 

1.1.45.3. the face value of such Shareholder’s Shareholder Loans, together with all unpaid interest due thereunder (save to the extent that the auditors determine that the financial position of the Group is such that a lower value should be attributed thereto, in which case such lower value determined by the auditors shall be utilised in place of the issue price of such Shareholder’s Shareholder Loans and the unpaid interest due thereunder),

 

provided that the costs of the auditors in making such determination shall be paid by the Company;

 

1.1.46 Grindrod Group means any of Grindrod and any subsidiaries or Affiliates of Grindrod;

 

1.1.47 Grindrod Parent means Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03- 01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763;

 

1.1.48 Grindrod Parent Payment has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.1.1;

 

1.1.49 Grindrod Parent Undertaking means the written undertaking, addressed, or to be addressed, by Grindrod Parent to Sankaty, to the effect that Grindrod Parent shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to not, without the prior written consent of the Board and Sankaty, submit any application to the High Court of the Republic of Singapore (or other applicable court) for the extension of any Moratorium to any Group Company;

 

  9

 

 

1.1.50 Grindrod Vessels means handysize and supramax drybulk vessels (other than the Vessels as defined herein) owned and/or operated and/or chartered by the Grindrod Group and operated, from time to time, pursuant to the Pooling Agreements;

 

1.1.51 Group means the Company and each Owner and Group Company means any of them;

 

1.1.52 Indebtedness has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.7.2.2;

 

1.1.53 Indemnity Agreement means the indemnity agreement concluded, or to be concluded, between Sankaty, GSH, the Company and Grindrod;

 

1.1.54 Interim Conservatory Proceedings has the meaning given to it in Clause 32.4;

 

1.1.55 IRR shall mean the Sankaty’s internal rate of return, as of any date, where such internal rate of return hall be the annually compounded discount rate which results in the following amount having a net present value equal to zero: (i) the amount of Aggregate Proceeds, if any, received by Sankaty and its Affiliates from time to time on a cumulative basis through such date, minus (ii) the aggregate value of Sankaty and its Affiliates’ Original Investments;

 

1.1.56 IRR Calculation has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.4;

 

1.1.57 Lender means, in relation to any Approved Finance, the lender or lenders providing such Approved Finance;

 

1.1.58 Liquidating Distribution means a Distribution: (i) made upon final liquidation of the Company; or (ii) of the proceeds of a Vessel-sale process pursuant to which the Group collectively continues to own no more than two Vessels; or (iii) made at any time at which the Group collectively continues to own no more than two Vessels;

 

1.1.59 Lock-In Period means a period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the 12 month anniversary of the date hereof.

 

1.1.60 Majority Shareholder means, as of such time of determination, the Shareholder that holds greater than 50% of the Class A Shares.

 

1.1.61 Majority Shareholder Directors means the director or directors appointed by the Majority Shareholder to a Board;

 

  10

 

 

1.1.62 Management Agreements means together the Administration Management Agreement, the Commercial Management Agreements and the Technical Management Agreements;

 

1.1.63 Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.2.6;

 

1.1.64 Minority Shareholder means, as of such time of determination, the Shareholder that holds between 10% and 50% of the Class A Shares;

 

1.1.65 Minority Shareholder Director means a director appointed by the Minority Shareholder to the Board;

 

1.1.66 Moratorium has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.1.42.3.

 

1.1.67 Net Asset Value has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.1.45.1;

 

1.1.68 Non-Affected Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.1;

 

1.1.69 Non-Objecting Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.11;

 

1.1.70 Non Participating Shareholder has the meaning given to it in Clause 4.2;

 

1.1.71 Objecting Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.11;

 

1.1.72 Offer has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.4.1;

 

1.1.73 Offered Shares has the meaning given to it in Clause 4.2;

 

1.1.74 Option Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.1.2;

 

1.1.75 Original Investment means, with respect to the Shares held by Sankaty, the original subscription price (or original purchase price from Grindrod, if relevant) paid for all A Shares held by Sankaty from time to time;

 

1.1.76 Original Transferor Party has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1;

 

1.1.77 Owners means together those Group Companies set out in Schedule 2 and any other wholly owned subsidiary of the Company which from time to time becomes a party to a Shipbuilding Contract and/or owns a Vessel and Owner means any of them;

 

1.1.78 Party/Parties A has the meaning given to it in the Introduction of this Agreement;

 

  11

 

 

1.1.79 Policy has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.1.1;

 

1.1.80 Pool means in respect of a Pooling Agreement, the organisation of a group of Vessels, together with Grindrod Vessels administered by the Pool Manager in accordance with such Pooling Agreement;

 

1.1.81 Pool Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.82 Pool Vessels means those handysize and supramax drybulk Vessels operated by the Pool Manager from time to time and which are subject to the Pooling Agreements;

 

1.1.83 Pooling Agreements means the 2 (two) vessel pooling agreements in the Agreed Form entered into between Grindrod and the Owners of the Pool Vessels in relation to the pooling of earnings for the Pool Vessels and Grindrod Vessels and their distribution;

 

1.1.84 Preference Shares means the preference shares in the Company;

 

1.1.85 Prescribed Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.3;

 

1.1.86 Pro Rata Percentage means, with respect to each of Sankaty and Grindrod, the Class A (percentage) applicable to such Party in Section 2.1.

 

1.1.87 Put Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.1.1;

 

1.1.88 QEF Election means a “Qualified Electing Fund” election made by any Party (or any direct or indirect investor in any Party) with respect to the Company pursuant to Code Section 1295;

 

1.1.89 Regiment means Regiment Capital Ltd, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability with its registered office at Maples Corporate Services, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104;

 

1.1.90 Regiment Sale Agreement has the meaning given to it in the Background clause.

 

1.1.91 Relevant Sector has the meaning given to it in Clause 15.2.1;

 

1.1.92 Remaining Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.2.4.2;

 

1.1.93 Repayment Amount has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.2;

 

  12

 

 

1.1.94 Replacement Approved Broker has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.2.4.3;

 

1.1.95 Replacement Auditors means an independent auditor to be mutually agreed in writing by the Parties;

 

1.1.96 Reserve Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.2.10;

 

1.1.97 Reserved Matters means those matters listed in Schedule 1;

 

1.1.98 Revised Prescribed Price has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.12;

 

1.1.99 Sanctions means the economic sanctions laws, rules and regulations from time to time imposed by the relevant authorities of Singapore, United Kingdom, United States of America, South Africa, the European Union or the United Nations;

 

1.1.100 Sankaty Indemnified Payment has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.1.3;

 

1.1.101 Sankaty Loan Agreement means the Financing Agreement concluded, or to be concluded, by and among Grindrod, Sankaty, and the lenders party thereto;

 

1.1.102 Securities means Shares, Preference Shares and/or Shareholder Loans, or any other security that may be issued by the Company from time to time;

 

1.1.103 Selected Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.2.1;

 

1.1.104 Shareholder Loan has the meaning given to it in Clause 4.1;

 

1.1.105 Shareholders means the shareholders of the Company from time to time and Shareholder means any one of them;

 

1.1.106 Shareholding shall mean the percentage shareholding in the Company of each Shareholder of issued A Shares from time to time;

 

1.1.107 Shares mean the issued shares in the Company from time to time, comprising A Shares, B Shares and Preference Shares;

 

1.1.108 Shipbuilding Contracts means any shipbuilding contracts, sale contracts and/or contracts ancillary thereto entered into by or assigned to a Group Company pursuant to which a Vessel is to be built, purchased, equipped and delivered to such Group Company;

 

1.1.109 Signature Date means the date of last signature of this Agreement by the Parties and the Company;

 

  13

 

 

1.1.110 Simple Majority means, in respect of any matter, where more votes are cast for by a Board (or where relevant a committee of the Board) or shareholder resolution than against it;

 

1.1.111 Supramax Vessel means any Vessel which falls in the 55,000 – 64,000 dead weight tonnage range;

 

1.1.112 Technical Management Agreements means the technical management agreements in the Agreed Form entered into between the Technical Manager and each of the Owners pursuant to the terms of the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement, which for the avoidance of doubt shall remain in effect under such terms previously agreed to by the Parties;

 

1.1.113 Technical Manager means Grindrod;

 

1.1.114 Termination Notice shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1;

 

1.1.115 Tranche 1 Return has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.1;

 

1.1.116 Tranche 2 Return has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.2;

 

1.1.117 Tranche 3 Return has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.2.3;

 

1.1.118 Transaction Documents means:

 

1.1.118.1. this Agreement;

 

1.1.118.2. the Administration Management Agreement;

 

1.1.118.3. the Commercial Management Agreements;

 

1.1.118.4. the Technical Management Agreements;

 

1.1.118.5. the Shipbuilding Contracts;

 

1.1.118.6. the Finance Documents; and

 

1.1.118.7. any other documents to be executed pursuant hereto or otherwise in connection with the Vessels;

 

1.1.119 Transfer Notice has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.3;

 

1.1.120 Transfer Securities has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.3;

 

  14

 

 

1.1.121 Transferor has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.3;

 

1.1.122 USD or Dollars means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

1.1.123 Vessels means the vessels owned by the Owners as at the Signature Date, as set out in Schedule 2 Part B, and Vessel means any of them; and

 

1.1.124 Voluntary Sale Approved Brokers has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.2.10.

 

1.2 Clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and should be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.3 References in this Agreement to Clauses and Schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement.

 

1.4 References to this Agreement are references to this Agreement (including the Schedule(s) to it) as the same may further be amended, supplemented or varied at any time.

 

1.5 References to the word include or including (or any similar term) are not to be construed as implying any limitation and general words introduced by the word other (or any similar term) shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded or followed by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things.

 

1.6 Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender or the neuter include both genders and the neuter.

 

1.7 References to persons are deemed to include references to natural persons, firms, partnerships, companies, corporations, associations, bodies corporate, trusts, investment funds, governments, government ministers, states or agencies (in each case whether or not having a separate legal personality) but references to individuals are deemed to be references to natural persons.

 

1.8 References in this Agreement to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as respectively amended or re-enacted (whether before or after the date hereof) from time to time and shall include any provision of which they are re- enactments (whether with or without modification) and any subordinate legislation made under such provisions.

 

1.9 Writing or written includes faxes and email (save for any notice to be given under or in connection with this Agreement in accordance with Clause 27 and any variation of this Agreement made in accordance with Clause 29), and any reference to a document is a reference to the document whether in paper or (save as aforesaid) electronic form. The word Subsidiary or subsidiary shall have the same meaning in this Agreement as its definition in the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore.

 

  15

 

 

1.10 Whenever any person is required to act as an “expert” in terms of this Agreement, then:

 

1.10.1 the determination of the expert shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding on the Parties and the Company;

 

1.10.2 subject to any express provision to the contrary, the expert shall determine the liability for its charges, which shall be paid accordingly;

 

1.10.3 the expert shall be entitled to determine such methods and processes as it may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate in the circumstances, provided that the expert may not adopt any process which is manifestly biased, unfair or unreasonable;

 

1.10.4 the expert shall consult with each relevant Party (provided that the extent of the expert’s consultation shall be in his or its sole discretion) prior to rendering a determination; and

 

1.10.5 having regard to the sensitivity of any confidential information, the expert shall be entitled to take advice from any person considered by him or it to have expert knowledge with reference to the matter in question.

 

2 INTRODUCTION

 

2.1 It is recorded and agreed that, as of the date hereof, the shareholding structure of the Company will be as follows:

 

    A Shares
(number)
    A Shares
(percentage)
    B Shares
(number)
    B Shares
(percentage)
    Preference
Shares
(number)
    Preference
Shares
(percentage)
 
Grindrod     119 733 500       66.75 %     2       100 %     18 242 775       66.75 %
Sankaty     59 642 500       33.25 %     -       0 %     9 087225       33.25 %
Total     179 376 000       100 %     2       100 %     27 330 000       100 %

 

  16

 

 

2.2 It is further recorded and agreed that, on or about the date hereof, all of the Existing Demand Loans shall be repaid by the Company.

 

2.3 With effect from the date hereof:

 

2.3.1 this Agreement hereby replaces and supersedes the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement; and

 

2.3.2 the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement is hereby terminated, provided that such termination shall not invalidate anything done in terms of the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement prior to such termination.

 

2.4 The Company’s Constitution are in a standard form for holding companies incorporated in Singapore provided always that such Constitution enable the Company to carry out business in the manner contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties agree to make, or cause to be made, any changes to the Company’s Constitution necessary to give effect to the terms set forth in this Agreement and the actions and transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3 NAME AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1 The name of the Company is IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

 

3.2 The business of the Company shall be that of a holding company of each of the Owners (the Business).

 

3.3 The business of each Owner is the ownership, operation and sale of its respective Vessel.

 

3.4 Each Owner’s Constitution are in a standard form for ship owning companies incorporated in Singapore provided always that such Constitution enable each Owner to carry business in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4 EMERGENCY FUNDING

 

4.1 If the Board determines in good faith that funds are required for any legitimate purpose of the Group on an accelerated basis due to cash or liquidity requirements or other business considerations of any Group Company and such funding is in the best interests of any Group Company (an Emergency Funding), then any Party wishing to participate in such Emergency Funding may do so by contributing a loan (a Shareholder Loan) to the Company, provided that the aggregate value of all Shareholder Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed USD $5,000,000 (five million Dollars) (if more than one Shareholder wishes to participate in any instance of Emergency Funding, then each Shareholder’s participation shall be in accordance with their respective pro rata Shareholdings at the relevant time); provided that:

 

  17

 

 

4.1.1 interest shall accrue on any Shareholder Loan at a rate of LIBOR + 3.1% per annum;

 

4.1.2 repayment on all such Shareholder Loans shall be at the discretion of the Company but on the understanding that such repayment is intended to take place as soon as the Company’s financial position reasonably allows; and

 

4.1.3 if any Shareholder Loan has not been repaid in its entirety (i) in the case of any Shareholder Loan other than Shareholder Loans used exclusively to fund liabilities that the Company reasonably expects to be fully reimbursed (net of any applicable non-reimbursable deductibles) through insurance proceeds, within 30 days from the date of its contribution to the Company, and (ii) in the case of any Shareholder Loans used exclusively to fund liabilities that the Company reasonably expects to be fully reimbursed (net of any applicable non- reimbursable deductibles) through insurance proceeds, within 90 days from the date of its contribution to the Company, then any outstanding principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest on such Shareholder Loan shall be automatically converted into A Shares, by way of a subscription by the applicable Shareholder for A Shares at an aggregate subscription price equal to the aggregate amount of principal and interest due thereunder and at a subscription price per A Share determined by dividing the Net Asset Value by the total number of issued A Shares (such price, the Conversion Price).

 

4.2 In the event that any Emergency Funding is provided to the Company other than on a basis that both Shareholders participated in the provision thereof in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages, and any Shareholder Loan in respect of such Emergency Funding is converted to A Shares pursuant to Clause 4.1.3 (such A Shares, the Conversion Shares), then promptly following (and in any event within seven (7) days following) such conversion the Shareholder that subscribed for such Conversion Shares shall offer to sell to the other Shareholder (the Non-Participating Shareholder) a number of such Conversion Shares based on the Non-Participating Shareholder’s Pro Rata Percentage prior to giving effect to such Shareholder Loan conversion (the Offered Shares). The Non-Participating Shareholder shall be entitled to purchase such Offered Shares as a price per Share based on the Conversion Price. The Non-Participating Shareholder shall have thirty (30) days to accept such offer to purchase the Offered Shares and, if the Non-Participating Shareholder elects to purchase such Offered Shares, the Parties and the Company shall take all actions necessary to effect such purchase and transfer. For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions on transfer of Securities contained in Clause 13 and the Constitution shall not apply to any transaction contemplated under this provision.

 

  18

 

 

4.3 The Parties will procure to the extent they are able to in their capacity as Shareholders that upon receipt of a Shareholder Loan the Company will credit its shareholders’ loan account with an amount equal to the amount of such Shareholder Loan so paid.

 

4.4 Any funds advanced to any Group Company (in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices) pursuant to the operation any of the Pooling Agreements, the Commercial Management Agreements or the Administration Management Agreement, shall not constitute Emergency Funding or Shareholder Loans. The advancing and repayment of any such funds shall not be treated as “Emergency Funding” for purposes of this Clause 4.

 

5 BANKING, ACCOUNTING AND INFORMATION ARRANGEMENTS

 

5.1 The Company shall cause or procure each Group Company to:

 

5.1.1 maintain a proper record of equity investments and Shareholder Loans made to it; and

 

5.1.2 maintain such separate bank accounts as the Parties may agree in order to achieve the objectives contemplated by this Agreement and also in compliance with any obligations imposed by the Approved Finance.

 

5.2 The financial year of each Group Company is 1 January to 31 December.

 

5.3 The Company, through the Administration Manager, shall cause or procure the preparation of consolidated management accounts in respect of the Group (in a form approved by the Minority Shareholder) including:

 

5.3.1 a profit and loss account for the relevant period and the year to date together with a comparison of the actual profit and loss account for those periods to the budget for those periods set out in the Business Plan and prior year;

 

5.3.2 a cash flow statement for the relevant period and year to date together with a comparison of actual cash flow for those periods to the budget for those periods set out in the Business Plan and prior year;

 

5.3.3 a 12 month rolling cash flow forecast to the end of the current financial year, updated at least quarterly;

 

5.3.4 a balance sheet as at the relevant period together with a comparison of the actual balance sheet to the budget in the Business Plan for that date;

 

  19

 

 

5.3.5 a statement showing the extent of the Group’s compliance (and projected compliance for the current financial year) with the financial covenants contained in the Approved Finance Documents;

 

5.3.6 a report by the Administration Manager, including details of the general performance of the Group and the achievement of the Business Plan targets and strategies (including projected cash flow and expected outturn for that financial year); and

 

5.3.7 a quarterly report by the Administration Manager setting out the Fair Market Value of the Securities held by all Shareholders, as calculated by the Administration Manager mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions set forth in Clause 1.1.45.1 (provided that only one of the Approved Brokers shall be selected by the Administration Manager to value the Vessels); provided, that Minority Shareholder has the right to object in good faith to the calculation of Fair Market Value contained in such report, and if Minority Shareholder so objects, the Administration Manager shall promptly (i) select another Approved Broker to value the Vessels, if the Vessels valuation is being disputed, or (ii) appoint a Replacement Auditor, if the calculation of Fair Market Value is being disputed. If the difference between the two applicable valuations is not more than 5% of the greater of such valuations, then the average of such two valuations shall constitute the value for the applicable valuation. If the difference between the two valuations is more than 5% of the greater of such valuations, then the Parties shall promptly select (i) another Approved Broker to value the Vessels, in the event the valuation of the Vessels is in dispute, or (ii) a Replacement Auditor, if the calculation of Fair Market Value is in dispute, and the average of the three valuations shall constitute the applicable valuation for the purposes of such report.

 

and shall deliver them to the Minority Shareholder within 31 (thirty one) days after the end of each month (or 45 (forty five) days after the end of each quarter, in the case of the report contemplated by Clause 5.3.7), and the Board shall consider such accounts at its following meeting.

 

5.4 The Company shall, not later than 28 days before the end of each financial year, consult with the Investors in connection with, and obtain the approval of Minority Shareholder prior to, the adoption of a detailed operating and capital budget and cash flow forecast in respect of the next financial year and shall deliver a copy thereof to Minority Shareholder within seven days of its adoption which budget shall be included in the then current Business Plan.

 

  20

 

 

5.5 The audited accounts of the Company and audited consolidated accounts of the Group Companies in respect of each financial year, together with the relative audit and management letters and all correspondence between the Company and the auditors of the Company concerning the accounts, shall be completed and approved by the Board and delivered to Minority Shareholder within 6 (six) months after the end of the accounting period to which such audited accounts relate, provided that the Company shall deliver best estimates of such data to Minority Shareholder within 3 (three) months after the end of the relevant accounting period.

 

5.6 Minority Shareholder and any Minority Shareholder Director will be entitled to examine the books and accounts of each Group Company upon reasonable notice and the Company shall supply Minority Shareholder with all information relating to the business affairs and financial position of each Group Company as Minority Shareholder may from time to time reasonably require and upon reasonable notice having been given.

 

5.7 The Majority Shareholder Directors (in relation to Majority Shareholder) and the Minority Shareholder Directors (in relation to Minority Shareholder) shall be at liberty from time to time to, subject in all respects to the confidentiality obligations of this Agreement and any other applicable confidentiality obligations, make full disclosure of any information relating to the Company.

 

5.8 If any information is not provided to Minority Shareholder in accordance with any of the provisions (including the time for delivery) of Clauses 5.3, 5.4 or 5.5 Minority Shareholder may (after having given the Company not less than 21 days to comply with such provisions) on behalf of the Company appoint a firm of accountants to prepare the relevant information and the Company agrees to provide all information reasonably required by such accountants for such purpose. The fees of the accountants shall be borne by the Company.

 

5.9 The Company will deliver to Minority Shareholder at the same time as it delivers the information to the Bank or its advisers, any information (including any document) which is required to be given under the Approved Finance Documents.

 

6 BOARD AND SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

6.1 Each Board shall have responsibility for the supervision and management of each Group Company.

 

6.2 Each Board shall consist of no less than three (3) directors, on the basis that:

 

6.2.1 for so long as Minority Shareholder and its Affiliates holds 10 per cent or more of the issued A Shares, Minority Shareholder shall be entitled to appoint one director; and

 

  21

 

 

6.2.2 for so long as Majority Shareholder and its Affiliates holds (i) 66 per cent or more of the issued A Shares, it shall be entitled to appoint two directors, and (ii) less than 66 but more than 10 per cent of the issued A Shares, it shall be entitled to appoint one director.

 

Failure by a Party to appoint a director shall not affect the provisions of this clause relating to the conduct of Board meetings.

 

6.3 Where there is a requirement for the Board to appoint a Chairman (or similar officer), the post of Chairman (or similar officer) of that Group Company shall be held alternately by a Majority Shareholder Director and a Minority Shareholder Director in rotation, but such appointment shall not carry any voting rights whatsoever.

 

6.4 A Party and the Company (as the case may be) may, in relation to each Group Company, remove a Director appointed by it and appoint a new director in his or her place by notice in writing to that Group Company and the other Parties. Each Party and the Company (as the case may be) (in its capacity as a shareholder or ultimate beneficial shareholder in that Group Company) unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to call and attend (or otherwise participate in) and to vote its shares in that Group Company for the appointment or removal of any Director or officer of that Group Company appointed by another Party or the Company (as the case may be) in each case, without unreasonable delay. The Party or the Company (as the case may be) removing the Director shall indemnify that Group Company against any claim arising in connection with that Director’s removal from office.

 

6.5 No Director, acting singly, shall have any power or authority to represent a Group Company in any capacity whatsoever, other than to vote for the officers of that Group Company. Any contract or other agreement entered into by that Group Company must (unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement or the subject of a Reserved Matter) be signed by any two (2) Directors.

 

6.6 Meetings of the Board of each Group Company shall (unless the Parties otherwise agree) take place in Singapore and in accordance with this Agreement and in the manner prescribed by the Constitution thereof at such time or times as may be required, but in any event not less frequently than 2 (two) times in each calendar year. Items for the agenda of the Board meeting can be proposed by any Director at all times at least two (2) Business Days prior to such Board meeting and the agenda shall be circulated at least 1 (one) Business Day prior to such Board meeting. Any Director may call a Board meeting in accordance with the Constitution. The costs relating to the attendance at a meeting by a Director or Shareholder shall be borne by that Director or Shareholder. The Parties and the Company shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that Board meetings for different Group Companies are organised so that they happen sequentially on the same day.

 

  22

 

 

6.7 A meeting of the Board of a Group Company can take place either by the physical presence of the Directors or, to the extent permitted by law, by way of telephone conference call or video conference call.

 

6.8 The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Directors of a Group Company shall be any 2 (two) Directors of that Group Company, at least one of which must be a Minority Shareholder Director. Each Party and the Company acknowledges that any Director of a Group Company may, by giving written notification to that Group Company, nominate any other Director to be his alternate Director in case of unavailability for a meeting of the Board of that Group Company.

 

6.9 Each Director present at a meeting of the Directors shall have one vote. The chairman of any meeting of Directors of a Group Company or of any meeting of the shareholders of that Group Company shall not have a casting vote.

 

6.10 To the extent permitted by law, the Board of a Group Company may adopt a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if signed (in any manner permitted by applicable law) by all the Directors of that Group Company. The duly signed resolution shall be delivered to the Chairman and placed in the minute book of that Group Company kept at the registered office thereof or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time unanimously decide.

 

6.11 Unless and to the extent otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, decisions shall be taken or resolutions passed by the Board of a Group Company (or any subcommittee or designee thereof) and/or (as may be required) the shareholders of a Group Company, by a Simple Majority. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither the Board or shareholders of any Group Company (or any subcommittee or designee of the foregoing) shall take any actions with respect to any of the Reserved Matters without the prior written consent of the Minority Shareholder (provided that a good faith determination of the Board to request and receive any Emergency Funding in accordance with Clause 4 shall, solely to the extent in accordance with Clause 4, not be a Reserved Matter).

 

6.12 The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Shareholders shall be at least 1 (one) representative of each of the Shareholders. The agenda of the shareholders’ meeting may be proposed by any Shareholder at any time but always at least 7 (seven) days prior to the proposed meeting.

 

  23

 

 

6.13 The Parties shall procure that, in respect of any matter requiring a shareholder meeting of an Owner, the Company will only vote in favour of a matter requiring shareholder approval if the Shareholders holding a Simple Majority of the issued Shares agree.

 

6.14 For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of this Clause 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any committee of the Board and to any board of directors (or similar governing body) of any Group Company and committee thereof.

 

7 DIVIDEND AND DISTRIBUTION POLICY

 

7.1 The Board of the Company shall declare and make payment of dividends or distributions to the Parties in relation to the Group from time to time subject to the requirements set out in this Clause 7 and having regard to:

 

7.1.1 retention in the Group of reasonable amounts of working capital in accordance with prudent business practice;

 

7.1.2 reasonable provision to cover any contingent requirements for additional finance of the Group (including, in particular, for the maintenance and operation of the Vessels and to meet contingent liabilities under the Transaction Documents to which a Group Company is a party); and

 

7.1.3 reasonable provision to cover any contingent requirements in respect of Distribution payments to be made to the holder(s) of B Shares in accordance with Clause 7.2.

 

7.2 Any Distribution which is not a Liquidating Distribution will be made in accordance with Clause 7.1 among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings. If the Company makes a Liquidating Distribution any such Distribution shall be distributed as follows:

 

7.2.1 first, 100 (one hundred) per cent. among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings until Sankaty and its Affiliates have collectively achieved a 10 (ten) per cent. IRR on their Original Investment, taking into account any preceding Distributions (Tranche 1 Return);

 

7.2.2 after Sankaty has received the Tranche I Return but until Sankaty has received the Tranche 2 Return: (i) 90 (ninety) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings until Sankaty and its Affiliates have collectively achieved a 20 (twenty) per cent. IRR on their Original Investment (taking into account any preceding Distributions) (Tranche 2 Return); and (ii) 10 (ten) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the B Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their holdings;

 

  24

 

 

7.2.3 after Sankaty has received the Tranche 2 Return but until Sankaty has received the Tranche 3 Return: (i) 80 (eighty) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings until Sankaty and its Affiliates have collectively achieved a 30 (thirty) per cent. IRR on their Original Investment (taking into account any preceding Distributions) (Tranche 3 Return); and (ii) 20 (twenty) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the B Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their holdings;

 

7.2.4 after Sankaty and its Affiliates have collectively received the Tranche 3 Return: (i) 70 (seventy) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the A Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their Shareholdings; and (ii) 30 (thirty) per cent. of all Distributions among the holders of the B Shares on a pari passu basis pro rata to their holdings.

 

7.3 No Distribution shall be made in respect of Shares until after full repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Shareholder Loans, including all accrued but unpaid interest thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for so long as the Sankaty Loan Agreement remains outstanding, any Distribution to Grindrod shall be deposited into the Loan Account (as such term is defined in the Sankaty Loan Agreement) and not paid directly to Grindrod and, notwithstanding such deposit into the Loan Account, shall be treated for purposes of this Clause 7 as if such Distribution had been paid Grindrod (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Grindrod will not be entitled to any further Distributions in respect of any such Distribution deposited to the Loan Account).

 

7.4 Illustrative examples of the calculations contemplated in this Clause 7 are set out in a Microsoft Excel spread sheet named “IRR Calculation”, that has been burned to the root folder of a non-rewritable compact disc medium, initialled by the Shareholders for identification purposes and lodged with the auditors of the Company.

 

7.5 If there is any dispute regarding the calculation of any Distributions payments to a Party under Clause 7.2 or with respect to the calculation of the IRR, then such dispute shall, on the written request of any of the Parties, be referred to the auditors of the Company for the time being who shall act as experts not as arbitrators in resolving such dispute, provided that if the auditors of the Company are unable or unwilling to act, Replacement Auditors shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Clause 1.1.95, which shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

  25

 

 

7.6 If the Shares of any Shareholder are transferred to the other Shareholder in terms of the put option in terms of Clause 9 or the Default Call Option, any Distributions that have been declared but have not been paid to the transferor will (to the extent accounted for in the applicable calculation of Fair Market Value) be deemed to have been paid to the transferor as part of the Option Price or Prescribed Price, as the case may be, at the time of such transfer of Shares and the transferor shall have no further rights against any Group Company in respect of such Distributions. Upon completion of such transfer, the transferor and the Company shall enter into a customary release with respect to claims by the transferor against the Company arising in such transferor’s capacity as a Shareholder of the Company.

 

8 GRINDROD PARENT PAYMENTS

 

8.1 It is recorded and agreed that:

 

8.1.1 in terms of the Finance Documents, Grindrod Parent has provided certain security in favour of the CACIB Lenders, and may consequently be required to make certain payments to the CACIB Lenders (each such payment, save to the extent that it arises out of or results from Grindrod Parent’s direct borrowing under the CACIB Facility Agreement, being a Grindrod Parent Payment);

 

8.1.2 if Grindrod Parent is required to make any Grindrod Parent Payment, then the Company shall benefit in an amount equal to such Grindrod Parent Payment and, subject to Clauses 8.1.4 and 8.3, shall be indebted to Grindrod Parent in such amount and be obliged to make repayment to Grindrod Parent in terms of Clause 8.2;

 

8.1.3 in terms of the Indemnity Agreement, Sankaty has provided an indemnity in favour of Grindrod Parent, in terms of which Sankaty may be required to make payment to Grindrod Parent of an amount equal to a portion of each Grindrod Parent Payment (each such payment by Sankaty being a Sankaty Indemnified Payment); and

 

8.1.4 if a Sankaty Indemnified Payment is made in respect of any Grindrod Parent Payment, then the Parties will have effectively borne the relevant cost between themselves in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages, and the Company shall not be indebted to, and shall not be obliged to repay, Grindrod Parent in respect of such Grindrod Parent Payment (as set out in Clause 8.3).

  

  26

 

 

8.2 If any Grindrod Parent Payment is made then, subject to Clause 8.3, the Company shall make repayment to Grindrod Parent of an amount equal to such Grindrod Parent Payment (Repayment Amount), without any deduction or set off, into such bank account as Grindrod Parent may specify in writing, and within 30 days of Grindrod Parent’s written demand therefor (provided that, if the Repayment Amount is not paid to Grindrod Parent within such 30 (thirty) day period, the Repayment Amount shall bear interest at LIBOR + 3.1% from the date that the Grindrod Parent Payment was made until the date of full repayment of the Repayment Amount by the Company to Grindrod Parent, payable by the Company to Grindrod Parent evenly with the Repayment Amount).

 

8.3 To the extent that a Sankaty Indemnified Payment is made in respect of a Grindrod Payment Payment, the Company’s repayment obligation to Grindrod Payment in respect thereof shall terminate on the receipt by Grindrod Parent of such Sankaty Indemnified Payment, and Sankaty will have no claim against the Company in respect of the Sankaty Indemnified Payment.

 

9 PUT OPTION

 

9.1 Following the end of the Lock-In Period, subject to Clause 9.3:

 

9.1.1 Sankaty shall be entitled, upon written notice delivered to Grindrod (Put Notice), to require that Grindrod purchase all of the Shares (which shall be paid in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds), Preference Shares and Shareholder Loans then held by Sankaty;

 

9.1.2 Grindrod shall be obliged to purchase all of the Securities then held by Sankaty at a price (the Option Price) equal to the Fair Market Value thereof;

 

9.2 In the event that Sankaty duly and timeously delivers a notice to Grindrod in terms of Clause 9.1.1 and Grindrod does not elect to deliver a Termination Notice as contemplated in Clause 9.3:

 

9.2.1 Grindrod will pay the Option Price to Sankaty in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, within five (5) Business Days of Sankaty delivering the Put Notice. Simultaneously with the payment of the Option Price, Sankaty shall be obliged to: (i) transfer its Shares and Preference Shares to Grindrod; and (ii) to the extent any Shareholder Loans held by Sankaty are accounted for in the calculation of the Option Price, assign its rights under such Shareholder Loans (if any) to Grindrod in a form reasonably required by Grindrod, following which all debt (whether in form of cash or loan) of any Group Company to Sankaty shall be immediately extinguished and such Group Company shall thereafter owe 100 (one hundred) per cent. of such debt to Grindrod. The Company and Grindrod shall procure that this is properly recorded in each Group Company’s books and accounts.

 

  27

 

 

9.2.2 Upon completion of the transfer of the Shares and Preference Shares, the Parties and the Company shall enter into a customary release with respect to claims by Sankaty against the Company arising in its capacity as a Shareholder of the Company.

 

9.3 Grindrod shall be entitled, if Sankaty duly and timeously delivers a notice to Grindrod in terms of Clause 9.1.1, to elect to serve a Termination Notice, in which event the process contemplated in this Clause 9 shall not be followed, but the process contemplated in Clause 12 shall rather be followed.

 

10 DEFAULT

 

10.1 Where an Event of Default occurs in relation to any Shareholder (the Affected Party) the other Shareholder (the Non-Affected Party) may at any time thereafter, provided that such Event of Default is continuing, give written notice thereof to the Affected Party and the Company specifying in such notice the Event of Default (the Default Notice), and the Affected Party shall be deprived of and shall not be entitled to exercise any rights under this Agreement or the Constitution; provided, that the Non-Affected Party may not issue a Default Notice with respect to the Events of Default contemplated by Clause 1.1.42.1, Clause 1.1.42.2 or Clause 1.1.42.3 unless the Non-Affected Party has failed to cure such Event of Default within thirty (30) days following the date of the Event of Default; provided further, that if such Event of Default is not capable of being cured within such thirty (30) day period, the Affected Party shall have no such right to cure its Event of Default.

 

10.2 In the event that:

 

10.2.1 any Default Notice is served on the Company as a result of any Event of Default under Clause 1.1.42.3 or 1.1.42.4, or

 

10.2.2 Grindrod Parent is in breach of its obligations under the Grindrod Parent Undertaking,

 

then the Non-Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.2.1) or Sankaty (in the case of Clause 10.2.2) shall, for so long as such Event of Default or breach (as applicable) is continuing (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any time after a Moratorium has been applied for, is declared or arises, as referenced in the relevant Event of Default, until such Moratorium is no longer in place), without prejudice to any other rights and remedies it may have and without any further action by any Person, be entitled to remove from office the Director(s) appointed by the Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.2.1) or Grindrod (in the case of Clause 10.2.2) in accordance with Clause 6.2 and replace such Director(s) with new Directors appointed by the Non-Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.2.1) or Sankaty (in the case of Clause 10.2.2). For purposes of clarity, once the relevant Event of Default is no longer continuing and provided that the Default Call Option has not been exercised: (i) the Directors removed in terms of this Clause 10.2 shall be reappointed; and (ii) the Directors appointed in terms of this Clause 10.2 shall be removed.

 

  28

 

 

10.3 In the event that any Default Notice is served on the Affected Party and the Company pursuant to this provisions of this Clause 10, the Non-Affected Party shall, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies it may have, be entitled to a call option (the Default Call Option), being the right of the Non-Affected Party to require the Affected Party to sell to the Non- Affected Party free from all Encumbrances and with all rights and advantages attaching thereto, all or a portion of the Securities held by the Affected Party for the time being (the amount being purchased, the Affected Party’s Securities) at the Prescribed Price. For the purposes of this Clause 10, the Prescribed Price shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the percentage of all of the issued A Shares represented by the Affected Party’s Securities multiplied by (ii) the most recent determination of Fair Market Value, as calculated in accordance with Clause 5.3.7.

 

10.4 In the event that an Event of Default occurs, the Non-Affected Party may exercise the Default Call Option by serving a notice in the form of Appendix A (the Default Call Option Notice) on the Affected Party at any time while such Event of Default is continuing (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, any time after a Moratorium has been applied for, is declared or arises, as referenced in the relevant Event of Default, until such Moratorium is no longer in place).

 

10.5 The Affected Party shall, immediately upon delivery of a valid Default Call Option Notice by the Non-Affected Party, be deemed to have sold to the Non-Affected Party free from all Encumbrances and with all rights and advantages attaching thereto, the Affected Party’s Securities and shall take all actions necessary to effect such sale.

 

10.6 Completion of the sale and purchase of the Affected Party’s Securities (Default Option Completion) pursuant to the exercise of the Default Call Option shall be deemed to have taken place at the registered office for the time being of the Company (or such other place as the Affected Party and Non-Affected Party may agree in writing) immediately upon delivery by the Non-Affected Party to the Affected Party of a valid Default Call Option Notice (such time, the Completion Time), and the Affected Party and the Non-Affected Party shall take all actions necessary to effect such Default Option Completion.

 

  29

 

 

10.7 On Default Option Completion:

 

10.7.1 the Affected Party shall deliver to the Non-Affected Party:

 

10.7.1.1. a duly executed share transfer form in favour of the Non-Affected Party together with share certificates in respect of the Affected Party’s Shares; and

 

10.7.1.2. a duly executed assignment agreement in favour of the Non-Affected Party (in a form reasonably required by the Non-Affected Party); and

 

10.7.2 the Non-Affected Party shall pay the Prescribed Price for the Affected Party’s Securities in USD by way one or more of the following, in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

10.7.2.1. by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Affected Party; and/or

 

10.7.2.2. setting off the Prescribed Price (or any part thereof) against the amounts owing by the Affected Party or its Affiliates to the Non- Affected Party arising out of or in connection with any loans made between the Affected Party or its Affiliates (as borrower) and the Non- Affected Party (as lender) (the Indebtedness), whether the said Indebtedness is present or future, actual or contingent, primary or collateral, several or joint, and whether expressed in a currency different from the Prescribed Price.

 

10.8 In circumstances where a valid Default Call Option Notice is issued in accordance with Clause 10.4 above, or where the Non-Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.2.1) or Sankaty (in the case of Clause 10.2.2) exercises its right to remove from office the Director(s) appointed by the Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.2.1) or Grindrod (in the case of Clause 10.2.2) in accordance with Clause 6.2 and replace such Director(s) with new Directors appointed by the Non-Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.2.1) or Sankaty (in the case of Clause 10.2.2), any Director appointed by the Non-Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.4 or Clause 10.2.1) or Sankaty (in the case of Clause 10.2.2), shall be deemed to have been appointed as the Affected Party’s (in the case of Clause 10.4 or Clause 10.2.1) or Grindrod’s (in the case of Clause 10.2.2) duly appointed attorney with full power to execute, complete and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.4 or Clause 10.2.1), or Grindrod (in the case of Clause 10.2.2):

 

10.8.1 transfers of the Affected Party’s Shares (in the case of Clause 10.4);

 

  30

 

 

10.8.2 assignments of the Shareholder Loans owing to the Affected Party (in the case of Clause 10.4); and

 

10.8.3 all such consents, written resolutions and proxies and to execute and deliver all such other deeds and documents as the attorney shall reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable for the purposes of completing any actions described in this Clause 10, including attending and voting at any meeting of the Company or Board relating to or associated with or required to enable the relevant actions described in this Clause 10 to be completed.

 

10.9 Each of the Parties hereby gives all necessary consents and waivers which may be required under this Agreement, the Constitution or otherwise to allow the operation of Clause 10.8, including:

 

10.9.1 to sign or execute and deliver all transfer forms, certificates, assignments and all other deeds, documents and instruments which are necessary or which the Board reasonably considers desirable for transferring the Securities to the Non-Affected Party; and

 

10.9.2 to execute any agreements relating to any transfer of Securities on terms consistent with this Clause 10.

 

10.10 The power of attorney given in Clause 10.8:

 

10.10.1 shall be irrevocable whilst there remains any matter outstanding in relation to this Clause 10; and

 

10.10.2 shall not entitle the attorney to give warranties, indemnities or enter into any covenants or any other obligations on behalf of the Affected Party other than to the title of the Securities held by the Affected Party, the capacity of the Affected Party to sell the same and covenants to sell such Securities free from Encumbrances with full title guarantee and to deliver documents of title in relation to such and to grant a power of attorney pending the registration of the title of the Non-Affected Party of such Securities.

 

10.11 If, following a Default Option Completion, the Non-Affected Party believes in good faith that the Prescribed Price would have been different had the Fair Market Value been calculated as of the date of the Default Option Completion, such party (the Objecting Party) may, within thirty (30) days following the date of the Default Option Completion, deliver a notice of objection (such notice, an Objection Notice) to the other party (the Non-Objecting Party). Following delivery of an Objection Notice, the Objecting Party may request the appointment of a Replacement Auditor to calculate the Fair Market Value as of the date of the Default Option Completion, and the resulting Prescribed Price. Such Replacement Auditor shall be appointed as promptly as reasonably practicable following the Non-Objecting Party’s receipt of the Objection Notice.

 

  31

 

 

10.12 The Parties shall instruct such Replacement Auditor to deliver its determination as to the calculation of Fair Market Value as of the date of the Default Option Completion and the resulting Prescribed Price (such price, the Revised Prescribed Price), to all Shareholders within a period of thirty (30) days after the date of its appointment.

 

10.13 The auditor shall act hereunder in the determination of the Revised Prescribed Price as expert and not as arbitrator and its determination shall be final and binding on all persons concerned and in the absence of fraud, the auditor shall be under no liability to any such person by reason of its determination or certificate or by anything done or omitted to be done by them for the purposes thereof or in connection therewith.

 

10.14 Upon final determination by the auditor of the Revised Prescribed Price, in the event the Revised Prescribed Price is different than the Prescribed Price, the Affected Party or the Non- Affected Party shall transfer to the other party such number of A Shares as is necessary to adjust for such difference.

 

10.15 The reasonable and documented costs and expenses of the auditor shall be borne by the Company.

 

10.16 The Parties shall confirm and ratify everything done or caused to be done by the attorney in duly exercising the powers contained in this Clause 10.

 

10.17 For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions on transfer of Securities contained in Clause 13 and the Constitution shall not apply to the sale and transfer of the Affected Party’s Securities pursuant to any exercise of the Default Call Option.

 

11 VOLUNTARY SALE OF VESSELS AND SHIPBUILDING CONTRACTS

 

11.1 An Owner shall not be entitled to sell its right, title and interest in and to its Vessel or its Shipbuilding Contract (as the case may be) (and for the purpose of this Clause 11.1, references to a Vessel shall include references to its Shipbuilding Contract, as appropriate) without a resolution of the Board of the Owner and the Company.

 

11.2 If such consent is given then the Parties shall procure that the following steps shall be followed by an Owner when voluntarily selling a Vessel:

 

  32

 

 

Step 1:

 

11.2.1 Each Party shall select a separate Approved Broker within 10 (ten) Business Days of the passing of the unanimous resolution referred to in Clause 11.1. Each Party shall promptly notify the relevant Approved Broker and each other Party of their choice. A third Approved Broker, being the first of the Approved Brokers listed in Clause 1.1.9 that has not already been selected by either of the Parties in accordance with this Clause 11.2.1, shall be jointly appointed by the Parties within a further 5 (five) Business Days. The 3 (three) Approved Brokers thus selected and appointed in accordance with this Clause 11.2.1 shall be the Selected Approved Brokers;

 

11.2.2 If 1 (one) Vessel is being sold, each Party shall, immediately following the selection of the Selected Approved Brokers in accordance with Clause 11.2.1, instruct the Approved Broker that it nominated to notify each Party in writing within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of its opinion as to the value of that Vessel. The valuation(s) carried out by any Approved Broker under this Agreement shall be desk-top valuations based on an arm’s-length sale of a particular Vessel or Vessels, and assuming that the relevant vessel(s) is or are in good condition for a vessel(s) of its type and age. In any case(s) where the Vessel or Vessels have not yet been delivered pursuant to their respective Shipbuilding Contract, the valuation(s) carried out by any Approved Broker under this Agreement shall be desk-top valuations based on an arm’s-length transfer of the applicable Shipbuilding Contract(s), assuming that the relevant Vessel(s)shall be delivered on schedule and in physical conformity with its/their contractual description and specifications and taking into account any sums already paid or deposited in respect of such contract.

 

11.2.3 In the event that more than 1 (one) Vessel is being sold, the Parties shall determine, in conjunction with the Selected Approved Brokers, whether the Vessels are to be sold En Bloc or individually. The Parties and the Selected Approved Brokers shall have 15 (fifteen) Business Days from the date on which the Selected Approved Brokers are chosen to share relevant evidence with each other in any manner they may see fit. Following such 15 (fifteen) Business Days each Party shall instruct the Approved Broker that it nominated to notify each Party in writing of its opinion as to:

 

11.2.3.1. the aggregate value of the Vessels that are agreed to be sold if such Vessels are to be sold individually; and

 

  33

 

 

11.2.3.2. the aggregate value of the Vessels that are agreed to be sold if such Vessels are to be sold En Bloc.

 

Each Party shall not disclose any valuation received to any other Approved Broker or Party until such time as all valuations are finalised and have been received by the Parties. An En Bloc sale will be pursued if a majority of the Selected Approved Brokers confirm that they expect an En Bloc sale to achieve a greater aggregate sale value for Vessels that are agreed to be sold than if such vessels were sold individually;

 

11.2.4 The Parties shall have 10 (ten) Business Days from receipt of the final valuation provided by the Selected Approved Brokers in accordance with Clause 11.2.2 or Clause 11.2.3, as applicable, to consider the valuations. The price at which the relevant Vessel(s) is/are to be sold will be determined by agreement of the Parties after such 10 (ten) Business Days, in accordance with the following procedure:

 

11.2.4.1. the Parties shall promptly consider the three valuations upon receipt;

 

11.2.4.2. the Parties shall disregard any valuation provided by a Selected Approved Broker which is more than 5 (five) per cent. below the average of the 2 (two) valuations prepared by the remaining Selected Approved Brokers (the Remaining Approved Brokers);

 

11.2.4.3. promptly following a decision to disregard a valuation as described in Clause 11.2.4.2, the Parties shall appoint another Approved Broker within 5 (five) Business Days (the Replacement Approved Broker);

 

11.2.4.4. the Parties shall instruct the Replacement Approved Broker to provide a valuation for the Vessel(s) within a further 15 (fifteen) Business Days, and to notify each Party in writing of such valuation. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that more than 1 (one) Vessel is being sold, the Parties shall instruct the Replacement Approved Broker to consider whether such sale should occur individually or En Bloc; and

 

11.2.4.5. the Parties shall use the average of the resulting 3 (three) valuations (irrespective of whether the Replacement Approved Broker’s valuation is more than 5 (five) per cent below the average of the 2 (two) valuations prepared by the Remaining Approved Brokers) for the purposes of determining the value of the relevant Vessel(s);

 

  34

 

 

11.2.5 The Parties shall take or procure that the relevant Owner shall take all steps necessary for the sale of its Vessel at the price determined by the Parties in conjunction with the relevant Approved Brokers (including the Replacement Approved Broker, if relevant) in accordance with Clause 11.2.4. Such sale shall be on Norwegian Saleform 2012 contract terms, with logical amendments as may be required by the context;

 

Step 2:

 

11.2.6 The Parties agree and the Company shall procure that Grindrod shall have the first right to acquire the relevant Vessel(s) at the price determined in accordance with Clause 11.2.4;

 

11.2.7 Following the determination of the price in accordance with Clause 11.2.4, Grindrod shall have 30 (thirty) Business Days to notify Sankaty in writing whether or not Grindrod wishes to exercise the right described in Clause 11.2.6.

 

11.2.8 If Grindrod elects to purchase the Vessel(s), the Parties shall comply with Clause 13.7 to promptly effect the sale of the relevant Vessel(s) to Grindrod.

 

11.2.9 If Grindrod either fails to make an election within the relevant 30 (thirty) Business Day period, or elects to not purchase the Vessel(s), then:

 

11.2.9.1. the relevant Vessel(s) shall be offered for sale to Sankaty at the price determined in accordance with Clause 11.2.4. Sankaty shall have a further 15 (fifteen) Business Days to notify Grindrod whether or not it wishes to purchase the relevant Vessel(s); and

 

11.2.9.2. if Sankaty elects to purchase the relevant Vessel(s), the relevant Vessel(s) shall be sold to Sankaty.

 

Step 3:

 

11.2.10 If neither Grindrod nor Sankaty wish to purchase the Vessel(s), the Parties shall instruct the Selected Approved Brokers, or the 2 (two) Remaining Approved Brokers and the Replacement Approved Broker, (the Voluntary Sale Approved Brokers) to conduct a sale process to offer the relevant Vessel(s) for sale to third party buyers on the open market within 30 (thirty) Business Days, at the price determined in accordance with Clause 11.2.4 or such other minimum reserve price determined by unanimous approval of the Parties (Reserve Price). Both Grindrod and Sankaty shall be permitted to make an offer to purchase the Vessel(s) on the open market;

 

  35

 

 

11.2.11 Any Vessel(s) placed for sale on the open market by the Voluntary Sale Approved Brokers pursuant to Clause 11.2.10 shall be sold to any buyer making the highest offer above the Reserve Price;

 

11.2.12 If the Voluntary Sale Approved Brokers fail within 30 (thirty) Business Days to find a buyer (or buyers) willing to purchase the Vessel(s) at or above the Reserve Price, as evidenced by a signed and subject free contract for the sale of the Vessel within 30 (thirty) Business Days following the date on which the Vessel is placed on the market for sale, then the Parties shall instruct the Voluntary Sale Broker to withdraw the Vessel(s) from the open market and Steps 1 to 3 above shall be repeated.

 

11.3 For the avoidance of doubt the sale procedure set out in Clause 11.2 shall not apply to the sale by an Owner of a Vessel or Vessels on termination in accordance with Clause 12.

 

11.4 All proceeds received by an Owner from the sale of a Vessel shall be applied by the Owner towards repayment of all outstanding indebtedness due to any Lender in respect of, or attributable to, that Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance.

 

11.5 If, following the application of the sale proceeds as contemplated in Clause 11.4 above, any amounts remain owing to the Lender in respect of, or which are attributable to, that Vessel and/or the Owner under the Approved Finance, the Parties shall consider making further equity investments to the Company to enable the Company or the Owner to meet that shortfall.

 

11.6 Any surplus remaining following the application of the sale proceeds as contemplated in Clause 11.4 above shall to the extent permitted by any Lender be applied in or towards payment of Distributions in accordance with Clause 7.2; and

 

11.7 Upon the application of any surplus in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 11.4 to 11.6 (both inclusive), the relevant Owner shall be wound up (unless otherwise agreed by the Parties).

 

12 TERMINATION

 

12.1 At any time after the Lock-In Period, Grindrod may serve a termination notice (a Termination Notice) on Sankaty.

 

  36

 

 

12.2 Within 3 (three) months after a Termination Notice is served, the Vessels then remaining under the ownership of the Group Companies shall be offered for sale (subject to each Vessel’s charter and trading commitments) subject to the following steps:

 

Step 1:

 

12.2.1 The price at which the each of the relevant Vessel(s) is to be sold will be determined in accordance with the valuation methodology in Clause 11.2 to Clause 11.2.4.

 

Step 2:

 

12.2.2 The Parties agree and the Company shall procure that Grindrod shall have the first right to acquire each Vessel (where individual sales are pursued) or all of the Vessels (where an En Bloc sale is pursued) at the price determined in accordance with Clause 12.2.1.

 

12.2.3 Following the determination of the price in accordance with Clause 12.2.1, Grindrod shall have 30 (thirty) Business Days to notify Sankaty in writing whether or not Grindrod wishes to exercise the right described in Clause 12.2.2.

 

12.2.4 If Grindrod elects to purchase the relevant Vessels, the Parties shall comply with Clause 13.7 to promptly effect the sale of the relevant Vessel(s) to Grindrod, provided that such purchase shall be paid in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds;

 

12.2.5 If Grindrod either fails to make an election within the relevant 30 (thirty) Business Day period, or elects to not purchase the relevant Vessels, then:

 

12.2.5.1. the relevant Vessels shall be offered for sale to Sankaty at the price determined in accordance with Clause 12.2.1. Sankaty shall have a further 15 (fifteen) Business Days to notify Grindrod whether or not it wishes to purchase the relevant Vessels; and

 

12.2.5.2. if Sankaty elects to purchase the relevant Vessels, the relevant Vessels shall be sold to Sankaty, provided that the purchase price for such purchase shall be paid in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

 

  37

 

 

Step 3:

 

12.2.6 If neither Grindrod nor Sankaty wish to purchase the relevant Vessels, the Parties shall instruct the Selected Approved Brokers, or the 2 (two) Remaining Approved Brokers and the Replacement Approved Broker, as applicable (the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers) to conduct a sale process to offer the relevant Vessels for sale to third party buyers on the open market without delay, at the price determined in accordance with Clause 12.2.1 or such price discounted by 5 (five) per cent (the Discounted Reserve Price).

 

12.2.7 Vessels placed for sale on the open market by the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers pursuant to Clause 12.2.6 shall be sold to any buyer making the highest offer above the Discounted Reserve Price within 30 (thirty) Business Days.

 

12.2.8 Both Grindrod and Sankaty shall be entitled to make an offer to purchase the relevant Vessels in the open market in accordance with the procedure set out in Clauses 12.2.6 and 12.2.7, though shall not be permitted to make an offer to purchase the relevant Vessels on the open market for the first 20 (twenty) Business Days of the relevant sale process, provided that no third party offer shall be accepted without the parties having had the opportunity to make an offer.

 

12.2.9 Where the highest price offered on the open market exceeds the Discounted Reserve Price then the relevant Vessels shall be sold to the highest bidder.

 

12.2.10 Where the highest price offered on the open market is less than the Discounted Reserve Price then Grindrod shall have the first right to purchase the relevant Vessels at a price equal to the highest offer made on the open market (provided that such purchase shall be paid in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds), such right to be exercised by Grindrod serving notice in writing upon the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers and Sankaty within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of the expiration of the 30 (thirty) Business Day offer period in Clause 12.2.7. In the event that Grindrod elects within a period of 15 (fifteen) days of being offered the relevant Vessels, not to purchase the relevant Vessels at such price then the relevant Vessels shall be offered to Sankaty at such price, provided that such purchase shall be paid in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds. If Sankaty elects not to purchase the relevant Vessels at such price within a period of 15 (fifteen) days of being offered the relevant Vessels for purchase then the relevant Vessels shall promptly be sold by the Mandatory Sale Approved Brokers to the highest bid made on the open market.

 

  38

 

 

12.3 In connection with the sale of a Vessel pursuant to Clause 12.2, the Parties hereby agree to promptly (i) procure a resolution of the relevant Owner’s Board in favour of the sale, (ii) pass a shareholders’ resolution of the Company in favour of the sale, and (iii) otherwise co-operate so as to ensure the prompt completion of the delivery of each Vessel to the new owner(s).

 

12.4 Upon receipt of the net proceeds of sale of each Vessel under Clause 12.2, the Parties shall promptly procure the following:

 

12.4.1 rationalisation of each Owner’s accounts and the settlement of any outstanding third party liabilities of each Owner;

 

12.4.2 the remaining funds shall be applied as follows:

 

12.4.2.1. first, in settlement of any outstanding third party liabilities of the Company or of any Owner in circumstances where the net proceeds of sale by an Owner of its Vessel were insufficient to meet its outstanding third party liabilities. The Parties will make further equity investments as may be unanimously agreed to meet any shortfall arising as part of this settlement process; and

 

12.4.2.2. thirdly, any remaining amount to be distributed to the Parties in accordance with Clause 7,

 

12.5 Following the distribution of all remaining funds or the investment of any additional funds in accordance with Clause 12.4.2 the Parties shall wind up each Group Company.

 

12.6 Following completion of the process set out in Clause 12.4 for all of the Vessels and the Group Companies, this Agreement (and the joint venture contemplated herein) shall terminate with no Party owing any further obligations to the other Parties save for such as have already fallen due for performance or payment at that time.

 

12.7 This Agreement shall remain in force until the earliest to occur of:

 

12.7.1 termination of the Agreement by the joint written consent of all the Parties;

 

12.7.2 the date that is twelve months following completion of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except when the liquidation or dissolution is a solvent reorganisation; or

 

12.7.3 in relation to a Party, the date at which such a Party has transferred all of its Securities in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  39

 

 

12.8 Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any accrued rights, obligations or liabilities in existence prior to such termination, and the provisions of confidentiality, and those contained within Clause 1 and Clauses 19 to 32 (both inclusive), shall survive termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms.

 

13 TRANSFER OF SECURITIES / VESSELS

 

13.1 Any Party (the Original Transferor Party) may transfer all or any part of its Securities to any Affiliate that has entered into a Deed of Adherence provided that if the transferee Affiliate, or any subsequent transferee Affiliate, ceases to be an Affiliate of the Original Transferor Party at any time whilst it holds Securities, it shall, within 10 (ten) Business Days of such event, transfer those Securities to the Original Transferor Party or to any other entity that is, at that date, an Affiliate of the Original Transferor Party.

 

13.2 Save as expressly provided in this Agreement no Shareholder shall transfer, grant any security interest over, or otherwise dispose of or give any person any rights in or over, any Security or interest in any share or other security in a Group Company unless such transfer is consented to in writing by the other Shareholder who is not proposing to transfer such Securities. The consent of such other Shareholder shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. This Clause 13.2 shall not apply to any security interest over any Securities which are granted in favour of another Shareholder.

 

13.3 Any Shareholder (the Transferor) who has received a bona fide third party written offer to purchase all of its Securities (the Transfer Securities) and proposes to accept such offer, shall before accepting such offer promptly give written notice (a Transfer Notice) to the Company and to the other Shareholders, and indicate therein the price per Security of the Transfer Securities and attach thereto a true and complete copy of the prospective purchaser’s written offer.

 

13.4 The Transferor shall:

 

13.4.1 offer in writing a proportion of the Transfer Securities to each of the other Shareholders, in direct and exact proportion to their then-current Shareholdings, at the price per Security referred to in the Transfer Notice (the Offer), and if the Offer is not accepted by a particular Shareholder within 30 (thirty) Business Days after its receipt, the Offer will be deemed to have been declined by that Shareholder.

 

13.5 The Transferor shall be entitled, after the procedures referred to in Clause 13.4 have been followed and to the extent that the Shareholders, other than the Transferor, have not accepted all of the Securities offered in terms of the Transfer Notice, to sell such Securities to a third party on the same terms and at the same price as it was offered to the other Shareholders, provided that such third party agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by entering into a Deed of Adherence.

 

  40

 

 

13.6 Subject to Clause 13.1, a Shareholder transferring its Securities shall:

 

13.6.1 transfer such Securities with full title guarantee and free from all Encumbrances, save for any Encumbrances under any Approved Finance;

 

13.6.2 execute such transfer forms and any other documents which may be necessary to effect the transfer of all legal and beneficial title in such Securities to the transferee;

 

13.6.3 promptly deliver to the transferee any and all certificates in respect of the transferred Securities,

 

13.6.4 procure the resignation of any Directors appointed by the Transferor party; and

 

13.6.5 procure that all transferee(s) enter into a Deed of Adherence.

 

13.7 Clauses 13.1 to 13.6 shall not apply to sale, transfer or other disposal (and any offer to purchase or purchase of) of any Securities which is made by a Chargee (whether in its own name or through the exercise of any power of attorney granted by any Shareholder) under or in connection with the enforcement or the exercise of any rights in respect of the security interests created in favour of that Chargee, and a certificate by such Chargee (or officer of such Chargee) that the relevant Securities are being sold, transferred or otherwise disposed under or in connection with the enforcement or the exercise of any such rights shall be conclusive evidence of such facts.

 

13.8 Where an Owner is selling a Vessel to a Shareholder (or its nominee) in accordance with this Agreement, the Company and the Shareholders shall procure that all documents (including, without limitation, a bill of sale) are executed by the Owner and all steps taken in order to effect the transfer of title in such Vessel to such Party (or its nominee) on an “as is where is” basis in such manner as to enable the Vessel to be registered in the name of the new owner.

 

14 FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES

 

14.1 Grindrod hereby undertakes to Sankaty and the Company that in the event that Grindrod or any of its Affiliates is considering an opportunity to establish a new joint venture for the ownership of Handysize or Supramax Vessels during the term of this Agreement then it shall first provide full information in respect of such opportunity to the Company. The Company shall elect within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of complete relevant information whether or not it wishes to pursue such opportunity. If the Company elects not to pursue such opportunity within such 30 (thirty) day period then Grindrod shall be free to pursue such opportunity independently of the Company.

 

  41

 

 

14.2 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Grindrod shall not be precluded from continuing with its other shipping activities in any way that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement (or any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement).

 

15 PARTIES DUTIES TO EACH OTHER

 

15.1 The Parties undertake with each other to exercise their rights as Shareholders in a manner consistent with this Agreement and so as to ensure that each Group Company fully and promptly observes, performs and complies with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

 

15.2 Sankaty undertakes to Grindrod that it shall disclose to Grindrod in writing:

 

15.2.1 details of any investments made by Sankaty and its Affiliates that involve the direct or indirect ownership of 20 (twenty) per cent. or more of the voting shares of an entity that may reasonably be regarded as operating in the handysize or supramax drybulk carrier sector (Relevant Sector); and

 

15.2.2 any appointment of Sankaty or any of its Affiliates, or any director, officer or employee of Sankaty or its Affiliates, to the position of director in any entity in the Relevant Sector.

 

15.3 Any such disclosure pursuant to this Clause 15.2 shall be made by Sankaty as soon as reasonably practicable relevant following Sankaty obtaining actual knowledge of such investment and/or position, as appropriate.

 

15.4 Each Party shall procure that each of its Affiliates that holds any Security shall vote and otherwise act at the same time and in the same manner as such Party in relation to any matter that is the subject of any provision of this Agreement.

 

16 CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

 

16.1 Reporting. Any Party shall be entitled (but not required) to appoint in its name and at its expense an accounting firm or other advisor to assist such Party (i) to determine whether any Group Company has been a “passive foreign investment company” or a “controlled foreign corporation” or a corporation having a similar status for purposes of the Code, (ii) to determine the consequences to the Parties of such status, and (iii) all such other information that is reasonably necessary for the Parties, or any direct or indirect investor in the Parties, to duly complete and file their income tax returns or may be reasonably necessary in connection with any tax audit or controversy, and the Company shall (and shall cause each Group Company to) co-operate with the Party and its advisors in this regard (including timely providing any factual information that that such Party and/or its advisors may reasonably request). In addition, at the request of a Party, the Company shall (and shall cause each Group Company to) cooperate with such Party in making and maintaining, or permitting the Party (or direct or indirect investor in the Party) to make and maintain, any election permitted under the Code (including a qualified electing fund election pursuant to Code Section 1295), but no Group Company shall be party to such election. Neither the Company nor the Administration Manager shall have any responsibility for determining what information may be required. The Party requesting the information shall specify the required information in writing giving reasonable time for the Company and the Administration Manager to prepare the information. If any Party requests tax information prepared by another Party’s tax advisors, the requesting Party agrees to share in the costs of such tax advisor pro rata.

 

  42

 

 

16.2 Tax Elections. As of the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any Group Company has at the date of this Agreement filed a “check-the-box” election pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 (Internal Revenue Service Form 8832). The Company agrees not to make any election to be treated as anything other than a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes without the prior unanimous consent of the Parties. Each Owner agrees upon the request of any Party to file a “check-the-box” election pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 (Internal Revenue Service Form 8832) electing to be treated as a disregarded entity of the Company, and to use its best endeavours to achieve an effective date on or before the date such Owner was acquired by the Company (i.e., within 75 days of the date such Owner was acquired), provided that each Owner shall be entitled to engage an internationally recognised accounting firm that is reasonably acceptable to such Party to prepare such Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 and that if the costs of such accounting firm exceed USD 20,000 (twenty thousand Dollars) in total for all Group Companies, then the Group Companies shall be entitled to recover the excess from the requesting Party.

 

16.3 Treaty Benefits. The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to benefit from the provisions of any tax treaty between Singapore, on the one hand, and Luxembourg or Mauritius, on the other hand. Each Party shall cooperate with the other Parties and the Company to determine if the Company is, from time to time, entitled to the benefits of any tax treaty between Singapore, on the one hand, and Luxembourg or Mauritius, on the other hand.

 

  43

 

 

16.4 Tax Structuring. The Company shall provide written notice to the Parties at least forty-five days prior to (i) any initial public offering of any Group Company or (ii) any distribution of cash by the Company to Sankaty. During the 30 day period after such notice has been provided, the Group Companies agree to cooperate in good faith with the Parties, and to consider such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Parties, to minimize any material adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences that may arise to the Parties, or any direct or indirect owner of the Parties, with respect to such transaction (including, if requested by Parties, filing a U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 with respect to the Company or one or more of the Group Companies). The Group Companies shall be entitled to obtain advice from an internationally recognised accounting firm in order to determine whether such action may have a material adverse effect on the Group Companies, or any of the Parties.

 

16.5 QEF Elections. In the event that any Party notifies the Company in writing that it (or any of its direct or indirect investors) intends to make a QEF Election for any calendar year, the Company shall, as soon as reasonably practical following the end of such calendar year (but in no event later than 90 days following the end of such calendar year) provide to such Party an annual PFIC information statement in the form specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1295-1(g). The Company shall be entitled to obtain advice from an internationally recognised accounting firm that is reasonably acceptable to the requesting Party in order to prepare annual PFIC information statement; provided that any reasonable costs of such accounting firm shall be borne pro rata by the requesting Parties.

 

16.6 Withholding Tax. Any withholding or any other taxes on interest on Shareholder Loans or on Distributions that are required by law shall be borne by the relevant Party (netted off Distributions or interest where applicable) and the amount of interest or Distribution shall not be grossed up by the Company. For purposes of determining the IRR, the amount of the Distribution declared shall be taken into account and not the amount net of any withholding or other taxes applied; provided, however, that if any withholding taxes are imposed on Distributions made to all Parties, then for purposes of determining the IRR, the amount of the Distribution declared shall be net of any such withholding taxes. The Company shall promptly provide the relevant Party with receipts showing payment of any withheld amounts to the appropriate taxing authority.

 

16.7 No Group Company shall be liable for any loss or expense in regard to any tax matters relating to any of the Parties or any of its direct or indirect investors except to the extent any Party is actually and prejudicially harmed by the wilful failure to provide accurate information or due to an unreasonable delay in providing the requested information.

 

  44

 

 

17 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

17.1 Each Party and the Company will (and will procure that any director appointed by it hereunder, any employee, adviser, agent or representative will) keep confidential and will not disclose to any person:

 

17.1.1 the details of this Agreement, the details of the negotiations leading to this Agreement, and the information handed over to such Party during the course of negotiations, as well as the details of all the transactions or agreements contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

17.1.2 any confidential information relating to the business or the operations and affairs of the Parties and the Group,

 

together, the Confidential Information.

 

17.2 The obligation of confidentiality placed on the Parties in terms of Clause 17.1 shall cease to apply in respect of any Confidential Information which:

 

17.2.1 is or becomes generally available to the public other than by the negligence or default of any Party or by the breach of this Agreement;

 

17.2.2 has lawfully become known by or come into the possession of any Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than any other Party, having the legal right to disclose same;

 

17.2.3 is required to be disclosed in the audited financial statements of any Group Company (or the direct or indirect shareholders of any Group Company) by its auditor; or

 

17.2.4 is disclosed pursuant to a requirement from any applicable regulatory authority, recognised stock exchange, or by operation of law, regulation or court order, to the extent of compliance with such requirement only and not for any other purpose.

 

17.3 Before any public announcement or statement is made by any Party in relation to the Group, the Party issuing such public announcement or statement shall use its best endeavours to (a) provide each other Party, with a written draft of the proposed announcement or statement at least 3 (three) Business Days before the proposed time of the announcement, and (b) agree the wording and timing of such announcement or statement with each other Party.

 

  45

 

 

17.4 No Party shall be entitled to use by name, or make reference to, the participation of any other Party hereto in the capital of the Company or ownership of the Group, without the prior written consent of such other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

17.5 Notwithstanding the terms of Clause 17.1:

 

17.5.1 the Parties may disclose any Confidential Information which they would otherwise be prohibited from doing so, to their Affiliates, or investors or limited partners and the directors, employees, agents, professional advisers or consultants of any such direct or indirect shareholders or investors or limited partners, to any bona fide prospective shareholders or investors or limited partners or their professional advisers or consultants, and to any bona fide third party prospective purchasers of the shares held by them, provided that any such Party procures that any such recipient is bound to substantially the same obligations of confidentiality contained therein; and

 

17.5.2 the Parties shall not to use any Confidential Information in competition with the Company.

 

17.5.3 each of the Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

17.6 The restrictions contained in this Clause 17 shall continue to apply notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason for a period of 36 (thirty six) months following such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 17.6 shall not affect any accrued rights, obligations or liabilities in existence prior to termination.

 

18 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

18.1 On the date of this Agreement and (to the extent applicable) thereafter on each day on which this Agreement remains in full force and effect, each Party and the Company represents and warrants to the other Party that:

 

18.1.1 it is a company duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has perpetual corporate existence and the capacity to sue or be sued in its own name, and has the power to own the property and assets that it presently owns and to continue to conduct the business it presently conducts;

 

  46

 

 

18.1.2 it has power to enter into and perform this Agreement and has taken all necessary corporate and other action required to authorise the execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance according to its terms;

 

18.1.3 the execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance according to its terms do not and will not:-

 

18.1.3.1. contravene the constitutional documents of that Party;

 

18.1.3.2. violate any law to which that Party is subject;

 

18.1.3.3. result in a breach of, or default under, any agreement, instrument or arrangement to which that Party is a party or which is binding upon that Party or any of its assets.

 

18.2 On the date of this Agreement and (to the extent applicable) thereafter on each day on which this Agreement remains in full force and effect, the Company represents and warrants to each of the Parties that all of the Group Companies set out in Schedule 2 are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

 

19 WAIVER

 

No exercise or failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right, power or remedy vested in any Party under or pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a waiver by that Party of that or any other right, power or remedy.

 

20 COSTS AND TAXES

 

20.1 The Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and disbursements of each Party in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance and implementation of this Agreement and each document referred to in it and other agreements forming part of the transaction, subject to a maximum amount of USD $450 000 (four hundred and fifty thousand Dollars). Any and all such claims shall be subject to the production of valid invoices or other such evidence as the Board may reasonably require.

 

21 ANTI-BRIBERY, ANTI-CORRUPTION AND SANCTIONS

 

21.1 The Parties shall each do all that is necessary and within their respective power and control to ensure that a Group Company will not directly or indirectly at any time offer, promise, give or receive any improper financial payment and/or other improper advantage to or from any person, customer or supplier (whether a public official or otherwise) with the intention of influencing them and obtaining or retaining an advantage in the conduct of the business of the Group. No Group Company will engage in any transaction with any and entity in or national of a country subject to Sanctions. In order to promote the achievement of the objectives set out in this Clause 21, the Board of the Company shall:

 

  47

 

 

21.1.1 adopt, apply and monitor an appropriate anti-bribery and anti-corruption and sanctions policy (the Policy), that takes into account all laws applicable to the Group and includes adequate procedures designed to prevent the behaviours referred to in this Clause 21;

 

21.1.2 maintain an appropriate process for employees to report, anonymously if desired, instances of bribery, corruption or fraudulent practices, or activities in contravention of Sanctions;

 

21.1.3 ensure that its employees are aware of and understand the Policy and the processes; and

 

21.1.4 ensure that reports are regularly presented to the Parties on the application and monitoring of the Policy and any reported incident.

 

21.2 The Parties shall use best endeavours and shall negotiate in good faith to agree the Policy within 12 (twelve) months of Completion on terms that comply with Clause 21.1 and are mutually acceptable to the Parties.

 

22 ASSIGNMENT

 

No Party may without the prior written consent of each other Party or (except as herein expressly provided) assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, except in connection with a transfer of Securities permitted pursuant to Clause 13.

 

23 THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

A person or entity which is not a party to this Agreement may not enforce or otherwise have the benefit of any provision of this Agreement under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

24 SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

  48

 

 

25 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement (together with all agreements and documents executed contemporaneously with it or referred to in it) constitutes a statement of the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to its subject matter, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

 

26 SUPREMACY OF AGREEMENT

 

In case of any inconsistency or conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Constitution or any of the other constitutional documents of a Group Company, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

27 NOTICES, ETC.

 

27.1 Any notice or other communication hereunder (a Communication) shall be in the English language and be sent by letter or facsimile transmission addressed as follows (or as the intended recipient(s) shall have notified the sender in accordance with this Clause 27):

 

27.1.1 if to Grindrod:

 

200 Cantonment Road

#03-01 Southpoint

Singapore 089763

 

Tel: + 65 6323 0048

Fax: + 65 6323 0046

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

27.1.2 if to Sankaty:

 

Sankaty European Investments III S.Á.R.L.
4 Rue Lou Hemmer

L-1748 Luxembourg
Luxembourg

Attention: Myleen Basilio
Telephone: 352-26-78-66-54
Email: mbasilio@baincapital.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Bain Capital Credit, Ltd. 

Devonshire House, Mayfair Place
London W1J 8AJ

United Kingdom
Attention: Jessica Yeager

Email: j.yeager@baincapital.com

 

  49

 

 

27.2 Any Communication shall be deemed to have been delivered 7 (seven) days after having been sent by post, prepared and addressed as required by Clause 27.1. In the case of a facsimile transmission, delivery shall be deemed to have occurred at the time of completion of transmission thereof (as evidenced by error free transmission or answer-back slip), provided that it is received within normal working hours in the country of the addressee, if not, it shall be deemed received on the next following Business Day in such country.

 

27.3 Any Communication sent to or received by any of Sankaty or Grindrod shall be effected in accordance with Clause 27.1. If any Communication is to be sent to or received by an Affiliate of a Party, it shall be deemed to have been appropriately sent or received if addressed to the Party that is an Affiliate of such person.

 

28 NO PARTNERSHIP

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties hereto and none of them shall have any authority to bind the other in any way.

 

29 VARIATION AND COUNTERPARTS

 

29.1 No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

29.2 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

30 CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS

 

No Party shall in any circumstances be liable to any other Party for any special, indirect or consequential loss, including any loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of use or loss of contract arising out of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation any breach of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

 

31 THE COMPANY AS PARTY

 

The Company agrees and acknowledges the terms of this Agreement and agrees to comply with its terms at all times.

 

32 GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

32.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. The Parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, and that accordingly any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including the existence, validity or termination thereof, shall be brought in such courts and each Party each hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

  50

 

 

32.2 Grindrod irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited, at its registered office for the time being, presently at 8th Floor, St Magnus House, 3 Lower Thames St, London EC3R 6HD, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

32.3 Sankaty irrevocably appoints Sankaty Advisors, Ltd. (c/o Legal Counsel) at its registered office for the time being, presently at Devonshire House, 7th floor, Mayfair Place, London W1J 8AJ, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

32.4 Nothing in this Clause 32 shall limit the right of any Party to commence proceedings to enforce any judgment or award (Enforcement Proceedings) or to seek provisional, conservatory or protective relief (Interim Conservatory Proceedings) before any court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any such Enforcement Proceedings or Interim Conservatory Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of similar Enforcement or Interim Conservatory Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

  51

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

 

acting by:

)

 

)

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Sally Dornaus

     
     
    print name: Sally Dornaus, Class A Manager
     

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Matthew Baker

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

 

print name: Matthew Baker

 

 

Witness address:

   
    200 Clarendon St.
    Boston, MA 02116
     
     
     
     

 

  52

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

 

acting by:

)

 

)

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio

   

 

 

print name: Myleen Tapawan Basilio, Class B Manager

 

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Grindale Gamboa

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

 

print name: Grindale Gamboa

 

 

Witness address:

   
    4 rue Lou Hemmer
    L-1748 Luxembourg
     
     
     
     

 

  53

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

acting by:

)

 

)

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sign here: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths

   

 

 

print name: Stephen William Griffiths

     

In the presence of:

 

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

 

print name: Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins

     
Witness address:   200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     
     
Witness occupation:  

 

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY

)    

 

  54

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

 

acting by:

)

 

)

 

 

sign here: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths

   

 

 

print name: Stephen William Griffiths

 

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

 

Witness name:

 

 

 

print name: Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

     
Witness address:   200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 Southpoint
    Singapore 089763
     

 

Witness occupation:

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY

 

  55

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 RESERVED MATTERS

 

(1) Any action that would have the effect of reducing a Minority Shareholder’s shareholding in the Company to fall below 25% or otherwise cause the loss of such Minority Shareholder’s rights to these Reserved Matters (provided that any dilution of a Minority Shareholder’s shareholding in the Company as a result of such Minority Shareholder not exercising its rights to purchase portions of any Conversion Shares as contemplated in Clause 4, shall not fall within the ambit of this Reserved Matter; provided further, that any reduction of a Minority Shareholder’s shareholding in the Company below 25% as a result of such Minority Shareholder not exercising its rights to purchase portions of any Conversion Shares as contemplated in Clause 4 will be ignored solely for purpose of determining whether such Minority Shareholder is entitled to continue to exercise its rights with respect to the Reserved Matters);

 

(2) Change in scope of (or cessation of) the business of any Group Company;

 

(3) Filing of bankruptcy involving any Group Company;

 

(4) Acquisitions or sales of material assets, contracts, rights, or other property, on such terms as are disproportionately adverse as to Minority Shareholder, on the one hand, versus the Majority Shareholder or any of its affiliates (other than the Group Company) on the other hand;

 

(5) Approval of the calculations of dividends hereunder, return of share capital, reduction in share capital, additional equity issuances, or exit events including asset sale(s) or an initial public offering;

 

(6) Assumption or guarantee of any indebtedness for borrowed money (or amendments or supplements to the terms of any existing indebtedness) or the creation of any lien or encumbrance over any assets of any Group Company;

 

(7) Entry into, or material changes to, any material contracts that are disproportionately adverse as to the Minority Shareholder on the one hand, versus the Majority Shareholder or any of its affiliates (other than the Group Company) on the other hand;

 

(8) Entry into (or amendments or modifications to) any related party transactions, including (but not limited to):

 

a. Any Management Agreement and any other agreement involving the Majority Shareholder or any of its Affiliates;

 

b. Ship employment strategy (spot or long term) that is disproportionately adverse as to any Group Company, on the one hand, versus the Majority Shareholder (or any of its Affiliates) on the other hand; and

 

c. Withdrawal of ships from the Pool in a manner that is disproportionately adverse as to any Group Company, on the one hand, versus the Majority Shareholder (or any of its Affiliates) on the other hand.

 

(9) Transactions with any party other than on arm’s length terms;

 

(10) Change in, creation of, issue of, transfer of or cancellation of shares, formation of joint ventures or mergers, creation of any subsidiary or acquisition of or subscription for any shares in any entity other than an existing Group Company;

 

(11) Any (i) reorganization, or (ii) amendment to the Shareholders Agreement, Constitution, or other governing documents, in each case in a manner adverse to the Minority Shareholder;

 

(12) Change in accounting policies or financial year end date which shall initially be 31 December;

 

  56

 

 

(13) Initiate or settle any material litigation or other material dispute;

 

(14) Change in the Company name;

 

(15) Approval of any capital expenditures not contemplated by the annual budget;

 

(16) Change of auditors; and

 

(17) Delegation to or formation of a Board subcommittee other than if the composition of such subcommittee is in the same proportions as the composition of the Board with regard to Directors appointed by (and the respective rights of) the Majority Shareholder and Minority Shareholder respectively.

 

  57

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

COMPANY, OWNERS AND VESSELS

 

PART A – THE COMPANY

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., registration number 201114306Z with registered address at 200 Cantonment Road, #03- 01 Southpoint, Singapore, 089763.

 

PART B – THE OWNERS AND VESSELS:

 

Name of Owner   Name of Vessel
1. IVS Bulk 543 Pte. Ltd.   Kanda 543
2. IVS Bulk 545 Pte. Ltd.   Kanda 545
3. IVS Bulk 541 Pte. Ltd.   Kanda 541
4. IVS Bulk 554 Pte. Ltd.   Kanda 554
5. IVS Bulk 5855 Pte. Ltd.   SKDY 5855
6. IVS Bulk 709 Pte. Ltd.   Onomichi 709
7. IVS Bulk 5858 Pte. Ltd.   SKDY 5858

 

  58

 

 

Annex A - Default Call Option Notice

 

To : [Name of Affected Party]
     
From : [Name of Non-Affected Party]

 

We refer to the Shareholders’ Agreement (the Shareholders’ Agreement) dated [●] made between you, us and the Company. Terms defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement have the same meaning herein.

 

We hereby give you notice that we require you to sell to us in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Default Call Option, the Affected Party’s Securities, such sale to be completed on the date specified in Clause 10 of the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

Yours faithfully

 

for and on behalf of

 

[Name of Non-Affected Party]

 

By :    
       
Name :    
       
Title :    
       
Date :    

 

  59

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

DEED OF ADHERENCE

 

THIS DEED is made the____day of______________by [●] of [ADDRESS] (the “New Securityholder”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) On_____________________the New Securityholder [subscribed for / executed an agreement under which [●] (the “Transferor”) agreed to transfer] those classes and numbers of securities of IVS Bulk PTE. Ltd. as are set out in the Schedule hereto (the “Securities”); and

 

(B) This Deed is entered into in compliance with the terms of Clause 13 of the shareholders’ agreement dated [●] made between the Sankaty, Grindrod and the Company (each as defined therein) (which agreement is herein referred to as the “Agreement”).

 

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. The New Securityholder hereby agrees to be bound by the Agreement in all respects as if the New Securityholder were an original party to the Agreement and to perform all the obligations expressed to be imposed on the Transferor to be performed on or after the date hereof and to be subject to all provisions of this Agreement that would have been applicable if the Transferor still held the Securities.

 

3. The New Securityholder hereby undertakes and covenants to immediately transfer the Securities to the Company (or its nominee) if the grounds upon which the New Securityholder is permitted to hold such Securities under the Agreement cease to exist.1

 

4. This Agreement is made for the benefit of:

 

(a) the original and current parties to the Agreement; and

 

(b) any other person or persons who may after the date of the Agreement (and whether or not prior to or after the date hereof) assume any rights or obligations under the Agreement and are permitted to do so by the terms thereof,

 

and this Deed shall be irrevocable without the written consent of the Company and all Shareholders for so long as the New Securityholder directly or indirectly holds any securities of IVS Bulk PTE. Ltd.

 

 

1 Note: only relevant to Affiliate transfers.

 

  60

 

 

5. Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall bear the same meanings herein (unless the context otherwise requires).

 

6. This Deed shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. The competent courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction in respect of any matter of dispute arising hereunder.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed of Adherence is executed as a deed on the date and year first above written.

 

[●]

 

   
in the presence of:  
   
   
Witness  
   
   
Name (please print)  

 

  61

 

 

Exhibit 4.29

 

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

 

 

entered into by and between

 

 

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

 

IVS BULK PTE. LTD

 

 

and

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description   Page
         
1.   PARTIES   3
         
2.   DEFINITIONS   3
         
3.   INTRODUCTION   6
         
4.   DURATION   7
         
5.   INDEMNITY   7
         
6.   INDEMNITY IS NOT AFFECTED; CONDITIONS TO INDEMNITY   7
         
7.   DEMANDS AND PAYMENTS   8
         
8.   [RESERVED].   8
         
9.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   8
         
10.   MISCELLANEOUS   10

 

  2

 

 

1. PARTIES

 

1.1. Sankaty European Investments III S.À.R.L., a private limited liability company incorporated in Luxembourg with its registered office at 4, rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748, Findel, Luxembourg (“Sankaty”);

 

1.2. Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore, 089763 (“Grindrod”);

 

1.3. Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore, 089763 (“GSPL”);

 

1.4. IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with its registered office at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore, 089763 (“IVS Bulk”).

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

2.1. In this Indemnity, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings, namely:

 

2.1.1. A Shares means the shares designated as “A” class shares in IVS Bulk;

 

2.1.2. Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or an official public holiday in Luxembourg;

 

2.1.3. CACIB Facility Agreement” means the facility agreement, with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Singapore Branch, and Hamburg Commercial Bank AG, Singapore Branch, as the mandated lead arrangers, in accordance with which a term loan facility of USD119 500 000 (one hundred and nineteen million five hundred thousand United States Dollars) is provided to IVS Bulk, inter alia, for the purposes of refinancing the following vessels: “IVS HIRONO”, “IVS WENTWORTH”, “IVS PHINDA”, “IVS SPARROWHAWK”, “IVS KESTREL”, “IVS THANDA”, “IVS BOSCH HOEK”, “IVS SWINLEY FOREST”, “IVS TEMBE”, “IVS SUNBIRD” and “IVS GLENEAGLES”;

 

2.1.4. Finance Documents” means the CACIB Facility Agreement and all “Finance Documents” (as defined therein);

 

2.1.5. Grindrod Indemnified Amounts” means any amount that is directly borrowed by, or directly advanced to, Grindrod or GSPL under the CACIB Facility Agreement, to the extent that IVS Bulk repays, or is required to repay, such amount pursuant to the terms of the CACIB Facility Agreement;

 

2.1.6. Grindrod Payment Demand” has the meaning given to it in clause 7.3;

 

  3

 

 

2.1.7. Indemnity” means this written Indemnity;

 

2.1.8. Loan” has the meaning given to it in the CACIB Facility Agreement.

 

2.1.9. Parties” means the parties to this Indemnity; and “Party” means either one of them as the context may indicate;

 

2.1.10. Regiment” means Regiment Capital Ltd, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability with its registered office at Maples Corporate Services, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104;

 

2.1.11. Regiment Sale Agreement” means the written sale agreement, concluded on the date of this Indemnity, in terms of which GSPL will purchase from Regiment all of the A Shares and the preference shares held by Regiment in IVS Bulk;

 

2.1.12. Sankaty Indemnified Payments” means any payment which Grindrod makes prior to the Termination Date (as defined below) to any Lender (as defined in the CACIB Facility Agreement), in connection with IVS Bulk’s failure to pay any outstanding amount of the Loan (as defined in the CACIB Facility Agreement in effect on the date hereof) as required under the CACIB Facility Agreement in effect on the date hereof (or as amended from time to time with Sankaty’s prior written consent), but shall not include, for the avoidance of doubt, any payment made by Grindrod under the CACIB Facility Agreement to the extent such payment arises out of or results from (i) Grindrod’s direct borrowing, (ii) Grindrod’s failure to act or protect any of its own or (to the extent legally possible) IVS Bulk’s rights or defences under the CACIB Facility Agreement to such payment, or (iii) Grindrod’s breach of the CACIB Facility Agreement;

 

2.1.13. Sankaty Payment Demand” has the meaning given to it in clause 7.1;

 

2.1.14. Sankaty’s Shareholding Percentage” means, at any point in time, Sankaty’s percentage holding at such time of the issued A Shares (it being recorded that, as at the date of this Indemnity, Sankaty’s Shareholding Percentage is 33.25% (thirty three point two five percent));

 

2.1.15. Termination Date” has the meaning given to it in clause 4;

 

2.1.16. Tranche” has the meaning given to it in the CACIB Facility Agreement.

 

  4

 

 

2.2. In this Indemnity:

 

2.3. the headings are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall neither be used in the interpretation of nor modify nor amplify the terms of this Indemnity nor any of its clauses;

 

2.4. words importing:

 

2.4.1. any one gender include the other of masculine, feminine and neuter;

 

2.4.2. the singular include the plural and vice versa; and

 

2.4.3. natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporate) and the state and vice versa;

 

2.5. if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it is only in the definition clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this Indemnity;

 

2.6. when any number of days is prescribed in this Indemnity, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a day which is not a Business Day, in which case the last day shall be the next succeeding Business Day;

 

2.7. the use of any expression in this Indemnity covering a process available under English law shall, if any of the Parties is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction;

 

2.8. the discharge or termination of this Indemnity shall not affect those provisions of this Indemnity which expressly provide that they will operate after such discharge or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such discharge or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this;

 

2.9. the rule of construction that a contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting or preparation of the contract, shall not apply;

 

2.10. any reference in this Indemnity to a Party shall include a reference to that Party’s assigns expressly permitted under this Indemnity and, if such Party is liquidated, or is sequestrated or business rescue proceedings have commenced in respect of such Party, be applicable also to and binding upon that Party’s liquidator, trustee or business rescue practitioner, as the case may be;

 

  5

 

 

2.11. the words following “other”, “otherwise”, “including”, “in particular”, or any other similar general term or expression shall not:

 

2.11.1. be construed as being of the same kind, class or nature with any preceding words; or

 

2.11.2. limit the generality of any preceding word/s,

 

if a wider construction is possible;

 

2.12. any reference in this Indemnity to any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to such other agreement or document as at the Signature Date, and as amended from time to time; and

 

2.13. terms, acronyms, and phrases not defined and known in general commercial or industry specific practice, shall be interpreted in accordance with their generally accepted meanings.

 

3. INTRODUCTION

 

3.1. It is recorded and agreed that:

 

3.1.1. on the implementation of the Regiment Sale Agreement in accordance with its terms, the shareholders in IVS Bulk will be GSPL and Sankaty;

 

3.1.2. the Finance Documents have been concluded in respect of financing facilities requested by IVS Bulk; and

 

3.1.3. in terms of the Finance Documents, Grindrod has provided certain security and may consequently be called upon to make Sankaty Indemnified Payments.

 

3.2. The Parties have agreed that, on the terms set out in this Indemnity, Sankaty will indemnify Grindrod in respect of an amount equal to the Sankaty Shareholding Percentage of each and every Sankaty Indemnified Payment to the extent Grindrod has made written demand to IVS Bulk for the repayment to Grindrod of the amount thereof and IVS Bulk has failed to repay Grindrod within 30 days of such written demand.

 

3.3. The Parties have agreed that, on the terms set out in this Indemnity, Grindrod will indemnify Sankaty in respect of the Grindrod Indemnified Amount to the extent that Sankaty has made written demand to Grindrod for the repayment to IVS Bulk of the amount thereof and Grindrod has failed to repay IVS Bulk within 30 days of such written demand.

 

  6

 

 

4. DURATION

 

This Indemnity shall become of full force and effect on the date hereof, and shall remain in full force and effect as a continuing covering security until the earliest of (i) the termination of all of the Finance Documents in accordance with their respective terms, and the full and final settlement of all amounts that may be due and payable, actually or contingently, by IVS Bulk to any and all Lenders pursuant to any of the Finance Documents, (ii) the date on which Sankaty is no longer a shareholder in IVS Bulk and (iii) the date on which Grindrod and/or directly makes any borrowing under the CACIB Facility Agreement or amends the CACIB Facility Agreement without the written consent of Sankaty (such date, the “Termination Date”); provided that Grindrod’s obligation to indemnify Sankaty as described in clause 3.3 above, and set forth in clause 5.2 below, shall survive the Termination Date.

 

5. INDEMNITY

 

5.1. Sankaty hereby indemnifies, and shall keep indemnified until the Termination Date, Grindrod, to the extent of the Sankaty Shareholding Percentage of each and every Sankaty Indemnified Payment, in each case, subject to the conditions set forth in clause 6.2 below.

 

5.2. Grindrod hereby indemnifies, and shall keep indemnified until and after the Termination Date, Sankaty, to the extent of the Grindrod Indemnified Amount.

 

6. INDEMNITY IS NOT AFFECTED; CONDITIONS TO INDEMNITY

 

6.1. Each Party’s obligations under this Indemnity are absolute and unconditional (other than the conditions set forth in clauses 6.2 and 6.3 below), and shall not be released, discharged, limited or affected by:

 

6.1.1. the incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

6.1.2. IVS Bulk or any of its subsidiaries being liquidated, wound-up (whether provisionally or finally), having business rescue proceedings commenced against it, being placed under supervision, business rescue or suffering any similar legal disability.

 

6.2. Sankaty’s obligations under this Indemnity are subject to the following conditions:

 

6.2.1. Grindrod or GSPL shall not have made any direct borrowing of any Loans or under any part of a Tranche under the CACIB Facility Agreement;

 

  7

 

 

6.2.2. Grindrod or GSPL shall have exercised all rights, powers or remedies available to it under the CACIB Facility Agreement including written demand to IVS Bulk pursuant to clause 3.2;

 

6.2.3. the CACIB Facility Agreement as in effect on the date hereof shall not have been amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, waived, supplemented or increased without the prior written consent of Sankaty.

 

6.3. Grindrod’s obligations under this Indemnity are subject to the condition that Sankaty shall have made written demand to Grindrod pursuant to clause 3.3.

 

7. DEMANDS AND PAYMENTS

 

7.1. Grindrod shall be entitled to make a claim under this Indemnity, subject to the conditions set forth in clause 6.2 above, by issuing a written demand to Sankaty, in the event that Grindrod has made any Sankaty Indemnified Payment (“Sankaty Payment Demand”) and shall deliver an officer’s certificate certifying compliance with the conditions set forth in clause 6.2 above.

 

7.2. Sankaty shall, within 30 days of receipt of any Sankaty Payment Demand, make payment, into such bank account as is specified in such Sankaty Payment Demand and without any deduction or set-off whatsoever, of an amount equal to the Sankaty Shareholding Percentage of the amount of the Sankaty Indemnified Payment specified in such Sankaty Payment Demand.

 

7.3. Sankaty shall be entitled, subject to the condition set forth in clause 6.3 above, to make a claim under this Indemnity by issuing a written demand to Grindrod, in the event that IVS Bulk has made (or is required to make) payment with respect to any Grindrod Indemnified Amount (“Grindrod Payment Demand”).

 

7.4. Grindrod shall, within 30 days of receipt of any Grindrod Payment Demand, make payment, into such bank account as is specified in the Grindrod Payment Demand and without any deduction or set-off whatsoever, of an amount equal to the Grindrod Indemnified Amount specified in such Grindrod Payment Demand.

 

8. [RESERVED].

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1. Sankaty represents and warrants to Grindrod that:

 

9.1.1. it is a private limited liability company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Luxembourg;

 

  8

 

 

9.1.2. this Indemnity is a legally valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and that all necessary consents and authorisations for the giving and implementation of this Indemnity have been obtained;

 

9.1.3. it has taken all necessary action to be able to perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it or contemplated by this Indemnity and to implement the provisions of this Indemnity;

 

9.1.4. the entry into, performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Indemnity are consistent with any law applicable to it or its constitutional documents or any agreement or instrument binding upon it;

 

9.1.5. it has the legal capacity and power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is presently being conducted; and

 

9.1.6. it has not taken any action or steps, or commenced any proceedings, in respect of its insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, business rescue proceedings, curatorship or any similar proceedings, and there are no suits or proceedings pending as against it for winding-up, dissolution, liquidation or business rescue.

 

9.2. Each of Grindrod and GSPL represent and warrant to Sankaty that:

 

9.2.1. it is a company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Singapore;

 

9.2.2. this Indemnity is a legally valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and that all necessary consents and authorisations for the giving and implementation of this Indemnity have been obtained;

 

9.2.3. it has taken all necessary action to be able to perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it or contemplated by this Indemnity and to implement the provisions of this Indemnity;

 

9.2.4. the entry into, performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Indemnity are consistent with any law applicable to it or its constitutional documents or any agreement or instrument binding upon it;

 

9.2.5. it has the legal capacity and power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is presently being conducted; and

 

9.2.6. it has not taken any action or steps, or commenced any proceedings, in respect of its insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, business rescue proceedings, curatorship or any similar proceedings, and there are no suits or proceedings pending as against it for winding-up, dissolution, liquidation or business rescue.

 

  9

 

 

9.3. Each of the representations and warranties given by (i) Sankaty under clause 9.1 and (ii) each of Grindrod and GSPL under clause 9.2 shall:

 

9.3.1. be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Indemnity; and

 

9.3.2. continue and remain in force throughout the duration referred to in clause 4.

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1. Notices

 

Each of the Parties choose as their addresses for delivery of all notices and service of all processes relating to this Indemnity, as follows:

 

10.1.1. Sankaty

 

  10.1.1.1. Physical address: 4 Rue Lou Hemmer
      L-1748 Luxembourg
      Luxembourg
       
  10.1.1.2. E-mail address: mbasilio@baincapital.com
  10.1.1.3. Attention: Myleen Basilio
       
  With a copy to: Bain Credit Capital, Ltd.
       
  10.1.1.4. Physical address: Devonshire House, Mayfair Place
      London W1J 8AJ
      United Kingdom
       
  10.1.1.5. E-mail address: j.yeager@baincapital.com
  10.1.1.6. Attention: Jessica Yeager

 

10.1.2. Grindrod and GSPL

 

  10.1.2.1. Physical address: 200 Cantonment Road
      #03-01 Southpoint
      Singapore 089763
  10.1.2.2. E-mail address: yvetteb@grindrodshipping.com and
      stepheng@grindrodshipping.com
  10.1.2.3. Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

  10

 

 

10.1.3. IVS Bulk

 

  10.1.3.1. Physical address: 200 Cantonment Road
      #03-01 Southpoint
      Singapore 089763
  10.1.3.2. E-mail address: yvetteb@grindrodshipping.com and
      stepheng@grindrodshipping.com
  10.1.3.3. Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

10.1.4. Each Party shall be entitled from time to time, by giving prior written notice to the other, to vary its physical address to any other physical address (not being a post office box or poste restante), and to vary its e-mail address to any other e-mail address.

 

10.1.5. Any such notice or demand given under this Indemnity shall be in English and shall be deemed to have been served:

 

10.1.5.1. if delivered to the address set out above by courier, at the time of delivery as established by a courier’s receipt;

 

10.1.5.2. if sent by e-mail, upon the earlier of confirmation of receipt by the receiving party, or the following Business Day; or

 

10.1.5.3. as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.

 

10.2. Governing Law

 

10.2.1. This Indemnity shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. The Parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Indemnity, and that accordingly any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Indemnity, including the existence, validity or termination thereof, shall be brought in such courts and each Party each hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

10.2.2. Grindrod, GSPL and IVS Bulk each irrevocably appoint Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited, at its registered office for the time being, presently at 8th Floor, St Magnus House, 3 Lower Thames St, London EC3R 6HD, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

10.2.3. Sankaty irrevocably appoints Bain Capital Credit, Ltd. (c/o Maples Fiduciary Services (UK) Limited) at its registered office for the time being, presently at is 11th Floor, 200 Aldersgate Street, London, EC1A 4HD, United Kingdom, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

  11

 

 

10.2.4. Nothing in this clause 10.2 shall limit the right of any Party to commence proceedings to enforce any judgment or award (“Enforcement Proceedings”) or to seek provisional, conservatory or protective relief (“Interim Conservatory Proceedings”) before any court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any such Enforcement Proceedings or Interim Conservatory Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of similar Enforcement or Interim Conservatory Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

10.3. Assignment

 

Neither Party may assign or otherwise transfer its benefit of, or any of its rights, title, interests or obligations hereunder, to any third party without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

10.4. Non-Variation

 

No amendment or other variation of this Indemnity shall be effective unless it is in writing, dated, expressly refers to this Indemnity, and is signed by a duly authorised representative of each Party.

 

10.5. Non-Waiver

 

10.5.1. No delay or omission by Grindrod or Sankaty to exercise any of their respective rights, powers or remedies hereunder shall impair or operate as a waiver of such right, power or remedy, or a release of the other of them, from any obligations hereunder, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Grindrod or Sankaty or any of their respective agents of any right, power, or remedy hereunder preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or remedy.

 

10.5.2. A verbal waiver by Grindrod or Sankaty does not constitute a continuing waiver and shall not prevent them from subsequently enforcing any of the provisions of this Indemnity, provided that where Grindrod or Sankaty has waived any rights, remedies or performance under this Indemnity in writing, it shall not be entitled to enforce such waived rights, remedies or performance thereafter.

 

  12

 

 

10.6. Severability

 

10.6.1. All provisions of this Indemnity are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other.

 

10.6.2. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in whole or in part of any of the provisions of this Indemnity (including this clause 10.6) shall, only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and shall not affect the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining parts or provisions of this Indemnity.

 

10.7. Entire Agreement

 

10.7.1. This Indemnity constitutes the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. No Party shall be bound by any term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein.

 

10.7.2. This Indemnity supersedes and replaces all prior commitments, undertakings or representations, whether oral or written, between the Parties in respect of the subject matter hereof.

 

10.8. Counterparts

 

This Indemnity may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  13

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED ON BEHALF OF SANKATY
 
Signature: /s/ Sally Dornaus  
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
   
Name: Sally Dornaus, Class A Manager  
Date: 13 February 2020  
Place:    
     
Witness: /s/ Matthew Baker Matthew Baker
     
Witness: /s/ Jordan Brown Jordan Brown
     
Signature: /s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio  
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
   
Name: Myleen Tapawan Basilio, Class B Manager  
Date: 13 February 2020  
Place: 4 rue Lou Hemmer, L-1748 Luxembourg  
     
Witness: /s/ Matthieu Huffling Matthieu Huffling
     
Witness: /s/ Thomas Lamiable Thomas Lamiable

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED ON BEHALF OF GRINDROD

 

Signature: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
   
Name: Stephen William Griffiths  
Date: 13 February 2020  
Place: Singapore  
     
Witness: /s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins
     
Witness: /s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

  14

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED ON BEHALF OF GSPL
 
Signature: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
   
Name: Stephen William Griffiths  
Date: 13 February 2020  
Place: Singapore  
     
Witness: /s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins
     
Witness: /s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED ON BEHALF OF IVS BULK
 
Signature: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
   
Name: Stephen William Griffiths  
Date: 13 February 2020  
Place: Singapore  
     
Witness: /s/ Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins Yvette Renee Kingsley-Wilkins
     
Witness: /s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins

 

  15

 

 

Exhibit 4.30

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

Reg No. 201731497H

 

200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint

Singapore, 089763

Tel: +65 6323 0048 Fax: +65 6323 0046

Web: www.grinshipping.com

 

 

To: Sankaty European Investments III S.Á.R.L.
  4 Rue Lou Hemmer
  L-1748 Luxembourg
Attention: Myleen Basilio
E-mail: mbasilio@baincapital.com
   
With a copy to: Bain Capital Credit, Ltd.
  Devonshire House, Mayfair Place
London W1J 8AJ
United Kingdom
Attention: Jessica Yeager
E-mail: j.yeager@baincapital.com

 

Date: February 14, 2020

 

Dear Sirs

 

UNDERTAKING BY GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. (“GSH”) NOT TO APPLY FOR THE EXTENSION OF ANY MORATORIUM TO IVS BULK PTE. LTD (“IVS”) OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

1. We confirm that, as at the date of this letter:

 

1.1. GSH is the sole shareholder of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (“GSPL”);

 

1.2. GSPL is one of the shareholders of IVS.;

 

1.3. Sankaty European Investments III S.Á.R.L. (“Sankaty”) is also a shareholder of IVS; and

 

1.4. IVS has 12 (twelve) wholly owned subsidiaries (with IVS and such subsidiaries collectively constituting the “IVS Group”).

 

2. We confirm that it is intended that a written shareholders’ agreement is to be concluded between Sankaty, GSPL and IVS, in respect of IVS, on or about the date of this letter (as amended and in effect, the “SHA”).

 

3. GSH hereby agrees and undertakes in favour of Sankaty that GSH shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to not, without the prior written consent of the board of directors of IVS and Sankaty, submit any application to the High Court of the Republic of Singapore (or other applicable court) for the extension of any moratorium to any company in the IVS Group. The terms “affiliate” and “moratorium” shall have the same meanings in this letter as are given to those terms in the SHA.

 

4. The agreement and undertaking set out in paragraph 3 shall remain binding on GSH for so long as the SHA remains in force and effect.

 

5. This letter contains the full terms of GSH’s agreement and undertaking regarding the subject matter hereof. GSH shall not be bound by any term not set out in this letter. The terms of this letter shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. The parties hereto irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this letter, and that accordingly any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this letter, including the existence, validity or termination thereof, shall be brought in such courts and each party hereto each hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

 

 

 

6. GSH irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited, at its registered office for the time being, presently at 8th Floor, St Magnus House, 3 Lower Thames St, London EC3R 6HD, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

7. Sankaty irrevocably appoints Sankaty Advisors, Ltd. (c/o Legal Counsel) at its registered office for the time being, presently at Devonshire House, 7th floor, Mayfair Place, London W1J 8AJ, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts.

 

8. Nothing herein shall limit the right of any party hereto to commence proceedings to enforce any judgment or award or to seek provisional, conservatory or protective relief before any court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any such proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of similar proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Stephen William Griffiths  
   
STEPHEN WILLIAM GRIFFITHS  
For: Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (duly authorised)  

 

[Undertaking by Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd]

 

  2

 

 

  Acknowledged and accepted to as of the date first above written:
   
  IVS BULK PTE. LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
    Name: Stephen William Griffiths
    Title: Director

 

[Undertaking by Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd]

 

  3

 

 

  Acknowledged and accepted to as of the date first above written:
   
  SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.Á.R.L.
     
  By: /s/ Sally Dornaus
    Name: Sally Dornaus
    Title: Class A Manager
     
  By: /s/ Myleen Tapawan Basilio
    Name: Myleen Tapawan Basilio
    Title: Class B Manager

 

[Undertaking by Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd]

 

  4

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. Subsidiaries(1)

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization
     
Comshipco Schiffahrtsagentur GmBH   Germany
     
Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as York Maritime Holdings. V. LLC)    Marshall Islands
     
Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
     
Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited   United Kingdom
     
Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd   South Africa
     
IM Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 541 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 543 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 545 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 554 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 709 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 712 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 1345 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 3693 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 3708 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 3720 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 5855 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 5858 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 7297 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 10824 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore

 

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.(2)   Singapore
     
Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.(2)   Singapore
     
Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Tankers (International) Ltd   British Virgin Islands
     
Unicorn Tankships (428) Ltd   British Virgin Islands

 

(1) Excludes 17 dormant or otherwise inactive subsidiaries, three of which are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (of which two have Unicorn Tankers International Ltd as the parent company), 12 of which are incorporated in Singapore, one of which is incorporated in the Isle of Man, and one of which is incorporated in South Africa.
(2) Has contracted to sell its owned medium range tanker.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Martyn Wade, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 5, 2020

 

  By: /s/ Martyn Wade
  Name: Martyn Wade
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Stephen Griffiths, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 5, 2020

 

  By: /s/ Stephen Griffiths
  Name: Stephen Griffiths
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

I, Martyn Wade, Chief Executive Officer of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: June 5, 2020

 

  By: /s/ Martyn Wade
  Name: Martyn Wade
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

I, Stephen Griffiths, Chief Financial Officer of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: June 5, 2020

 

  By: /s/ Stephen Griffiths
  Name: Stephen Griffiths
  Title: Chief Financial Officer